As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2025.
Registration No. 333-
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 6199 | 99-2840247 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
One World Trade Center New York, NY 10007
(332) 334-0660
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants principal executive offices)
Jeremy Allaire
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Circle Internet Group, Inc.
One World Trade Center New York, NY 10007
(332) 334-0660
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Richard D. Truesdell, Jr. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP 450 Lexington Avenue New York, NY 10017 (212) 450-4000 |
Sarah K. Wilson General Counsel & Corporate Secretary Circle Internet Group, Inc. One World Trade
Center |
Ryan J. Dzierniejko Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP One Manhattan West New York, NY 10001 (212) 735-3000 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, and emerging growth company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ | |||
Non-accelerated filer | ☒ | Smaller reporting company | ☐ | |||
Emerging growth company | ☐ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to completion, dated , 2025
shares
Class A common stock
This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock by Circle Internet Group, Inc. We are offering shares of Class A common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering shares of Class A common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $ and $ per share.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE) under the symbol CRCL.
Upon completion of this offering, we will have three authorized series of common stock: Class A common stock, which is entitled to one vote per share; Class B common stock, which is entitled to 5 votes per share (but the aggregate voting power of Class B common stock cannot exceed 30% of the total voting power of our capital stock); and Class C common stock, which does not have any voting power other than to the extent set forth in our certificate of incorporation or otherwise required by applicable law. Holders of our common stock vote together as a single class on all matters, except as otherwise set forth in our certificate of incorporation or as required by applicable law. Our Class B common stock is convertible into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis at the option of the holder. In addition, our Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis upon any transfer, except for permitted transfers described in our certificate of incorporation, and in certain other circumstances. Our Class C common stock is convertible into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis in connection with certain assignments and transfers. Our Class B common stock, which will be held by our founders Jeremy Allaire and Patrick Sean Neville and certain entities controlled by our founders, will represent approximately % of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock following this offering (or approximately % of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Upon the completion of this offering, we will not be a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSEs corporate governance standards.
Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. See Risk factors beginning on page 34 of this prospectus.
Per share | Total | |||||||
Initial public offering price |
$ | $ | ||||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1) |
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds to us, before expenses |
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds to the selling stockholders, before expenses |
$ | $ |
(1) | See Underwriting for a description of all compensation payable to the underwriters. |
We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to and additional shares of Class A common stock, respectively, to cover over-allotments.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about , 2025 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.
J.P. Morgan | Citigroup |
Barclays | Deutsche Bank Securities |
SOCIETE GENERALE |
BNY Capital Markets | Canaccord Genuity | Needham & Company | Oppenheimer & Co. | Santander |
, 2025
CIRCLE
MISSIONOur mission is to raiseglobal economic prosperitythrough the frictionlessexchange of value^^gIf you could take what we think of as money, make it digital andavailable on the internet, then that would dramatically change theway we use money and open up opportunity around the world.Thats the idea behind Circle. JEREMY ALLAIRECo-founder, Chief Executive Officer & Chairman
ABOUT USDCFully backed digital dollars1Built for rapid global payments and 24/7 financial markets, USDC is a regulated digital currency that is redeemable 1:1 for US dollars.2($)$59.4BUS DC in circulation 31. Fully backed by reserves consisting of highly liquid, price-stable cash and cash equivalents.2. Circle Mint customers are able to redeem USDC directly from Circle. In addition, Circle Internet Financial Europe SAS is obligated underthe Markets in Crypto-Assets Regulation (MiCAR") to redeem all USDC presented to it for redemption on a 1:1 basis for U.S. dollars, regardless of whether the holder is a Circle Mint customer. As of March 28, 2025.
USDC LIQUIDITYNear-instant settlementUSDC transactions can settle inseconds worldwide. All day, every day. $1 trillionUSDC minted and redeemed since founding 4 $25TUSDC lifetime onchaintransaction volume 4 4. As of March 28, 2025.
CIRCLE PLATFORMEnterprise-grade productsCircle empowers developers to build onchain payment solutions with compliance, transparency, and near-instant processing.o+ 500 +Partners building solutions with us5 400 +Smart Contracts transacting with USDC 5 19Blockchains withnative USDC issuance 5 $25BNative USDC transferred between blockchains since April 2023 5
USDC ECOSYSTEMGlobal network& accessibilityUSDC enables businesses to offer payment connectivity and dollar-backed financial services to more people in more places.185+ 600M + Countries where Circle supports wire transfers for minting and redeeming USDC6End-user wallet products with access to USDC7 6. Circle Mint is currently available only to institutions and is not available to individuals.7. As of March 28,2025.
1 | ||||
6 | ||||
10 | ||||
34 | ||||
82 | ||||
84 | ||||
85 | ||||
86 | ||||
87 | ||||
Managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations |
89 | |||
124 | ||||
161 | ||||
167 | ||||
193 | ||||
195 | ||||
198 | ||||
Material U.S. federal tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of Class A common stock |
207 | |||
210 | ||||
213 | ||||
Changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure |
223 | |||
224 | ||||
224 | ||||
225 | ||||
F-1 |
On July 1, 2024, we consummated an Irish High Court-approved scheme of arrangement, pursuant to which issued ordinary shares and preferred shares in the capital of Circle Internet Financial Limited were cancelled and, in connection with such cancellation, Circle Internet Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, issued an equivalent number of shares of its capital stock of the same class and series to then-shareholders of Circle Internet Financial Limited. Upon the consummation of the scheme of arrangement, Circle Internet Financial Limited became a wholly owned subsidiary of Circle Internet Group, Inc. In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, Circle, the Company, we, us, and similar terms refer to (i) prior to the consummation of the scheme of arrangement on July 1, 2024, Circle Internet Financial Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries and (ii) following the consummation of the scheme of arrangement on July 1, 2024, Circle Internet Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may provide you.
i
We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted.
The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of any securities. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since the date of this prospectus.
Until , 2025 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell, or trade our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
Trademarks
We own various trademark registrations and applications, and unregistered trademarks. All other trade names, trademarks, and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus may be referred to without the ® and symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. We do not intend to use or display other companies trademarks and trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.
Market and industry data
This prospectus includes industry and market data that we obtained from periodic industry publications, third-party studies and surveys, filings of public companies, and internal company surveys. These sources include government and industry sources. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Although we believe the industry and market data to be reliable as of the date of this prospectus, this information could prove to be inaccurate. Industry and market data could be wrong because of the method by which sources obtained their data and because information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process, and other limitations and uncertainties. In addition, we do not know all of the assumptions regarding general economic conditions or growth that were used in preparing the forecasts from the sources relied upon or cited herein.
ii
To understand Circle and its potential, I want to take you through the journey Ive been on, how it led to the vision behind the founding of Circle, and the path of execution that leads us here today. I also want to share with you my thoughts on what it means for Circle to become a public company, and how I think about Circles role in the global financial system in the coming decade.
Becoming an internet maximalist
I was fortunate to have been brought up with an Apple II computer in my home, and gained access to the pre-internet online world in the early 1980s. With limited means, this was a big deal. I was also brought up by parents whose worldview and moral philosophy was shaped by the idea that if we could connect more deeply with people, and connect people around the world, that we could drive transformative and positive outcomes for the world.
As a political science, philosophy, and economics student in college, my worldview was anchored in a belief that countries with free information and free markets who connected and traded together would lead to a world of greater political and economic stability. It was during that time, in 1990, that I got hooked on the internetthe pre-commercial version of command-lines, weird message boards, and disparate servers filled with random scientific and government data.
It was in those moments that I became an internet maximalist. It was as clear as day to me that open global computer networks, connected through open technology protocols that anyone could build on and use, would lead to a wholesale transformation of society and the economy.
I spent the next 20 years committing myself to building out internet software platforms and infrastructure that helped to realize those ideas. I ultimately co-founded and helped to lead and take public two global internet technology firms through the Web 1.0 and Web 2.0 eras, when the open internet transformed software, media, communications, and retail commerce in irreversible and ultimately unpredictable ways.
The great financial crisisan inflection point
Also nearly 20 years into my journey as an internet maximalist, the world went through this centurys most significant global financial crisis. The 1990s and 2000s had represented a period of dramatic economic growth and globalization, and the internet had surely played no small part in fostering that economic velocity. But it all came crashing down in 2008.
As a student of political economy, I needed to understand what happened. This huge part of the global economic systemthe financial services industryhad failed us massively. As I dug into the history of banking, money, central banking, and the international monetary system, I became convinced that we needed a new architecture for the financial system, one that was rooted in the internetbuilt on open networks, open software, and global integrationand eventually one where full-reserve digital currency can be intermediated with internet-based credit markets to create what could ultimately become a safer financial system.
It was during this time of personal exploration that I stumbled across Bitcoin in 2012. While I was not sold on the idea that Bitcoin itself would become the answer, within it I found a revolutionary combination of technical innovation and philosophical alignment around the idea of an open, internet-based alternative financial system.
Circles founding and vision
In early 2013, after immersing in the early technical communities that had formed around Bitcoin and blockchains, it became extremely clear to me and Circle co-founder Sean Neville that a major new layer of the
1
internet was being born, one that provided a new set of open protocols that would do to the exchange of value what earlier protocols had done to the exchange of data and communications.
While it was not possible at the time, as technologists, it was clear to the two of us that blockchains would evolve to enable the issuance of digital tokens representing other assets, would allow for the execution of code in the form of smart contracts, and ultimately allow one to build higher-level protocols for money. This was going to be bigger and more impactful than the Web was, because this could transform not just information but the entire global economic system.
We envisioned the development of an HTTP for Money, a protocol for dollars and other fiat digital currency tokens that would provide an open and programmable infrastructure to rebuild the global financial system in the image of the internet.
For both of us, two key implications were extremely clear.
First, the natural outcome would be that blockchains would reach scale, speed, and efficiency, and that such a protocol for dollars on the internet would lead to a world where the storage and transmission of value (fiat money value) would be commoditized, which would accelerate the velocity of money and also return trillions in value to the real economy.
Second, the fact that digital currency protocols would be programmable using smart contracts meant that there would ultimately be a massive transformation in the utility of money, and that new money blocks would emerge that could transform finance, trade, commerce, and the very foundation of capital markets.
Building and executing on the mission and vision
As an early pioneer in the digital assets and blockchain industry, I believe Circle stands out from the rest of the crowd. I believe that the path we took toward our mission statement (to increase global economic prosperity through the frictionless exchange of value) differentiates us from others. We knew that to achieve this mission, to build a world where dollar digital currency was possible at scale, we needed to take a different approach than those focused on growing investments and trading in speculative cryptocurrencies.
There were several key principles that informed the development of Circle:
1. | Walking in through the front door of regulators and policymakers. We have always believed in and practiced an approach to walk in the front door of regulators and policymakers globally. As part of our engagement with regulators and policymakers and to help governments understand these new and complex technologies, we have testified before legislators in the United States and in other countries. In addition, we routinely submit comments and responses to regulators and policymakers proposals and consultations related to stablecoins and the digital assets ecosystem. In the end, our strong belief is that continuing to work with regulators and policymakers will be essential to building an internet financial system. |
2. | Mastering a platform-first approach to technology. As we built our core digital currency technology stack, we approached it as if we were building a platform for others to build on. This approach blossomed into the creation and success of USDC and now a much broader surface of platform services from Circle. |
3. | Meeting the market where it is. Each step of this journey would require calibrating to both where the technology was and where the market wasthe latter not always where we wanted it to be. What you build for very early missionary adopters is dramatically different from what you build for mainstream-scale global finance and commerce. We therefore took small steps, carefully, but with a long-term focus always. |
2
4. | Using compliance as a competitive advantage. Our vision was to integrate the existing financial system with the new internet financial system, which meant that crypto was not an island, but instead a technology to be harnessed to bridge these worlds. Doing this means that we have made and intend to continue to invest significantly in our compliance infrastructure, consistent with our regulatory-first posture, which we believe contributes to our regulatory engagement and advocacy efforts and increases our attractiveness to potential partners, customers, and end-users. |
Altogether, these principles of execution enabled Circle to move through the early stage of the market with agility and strength, and to ultimately give us the capabilities and know-how to launch USDC in 2018. Seven years into our journey, our vision of a programmable protocol for dollars on the internet would be born. Although we have encountered challenges and risks in the past and will no doubt continue to face new and existing ones in the future, I believe that Circle is well positioned to be a crucial part of the infrastructure of the new internet financial system.
What weve accomplished
Today, Circle is a globally recognized and respected brand and company, with a reputation for integrity and transparency, as both an advocate and leader in building the internet financial system.
Since its launch in 2018, USDC, as the core of the Circle stablecoin network, has been used for more than $25 trillion in onchain transactions as of March 28, 2025. Millions of end-users use USDC for payments, settlements, and as a digital dollar store of value. Thousands of companies and developers have integrated with USDC, creating a thriving ecosystem. Major payments companies, enterprise technology firms, consumer internet applications, financial technology (FinTech) firms, and digital asset companies use Circle technology to power solutions built on USDC.
And USDC has continued to be built on strong market infrastructure and underlying liquidity, with Circle having minted more than $504.3 billion of USDC and redeemed more than $464.4 billion of USDC from January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2024redemptions that have always been one-for-one with the U.S. dollar.
We have faced challenges. For example, in 2023, USDC went through an extended period of circulation decline related to a number of factors, including an increase in U.S. short-term interest rates, a decline in digital asset prices, and an associated decline in leverage in the digital asset trading ecosystem, as well as the impact of a temporary price dislocation in the secondary markets in March 2023 resulting from the collapse of certain U.S. regional banks that caused some market share to move to a competitor. We will no doubt continue to face challenges in the future. Nonetheless, the growth of USDC and the Circle stablecoin network has shown resilience and allowed us to become a strong and thriving business in a short period of time. With just $15.4 million in revenue in 2020, we grew to $84.9 million in revenue and reserve income in 2021, $772.0 million in revenue and reserve income in 2022, $1.5 billion in revenue and reserve income in 2023, and $1.7 billion in revenue and reserve income in 2024. In 2024, we reported $156 million in net income and $285 million in Adjusted EBITDA. As of December 31, 2024, we had total liquidity sources of $1,045 million, which consisted of $751 million in cash and cash equivalents and $294 million in cash and cash equivalents segregated for corporate-held stablecoins. During this time, we have also built a team with diverse and global backgrounds, spanning more than a dozen countries and more than 35 U.S. states and territories. This team heralds from leading internet, technology, and financial services firms, and we believe brings the necessary skills to build this new internet financial system.
Circle is a product- and technology-led company, and we have made and will continue to make significant investments in product and technology development and build long-term value in the market.
3
Becoming a public company
In many respects, Circle has for a long time been under intense public scrutinythe demands of operating an always-on, regulated digital dollar infrastructure require that Circle operates with high levels of transparencyas well as significant regulatory supervision by government agencies spanning the United States and the world. As a global institution, we take our role and responsibility as a steward of financial assets incredibly seriously.
For Circle, becoming a publicly traded corporation on the New York Stock Exchange is a continuation of our desire to operate with the greatest transparency and accountability possible. We are building what we believe to be critical infrastructure for the financial system, and we seek to work with leading companies and governments around the world in shaping and building this new internet financial system. Operating as a U.S.-listed public company represents our continued dedication to transparency and accountability, as we will become subject to the reporting, corporate governance, and other requirements that are applicable to a public company listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
But more than anything, going public now is representative of the fact that we are at a significant crossroads for Circle and the development of the internet financial system. We see the opportunity before us as being informed and strengthened by a combination of technology readiness, regulatory clarity, and market need. It is complex and occurs at the intersection between highly innovative technology and financial services. While we are proud and confident about our ability to pursue this opportunity, our future (like our past) is rife with uncertainties and risks that we must navigate successfully. In fact, we have dedicated a large part of this prospectus to describe those risks and I encourage you to read them in the Risk factors section. Becoming a public company enables us to allow the general public to come with us for the journey.
A long-term approach and philosophy
If you choose to become an investor in Circle, its very important that you understand our approach and philosophy to building value.
We are building for the very long term, as evidenced by our clear-eyed founding vision more than 10 years ago. We think that we can create a new defining internet platform company that is built on the internet financial system. And we believe that we are still in the very early stages in the development of this new financial system.
We believe we are only scratching the surface of what is possible, and see meaningful opportunity to build and grow ahead of us. This will mean investment where we see meaningful long-term growth potential. Given how early we are in the development of this market, the size of the market opportunity, and the complexity, challenges, and potential obstacles we face, we intend to continue to invest significantly to grow for the foreseeable future.
Most importantly of all, we will continue to build and lead the company by being deeply grounded in our core mission and values.
We dont fit in a box
We like to say that Circle is a unique company. If you ask any of our investors or employees, or even the market as a whole, I think youll hear this too. But from a public market perspective, its important to know thiswe dont fit in a box.
Some may say we are like a payments company, others like a financial institution, and still others like a consumer internet or platform software company. The reality is that were a little bit like all of these kinds of companies.
4
And that, I believe, makes us special.
We are building an internet platform companythe Circle stablecoin network provides a platform and network utility with internet-scale reach for consumers and businessesand a set of software protocols for developers to build and integrate into their own applications. Our business model and technology benefits from network effects that are similar to other leading internet platforms.
At the same time, were building a robust set of financial market infrastructures against a backdrop of constantly evolving regulations. We take pride in our regulatory-first posture in which we prioritize compliance with applicable regulations and our engagement with regulators and policymakers to facilitate designing and tailoring appropriate regulation for our industry.
This is going to be an adventure
If youre joining us as an investor and shareholder, I want to also share something that Ive shared with every single employee and investor that weve ever had.
What were doing is not easy given the complexity of navigating an evolving ecosystem where innovative technology and highly regulated, legacy financial services are intersecting in ways that will give rise to challenges and uncertainties. Building a new internet financial system, creating major new infrastructure for money and economic activity, shaping and responding to policy, and operating this infrastructure in a complex global macro environmentwell, its hard. Its complex and difficult, and will challenge you every day. But it is also an exciting financial and technological adventure.
We have a crystal clear vision of what a future internet financial system can bring to the world. If we achieve that vision, we believe Circle investors will be rewarded but you will also improve the lot of humanity.
I hope you will join us on this adventure!
Jeremy Allaire
5
Definitions
We provide this glossary to help those reading this prospectus understand the industry and other technical terms that are used in this prospectus. For many of these terms, there is no generally accepted definition; in this glossary, we present our definition of such terms as used in this prospectus.
| API or application programming interface is a software interface for two or more computer programs or components to communicate with each other. |
| blockchain and blockchain networks are systems in which transactions are recorded across computers linked in peer-to-peer (P2P) networks. |
| cross-chain transfer protocol or CCTP is a protocol that enables USDC to flow securely between blockchains. |
| cryptographic key is a string of characters used to encrypt and decrypt data. |
| cryptography is the process of encrypting and decrypting data. |
| digital wallets are electronic devices, online services, or software programs that allow one party to make electronic transactions with another party bartering digital currency units for other digital assets, goods, and services. |
| distributed computing is the process by which multiple computers work together to solve computational tasks. |
| electronic money token or e-money token means a type of digital asset that purports to maintain a stable value by referencing the value of one official currency. |
| FBO account or for-the-benefit of account is an account set up by a company to manage funds titled for the benefit of certain other persons. In our case, we hold the cash portion of Circle stablecoin reserves at banks in accounts that are titled FBO holders of Circle stablecoins. |
| fractional reserve banks are banks that keep only a fraction of customer deposits in withdrawable funds and make other use of certain customer deposits, such as by lending them to borrowers or investing in financial instruments. |
| gas fee is the fee required to conduct a transaction or execute a contract on a blockchain. |
| interoperability is the ability of different blockchains to exchange information and work together frictionlessly. |
| M2 money stock is the money supply that includes cash, checking and savings account deposits, and other short-term savings deposits. |
| meaningful wallets or MeWs are onchain digital asset wallets holding $10 or more of USDC. |
| multi-party computation based wallets or MPC-based wallets are digital asset wallets that use multi-party computation (i.e., a cryptographic technique that allows multiple parties to jointly compute a function without revealing their individual inputs) to offer strong security guarantees to those that manage digital assets. |
6
| neo-bank is a financial technology firm that offers apps, software, or other technologies to streamline mobile and online banking, which may or may not possess a traditional banking license. |
| onchain apps are software applications that use digital assets and smart contracts and deliver services using blockchain networks. |
| onchain transactions are transactions that are carried out on the blockchain from start to finish. We measure onchain transactions by parsing and querying transaction data from blockchains that support USDC. |
| on-ramps and off-ramps are channels between fiat currency and stablecoins. |
| payment stablecoins are digital currencies that are (i) issued by an entity in compliance with applicable regulatory regime(s), (ii) fully backed by reserves consisting of highly liquid price stable cash and cash equivalents, with the issuing entity bearing responsibility for any credit risks arising from such reserves, (iii) issued and may be redeemed by a customer on demand on a one-for-one basis for the underlying fiat currency, and (iv) marketed to the public as a digital currency that is designed to be used for payments. |
| private key is a string of letters and numbers that allows a person to access and manage his/her digital assets in a digital wallet or other custodial solution, similar to a password. |
| programmability, with respect to money or digital assets, occurs when rules that define or constrain usage can be embedded into the money or digital asset. |
| proof of stake is a consensus mechanism that blockchains can use to agree upon a single true record of data history, in which traders are required to stake a portion of their digital assets as collateral, and if a trader adds a transaction to the blockchain that other validators deem to be invalid, they may lose a portion of what they staked. |
| rails are the underlying infrastructure and systems that facilitate the transfer of value between parties. |
| secured overnight financing rate or SOFR is a benchmark interest rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York that reflects the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized with US Treasury securities, used as an alternative to the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). |
| seed phrase is a sequence of random words that stores the data required to access or recover digital assets on blockchains or in digital wallets. |
| smart contracts are programs built on blockchain networks that automatically execute certain actions when a predefined set of criteria are met. |
| stablecoin is a digital asset whose value is designed to track the price of an underlying asset or another unit of value. |
| standardized network protocols are established sets of rules governing the transmission of data between devices. |
| superapp is an application that offers multiple services and features within a single platform. |
| TMMF or Tokenized Fund is an onchain, tokenized representation of a traditional money market fund. |
| tokenization is the process whereby ownership rights in an asset are represented as digital tokens and stored on a blockchain. |
| velocity, with respect to money, is the average number of times a unit of money is used during a specified period. |
7
| Web1 or Web 1.0 refers to the state of the web in which a set of static websites were used, providing no interactive content. |
| Web2 or Web 2.0 refers to the current version of the internet, dominated by companies that offer services in exchange for personal data. |
| Web3 or Web 3.0 refers to decentralized applications running on the blockchain, where users can participate without the need for centralized intermediaries, offering the ability to maintain ones privacy and ownership of data. |
Customers and end-users
In this prospectus, we use the term customer to refer to Circle Mint customers. Circle Mint is our service offering that provides institutional customers USDC- and EURC-related services, such as minting USDC and EURC, redeeming USDC and EURC for the U.S. dollar and euro, respectively, directly from us, and sending and receiving USDC and EURC to and/or from Circle Mint accounts. Circle Mint supports international wires and domestic bank transfers in more than 185 countries, a list of which is available on our website at https://www.circle.com/en/circle-mint (although the information contained therein or connected thereto is not incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part). Circle Mint is currently available only to institutions, such as exchanges, institutional traders, wallet providers, banks, and consumer apps companies. Circle Mint is not available to individuals; as such, no individuals are Circle Mint customers. To open a Circle Mint account, a potential customer must submit an application in which such potential customer provides us with compliance information and supporting documentation, including, but not limited to, the legal entity, its operations, beneficial owners, and the intended use of the account. Potential Circle Mint customers must pass our screening processes, including, but not limited to, ID verification, know-your-customer (KYC) checks, sanctions screening, and suitability checks (for which we consider factors such as the type of business the potential customer engages in and the potential customers anticipated minting volume). Circle Mint customers are able to mint Circle stablecoins and redeem Circle stablecoins directly from us. In contrast, we use the term end-user to refer to a holder of USDC or EURC, regardless of whether such end-user is a Circle Mint customer. An end-user of USDC or EURC that is not a Circle Mint customer cannot mint USDC or EURC; rather, to acquire USDC or EURC, the end-user must purchase USDC and EURC in the secondary market, which may include transactions with a Circle Mint customer or another end-user that is not a Circle Mint customer. An end-user that is not a Circle Mint customer may exchange USDC and EURC for fiat currency by selling USDC and EURC in the secondary market, which may include transactions with a Circle Mint customer or another end-user that is not a Circle Mint customer. Alternatively, an end-user that is not a Circle Mint customer can also redeem USDC and EURC directly from us in our role as the redeemer of last resort, which is described below.
Transactions between third parties may be subject to fees charged by the parties to the transaction or the secondary marketplace on which the transaction occurs. These fees, as well as the terms of such transactions, are governed by agreements between the parties to the transactions and/or the rules of the secondary marketplace on which the transactions occur. An end-user that is an institution and not a Circle Mint customer but wishes to use our Circle Mint service may also submit an application to open a Circle Mint account to gain access to its features, which process is described above.
The issuers of Circle stablecoins
As described in detail in this prospectus, the Circle stablecoin network includes two payment stablecoins: USDC, our U.S. dollar-denominated stablecoin, and EURC, our euro-denominated stablecoin. USDC is currently issued by (i) Circle Internet Financial, LLC, one of our wholly owned subsidiaries, in jurisdictions other than the
8
European Economic Area (the EEA) and other than to select non-U.S. customers served by Circle Internet Financial Europe SAS and (ii) Circle Internet Financial Europe SAS, one of our wholly owned subsidiaries, in the EEA and to select non-U.S. customers outside of the EEA. USDC issued by either entity are fully fungible with those issued by the other entity. EURC is currently issued only by Circle Internet Financial Europe SAS. For ease of reference, in this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, when we refer to our activities with respect to Circle stablecoins, including references to us, our, and similar terms, we are referring to the activities of the relevant subsidiaries.
Circle Internet Financial Europe SAS is obligated under the Markets in Crypto-Assets Regulation (MiCAR) to redeem all USDC and EURC presented to it for redemption on a one-for-one basis for U.S. dollars and euros, respectively, regardless of whether the holder is a Circle Mint customer. A Circle Mint customer may redeem USDC and EURC through its Circle Mint account. As required by MiCAR, an end-user that is not a Circle Mint customer may redeem USDC and EURC directly from Circle Internet Financial Europe SAS after providing compliance information and supporting documentation, including, but not limited to, a notarized copy of such end-users government identification or business formation documents, as applicable, a bank statement in such end-users name from a bank located in the EEA that is able to receive U.S. dollars or single euro payments area (SEPA) payments, as applicable, and other documentation required to complete our screening (which includes but is not limited to, ID verification, KYC checks, and sanctions screening). In practice, however, given the marketplace for USDC and EURC, it is generally less cumbersome for a non-Circle Mint customer to sell USDC and EURC in the secondary market than to redeem USDC and EURC directly from us. Nonetheless, Circle Internet Financial Europe SAS is obligated to honor, and does honor, all properly presented redemption requests for USDC and EURC (other than when prohibited by law or court order or instances where fraud is suspected), which obligation we refer to as our role as the redeemer of last resort. We do not charge fees for redemptions effected in our role as the redeemer of last resort.
9
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the Risk factors section and the consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
The new internet financial system
Circles mission is to increase global economic prosperity through the frictionless exchange of value. We believe that with the advent of blockchain networks, the global financial system can be rebuilt on the principles of the internetthose of open software and public networksto the benefit of all of society. This new internet financial system has the potential to address the structural inefficiencies of the legacy financial system, enabling value to be exchanged more quickly, more cheaply, more safely, and in new, innovative waysthereby increasing both the benefit of and access to the financial system for all people and all businesses across the globe.
Finance is fundamentally built upon the movement of money in the form of the transmission of data, wrapped in trust, and protected by regulation. Finance is built upon the movement of money. In modern digital finance, the movement of money is the movement of data between accounts in private, permissioned databases. This movement of money is typically tightly controlled and regulated by individual nations to ensure safety and soundness of the financial system and to protect against abuse by bad actors. Although the infrastructure system enabling this movement of money is critical to the functioning of the existing financial system and powers one of the largest sectors in the global economy, the technology underpinning this system in large part dates from the 1970s and 1980s.
Todays financial system has brought countless benefits, yet inefficiencies remain stubbornly high. The financial system has enabled massive societal advances, lifting billions of people out of extreme poverty and contributing to enormous economic growth. Technological advancements have enabled innovations such as credit cards, electronic payments, and electronic capital markets. Yet despite this history of progress, and despite intense competition, end-user costs and systemic inefficiencies persist. Modern FinTech firms have generally focused on modernizing front-end interfaces but still often rely on legacy infrastructure, limiting true innovation. We believe the next innovation in the exchange of value, which is our core focus at Circle, will drive an evolution in the underlying infrastructure of the financial system that meets critical market demand.
The internet revolutionized the transmission of data, bringing exponential growth and previously unimagined innovation to countless sectors. Likewise, the internet has the potential to transform todays financial system. The advent of the internet enabled all-to-all communication at vastly lower costs by advancing communication from tightly controlled analog rails (e.g., radio, telephone, cable) to standardized network protocols. These protocols enabled new infrastructure for the movement of data and information. While adoption took time, and early use cases initially both struggled to scale and encountered meaningful scrutiny, over time, more innovators and developers began building on the internet and more users connected to the network via the applications they built. The end result: the cost of communication has approached zero at point of use, the volume of communication has exploded, and previously unimaginable services have now emerged. Today, the leaders of the modern digital economy are built on internet rails, and more of the economy is transitioning to these rails each day.
10
Blockchain networks enable the creation of the internet financial system. Blockchains provide a new base layer of internet infrastructure that uses advancements in cryptography and distributed computing to enable secure data exchange, transaction processing, and computation. These advancements make new categories of applications on the internet possible, including issuing digital financial assets, efficiently exchanging and processing transactions involving these assets, and writing code that can intermediate more complex transactions. Importantly, these blockchain networks can operate openly on the internet, reducing societys dependence on centralized intermediaries while unlocking efficiencies. We believe that blockchains could serve as a robust foundation for the creation of a new financial system built from the ground up on the internetwhat we call the new internet financial system.
This new internet financial system has the potential to substantially reduce inefficiencies in todays financial system. Given the amount of value being exchanged in todays financial system, the benefits of increased efficiency are vast. Trillions of dollars in payments and cross-border remittances occur annually, often at high costs due to the complex (often multi-party) legacy rails on which they flow. Vast sums of capital are trapped in multi-day settlement in capital markets, rather than deployed to productive uses. Immense operational, counterparty, and liquidity risks exist due to the opacity of financial exposures, outdated, manual workflows, and a dependence on cash held in fractional reserve banks. The internet financial system has the potential to address these inefficiencies by reducing cost and latency, enhancing transparency, and using safer underlying collateral.
The new internet financial system enables significantly increased money velocity. While the potential efficiency benefits of the internet financial system are staggering, we believe these are just a subset of the potential benefits it brings. As the marginal cost of storing and moving value approaches zero, conditions are ripe for the volume of value exchange to increase exponentially, similar to how the volume of information exchange exploded as the marginal cost of moving data on the internet approached zero. In such a future, we expect that both the velocity and versatility of money will increase dramatically, as people and businesses are able to transact more freely and frictionlessly.
The new internet financial system opens up new opportunities and use cases in finance and commerce through the advent of smart contracts running on blockchains. We believe programmability of money and digital assets represents a major inflection point in the utility of money. Economic arrangements can be literally codified, executed, and enforced entirely online, enabling people and firms across the world to safely enter into internet-based financial and commercial arrangements, while reducing the need for third-party intermediaries. And, just as the Web and App Stores led to an explosion in innovative information services, the growth of smart contracts and blockchain-based applications could significantly accelerate innovation in financial services.
The new internet financial system has the potential to increase economic inclusion among underserved populations. The existing financial systems inefficiencies result in the exclusion of certain segments of the global population, particularly those who are poorer, less educated, and living in rural areas. The new internet financial system has the potential to facilitate the inclusion of the approximately 1.4 billion adults globally who, according to the World Bank, are unbanked. The increased inclusion greatly expands our opportunity set.
The Circle stablecoin network in the new internet financial system
Stablecoins (like USDC and EURC) can facilitate the store and transfer of value in the new internet financial system and drive the advancement and adoption of the new internet financial system. Similar to the existing financial system, the internet financial system will facilitate the use of regulated money as a unit of account, a store of value, and as the core medium of exchange within a digitally native framework. We believe that stablecoins can facilitate the store and transfer of value in the new internet financial system and drive the advancement and
11
adoption of the new internet financial system. Specifically, we believe that payment stablecoins are the new base layer of internet money. Payment stablecoins function at internet speed (near-instantaneous transacting and settlement), and with programmability that enables the new capabilities and use cases of the internet financial system. The USDC digital dollar issued by us is a leading payment stablecoin, with $43.9 billion in circulation across 4.3 million meaningful wallets, as of December 31, 2024. We believe that payment stablecoins, their users and applications, and the use cases built around them will create internet-scale network effects, leading to a market structure in which only a few payment stablecoin platforms will emerge with the critical mass to serve the new internet financial system. We believe that the Circle stablecoin network is best placed to be a driver of the new internet financial system. See Stablecoin overview for a more detailed description of payment stablecoins.
Our strategy is to build the largest and most widely used stablecoin network in the world. Money (and any other store or representation of value) is fundamentally a network, whose utility is dependent on the number of users using it and willing to accept it. In other words, the more users in the network using or willing to use a form of value, the more utility that form of value has, which in turn promotes more people to use it. This is the case with stablecoins as well: The more people that use a stablecoin, the more utility it has to users (as a store of value and a method of transacting), which in turn drives more people to use it. Furthermore, stablecoins act as protocols that applications and developers build on top of and integrate. Protocols themselves have network propertiesthe more applications and products connected to the protocols, the more value the network develops through both utility and distribution. USDC is the foundation of the Circle stablecoin network, the growth of which is driven by developers building new applications and use cases on the network that are accessible and provide utility to end-users across the world. Attracting end-users, customers, and developers to adopt the Circle stablecoin network requires that the underlying infrastructure of the digital currencies on the network be robust and safe. Although the Circle stablecoin network carries risks to our customers and end-users, as is the case with the existing financial system, we nonetheless believe it optimally combines transparency and safetythrough regulation as stored-value instruments under Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) money services businesses regulation and state money transmission laws in the United States and as electronic money tokens in Europe, robust and frequent reporting (e.g., daily transparency into the Circle Reserve Fund), monthly assurance, and annual auditswith the demonstrated reach, critical mass of end-users, world-class financial partners, and network activity to drive the compounding growth and flywheel of internet-scale network effects.
Our growth strategy is to build and promote a suite of products that foster the expansion of the Circle stablecoin network. Our product strategy is aimed at growing the Circle stablecoin network and the circulation of Circle stablecoins. To that end, we strive to ensure that Circle Mint customers have readily available access to Circle stablecoins around the globe by working with financial institutions that act as on- and off-ramps between fiat currency and Circle stablecoins as well as with leading consumer financial applications and payments enterprises. See Our platform, products, and ecosystem for examples of partners that are part of the Circle stablecoin network and the Circle stablecoin ecosystem. We build and support stablecoin infrastructure that is designed to enable Circle stablecoins to flow safely and easily across blockchain networks and remove friction and complexity in the end-user experience for stablecoin transactions. Finally, we provide easy-to-use, cloud-based tools that aim to simplify the underlying technology for developers (whether at startups or within major institutions), and make it easier for them to build, deploy, and operate innovative applications, with strong out-of-the-box features for using the Circle stablecoin network.
Critical to our growth strategy are numerous partnerships with leading financial and internet technology firms and ecosystems. The underlying utility (and value) of the Circle stablecoin network is driven by every single end-
12
user, developer, builder, company, and institution operating on it, and the focus of our strategy is to attract and enable a broad ecosystem onto the Circle stablecoin network. To that end, we partner with leading institutions (many of them category-leading, internet-scale companies) to bring the benefits of the internet financial system to their users by building upon our products. Examples of our partnership strategy include the recent launches of the first phases of our partnership with Grab to offer its customers in Singapore a decentralized, blockchain-based (Web3) wallet via the Grab app, our partnership with Mercado Libre to introduce its customers in Latin America to USDC, our partnership with Nubank to introduce its customers in Brazil to USDC, our partnership with SBI Holdings to expand USDC access in Japan, our partnership with Coins.ph to help Filipinos abroad learn to use USDC for remittances, and our alliance with Binance to promote USDC on its platform. We have also partnered with Coinbase to provide seamless conversion between fiat currency and USDC. In addition, we collaborate with leading global market makers and liquidity providers. For example, in December 2024, we entered into an agreement with Cumberland to expand liquidity and settlement capabilities in USYC and USDC over the course of a three-year term. To further serve our goal, we have also entered into an arrangement with Intercontinental Exchange Holdings, Inc. (ICE) to explore integrating Circle stablecoins and USYC as collateral, settlement, and co-branded exchange-traded products across ICEs derivative markets. We also foster the Circle stablecoin ecosystem with a range of programs, including Circle Developer Programs, which sponsor hackathons and developer events, the Circle Alliance Program, our global partnership and alliance program, as well as worldwide industry and event sponsorships. Each of these partnerships drives awareness and growth of the Circle stablecoin network, further enhancing its network effect. We further believe we are uniquely well positioned to attract new partners due to our and USDCs trusted brand, regulatory-first posture, robust scalable infrastructure, and, critically, the scale and quality of other partners joining the network.
Making blockchain technology accessible and easy to use for both developers and end-users will be key to global adoption of stablecoins and the internet financial system. Our end-user- and developer-focused services make the complexity of the underlying technological infrastructure of our platform invisible to the end-user, simplifying end-user experiences, and empowering developers to build applications using the Circle stablecoin network. This technical simplification and end-user-focused approach is critical to internet-scale adoption of stablecoins broadly and the Circle stablecoin network specifically. Our core technology offerings, including our blockchain infrastructure products and our Developer Services, are core to enabling an intuitive interface for programmable money across a variety of applications, which will in turn drive further adoption of the Circle stablecoin network.
The monetization of the Circle stablecoin network is driven by its growth and our introduction of new products that expand its utility. As the Circle stablecoin network grows, we believe that our ability to monetize it will grow as well. Today, we monetize the amount of money on the network (i.e., the amount of Circle stablecoins in circulation). We earn reserve income on USDC reserve assets, at rates at a discount to the prevailing SOFR. We believe that our current revenue model has been successful, with 2024 revenue, net income, and Adjusted EBITDA of $1.7 billion, $156 million, and $285 million, respectively. See Managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsNon-GAAP financial measures for reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA. As the Circle stablecoin network grows and as more applications and activity take place on the Circle stablecoin network, the amount of Circle stablecoins in circulation will continue to grow. In addition to as described in BusinessOur platform, products, and ecosystem, we may seek to monetize the activity on our network with products that earn fee-based revenues based on transactions and usage in the future, and we intend to evaluate and consider various products from time to time, considering such factors as complexity and development costs, market opportunity, anticipated revenues, and the competitive landscape. For example, to capitalize on the growing trend of using yield-bearing digital assets as collateral in margin trading, we intend to issue TMMFs, including USYC, following our acquisition of Hashnote. See BusinessOur platform, products, and
13
ecosystemCircle Tokenized Funds for more information on the Hashnote acquisition. We believe the market opportunity in the internet financial system is vast and that, although we face a variety of risks (see Risk factors for a discussion of the material risks faced by our business), we are the best positioned firm to drive, capture, and monetize it.
Stablecoin overview
Stablecoins can facilitate the store and transfer of value in the new internet financial system and drive the advancement and adoption of the new internet financial system. While there have been many experiments in the development of different stablecoin models, we have always been focused on building and operating payment stablecoins. These stablecoins are designed to be efficient forms of payment and are fully backed by reserves consisting of highly liquid, price-stable cash and cash equivalents. By providing Circle Mint customers the ability to redeem their stablecoins on demand on a one-for-one basis for the underlying fiat currency, Circle stablecoins are designed to provide a safe and sound foundation as a form of digital currency, as well as a bridge between blockchain and traditional finance.
Trends driving adoption of stablecoins and the internet financial system
In addition to the core efficiency and innovation benefits outlined above, a number of other trends have emerged that are helping to drive the adoption of stablecoins and the internet financial system, including technology improvements, operational improvements for using and securing digital assets, growth in artificial intelligence (AI) agents and applications, regulatory support and legal clarity, and identity and compliance standards, each of which is further described in BusinessStablecoin overviewTrends driving adoption of stablecoins and the internet financial system.
Our role in driving stablecoin adoption
We have built one of the largest and most widely used stablecoin networks. At the foundation of the Circle stablecoin network are our payment stablecoins, USDCwhich, according to CoinMarketCap, is the second largest stablecoin as measured by the amount of stablecoins in circulation with a 24% share of the stablecoin market as of December 31, 2024and EURCwhich, according to CoinGecko, is the largest euro-denominated stablecoin as measured by the amount of stablecoins in circulation as of March 28, 2025. USDC and EURC are liquid, stable, and digitally native forms of U.S. dollars and euros, respectively, built on an open protocol and a regulatorily compliant platform. Each maintains 24/7, borderless, and near-instant value transfer capabilities. USDC and EURC are redeemable on a one-for-one basis for U.S. dollars and euros, respectively, directly from us by Circle Mint customers (see Our platform, products, and ecosystemCircle Liquidity ServicesCircle Mint for information about Circle Mint, which is a service offering that is available only to institutions) as well as by end-users that are not Circle Mint customers in our role as the redeemer of last resort (see GlossaryThe issuers of Circle stablecoins). In addition, all end-users can sell or exchange USDC and EURC in the secondary market. USDC and EURC and the overall Circle stablecoin network are further discussed under Our platform, products, and ecosystem.
We issue the worlds largest regulated payment stablecoinby which we mean a payment stablecoin that is regulated as a stored-value instrument under FinCEN money services businesses regulation and state money transmission laws in the United States and as an electronic money token in Europe (see BusinessRegulatory policy landscape for the principal regulations to which we are subject)as measured by the amount of
14
stablecoins in circulation. As a result, we play a highly active role in driving stablecoin adoption. Key initiatives that we have taken to advance stablecoin adoption include:
| Technology innovation. We invest considerable product and engineering effort in advancing the state-of-the-art in technologies to scale and simplify the use of stablecoins in everyday financial and commercial applications. Our blockchain infrastructure product pillar is focused on ensuring that end-users can safely move USDC and EURC across many blockchain networks, while abstracting away many of the complexities associated with making a payment or interacting with a blockchain-based financial application. At the same time, through our Developer Services product pillar, we are enabling software developers to easily integrate stablecoins into their own apps, and safely deploy applications that interact with blockchain networks and smart contracts. |
| Comprehensive access and distribution. We prioritize making stablecoins as accessible and widely distributed as possible, integrating Circle stablecoins into new blockchains, providing primary liquidity through a network of banks, and partnering with distributors such as digital asset capital markets participants, wallet providers, and other large enterprises building products for their customers and ecosystems. Easy access to stablecoins is key to increasing usage, which in turn promotes the utility and adoption of stablecoins. |
| Market education and thought leadership. We invest considerable resources in providing thought leadership and market education about the potential of the internet financial system, and the role that stablecoins can play in improving the delivery of financial services and digital commerce. |
| Supporting the development of sound regulatory policy. Since our founding, we have sought to engage constructively with policymakers and regulators worldwide, and today invest considerable resources in engaging with these communities as new and robust regulations and laws are put in place for the digital assets ecosystem. |
| Promoting open standards. We are committed to driving stablecoin adoption through the promotion of open standards to improve interoperability and compliance for stablecoin applications. This includes new non-profit open-source foundations we are forming to promote standards in digital identity, global standards for implementing compliance with the global Travel Rule (which is a key anti-money laundering (AML)/countering the financing of terrorism (CFT) rule to prevent illicit activity with virtual assets), and new open-source standards aimed at promoting the use of stablecoins within blockchain-based credit and lending applications. |
Market opportunity
We view the market opportunity of the Circle stablecoin network as encompassing the entire global monetary supply. This opportunity is expected to grow considerably as developing nations increasingly participate in the globally interconnected financial marketplace. Further, by removing layers of friction inherent in the current financial services ecosystem, we believe the internet financial system has the potential to grow the speed and efficiency at which money is used and transacted at an exponential rate, just as the internet facilitated the explosive growth of the exchange of global information and data. In the United States, the velocity of M2 money stock was 1.39 for the fourth quarter of 2024, according to the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis. We believe an internet-native U.S. dollar can increase the velocity of M2 money stock, resulting in a corresponding increase in total value of transactions and gross domestic product (GDP).
15
Our platform, products, and ecosystem
We operate one of the largest and most widely used stablecoin networks in the world. Anchored around USDC, our U.S. dollar-denominated payment stablecoin, our suite of stablecoins and related products together provide a network utility and application platform for a wide range of organizations to benefit from stablecoins and the new internet financial system. Through our partners and the broader ecosystem that supports and integrates into the Circle stablecoin network, we touch more than 600 million users around the world as of March 28, 2025. While we do not provide direct services to individuals (other than by redeeming USDC and EURC in our role as the redeemer of last resort), the Circle stablecoin network is one of the most widely used on the internetas of March 28, 2025, USDC has been used for more than $25 trillion in onchain transactions.
The Circle stablecoin network has four unique pillars.
Circle Stablecoins
At the foundation of the Circle stablecoin network are the USDC and EURC payment stablecoins. USDC and EURC are digital currency tokens issued natively on blockchain networks and backed by reserves consisting of highly liquid, price-stable cash and cash equivalents. USDC and EURC are redeemable on a one-for-one basis for U.S. dollars and euros, respectively, directly from us by Circle Mint customers (see Our platform, products, and ecosystemCircle Liquidity ServicesCircle Mint for information about Circle Mint, which is a service offering that is available only to institutions) as well as by end-users that are not Circle Mint customers in our role as the redeemer of last resort (see GlossaryThe issuers of Circle stablecoins). In addition, all end-users can sell or exchange USDC and EURC in the secondary market. USDC and EURC enable end-users to store value in a digital form and to transact over blockchain networks, allowing for near-instant settlement, at a very low cost, with the reach of the internet. USDC and EURC are regulated as stored-value instruments under FinCEN money services businesses regulation and state money transmission laws in the United States and as electronic money tokens in Europe.
We believe Circle stablecoins have consistently set a standard for transparency, liquidity, and technological innovation. They are exclusively issued by Circle and are directly obtainable through Circle Mint, which is available only to institutions (see Our platform, products, and ecosystemCircle Liquidity ServicesCircle Mint for information about Circle Mint). Circle stablecoins are also distributed and made widely available through hundreds of different retail and institutional products around the world. They can also be stored in digital asset wallets without necessarily having an account directly with us. See The Circle stablecoin ecosystem for more details.
Circle Tokenized Funds
Circle Tokenized Funds are regulated yield-bearing investments for collateral use in capital markets. We believe that certain major trading firms have moved, and will increasingly move away from, using stablecoins as collateral in favor of TMMFs. However, other TMMF issuers may be limited in their ability to provide significant instantaneous redeemability for equivalent underlying assets. We believe that the ability of a well-regulated stablecoin such as USDC to provide near-instantaneous redemption can offer a substantial advantage for this emerging trend of using TMMFs as collateral for margin trading on various digital asset trading platforms, maximizing capital efficiency in the flows between settlement assets and collateral and at the same time, reducing counterparty execution risk. Moreover, TMMF issuers typically operate on a single blockchain or have limited interoperability across different blockchain platforms. By integrating TMMFs with Circles existing infrastructure, we expect to enhance interoperability and enable investors to quickly transition between TMMFs
16
and stablecoins, allowing traders to hold their assets in TMMFs while accruing yield and then be able to instantaneously convert into Circle stablecoins, which can then be used to purchase other digital assets on third party platforms.
To serve this objective, on January 21, 2025, we acquired Hashnote and its TMMF, USYC, which is a tokenized product offered in reliance upon an exemption to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. USYC serves as an onchain representation of the shares in Hashnote International Short Duration Yield Fund Ltd. (SDYF) and is intended primarily for use as collateral on digital asset trading platforms. Unlike payment stablecoins that offer no yield, TMMFs like USYC offer yield to the token holders that is generated from its invested assets consisting primarily of reverse repurchase agreements on U.S. government and government-backed securities and short-term U.S. Treasury securities. According to RWA.xyz, USYC is the largest onchain TMMF in terms of assets under management, with approximately $1.6 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2024. We believe that leveraging Hashnotes existing traction and momentum will enable us to enter the rapidly emerging TMMF space with a well-established tokenized stable yield product, enhancing our leading position within the overall digital asset capital markets.
On February 13, 2025, we received approval to issue USYC and offer Circle Mint accounts out of Bermuda under our existing Digital Assets Business Act (DABA) License granted by the Bermuda Monetary Authority (BMA). We plan to integrate USYC into the Circle stablecoin network, offering eligible customers the ability to move between the non-yield bearing Circle payment stablecoins and USYC at the settlement speed of the blockchain.
Circle Liquidity Services
Circle liquidity services provide institutional minting, reserving, redemption, and foreign exchange services for Circle stablecoins.
Circle Mint
Circle Mint is our service offering that provides institutional customers USDC- and EURC-related services, such as minting USDC and EURC, redeeming USDC and EURC for the U.S. dollar and euro, respectively, directly from us, and sending and receiving USDC and EURC to and/or from Circle Mint accounts. Circle Mint supports international wires and domestic bank transfers in more than 185 countries. Circle Mint provides customers with a powerful user interface, advanced security, and workflow and API capabilities. As of December 31, 2024, there were 1,819 Circle Mint customers with accounts. Circle Mint is currently available only to institutions, such as exchanges, institutional traders, wallet providers, banks, and consumer apps companies. Circle Mint is not available to individuals; as such, no individuals are Circle Mint customers. To open a Circle Mint account, a potential customer must submit an application in which such potential customer provides us with compliance information and supporting documentation including, but not limited to, the legal entity, its operations, beneficial owners, and the intended use of the account. Potential Circle Mint customers must pass our screening processes, including, but not limited to, ID verification, KYC checks, sanctions screening, and suitability checks (for which we consider factors such as the type of business the potential customer engages in and the potential customers anticipated minting volume). Circle Mint customers are able to mint Circle stablecoins and redeem Circle stablecoins directly from us. Upon receipt of fiat funds from a Circle Mint customers bank account, we mint USDC or EURC, as applicable, and deposit such stablecoins to the Circle Mint customers account. Similarly, upon receipt of a redemption request from the Circle Mint customer with respect to USDC or EURC in such customers account, we remove such stablecoins from the Circle Mint customers account and transfer fiat funds to the customers bank account. The Circle Mint customer may choose between standard redemption
17
(which is initiated nearly instantly) and basic redemption (which is initiated within two business days). Currently, we do not charge fees to the Circle Mint customer for minting stablecoins (assuming the fiat funds are in the appropriate currency) or for redeeming stablecoins under the basic redemption option. We also offer Circle Mint customers the standard redemption option, under which we charge a 0.03% fee for amounts between $2 million or 2 million to $5 million or 5 million, a 0.06% fee for amounts between $5 million or 5 million to $15 million or 15 million, and a 0.1% fee for amounts exceeding $15 million or 15 million, in each case for USDC and EURC, respectively, although we may waive such standard redemption fees for select Circle Mint customers.
Circle Developer Services
To foster and grow the Circle stablecoin network, we aim to help developers and enterprises to easily build, deploy, and operate end-user applications on blockchain networks through enterprise-grade smart contracts, APIs, and software development kits.
Onchain apps are a major new class of applications spanning consumer, e-commerce, gaming, social, finance, and payments use cases. However, building and deploying these applications is complex. For developers, crafting simple user experiences that are familiar to and consistent with existing mobile and Web applications requires deep familiarity with cryptography and blockchain network integration, and can pose undue security risks for end-users. Companies deploying these applications also require specialized knowledge for deploying and operating smart contracts and blockchain software nodes, also introducing significant security and operational risks.
To address these issues, and to help grow the number of onchain apps in the world, we offer a comprehensive suite of products under the Circle Developer Services banner. These products include:
| Circle Wallets. Circle Wallets is our programmable wallet solution designed for developers to seamlessly provide Web3-enabled wallets to their end users, enabling them to securely store and transact with digital assets. The most important onchain building block for enabling an internet application is the integration of digital wallet technology into applications. As part of our managed wallet services offering, developers can rapidly integrate onchain wallet technology into their end-user applications across mobile apps and the Web. Circle Wallets enable end-user controlled wallets, as well as developer-controlled wallets, and support digital assets and tokens across multiple blockchain networks. |
Importantly, Circle Wallets remove much of the friction typically associated with using an onchain app. Functionality like remembering seed phrases or complex user experience for signing transactions with private keys are replaced with familiar patterns such as PIN codes, biometric authentication, and linking to existing user identities using logins with Google or Apple.
USDC support plays a central role in Circle Wallets, enabling end-users to easily make and receive USDC payments, thereby removing the complexity of which blockchain network or protocol is being used, as well as removing the need for end-users to understand or make gas fee payments.
Since the beta launch of Circle Wallets, more than 11,000 developers have engaged with the product, deploying almost 10 million wallets onchain. For example, Grab Networks, a leading superapp in Southeast Asia, has implemented Circles solutions to power its new onchain wallet, beginning with non-fungible token (NFT)-based stored value vouchers that can be used in real-world commerce.
To streamline both developer and end-user experiences of onchain apps, we also offer Circle Gas Station, a feature within Circle Wallets, which enables application developers to remove the need for end-users to pay
18
gas fees for using blockchain applications. This allows end-users to simply interact with apps (i.e., make and receive stablecoin payments) without ever knowing they are using a blockchain or what a gas fee even represents. Circle Gas Station allows developers to set policies for fees and limits, and if fees need to be paid by end-users, it allows those fees to be paid entirely in USDC, removing friction typically associated with using blockchain applications. Behind the scenes, we automatically handle the integration with blockchain networks and the underlying gas fee infrastructure on behalf of developers.
Circle Developer Services provide a powerful suite of products for building consumer-scale applications on blockchains. These applications are optimized for using USDC and the Circle stablecoin network. They help to bring more end-users onto our network, while unlocking new opportunities for developers and enterprises around the world.
For each of these services, we monetize the usage of the infrastructure, including fees based on the number of active wallets, the number of API calls into Circle Contracts, and the amount of fees paid using Circle Gas Station. Together, these new fees represent an important potential long-term source of revenue for us.
| Circle Contracts. A fundamental part of the innovation of blockchain networks and onchain technology is the ability to write and deploy code that automates interactions with digital assets, including stablecoins, using smart contracts. Smart contracts open up the programmability of money, introducing innovations in how commercial and financial contracts can be used online, and extending into many new use cases for using digital tokens in consumer and enterprise applications. |
Writing smart contracts is a new and complex form of computer programming, and one that introduces profound new security and operational riskscode that handles the storage and transfer of digital value is a frequent target for hackers and other illicit actors. Additionally, writing smart contracts that can work across different blockchain networks introduces yet more complexity. Finally, safely deploying and managing smart contracts on blockchain networks introduces production and operation hurdles that are largely unfamiliar to existing IT and information security professionals.
To address these issues, we introduced our smart contract platform (Circle Contracts), which empowers developers to integrate and build with smart contracts without needing to learn a new coding language, and by reusing existing smart contract templates for the most common tasks and application types. Circle Contracts also streamlines the deployment, monitoring, and administration of smart contracts across multiple different blockchain networks.
When combined with Circle Wallets, Circle Contracts unlocks the creativity of developers to safely build highly sophisticated applications, while also giving them access to libraries of out-of-the-box smart contract templates that are common to payment applications using USDC, as well as other popular features such as issuing and managing NFTs. Combined, these offerings also enable financial services firms to more easily build tokenization applications for existing financial assets, and integrate those into their existing online products.
| Circle Paymaster. A frequent challenge that developers and end-users face when interacting with onchain apps is paying for gas feestransaction costs essential for blockchain networks. Traditionally, users must acquire and hold blockchain-specific native tokens, such as ETH or SOL, to pay these fees, creating friction and complexity. Users often find themselves handling multiple assets, which can lead to operational hurdles and diminished user experiences. |
To address these challenges, we introduced Paymaster, an onchain smart contract that allows developers and end-users to pay these fees in USDC instead of the blockchains native tokens. Paymaster can be
19
integrated by developers without requiring special permissions, making the technology broadly accessible and significantly enhancing interoperability within the blockchain ecosystem. By facilitating effortless use of USDC for gas payments across various blockchains, Paymaster advances Circles broader mission to foster global economic prosperity through frictionless value exchange.
Paymaster simplifies the user experience by eliminating the need for users to maintain balances of multiple volatile native tokens. We pre-fund Paymaster smart contracts with the blockchains native tokens, automatically covering gas fees when end-users execute blockchain transactions through developer applications. Concurrently, the Paymaster smart contract receives reimbursement in USDC from developers or end-users. To maintain liquidity, Paymaster periodically and automatically rebalances its token reserves, converting accrued USDC back into native tokens.
Paymaster initially launched in January 2025 on Arbitrum and Base. The service aligns closely with Circles existing blockchain infrastructure solutions, such as CCTP and Gas Station.
| Circle CCTP. As blockchain applications grow and blockchain networks compete for developers and end-users, it has become important for end-users to be able to easily and safely transfer stablecoins across different blockchain networks. For most end-users, the process of making a transfer across blockchain networks is cumbersome, expensive, slow, and introduces significant security and financial integrity risks. Blockchains have generally not been interoperable with each other, contributing to difficulties bridging from one chain to another. The only way for most end-users to move value across blockchains has been to use a wrapped token, or a tokenized representation of a particular digital asset that enables it to be operable on another blockchain. Such protocols introduce undue risk and hacking opportunities into a process that should otherwise be simple and hassle-free. |
To address these issues, we launched CCTP. With CCTP, end-users can safely and cost-efficiently transfer USDC from one supported blockchain to another. CCTP is a crucial building block for application developers and ensures that digital dollars can be used interoperably no matter what blockchain an application or end-user is interacting with. In March 2025, we launched CCTP V2, a fast version of CCTP that monetizes and accrues revenue on each transaction. CCTP V2 is currently available on Avalanche, Base, Ethereum, and Linea, with more blockchains expected to be announced throughout 2025.
CCTP works by first redeeming USDC on the source chain and then issuing USDC on the destination chain, relying on a cryptographic attestation, or receipt, to prove that the USDC has been properly redeemed before the corresponding USDC can be reissued on another blockchain.
From its launch in April 2023 to December 31, 2024, CCTP has handled approximately $24.7 billion in transfers and is available as a public protocol through a series of smart contracts that work alongside the core USDC stablecoin protocol. While nascent, we view CCTP as an important capability and a unique differentiator that will act as a key driver of our future growth.
Together, this suite enables existing Web2 developers, internet-enabled businesses, and financial institutions to more easily offer Web3 capabilities, including using USDC as a means of payment and settlement within consumer internet, e-commerce, and finance applications.
The Circle stablecoin network is built on blockchain infrastructure
We build, maintain, and deploy a family of smart contracts that provide the core functionality of the Circle stablecoin network. These smart contracts provide a protocol for applications to easily store and transfer Circle
20
stablecoins. Our stablecoin smart contracts are all available as open-source software, both through public open-source libraries, and as visible source code deployed on blockchain networks.
While USDC was initially only natively supported for the Ethereum blockchain (one of the most widely adopted blockchain-based applications), today USDC is natively supported for 19 blockchains, with more expected in the future. Today, there is intense competition in the industry to deliver blockchains that are attractive to application developers and end-users, with different projects competing for improved security, efficiency, privacy, and other advanced features. In order to ensure that USDC is as widely available as possible and can be used by application developers, we continue to bring our stablecoin smart contracts and protocols to more blockchain ecosystems.
Once available as a protocol on a blockchain network, USDC can then be used by developers to provide dollar storage and settlement features in the digital asset space. These public blockchain networks provide a foundation for issuing digital assets, managing data, processing transactions, and performing computation. Just as large internet companies depend on many underlying open internet protocols and networks, so too do we depend on multiple open protocols and networksin this case, networks built using advanced cryptography to maintain tamper-resistant data, transactions, and computing resources, all crucial building blocks for building financial and commercial applications.
Across the Circle stablecoin network, we aim to enable simpler, safer, and easier to use applications. Because our stablecoin infrastructure exists entirely as public protocols and public infrastructure itself, it can be used by all users of the internet and does not require a user to interact with us directly. The more broadly this infrastructure is used and supported, the greater the quality and reach of the Circle stablecoin network.
To this end, we build, deliver, and operate a range of blockchain-specific software infrastructure. This blockchain infrastructure is intended to abstract away certain complexities associated with using blockchain networks, and to simplify the usage of Circle stablecoins, all while increasing convenience and safety. Said differently, this infrastructure is important to enhancing the utility of Circle stablecoins on the internet, and therefore we work within the broader developer and blockchain ecosystem to adopt this technology rather than directly offering these as commercial products. Our blockchain infrastructure includes open-source software, deployed smart contract protocols, and related network services that help make using Circle stablecoins safe, efficient, and reliable.
The Circle stablecoin ecosystem
We are a platform, network, and market infrastructure for stablecoin and blockchain applications. Today, USDC and the Circle stablecoin network play a crucial role in the emerging internet financial system. By offering Circle stablecoins on open blockchain networks and protocols, we have been able to build and become part of a broad global ecosystem of companies, products, and technologies that make up the new internet financial system.
The value of the Circle stablecoin network grows as more companies and services connect into our network and infrastructure, growing the reach and utility of our network. To understand the scale and scope of our value, it is important to also understand the broader Circle stablecoin ecosystem. Altogether, thousands of companies are part of the Circle stablecoin ecosystem, providing products and technologies that integrate with the Circle stablecoin network in various ways.
| Wallets and consumer apps. A primary way that end-users interact with USDC and the Circle stablecoin network is through consumer applications and digital wallets. Collectively, these consumer applications reach |
21
hundreds of millions of end-users, and provide a primary means to hold and use USDC. Examples include products from Coinbase, Robinhood, MetaMask, Mercado Libre, Nubank, Coins.ph, and GCash. |
| Digital Asset Exchanges. Hundreds of digital asset exchanges around the world support the trading and exchange of USDC for other digital assets and fiat currencies. USDC is one of the most actively traded digital assets in the world, and through these exchangeswhich range from large global exchanges such as Coinbase, Binance, Kraken, and OKX, to major regional and national exchangesUSDC is made available to hundreds of millions of retail and institutional end-users. |
| Traditional Exchanges. While nascent, Circle is exploring use cases for USDC in traditional exchange venues and clearing houses. In February 2025, we entered into a memorandum of understanding with ICE, where we agreed to explore (i) collaborating on certain market activities to promote Circle stablecoins, USYC, and related products within ICEs trading, clearing, and data ecosystem, (ii) integrating Circle stablecoins and USYC as collateral, settlement, and co-branded exchange traded products across ICEs capital and derivative markets, and (iii) developing co-branded trading and investment products. |
| Custodians. Most major corporate and institutional end-users of stablecoins seek to store and custody their USDC with sophisticated digital asset custody providers, many of whom are regulated as digital asset custody firms under various state and national regulatory and supervisory arrangements around the world. Leading digital asset custodians including Anchorage Digital, BitGo, Coinbase, Fireblocks, and Copper provide robust support for USDC and the Circle stablecoin network infrastructure. |
| Blockchain networks. Core blockchain network infrastructure is crucial for operating the Circle stablecoin network, and through native support for 19 blockchains, we enable developers and customers to integrate and use USDC within a wide array of wallets and products that are built on these blockchain networks. Blockchains with native support for USDC include Algorand, Aptos, Arbitrum, Avalanche, Base, Celo, Ethereum, Hedera, Linea, NEAR, Noble, OP Mainnet, Polkadot, Polygon PoS, Solana, Stellar, Sui, Unichain, and ZKsync, with more expected in the future. |
| Blockchain protocols. Most blockchain networks support developing and deploying smart contracts that can act as onchain protocols. These protocols can offer a wide array of building blocks for financial and commercial applications, such as exchange, lending, invoice payments, micro-payments, treasury management, and more. Leading protocols that support USDC and the Circle stablecoin network include projects such as the Uniswap Protocol, Aave, OpenSea, and Safe. |
| Banks and neo-banks. Banks and neo-banks play an increasingly important role in the Circle stablecoin ecosystem, providing settlement and reserve infrastructure for Circle stablecoins. They are also important end-users of our stablecoin infrastructure. We are seeing growth in startup banks and neo-banks in many emerging markets focused on providing digital dollar payment and settlement services using USDC and the Circle stablecoin network. |
| Payments companies. Increasingly, leading payments companies are integrating the Circle stablecoin network into their offerings as a means of settlement (directly or indirectly) for their customers. As the global digital assets ecosystem grows, these companies are building products that are future proof and enabled for increasing integration with the financial system. This includes payment processors, credit card networks, and money remittance services. We are working with leading payments companies like Visa, Mastercard, Stripe, Worldpay, and MoneyGram to facilitate stablecoin settlement on the Circle stablecoin network. |
| Market makers and liquidity providers. Stablecoins such as USDC are made widely available through hundreds of retail and institutional platforms around the world. As a wholesale market infrastructure, we do |
22
not directly provide stablecoin liquidity to all of these venues and distribution channels; instead, we depend upon a global network of market makers and over-the-counter liquidity providers to supply USDC. These institutional trading firms play an important role in ensuring that USDC is widely accessible, including in dozens of international markets where they facilitate trading using local currencies and banking infrastructure. Leading global market makers and liquidity providers include Cumberland, Galaxy Digital, Wintermute Trading, and B2C2. For example, in December 2024, we entered into an agreement with Cumberland to expand liquidity and settlement capabilities in USYC and USDC over the course of a three-year term. |
We are continually exploring opportunities to expand our product offerings to complement and increase the usage and utility of Circle stablecoins and the Circle stablecoin ecosystem.
Circle Reserve Management
Sound reserve management (ensuring liquidity and preservation of reserve assets) is central to our operations.
The Circle stablecoin network benefits from the strength, operating resiliency, and risk management capabilities of the leading financial institutions that are part of our reserve management infrastructure. We hold reserves in a manner designed to ensure liquidity and preservation of reserve assets. See BusinessReserve management standard for information regarding our standards for managing Circle stablecoin reserves. In compliance with applicable laws and regulatory guidance, we (i) limit Circle stablecoin reserves to highly liquid financial instruments, (ii) hold reserves in accounts that are titled FBO holders of USDC and EURC, respectively, and (iii) do not lend, borrow against, or encumber the reserves. See BusinessRegulatory policy landscapePrincipal U.S. federal and state regulatory regimesMoney transmitter and money services laws for a discussion of the regulations governing our U.S. state licenses.
As of December 31, 2024, we held approximately 85% of USDC reserves in the Circle Reserve Fund, a government money market fund pursuant to Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act) managed by BlackRock, one of the worlds largest asset managers, and available only to us. The assets within the Circle Reserve Fund are held in the custody of The Bank of New York Mellon (BNY), one of the largest asset custodians in the world. See Managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsLiquidity and capital resourcesComposition of USDC reserves for additional information regarding the Circle Reserve Fund. The remaining portion of USDC reserves (typically 10-20%) are held as cash in accounts that are titled FBO holders of USDC, primarily with banks designated by the Financial Stability Board as global systemically important banks (GSIBs), which are subject to the highest capital and liquidity requirements and the greatest level of regulatory supervision in the world. A small fraction of USDC reserves is held as cash within several additional banks, which facilitate the flow of funds from reserves to Circle Mint customers. Currently, all EURC reserves are held only in cash.
Core to our reserve management infrastructure is reporting and independent assurance. Since the launch of USDC in September 2018 and EURC in June 2022, we have provided full transparency into assets comprising Circle stablecoin reserves, first on a monthly basis (on our website), then on a weekly basis (also on our website), and now, in the case of the Circle Reserve Fund, on a daily basis (on BlackRocks website). Furthermore, since USDCs launch, we have provided the public with independent, third-party monthly assurance over the value and composition of these assets from a leading public accounting firm (currently, a Big Four firm), whose reports are available for both USDC and EURC on our website.
23
Our Liquidity Services are integrated with the existing financial system
Additionally, core to Circle Liquidity Services is our integration with the existing financial system in order to provide robust primary liquidity (i.e., facilitating conversions between Circle stablecoins and fiat currency). We believe we have built a robust banking infrastructure, with onboarding at settlement banks that provide the primary market liquidity infrastructure to enable us to flow funds to and from Circle Mint customers to enable on- and off-ramping with Circle stablecoins. They provide multiple rails including 24/7/365 funds flow capabilities, wires, automated clearing house (ACH), SEPA, and similar regional domestic bank transfer networks as well as providing redundancy across rails. We continue to expand the network of banks that provide primary Liquidity Services to the Circle stablecoin ecosystem.
Recent Developments
Set forth below are preliminary estimates of selected unaudited condensed consolidated financial information for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2025 are not yet available and are subject to completion of our financial closing procedures. The following information reflects our preliminary estimates based on currently available information and is subject to change. We have provided ranges, rather than specific amounts, for the preliminary results described below because we are still in the process of finalizing our financial results as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and, as a result, our final reported results may vary from the preliminary estimates; however, we do not expect our final reported results to materially differ from the preliminary results shown below. The preliminary financial data included in this prospectus have been prepared by, and are the responsibility of, our management. Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has not audited, reviewed, compiled, or applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the preliminary financial data. Accordingly, Deloitte & Touche LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.
24
Three months ended March 31, 2025 |
Three months ended March 31, 2024 |
|||||||||||
High | Low | |||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Revenue and reserve income |
||||||||||||
Reserve income |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Other revenue |
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total revenue and reserve income from continuing operations |
||||||||||||
Distribution, transaction, and other costs |
||||||||||||
Distribution and transaction costs |
||||||||||||
Other costs |
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total distribution, transaction, and other costs |
||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||||||
Compensation expenses |
||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense |
||||||||||||
IT infrastructure costs |
||||||||||||
Marketing expenses |
||||||||||||
Gain on sale of intangible assets |
||||||||||||
Merger termination expenses |
||||||||||||
Restructuring expenses |
||||||||||||
Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment |
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total operating expenses |
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating income (loss) from continuing operations |
||||||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) before income taxes |
||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) from continuing operations |
||||||||||||
Discontinued operations, net of taxes |
||||||||||||
Loss from operations of discontinued businesses |
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other financial information: |
||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(1) |
$ | $ | $ |
(1) | To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed here and elsewhere in this prospectus Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income (loss) from continuing operations excluding: depreciation and amortization expense; interest expense, net of amortization of discounts and premiums; interest income; income tax expense; stock compensation expense; certain legal expenses; realized and unrealized (gains) losses, net, on digital assets held for investment and other related investments; realized (gains) losses on available-for-sale debt securities; impairment losses on strategic investments; merger termination expenses; restructuring expenses; acquisition-related costs; change in fair value of convertible debt, warrant liability, and embedded derivatives; (gains) losses on sale of long-lived assets; and foreign currency exchange loss. For additional information regarding our use and the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA, see Managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsNon-GAAP financial measures. The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) from continuing operations, the most closely comparable GAAP financial measure: |
25
Three months ended March 31, 2025 |
Three months ended March 31, 2024 |
|||||||||||
High | Low | |||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Net income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Adjusted for: |
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense |
||||||||||||
Interest expense, net of amortization of discounts and premiums |
||||||||||||
Interest income(1) |
||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
||||||||||||
Stock compensation expense |
||||||||||||
Certain legal expenses(2) |
||||||||||||
Realized and unrealized (gains) losses, net, on digital assets held for investment and other related investments |
||||||||||||
Realized (gains) losses on available-for-sale debt securities |
||||||||||||
Impairment losses on strategic investments |
||||||||||||
Restructuring expenses(3) |
||||||||||||
Acquisition-related costs(4) |
||||||||||||
Change in fair value of convertible debt, warrant liability, and embedded derivatives |
||||||||||||
(Gains) losses on sale of long-lived assets |
||||||||||||
Foreign currency exchange loss |
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | $ | $ |
(1) | Reflects interest income from corporate cash and cash and cash equivalents balances. For the avoidance of doubt, this amount does not include the impact of reserve income. |
(2) | Reflects litigation expenses related to the FT Partners litigation. Refer to Note 23 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a summary of these legal matters. |
(3) | Reflects one-time restructuring expenses incurred in connection with our change in domicile from the Republic of Ireland to the State of Delaware (the Redomiciliation). |
(4) | Reflects legal and professional services costs related to the Hashnote acquisition in the first quarter of 2025. |
26
In addition, set forth below are our key operating indicators as for the three months ended March 31, 2025. For the definition and calculation of these indicators, see Managements discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial conditionKey operating and financial indicators.
Three months ended March 31, 2025 |
||||
(in millions, except reserve return rate and stablecoin market share) |
||||
Key operating data: |
||||
USDC in circulation, end of period |
$ | |||
Average USDC in circulation |
$ | |||
Reserve return rate |
% to % | |||
USDC on platform, end of period |
$ | |||
Daily weighted-average percentage of USDC on platform |
% | |||
USDC minted |
$ | |||
USDC redeemed |
$ | |||
Stablecoin market share, end of period |
% | |||
Meaningful Wallets, end of period |
Summary risk factors
Our business and Class A common stock are subject to many risks, as more fully described in the Risk factors section immediately following this Prospectus Summary section. These risks include, among others:
| We face intense and increasing competition. |
| Competition from new and existing issuers offering competing products, combined with the rise of yield-bearing digital assets, including TMMFs, that are attractive to digital asset trading participants, may reduce market demand and circulation of Circle stablecoins. |
| Stablecoins may face periods of uncertainty, loss of trust, or systemic shocks resulting in the potential for rapid redemption requests (or runs). Extreme scenarios, such as market shocks that affect the value of USDCs reserves or simultaneous requests to redeem all or substantially all USDC in circulation, or concerns related to Circle stablecoin reserves, may lead to redemption delays and USDC reserves being insufficient to meet all redemption requests. |
| As a relatively new innovation, stablecoins are particularly susceptible to operational challenges and risks, including due to surges in demand. |
| Any negative publicity regarding stablecoins or the broader digital asset industry may have an outsized negative effect on consumer confidence. |
| The acceptance of Circle stablecoins could be negatively impacted by the disruptions in secondary marketplaces that facilitate the purchase and sale of Circle stablecoins. |
| Absent federal regulations, there is a possibility that Circle stablecoins may be classified as securities and any classification of Circle stablecoins as a security would subject us to additional regulation and could materially impact the operation of our business. |
27
| We hold a substantial amount of USDC reserves in the Circle Reserve Fund and thus are subject to risks associated with the issuer, the manager, and the custodian of the Circle Reserve Fund. |
| Any significant disruption in our or our third-party service providers or partners technology could result in a loss of customers or funds and adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. |
| Our customers funds and digital assets may fail to be adequately safeguarded by us or the third-party service providers upon whom we rely. |
| Our inability to maintain existing relationships with financial institutions and similar firms or to enter into new such relationships could impact our ability to offer services to customers. |
| We are subject to credit risks in respect of counterparties, including banks and other financial institutions. |
| If we are unable to maintain existing distribution and partnership arrangements or enter into additional distribution or partnership arrangements on less favorable financial terms, USDC and EURC in circulation and Circles financial results may be adversely affected. |
| Our products and services may be exploited by our customers, employees, service providers, and other third parties to facilitate illegal activity such as fraud, money laundering, terrorist financing, gambling, tax evasion, and scams. |
| Our compliance and risk management methods might not be effective. |
| Fluctuations in interest rates could impact our results of operations. |
| We are subject to an extensive and highly evolving regulatory landscape. |
| The regulatory environment to which we are subject gives rise to various licensing requirements, significant compliance costs and other restrictions, and noncompliance could result in a range of penalties, including fines, compliance costs, operational restrictions, reputational damage, and loss of licenses. |
| We are subject to laws, regulations, and executive orders regarding economic and trade sanctions, anti-bribery, AML, and counter-terrorism financing that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or subject us to criminal or civil liability if we violate them. As we continue to expand and localize our international activities, our obligations to comply with the laws, rules, regulations, and policies of a variety of jurisdictions will increase and we may be subject to investigations and enforcement actions by U.S. and non-U.S. regulators and governmental authorities. |
| Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control. |
Company and corporate information
Our principal executive office is located at One World Trade Center, New York, NY 10007, and our telephone number is (332) 334-0660. Our website is www.circle.com. The reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only, and information contained therein or connected thereto is not incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.
28
The offering
Class A common stock offered by us |
shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). |
Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). |
Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock |
We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to and additional shares of Class A common stock, respectively, to cover over-allotments. |
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering |
Class A common stock: shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). |
Class B common stock: shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). |
Class C common stock: no shares. |
Voting rights |
Upon completion of this offering, we will have three authorized series of common stock: Class A common stock, which is entitled to one vote per share; Class B common stock, which is entitled to 5 votes per share (but the aggregate voting power of Class B common stock cannot exceed 30% of the total voting power of our capital stock); and Class C common stock, which does not have any voting power other than to the extent set forth in our certificate of incorporation or otherwise required by applicable law. Holders of our common stock vote together as a single class on all matters, except as otherwise set forth in our certificate of incorporation or as required by applicable law. See Description of capital stock. |
Concentration of voting power |
Our Class B common stock, which will be held by our founders, Jeremy Allaire and Patrick Sean Neville, and certain entities controlled by our founders, will represent approximately % of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock following this offering (or approximately % of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Upon the completion of this offering, we will not be a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSEs corporate governance standards. |
Conversion rights |
Our Class A common stock will not be convertible into any other securities. Our Class B common stock is convertible into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis at the option of the holder. In addition, our Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis upon any transfer, except |
29
for permitted transfers described in our certificate of incorporation, and in certain other circumstances such as the earliest of (1) in the case of any Class B common stock held by any entity controlled by Jeremy Allaire or Sean Neville, upon such entity ceasing to be controlled by Jeremy Allaire or Sean Neville, (2) the first day on which the aggregate number of shares of Class B common stock held by Jeremy Allaire and certain entities controlled by Jeremy Allaire is less than 50% of the aggregate number of shares of Class B common stock held by Jeremy Allaire and such entities on the closing date of this offering, (3) the first day on which Jeremy Allaire is neither our Chief Executive Officer nor Chairperson of our board of directors, and (4) five years after the closing of this offering. Our Class C common stock is convertible into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis in connection with certain assignments and transfers. See Description of capital stockCommon stockConversion, exchange, and transferability. |
Use of proceeds |
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $ million, or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
We intend to use $ of the net proceeds from this offering to satisfy tax withholding and remittance obligations in connection with the vesting and net settlement of certain outstanding RSUs previously granted to our directors, officers, and employees, which will vest in connection with this offering, and to use the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes. |
See Use of proceeds for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.
We will not receive any proceeds from sales of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders. |
Risk factors |
See Risk factors and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock. |
Proposed stock exchange symbol |
CRCL |
The number of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on shares of Class A common stock, shares of Class B common stock and no shares of Class C common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024, after giving effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of Class A common stock and the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class A common stock held by Jeremy Allaire and P. Sean Neville and certain entities controlled by Jeremy Allaire or P. Sean Neville into Class B common stock (collectively, the Conversion), which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and (ii) the vesting of outstanding RSUs for which all vesting conditions will be met upon the consummation of this offering without any modification to the vesting terms of such RSUs, which will result in $ of tax withholding and
30
remittance obligations (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed % tax withholding rate) and the net issuance of shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock in connection with the net settlement of such RSUs (IPO RSU Vest), and excludes:
| shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2024, at a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share (of which options to purchase shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock were exercised subsequent to December 31, 2024); |
| shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding granted subsequent to December 31, 2024, at a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share; |
| shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2024 (of which, excluding the IPO RSU Vest, RSUs covering shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock vested subsequent to December 31, 2024); |
| shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of RSUs granted subsequent to December 31, 2024; |
| shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2024, at a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share (of which shares of Class A common stock were issued upon the net exercise of warrants subsequent to December 31, 2024); |
| shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the conversion of outstanding convertible notes outstanding as of December 31, 2024; |
| 28,265,461 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; |
| 5,653,090 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and |
| 2,682,392 shares of Class A common stock that we have reserved for donations to the Circle Foundation over 10 years; |
| shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon conversion of Class B common stock. |
Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes:
| the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including the effectiveness of the Conversion, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; |
| no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares; |
| the IPO RSU Vest will result in $ of tax withholding and remittance obligations and the issuance of shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock; |
| no exercise of options and warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and, other than the IPO RSU Vest, no vesting and settlement of RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2024; and |
| an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. |
31
Summary consolidated financial data
The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with Managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 is derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal period.
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share information) |
||||||||||||
Revenue and reserve income |
||||||||||||
Reserve income |
$ | 1,661,084 | $ | 1,430,606 | $ | 735,885 | ||||||
Other revenue |
15,169 | 19,860 | 36,167 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total revenue and reserve income from continuing operations |
1,676,253 | 1,450,466 | 772,052 | |||||||||
Distribution, transaction, and other costs |
||||||||||||
Distribution and transaction costs |
1,010,811 | 719,806 | 286,953 | |||||||||
Other costs |
6,553 | 7,918 | 22,401 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total distribution, transaction, and other costs |
1,017,364 | 727,724 | 309,354 | |||||||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||||||
Compensation expenses |
263,410 | 296,055 | 212,961 | |||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
137,283 | 100,128 | 82,272 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense |
50,854 | 34,887 | 13,277 | |||||||||
IT infrastructure costs |
27,109 | 20,722 | 11,835 | |||||||||
Marketing expenses |
17,326 | 36,544 | 78,839 | |||||||||
Gain on sale of intangible assets |
| (21,634 | ) | | ||||||||
Merger termination expenses |
| | 44,194 | |||||||||
Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment |
(4,251 | ) | (13,488 | ) | 57,436 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total operating expenses |
491,731 | 453,214 | 500,814 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating income (loss) from continuing operations |
167,158 | 269,528 | (38,116 | ) | ||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
54,416 | 49,421 | (720,393 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) before income taxes |
221,574 | 318,949 | (758,509 | ) | ||||||||
Income tax expense |
64,583 | 47,400 | 3,263 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) from continuing operations |
156,991 | 271,549 | (761,772 | ) | ||||||||
Discontinued operations, net of taxes |
||||||||||||
Loss from operations of discontinued businesses |
(1,324 | ) | (3,987 | ) | (7,075 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 155,667 | $ | 267,562 | $ | (768,847 | ) | |||||
Basic earnings (loss) per share |
||||||||||||
Diluted earnings (loss) per share |
||||||||||||
Weighted-average shares used to compute earnings (loss) per share, basic |
||||||||||||
Weighted-average shares used to compute earnings (loss) per share, diluted |
||||||||||||
Unaudited pro forma basic earnings per share(1) |
||||||||||||
Unaudited pro forma diluted earnings per share(1) |
||||||||||||
Unaudited pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute earnings per share, basic(1) |
||||||||||||
Unaudited pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute earnings per share, diluted(1) |
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other financial information: |
||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(2) |
$ | 284,871 | $ | 395,230 | $ | 96,276 |
32
(1) | Pro forma information gives effect to the Conversion as though the Conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period or on the date of issuance, if later. |
(2) | To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed here and elsewhere in this prospectus Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income (loss) from continuing operations excluding: depreciation and amortization expense; interest expense, net of amortization of discounts and premiums; interest income; income tax expense; stock compensation expense; certain legal expenses; realized and unrealized (gains) losses, net, on digital assets held for investment and other related investments; realized (gains) losses on available-for-sale debt securities; impairment losses on strategic investments; merger termination expenses; restructuring expenses; acquisition-related costs; change in fair value of convertible debt, warrant liability, and embedded derivatives; (gains) losses on sale of long-lived assets; and foreign currency exchange loss. For additional information regarding our use and the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA, see Managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsNon-GAAP financial measures. |
The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) from continuing operations, the most closely comparable GAAP financial measure, for the periods indicated: |
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Net income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 156,991 | $ | 271,549 | $ | (761,772 | ) | |||||
Adjusted for: |
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense |
50,854 | 34,887 | 13,277 | |||||||||
Interest expense, net of amortization of discounts and premiums |
1,906 | 1,912 | 2,684 | |||||||||
Interest income(1) |
(34,712 | ) | (29,262 | ) | (8,645 | ) | ||||||
Income tax expense |
64,583 | 47,400 | 3,263 | |||||||||
Stock compensation expense |
50,134 | 107,999 | 69,266 | |||||||||
Legal expense(2) |
9,281 | 2,325 | 2,604 | |||||||||
Realized and unrealized (gains) losses, net, on digital assets held for investment and other related investments |
(9,464 | ) | 2,239 | 1,354 | ||||||||
Realized (gains) losses on available-for-sale debt securities |
(88 | ) | | 16,624 | ||||||||
Impairment losses on strategic investments |
2,358 | 1,611 | 11,242 | |||||||||
Merger termination expenses(3) |
| | 44,194 | |||||||||
Restructuring expenses(4) |
3,186 | | | |||||||||
Acquisition related costs(5) |
1,054 | | 2,346 | |||||||||
Change in fair value of convertible debt, warrant liability, and embedded derivatives |
(11,653 | ) | (24,865 | ) | 698,936 | |||||||
(Gains) losses on sale of long-lived assets |
73 | (21,521 | ) | | ||||||||
Foreign currency exchange loss |
368 | 956 | 903 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 284,871 | $ | 395,230 | $ | 96,276 |
(1) | Reflects interest income from corporate cash and cash and cash equivalents balances. For the avoidance of doubt, this amount does not include the impact of reserve income. |
(2) | Reflects litigation expenses related to the FT Partners litigation and settlement expenses related to legacy businesses. Refer to Note 23 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a summary of these legal matters. |
(3) | Reflects one-time termination expenses incurred in connection with the termination of merger agreement. |
(4) | Reflects one-time restructuring expenses incurred in connection with the Redomiciliation. |
(5) | Reflects legal and professional services costs related to the Hashnote acquisition in 2024 and the Billeto and Cybavo acquisitions in 2022. |
As of December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||
Actual | Pro forma(1) | As adjusted(2) | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Total current assets |
$ | 45,164,949 | $ | $ | ||||||||
Total assets |
45,834,409 | |||||||||||
Total current liabilities |
44,030,967 | |||||||||||
Total liabilities |
44,124,115 | |||||||||||
Redeemable convertible preferred stock |
1,139,765 | |||||||||||
Total stockholders equity |
570,529 |
(1) | The pro forma financial information gives effect to the Conversion. |
(2) | The pro forma as adjusted information gives effect to the pro forma adjustments in footnote (1) above and to (i) this offering, including our issuance and sale of shares of Class A common stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (ii) the IPO RSU Vest, including our payment of $ in satisfaction of tax withholding and remittance obligations and the issuance of shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock in connection with the net settlement of such RSUs. This information is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. |
33
Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects would likely suffer. In such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks related to our business and industry
We face intense and increasing competition.
We operate in a rapidly changing and highly competitive industry, and our results of operations and future prospects depend in part on the continued growth of the Circle stablecoin network, our ability to monetize the Circle stablecoin network, and our ability to innovate and create successful new products and services and improve existing products and services.
Although there may be certain regulatory and other barriers to enter the markets we serve, we nonetheless expect our competition to continue to increase. We face competition from both established enterprises and early-stage companies that are attempting to capitalize on the same, or similar, opportunities as we are. Some of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, particularly with respect to digital financial services products, significantly greater financial, technical, marketing, and other resources, and larger customer bases than we do. This may allow them to offer more competitive pricing or other terms or features, a broader range of digital financial products, or a more specialized set of specific products or services, as well as respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in end-user and customer preferences. Additionally, when new competitors seek to enter our markets, or when existing market participants seek to increase their market share or revenues, they may offer terms, including fee structures, that are more favorable than ours, which could result in a decrease of our market share or revenues or lead us to adopt less profitable business practices, or otherwise exert downward pressure on our results of operations. For example, actions and policies of our distributors, over which we do not control or oversee, could negatively impact our results of operations. In any case, with increased competition, we may be required to incur additional costs or expenses relative to our revenue to maintain or grow the Circle stablecoin network and the market acceptance of our products and services.
Our current or future competitors may develop products or services that are similar to our products and services or that achieve greater market acceptance than our products and services, which could attract end-users and customers away from our products and services. For example, we are seeing a rapidly evolving market structure in digital asset trading markets, and certain major trading firms are moving towards TMMFs as a form of collateral. Particularly in the current high interest rate environment, the option to invest in TMMFs or other yield-bearing digital assets has become increasingly attractive relative to holding non-yield bearing stablecoins, especially for those planning to hold these assets for an extended period of time. Therefore, as TMMFs become more readily accessible and widely integrated on blockchains as a form of collateral in margin trading, we expect to continue to see a shift toward the use of TMMFs or other yield-bearing digital assets, which could adversely affect the competitiveness and usage of USDC and EURC in this type of use case. Additionally, when new competitors seek to enter our markets, or when existing market participants seek to increase their market share, these competitors sometimes undercut, or otherwise exert pressure on, the pricing terms prevalent in that market, which could adversely affect our market share and/or ability to capitalize on new market opportunities.
34
We currently compete at multiple levels with a variety of competitors, including:
| payment services; |
| fiat-backed, asset-backed, digital asset-collateralized, algorithmic, non-backed and yield-bearing tokens; |
| blockchain infrastructure services; |
| digital asset safekeeping services; |
| banks and nonbank financial institutions; and |
| digital wallet providers platforms. |
In particular, we compete with and rely on traditional banks for many of the services we offer. We are subject to regulation by a variety of state and federal regulators across our products and services, and we rely on banks to provide banking services to our customers. This regulation by multiple federal, state, and local authorities increases our compliance costs, as we navigate multiple regimes with different examination schedules and processes and varying disclosure requirements. In addition, while the potential introduction of stablecoin legislation could establish a clear legal and regulatory framework, it may also lower the barriers to entry for new market participants. In particular, banks with well-established customer bases and financial infrastructures may decide to enter the stablecoin industry, which could intensify competition and cannibalize our growth opportunities.
We believe that our ability to compete depends upon many factors, both within and beyond our control, including the following:
| the size, diversity, and activity levels of our end-user and customer base; |
| the timing and market acceptance of products and services, including developments and enhancements to those products and services offered by us and our competitors; |
| trust, perception, and interest in the digital asset industry and in our products and services; |
| customer service and support efforts; |
| selling and marketing efforts; |
| the ease of use, performance, price, and reliability of solutions developed either by us or our competitors; |
| changes in economic conditions and government regulation and policies; |
| our ability to successfully execute on our business plans; |
| our ability to successfully integrate new products and services with our existing ones; |
| our ability to continue to enhance our technical infrastructure and technology; |
| our ability to enter new markets; |
| our ability to maintain and grow our partnerships with other market participants; |
| general digital payments, capital markets, blockchain, and stablecoin market conditions; and |
| our brand strength relative to that of our competitors. |
If we are unable to successfully compete in our industry, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects could suffer materially.
35
Competition from new and existing issuers offering competing products, combined with the rise of yield-bearing digital assets, including TMMFs, that are attractive to digital asset trading participants, may reduce market demand and circulation of Circle stablecoins.
With significant growth in the stablecoin market and an increasing understanding that it represents one of the largest potential new markets for financial and payments infrastructures, we expect to continue to see intense competition. In addition, the emergence of yield-bearing digital assets represents an additional source of competition, particularly in light of the current high interest rate environment, which has amplified the opportunity cost of holding stablecoins relative to other yield-bearing digital assets. See BusinessCompetitive landscape for a discussion of the competition within the digital asset industry (including from other stablecoins and yield-bearing digital assets). Stablecoins and other digital assets that are currently issued or may in the future be issued by digital asset trading platforms, major existing global payments companies, major asset management firms, and banksalong with decentralized algorithmic tokensare likely to increase competitive pressure on Circle stablecoins and could slow our growth or cause significant declines in our market position. Given the inherent network effects that accompany stablecoin usage, a rapidly growing competitor, or a well-established payments company, asset management company, or bank that enters the market, could gain enough market share to ultimately limit the viability of Circle stablecoins. As an example of such an adverse impact, the amount of USDT in circulation (the largest stablecoin by stablecoins in circulation, issued by Tether) increased while the amount of USDC in circulation declined for nearly a one year period from late 2022 to late 2023, which we believe reflects the different use cases and underlying competitive dynamics for the two stablecoins. New categories of products that provide novel and attractive features, such as yield-bearing digital assets (including TMMFs), could also gain market acceptance at any time, which may compete with Circle stablecoins and cannibalize our market share, particularly if we fail to anticipate such market shifts or are slow to enter into these nascent markets.
In addition, we intend to issue TMMFs, including USYC, through our acquisition of Hashnote. The issuance of TMMFs represents a new facet of our business, and there is no guarantee that we will be successful. USYC may not gain traction relative to existing TMMFs and new TMMFs that compete with USYC may enter the market at any time. In addition, the success of USYC may adversely affect the competitiveness of USDC and EURC as margin collateral, as trading participants naturally gravitate towards yield-bearing digital assets in this particular type of use case. Our entry into this market may also impact our marketing strategy, and we may not be able to anticipate how our customers, shareholders, and the market will perceive and respond to any such shift. The pursuit of new product offerings may also divert managements attention and redirect the flow of resources away from USDC and EURC. The risks associated with issuing a TMMF in general, and the specific risks of incorporating them into our existing business model, could hinder our ability to successfully implement our business plans and achieve our strategic objectives.
Stablecoins may face periods of uncertainty, loss of trust, or systemic shocks resulting in the potential for rapid redemption requests (or runs). Extreme scenarios, such as market shocks that affect the value of USDC reserves or simultaneous requests to redeem all or substantially all USDC in circulation, or concerns related to Circle stablecoin reserves, may lead to redemption delays and USDC reserves being insufficient to meet all redemption requests.
Privately issued stablecoins may be subject to the risk of significant and concentrated redemption requests, even when they are fully reserved with high quality liquid assets such as cash and short-dated U.S. government obligations. If we experience significant and concentrated redemption requests with respect to one or more Circle stablecoins, we may need to liquidate a significant portion of Circle stablecoin reserve assets to meet such requests. In extreme cases, the market for the short-dated U.S. government obligations held by the Circle Reserve Fund might not be sufficiently liquid for BlackRock to liquidate them in a way that allows us to meet redemption demands in a timely manner, which could potentially lead to redemption delays. In the most extreme cases, such as a request to immediately redeem all or substantially all of the USDC in circulation, the
36
market for short-dated U.S. government obligations could experience price instability and the USDC reserve may not be sufficient to cover all such redemption requests. When reserve assets and proceeds from reserve assets are not sufficient to cover all redemption requests, we would be required under the laws governing our licenses and registrations as well as under the Circle Mint user agreement (which provides for the redemption of Circle stablecoins on a one-to-one basis for Circle Mint customers) to use our own capital to make up any shortfall. See BusinessRegulatory policy landscape. Our reserve management standard, which, in compliance with applicable laws and regulatory guidance, limits reserve assets to highly liquid financial instruments, is designed to materially mitigate these risks. See BusinessReserve management standard and BusinessRegulatory policy landscape. However, our reserve and other policies cannot deter, prevent, or fully protect against significant redemption demand or the ability for the Circle Reserve Fund to meet our redemption requests and banks to meet our withdrawal requests for demand deposits. Currently, all EURC reserve assets are held only in cash.
Market participants have increasingly shown concern about the sufficiency and liquidity of reserves for dollar-denominated stablecoins such as USDT and USDC, including due to issues in the traditional financial markets. For example, in March 2023, we announced that we had initiated transfers of the more than $3 billion of deposits from Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) to other banks, but those transfers failed to settle before the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC) placed the bank into receivership. Although all of these funds were ultimately made available and transferred to new banks, concerns related to Circles access to these funds caused USDC to experience a temporary price dislocation on certain secondary trading markets during the period when banks were closed and until the resulting backlog of redemption requests had been cleared, and the amount of USDC in circulation decreased thereafter.
In addition, given the foundational role that stablecoins play in global digital asset markets, stablecoin growth has been tied closely to growth in digital asset markets. As a result, systemic risks that manifest themselves in the digital asset markets may lead to higher-than-normal redemption requests on Circle stablecoins, which could lead to significant and concentrated redemption requests with respect to one or more Circle stablecoins. The collapse of TerraUSD and LUNA in May 2022 underscored the risks associated with algorithmic tokens, which are continuing to play out as trading firms and retail and institutional lenders are facing liquidation and insolvency in the aftermath, as reflected in the Voyager Digital Ltd. and Celsius Network LLC insolvency proceedings, among others. Additionally, the collapse and subsequent insolvency proceedings of FTX also expose the contagion risks related to the broader digital asset market.
These market events have brought significantly more attention to some of the risks with digital assets, and we believe have contributed, in part, to outflows from USDC at such times. We believe these events in the traditional financial markets and digital asset markets have underscored the importance of robust transparency, audits, and having regulated stablecoins as building blocks for trust and the functioning of a well-regulated, orderly market for digital assets. While the digital asset market has shown signs of recovery, the full extent of these events may not yet be known. Impacts include, but are not limited to, the consequent and ongoing financial distress and bankruptcy of certain digital asset market participants, loss of confidence in the broader digital asset market, reputational harm to digital asset market participants, increased negative publicity of the broader digital asset market, heightened scrutiny by regulators and lawmakers, and calls for increased regulation of digital assets and digital asset market participants. Except as described elsewhere in this prospectus (see Managements discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial conditionKey factors affecting operating resultsExogenous events and macro trends), we have had no material direct impact to our business, financial condition, customers, or counterparties from these events; however, these events caused changes to the digital asset market as described above, which indirectly impacted our business and our revenue potential. We do not have any known material financial exposure to any digital asset market participant that faced insolvency and liquidity issues, experienced excessive redemptions
37
or suspended redemptions or withdrawals of digital assets, allegedly mishandled customer funds, or experienced significant corporate compliance failures in connection with these events.
We are unable to predict the timing or severity of any runs on Circle stablecoins. For example, the collapse of one digital asset or company, including those in the traditional finance sector, such as banks, may result in contagion effects for Circle or the broader digital asset market.
As a relatively new innovation, stablecoins are particularly susceptible to operational challenges and risks, including due to surges in demand.
The relative novelty of stablecoins may pose operational challenges and risks. In particular, some blockchains that support stablecoins have limited operating histories, have not been validated in production, have vulnerabilities that could be abused by malicious users, and are still in the process of developing and making significant decisions that will affect their respective underlying blockchains. Those features could lead to novel operational risks related to the settlement and validation of transactions, which could result in fraudulent misuse of such blockchains involving Circle stablecoins or otherwise adversely affect the stablecoins whose protocols are built on top of such blockchains. Failures in one or more public blockchains could result in sustained periods where end-users cannot access or transfer their Circle stablecoins, which could result in Circle stablecoins losing their reputation as a safe and reliable payment technology. Furthermore, we have in the past experienced and may in the future encounter periods of extreme and persistent minting activities, which may result in operational delays in accepting fiat currencies, including due to capacity constraints or otherwise, at the banking institutions where our reserves are currently held. Such delays in processing users minting requests could negatively impact our ability to attract market entrants and may cause demand to shift toward our competitors.
Moreover, the governance of many decentralized blockchain networks is by voluntary consensus and open competition, and many developers are not directly compensated for their contributions. As a result, there may be a lack of consensus or clarity on the governance of any particular blockchain network, a lack of incentives for developers to maintain or develop the network, and other unforeseen issues, any of which could result in unexpected or undesirable errors, bugs, or changes, or otherwise stymie such networks utility and ability to respond to challenges and grow.
Any negative publicity regarding stablecoins or the broader digital asset industry may have an outsized negative effect on consumer confidence.
As is the case with other novel technology, compared to more established and well-known industries, any negative publicity regarding blockchain technology and digital assets companies could have an outsized negative effect on confidence in blockchain technology in general and Circle stablecoins in particular. For example, since the inception of blockchain technology, there have been incidents of smart contract developers acting maliciously and misappropriating funds, and numerous digital asset businesses and platforms have been sued, investigated, or shut down due to fraud, illegal activities, the sale or issuance of unregistered securities, manipulative practices, business failure, and cyberattacks or security breaches. In addition, the energy usage and environmental impact of certain blockchains have attracted considerable attention, which could potentially create a negative consumer sentiment and perception of digital assets and delay a wider acceptance and use of Circle stablecoins, whether or not Circle stablecoins are available on those blockchains.
The acceptance of Circle stablecoins could be negatively impacted by the disruptions in secondary marketplaces that facilitate the purchase and sale of Circle stablecoins.
The various markets for stablecoins have varying degrees of liquidity. There is no assurance that there will continue to be an active and liquid secondary market for any market participant to buy or sell Circle stablecoins. We provide Circle Mint customers the ability to mint and redeem USDC and EURC directly from us
38
on a one-for-one basis for the U.S. dollar and the euro, respectively, as well as end-users that are not Circle Mint customers the ability to redeem USDC and EURC directly from us on a one-for-one basis for the U.S. dollar and the euro, respectively, in our role as the redeemer of last resort. All end-users can purchase, sell, or exchange Circle stablecoins in the secondary markets. However, significant disruptions at secondary marketplaces caused by technical, operational, security, legal, or regulatory issues could cause non-Circle Mint customers to have limited access to markets to obtain Circle stablecoins, cause non-Circle Mint customers to have limited access to markets to exchange their Circle stablecoins for fiat currency or other digital assets, or cause temporary market pricing dislocations, which could have a material adverse effect on the acceptance and use of Circle stablecoins.
Negative developments regarding, including a run on, USDT could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
USDT is currently the largest stablecoin as measured by the amount of stablecoins in circulation, according to CoinMarketCap. As a result, negative developments regarding, or the actual or perceived instability of, USDT could cause a loss of trust in other stablecoins, including Circle stablecoins, adversely affect the stablecoin industry and the digital assets ecosystem as a whole, and result in dramatic market volatility for stablecoins specifically and digital assets generally. A temporary price dislocation in the secondary markets or an outright run on USDT could lead to sustained redemption demand for, a run on, or a similar price dislocation of Circle stablecoins in the secondary markets. Conversely, significant outflows from USDT could also result in significant inflows into USDC, which could outpace our ability to mint sufficient USDC to meet such demand. Although we have never experienced any inability to accommodate customer minting or redemption requests when other stablecoins experienced such price dislocation, it is possible that the volatility of inflows and outflows and the demand for minting or redemptions could be so strong that we may encounter operational difficulties in meeting such demand.
The launch of central bank digital currencies (CBDCs) may adversely impact our business.
The introduction of a government-issued digital currency could eliminate or reduce the need or demand for private-sector issued stablecoins, or significantly limit their utility. National governments around the world could introduce CBDCs, which could in turn limit the size of the market opportunity for USDC, EURC, and other potential future Circle stablecoins.
Absent federal regulations, there is a possibility that Circle stablecoins may be classified as securities. Any classification of Circle stablecoins as a security would subject us to additional regulation and could materially impact the operation of our business.
We believe that Circle stablecoins are not securities and that the transactions in which we sell them are not securities transactions under U.S. law. Neither the SEC nor any other U.S. federal or state regulator has challenged our assessment, but they have also not publicly stated whether they agree with our assessment. Despite the Trump Administrations Executive Order titled Strengthening American Leadership in Digital Financial Technology which includes as an objective, promoting the growth of lawful and legitimate U.S. dollar-backed stablecoins, Circle stablecoins have not yet been classified with respect to U.S. federal securities laws. Therefore, while (for the reasons discussed below) we have concluded that USDC is not a security within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws, and registration (or an exemption from registration) of offers or sales of Circle stablecoins is therefore not required under the applicable securities laws, we acknowledge that a regulatory body or federal court may determine otherwise. Our conclusion, even if reasonable under the circumstances, would not preclude legal or regulatory action based on such a finding that USDC is a security.
Specifically, under U.S. federal securities laws, we believe, and the SEC has not objected, that Circle stablecoins are not securities when offered and sold as currently conducted by us because of the features of Circle
39
stablecoins. We have also adapted our process for analyzing the U.S. federal securities law status of Circle stablecoins over time, as guidance and case law have evolved. As part of our U.S. federal securities law analytical process, we take into account a number of factors, including the various definitions of security under U.S. federal securities laws and federal court decisions interpreting the elements of these definitions, such as the U.S. Supreme Courts decisions in the Howey and Reves cases, as well as court rulings, reports, orders, press releases, public statements, and speeches by the SEC Commissioners and SEC Staff providing guidance on when a digital asset or a transaction to which a digital asset may relate may be a security for purposes of U.S. federal securities laws. Our position that neither USDC nor EURC is a security is premised, among other reasons, on our conclusion that neither USDC nor EURC meets the elements of the Howey test. Among the reasons for our conclusion that neither USDC nor EURC is a security is that holders of USDC and EURC do not have a reasonable expectation of profits from our efforts in respect of their holding of USDC and EURC. Circle stablecoin ownership does not convey the right to receive any interest, rewards, or other returns in respect of their holding of Circle stablecoins. In addition, reserves backing Circle stablecoins are used only for redemption of Circle stablecoins and not to fund our (or any other entitys) operating expenses, product development, or any other business purpose. Furthermore, we market Circle stablecoins to the public only for consumptive purposes, as a payment stablecoin providing a stable, fast, reliable, and accessible means of payment.
We acknowledge, however, that the SEC, a federal court or another relevant entity could take a different view. The regulatory treatment of stablecoins such as USDC has drawn significant attention from legislative and regulatory bodies around the world, including from a variety of U.S. congressional committees and financial regulators. Moreover, there is currently no generally accepted definition of stablecoin; the term stablecoin may refer to digital assets that have materially different characteristics from one another, and different types of stablecoins may be subject to different regulations and requirements. Application of securities laws to the specific facts and circumstances of digital assets is complex and subject to change. Our conclusion, even if reasonable under the circumstances, would not preclude legal or regulatory action based on a finding that USDC is a security. As such, we are at risk of enforcement proceedings against us, which could result in potential injunctions, cease-and-desist orders, fines, and penalties if any Circle stablecoins were determined to be a security by a regulatory body or a court. USDC and EURC customers that purchased directly from Circle would have the right within the applicable one-year statute of limitations to rescind their purchase and receive a full refund of the purchase price with interest thereon to the extent registration was required but not undertaken. In addition, any enforcement action brought by the SEC against us asserting that USDC, EURC, or any other Circle stablecoin is a securityor any other action against us by any other regulatorcould subject us to private litigation asserting violations of relevant laws. Such developments could impact the adoption of Circle stablecoins, subject us to fines, penalties, and other damages, and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Recent court cases support our analysis that Circle stablecoins are not securities. For example, in June 2024, a federal district court granted in part Binances motion to dismiss against the SEC. The court found that Binances stablecoin BUSD was not credibly alleged to be offered or sold in a securities transaction and found implausible the SECs allegation that Binances promises to develop the BUSD ecosystem would lead purchasers to expect an increase in value when the alleged defining feature of the stablecoin was that its value would remain constant. In July 2024, the SEC ended its investigation into the Paxos Trust Company as the issuer of the BUSD stablecoin, stating that it will not recommend enforcement action against Paxos in the investigation of BUSD, which market participants have interpreted as a conclusion that such stablecoin is not a security.
Notwithstanding these positive indications, if one or more Circle stablecoins were classified as securities, we and other market participants engaging with Circle stablecoins would be subject to significant additional regulation, much of which is incompatible with our and their current practices. Among other things, this would require us to register the offer and sale of Circle stablecoins under the Securities Act (absent an available exemption) and could obligate us to register as a broker-dealer or in other categories with respect to our role in
40
facilitating transactions in Circle stablecoins. Third-party market intermediaries could be required to register in a number of capacities. See If Circle stablecoins were classified as securities under U.S. securities laws, only registered broker-dealers would be able to intermediate sales of Circle stablecoins between us and purchasers, which they may be unable to do consistent with their regulatory requirements.
Moreover, although we believe that Circle stablecoins are not securities under U.S. federal securities laws when offered and sold as currently conducted by us, third parties, including our business partners, may create and market investment products related to or involving Circle stablecoins that could involve the offer and sale of a security under U.S. federal securities laws. In such cases, the failure of third parties to properly register such offer and sale (or avail themselves of an exemption from such requirements) would constitute a violation of U.S. federal securities laws, which could result in increased regulatory scrutiny of us and our business, negative publicity regarding, and loss of confidence in, us and Circle stablecoins, and, if such third parties are business partners, the loss of such relationships.
If Circle stablecoins were classified as securities under U.S. securities laws, only registered broker-dealers would be able to intermediate sales of Circle stablecoins between us and purchasers, which they may be unable to do consistent with their regulatory requirements.
Although we believe that Circle stablecoins are not securities under U.S. federal securitiesa position which the SEC has not challengedthe classification of Circle stablecoins nevertheless as such would result in new regulatory compliance obligations relating to transactions in Circle stablecoins. A person in the United States that engages in the business of effecting transactions in securities for the account of others, or buys and sells securities for its own account as part of a regular business, may be subject to registration with and regulation by the SEC and self-regulatory organizations as a broker or dealer under the Exchange Act. Current SEC and FINRA regulatory requirements do not contemplate transactions in digital assets that are securities (digital asset securities), and it is not clear how trading in such assets could be achieved in full compliance with all relevant regulations. We would not be able to sell Circle stablecoins through an intermediary until a registered broker-dealer (whether an affiliate of ours or a third party) was able to facilitate these transactions in a compliant manner. Once registered, a new broker-dealer would be subject to, among other things, prescribed regulations governing advertising, KYC, financial responsibility, and customer protection (i.e., custody and safeguarding of customer assets) and it will be subject to periodic examination by the SEC and FINRA to assess its operations and the adequacy of its regulatory compliance. Further, compliant secondary market trading of digital asset securities under existing laws, regulations, and guidance may be impractical, greatly impacting the ability of holders of Circle stablecoins to buy and sell their stablecoins, as broker-dealers and other market intermediaries likely would be unwilling to effect such purchases and sales, which could prevent us from continuing to administer our Circle stablecoin operations as currently operated.
We intend to offer and support certain digital assets classified as securities under U.S. securities laws, and thus must comply with applicable securities laws.
We intend to offer and support certain digital assets classified as securities under U.S. securities laws. For example, we intend to issue USYC, a TMMF, through our acquisition of Hashnote. We acknowledge that such yield-bearing digital assets are securities under U.S. securities laws. As such, we will only offer USYC and any other such products in reliance upon an exemption to the registration requirements of the Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration statement and will not offer such products in the United States or to U.S. persons in a manner that would constitute a public offering absent registration. To the extent that we issue additional digital assets, we must analyze whether such digital assets could be deemed securities under U.S. federal and other relevant securities laws. If we determine that such digital assets constitute securities under U.S. securities laws, we must ensure that the offer and sale of such digital assets are made in compliance with applicable securities laws. We have policies and procedures with respect to the offer and sale of digital asset
41
securities that are designed to ensure compliance with applicable securities laws. However, there can be no assurance that such policies and procedures will guarantee that our activities with respect to digital asset securities are conducted in compliance with applicable securities laws. If we violate the securities laws with respect to such digital asset securities, the amount of fines, penalties, and other damages that we could incur as a result could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
We hold a substantial amount of USDC reserves in the Circle Reserve Fund and thus are subject to risks associated with the issuer, the manager, and the custodian of the Circle Reserve Fund.
As of December 31, 2024, Circle held approximately 85% of USDC reserves in the Circle Reserve Fund, a government money market fund pursuant to Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act managed by BlackRock, one of the worlds largest asset managers, and available only to Circle. The assets within the Circle Reserve Fund are held in the custody of BNY, one of the largest asset custodians in the world. See Managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsLiquidity and capital resourcesComposition of USDC reserves for additional information regarding the Circle Reserve Fund. The Circle Reserve Funds investments and business operations are managed by BlackRock Advisors, LLC, as investment manager, subject to oversight of BlackRock Funds board of trustees. If the terms of the Circle Reserve Fund are modified in a way that no longer suits our objectives, or if BlackRock manages the Circle Reserve Fund in a manner inconsistent with our reserve management standard (see BusinessReserve management standard), we may redeem our shares of the Circle Reserve Fund and replace the services provided by BlackRock with other investment managers, which might lead to additional transaction costs; we do not have other recourse (other than under the securities laws if BlackRock manages the Circle Reserve Fund in a manner inconsistent with the funds prospectus). If the Circle Reserve Fund is no longer available to us, we must identify other methods to manage a substantial amount of USDC reserves, such as by identifying additional appropriate government money market funds and establishing additional relationships with financial institutions and similar firms, which we may not be able to do in a timely manner. In addition, we believe that USDC holders trust in USDC and USDC reserves is, in part, based on their perceptions of the issuer, asset manager, and the custodian of the Circle Reserve Fund. As a result, if either BlackRock or BNY suffers significant negative publicity or damage to its reputation or if we choose to partner with other asset managers or custodians that are not viewed as having equivalent expertise or reputation, trust in USDC could be negatively affected, which could result in an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Future developments regarding the treatment of Circle stablecoins and other stablecoins for U.S. federal income, state, and foreign tax purposes could adversely impact our business.
Due to the new and evolving nature of stablecoins and other digital assets, there is an absence of law and judicial precedent on their treatment for U.S. federal, state, and foreign income tax purposes. We do not know with any certainty when or if additional guidance will be provided. Changes to the tax law could lead to adverse tax consequences in the future.
In 2014, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) released a notice (the IRS Notice) discussing certain aspects of convertible virtual currency (that is, a digital asset that has an equivalent value in fiat currency or that acts as a substitute for fiat currency) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The IRS stated that a digital asset (i) is property, (ii) is not currency for purposes of the rules relating to foreign currency gain or loss, and (iii) may be held as a capital asset. In 2019, the IRS released a revenue ruling and a set of Frequently Asked Questions (the Ruling & FAQs) that provide some additional guidance, including guidance to the effect that, under certain circumstances, hard forks of digital assets are taxable events giving rise to ordinary income and guidance with respect to the determination of the tax basis of digital assets. However, the IRS Notice and
42
the Ruling & FAQs do not address other significant aspects of the U.S. federal income tax treatment of stablecoins. Furthermore, the IRS Notice states that no inference should be drawn with respect to virtual currencies not described therein.
The types of virtual currencies addressed in the IRS Notice and their features are significantly different from Circle stablecoins and stablecoins in general. Whereas the value of the types of virtual currencies addressed in the Notice reflect a variety of factors, such as perceived utility, they are not subject to a requirement by the issuer to redeem them on a one-for-one basis for fiat currency. Although we believe our treatment of digital asset transactions is consistent with existing guidance provided by the IRS, because of the rapidly evolving nature of digital asset innovations and the increasing variety and complexity of digital asset products, it is possible the IRS may disagree with our treatment, which could adversely affect our customers and end-users and the vitality of our business. Similar uncertainties exist in the foreign markets in which we operate, affecting our non-U.S. customer and end-user base. These uncertainties and potential adverse interpretations of tax law could affect our non-U.S. customers and non-U.S. end-users and the vitality of our products and services outside of the United States.
There can be no assurance that the IRS or other foreign tax authority will not alter or clarify its position with respect to digital assets generally and stablecoins specifically in the future. It is also unclear what additional guidance may be issued in the future on the treatment of existing stablecoin and digital asset transactions and future innovations for purposes of U.S. federal income tax or other foreign tax regulations. Any such alteration of existing IRS or foreign tax authority positions or additional guidance regarding digital asset products and transactions could result in adverse tax consequences for both holders and issuers of digital assets and the value of digital assets more generally. Future technological and operational developments that may arise with respect to digital assets may increase the uncertainty with respect to the treatment of digital assets for U.S. federal income and foreign tax purposes. The uncertainty regarding tax treatment of stablecoins and other digital assets transactions impacts our customers and end-users, and could negatively impact our business, both domestically and abroad.
Any significant disruption in our or our third-party service providers or partners technology could result in a loss of customers or funds and adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Our reputation and ability to attract and retain customers and grow our business depends on our ability to operate our service at high levels of reliability, scalability, and performance, including the ability to process and monitor, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions that occur at high volume and frequencies across multiple systems. The proper functioning of our products and services, the ability of our customers to make and receive payments, and our ability to operate at a high level are dependent on our ability to access the blockchain networks underlying Circle stablecoins and other supported digital assets, for which access is dependent on our systems ability to access the internet. Further, the successful and continued operations of such blockchain networks will depend on a network of computers, miners, or validators, and their continued operations, all of which may be impacted by service interruptions.
Our systems, the systems of our third-party service providers and partners, and certain digital asset and blockchain networks, have experienced from time to time and may experience in the future service interruptions or degradation because of hardware and software defects or malfunctions, distributed denial-of-service and other cyberattacks or security breaches, insider threats, break-ins, sabotage, human error, vandalism, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, and other natural disasters, power losses, disruptions in telecommunications services, fraud, military or political conflicts, terrorist attacks, computer viruses or other malware, or other events. In addition, extraordinary site usage could cause our computer systems to operate at an unacceptably slow speed or even fail. Some of our systems, including systems of companies we have
43
acquired or the systems of our third-party service providers and partners, are not fully redundant, and our or their disaster recovery planning may not be sufficient for all possible outcomes or events.
If any of our systems, or those of our critical third-party service providers, are disrupted for any reason, our products and services may fail, resulting in unanticipated disruptions, slower response times, and delays in our services, including customers payments through their digital wallets (each, a Circle Mint account). This could lead to failed or unauthorized payments, incomplete or inaccurate accounting, loss of customer information, increased demand on limited customer support resources, customer claims, complaints with regulatory organizations, lawsuits, or enforcement actions. A prolonged interruption in the availability or reduction in the availability, speed, or functionality of our products and services could harm our business. Frequent or persistent interruptions in our services could cause current or potential customers or partners to believe that our systems are unreliable, leading them to switch to our competitors or to avoid or reduce the use of our products and services. Any such developments could permanently harm our reputation and brands and could lead to regulatory scrutiny, significant fines and penalties, and mandatory and costly changes to our business practices. They ultimately could cause us to lose existing licenses or banking relationships that we need to operate or prevent or delay us from obtaining additional licenses that may be required for our business.
Moreover, to the extent that any system failure or similar event results in damages to our customers or their business partners or end-users, these customers or partners could seek significant compensation or contractual penalties from us for their losses. Such claims, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time-consuming and costly for us to address.
In addition, we are continually improving and upgrading our information systems and technologies. Implementation of new systems and technologies is complex, expensive, time-consuming, and may not be successful. If we fail to timely and successfully implement new information systems and technologies or improvements or upgrades to existing information systems and technologies, or if such systems and technologies do not operate as intended, it could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Our customers funds and digital assets may fail to be adequately safeguarded by us or the third-party service providers upon whom we rely.
Assets related to safeguarding obligations are not insured or guaranteed by any government or government agency. We have also entered into service arrangements with third parties where we or third-party service providers receive and hold funds for the benefit of our customers. Some of the digital assets held in connection with our discontinued legacy products are maintained in accounts on third parties exchanges. Our and our third-party service providers abilities to manage and accurately safeguard these funds and digital assets require a high level of internal controls. As our business continues to grow and we expand our product and service offerings, we must continue to strengthen our associated internal controls and ensure that our third-party service providers do the same. Our success and the success of our product offerings require significant public confidence in our and our third-party service providers ability to properly manage digital asset balances and handle large and growing transaction volumes and amounts of customer funds. In addition, we are dependent on our third-party service providers operations, liquidity, and financial condition for the proper maintenance, use, and safekeeping of these customer assets. Any failure by us or our third-party service providers to maintain the necessary controls or to manage customer digital assets and funds appropriately and in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements could result in reputational harm and significant financial losses, lead customers to discontinue or reduce their use of our and our third-party service providers products, and result in significant penalties and fines and additional restrictions, all of which could adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
44
We deposit, transfer, and hold in custody customer funds and digital assets in multiple jurisdictions. In each instance, we are required to safeguard customers assets using security controls that meet our regulatory obligations and also address the specific risks applicable to our hot and cold wallet storage systems as well as our financial management systems related to such custodial functions. We appropriately ledger, properly segregate, and maintain separate accounts for our corporate-held stablecoins and the reserve assets in respect of our customers stablecoins. Our security technology is designed to prevent, detect, and mitigate inappropriate access to our systems, by internal or external threats. We believe we have developed and maintained administrative, technical, and physical safeguards designed to comply with applicable legal requirements and industry standards. However, it is nevertheless possible that hackers, employees, or service providers acting contrary to our policies could circumvent these safeguards to improperly access our systems or documents, or the systems or documents of our third-party service providers or agents, and improperly access, obtain, or misuse customer digital assets and funds. The methods used to obtain unauthorized access, disable, or degrade service, or sabotage systems are also constantly changing and evolving, and they may be difficult to anticipate or detect for long periods of time. We have obtained insurance coverage for such impropriety in amounts that we believe are appropriate for our business under our primary financial institution bond insurance (which, subject to certain conditions and exceptions, covers, among other things, theft by employees, unexplainable disappearance of electronic data processing media on our premises, and computer fraud and funds transfer fraud) and under our vault risk insurance (which, subject to certain conditions and exceptions, covers, among other things, dishonest and/or fraudulent acts and omissions of certain employees in finance, engineering, and custody operations roles with respect of private keys and/or authentication credentials). However, our insurance may not cover the extent of loss nor the nature of such loss, in which case we may be liable for the full amount of losses suffered, which could be greater than all of our assets. Our ability to maintain insurance is also subject to the insurance carriers ongoing underwriting criteria. Our insurance policies described above generally have one-year terms without automatic renewals. As a result, we must renew such policies annually or enter into new policies, which we may not be able to do on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, particularly as the digital assets insurance market is limited. In addition, any insurance that we maintain may be insufficient to protect us or our customers against all possible losses or source of losses, and such uninsured losses may exceed our remaining assets, which could cause a substantial business disruption, adverse reputational impact, inability to compete with our competitors, and regulatory investigations, inquiries, or actions. Additionally, transactions undertaken through our websites or other electronic channels may create risks of fraud, hacking, unauthorized access or acquisition, and other deceptive practices. Any security incident resulting in a compromise of customer assets could result in substantial costs to us and require us to notify impacted customers and regulators of a possible or actual incident. Such incident may also expose us to regulatory enforcement actions (including substantial fines), limit our ability to provide services, subject us to litigation, impose significant financial losses, and adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
In addition, although we hold at least an equivalent amount of fiat currency denominated assets for stablecoins in circulation, there is not complete certainty in a stablecoin holders claim to reserve assets in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency. See BusinessTreatment of reserve assets.
The loss or destruction of private keys required to access any digital assets held in custody for our own account or for our customers may be irreversible.
Digital assets are generally controllable only by the possessor of the unique private key relating to the digital wallet in which the digital assets are held. While blockchain protocols typically require public addresses to be published when used in a transaction, private keys must be safeguarded and kept private in order to prevent a third party from accessing the digital assets held in such a wallet. To the extent that any of the private keys relating to wallets containing digital assets held for our own account or for our customers is lost, destroyed, or
45
otherwise compromised or unavailable, and no backup of the private key is accessible, we will be unable to access the digital assets held in the related wallet. Further, we cannot provide assurance that our wallet will not be hacked or compromised. Digital assets and blockchain technologies have been, and may in the future be, subject to cyberattacks or security breaches, hacking, or other malicious activities. Any loss of private keys relating to, or hack or other compromise of, digital wallets used to store our customers digital assets could adversely affect our customers ability to access or sell their digital assets, require us to reimburse our customers for their losses, and subject us to significant financial losses in addition to losing customer trust in us and our products. The total value of digital assets in our possession and control is significantly greater than the total value of insurance coverage that would compensate us in the event of theft or other loss of funds.
Our inability to maintain existing relationships with financial institutions and similar firms or to enter into new such relationships could impact our ability to offer services to customers.
As of December 31, 2024, we held approximately 85% of USDC reserves in the Circle Reserve Fund, which is managed by BlackRock and custodied at BNY, with the remaining portion of USDC reserves held as cash at various banks in accounts that are titled FBO holders of USDC, primarily GSIBs. These banks may impose requirements or demand information from us regarding us, our customers, or our operations as a condition to our continued relationship, and such requirements or requests may become increasingly rigorous in the future as our business grows, which could be exacerbated by scrutiny over our industry. Complying with such requirements or requests may be costly and time-consuming and may divert managements attention from other aspects of our business. If we are unable to fulfill such requirements or requests on a timely basis, or at all, we may be unable to maintain our existing banking relationships or establish new ones. Furthermore, given our business and industry is under heavy scrutiny from regulators and policymakers, we may face increased difficulty maintaining existing relationships or entering into new relationships with financial institutions. For example, the U.S. federal banking agencies have increased pressure on banks relationships with digital asset firms by, among other things, stating that deposits that represent reserves for stablecoins are subject to heightened liquidity and risk management risks. As our industry develops and becomes subject to increasing scrutiny, this risk may increase as well. If we are unable to maintain existing relationships with such financial institutions, we may not be able to enter into new relationships with other qualified financial institutions in a timely manner, which may materially and adversely affect our ability to access reserves, honor redemptions, and offer other services to our customers.
In addition, in order to offer our payments, payout, and wallet services to customers, we depend on various third-party payment systems and other partners. See BusinessOur platform, products, and ecosystemThe Circle stablecoin ecosystem for examples of partners and parties in the Circle stablecoin ecosystem. Specifically, our offering of the payments, payout, and wallet services depends on our ability to offer card transaction processing, ACH transaction processing, and wire transfer processing services to our customers. In order to provide such transaction processing services, we have established relationships with financial institutions whereby such institutions sponsor us into the relevant payment networks (e.g., the card networks and the ACH). Our ability to offer these services depends on our ability to maintain existing sponsorship relationships and to establish new sponsorship relationships. Our regulatory status, recent statements by the U.S. federal banking agencies, and the status of Circle stablecoins and digital assets more generally may be an impediment to our ability to receive or obtain sponsorships from financial institutions, such as Mastercard and Visa. As our industry develops and becomes subject to increasing scrutiny, this risk may increase as well. Should our sponsorship partners cease providing such sponsorship, we would be at risk of being unable to provide the payment processing services that are core to our customer offering.
Third parties upon which we rely to process transactions may refuse to process transactions adequately, breach their agreements with us, refuse to renew agreements on commercially reasonable terms, take actions that degrade the functionality of our services, impose additional costs or requirements on us, or give preferential
46
treatment to our competitors. Some third parties that provide services to us may have or gain market power and be able to increase their prices to us without competitive constraint. In addition, there can be no assurance that third parties that provide services directly to us will continue to do so on acceptable terms, or at all, or will not suffer from outages to their systems. If any third parties were to stop providing services to us on acceptable terms, we may be unable to procure alternatives from other third parties in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable terms, or at all, which may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
We are subject to credit risks in respect of counterparties, including banks and other financial institutions.
Due to our treasury function and other services, we are and will continue to be subject to the risk of actual or perceived deterioration of the commercial and financial soundness, or perceived soundness, of other financial institutions, especially banks holding reserves of Circle stablecoins. This is particularly the case in relation to receivables regarding settled payment transactions, and with respect to cash and cash equivalents held at financial institutions. We regularly maintain cash balances at banks in excess of the FDIC insurance limit. For example, we had material funds that we attempted to transfer out of SVB before it was placed into FDIC receivership. The failure of such a bank could result in our inability or delays or disruptions in our ability to access reserves and honor redemptions. Further, Circle stablecoin reserves held in omnibus structures at third-party financial institutions are not covered by FDIC insurance above applicable limits and are subject to risk of loss. One institution defaulting, failing a stress test, or requiring bail-in by its shareholders and/or creditors and/or bail-out by a government could lead to significant liquidity problems and losses or defaults by other institutions, as was seen during turmoil in the global banking system in 2023. Even the perceived lack of creditworthiness of, or questions about, a counterparty or major financial institution may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by financial institutions to which we have an exposure. This risk resulting from the interdependence on financial institutions is sometimes referred to as systemic risk and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as industry payment systems and banks, with whom we interact on a daily basis. Systemic risk, particularly within the United States, could expose us to risk of loss, litigation, and potential liability and have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise new funding and on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
We are exposed to transaction losses due to chargebacks as a result of fraud or uncollectability.
Our products and services may be paid for by various methods, including ACH, wire transfers, or credit and debit cards through payment processors, which exposes us to risks associated with chargebacks and refunds. These claims could arise from fraud, misuse, unintentional use, settlement delay, or other activities. Also, criminals are using increasingly sophisticated methods to engage in illegal activities, such as counterfeiting and fraud. If we are unable to collect such amounts from the customer, or if the customer refuses or is unable, due to bankruptcy or other reasons, to reimburse us, we bear the loss for the amount of the chargeback or refund.
While we have policies to manage and mitigate chargeback and fraud risks, there is no assurance that such policies will be effective. Our failure to limit chargebacks and fraudulent transactions could increase the number of refunds and chargebacks that we have to process. In addition, if the number of refunds and chargebacks increases, our payment processors could require us to increase reserves, impose penalties on us, charge additional fees, or terminate their relationships with us. Failure to effectively manage risk and prevent fraud could increase our chargeback and refund losses or cause us to incur other liabilities, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
If we are unable to maintain existing distribution and partnership arrangements or enter into additional distribution or partnership arrangements on less favorable financial terms, USDC and EURC in circulation and Circles financial results may be adversely affected.
We have entered into, and expect to enter into additional, strategic distribution and partnership arrangements for USDC and EURC. However, there can be no assurance that our distribution partners will distribute and
47
promote USDC and EURC at the levels that we expect or in a manner that aligns with our business objectives. USDC and EURC in circulation may be impacted by our ability to maintain our current distribution arrangements and enter into additional distribution arrangements in the future. If we are unable to maintain our existing distribution partnerships or enter into additional distribution arrangements on favorable terms, USDC and EURC in circulation and Circles financial results could be adversely impacted. In addition, in such collaborations, any deterioration in our relationships with our distribution partners, adverse changes in their financial stability, brand, or reputation, or shifts in their strategic priorities in favor of our competitors could negatively impact USDC or EURC in circulation and Circles financial results. Any of the foregoing could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Our inability to renew our marketplace and client contracts at favorable terms could harm our business.
Failure to retain our existing customers could negatively impact our business and could lead to significant fluctuations in our results of operations. We may experience customer attrition as a result of several factors, including business closures, downward trends in the digital asset markets, transfers of customer accounts to our competitors, and account closures that we initiate. We cannot predict the level of attrition in the future and our revenues could decline as a result of higher-than-expected attrition. In addition, as our large customers typically have arrangements with multiple payment and asset storage services (primarily in order to mitigate against risks such as downtime, delayed response time, or default), these customers could shift business away at any given time without necessarily terminating their contracts.
In addition, customers may seek price reductions when renewing, expanding, or changing their services with us and/or when their need for payment or asset storage services experiences significant volume changes. Customers may also seek more integrated or bundled offerings with a simplified pricing structure. If our contracts are terminated by our large customers or if our large customers shift business awayor if we are unsuccessful in retaining contract terms that are favorable to usour business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.
Our products and services may be exploited by our customers, employees, service providers, and other third parties to facilitate illegal activity such as fraud, money laundering, terrorist financing, gambling, tax evasion, and scams.
We have been, and may in the future be, subject to liability for illegal transactions conducted by our customers, employees, service providers, and other third parties. Although our service agreements with customers shift liabilities to customers in connection with fraudulent activities, examples of third-party transactions for which we could incur liability include fraudulent payments initiated by our customers, money laundering, gambling, tax evasion, and scams. Examples of fraud include when a party knowingly uses a stolen digital wallet or otherwise illicitly acquires access information to a digital wallet. Criminals are using increasingly sophisticated methods to engage in illegal activities such as counterfeiting, account takeover, and fraud. It is possible that incidents of fraud could increase in the future. The use of our products or services for illegal or improper purposes could subject us to claims, individual and class action lawsuits, and government and regulatory investigations, prosecutions, enforcement actions, inquiries, or requests that could result in liability and reputational harm for us. Further, payment processors, such as Visa and Mastercard, have and could require us to terminate services to customers involved in such illegal activities. These payment processors could also charge us a fine in connection with a customers entry into their fraud monitoring programs.
In addition, we are subject to the risk that our employees or service providers could commit fraudulent activity against us or our customers. Such misconduct could include engaging in improper or unauthorized transactions or activities, misappropriation of customer funds, misappropriation of information, failing to supervise other employees or service providers, or improperly using confidential information. To help us detect employee (including senior officers) and service provider misconduct, we have an overarching enterprise risk
48
management framework that is designed to provide reasonable assurance that our employees and vendors support and adhere to a strong risk-based culture. This includes a third-party management program that focuses on enterprise-wide risks related to service providers in terms of misconduct, compliance, and reputational risks. In addition, our internal audit program provides independent review and control testing specific to our business that work to ensure that risk management, oversight, governance, and internal controls are operating effectively. These programs enable us to identify risks and test associated controls to prevent and detect employee and service provider misconduct. We employ various manual and automated ways to detect potential employee or third-party misconduct. Examples of these programs are a whistleblower policy and security controls that monitor suspicious activity. For our service providers, our risk management framework requires us to perform risk-based due diligence on service providers, such as AML screening. We also require annual AML and security training for all employees to help our employees identify and detect misconduct proactively. Our efforts to detect and monitor such transactions for compliance with law may require significant costs, and may not ultimately detect or deter all such transactions.
Moreover, certain activity that may be legal in one jurisdiction may be illegal in another jurisdiction, and certain activities that are at one time legal may in the future be deemed illegal in the same jurisdiction. As a result, there is significant uncertainty and cost associated with detecting and monitoring transactions for compliance with local laws. In the event that a customer is found responsible for intentionally or inadvertently violating the laws in any jurisdiction, we may be subject to governmental inquiries or enforcement actions, prosecuted, or otherwise held secondarily liable for aiding or facilitating such activities. Changes in law have also increased the penalties for money transmitters, e-money issuers, broker-dealers, and alternative trading systems for certain illegal activities, and government authorities may consider increased or additional penalties from time to time. Owners of intellectual property rights or government authorities may seek to bring legal action against us for involvement in the sale of infringing or allegedly infringing items. Any threatened or resulting claims could result in reputational harm, financial liabilities, loss of transaction volume, or increased costs that could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
The risk of illegal activity may be heightened for digital assets, which are relatively new and, in many jurisdictions, lightly regulated or largely unregulated. Many types of digital assets have characteristics such as the speed with which transactions can be conducted, the ability to conduct transactions without the involvement of regulated intermediaries, the ability to engage in transactions across multiple jurisdictions, the irreversible nature of certain transactions, and encryption technology that anonymizes these transactions, which may make digital assets susceptible to use in illegal activity. Federal, state, and foreign regulatory authorities and law enforcement agenciessuch as the Department of Justice, the SEC, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), the IRS, and various state securities and financial regulatorsinvestigate, issue subpoenas, make civil investigative demands, and take legal action against persons and entities alleged to be engaged in fraudulent schemes or other illicit activity involving digital assets.
While we believe that our risk management and compliance framework is reasonably designed to detect significant illicit activities conducted by our potential or existing customers, we cannot ensure that we will be able to detect all illegal activity on our systems. If any of our customers use our products and services to further such illegal activities, our business could be adversely affected.
Our compliance and risk management methods might not be effective.
Our ability to comply with applicable complex and evolving laws, regulations, and rules is largely dependent on the establishment and maintenance of our legal, compliance, audit, and reporting systems, as well as our ability to attract and retain qualified legal, compliance, and other risk management personnel. While we have devoted significant resources to develop policies and procedures to identify, monitor, and manage our risks, and expect to continue to do so in the future, there can be no assurance that our policies and procedures will always be
49
effective or that we will always be successful in monitoring or evaluating the risks to which we are or may be exposed in all market environments or against all types of risks. Our risk management policies and procedures rely on a combination of technical and human controls and supervision that are subject to error and failure. Some of our methods for managing risk are discretionary by nature and are based on internally developed controls, observed historical market behavior, and standard industry practices. These methods may not adequately prevent losses, particularly in the case of extreme market movements, which may be significantly greater than historical fluctuations in the market. Our risk management policies and procedures also may not adequately prevent losses if our testing and quality control practices are not effective in preventing failures. In addition, we may elect to adjust our risk management policies and procedures to allow for an increased risk tolerance, which could expose us to the risk of greater losses.
Regulators periodically review our compliance with our own policies and procedures and with a variety of laws and regulations. See BusinessRegulatory policy landscape. We have received in the past, and may from time to time receive additional, examination reports citing violations of rules and regulations and inadequacies in our existing compliance programs. Those reports may require us to enhance certain practices with respect to our compliance programincluding due diligence, training, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping. We continue to enhance our compliance programs to address such findings, including enhancing our due diligence, monitoring, reporting and recordkeeping processes, and controls. If we fail to comply with these programs or do not adequately remediate certain findings, regulators may take a variety of actions that could impair our ability to conduct our business, including delaying, denying, withdrawing, or conditioning approval of our licenses or certain products and services. In addition, regulators have broad enforcement powers to censure, fine, issue cease-and-desist orders, or otherwise prohibit us from engaging in some of our business activities. In the case of noncompliance or alleged noncompliance, we could be subject to investigations and proceedings that may result in substantial penalties or civil lawsuits, including by customers, for damages which can be significant.
Furthermore, we rely on third parties for some of our KYC and other compliance obligations. If these third parties fail to effectively provide these services, we may be subject to adverse consequences as described above.
Legislation requiring stablecoin issuers to be banks or to be affiliated with banks could materially affect our business.
While our money transmission licenses (MTLs) and money services business registration status subject us to regulations that govern material aspects of our businesssuch as how we commercialize Circle stablecoins, onboard customers, and maintain adequate reserves underlying Circle stablecoinssuch regulation is not equivalent to the kind that governs regulated banks. The Presidents Working Group on Financial Markets, together with the FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), issued a joint report on stablecoins in November 2021, which recommended that Congress promptly enact legislation to regulate stablecoin arrangements, including a requirement for stablecoin issuers to be insured depository institutions.
The federal laws and regulations that would apply to us if we were to charter or acquire a bank, or be acquired by a bank, may include restrictions on non-stablecoin issuance activities, and capital, liquidity, and risk management requirements; restrictions on extensions of credit and affiliate transactions; and restrictions on dividend payments. To the extent we become subject to such regulation as a result of chartering or acquiring a bank, or by virtue of new legislation, we may need to adjust certain of our operations to the new regulatory environment, which may cause us to adjust our business practices and materially increase our ongoing cost of regulatory compliance.
The legislative proposals under active consideration by Congress permit both banks (through non-insured depository institution subsidiaries or affiliates) and approved nonbank entities to issue stablecoins under a dual regulatory pathway for issuers to be licensed at the state or federal level. However, certain legislative proposals
50
require issuers exceeding $10 billion in outstanding issuance to transition to federal oversight. To comply with such legislation, we would have to apply for an OCC non-insured depository institution charter or acquire an existing one, or be acquired by a bank, and there is a risk that we would not receive approval, in which case we would not be able to continue issuing Circle stablecoins in the United States. We are in the process of engaging with the applicable state and federal prudential regulators to ensure that Circle would be able to obtain the requisite charter, in the event that any of these legislative proposals are enacted into law. If we were approved, we would become subject to extensive additional and ongoing regulatory and supervisory requirements that could have a material impact on both our current business and future business activities, and may limit our growth opportunities or require us to divest certain businesses.
Minting and redeeming Circle stablecoins from our platform involves risks, which could result in loss of customer assets, customer disputes, and other liabilities.
To receive a Circle stablecoin, a verified customer must wire transfer the amount of fiat currency corresponding to the equivalent amount of desired applicable Circle stablecoin to a Circle bank account. Once the credit is made to the Circle bank account, tokens are minted to the customers Circle Mint account, effectively increasing the applicable Circle stablecoin in circulation. Likewise, customers with a Circle stablecoin in their Circle Mint account can redeem such tokens so that the system cancels the applicable Circle stablecoin tokens and transfers funds in the applicable fiat currency out of reserve and into a customers linked bank account, effectively reducing the applicable Circle stablecoin in circulation.
If a customer incorrectly enters bank account credentials or other information when depositing and withdrawing funds, there is a risk that a portion or all of the customers assets will be permanently and irretrievably lost with no means of recovery. Alternatively, a customer may transfer Circle stablecoins or other supported assets to an external wallet address that they do not own, control, or hold the private keys to. Such incidents could result in customer disputes, damage to our brand and reputation, legal claims against us, and financial liabilities, any of which could adversely affect our business.
Protection under the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (the SIPC) will not be available for USDC or other stablecoins.
Pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (the SIPA), the SIPC provides certain protections to investors for cash or securities held in their brokerage accounts in the event of insolvency of a broker-dealer or limited other circumstances. We do not consider USDC to be a security under the U.S. securities laws and do not believe that the SIPC would currently consider USDC to be cash or securities for these purposes. Accordingly, the protections afforded under the SIPA would not currently apply to Circle stablecoins. If an end-user holds Circle stablecoins with a broker-dealer, in the event of such brokerage firms liquidation, for example, the end-users unregistered Circle stablecoins held in the custody of the broker-dealer will be treated as a general claim as opposed to a claim that has priority over other creditors in a liquidation. Holders of Circle stablecoins would thus not be entitled to SIPC coverage for missing assets of a liquidated broker-dealer. Accordingly, the lack of SIPA protections and SIPC coverage could adversely affect our ability to retain and obtain new customers and end-users and expand our Circle stablecoin operations.
Our brand and reputation are integral to our business and competitive position.
Our brand and reputation are key assets and a competitive advantage. Maintaining, protecting, and enhancing our brand depends largely on the success of our marketing efforts, an ability to provide consistent, high-quality, and secure products, services, features, and support, and our ability to successfully secure, maintain, and defend our rights to use the Circle, USDC, and EURC marks and other trademarks important to our brand. We believe that the importance of our brand will increase as competition further intensifies. Our brand and reputation could be harmed if we fail to achieve these objectives.
51
We receive a high degree of media coverage in the digital assets ecosystem and around the world. Unfavorable publicity regarding, for example, our product changes, product quality, business partners, litigation or regulatory activity, privacy practices, terms of service, employment matters, the use of our products, services, or supported digital assets for illicit or objectionable ends, the actions of our customers and end-users, management practices, or the actions of other companies that provide similar services to ours, has in the past, and could in the future, adversely affect our reputation. Further, we have in the past, and may in the future, be the target of social media campaigns criticizing actual or perceived actions or inactions that are disfavored by our customers, end-users, employees, or society at large, which campaigns could materially impact our customers and end-users decisions to use our products and services. Any such negative publicity could have an adverse effect on the size, activity, and loyalty of our customers and end-users and result in a decrease in revenue, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
We have experienced significant growth, which we may encounter difficulties managing and which may not be sustainable.
We have experienced significant growth in recent years and have observed periods with significant increases in USDC minting activities. We may not fully understand the factors driving such short-term growth, some of which are beyond our control and may not be sustainable. As we grow, our business becomes increasingly complex. We may encounter difficulties in managing our growth and the associated demands on our operational, risk management, sales and marketing, technology, compliance, and finance and accounting resources, which could disrupt our operations and make it difficult to execute our business strategy. We believe that to effectively manage and capitalize on our growth, we must continue to expand our information technology and financial, operating, and administrative systems and controls, and continue to manage headcount, capital, and processes efficiently. Our growth could strain our resources, cause operating difficulties, make it difficult to recruit and retain qualified employees and preserve our company culture, and divert our managements attention from day-to-day activities in order to manage our growth. If we do not successfully manage our growth, we may experience erosion to our brand, the quality of our products and services may suffer, and our company culture may be harmed. Furthermore, we may be subject to significant liability resulting from any noncompliance with laws, be unable to obtain and maintain operating licenses or other authorizations, and experience loss of bank relationships that could substantially impair or even suspend company operations.
The future growth of our business depends on our ability to retain existing customers, attract new customers, manage our relationships with business and distribution partners, expand product offerings, and increase processed volumes and revenue from both new and existing customers. Under our standard API services agreement, our customers are not subject to any minimum volume commitments, and they have no obligation to continue to use our services. A customers use of our services may decrease for a variety of reasons, some of which are beyond our control, including:
| the customers level of confidence in and/or satisfaction with our products and services; |
| the effectiveness of our support services; |
| the pricing of our products and services; |
| the pricing, range, and quality of competing products or services; |
| the effects of global economic conditions, regulatory or financial institution limitations, and trust, perception, and interest in the digital asset industry and in our products and services; or |
| reductions in the customers payment activity. |
Although there are complexities and costs associated with switching to a competitor, such costs may not be significant enough to prevent a customer from switching service providers, especially for larger customers who
52
commonly engage more than one financial services provider at any one time. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will be able to sustain our rate of growth or that we will retain existing customers.
We are constantly evaluating opportunities to expand our product offerings and the territories in which we offer our products. However, we have limited financial and management resources. As part of our resource allocation decisions, we may prioritize the development of certain products or expansion into certain territories. Such decisions involve inherent subjectivity and uncertainty, and there can be no assurance that we will not forgo or delay the pursuit of opportunities that later prove to have greater commercial potential and market acceptance. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to timely capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities.
Any failure by us to retain existing customers, attract new customers, or increase revenue from both new and existing customers could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. These efforts may require substantial financial expenditures, commitments of resources, developments of our processes, and other investments and innovations.
Cyberattacks and security breaches of our systems, or those impacting our customers or third-party suppliers and vendors, could adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Our business involves the collection, use, storage, transmission, and other processing of confidential informationsuch as customer, employee, service provider, and other personal dataas well as information required to access customer assets. We have built our reputation on the premise that our products and services offer customers a secure way to accept and make payments and store value. As a result, any actual or perceived cyberattack or security breach of us or our third-party service providers or partners may:
| harm our reputation and brand; |
| result in our systems or services being unavailable and interrupt our operations; |
| result in improper disclosure of data and violations of applicable privacy and other laws; |
| result in significant regulatory scrutiny, investigations, fines, penalties, and other legal, regulatory, and financial exposure; |
| cause us to incur significant remediation and litigation costs; |
| lead to theft or irretrievable loss of our or our customers assets; |
| reduce customer confidence in, or decreased use of, our products and services; |
| divert the attention of management from the operation of our business; |
| result in significant compensation or contractual penalties from us to our customers or third parties as a result of losses to them or claims by them; and |
| adversely affect our business and operating results. |
Further, any actual or perceived cyberattack or security breach directed at financial institutions, or digital asset or blockchain companies, whether or not we are directly impacted, could lead to a general loss of confidence in the digital asset economy or in the use of technology to conduct financial transactions. Such loss of confidence could negatively impact us, including the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures and technology infrastructure.
An increasing number of organizationsincluding large businesses, technology companies, and financial institutions as well as government institutionshave disclosed breaches of their information security systems,
53
some of which have involved sophisticated and highly targeted cyberattacks or security breaches, including on their websites, mobile applications, and infrastructure. Attacks upon systems across a variety of industries, including the digital asset industry, are increasing in their frequency, persistence, and sophistication, and, in many cases, are being conducted by sophisticated, well-funded, and organized groups and individuals, including state actors. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized, improper, or illegal access to systems and information (including customers personal data and digital assets), disable or degrade services, or sabotage systems are constantly evolving, may be difficult to detect quickly, and often are not recognized or detected until after they have been launched against a target. These cyberattacks or security breaches may occur on our systems or those of our third-party service providers or partners. Certain types of cyberattacks or security breaches could harm us even if our systems are left undisturbed. For example, cyberattacks or security breaches may be designed to deceive employees and service providers into releasing control of our systems to a hacker, while others may aim to introduce computer viruses or malware into our systems with a view to stealing confidential or proprietary data. Additionally, certain threats are designed to remain dormant or undetectable until launched against a target, and we may not be able to implement adequate preventative measures. Even when a cyberattack or security breach is detected, the full extent of the breach may not be determined immediately.
We have sought to develop systems and processes designed to protect the data we manage, prevent data loss and other cyberattacks or security breaches, and respond to known and potential risks, and we expect to continue to expend significant resources to bolster these protections. For example, we have sought to develop a security program and established controls aligned to the cybersecurity framework established by the National Institute of Standards and Technology; however, there are several areas that continue to be enhanced and are dependent on a robust asset and device inventory and management tool. This inventory and management tool will assist in enhancing several dependent security areas of focus: robust security operations (which will provide enhanced logging and monitoring), vulnerability management (which will track vulnerabilities to remediate), endpoint/network security (which will provide the ability to ensure consistent security controls to Circle endpoints and network), data protection (which will provide the ability to determine known data sources for appropriate data protection controls), and access management (which will provide the ability to have line of sight to all known applications to address IT governance and access control requirements). Despite our efforts, we may not have implemented all systems, security tools, measures, and processes that are consistent with industry standards and there can be no assurance that the security measures we have developed and implemented, or that we may develop and implement in the future, will provide absolute security or prevent cyberattacks or security breaches.
We may experience breaches of our security measures due to human error, malfeasance, insider threats, system errors or vulnerabilities, or other irregularities. Unauthorized parties have attempted, and we expect that they will continue to attempt, to gain access to our systems and facilities, as well as those of our customers, partners, and third-party service providers. Such unauthorized parties have used various means, including hacking, social engineering, phishing, and attempting to fraudulently induce individuals (including employees, service providers, and our customers) into disclosing usernames, passwords, or other sensitive information, which may in turn be attempted to be used to access our information technology systems and our customers digital assets. In the past, we have been subject to cybersecurity incidents in which fraudulent actors obtained company-owned funds. Threats can come from a variety of sources, including criminal hackers, hacktivists, state-sponsored intrusions, industrial espionage, and insiders. Certain threat actors may be supported by significant financial and technological resources, making them even more sophisticated and difficult to detect. As a result, our costs and the resources we devote to protecting against these advanced threats and their consequences may continue to increase over time.
A cyberattack or security breach that results in the unauthorized disclosure of personal information could also expose us to liability under various laws and regulations across jurisdictions and increase the risk of litigation and governmental or regulatory investigation. Due to concerns about information security and integrity, a
54
growing number of legislative and regulatory bodies have adopted breach notification and other requirements in the event that information subject to such laws is accessed by unauthorized persons and additional regulations regarding security of such information are possible. We may in the future need to notify governmental authorities and affected individuals with respect to such incidents. For example, laws throughout the United States and in foreign jurisdictions, including in all 50 U.S. states, the EEA, the UK, and Singapore, may require businesses to provide notice under certain circumstances to consumers whose personal information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. Some laws impose specific data breach reporting obligations if special categories of personal information is disclosed as a result of a cyberattack or information security breach. Complying with such numerous and complex regulations in the event of a cyberattack or information security breach would be expensive and difficult, and failure to comply with these regulations could subject us to regulatory scrutiny and additional liability. We may also be contractually required to notify customers or business partners of a cyberattack or security breach. Regardless of our contractual protections, any actual or perceived cyberattack or security breach, or breach of our legal or contractual obligations, could harm our reputation and brand, expose us to potential liability, or require us to expend significant resources on information security and in responding to any such actual or perceived incident or related investigations or litigation.
Although we maintain insurance coverage that we believe is adequate for our business, it may be insufficient to protect us against all losses and costs stemming from cyberattacks or security breaches, other types of unlawful activity, or any resulting disruptions from such events. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain such insurance coverage at reasonable costs or at all. Although we currently maintain disaster recovery and business continuity plans to address disruptions of our systems, we may not be able to adequately continue our business or return to operability within a reasonable period of time in the case of such an occurrence. Recovery of our systems may be additionally hampered where we have outsourced the operation of systems and information storage to third parties. Outages and disruptions of our systems, including any caused by cyberattacks or security breaches, may harm our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
As a remote-first company, we are subject to heightened operational and cybersecurity risks.
We are a remote-first company, meaning that for all existing roles our employees work from their homes or shared office spaces hosted by third parties, which subjects us to heightened operational risks. For example, at these locations, technologies may not be as robust as those used in corporate offices, which could cause our networks, information systems, applications, and other tools to be more limited or less reliable, and our security systems may be less secure than those used in corporate offices. While we have implemented technical and administrative safeguards to help protect our systems as our employees and service providers work from home, we may be subject to increased cybersecurity risk which could expose us to risks of data or financial loss and could disrupt our business operations.
We are and may continue to be subject to litigation, including individual and class action lawsuits, as well as regulatory audits, disputes, inquiries, investigations, and enforcement actions by regulators and governmental authorities.
We have been and may from time to time become subject to material claims, arbitrations, individual and class action lawsuits, government and regulatory investigations, inquiries, actions, or requests and other proceedings alleging violations of laws, rules, and regulations, both foreign and domestic, involving the provision of regulated financial services, intellectual property, privacy, data protection, information security, AML, counter-terrorism financing, sanctions, anti-corruption, securities, tax, labor and employment, payment network rules, commercial disputes, services, third-party relationships and other matters. The number and significance of our actual disputes and inquiries have increased as we have grown larger, our business has expanded in scope and geographic reach, and our products and services have increased in complexity.
55
For example, we are currently in a dispute with a financial advisor (Financial Technology Partners, or FT Partners) regarding two engagement letters between the parties originally entered into in 2020, which, among other things, provided FT Partners a fee of 7% of the gross proceeds from certain capital raises. In 2022, our board of directors adopted resolutions terminating both engagement letters. On May 28, 2024, FT Partners filed a lawsuit in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, in which it asserted, among other things, that the terminations of both engagement letters are ineffective and demanded, among other relief, fees and interest for our May 2022 capital raise, our October 2022 sale of certain assets of SeedInvest, and our August 2023 Centre Acquisition (as defined below) and related transactions. We believe that the relevant transactions, in which we received aggregate cash and in-kind proceeds of approximately $476 million, were consummated after we properly and effectively terminated our engagements with FT Partners, and strenuously dispute FT Partners demand for any fees allegedly arising under the engagement letters. On June 20, 2024, we removed the lawsuit to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. On July 31, 2024, FT Partners filed an amended complaint, after which it filed a motion to remand the lawsuit back to state court. On November 18, 2024, FT Partners motion to remand was denied. On January 28, 2025, we filed a motion to dismiss the declaratory judgment, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, and unjust enrichment claims in the lawsuit. On March 24, 2025, the court granted in full our motion to dismiss. The remaining two breach of contract claims, which were not included in our motion to dismiss and assert that Circle improperly terminated both engagement letters, are still pending. Our answer to the amended complaint is due on April 28, 2025. While we intend to defend ourselves vigorously, there can be no assurance as to the outcome at this stage. If this dispute is ultimately resolved by the court in a manner adverse to our position, or if we ultimately settle this dispute by mutual agreement, we may be required to make payments to FT Partners in cash or equity or a combination thereof, which amounts may be substantial. Depending on the resolution of this matter, we may also remain obligated to pay significant fees to FT Partners for future capital raises or company sale transactions, including this offering.
In addition, our prior business lines may continue to expose us to claims, arbitrations, and lawsuits by former or existing clients. For example, we have been and, from time to time, may become subject to various legal proceedings, consumer arbitrations, and regulatory investigation matters.
Our relationships with third parties may also expose us to additional regulatory scrutiny. We may have or in the future enter into or expand relationships and/or contractual arrangements with third parties that lead to certain regulators asserting their jurisdiction or oversight over us or taking other adverse actions toward us, and we could face additional regulatory consequences as a result. Additionally, while we adopt a regulatory-first posture, as the legal and regulatory landscape surrounding our business is evolving, we may disagree with and challenge regulators decisions and actions if we believe such decisions and actions are not grounded in law or regulation. Moreover, the laws, rules, and regulations affecting our businessincluding those pertaining to stablecoins, digital assets, internet and mobile services, as well as payment and other financial servicesare subject to ongoing interpretation by the courts and regulatory authorities. The resulting uncertainty in the scope and application of these laws, rules, and regulations increases the risk that we will be subject to investigations, enforcement actions, and private claims alleging violations of those laws, rules, and regulations.
The scope, determination, and impact of claims, lawsuits, regulatory investigations, enforcement actions, disputes, and proceedings to which we are subject cannot be predicted with certainty, and may result in:
| substantial payments to satisfy judgments, fines, or penalties; |
| substantial outside counsel legal fees and costs; |
| additional compliance and licensure requirements; |
| loss or nonrenewal of existing licenses or authorizations, or prohibition from or delays in obtaining additional licenses or authorizations, required for our business; |
56
| loss of productivity and high demands on employee time; |
| civil or criminal sanctions or consent decrees; |
| termination of certain employees, including members of our executive team; |
| barring of certain employees from participating in our business in whole or in part; |
| orders that restrict our business or prevent us from offering certain products or services; |
| changes to our business model and practices; |
| delays to planned transactions, product launches, and improvements; and |
| damage to our brand and reputation. |
Because of our large end-user base, actions against us may claim large monetary damages. Regardless of the outcome, any such matters can have an adverse impact, which may be material, on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects because of legal costs, diversion of management resources, reputational damage, and other factors.
Risks related to our financial condition
Fluctuations in interest rates could impact our results of operations.
Our results of operations are exposed to changes in interest rates, among other macroeconomic conditions. Interest rate risk is highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations, and other factors beyond our control. For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, our reserve income earned from the management of Circle stablecoin-related reserves was $1.7 billion, $1.4 billion, and $735.9 million, respectively, which represented 99.1%, 98.6%, and 95.3% of our total revenue from continuing operations. Fluctuations in interest rates impact reserve return rates, such that a decrease in interest rates reduces reserve return rates and an increase in interest rates increases reserve return rates. Reserve return rate is a contributing factor to reserve income (the other being, primarily, USDC in circulation), which in turn is a contributor to distribution and transaction costs (the others being, primarily, the amount of USDC held on and off our and Coinbases platforms). As such, fluctuations in interest rates may result in changes in reserve income and in turn distribution costs. However, interest rates are only one contributor to reserve income, and the other primary contributorUSDC in circulationis inherently difficult to predict given the uncertainties in end-user and customer behavior. For example, although interest rates are positively correlated with the opportunity cost of holding USDC versus other financial instruments, given the utility of USDC as a means for the exchange of value, an increase in interest rates does not necessarily result in a decrease in USDC in circulation (and vice versa). Any relationship between interest rates and USDC in circulation is complex, highly uncertain, and unproven. As a result, while we are able to predict the impact of interest rate changes on the reserve return rate, given the uncertainties in customer behavior and interests and market dynamics, we are unable to accurately predict the impact of changes in interest rates on our results of operations.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could adversely impact Circle.
We earn interest in U.S. dollars with respect to USDC and in euros with respect to EURC. Our expenses are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars and are also denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the euro could affect our revenue and operating results reflected in our U.S. dollar-denominated financial statements. We do not currently engage in hedging transactions to limit our exchange rate risk, and there can be no assurance that we will do so or do so successfully in the future.
57
Changes in tax laws and policies could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and subject to tax laws in various foreign jurisdictions. The determination of our worldwide provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities will require the exercise of judgment by our management, and there are many transactions where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We believe that our provision for income taxes to date has been reasonable, but tax authorities, through a review or audit, may disagree with certain positions we have taken. Any adverse outcome of such a review or audit could impact our worldwide effective tax rate, increase our taxable income, and change the non-income taxes imposed on our business. While we have established reserves based on assumptions and estimates that we believe are reasonable to cover such eventualities, these reserves may prove to be insufficient.
In October 2021, the members of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)/G20 inclusive framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (the Inclusive Framework) published a statement updating and finalizing the key components of a two-pillar plan on global tax reform and a timetable for implementation by 2024. The Inclusive Framework plan has now been agreed to by more than 140 OECD members, including jurisdictions in which Circle operates, or may operate in the future. The OECD members who had agreed to the plan agreed to implement the Inclusive Framework by 2024. Under pillar two, the Inclusive Framework has agreed on a global minimum corporate tax rate of 15% for companies with revenue above 750 million, calculated on a country-by-country basis. We will continue to monitor the implementation of the Inclusive Framework agreement by the countries in which we operate. We are unable to predict when and how the Inclusive Framework agreement will be enacted into law in these countries; however, it is possible that the implementation of the Inclusive Framework agreement could have a material effect on our liability for corporate taxes and our consolidated effective tax rate.
In addition, the U.S. federal income and foreign tax treatment of transactions involving digital assets are uncertain, and it is unclear what guidance may be issued in the future on the treatment of digital asset transactions for U.S. federal income and foreign tax purposes. See Future developments regarding the treatment of Circle stablecoins and other stablecoins for U.S. federal income, state, and foreign tax purposes could adversely impact our business.
On November 15, 2021, former President Biden signed into law the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act (the IIJA). The IIJA implements a set of comprehensive tax information reporting rules that apply to persons, including digital asset trading platforms and custodians, that regularly effect transfers of digital assets on behalf of other persons. In particular, these rules require digital asset trading platforms and custodians to report certain digital asset transactions (including sales, exchanges, and other transfers) effected on behalf of other persons on an annual return, in a manner similar to the current reporting rules for brokers that effect stock and other securities transactions on behalf of customers. The IRS and the U.S. Department of the Treasury subsequently released a series of final regulations to implement certain of these rules. The final regulations definition of the term broker is broad and, in a number of respects, is unclear in scope, but generally requires certain industry participants to perform information reporting and backup withholding functions. Under the final regulations and a notice released contemporaneously by the IRS and the U.S. Department of the Treasury in July 2024, such reporting of cost basis information and backup withholding generally will apply to custodial brokers and brokers acting as principals in respect of transactions occurring on or after January 1, 2025, but certain transitional relief may be available for transactions occurring prior to January 1, 2026.
In December 2024, the IRS and the U.S. Department of the Treasury contemporaneously released additional final regulations and a notice which imposed similar reporting obligations to certain providers of trading front-end service or other effectuating services. However, the U.S. House of Representatives recently voted to void the December 2024 regulations, and it is possible that they will be subsequently voided. Accordingly, it is not
58
clear that the December 2024 regulations will remain in force. The final regulations do not address all aspects of the IIJA information reporting regime and their application is uncertain in a number of respects, including with respect to the collection and reporting of cost basis information for digital assets and the scope of transactions subject to reporting. Moreover, it is possible that future revisions to the regulations will substantially alter the rules contained in the current regulations. Accordingly, there remains substantial uncertainty regarding the manner and extent to which the information reporting rules contemplated by the IIJA will be implemented.
In addition, the IIJA extends the reporting requirements for businesses that receive more than $10,000 in cash in a transaction (or related transactions) to transactions involving the receipt of digital assets with a fair market value of more than $10,000. These rules and the information reporting rules discussed above, the effects of which may depend in significant part on further regulatory or other guidance from the IRS as well as legal challenges and judicial decisions, could create significant compliance burdens and uncertainties for us and our customers, and could affect the price of digital assets, which could have an adverse effect on our business.
The nature of our business requires the application of complex financial accounting rules, and there is limited guidance from accounting standard-setting bodies.
The accounting rules and regulations that we must comply with are complex and subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the FASB), the SEC, and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported financial results and may even affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement or effectiveness of a change.
Further, there have been limited precedents for the financial accounting of stablecoins and other digital assets and related valuation and revenue recognition considerations. As such, there remains significant uncertainty on how companies should account for stablecoin and other digital asset transactions, value, and related revenue. Additionally, on January 21, 2025, the SEC launched a crypto task force dedicated to developing a comprehensive and clear regulatory framework for digital assets. However, it remains unclear how the actions or recommendations of the task force will influence the financial accounting rules to which we are subject. Uncertainties in or changes to regulatory or financial accounting standards could result in the need to change our accounting methods and/or restate our financial statements and impair our ability to provide timely and accurate financial information, which could adversely affect our financial statements, result in a loss of investor confidence, and more generally impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Key business metrics and other estimates are subject to inherent challenges in measurement.
We regularly review key business metrics to evaluate growth trends, measure our performance, and make strategic decisions. These key metrics are calculated using internal company data and have not been validated by an independent third party. While these numbers are based on what we currently believe to be reasonable estimates for the applicable period of measurement, there are inherent challenges in such measurements. If we fail to maintain an effective analytics platform, our key metrics calculations may be inaccurate, and we may not be able to identify those inaccuracies.
If we fail to develop and maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be impaired.
Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, is designed to prevent and/or detect error and/or fraud in a timely manner. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in
59
their implementation or improvement could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our annual or interim financial statements.
Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until our second Annual Report on Form 10-K. When our independent registered public accounting firm formally attests to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, it may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed, or operating. If we are not able to complete our initial assessment of our internal controls and otherwise implement the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to opine as to the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that are filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our Class A common stock.
We might require additional capital to support business growth.
We have funded our operations since inception primarily through equity financings, convertible notes issuances, and revenue generated by our products and services. We intend to continue to make investments in our business to respond to business challenges, including developing new products and services, enhancing our operating infrastructure, expanding our international operations, and acquiring complementary businesses and technologies, all of which may require us to secure additional funds.
We do not have any committed external source of funds and additional funds may not be available when we need them or on terms that are acceptable to us. Our ability to raise additional funds will depend on financial, economic, and market conditions and other factors, over which we may have no or limited control. We may seek additional capital through a variety of means, including through public and private equity offerings and debt financings, credit and loan facilities, and collaborations. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of such equity or convertible debt securities may include liquidation or other preferences that are senior to or otherwise adversely affect your rights as a shareholder. If we raise additional capital through the sale of debt securities or through entering into credit or loan facilities, we may be restricted in our ability to take certain actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures, acquiring or licensing intellectual property rights, declaring dividends, or encumbering our assets to secure future indebtedness. Such restrictions could adversely impact our ability to conduct our operations and execute our business plan. If we raise additional capital through collaborations with third parties, we may be required to relinquish valuable rights to our intellectual property, technology, and products or we may be required to grant licenses to our intellectual property, technology, and products on unfavorable terms.
The prices of digital assets are extremely volatile, and price fluctuations may adversely impact the value of digital assets that we hold.
Digital assets have historically experienced high levels of volatility far in excess of that experienced in fiat currencies. A number of factors contribute to changes in digital asset prices and volatility, including changes in the supply and demand for a particular digital asset, regulatory actions, market sentiment, macroeconomic factors, utility of a particular digital asset, and idiosyncratic events such as exchange outages or commentary
60
on social media. We are exposed to price volatility with respect to the digital assets we own. Though our fundamental business and growth strategy does not include acquiring digital assets for the purpose of value appreciation, we have some degree of exposure to digital assets because, for certain services we perform, our customers may pay us in digital assets. To the extent customers compensate us in the form of digital assets, and we continue to hold these digital assets, we may be subject to the high degree of price volatility associated with these digital assets. A decline in price may require us to take an impairment charge on our digital assets, and a decline in the value of the digital assets we hold in higher concentrations may have a larger adverse impact on our operating results in any given period. Volatility in the value of digital assets or other market factors may limit our ability to convert digital assets into fiat currency at attractive prices or at all.
Risks related to government regulation
We are subject to an extensive and highly evolving regulatory landscape.
Our business is subject to extensive laws, rules, regulations, policies, orders, determinations, directives, treaties, and legal and regulatory interpretations and guidance in the markets in which we operate, including those governing banking, securities, broker-dealers, commodities, credit, cross-border and domestic money and digital asset transmission, custody, commercial lending, privacy, data governance, data protection, cybersecurity, fraud detection, payment services, escheatment, antitrust and competition, bankruptcy, tax, anti-bribery, economic and trade sanctions, AML, and counter-terrorism financing. Many of these legal and regulatory regimes were adopted prior to the advent of the internet, mobile technologies, digital assets, and related technologies. As a result, often they do not contemplate or address unique issues associated with the blockchain technology and digital assets economy, are subject to significant uncertainty, and vary widely across U.S. federal, state, and local and international jurisdictions. These legal and regulatory regimes, including the laws, rules, and regulations thereunder, evolve frequently and may be modified, interpreted, and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, as well as may conflict with one another.
Moreover, the complexity and evolving nature of our business and the significant uncertainty surrounding the regulation of digital assets and blockchain technology, including custody of customers digital assets, require us to assess whether certain laws, rules, and regulations apply to us. It is possible that governmental bodies and regulators may disagree with our conclusions. Additionally, from time to time, we may establish or expand relationships or enter into contractual agreements with counterparties that are subject to increased regulatory attention or oversight. As a result, certain of our regulators may seek to intervene and assert their jurisdiction or impose additional scrutiny over such relationships or take other adverse actions toward us (and we may seek to challenge such actions if we believe such actions are not grounded in law or regulation), which may lead to increased compliance costs and potential adverse regulatory consequences that might delay or compel us to abandon these commercial relationships. To the extent we have not complied with such laws, rules, and regulations, or regulators, courts, or other authorities take the view that we have not complied with such laws, rules, and regulations, we could be subject to significant fines, revocation of licenses, limitations on our products and services, reputational harm, and other regulatory consequences, each of which may be significant and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Further, our business model relies on our ability to market and sell, through our suite of products and services, the utility of Circle stablecoins to existing and potential customers. Our API services involve offering certain payment functionality, payout, or disbursement functionality as well as wallet services to our customers utilizing Circle stablecoins. We additionally offer a suite of developer products and services aimed at developers, but available to any customer, to enable them to build on the functionality of USDC. The use of our services by customers, as well as the integration of our products and services into the product offerings that our customers make available to end-users, raises numerous regulatory questions. Financial services regulators
61
in the United States or in other jurisdictions around the world may not agree with our legal positions. In addition, should financial services regulators make changes to or alter interpretations of applicable laws and regulations as they relate to Circle stablecoins, we may be unable to continue offering our payment, payout, and wallet services to customers in certain jurisdictions or we may have to alter the services in a manner that may be materially detrimental to our financial performance.
In addition to existing laws and regulations, various governmental and regulatory bodiesincluding legislative and executive bodies in the United States and in other countriesmay adopt new laws and regulations. For example, stablecoin legislation is an active topic of discussion in the U.S. Congress. Furthermore, new interpretations of existing laws and regulations may be issued by such bodies or the judiciary, which may adversely impact the development of the digital assets ecosystem as a whole and our legal and regulatory status in particular by changing how we operate our business, how our products and services are regulated, what assets we can hold as stablecoin reserves, and what products or services we and our competitors can offer. For example, as our industry matures and acceptance and use of stablecoins increase, governments may mandate interoperability of stablecoins. These developments may also require changes to our business operations, alter our compliance and risk mitigation measures, impose new licensing requirements, or establish a total ban on certain digital asset transactions, as has occurred in certain jurisdictions in the past. We may be further subject to administrative sanctions for technical violations or customer attrition if the end-user experience suffers as a result.
The regulatory environment to which we are subject gives rise to various licensing requirements, significant compliance costs and other restrictions, and noncompliance could result in a range of penalties, including fines, compliance costs, operational restrictions, reputational damage, and loss of licenses.
The licenses and registrations we hold subject us to, among other things, record-keeping, reporting, and bonding requirements, limitations on the investment of customer funds, and examination by state and federal regulatory agencies. See BusinessRegulatory policy landscape for a discussion of these licenses and registrations.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain our existing, or obtain additional, required regulatory licenses, certifications, and regulatory approvals in the countries where we provide services or want to expand. Furthermore, where we have obtained such regulatory licenses, certifications, and regulatory approvals, there are substantial costs and potential product changes involved in maintaining such regulatory licenses, certifications, and approvals, and we could be subject to fines or other enforcement action if we are found to violate disclosure, reporting, AML, capitalization, corporate governance, or other requirements of such licenses. These factors could impose substantial additional costs and involve considerable delay to the development or provision of our products or services, or could require significant and costly operational changes or prevent us from providing any products or services in a given market.
These laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity or unclear application to the business of nontraditional financial services. As a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by supervisory authorities, and the interpretation of requirements by supervisory authorities and courts may be further clarified over time. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations, and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory bodies or supervisory authorities due to ambiguities related to their interpretation, application, and practice, supervisory authorities may initiate legal and regulatory proceedings against us. As a result, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.
In certain jurisdictions, it may not be clear whether we are required to be licensed as a money transmitter, payment services provider, bank, financial institution, custodian, broker-dealer, exchange, or otherwise. In such cases, regulators, courts, or other authorities may disagree with our interpretation of such licensing
62
requirements. To the extent we have not complied with such laws, rules, and regulations, or regulators, courts, or other authorities take the view that we have not complied with such laws, rules, and regulations, we could be subject to significant fines, revocation of licenses, limitations on our products and services, reputational harm, and other regulatory consequences, each of which may be significant and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. Local regulators may use their power to slow or halt transactions or otherwise prohibit us from doing business in a country. We and our local businesses do not only need to comply with the local laws and regulations, but also with certain laws and regulations with worldwide application.
We offer our products and services in jurisdictions in which we believe we possess all necessary licenses and we have established procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that our customers are located in such jurisdictions, such as the application process for Circle Mint accounts, terms of service, and other agreements. However, there can be no assurance that unauthorized or impermissible customer or end-user access to our products and services outside of these jurisdictions will not occur. Should such authorized or impermissible customer access occur, we could be subject to fines, reputational harm, and other regulatory consequences, each of which may be significant and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. Furthermore, because our services are accessible worldwide and we facilitate Circle stablecoin transfers worldwide, one or more jurisdictions may claim that we or our customers or partners are required to comply with their laws. Laws regulating the internet, mobile, and related technologies outside the United States may impose different, more specific, or even conflicting obligations on us, as well as broader liability.
If we are unable to commit sufficient resources for regulatory compliance, this could lead to delays and errors and may force us to choose between prioritizing compliance matters over administrative support for business activities, or may ultimately force us to cease the offering of certain products or services globally or in certain jurisdictions. Any delays or errors in implementing regulatory compliance could lead to substantial monetary damages and fines, public reprimands, a material adverse effect on our reputation, cease-and-desist orders, increased regulatory compliance requirements or other potential regulatory restrictions on our business, enforced suspension of operations, and in extreme cases, withdrawal of regulatory licenses or authorizations to operate particular businesses, along with criminal prosecution in certain circumstances.
In addition to noncompliance by us, we may in the future suffer negative consequences of noncompliance by third parties that we rely upon to serve our customers. In addition, we could be negatively impacted as a result of current or potential future laws and regulations applicable to the operations of miners or validators of the blockchain networks on which our stablecoins are built. We may also suffer negative consequences of customers operating businesses or schemes in violation of applicable rules and regulations whose activities we could be held responsible to monitor and, where applicable, to denounce or to interrupt our extension of services to such customers and, if necessary, terminate the relationship with such party. We may be required to make greater expenditures and devote additional resources to addressing these liabilities and requirements, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
The financial services industry is subject to intensive regulation.
In pursuit of a broad reform and restructuring of financial services regulation, national and supranational legislatures and supervisory authorities continue to introduce and implement a wide range of proposals that could result in major changes to the way our global operations are regulated and could have adverse consequences for our business, business model, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. The timing and full impact of new laws and regulations cannot be predicted or determined and are beyond our control. The introduction of these and other new rules and requirements could significantly impact the manner in which we operate, particularly in situations where regulation or legislation can interfere with or even set
63
aside existing contractual arrangements. These changes could materially impact the profitability of our businesses, require changes to business practices, or force us to discontinue businesses or cease to offer certain services or products, or cease to serve certain types of customers, and adversely impact us through potential additional costs, taxes, liabilities, enforcement actions, and reputational damage.
The large number of legislative initiatives, in particular with respect to the financial services industry, requires constant attention from our senior management and consumes significant levels of resources to identify and analyze the implications of these initiatives. We may have to adapt our strategy, operations, and businesses, including policies, procedures, and documentation, to comply with these new legal requirements. Based on the volume of existing initiatives, it is possible that certain new requirements will not be implemented in a timely fashion without errors, or otherwise in a manner not satisfactory to the applicable supervisory authority, resulting in noncompliance and possible associated negative consequences such as administrative fines or public reprimands.
If we were deemed to be an investment company under the 1940 Act, applicable restrictions likely would make it impractical for us to continue our business as currently contemplated.
Under Sections 3(a)(1)(A) and (C) of the 1940 Act, a company generally will be deemed to be an investment company if (i) it is, or holds itself out as being, engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities or (ii) it engages, or proposes to engage, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding, or trading in securities and it owns or proposes to acquire investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities, shares of registered money market funds under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Rule 3a-1 under the 1940 Act generally provides that notwithstanding the Section 3(a)(1)(C) test described in clause (ii) above, an entity will not be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the 1940 Act if no more than 45% of the value of its assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities, shares of registered money market funds under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, and cash items) consists of, and no more than 45% of its net income after taxes (for the past four fiscal quarters combined) is derived from, securities other than U.S. government securities, shares of registered money market funds under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, securities issued by employees securities companies, securities issued by qualifying majority owned subsidiaries of such entity, and securities issued by qualifying companies that are controlled primarily by such entity. We do not believe, and the SEC has not objected, that we are an investment company as such term is defined in either Section 3(a)(1)(A) or Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the 1940 Act.
With respect to Section 3(a)(1)(A), we hold ourselves out and operate as a company primarily engaged in the business of developing and operating the market infrastructure for stablecoins and blockchain applications more generally that enable end-users to store value and conduct financial transactions, including receiving payments, making payouts, borrowing, lending, and custody with respect to digital currency-related transactions. We do not hold ourselves out as being engaged primarily, or propose to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities within the meaning of Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act.
With respect to Section 3(a)(1)(C), we believe we satisfy the elements of Rule 3a-1 and therefore are deemed not to be an investment company under, and we intend to conduct our operations such that we will not be deemed an investment company under, Section 3(a)(1)(C). We believe that we are not an investment company pursuant to Rule 3a-1 under the 1940 Act because, on a consolidated basis with respect to wholly-owned subsidiaries but otherwise on an unconsolidated basis, no more than 45% of the value of Circles total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities, shares of registered money market funds under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, and cash items) consists of, and no more than 45% of Circles net income after taxes (for the last four fiscal quarters combined) is derived from, securities other than U.S. government securities, shares of registered money market funds under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, securities issued by employees securities companies, securities issued
64
by qualifying majority owned subsidiaries of Circle, and securities issued by qualifying companies that are controlled primarily by Circle. Moreover, even if we were to fail the 40% test in Section 3(a)(1)(C), and not be able to rely on Rule 3a-1, under Section 3(b)(1) of the 1940 Act an entity is not an investment company if it is primarily engaged, directly or through a wholly-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries, in a business or businesses other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding, or trading in securities. As described above, we are primarily engaged in the business of developing and operating the market infrastructure for stablecoins and blockchain applications more generally that enable end-users to store value and conduct financial transactions, and not in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding, or trading in securities.
Stablecoins and other digital assets, as well as new business models and transactions enabled by blockchain technologies, present novel interpretive questions under the 1940 Act. There is a risk that assets or arrangements that we have concluded are not securities could be deemed to be securities by the SEC or another authority for purposes of the 1940 Act, which would increase the percentage of securities held by us for 1940 Act purposes. The SEC has requested information from a number of participants in the digital assets ecosystem, including Circle, regarding the potential application of the 1940 Act to their businesses. For example, in an action unrelated to Circle or any of its subsidiaries, in February 2022, the SEC issued a cease-and-desist order under the 1940 Act to BlockFi Lending LLC, in which the SEC alleged that BlockFi was operating as an unregistered investment company because it issued securities and also held more than 40% of its total assets, excluding cash, in investment securities, including the loans of digital assets made by BlockFi to institutional borrowers.
If we were deemed to be an investment company, Rule 3a-2 under the 1940 Act is a safe harbor that provides a one-year grace period for transient investment companies that have a bona fide intent to be engaged primarily, as soon as is reasonably possible (in any event by the termination of such one-year period), in a business other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding, or trading in securities, with such intent evidenced by the companys business activities and an appropriate resolution of its board of directors. The grace period is available not more than once every three years and runs from the earlier of (i) the date on which the issuer owns securities and/or cash having a value exceeding 50% of the issuers total assets on either a consolidated or unconsolidated basis or (ii) the date on which the issuer owns or proposes to acquire investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of such issuers total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Accordingly, the grace period may not be available at the time that we seek to rely on Rule 3a-2; however, Rule 3a-2 is a safe harbor and we may rely on any exemption or exclusion from investment company status available to us under the 1940 Act at any given time. Furthermore, reliance on Rule 3a-2, Section 3(a)(1)(C), or Rule 3a-1 could require us to take actions to dispose of securities, limit our ability to make certain investments or enter into joint ventures, or otherwise limit or change our service offerings and operations.
If we were to be deemed an investment company in the future, restrictions imposed by the 1940 Actincluding limitations on our ability to issue different classes of stock and equity compensation to directors, officers, and employees and restrictions on management, operations, and transactions with affiliated personslikely would make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
We are subject to laws, regulations, and executive orders regarding economic and trade sanctions, anti-bribery, AML, and counter-terrorism financing that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or subject us to criminal or civil liability if we violate them. As we continue to expand and localize our international activities, our obligations to comply with the laws, rules, regulations, and policies of a variety of jurisdictions will increase and we may be subject to investigations and enforcement actions by U.S. and non-U.S. regulators and governmental authorities.
As we expand and localize our international activities, we have and will become increasingly obligated to comply with the laws, rules, regulations, policies, and legal interpretations both of the jurisdictions in which we
65
operate and those into which we offer services on a cross-border basis. Laws regulating financial services, the internet, mobile technologies, digital assets, and related technologies outside the United States often impose different, more specific, or even conflicting obligations on us, as well as broader liability.
We are required to comply with applicable U.S. economic and trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (OFAC), as well as similar requirements in other jurisdictions. We have processes in place reasonably designed to promote compliance with applicable U.S. and non-U.S. sanctions requirements. The OFAC regulations and requirements generally restrict dealings by persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction with certain countries, or subnational territories that are the target of comprehensive sanctions, which currently are Cuba, Iran, North Korea, and Syria, as well as Crimea, the so-called Donetsk Peoples Republic, and the so-called Luhansk Peoples Republic regions of Ukraine. In addition, OFAC restricts dealings by persons subject to U.S. jurisdiction with specific individuals and entities that are the subject of targeted sanctions, including persons identified on blocked persons lists.
We are also subject to various AML and counter-terrorism financing laws and regulations around the world that prohibit, among other things, our involvement in transferring the proceeds of criminal activities. In the United States, many of our activities are subject to AML laws and regulations, including the BSA and other similar laws and regulations. The BSA, among other things, requires money transmitters to develop and implement risk-based AML programs; to report large cash transactions and suspicious activity; and, in some cases, to collect and maintain information about customers who use their services and maintain other transaction records. Regulators in the United States and globally continue to increase their scrutiny of compliance with these obligations, which may require us to further revise or expand our compliance program, including the procedures we use to verify the identity of our customers and to monitor transactions on our system, which would include payments to persons outside the United States. Regulators regularly reexamine the transaction volume thresholds at which we must obtain and keep applicable records or verify identities of customers. Any change in such thresholds could result in greater costs for compliance. We also could be subject to potentially significant fines, penalties, inquiries, audits, investigations, enforcement actions, and criminal and civil liability if regulators or third-party auditors identify gaps in our AML program that are not sufficiently remediated, or if our AML program is found to violate the BSA.
Despite our efforts to comply with applicable laws and regulations, there can be no guarantee that regulators and/or law enforcement will view these measures as compliant with the BSA or U.S. sanctions laws and regulations. If regulators and/or law enforcement find that we have violated the BSA or U.S. sanctions laws and regulations, or we are otherwise the subject of government investigations for alleged violations of the BSA or U.S. sanctions laws and regulations, such investigations and alleged violations could result in negative consequences for us, including costs related to government investigations, financial penalties, and harm to our reputation. The impact on us related to these matters could be substantial. Although we have implemented controls and screening tools designed to prevent violative activity, there is no guarantee that we will not inadvertently provide our products and services to individuals, entities, or governments in violation of the BSA or U.S. sanctions laws and regulations.
Regulators worldwide frequently study each others approaches to the regulation of the blockchain technology and digital assets. Consequently, developments in any jurisdiction may influence other jurisdictions. Further, new developments in one jurisdiction may be extended to additional services and other jurisdictions. As a result, the risks created by any new law or regulation in one jurisdiction are magnified by the potential that they may be replicated in another jurisdiction, which in turn would affect our business across multiple jurisdictions and/or across our services and products. Conversely, if regulations diverge worldwide, we may face difficulty adjusting our products, services, and other aspects of our business with the same effect. These risks are heightened as we face increased competitive pressure from other similarly situated businesses that engage in regulatory arbitrage to avoid the compliance costs associated with regulatory changes.
We may operate our business in foreign countries where companies often engage in business practices that are prohibited by the U.S. and other jurisdictions regulations applicable to us. We are subject to anti-corruption
66
laws and regulations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the FCPA), the Irish Criminal Justice (Corruption Offenses) Act 2018, and other laws that prohibit the making or offering of improper payments to foreign government officials and political figures, including anti-bribery provisions enforced by the U.S. Department of Justice and the SEC. The FCPA, for example, prohibits U.S. persons and entities from making improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by the United States and other business entities for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We have implemented policies, procedures, systems, and controls designed to identify and address potentially impermissible transactions under such laws and regulations. However, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, consultants, and agentsincluding those that may be based in or from countries where practices that violate U.S. or other laws may be customarywill not take actions in violation of our policies, for which we may be ultimately responsible.
The complexity of U.S. federal and state and international regulatory and enforcement regimes, coupled with the global scope of our operations and the evolving global regulatory environment, could result in a single event prompting a large number of overlapping investigations and proceedings by multiple government authorities in different jurisdictions. Furthermore, due to the uncertain application of existing laws and regulations, it may be that, despite our regulatory and legal analysis concluding that certain products and services are currently unregulated or fit within a particular category of regulatory activities, such products or services may indeed be subject to financial regulation, licensing, or authorization obligations that we have not obtained or with which we have not complied. As a result, we are at a heightened risk of enforcement action, litigation, and regulatory and legal scrutiny, which could lead to sanctions, cease-and-desist orders, or other penalties and censures. Any of the foregoing could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Our consolidated balance sheets may not contain sufficient amounts or types of regulatory capital to meet the changing requirements of our various regulators worldwide.
Effective management of our capital and liquidity is critical to our ability to operate our businesses, to grow organically, and to pursue our strategy. As a regulated and licensed entity in various jurisdictions, we are required to possess sufficient financial soundness and strength to adequately support our regulated affiliate entities. The maintenance of adequate capital and liquidity is also necessary for our financial flexibility in the face of turbulence and uncertainty in the global economy. We may from time to time incur indebtedness and other obligations which could make it more difficult to meet capital, liquidity, or other regulatory requirements.
In addition, although we are neither a bank nor a bank holding company under U.S. law or the law of any other jurisdiction, as a global provider of financial services and in light of the changing regulatory environment in various jurisdictions, we could become subject to new capital requirements introduced or imposed by U.S. federal, state, or international regulators. The changes to applicable current or future capital and liquidity requirements may require us to raise additional regulatory capital or hold additional reserves. Such additional burdens could arise, for example, because of different interpretations of or methods for calculating risk exposure amounts or liquidity outflows or inflows, because we do not comply with ratios and levels, or because instruments and collateral requirements that currently qualify as capital or capital risk mitigating techniques no longer do so in the future. If we are unable to raise the requisite regulatory capital, we may be required to reduce the amount of our risk exposure amount or business levels, restrict certain activities, or engage in the disposition of core and other noncore businesses, which may not occur on a timely basis, if at all, or at prices which would not otherwise be attractive to us. Furthermore, our inability to raise sufficient regulatory capital could have an adverse effect on the markets trust in the long-term viability of our products and services, which could, for example, result in customers transferring to our competitors platforms for the provision of stablecoins and/or payments infrastructure. As a result of stricter liquidity or reserve requirements, we may be required to optimize our funding composition, which may result in higher funding costs for us. In addition, our having to maintain buffers of liquid assets may result in lower returns than less liquid assets.
67
Regulators also may increase the amount of fiat currency reserves that we are required to maintain for our operations, as has happened in the past. For instance, in 2017, the Hawaii Division of Financial Institutions imposed a new policy whereby digital asset businesses are required to maintain cash reserves in an amount equal to the aggregate face value of digital asset funds held on behalf of customers. Similar events could complicate our operations and increase our expenses. Any noncompliance may lead to sanctions, penalties, changes to our business operations, or the revocation of licenses.
We maintain complex treasury operations to manage and move customer assets across our platform and to comply with regulatory requirements. However, it is possible we may experience errors in fiat currency and digital asset handling, accounting, and regulatory reporting that lead us to be out of compliance with these requirements.
The above regulations and any changes thereto that limit our ability to manage effectively our balance sheet, liquidity position, and capital resources going forward, or to access funding sources, could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
We obtain and process a large amount of customer data, including sensitive customer data. We also use AI, machine learning, data analytics, and similar tools that collect, aggregate, and analyze data. Any real or perceived improper use of, disclosure of, or access to such data could impose liability on us or harm our reputation and thus have an adverse effect on our business. Furthermore, our use of such AI, machine learning, data analytics, and similar tools could enhance intellectual property, cybersecurity, operational, and technological risks, which could have an adverse effect on our business.
Our operations involve the collection, storage, transmission, and/or other processing of customer data, including highly sensitive data of our customers such as identity data, financial data, transaction data, marketing, and communication data and location data, among other types of information. We use various methods to collect customer data. For example, we may collect customer data from direct interactions with customers, such as when customers fill in forms or correspond with us. We may also collect customer data, including usage and technical data, through the use of automated technologies such as logging and cookies. Furthermore, we may receive customer data from various third parties or publicly available sources, including providers of technical or payment services. Consequently, we are subject to complex and evolving U.S., UK, European, and other jurisdictions laws, rules, regulations, orders, and directives (referred to as privacy laws) relating to the collection, use, retention, security, transfer, and other processing of personal information (referred to as personal data) in the countries where we operate. Much of the personal data that we process, especially financial information, is regulated by multiple privacy laws and, in some cases, the privacy laws of multiple jurisdictions, such as the EUs General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and the UK General Data Protection Regulation (the UK GDPR). In many cases, these laws apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information between or among us and our subsidiaries. Data protection, privacy, and information security have become the subject of increasing public, media, and legislative concern. If our customers were to reduce their use of our products and services as a result of these concerns, our business could be materially harmed. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us or our partners and others who use our services to comply with our privacy policies or with any applicable privacy laws in one or more jurisdictions could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or private parties. Those proceedings or actions could involve significant fines, penalties, judgments, and reputational damage to us. They may also require us to change our business practices and otherwise increase the costs and complexity of compliance.
From time to time, we may utilize AI, machine learning, data analytics (including generative AI), and similar tools that collect, aggregate, and analyze data (collectively, Data Tools) in connection with our business. Uncertainty around new and emerging Data Tools may require additional investment in the development of proprietary datasets, machine learning, large language models, and systems to test for accuracy, bias, and other variables,
68
and computing capabilities. Moreover, market acceptance of Data Tools is uncertain. Utilizing Data Tools may have uncertain risks, particularly if those tools leverage machine learning or generative AI. In addition to the general risks that may exist from incomplete or inaccurate data, human error, or lack of appropriate controls and processes, the technologies underlying how we store and leverage data and their use cases are subject to a variety of laws, including intellectual property, privacy, consumer protection, and federal equal opportunity laws. If we do not have sufficient rights to use the data on which various tools rely, we may incur liability through the violation of such laws, third-party privacy, or other rights or contracts to which we are a party.
Additionally, we may see increasing government and supranational regulation and ethical concerns related to the use of Data Tools which may also significantly increase the burden and cost of research, development, and compliance in this area. This includes the European Unions Artificial Intelligence Act, which came into force on August 1, 2024. Because of the interest in Data Tools by many governmental authorities, there may be additional laws or regulations that limit or restrict our ability to use such Data Tools or apply novel liability frameworks to the use of such Data Tools, and any of the foregoing may cause adverse effects to our business, operations or financial condition.
We are subject to complex and evolving laws, regulations, and industry requirements related to data privacy, data protection, and information security across different markets where we conduct our business, including in the United States, United Kingdom, and EEA. Such laws, regulations, and industry requirements are constantly evolving and changing. Our or our third-party providers or partners actual or perceived failure to comply with such laws, regulations, and industry requirements or our privacy policies/notices could result in enforcement actions, litigation, fines, and reputational harm.
Various local, state, federal, and foreign laws, directives, and regulations apply to our collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer, and any other processing of personal data. There is uncertainty and inconsistency in how these data protection and privacy laws and regulations are interpreted and applied, and they continue to evolve in ways that could adversely impact our business. These laws have a substantial impact on our operations both outside and in the United States, directly as a data controller/business and as a data processor/service provider and handler for various offshore entities.
Laws, regulations, and standards covering marketing, advertising, and other activities conducted by telephone, email, mobile devices, and the internet may be or become applicable to our business, such as the Federal Communications Act, the Federal Wiretap Act, the Electronic Communications Privacy Act, the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003 (the CAN-SPAM Act), and similar state consumer protection and communication privacy laws, such as the California Invasion of Privacy Act. We may make telephone calls and send short message service (SMS) text messages to customers. The actual or perceived improper calling of customer phones or sending of text messages may subject us to potential risks. Federal or state regulatory authorities, regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions, or private litigants may claim that the notices and disclosures we provide, forms of consent we obtain, or our calling or SMS texting practices are not adequate or violate applicable law. This may in the future result in civil claims against us. We also send marketing messages via email and are subject to the CAN-SPAM Act. The CAN-SPAM Act imposes certain obligations regarding the content of commercial emails and providing recipients a mechanism to opt out of receiving such emails (with the corresponding requirement to honor such opt-out requests promptly). While we strive to ensure that all of our marketing communications comply with the requirements of the CAN-SPAM Act, we could nonetheless commit violations that could result in civil or criminal penalties. In addition, the scope and interpretation of the laws that are or may be applicable to the delivery of text messages or email marketing are continuously evolving and developing. If we do not comply with these laws or regulations, we could face direct liability, could be required to change some portions of our marketing strategy, or could face negative publicity, and our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects could be adversely
69
affected. Even an unsuccessful challenge of our calling or SMS texting practices by our customers, regulatory authorities, or other third parties could result in negative publicity and could require a costly response from and defense by us.
In the United States, federal and state lawmakers and regulatory authorities have increased their attention to the collection and use of consumer data. For example, certain states in the United States have enacted stringent privacy and data protection legislation and regulations, such as the California Consumer Privacy Act (the CCPA), which gives California residents the right to access and request deletion of their personal data, opt out of the sale of personal data, and receive detailed information about how their personal data is processed, and provides a private right of action for certain data breaches involving the loss of personal data. The California Privacy Rights Act modified the CCPA by expanding consumers rights with respect to certain personal data and creating a new state agency to oversee implementation and enforcement efforts. Another example is the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act, which regulates how businesses collect and share personal information. With bills proposed in many other jurisdictions, it remains quite possible that other states will enact similar privacy and data protection legislation. Such proposed legislation, if enacted, may add additional complexity, conflicting requirements, additional restrictions, and potential legal risk. The existence of comprehensive privacy laws in different states will make our compliance obligations more complex and costly and may increase the likelihood that we may be subject to enforcement actions or otherwise incur liability for noncompliance.
As a result of our presence in Europe and some of our customers being located in the European Union and the United Kingdom, we are subject to the GDPR and the UK GDPR. These regimes impose stringent data protection requirements and may increase both the risk of noncompliance and the costs of providing our products and services in a compliant manner. These regimes grant rights for data subjects in regard to their personal data (including the right to be forgotten and the right to data portability) and enhance preexisting rights (e.g., data subject access requests). A breach of the GDPR or UK GDPR could result in regulatory investigations, reputational damage, fines and sanctions, orders to cease or change our processing of our data, enforcement notices, assessment notices (for a compulsory audit), and civil claims, including representative actions and other class action-type litigation. Further, Post-Brexit, the UK GDPR will not automatically incorporate changes made to the GDPR going forward, which creates a risk that the GDPR and the UK GDPR may increasingly diverge from each other, thereby increasing both our compliance costs and the potential for noncompliance.
In addition, the GDPR imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the EEA to a third country, including the United States. The same is true for the UK GDPR. These obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other requirements or our practices. On July 11, 2023, the European Commission entered into force its adequacy decision for the EU-U.S. Data Privacy Framework (the EU-U.S. DPF) (a new framework for transferring personal information from the EEA to the United States), having determined that such framework ensures that the protection of personal information transferred from the EEA to the United States will be comparable to the protection offered in the EU. However, this decision will likely face legal challenges and ultimately may be invalidated by the Court of Justice of the European Union just as the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework was. Additionally, on October 12, 2023, a UK-U.S. Data Bridge went into effect to operate as an extension of the EU-U.S. DPF to facilitate transfers of personal data from the United Kingdom to the United States. Such Data Bridge could not only be challenged, but also may be affected by any challenges to the EU-U.S. DPF. Complying with these obligations and applicable guidance regarding cross-border data transfers could be expensive and time-consuming. It may require us to modify our data handling policies and procedures, update and implement revised standard contractual clauses and other relevant documentation and measures for intragroup, customer, and vendor arrangements requiring transfers of personal information, and may ultimately prevent or restrict us from transferring personal data outside Europe or the United Kingdom, which could cause significant
70
business disruption and affect the manner in which we provide our services and the geographical location or segregation of our relevant systems and operations.
We are also subject to evolving EU privacy laws on cookies and e-marketing. In the EU, regulators are increasingly focusing on compliance with requirements in the online behavioral advertising ecosystem, and EU national laws that implement the ePrivacy Directive (Directive 2002/58/EC concerning the processing of personal data and the protection of privacy in the electronic communications sector) may be replaced by an EU regulation known as the ePrivacy Regulation, which may alter rules on tracking technologies, impose burdensome requirements surrounding obtaining consent, and significantly increase fines for noncompliance. In the EU, informed consentincluding a prohibition on pre-checked consents and a requirement to ensure separate consents for each cookieis required for the placement of a cookie or similar technologies on a users device and for direct electronic marketing (and under the GDPR and the UK GDPR). Valid consent is tightly defined, including a prohibition on pre-checked consents for each type of cookie or similar technology. While the text of the ePrivacy Regulation is still under development, enforcement of the ePrivacy Regulation could lead to substantial costs, require significant systems changes, limit the effectiveness of our marketing activities, divert the attention of our technology personnel, negatively impact our efforts to understand customers, adversely affect our margins, increase costs, and subject us to additional liabilities.
As these and other laws and regulations continue to evolve and be enacted, or new interpretations of existing laws and regulations are applied, we may need to modify our data processing practices, agreements, and policies, which could incur substantial costs. Restrictions on the collection, use, sharing, or disclosure of personal information or additional requirements and liability for security and data integrity could require us to modify our solutions and features, possibly in a material manner. Such restrictions could also limit our ability to develop new services and features, and could subject us to increased compliance obligations and regulatory scrutiny. We use a variety of technical and organizational security measures and other measures to protect the data we process, including personal data pertaining to our customers, employees, and business partners. Despite the measures we put in place, we may be unable to anticipate or prevent unauthorized access to such personal data.
Moreover, while we strive to publish and prominently display privacy policies that are accurate, comprehensive, and compliant with applicable laws, rules, regulations, and industry standards, we cannot ensure that our privacy policies and other statements regarding our practices will be sufficient to protect us from claims, proceedings, liability, or adverse publicity. Although we endeavor to comply with our privacy policies, we may at times fail to do so or be alleged to have failed to do so. If our public statements about our use, collection, disclosure, and other processing of personal informationwhether made through our privacy policies, information provided on our website, press statements, or otherwiseare alleged to be deceptive, unfair, or misrepresentative of our actual practices, we may be subject to potential government investigations and enforcement actions, including by the FTC or relevant state attorneys general.
Despite our efforts to comply with applicable laws, regulations, and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security, it is possible that our practices or technology could fail, or be alleged to fail to meet applicable requirements. For instance, the overall regulatory framework governing the application of privacy laws to blockchain technology is still undeveloped and likely to evolve. Data protection authorities may adopt different views than we do with respect to the classification and protection of data associated with blockchain technology under applicable privacy laws. Despite our efforts to choose vendors that meet applicable laws, regulations, and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security and that maintain robust security controls, it is possible that a vendor could fail to comply or experience a data breach impacting our data and our business. Our failure, or the failure by our third-party providers or partners, to comply with applicable laws or regulations could damage our reputation or result in fines or proceedings by governmental agencies as well as private litigation.
71
Risks related to intellectual property
Our intellectual property rights are valuable. Any inability to protect and enforce such intellectual property rights could adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Our business depends in part on our ability to seek, obtain, and maintain intellectual property protection, including with respect to our proprietary technology and our brand. We rely on, and expect to continue to rely on, a combination of trademark, trade dress, domain name, copyright, patent, and trade secret laws in the United States and similar laws in other countries, as well as confidentiality and license agreements with our employees, contractors, consultants, and third parties with whom we have relationships, to establish, maintain, and protect our brand and other intellectual property rights. Our efforts to establish, maintain, protect, and enforce our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient or effective. Our intellectual property rights, including rights in our proprietary technology and trade secrets, could be lost through misappropriation or breach of our confidentiality and license agreements. Moreover, any of our intellectual property rights may be circumvented, infringed, diluted, disclosed, misappropriated, or challenged, which could result in them being narrowed in scope or declared invalid or unenforceable. There can be no assurance that our intellectual property rights will be sufficient to protect against others offering products, services, or technologies that are substantially similar to ours and that compete with our business.
Furthermore, there can be no assurance that our patent applications will be approved, any patents issued will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with meaningful protection, or such patents will not be challenged by third parties. We may also fail to accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable, and if we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. The patents issued may vary in scope of coverage depending on the country in which such patents issue.
As we have grown, we have sought to obtain and protect our intellectual property rights in an increasing number of countries, a process that can be expensive and may not always be successful. For example, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and various foreign governmental intellectual property agencies require compliance with a number of procedural requirements to complete the trademark application process and to maintain issued trademarks. Noncompliance with these procedural requirements or nonpayment could result in abandonment or lapse of a trademark or trademark application, resulting in partial or complete loss of trademark rights in a relevant jurisdiction. In addition, a failure by us to sufficiently exploit any of our trademarks in any markets could erode our trademark rights with respect to the relevant trademarks.
Further, intellectual property protection may not be available to us in every country in which our products and services are available, and the laws of certain countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same degree as the laws of the United States. Therefore, in certain jurisdictions, we may be unable to protect our intellectual property adequately against unauthorized third-party copying, infringement, or use, which could adversely affect our competitive position. We may also agree to license our intellectual property to third parties as part of various agreements. See BusinessIntellectual property. Those licenses may diminish our ability to counter-assert our intellectual property rights against certain parties that may bring claims against us.
Finally, some of our business and some of our products rely or may in the future rely on key technologies developed or licensed by third parties. Because of the rapid pace of technological change in the information technology industry, we may not be able to obtain or continue to obtain licenses and technologies from relevant third parties on reasonable terms, or at all.
72
Our Collaboration Agreement with Coinbase could cause us to lose ownership or use of our trademarks upon the occurrence of certain events.
In August 2023, we entered into a Collaboration Agreement (the Collaboration Agreement) and an Intellectual Property License Agreement with Coinbase, which contain provisions requiring the assignment of certain of our intellectual property rights to Coinbase upon the occurrence of certain events. Specifically, if (i) we determine in good faith that the payment provisions under the Collaboration Agreement with respect to USDC or other applicable Circle stablecoin (such stablecoin, an applicable stablecoin) would violate an applicable law or government order, (ii) an order from a court of competent jurisdiction prohibits us from continuing to satisfy our payment obligations to Coinbase under the Collaboration Agreement with respect to an applicable stablecoin and, in either case of (i) or (ii), such violation of applicable law or order cannot be remediated with a mutually agreeable amendment or by the parties restructuring their operations with respect to an applicable stablecoin within a certain period of time (the restructuring period), or (iii) we have not resumed our payment obligations under the Collaboration Agreement with respect to an applicable stablecoin following the restructuring period, upon Coinbases written request, we would be required to assign to Coinbase the trademarks relating to such applicable stablecoin that are subject to the Intellectual Property License Agreement. Upon such assignment, we and Coinbase would enter into a new license agreement (the Flipped Trademark License Agreement) pursuant to which Coinbase would grant us a worldwide, non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-sublicensable (other than to certain software and service providers) right to use such trademark, in connection with the advertising, promotion, marketing, commercialization, issuance, sale, distribution, development, provision, and receipt of such stablecoin. For its part, Coinbase would be able to use and license the trademarks of such stablecoin for use by third parties so long as neither Coinbase nor any third party uses the trademarks in a manner that suggests that such party is the issuer of such stablecoin. If our trademarks are assigned to Coinbase, we will have no control over how such trademarks and trade names may be used by Coinbase and any third-party licensees. Any misuse or inconsistent use of such trademarks and trade names may cause consumer confusion and jeopardize the value of our brand and products. Furthermore, if we fail to make any royalty payments due to Coinbase under the Flipped Trademark License Agreement, Coinbase may terminate the agreement and/or the licenses granted therein. As it relates to USDC (or any other stablecoin that we issue under the Collaboration Agreement), failure to be able to use the relevant trademarks could have a significant and detrimental effect on our ability to operate as the issuer of USDC or other stablecoin. Any forced assignment of or other loss of rights to use our trademarks under the terms of the Collaboration Agreement could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Our and the Circle stablecoin ecosystems partners products and services, including the blockchains on which the Circle stablecoins protocols are built, contain third-party open-source software components. Failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open-source software licenses could harm our business.
Our products and services contain software modules licensed to us by third-party authors under open-source licenses. Also, the blockchains on which the Circle stablecoins protocols are built and the other partners in the Circle stablecoin ecosystem materially rely on open-source licenses to operate. We also make certain of our own software available to customers for free under various open-source licenses. Use and distribution of open-source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open-source licensors generally do not provide support, warranties, indemnification, or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. In addition, the public availability of such software may make it easier for others to compromise our products and services.
Some open-source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open-source software we use, or grant other licenses to our intellectual property. If we combine our proprietary software with open-source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open-source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary
73
software to the public. This would allow our competitors to create similar offerings with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of our competitive advantages. Alternatively, to avoid the public release of the affected portions of our source code, we could be required to expend substantial time and resources to reengineer some or all of our software.
Although we monitor our use of open-source software to avoid subjecting our products and services to conditions we do not intend, we have not recently conducted an extensive audit of our use of open-source software and, as a result, there can be no assurance that our processes for controlling our use of open-source software in our products and services are, or will be, effective. If we are held to have breached or failed to fully comply with all the terms and conditions of an open-source software license, we could face litigation, infringement, or other liability. We may also be required to seek costly licenses from third parties to continue providing our offerings on terms that are not economically feasible, to reengineer our products or services, to discontinue or delay the provision of our offerings if reengineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis, or to make generally available, in source code form, our proprietary code.
Moreover, the terms of many open-source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts. As a result, there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide or distribute our products and services. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open-source software against companies that incorporate open-source software into their solutions. As a result, we could be subject to lawsuits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open-source software.
We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.
In recent years, there has been considerable patent, copyright, trademark, domain name, trade secret, and other intellectual property development activity in the digital assets ecosystem, as well as litigation, based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation, or other violations of intellectual property brought by companies of all sizes and industries. Furthermore, anyone can purchase patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement to extract settlements from companies like ours. We also may be subject to claims of infringement, misappropriation, or other violations of intellectual property.
We cannot guarantee that our internally developed or acquired technologies and content do not or will not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. From time to time, our competitors or other third parties may claim that we, our customers, or other parties indemnified by us are infringing upon or misappropriating their intellectual property rights, and we, our customers, or other parties indemnified by us may be found to be infringing upon such rights. We expect that the occurrence of infringement claims is likely to grow as the digital asset market grows and matures. Any claims or litigation, regardless of merit, could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we enter into costly settlement or license agreements or pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our products or services or using certain technologies, force us to implement expensive workarounds, or impose other unfavorable terms. Even if intellectual property claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and require significant expenditures.
Risks related to our employees and other service providers
We are dependent on certain key personnel and may be unable to attract and retain qualified and skilled employees.
We operate in a relatively new industry that is not widely understood and requires highly skilled and technical personnel. We believe that our future success is highly dependent on the talents and contributions of our senior
74
management team, including Jeremy Allaire, our co-founder, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer, members of our executive leadership team, and other key employees across product, engineering, risk management, finance, compliance, legal, talent, and marketing. We must be able to attract, develop, motivate, and retain highly qualified and skilled employees. Due to the nascent nature of the digital assets ecosystem, the pool of qualified talent is extremely limited, particularly with respect to executive talent with engineering, risk management, and financial regulatory expertise. We face intense competition for qualified individuals from numerous software and other technology companies. To attract and retain key personnel, we incur significant costs, including salaries and benefits and equity incentives. Even so, these measures may not be enough to attract and retain the personnel we require to operate our business effectively. The loss of even a few qualified employeesor an inability to attract, retain, and motivate additional highly skilled employees required for the planned expansion of our businesscould adversely impact our operations and impair our ability to grow.
Our culture emphasizes innovation, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, our business and operating results could be adversely impacted.
We believe that our entrepreneurial and innovative corporate culture has been a key contributor to our success. We encourage and empower our employees to develop and launch new and innovative products and services, which we believe is essential to attracting high-quality talent, partners, and developers, as well as serving the best, long-term interests of our company. If we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity, and teamwork that have been integral to our business.
Our officers, directors, employees, and large shareholders may have conflicts of interest with respect to their positions or interests in certain entities and other initiatives.
We frequently engage with a wide variety of blockchain and digital asset industry participants, as well as startups and growth companies, and maintain relationships with a significant number of digital asset projects, developers, and investors. These transactions and relationships could create potential conflicts of interest in management decisions that we make. For instance, certain of our officers, directors, and employees are active investors in digital asset projects and other growth companies themselves, and may make investment decisions that favor projects in which they have personally invested. Many of our large shareholders also make investments in these projects. For more information, see the section titled Certain relationships and related-party transactions and Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements. In addition, our co-founder, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer, Jeremy Allaire, is involved in a number of initiatives involving blockchain technology among other projects, which could divert Mr. Allaires time and attention from overseeing our business operations and have a negative impact on our business.
Risks related to our Class A common stock and this offering
Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.
Upon completion of this offering, we will have three authorized series of common stock: Class A common stock, which is entitled to one vote per share; Class B common stock, which is entitled to 5 votes per share (but the aggregate voting power of Class B common stock cannot exceed 30% of the total voting power of our capital stock); and Class C common stock, which does not have any voting power other than to the extent set forth in our certificate of incorporation or otherwise required by applicable law. Holders of our common stock vote together as a single class on all matters, except as otherwise set forth in our certificate of incorporation or as required by applicable law. Our directors and executive officers and entities affiliated with them will hold stock with approximately % voting power over us after this offering (or % voting power over us after this offering if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, would be able to significantly influence matters requiring approval by our stockholders,
75
including the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other extraordinary transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. The concentration of voting power may have the effect of delaying, preventing, or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company, and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.
We will incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we do not incur as a private company. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will have to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as SEC rules and regulations and NYSE listing standards, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls, changes in corporate governance practices, and required filing of annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements.
We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. This could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, on our board committees, or as executive officers.
There may not be an active, liquid trading market for our Class A common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market on the NYSE or how liquid that market may become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our Class A common stock that you purchase.
The multiple series structure of our common stock may depress the trading price and liquidity of our Class A common stock.
The multiple series structure of our common stock may result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common stock or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers restrict inclusion of companies with multiple class share structures in certain of their indexes. In addition, certain proxy advisory firms oppose the use of dual or multiple class structures. As a result, the multiple series structure of our common stock may prevent the inclusion of our Class A common stock in certain indices and may cause proxy advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure, which could result in a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and adversely affect the value of our Class A common stock. In addition, the difference in the voting rights of the various series of our common stock could harm the value of our Class A common stock to the extent that any investor or potential future purchaser of our Class A common stock ascribes value to the superior voting power of our Class B common stock.
76
The market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
The initial public offering price of shares of our Class A common stock is, or will be, determined by negotiation between us, the selling stockholders, and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail following the completion of this offering. The market price of shares of our Class A common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our Class A common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The trading price of our Class A common stock may be volatile and subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, including:
| market conditions in the broader stock market in general, or in our industry in particular; |
| actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results; |
| introduction of new products and services by us or our competitors; |
| issuance of new or changed securities analysts reports or recommendations; |
| sales of large blocks of our stock; |
| additions or departures of key personnel; |
| regulatory developments; |
| litigation and governmental investigations; |
| economic and political conditions or events; and |
| the other factors described in this Risk factors section. |
These and other factors may cause the market price and demand for our Class A common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of Class A common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our Class A common stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue adverse or misleading opinions regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our Class A common stock may be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our Class A common stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.
If a substantial number of shares become available for sale and are sold in a short period of time, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of Class A common stock (or securities convertible into
77
shares of Class A common stock) intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock. Upon completion of this offering, we will have shares of Class A common stock outstanding (or shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), shares of Class B common stock outstanding (or shares of Class B common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), and no shares of Class C common stock outstanding. All shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Substantially all of the remaining shares are currently restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements described in the Underwriting section of this prospectus but will become eligible to be sold at the expiration of the lock-up period following the completion of this offering. Moreover, the holders of approximately shares of Class A common stock (or approximately shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. We also intend to register all shares of Class A common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the Underwriting section of this prospectus. If a substantial number of shares become available for sale and are sold in a short period of time, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline.
Some provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may deter third parties from acquiring us.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide for, among other things:
| three series of common stock with disparate voting power; |
| a staggered board and restrictions on the ability of our stockholders to fill a vacancy on the board of directors; |
| the authorization of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval; |
| a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all actions to be taken at a duly called meeting of the stockholders; |
| supermajority approval to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation; and |
| advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals. |
Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.
These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay, or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company and may discourage bids for our Class A common stock at a premium over its market price. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions than you desire.
78
Our bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the federal district court for the District of Delaware are the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders.
Our bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) is the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee, or stockholder to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or as to which Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware; provided that the foregoing provision does not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or any claim for which the U.S. federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. In addition, our bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district court for the District of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for any action asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Any person or entity holding, purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock are deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these forum selection provisions.
These forum selection provisions may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the State of Delaware and limit a stockholders ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
While Delaware courts have determined that forum selection provisions are facially valid, it is possible that a court of law in another jurisdiction could rule that the forum selection provisions contained in our bylaws are inapplicable or unenforceable if they are challenged in a proceeding or otherwise. If a court were to find the forum selection provision in our bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions.
We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
We intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, capital appreciation in the price of our Class A common stock, if any, will be your only source of gain on an investment in our Class A common stock.
Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial book value dilution after this offering.
The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after the offering. As a result, if you purchase our Class A common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution. See Dilution. As a result of this dilution, investors in this offering may receive significantly less than the full purchase price that they paid for the shares purchased in this offering in the event of a liquidation.
We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering and may not use them effectively.
Our board of directors and management will retain broad discretion in the application, and timing of the application, of the net proceeds to us from this offering and could spend such net proceeds in ways that do not
79
improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our Class A common stock. There can be no assurance regarding the results and the effectiveness of our use of the net proceeds to us from this offering.
General risk factors
Adverse economic conditions and geopolitical events may adversely affect our business.
Our performance is subject to general economic conditions and their impact on blockchain technology adoption, digital assets, and payments, as well as our customers. The United States and other key international economies have experienced cyclical downturns from time to time in which economic activity declined resulting in lower consumption rates, restricted credit, reduced profitability, weaknesses in financial markets, bankruptcies, and overall uncertainty with respect to the economy. The impact of general economic conditions on the digital assets ecosystem is highly uncertain and dependent on a variety of factors, including market adoption of stablecoins and other digital assets, global trends in the blockchain economy, central bank monetary policies, and other events beyond our control. Geopolitical developments, such as the current conflict between Russia and Ukraine and related economic and other retaliatory measures taken by the United States, the European Union, and others, the ongoing Israel-Hamas conflict, trade wars, tariffs imposed by the new administration, and foreign exchange limitations can also increase the severity and levels of unpredictability globally and increase the volatility of global financial and digital asset markets. Our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects may be materially and adversely affected by any negative impact on the global economy and digital assets market resulting from the conflicts in Ukraine or the Middle East, new trade policies including tariffs, or any other geopolitical tension or general adverse economic condition.
We may be adversely affected by natural disasters, pandemics, and other catastrophic events, as well as by man-made problems such as terrorism.
Natural disasters, fire, power shortages, or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations, international commerce, and the global economy, and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. In addition, our global operations expose us to risks associated with public health crises, such as pandemics and epidemics, which could harm our business and cause our operating results to suffer. Further, acts of terrorism, labor activism or unrest, and other geopolitical unrest could cause disruptions in our business or the businesses of our partners or the economy as a whole. In the event of a natural disaster, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in development of our products and services, lengthy interruptions in service, breaches of data security, and loss of critical data, all of which could have an adverse effect on our operating results.
We do not maintain insurance sufficient to compensate us for the potentially significant losses that could result from disruptions to our products and services. Additionally, all of the aforementioned risks may be further increased if we do not implement a disaster recovery plan or our business partners disaster recovery plans prove to be inadequate. To the extent natural disasters or other catastrophic events concurrently impact data centers we rely on in connection with private key restoration, customers will experience significant delays in withdrawing funds, or in the extreme, we may suffer losses of our customer funds.
We have in the past and may in the future acquire other businesses, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value, and adversely affect our results of operations.
Acquisitions, partnerships, and joint ventures have been part of our growth strategy. We expect to continue to evaluate potential strategic acquisitions of, and partnerships or joint ventures with, complementary businesses, services, or technologies. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to
80
complete such acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. In addition, the pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur additional expenses in identifying, investigating, and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not achieve our intended outcomes, for example, due to technical difficulties migrating the acquired products into our ecosystem. Moreover, the companies we acquire may have different risk tolerances than ours, which could result in decisions that do not enhance our competitive position or achieve our strategic goals. Acquisitions may also require regulatory approvals that are costly or time-consuming to obtain, and any difficulties or delays in complying with such regulatory requirements would hinder our strategic objectives. We may also lose certain pre-existing business relationships as a result of new acquisitions, given the highly competitive nature of the digital asset industry. Furthermore, any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our customers, shareholders, and the market. We may not be aware of all of the risks associated with the acquired business.
In addition, an acquisition may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures, such as the following:
| difficulties integrating businesses, services, personnel, operations, and financial and other controls and systems and retaining key employees; |
| assumption of unknown liabilities, known contingent liabilities that become realized, or known liabilities that prove greater than anticipated; |
| difficulties retaining the customers or employees of any acquired business; |
| incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, or future write-offs of intangible assets or goodwill; |
| entry into a new market or business line in which we have no prior experience and in which we may not successfully compete; and |
| integration of an acquired company, which may disrupt ongoing operations and require management resources that would otherwise be used in developing our existing business. |
Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks, and the particular economic, political, and regulatory risks associated with specific countries. Any such acquisitions may reduce cash available for operations and other uses and could result in amortization expense related to identifiable assets acquired. We may have to pay cash, incur debt, or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition.
81
Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements
This prospectus contains statements that are forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, technology, and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. Many of the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as anticipate, believe, could, expect, should, plan, intend, estimate, will, and potential, among others. Forward-looking statements are based on our managements beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements due to various factors, including, but not limited to, the following:
| we face intense and increasing competition; |
| competition from new and existing issuers offering competing products, combined with the rise of yield-bearing digital assets, including TMMFs, that are attractive to digital asset trading participants, may reduce market demand and circulation of Circle stablecoins; |
| stablecoins may face periods of uncertainty, loss of trust, or systemic shocks resulting in the potential for rapid redemption requests (or runs), and extreme scenarios, such as market shocks that affect the value of USDCs reserves or simultaneous requests to redeem all or substantially all USDC in circulation, or concerns related to Circle stablecoin reserves, may lead to redemption delays and USDC reserves being insufficient to meet all redemption requests; |
| as a relatively new innovation, stablecoins are particularly susceptible to operational challenges and risks, including due to surges in demand; |
| any negative publicity regarding stablecoins or the broader digital asset industry may have an outsized negative effect on consumer confidence; |
| the acceptance of Circle stablecoins could be negatively impacted by the disruptions in secondary marketplaces that facilitate the purchase and sale of Circle stablecoins; |
| absent federal regulations, there is a possibility that Circle stablecoins may be classified as securities, which would subject us to additional regulation and could materially impact the operation of our business; |
| we hold a substantial amount of USDC reserves in the Circle Reserve Fund and thus are subject to risks associated with the issuer, the manager, and the custodian of the Circle Reserve Fund; |
| any significant disruption in our or our third-party service providers or partners technology could result in a loss of customers or funds and adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects; |
| our customers funds and digital assets may fail to be adequately safeguarded by us or the third-party service providers upon whom we rely; |
| our inability to maintain existing relationships with financial institutions and similar firms or to enter into new such relationships could impact our ability to offer services to customers; |
| we are subject to credit risks in respect of counterparties, including banks and other financial institutions; |
82
| if we are unable to maintain existing distribution arrangements or enter into additional distribution arrangements on less favorable financial terms, USDC and EURC in circulation and Circles financial results may be adversely affected; |
| our products and services may be exploited by our customers, employees, service providers, and other third parties to facilitate illegal activity such as fraud, money laundering, terrorist financing, gambling, tax evasion, and scams; |
| our compliance and risk management methods might not be effective; |
| fluctuations in interest rates could impact our results of operations; |
| we are subject to an extensive and highly evolving regulatory landscape; |
| the regulatory environment to which we are subject gives rise to various licensing requirements, significant compliance costs and other restrictions, and noncompliance could result in a range of penalties, including fines, compliance costs, operational restrictions, reputational damage, and loss of licenses; |
| we are subject to laws, regulations, and executive orders regarding economic and trade sanctions, anti-bribery, AML, and counter-terrorism financing that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or subject us to criminal or civil liability if we violate them; |
| insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions; and |
| other factors disclosed in the Risk factors section of this prospectus. |
Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances, or otherwise. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.
83
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $ million, or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from sales of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us by $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each 1,000,000 share increase or decrease in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us by $ million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital, create a public market for our Class A common stock, facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, increase awareness of our company among potential customers and end-users, and improve our competitive position. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to satisfy an estimated $ of tax withholding and remittance obligations in connection with the IPO RSU Vest and to use the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include:
| investment in new products and capabilities; |
| investment in expanding awareness, usage, and distribution of our products; and |
| potential acquisitions involving new products, offerings, and technologies, although we have no commitments with respect to any such acquisitions at this time. |
We have not yet determined our anticipated expenditures and therefore cannot estimate the amounts to be used for each of the purposes discussed above. The amount and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including those described in Risk factors, Managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, Business, and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Our management will retain broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds we receive from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds. Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation instruments, including short-term and long-term interest-bearing instruments, investment-grade securities, and direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We cannot predict whether the proceeds invested will yield a favorable return.
84
We have never declared or paid cash dividends. We intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.
85
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and total capitalization (which we define as non-current liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders equity) as of December 31, 2024:
| on an actual basis; |
| on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Conversion; and |
| on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to (i) this offering, including our issuance and sale of shares of Class A common stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the IPO RSU Vest, including our payment of $ in satisfaction of tax withholding and remittance obligations and the issuance of shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock in connection with the net settlement of such RSUs. |
You should read this table in conjunction with Managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included in this prospectus.
Actual | Pro forma | Pro forma as adjusted(1) |
||||||||||
(in thousands, except share data) | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 750,981 | $ | $ | ||||||||
Non-current liabilities |
93,148 | |||||||||||
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, 139,762 thousand shares outstanding, actual; no shares outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted |
1,139,765 | |||||||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||||||
Class A common stock, 56,353 thousand shares outstanding, actual; shares outstanding, pro forma; shares outstanding, pro forma as adjusted |
6 | |||||||||||
Class B common stock, no shares outstanding, actual; shares outstanding, pro forma; shares outstanding, pro forma as adjusted |
| |||||||||||
Class C common stock, no shares outstanding, actual; no shares outstanding, pro forma; no shares outstanding, pro forma as adjusted |
| |||||||||||
Treasury stock, 4,960 thousand shares, actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted |
(2,877 | ) | ||||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
1,792,969 | |||||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(1,223,213 | ) | ||||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
3,644 | |||||||||||
Total stockholders equity |
570,529 | |||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Total capitalization |
$ | 1,803,442 | $ | $ |
(1) | The as adjusted information is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. |
86
If you invest in our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our tangible net worth (defined as total assets, less intangible assets, goodwill, digital assets, and total liabilities) by the number of shares of common stock outstanding (excluding treasury stock).
Our historical net tangible book value as of December 31, 2024 was $1,178 million, or $20.90 per share. After giving effect to the Conversion, our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2024 would have been $ million, or $ per share. After giving further effect to (i) this offering, including our issuance and sale of shares of Class A common stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the IPO RSU Vest, including our payment of $ in satisfaction of tax withholding and remittance obligations and the issuance of shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock in connection with the net settlement of such RSUs, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2024 would have been $ million, or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $ per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $ per share to new investors.
The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | |||||||
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2024 |
$ | |||||||
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors |
$ | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering |
$ | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Dilution per share to investors |
$ |
The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ per share and dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $ per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us in this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated fees and expenses payable by us in this offering. Each 1,000,000 share increase or decrease in the number of shares offered by us in this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ per share and decrease or increase the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $ per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us in this offering and estimated fees and expenses payable by us in this offering.
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would increase to $ per share, representing an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $ per share to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $ to new investors participating in this offering.
87
The following table summarizes as of December 31, 2024, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of common stock, the total consideration paid or to be paid, and the average price per share paid or to be paid by existing stockholders and by the new investors participating in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
Shares purchased | Total consideration | Weighted- average price per share |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Number | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except share and per share information and percentages) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Existing stockholders (Class A and Class B) |
% | $ | % | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||
New investors (Class A) |
% | $ | % | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
100% | $ | 100% |
The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders would be reduced to % of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering and the number of shares held by new investors participating in the offering would be increased to % of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering.
To the extent that any outstanding options under our stock-based compensation plans are exercised, RSUs are vested, new options or RSUs are issued under our stock-based compensation plans, any outstanding derivative securities are converted or exercised for common stock, or we issue additional shares of common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.
88
Managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the Risk factors and Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements sections.
Overview
Founded in 2013, Circles mission is to raise global economic prosperity through the frictionless exchange of value. We intend to connect the world more deeply by building a new global economic system on the foundation of the internet, and to facilitate the creation of a world where everyone, everywhere can share value as easily as we can today share information, content, and communications.
Since inception, we have relentlessly pursued our mission and vision, building fundamental technology for the internet financial system. We have forged paths toward mainstream acceptance through persistent and active engagement with policymakers and regulators globally, and have seen institutional and consumer knowledge and acceptance of internet-native financial assets approach critical mass. Large and influential players in the incumbent financial services system are increasingly embracing digital assets broadly and stablecoins specifically.
Circles innovative products reach tens of millions of end-users, power thousands of businesses, and, as of December 31, 2024, USDC has been used for approximately $20.0 trillion in onchain transactions. While we have made strong progress in our pursuit of our mission and vision over the past decade, we believe the internet financial system is in its infancy with decades of growth and innovation ahead.
Our business model
We believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on the development of the internet financial system and the reimagining of how money works in the world. The future of money is open, transparent, and digital, and we are at the center of this transformation.
Our business model is driven by the growth of the Circle stablecoin network, which comprises our stablecoin infrastructure, our banking and reserve management infrastructure, our blockchain infrastructure, and our Developer Services application platform, as well as all the end-users who are active on our platform and benefit from our underlying technology. We continually invest in growing the Circle stablecoin network:
| We promote distribution and adoption of Circle stablecoins through partnerships with large, leading financial and technology-focused institutions with large consumer customer bases. |
| We expand our reach by broadening the accessibility of our network, such as by building global on- and off-ramps from fiat banking providers that permit Circle Mint customers to move their funds between fiat and Circle stablecoins, enabling efficient utilization of Circle stablecoins globally. |
| We support the building of new applications on our platform by providing end-to-end tools and operational infrastructure that make it easier for developers to abstract away the technology intricacies of building apps |
89
on blockchain networks. These tools, such as CCTP and Circle Gas Station, lower the barriers to entry for developers and end-users, and support innovation on our network. Importantly, many of these tools are open source and permit developers to build on our network regardless of whether they have an existing Circle relationship, which helps fuel the growth of the Circle stablecoin network. |
| We stimulate increased activity on the Circle stablecoin network by encouraging the growth of the broader Web3 ecosystem and by introducing new products and services, which enable end-users to leverage the benefits inherent in the internet financial system: transparency, increased velocity, and reduced cost, all with the programmability of money. In addition to products that we introduce ourselves, third-party-developed applications add to activity on our platform. |
| We seek to expand our footprint to new markets, encouraging global adoption of our technology and products. We do so with a regulatory-first posture, obtaining appropriate licenses as needed. |
These and other strategies are detailed in BusinessOur platform, products, and ecosystem and BusinessOur growth strategy.
The way that we monetize our network has shifted over time, and continues to evolve. Our key product offerings are as follows:
Circle stablecoins
Core to our network are USDC and EURC, our regulated U.S. dollar- and euro-denominated stablecoins. We launched USDC in 2018, which is the worlds largest regulated payment stablecoin as measured by the amount of stablecoins in circulation. See Prospectus summaryOverviewStablecoin overviewCircles role in driving stablecoin adoption for our use of the term regulated with respect to stablecoins and see BusinessRegulatory policy landscape for the principal regulations to which we are subject. USDC makes the dollar digitally available via the internet, taking advantage of the internets capabilities, transparency, speed, and efficiency. In June 2022, we launched EURC utilizing the same underlying infrastructure. In July 2024, Circles French subsidiary became the first global stablecoin issuer to achieve compliance with MiCAR.
Stablecoins act as the bridge between the fiat and digital assets ecosystems. We believe the ability of Circle Mint customers to quickly and confidently move from fiat to Circle stablecoins is essential to the growth of the Circle stablecoin network. The volume of USDC minted and redeemed demonstrates the scale and resiliency of the banking infrastructure supporting our on- and off-ramps between the digital asset and fiat ecosystems.
Below is a summary of USDC minted and redeemed for each of the periods presented. EURC minting and redemption was not material for the periods presented. For our calculation of USDC in circulation, see Key operating and financial indicatorsUSDC in circulation and average USDC in circulation.
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
(in millions) | ||||||||||||
USDC in circulation, beginning of period |
$ | 24,412 | $ | 44,554 | $ | 42,416 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
USDC minted |
141,342 | 95,833 | 167,609 | |||||||||
USDC redeemed |
(121,897 | ) | (115,975 | ) | (165,471 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in USDC in circulation |
19,445 | (20,142 | ) | 2,138 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
USDC in circulation, end of period |
$ | 43,857 | $ | 24,412 | $ | 44,554 | ||||||
|
All Circle stablecoins minted and outstanding are backed by at least an equivalent amount of fiat currency-denominated reserve assets that are held in accounts that are titled FBO holders of Circle stablecoins with
90
leading financial institutions. Laws, regulations, and our operating policies are designed to ensure the capital preservation and liquidity of these reserve assets. During the periods presented, prior to January 2023, USDC reserves were limited to cash balances held at banks, U.S. Treasury securities with maturities of 100 days or less, and the Circle Reserve Fund. Since January 2023, USDC reserves have been limited to cash balances held at banks and the Circle Reserve Fund. See Liquidity and capital resourcesComposition of USDC reserves for additional information regarding the Circle Reserve Fund.
Circle earns reserve income on reserve assets, historically at rates at a discount to the prevailing SOFR during the applicable periods. We term the rate of return generated on assets held in reserve as the reserve return rate. See Key operating and financial indicators for the calculation of reserve return rate. Reserve income is a function of the amount of reserve assets and the reserve return rate. Reserve income comprised between 95% and 99% of our total revenue in the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
Reserve Return Rate | ||||||||||||
Reserve Return Rate (%) |
Quarterly Avg. SOFR (%) |
Quarterly Avg. 3Mo T-Bill (%) |
||||||||||
1Q22 |
0.14 | 0.09 | 0.29 | |||||||||
2Q22 |
0.61 | 0.71 | 1.04 | |||||||||
3Q22 |
2.06 | 2.15 | 2.61 | |||||||||
4Q22 |
3.35 | 3.62 | 3.99 | |||||||||
1Q23 |
4.24 | 4.50 | 4.59 | |||||||||
2Q23 |
4.66 | 4.97 | 5.04 | |||||||||
3Q23 |
5.16 | 5.24 | 5.27 | |||||||||
4Q23 |
5.19 | 5.32 | 5.28 | |||||||||
1Q24 |
5.13 | 5.31 | 5.23 | |||||||||
2Q24 |
5.17 | 5.32 | 5.25 | |||||||||
3Q24 |
5.11 | 5.28 | 5.00 | |||||||||
4Q24 |
4.49 | 4.68 | 4.40 |
Other products
In addition to Circle stablecoins, we continue to expand product offerings that benefit from and support the growth of the Circle stablecoin network. Our other products contributed 1%, 1%, and 5% of our total revenue in the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. We believe these and other new product offerings will contribute to the growth of the Circle stablecoin network, and over time drive a flywheel of growth that has been the hallmark of successful internet-driven networks. We also expect growth in our network to drive increases in USDC in circulation and thereby drive our reserve income. We anticipate growing these offerings in the coming years, diversifying our revenue profile. These offerings include:
Developer Services
In August 2023, we launched our Developer Services product line, through which we are developing an array of developer-ready and enterprise-grade infrastructure services that developers can plug into their own applications. See BusinessOur platform, products, and ecosystemDeveloper Services for a description of the Developer Services product line. These solutions can be delivered via API to companies seeking to introduce Web3 capabilities to their customer bases. Examples of products we have recently launched include Circle Wallets, Circle Contracts, Circle Paymaster, and CCTP.
In July 2022, we acquired Cybavo, a software development company that provides platforms for digital wallets, digital asset safekeeping, and blockchain smart contract application development, deployment, and operations,
91
whose technology we integrated into our Developer Services. We have developed additional features for our Circle Wallets, including our gas fee infrastructure, a collection of blockchain network infrastructure and open-source smart contracts that streamlines the end-user experience by supporting the payment of transaction fees on supported blockchains in USDC, thus removing the need to pay fees in each blockchains native token.
CCTP is a permissionless protocol that enables USDC to flow natively across supported blockchains and provides interoperability to blockchains that have historically been siloed due to incompatible protocols and supported tokens. CCTP empowers developers to offer greater utility in their applications by seamlessly operating across different blockchain networks.
Integration Services
We earn Integration Services revenue by connecting and integrating Circle products such as USDC across blockchain networks. In exchange for a fee, we assist third-party public blockchains with the implementation of USDC and the integration of Circle Mint on their blockchains.
Tokenized Funds
As a result of our acquisition of Hashnote, we issue USYCa leading TMMF. See BusinessOur platform, products, and ecosystemCircle Tokenized Funds for more information on the Hashnote acquisition. We believe that by integrating USYC with our existing infrastructure, we can enhance its interoperability across multiple public blockchains and enable instantaneous conversion with Circle stablecoins, allowing traders to hold their assets or pledge collateral in TMMFs while accruing yield and then be able to instantaneously convert into stablecoins, which can be used to purchase other digital assets.
The Circle stablecoin network, blockchain infrastructure, Developer Services application platform, and TMMFs are further detailed in BusinessOur platform, products, and ecosystem. We believe that these tools greatly improve the quality of applications on our network, providing value both to the network effect that drives our growth by attracting end-users as well as to the developers that avail themselves of these offerings. We believe we can further monetize these services in the future as we continue to develop and scale them.
Discontinued products
As we continue to focus on our core strategy of growing the Circle stablecoin network, we have discontinued certain products that we deemed as non-core to our business. Together, these products contributed less than 1%, less than 1%, and less than 3% of total revenue in the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively, and we do not anticipate them to impact our future financial or operating performance.
Transaction Services
Transaction Services related to the processing of USDC-native payments, payouts to sellers, vendors, or end-users, ledger management, and safekeeping services. In this capacity, we operated as a payment facilitator, processing credit and debit card transactions primarily for Web3 merchants. We completed the deprecation of these services in 2024.
Circle Yield
Circle Yield allowed accredited investors to lend their USDC to certain third parties (over-collateralized with Bitcoin) and earn yield. In November 2022, we ceased these activities, and have no residual exposure to any borrowing or lending made under this product.
92
SeedInvest
SeedInvest offered a platform for companies to raise capital through equity offerings directly on the internet. In exchange for our services, we received a placement fee paid by issuers as well as transaction fees paid by investors. In May 2023, we divested the majority of operations and ceased activities related to this product.
Key factors affecting operating results
The growth and success of our business as well as our financial condition and operating results have been, and will continue to be, affected by a number of factors, including:
Growth of the internet financial system
The internet financial system is built on blockchain infrastructure, and represents a fundamental shift that we believe will result in a profound change to the existing financial system by materially improving efficiency, reducing costs, expanding accessibility, and accelerating innovation. While the internet financial system has grown rapidly, it remains in its infancy and is very small relative to the legacy financial system. We believe we are well positioned to be among the winners in this emerging, transformative space, and we expect increased adoption and expansion of the internet financial system to be a key driver of growth in all our products and services, and hence of our overall financial performance.
Adoption of stablecoins as the core means of value exchange within the internet financial system
We believe stablecoins are the core facilitator of value exchange in the internet financial system. As of December 31, 2024, there were approximately $185 billion of stablecoins in circulation, according to CoinMarketCap. We believe that we are poised to lead the way in driving the growth of stablecoins, with our trusted brand, regulation-first posture, robust scalable infrastructure, institutional-grade safety and soundness, and $43.9 billion of USDC in circulation across 4.3 million MeWs as of December 31, 2024. We stand to benefit as the adoption of stablecoins and the internet financial system increase, due not only to the growth in circulation of Circle stablecoins but also due to the Circle stablecoin network that we have developed. The following chart provides an overview of MeWs at quarter end for the periods presented.
MeWs
MeWs (in thousands) |
||||
1Q22 |
1,300 | |||
2Q22 |
1,620 | |||
3Q22 |
1,658 | |||
4Q22 |
1,759 | |||
1Q23 |
1,652 | |||
2Q23 |
2,296 | |||
3Q23 |
2,487 | |||
4Q23 |
2,780 | |||
1Q24 |
3,118 | |||
2Q24 |
3,363 | |||
3Q24 |
3,578 | |||
4Q24 |
4,264 |
93
Expanding global awareness and distribution of USDC as a leading stablecoin network
Access to the internet financial system transcends boundaries and borders. The growing international interest in both internet-based financial services broadlyand the Circle stablecoin network specificallyis a driver of our business. Our efforts to expand awareness and distribution of USDC follow a multi-pronged approach. We intend to continue expanding our global reach by obtaining regulatory licenses and registrations in additional jurisdictions, collaborating with strategic partners, and expanding our blockchain interoperability. We also intend to continue to invest in expanding awareness and distribution of Circle stablecoins in international markets, including through initiatives such as sponsored webinars, content sponsorship, event sponsorship, and traditional advertising (e.g., search engine marketing/retargeting), to further enhance our growth. Beyond our dedicated awareness initiatives, we continue to strive to make the Circle stablecoin network the most widely available and easy to use globally by integrating into many major blockchain protocols, which we believe will enhance both demand and distribution of Circle stablecoins. We expect increased awareness and interest in Circle stablecoins, including both increasing penetration among our existing markets and expansion into new markets, to positively impact our performance.
Strategic partnerships fostering the Circle stablecoin network
Another core facet of our strategy is to complement our products and services with enterprise-level strategic commercial partnerships, with the goal of driving growth in the distribution and adoption of Circle stablecoins. Through these partnerships, we enable companies to offer internet-native financial services to their own customers, to the benefit of our overall network. In addition to our international partnerships with major consumer and technology brands (see BusinessOur platform, products, and ecosystemThe Circle stablecoin ecosystem for examples of partners that are part of the Circle stablecoin network and the Circle stablecoin ecosystem), we partnered with Visa to enable the use of USDC within its payments network, and with MoneyGram to support the use of USDC for global remittances on the Stellar blockchain, among others. These partnerships are still in early stages, but we expect that they will contribute meaningfully to our operating and financial performance over time. We have also partnered with Coinbase to provide seamless access within its platform to convert between fiat currency and USDC and recently entered into a partnership with Binance to make USDC more extensively available across its full suite of products and services and adopt USDC as a dollar stablecoin for its corporate treasury. We plan to continue to enter strategic partnerships like these to expand our product offerings and amplify the network effect inherent in our business. We believe each of these partnerships helps to foster broader access to Circle stablecoins and the internet financial system. These partnerships enable awareness and access of the Circle stablecoin network by new end-users who may otherwise not directly be reached, while benefiting existing end-users by expanding the opportunities for internet-based commerce. We expect these partnerships will drive greater circulation, adoption, and use of Circle stablecoins over time.
Growth in new products and services
We believe we have a sizable opportunity to grow our business through the introduction of new products and services. Our blockchain infrastructure and Developer Services provide platforms upon which third-party software developers can build and create their own products and financial applications. For example, we launched our CCTP offering in early 2023 and have already seen its significant growth: It is live on nine blockchains (Arbitrum, Avalanche, Base, Ethereum, Noble, OP Mainnet, Polygon PoS, Solana and Sui) enabling 70 routes and, as of December 31, 2024, has handled approximately $24.7 billion in transfers. We calculate CCTP volume by analyzing data from all blockchains on which CCTP is deployed to match receiving USDC transaction data on destination blockchains with USDC redemption data from source blockchains, and then summing up the USDC redemption volumes on the source blockchains. In March 2025, we launched CCTP V2, a
94
fast version of CCTP that monetizes and accrues revenue on each transaction. CCTP V2 is currently available on Avalanche, Base, Ethereum, and Linea, with more blockchains expected to be announced throughout 2025. We continue to develop our blockchain infrastructure and Developer Services products, facilitating the development of new third-party products for the internet financial system, which we expect will in turn increase demand for Circle stablecoins and serve as a critical driver to the growth of our network. We anticipate that the products developed on our platform will drive new sources of revenue, including network service fees and additional Developer Services fees.
Interest rate fluctuations
We derive the majority of our revenue from reserve income. Fluctuations in interest rates impact reserve return rates, such that a decrease in interest rates reduces reserve return rates and an increase in interest rates increases reserve return rates. Reserve return rate is a contributing factor to reserve income (the other being, primarily, USDC in circulation). As such, fluctuations in interest rates may result in changes in reserve income. However, interest rates are only one contributor to reserve income, and the other primary contributorUSDC in circulationis inherently difficult to predict given the uncertainties in end-user and customer behavior. For example, although interest rates are positively correlated with the opportunity cost of holding USDC versus other financial instruments, given the utility of USDC as a means for the exchange of value, an increase in interest rates does not necessarily result in a decrease in USDC in circulation (and vice versa). Any relationship between interest rates and USDC in circulation is complex, highly uncertain, and unproven. As a result, while we are able to predict the impact of interest rate changes on the reserve return rate, given uncertainties in end-user and customer behavior and interests and market dynamics, we are unable to accurately predict the impact of such changes on reserve income.
Exogenous events and macro trends
In March 2023, SVB failed to honor Circles request to withdraw $3.3 billion (approximately 8% of the USDC reserves at the time) in reserve deposits, which was submitted prior to SVBs failure and subsequent FDIC receivership. The FDIC receivership announcement made abruptly on Friday, March 10, 2023 caused some market concern that an inability to instantly access the deposits held at SVB might result in USDC not being fully backed by fiat-denominated reserves. In response, we publicly affirmed that in the event SVB did not make a full return of our reserve deposits, we would cover any shortfall using corporate resources, aligning with our commitment to maintaining the trustworthiness, safety, and one-for-one redeemability of USDC by Circle Mint customers. Subsequent secondary market trading of USDC on certain digital asset exchanges, exacerbated by the lack of primary market liquidity given the weekend closure of the banking system and the concurrent failure of two other banks that were part of the Circle stablecoin ecosystem, which had previously provided 24/7/365 primary liquidity infrastructure, resulted in a temporary supply-demand imbalance, and consequently the secondary market price of USDC fell below $1. On Monday, March 13, 2023, the FDIC formally announced that it would guarantee all deposits held at SVB, and USDC soon regained its $1 secondary market trading price. When the banking system reopened, we began processing the weekends queued redemptions, although due to the backlog and the failure of some of the banks that were part of the Circle stablecoin ecosystem, redemptions for some customers were slowed. Although we did not incur any direct financial loss in connection with the SVB failure and we honored one-for-one redeemability of USDC by Circle Mint customers at all times, we believe the SVB failure was a contributing factor to the subsequent decline in USDC in circulation. Since the SVB failure, we have continued to invest in and refine our reserve management structures, including by strengthening our governance around reserve management (see BusinessReserve management standard), improving analysis and monitoring of counterparties (considering factors such as customer concentration, asset liability management, capital structure, profitability, and externalities), implementing end-of-day sweeps to manage counterparty risk at settlement banks, and holding the significant majority of cash reserves at GSIBs.
95
While our view is that in the long-term, USDC in circulation will be driven by secular growth in the adoption of the internet financial system, as well as our introduction of new products within the Circle stablecoin network, in the short term we believe isolated events or temporary trends can have meaningful impact on USDC minting and redemptions. For example, we believe that the regional banking crisis in the United States in March 2023and most notably the SVB failure discussed abovespurred outsized redemptions in the weeks following a brief price dislocation of USDC in certain secondary markets. Similarly, following the collapse of several digital asset lenders (e.g., Celsius, Voyager) in mid-2022, we believe the subsequent rapid decline of decentralized finance lending market activity (which was a notable industry use case for USDC at the time) resulted in significant redemptions due to the reduction in need for USDC deployment to such protocols. Finally, particularly in times of uncertainty for the stablecoin and digital assets industries, we believe that our uniquely robust connectivity with traditional banks has resulted in USDC serving as an off-ramp (i.e., channel into fiat currency) from certain digital asset enterprises that lack meaningful banking coverage, with the net result being an inflated amount of USDC redemptions. While we believe these events and developments are nonrecurring in nature, they can have an impact on USDC in circulation and our short-term financial results.
Distribution costs
Our distribution costs have a meaningful impact on our financial performance. Prior to August 2023, distribution costs were primarily a function of (i) the amount of USDC distributed by Circle and Coinbase and (ii) the amount of USDC held on each respective partys platform. Specifically, we shared any revenue generated from USDC reserves pro rata based on the amount of USDC distributed by each respective party and the amount of USDC held on each respective partys platform in relation to the total amount of USDC in circulation. See BusinessCollaboration with Coinbase. In August 2023, we and Coinbase entered into a Collaboration Agreement, under which we make payments to Coinbase for its role in the distribution of USDC and growth in the USDC ecosystem. These payments are determined based on the daily income generated from the reserves backing USDC, less the management fees charged by non-affiliated third parties for managing such reserves (such as asset management and custody fees) and certain other expenses, which is referred to as the payment base. From this payment base, (i) we retain a portion ranging from an annualized low-double-digit basis point to high tenth of a basis point based on the amount of USDC in circulation on such day, in consideration of our role as stablecoin issuer and which is designed to reimburse us for indirect costs of issuing stablecoins and the management of the associated reserves, such as maintaining our accounting, treasury, regulatory, and compliance functions (the issuer retention), (ii) we and Coinbase each receive an amount equal to the remaining payment base multiplied by the percentage of such stablecoin that is held in the applicable partys custodial products or managed wallet services at the end of such day (after deducting (i) and (ii) above, the residual payment base), and (iii) after deducting amounts payable to other approved participants in the USDC ecosystem, Coinbase receives 50% of the residual payment base. See BusinessCollaboration with Coinbase. As a result, the greater the proportion of USDC in circulation held on Coinbases platform, the greater the proportion of reserve income payable to Coinbase. Conversely, the greater the proportion of USDC in circulation held on our platform or held outside of Circle and Coinbase platforms, the smaller the proportion of reserve income payable to Coinbase. As a result, distribution costs are impacted by the actions and policies of Coinbase and their effects on the amount of USDC in circulation held on Coinbases platform, which we do not control or oversee. As of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the percentage of USDC in circulation held on Circles platform was approximately 5%, 2%, and 1%, respectively; based on information provided to us by Coinbase, the percentage of USDC in circulation held on Coinbases platform was approximately 20%, 12%, and 5%, respectively; and the percentage of USDC in circulation held outside Circles and Coinbases platforms was approximately 75%, 86%, and 94%, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the daily weighted-average percentage of USDC in circulation held on Circles platform was approximately 2%, 2%, and 2%, respectively; based on information provided to us by Coinbase, the daily weighted-average percentage of USDC in circulation held on Coinbases platform was approximately 18%, 8%, and 3%, respectively; and the daily weighted-average percentage of USDC in circulation held outside Circles and Coinbases platforms was approximately 80%, 90%, and 95%, respectively. In addition, we and
96
Coinbase may agree to pay a portion of the residual payment base to approved participants to incentivize the circulation of stablecoins, which may impact our distribution costs. We have added and expect to continue to add additional distributors in the future and anticipate that such distribution contracts may have different commercial terms depending on negotiations with our distributors and the circumstances in our evolving industry.
Government regulation
At Circle, we have always had a regulation first philosophy that underlies our operations and has led to significant investments in building a robust compliance infrastructure. However, the laws and regulations to which we are subject are rapidly evolving and increasing in scope. As a result, we monitor regulatory changes closely and we expect to continue to invest significant resources in our legal, compliance, product, and engineering teams to ensure our business practices comply with, and plan and prepare for, current and future regulations.
Certain major economies across the globe (such as the European Union, Japan, and Singapore) have passed national laws regulating stablecoins. Other leading economies (such as the United States, Hong Kong, and the United Arab Emirates) are actively considering comprehensive rules to integrate stablecoins into their financial system. We believe increased global regulatory clarity will result in increased conviction in stablecoins by consumers and enterprises alike, which will drive comfort in using stablecoins as digital currencies. We believe these trends will naturally increase the growth of the Circle stablecoin network as the leading regulatorily compliant player in the space. See BusinessRegulatory policy landscape for discussion of the principal regulations to which we are subject.
Significant transactions
Collaboration Agreement with Coinbase and the Centre Acquisition
In August 2023, in connection with our entry into the Collaboration Agreement, we acquired the remaining outstanding 50% equity interest in Centre Consortium LLC (Centre) from Coinbase (the Centre Acquisition).
Total consideration for the Centre Acquisition was $209.9 million in the form of approximately 8.4 million of our common shares measured at fair value. Upon completion of the Centre Acquisition, Centre became an indirect wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary of the Company. In December 2023, the Company dissolved Centre, and its net assets were distributed to another wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Substantially all of the assets acquired were associated with a single group of complementary intangible assets associated with stablecoin trade names, trademarks, and developed technology owned by Centre. The intangible asset has an indefinite life based on the Companys historical and continuing use of the asset, its importance to the business, and the lack of substantive legal, regulatory, and contractual restrictions on its useful life. In addition, deferred tax assets and liabilities of $8.7 million and $57.3 million, respectively, were recorded upon completion of the acquisition.
97
Key operating and financial indicators
We regularly review several key operating and non-GAAP financial indicators to evaluate our performance and trends and inform managements budgets, financial projections, and strategic decisions. The following table presents our key operating and financial indicators, as well as the relevant GAAP measures, for the periods indicated:
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
(in millions, except reserve return rate, daily weighted-average percentage of USDC on platform, and stablecoin market share) |
||||||||||||
Key operating data: |
||||||||||||
USDC in circulation, end of period |
$ | 43,857 | $ | 24,412 | $ | 44,554 | ||||||
Average USDC in circulation |
$ | 33,342 | $ | 30,467 | $ | 49,861 | ||||||
Reserve return rate |
5.0% | 4.7% | 1.5% | |||||||||
USDC on platform, end of period |
$ | 2,236 | $ | 525 | $ | 537 | ||||||
Daily weighted-average percentage of USDC on platform |
2.2% | 2.0% | 1.8% | |||||||||
USDC minted |
$ | 141,342 | $ | 95,833 | $ | 167,609 | ||||||
USDC redeemed |
$ | (121,897 | ) | $ | (115,975 | ) | $ | (165,471 | ) | |||
Stablecoin market share, end of period |
24% | 20% | 34% | |||||||||
Meaningful Wallets, end of period |
4.26 | 2.78 | 1.76 | |||||||||
GAAP financial data: |
||||||||||||
Total revenue and reserve income |
$ | 1,676 | $ | 1,450 | $ | 772 | ||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 156 | $ | 268 | $ | (769 | ) | |||||
Non-GAAP financial data: |
||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(1) |
$ | 285 | $ | 395 | $ | 96 | ||||||
|
(1) | See Non-GAAP financial measures for reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) from continuing operations. |
USDC in circulation and average USDC in circulation
USDC in circulation is the total amount of USDC minted and outstanding as of the end of the reporting period. Average USDC in circulation is calculated as the simple daily average of USDC in circulation, with the daily USDC in circulation determined at the end of each day. In each case, we exclude:
| tokens allowed but not issued, which are tokens that exist on the Algorand, Hedera, Polkadot, and Solana blockchains due to the technical implementation of USDC on those blockchains. These tokens are held by us in restricted, segregated tokens allowed but not issued blockchain addresses. We do not receive any funds for their creation, and they are not redeemable for the U.S. dollar. These tokens are restricted for use while held in such blockchain addresses. These tokens cannot be redeemed for the U.S. dollar as the private keys are securely controlled by us and the blockchain addresses are not configured to allow redemption requests to be established by Circle Mint. When a minting request is received for USDC on these blockchains and the funds underlying such request is received, the corresponding amount of tokens allowed but not issued is transferred from the segregated tokens allowed but not issued addresses to the minting address via a system controlled process administered by us, at which point the tokens are considered to be USDC in circulation. |
98
| access denied tokens, which are tokens that are restricted from being accessed by the holder to comply with a law, regulation, or legal order from a duly recognized and authorized court of competent jurisdiction or governmental or other authority with jurisdiction over the Company. When these tokens were originally issued (i.e., before they were restricted from being accessed), we received the equivalent amount of fiat currency in connection with their original minting. Upon determination that a token should be an access denied token, we restrict the access of the holder to such token and transfer the reserves relating to such token to a segregated bank account specifically for access denied tokens. The assets in such segregated bank account constitute a component of USDC reserves, and we do not extinguish the associated liability until the segregated reserve funds are transferred to the relevant law enforcement agency or government body or until the access denial request is reversed and a subsequent redemption request is made by the stablecoin holder. As of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, there were $91.8 million, $77.7 million, and $6.2 million of access denied tokens, respectively. |
We exclude these tokens because these tokens are not used for transactions and thus do not reflect the Circle stablecoin ecosystems breadth, which as noted below, is the principal purpose for which we present USDC in circulation and average USDC in circulation.
USDC in circulation and average USDC in circulation include corporate-held USDC (i.e., USDC held by us), as we routinely use USDC to pay for distribution, transaction, and other costs as well as operating expenses and thus corporate-held USDC contributes to the Circle stablecoin ecosystems breadth, which as noted below, is the principal purpose for which we present USDC in circulation and average USDC in circulation. As of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, there were $294.5 million, $275.8 million, and $5.3 million of corporate-held USDC, respectively.
USDC in circulation and average USDC in circulation are major contributing factors to our reserve income and also provide a measure of the Circle stablecoin ecosystems breadth. We expect that the continued growth and development of the internet financial system will further drive increases in USDC in circulation and average USDC in circulation.
Reserve return rate
Reserve return rate is the rate of return generated on assets held in reserve. Reserve return rate is calculated as our reserve income divided by the average period balance of reserves segregated for the benefit of holders of Circle stablecoins, with average period balance of reserves segregated for the benefit of holders of Circle stablecoins measured as the simple daily average of reserves segregated for the benefit of holders of Circle stablecoins, with daily average of reserves segregated for the benefit of holders of Circle stablecoins determined at the end of each day. Reserve return rate is a major determinant of our reserve income.
USDC on platform and daily weighted-average percentage of USDC on platform
USDC on platform is defined as the total amount of USDC on Circles platform, which includes USDC held within Circle Mint accounts, corporate-held USDC, and, with respect to December 31, 2023 and later, USDC held within non-custodial wallets offered through the Circle platform (including Circles managed wallet services such as Circle Wallets and other wallet technologies). USDC on platform provides a measure of the Circle platforms breadth and is also used to calculate Circles share of reserve income under the Collaboration Agreement. See BusinessCollaboration with Coinbase. USDC on platform relates solely to third parties using Circles platform to hold USDC (i.e., it includes USDC held within non-custodial wallets for all periods, including prior to December 31, 2023, and does not include corporate-held USDC).
Daily weighted-average percentage of USDC on platform is defined as the average of the percentage of USDC in circulation that is held on Circles platform at the end of each day, weighted based on the amount of USDC in circulation at the end of each day. Percentage of USDC on platform at the end of each day is used to calculate Circles share of reserve income under the Collaboration Agreement. See BusinessCollaboration with Coinbase.
99
USDC minted / USDC redeemed
USDC minted / USDC redeemed measures USDC on-ramp activity (i.e., flow of U.S. dollar fiat converted to USDC) and off-ramp activity (i.e., flow of USDC converted to U.S. dollar fiat) initiated by Circle Mint customers. We believe this demonstrates our operational capacity and resiliency to process minting and redemptions through our digital and banking infrastructure. USDC minted / USDC redeemed do not represent the amount of USDC acquired or redeemed by end-users.
Stablecoin market share
Stablecoin market share is defined as the amount of Circle stablecoins in circulation as a percentage of the total fiat-backed stablecoins (i.e., digital assets pegged to the value of a fiat currency) in circulation. Stablecoin market share reflects how much of the stablecoin market is composed of Circle stablecoins relative to the competitive landscape. Since 2021, Circle has been the second-largest issuer of stablecoins as measured by the amount of stablecoins in circulation, and as of December 31, 2024, Circle holds a 24% stablecoin market share measured by stablecoins in circulation, according to CoinMarketCap.
Meaningful Wallets
MeWs are defined as the number of onchain digital asset wallets with an amount of USDC above $10. As a single end-user may have multiple onchain digital asset wallets, MeWs do not represent, and we do not use MeWs as a measure of, the number of unique end-users with more than $10 of USDC. Nonetheless, we believe that MeWs is an indicator of the breadth of USDCs adoption.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, is calculated as net income (loss) from continuing operations excluding: depreciation and amortization expense; interest expense, net of amortization of discounts and premiums; interest income; income tax expense; stock compensation expense; certain legal expenses; realized and unrealized (gains) losses, net, on digital assets held for investment and other related investments; realized (gains) losses on available-for-sale debt securities; impairment losses on strategic investments; merger termination expenses; restructuring expenses; acquisition-related costs; change in fair value of convertible debt, warrant liability, and embedded derivatives; (gains) losses on sale of long-lived assets; and foreign currency exchange losses. Adjusted EBITDA is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to monitor and evaluate the growth and performance of our business operations, facilitate internal comparisons of the historical operating performance of our business operations, facilitate external comparisons of the results of our overall business to the historical operating performance of other companies that may have different capital structures or operating histories, review and assess the performance of our management team and other employees, and prepare budgets and evaluate strategic planning decisions regarding future operating investments. See Non-GAAP financial measures below for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) from continuing operations, the most closely comparable GAAP measure, and additional information about the limitations of our non-GAAP measures.
Key components of revenue and expenses
Revenue and reserve income
Reserve income
We mint Circle stablecoins when we receive the corresponding fiat funds from Circle Mint customers, which are placed into accounts that are titled FBO holders of USDC and EURC, respectively. Similarly, upon receipt of a
100
redemption request from a Circle Mint customer with respect to USDC or EURC in such customers account, we remove such stablecoins from such customers account and transfer the corresponding fiat funds from the segregated reserve accounts to such customers bank account. As required by MiCAR, end-users that are not Circle Mint customers may also redeem USDC or EURC directly from us after providing us with compliance information and supporting documentation by sending the tokens to a designated deposit address, at which point we transfer the corresponding fiat funds from the segregated reserve accounts to such end-users bank account (see GlossaryThe issuers of Circle stablecoins). We earn interest and dividends on assets held in reserve accounts, which for the periods presented included cash balances held at banks, short-dated U.S. Treasury securities, and the Circle Reserve Fund, as applicable. Interest income is recognized under the effective interest method, and dividend income is recognized when declared. Reserve income is recorded on a gross basis before the impact of any distribution costs. An increase in the amount of Circle stablecoins in circulation (i.e., the amount of stablecoins minted is greater than the amount of stablecoins redeemed) would increase the amount of assets held in reserve accounts, and thus, assuming a constant reserve return rate, would result in increased reserve income. Conversely, a decrease in the amount of Circle stablecoins in circulation (i.e., the amount of stablecoins redeemed is greater than the amount of stablecoins minted) would decrease the amount of assets held in reserve accounts, and thus, assuming a constant reserve return rate, would result in decreased reserve income.
Other revenue
Other revenue consists of revenues generated from products that increase the utility of Circle stablecoins and related transactional or wallet infrastructure. The components of other revenue primarily include revenues from transaction services, integration services, and other revenues.
Distribution, transaction, and other costs
Distribution and transaction costs
We incur distribution costs to incentivize distributors to use and distribute Circle stablecoins. Prior to August 2023, distribution costs were primarily a function of (i) the amount of USDC distributed by Circle and Coinbase and (ii) the amount of USDC held on each respective partys platform. Specifically, we shared any revenue generated from USDC reserves pro rata based on the amount of USDC distributed by each respective party and the amount of USDC held on each respective partys platform in relation to the total amount of USDC in circulation. See BusinessCollaboration with Coinbase. In August 2023, we and Coinbase entered into a Collaboration Agreement, under which we make payments to Coinbase for its role in the distribution of USDC and growth in the USDC ecosystem. These payments are determined based on the daily income generated from the reserves backing USDC, less the management fees charged by non-affiliated third parties for managing such reserves (such as asset management and custody fees) and certain other expenses, which is referred to as the payment base. From this payment base, (i) we retain a portion ranging from an annualized low-double-digit basis point to high tenth of a basis point based on the amount of USDC in circulation on such day, in consideration of our role as stablecoin issuer (the issuer retention), (ii) we and Coinbase each receive an amount equal to the remaining payment base multiplied by the percentage of such stablecoin that is held in the applicable partys custodial products or managed wallet services at the end of such day (after deducting (i) and (ii) above, the residual payment base), and (iii) after deducting amounts payable to other approved participants in the USDC ecosystem, Coinbase receives 50% of the residual payment base. See BusinessCollaboration with Coinbase. The issuer retention is designed to reimburse us for indirect costs of issuing stablecoins and the management of the associated reserves, such as maintaining our accounting, treasury, regulatory, and compliance functions, which are generally recognized in various operating expenses including compensation expenses and general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of operations.
101
These deductions are accounted for as components of the overall arrangement with Coinbase as we are not providing a distinct service to issue stablecoins and manage the associated reserves. The Collaboration Agreement is accounted for as an executory contract and reflected in distribution and transaction costs in our consolidated statement of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, we incurred $907.9 million, $691.3 million, and $248.1 million, respectively, of distribution costs in connection with our agreements with Coinbase. We expect our distribution expense to increase in the future as we add distributors and approved participants. Our distribution expense will also increase to the extent our reserve income increases over time. We also anticipate new distribution arrangements may differ depending on our negotiations with our distributors and the circumstances in our evolving industry.
We also incur transaction costs to pay for the blockchain network transaction fees necessary to complete transactions on supported blockchains. For a given blockchain, we purchase the necessary digital assets in advance and, upon initiation of a transaction, we pay blockchain transactions fees using our inventory of digital assets. We expect this expense to increase going forward due to increases in volume and rising fees on certain popular blockchain networks.
Other costs
Other costs primarily comprise transaction services costs that we incur as the direct result of generating transaction services revenue, which include payment processing costs such as interchange fees, ACH fees, chargebacks, and wire fees paid to third-party fiat payment processors and third-party credit card companies. These costs are primarily driven by volume-based transaction services.
Other than distribution, transaction, and other costs, we do not incur distinct costs to mint and/or redeem stablecoins.
Operating expenses
Compensation expenses
Compensation expenses are primarily driven by employee compensation, including salaries and wages, stock-based compensation, bonuses, pension contribution expenses, commissions, and severance payments. As we expand our business and team, we expect compensation expenses to increase.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses include costs incurred to support our business operations. Specifically, expenses incurred related to insurance policies, dues and subscriptions, professional services, bank fees, rent, and travel and business lodging. We expect general and administrative expenses to grow as we continue to invest to support the overall growth of our business.
Depreciation and amortization expenses
Depreciation and amortization expenses are incurred primarily from the amortization of internally developed software. We also incur amortization expense from the amortization of intangible assets acquired in business combinations and asset acquisitions such as the technology platform, customer relationships, brand names, and licenses. We expect that our depreciation and amortization expenses will increase in future periods as we continue to invest in the development of our various digital platforms.
IT infrastructure costs
IT infrastructure costs include costs incurred in operating and maintaining our platform, including network, website hosting, and infrastructure costs. IT infrastructure costs also include software and technology costs
102
incurred to support our general business operations, including cloud hosting costs, cybersecurity, electronic communications archiving software, change management, and compliance technology such as AML and KYC software.
Marketing expenses
Marketing expenses are incurred to drive additional customers to our platform, capitalize on cross-sell opportunities from our customer base, and build awareness of our products and brand with the objective of growing our customer base.
Gain on sale of intangible assets
Gain on sale of intangible assets relates to our sale of certain assets of SeedInvest, which closed in May 2023.
Merger termination expenses
Merger termination expenses relate to expenses incurred in connection with the mutual termination of our merger agreement with Concord Acquisition Corp., a special purpose acquisition company, in December 2022.
Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment
Digital assets, including those held as collateral, are accounted for as indefinite-lived intangible assets. Accordingly, these digital assets are not subject to amortization. Instead, we test digital assets for impairment by comparing the digital assets fair value to its carrying value. We measure and recognize an impairment loss whenever the carrying value exceeds quoted market prices of the respective digital asset during the period and applies costs to transactions on a first-in, first-out basis. Impairment losses are reflected within digital assets (gains) losses and impairment in the consolidated statements of operations. Beginning in the first quarter of 2023, we designated the embedded derivatives associated with the obligation to return digital asset collateral related to stablecoin lending as the hedging instrument in a fair value hedge relationship to hedge the fair value exposure of the corresponding digital assets. Subsequent to the fair value hedge designation, the digital assets designated as the hedged item along with the embedded derivative are recorded at fair value. Changes in fair value of the embedded derivative and the fair value of the hedged item are recorded to Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment in the consolidated statements of operations.
Other income (expense), net
Other income (expense), net, is composed of multiple income (expense) categories, including, but not limited to, the following:
| Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on liabilities at fair value (e.g., convertible debt, warrants, derivatives, and embedded derivatives); |
| Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments, which include changes in fair value related to our marketable equity securities and observable price changes on our non-marketable equity securities; |
| Impairment losses on equity investments; |
| Interest income on corporate cash balances; |
| Interest expense, net of accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums; and |
| Foreign currency exchange gains and losses due to remeasurement of certain foreign currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities. |
103
Income tax expense (benefit)
Income tax expense (benefit) includes income taxes related to foreign jurisdictions and U.S. federal and state income taxes. As we conduct business activities internationally, any changes in the U.S. and foreign taxation of such activities may increase our overall provision for income taxes in the future.
Results of operations
We discuss our historical results of operations below on a consolidated basis. Past financial results are not necessarily indicative of future results. The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated, and the changes between periods. These results of operations have been prepared on the same basis as our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information set forth in the table below reflects all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of results of operations for these periods. The following consolidated results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
Year Ended December 31, |
2024 compared to 2023 |
2023 compared to 2022 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | $ Change | % Change | $ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue and reserve income |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reserve income |
$ | 1,661,084 | $ | 1,430,606 | $ | 735,885 | 230,478 | 16.1% | 694,721 | 94.4% | ||||||||||||||||||
Other revenue |
15,169 | 19,860 | 36,167 | (4,691 | ) | (23.6)% | (16,307 | ) | (45.1)% | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total revenue and reserve income from continuing operations |
1,676,253 | 1,450,466 | 772,052 | 225,787 | 15.6% | 678,414 | 87.9% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Distribution, transaction, and other costs |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Distribution and transaction costs |
1,010,811 | 719,806 | 286,953 | 291,005 | 40.4% | 432,853 | 150.8% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other costs |
6,553 | 7,918 | 22,401 | (1,365 | ) | (17.2)% | (14,483 | ) | (64.7)% | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total distribution, transaction, and other costs |
1,017,364 | 727,724 | 309,354 | 289,640 | 39.8% | 418,370 | 135.2% | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Compensation expenses |
263,410 | 296,055 | 212,961 | (32,645 | ) | (11.0)% | 83,094 | 39.0% | ||||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
137,283 | 100,128 | 82,272 | 37,155 | 37.1% | 17,856 | 21.7% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense |
50,854 | 34,887 | 13,277 | 15,967 | 45.8% | 21,610 | 162.8% | |||||||||||||||||||||
IT infrastructure costs |
27,109 | 20,722 | 11,835 | 6,387 | 30.8% | 8,887 | 75.1% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Marketing expenses |
17,326 | 36,544 | 78,839 | (19,218 | ) | (52.6)% | (42,295 | ) | (53.6)% |
104
|
Year Ended December 31, | 2024 compared to 2023 | 2023 compared to 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | $ Change | % Change | $ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gain on sale of intangible assets |
| (21,634 | ) | | 21,634 | (100.0)% | (21,634 | ) | 100.0% | |||||||||||||||||||
Merger termination expenses |
| | 44,194 | | % | (44,194 | ) | (100.0)% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment |
(4,251 | ) | (13,488 | ) | 57,436 | 9,237 | (68.5)% | (70,924 | ) | (123.5)% | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
491,731 | 453,214 | 500,814 | 38,517 | 8.5% | (47,600 | ) | (9.5)% | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating income (loss) from continuing operations |
167,158 | 269,528 | (38,116 | ) | (102,370 | ) | (38.0)% | 307,644 | (807.1)% | |||||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
54,416 | 49,421 | (720,393 | ) | 4,995 | 10.1% | 769,814 | (106.9)% | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) before income taxes |
221,574 | 318,949 | (758,509 | ) | (97,375 | ) | (30.5)% | 1,077,458 | (142.0)% | |||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense |
64,583 | 47,400 | 3,263 | 17,183 | 36.3% | 44,137 | n.m. | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 156,991 | $ | 271,549 | $ | (761,772 | ) | (114,558 | ) | (42.2)% | 1,033,321 | (135.6)% | ||||||||||||||||
Discontinued operations, net of taxes |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss from operations of discontinued businesses |
(1,324 | ) | (3,987 | ) | (7,075 | ) | 2,663 | (66.8)% | 3,088 | (43.6)% | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 155,667 | $ | 267,562 | $ | (768,847 | ) | (111,895 | ) | (41.8)% | 1,036,409 | (134.8)% | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
n.m. | = not meaningful |
Revenue
Reserve income. Reserve income increased by $230.5 million, or 16.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, of which approximately $139.9 million of the increase is attributable to a 9% increase in average daily USDC in circulation reflecting increased demand for Circle stablecoins related to digital asset trading activity, market share gains as we continue to grow in key markets, as well as expanded strategic partnerships and integrations. $89.9 million of the increase was attributable to a 25 basis point increase in the average yields reflecting interest rate actions undertaken by the U.S. Federal Reserve.
Reserve income increased by $694.7 million, or 94.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, of which approximately $1,293.7 million of the increase is attributable to a 322 basis point increase in the average yields reflecting interest rate actions undertaken by the U.S. Federal Reserve, partially offset by an approximately $600.7 million decrease which is attributable to a 39% decrease in average daily USDC in circulation subsequent to the collapse of Silicon Valley Bank in March 2023.
105
Other revenue. Other revenue decreased by $4.7 million, or 23.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $3.9 million decrease in transaction services revenue as we deprecated certain services in 2024.
Other revenue decreased by $16.3 million, or 45.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a $12.0 million decrease in transaction services revenue as our legacy transaction services products have been discontinued, a $7.5 million decrease in treasury services revenue as the Circle Yield product offering has been terminated, and a $2.8 million decrease in other revenue as our SeedInvest crowdfunding services have ceased. This was partially offset by a $6.0 million increase in revenues related to integration services.
Distribution, transaction, and other costs
Distribution and transaction costs. Distribution and transaction costs increased by $291.0 million, or 40.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily driven by a $216.6 million increase in distribution costs paid to Coinbase as a combined result of increased reserve income and Coinbases increased on-platform balances, along with a $74.1 million increase in other distribution incentive costs related to new strategic distribution partnerships, including our upfront, one-time fee to Binance.
Distribution and transaction costs increased by $432.9 million, or 150.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily driven by a $443.2 million increase in distribution costs paid to Coinbase as a result of increases in reserve income and a higher distribution cost to Coinbase as a percentage of reserve income. The increase in the Coinbase distribution cost percentage is primarily driven by a change in the distribution costs payment calculation in August 2023 (when the Company entered into the Collaboration Agreement) to utilize a fixed percentage of off-platform balances as opposed to a variable calculation of each partys respective issuance or resale volume, as was the case under the previous agreements governing the operation of the Centre Consortium. This was partially offset by a $9.9 million decrease in other USDC market making and distribution incentive costs.
Other costs. Other costs decreased by $1.4 million or 17.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily driven by a $0.9 million decrease in the fees related to the discontinuation of our legacy transactions services products.
Other costs decreased by $14.5 million or 64.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily driven by a $9.2 million decrease in the fees related to transactions processed through Circles platform and a $6.1 million decrease in treasury services costs.
Operating expenses
Compensation expenses. Compensation expenses decreased by $32.6 million, or 11.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $57.8 million decrease in stock-based compensation expenses as certain business combination-related restricted share awards were amortized, partially offset by a $23.4 million increase in salaries, wages, and bonus expense.
Compensation expenses increased by $83.1 million, or 39.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a $76.1 million increase in salaries, wages, and bonus expense and an increase in average headcount (which included a $24.2 million increase in stock-based compensation).
General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses increased by $37.2 million, or 37.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to
106
a $17.6 million increase in legal fees due to ongoing legal matters and a $13.2 million increase related to professional services and consulting fees including accounting and tax fees.
General and administrative expenses increased by $17.9 million, or 21.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a $6.1 million increase in the travel and entertainment expenses, a $4.7 million increase in insurance expenses, and a $5.2 million increase in legal fees due to ongoing legal matters.
Depreciation and amortization expenses. Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $16.0 million, or 45.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $17.2 million increase in amortization expense of internally developed software.
Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $21.6 million, or 162.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a $16.0 million increase in amortization expense of internally developed software and a $4.5 million increase in amortization expense of acquired intangible assets.
IT infrastructure costs. IT infrastructure costs increased by $6.4 million, or 30.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $3.0 million increase in cloud-based services and a $3.4 million increase in software licenses to support infrastructure build-out and enhanced product offerings.
IT infrastructure costs increased by $8.9 million, or 75.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a $5.7 million increase in software licenses and a $3.2 million increase in cloud-based services due to infrastructure build-out and enhanced product offerings.
Marketing expenses. Marketing expenses decreased by $19.2 million, or 52.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, driven by decreased spending on marketing, sponsorship campaigns, and advertising.
Marketing expenses decreased by $42.3 million, or 53.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, mainly driven by a decrease in spending on marketing campaigns and advertising.
Gain on sale of intangible assets. Gain on sale of intangible assets increased by $21.6 million, or 100.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the recognition of gain from the sale of SeedInvests assets during the year ended December 31, 2023. There was no such transaction and related gain in the year ended December 31, 2024.
Merger termination expenses. Merger termination expenses decreased by $44.2 million, or 100.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, as we terminated our merger agreement in December 2022. There was no such transaction and related expenses in the year ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment. Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment decreased by $9.2 million, or 68.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily driven by a $10.6 million decrease in gains on sale of corporate digital assets.
Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment increased by $70.9 million, or 123.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily driven by a $426.5 million decrease in impairment expense on digital assets (including digital assets held as collateral related to Circle Yield) and a $13.4 million increase in gains on sale of corporate digital assets. This was partially offset by a
107
$211.5 million decrease from a change in the fair value of the embedded derivatives on digital assets held as collateral, and a $158.0 million decrease in gains realized upon return of digital assets held as collateral primarily related to the discontinued Circle Yield product offering.
Other income (expense), net. Other income (expense), net increased by $5.0 million, or 10.1% in the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily driven by a $12.2 million increase in gains (losses) on investments, net and a $5.5 million increase in interest income on corporate cash and cash equivalents, partially offset by a $13.2 million decrease in the mark-to-market fair value adjustments on convertible debt, warrant liability and embedded derivatives.
Other income (expense), net increased by $769.8 million, or 106.9% in the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily driven by a $714.7 million decrease as a combined result of the conversion of certain convertible notes to Series E preferred shares in March 2022 and decreased expense attributable to mark-to-market adjustments on remaining outstanding convertible debt, a $20.6 million increase in interest income on corporate cash and cash equivalents, a $16.6 million decrease in realized losses recognized from the sale of available-for-sale debt securities and an $11.1 million decrease in the impairment losses related to specific strategic equity investments.
Income tax expense. Income tax expense increased by $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a partial U.S. valuation allowance release in 2023 resulting from the acquisition of intellectual property associated with the Centre Acquisition. This increase was partially offset by the higher taxable income in 2023 driven primarily by higher pre-tax book income relative to 2024.
Income tax expense increased by $44.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to a significant increase in reserve income which led to a consolidated pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to a pre-tax loss for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the full utilization of federal net operating loss carryforwards in the year ended December 31, 2023.
Changes in financial position
The following table sets forth a summary of selected line items from our consolidated balance sheets for the years indicated, and the changes between periods. These selected line items have been prepared on the same basis as our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information set forth in the table below reflects all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of changes in the selected line items for these periods. The following selected line items should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus.
2024 compared to 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2024 |
December 31, 2023 |
$ Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
(in thousands, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||
ASSETS |
||||||||||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents (including cash and cash equivalents segregated for corporate-held stablecoins) |
$ | 1,045,474 | $ | 644,432 | $ | 401,042 | 62.2% | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents segregated for the benefit of stablecoin holders |
$ | 43,918,572 | $ | 24,346,152 | $ | 19,572,420 | 80.4% | |||||||||
Available-for-sale debt securities, at fair value |
$ | | $ | 152,183 | $ | (152,183 | ) | (100.0)% |
108
In accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and commercial law, for stablecoins issued and outstanding, we are generally required to hold at least an equivalent amount of fiat currency denominated assets, held in accounts that are titled FBO holders of Circle stablecoins. We may hold reserve assets segregated for the benefit of holders of Circle stablecoins in excess of deposits from holders of Circle stablecoins due to funds related to reserve income received that has not yet been transferred to corporate cash due to the timing of receipt and unprocessed customer deposits that have not yet been minted. We have access to and are entitled to the excess over redemption and customer obligations. We are not required by law or internal policy to maintain any such excess.
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents and Cash and cash equivalents segregated for corporate-held stablecoins. Cash and cash equivalents and Cash and cash equivalents segregated for corporate-held stablecoins increased by $401.0 million, or 62.2%, as of December 31, 2024, compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to the cash flows generated from net income from continuing operations of $157.0 million, and the net sales of available-for-sale debt securities of $242.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2024. Refer to Liquidity and capital resourcesCash flows below for further discussion on the net cash provided by operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities during the period.
Cash and cash equivalents segregated for the benefit of stablecoin holders. Cash and cash equivalents segregated for the benefit of stablecoin holders increased by $19.6 billion, or 80.4%, as of December 31, 2024,
109
compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $19.4 billion increase in the USDC in circulation. Refer to Liquidity and capital resourcesComposition of USDC reserves below for further discussion of the composition of the reserves.
Available-for-sale debt securities, at fair value. Available-for-sale debt securities, at fair value decreased by $152.2 million, or 100.0%, as of December 31, 2024, compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to the sale and maturities of available-for-sale debt securities being redeployed as cash and cash equivalents during the year ended December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2024, all available-for-sale securities matured and were sold.
Accounts receivable, net. Accounts receivable, net increased by $4.5 million, or 230.8%, as of December 31, 2024, compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $4.5 million increase in the accounts receivable related to the integration services.
Stablecoins receivable, net. Stablecoins receivable, net decreased by $15.6 million, or 69.2%, as of December 31, 2024, compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to $16.5 million of repayments of stablecoins lent in 2024.
Prepaid expenses and other current assets. Prepaid expenses and other current assets increased by $40.9 million, or 27.9%, as of December 31, 2024, compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $37.7 million increase in the reserve income receivable and a $14.3 million increase in digital financial assets, partially offset by a $17.1 million decrease in income tax receivable.
Non-current assets
Available-for-sale debt securities, at fair value. Available-for-sale debt securities decreased by $87.9 million, or 100.0%, as of December 31, 2024, compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to the sale and maturities of available-for-sale debt securities being redeployed as cash and cash equivalents during the year ended December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2024, all available-for-sale securities matured and were sold.
Investments. Investments increased by $8.2 million, or 10.9%, as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to $8.6 million in gains on strategic investments for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Fixed assets. Fixed assets increased by $16.1 million as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $16.2 million increase in the construction-in-progress related to the corporate office space.
Digital assets. Digital assets increased by $20.0 million, or 176.3%, as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to the recognition of $10.9 million gains (losses), net on digital assets, $12.3 million of additional digital assets, and $6.9 million in fair value adjustments on digital assets upon adoption of ASU 2023-08 on January 1, 2024, partially offset by $10.1 million disposal of digital assets.
Deferred tax assets, net. Deferred tax assets, net increased by $10.2 million, or 100.0%, as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to the valuation allowance release against the net operating loss deferred tax assets of foreign entities due to their respective projected profitability.
Other non-current assets. Other non-current assets increased by $16.2 million, or 368.5%, as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to the recognition of $15.2 million operating leases right-of-use assets related to corporate office space.
Current liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses. Accounts payable and accrued expenses increased by $134.4 million, or 88.1%, as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $107.4 million increase
110
attributable to timing differences related to stablecoin redemptions and a $26.0 million increase in the accrued distribution costs, partially offset by a $26.5 million decrease in income taxes payable.
Deposits from stablecoin holders. Deposits from stablecoin holders increased by $19.5 billion, or 80.1%, as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023. Refer to the Cash and cash equivalents segregated for benefit of stablecoin holders narrative above for further discussion.
Other current liabilities. Other current liabilities increased by $11.8 million, or 279.3%, as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to an $11.1 million increase in deferred revenue related to integration services.
Non-current liabilities
Convertible debt, net of debt discount. Convertible debt, net of debt discount decreased by $17.8 million, or 30.4%, as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $14.8 million decrease as result of partial conversion into Series E preferred shares and a $3.4 million decrease in fair value related to changes in the key underlying assumptions used in the fair value adjustment.
Deferred tax liabilities, net. Deferred tax liabilities, net increased by $9.9 million, or 50.7%, as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to U.S. deferred taxes related to foreign disregarded entities that have net operating losses in their local jurisdictions. These local losses are expected to result in future U.S. tax liabilities without the generation of offsetting foreign tax credits.
Other non-current liabilities. Other non-current liabilities increased by $12.7 million, or 148.3%, as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to the recognition of $15.2 million in operating leases liabilities related to the corporate office space.
Equity
Stockholders equity. Stockholders equity increased by $231.1 million, or 68.1%, as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily due to $157.0 million of net income generated from continuing operations, $63.6 million of stock-based compensation expenses during the year ended December 31, 2024, $6.7 million adjustment to opening retained earnings related to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2023-08, and $4.7 million increase in additional paid-in-capital related to the conversion of convertible debt.
Non-GAAP financial measures
Adjusted EBITDA
To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed here and elsewhere in this prospectus Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income (loss) from continuing operations excluding: depreciation and amortization expense; interest expense, net of amortization of discounts and premiums; interest income; income tax expense; stock compensation expense; certain legal expenses; realized and unrealized (gains) losses, net, on digital assets held for investment and other related investments; realized (gains) losses on available-for-sale debt securities; impairment losses on strategic investments; merger termination expenses; restructuring expenses; acquisition-related costs; change in fair value of convertible debt, warrant liability, and embedded derivatives; (gains) losses on sale of long-lived assets; and foreign currency exchange loss. We have provided a reconciliation below of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) from continuing operations, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
111
We present Adjusted EBITDA because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to monitor and evaluate the growth and performance of our business operations, facilitate internal comparisons of the historical operating performance of our business operations, facilitate external comparisons of the results of our overall business to the historical operating performance of other companies that may have different capital structures or operating histories, review and assess the performance of our management team and other employees, and prepare budgets and evaluate strategic planning decisions regarding future operating investments. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.
We believe it is useful to exclude non-cash charges, such as depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, and change in fair value of various financial instruments from Adjusted EBITDA because the amount of such expenses in any specific period may not directly correlate to the underlying performance of our business operations. We believe it is useful to exclude income tax expense, interest income, interest expense, and non-routine items as these items are not components of our core business operations.
Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as a financial measure, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
| Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditures; |
| Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect stock-based compensation and related taxes. Stock-based compensation has been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a recurring expense in our business and an important part of our compensation strategy; |
| Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital; |
| Adjusted EBITDA excludes one-time non-routine items; and |
| Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure. |
Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income (loss), and our other GAAP results.
112
The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) from continuing operations, the most closely comparable GAAP financial measure, for the periods indicated (in thousands):
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Net income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 156,991 | $ | 271,549 | $ | (761,772 | ) | |||||
Adjusted for: |
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense |
50,854 | 34,887 | 13,277 | |||||||||
Interest expense, net of amortization of discounts and premiums |
1,906 | 1,912 | 2,684 | |||||||||
Interest income(1) |
(34,712 | ) | (29,262 | ) | (8,645 | ) | ||||||
Income tax expense |
64,583 | 47,400 | 3,263 | |||||||||
Stock compensation expense |
50,134 | 107,999 | 69,266 | |||||||||
Legal expense(2) |
9,281 | 2,325 | 2,604 | |||||||||
Realized and unrealized (gains) losses, net, on digital assets held for investment and other related investments |
(9,464 | ) | 2,239 | 1,354 | ||||||||
Realized (gains) losses on available-for-sale debt securities |
(88 | ) | | 16,624 | ||||||||
Impairment losses on strategic investments |
2,358 | 1,611 | 11,242 | |||||||||
Merger termination expenses(3) |
| | 44,194 | |||||||||
Restructuring expenses(4) |
3,186 | | | |||||||||
Acquisition related costs(5) |
1,054 | | 2,346 | |||||||||
Change in fair value of convertible debt, warrant liability, and embedded derivatives |
(11,653 | ) | (24,865 | ) | 698,936 | |||||||
(Gains) losses on sale of long-lived assets |
73 | (21,521 | ) | | ||||||||
Foreign currency exchange loss |
368 | 956 | 903 | |||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 284,871 | $ | 395,230 | $ | 96,276 |
(1) | Reflects interest income from corporate cash and cash and cash equivalents balances. For the avoidance of doubt, this amount does not include the impact of reserve income. |
(2) | Reflects litigation expenses related to the FT Partners litigation and settlement expenses related to legacy businesses. Refer to Note 23 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a summary of these legal matters. |
(3) | Reflects one-time termination expenses incurred in connection with the termination of our merger agreement. |
(4) | Reflects one-time restructuring expenses incurred in connection with our change in domicile from the Republic of Ireland to the State of Delaware. |
(5) | Reflects legal and professional services costs related to the Hashnote acquisition in 2024 and the Billeto and Cybavo acquisitions in 2022. |
Liquidity and capital resources
We measure liquidity in terms of our ability to fund the cash requirements of our business operations, including our working capital and capital expenditure needs and other commitments. Our recurring working capital requirements relate mainly to our cash operating costs. Our capital expenditure requirements consist mainly of software development related to our blockchain payments infrastructure and are primarily dependent on the expansion of our products as well as salaries and wages of employees associated with software development projects.
As of December 31, 2024, we had total liquidity sources of $1,045.5 million, which consisted of $751.0 million in cash and cash equivalents, and $294.5 million in cash and cash equivalents segregated for corporate-held stablecoins. We believe our operating cash flows, together with our total liquidity sources on hand, will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for a period of at least 12 months from the date of this prospectus. We expect our capital expenditures and working capital requirements to
113
continue to increase in the immediate future as we continue to invest in the expansion of our products and services. Refer to Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional details regarding the accounting for the use of corporate-held stablecoins in our statement of cash flows.
Cash and cash equivalents segregated for the benefit of stablecoin holders was $43.9 billion, $24.3 billion, and $36.0 billion as of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. This represents cash and cash equivalents maintained in segregated reserve accounts. We segregate the use of the assets underlying the customer funds to meet regulatory requirements and classify the assets as current based on their purpose and availability to fulfill our direct obligation under custodial funds due to stablecoin holders.
Off-balance sheet arrangements
As of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
Composition of USDC reserves
Circle manages its USDC reserves in accordance with the terms of its agreement with Circle Mint customers and applicable regulatory requirements and commercial laws. All USDC minted and outstanding are backed by an equivalent amount of U.S. dollar-denominated assets held in accounts that are titled FBO holders of USDC, and are held in omnibus structures, agnostic to individual customer and customer jurisdiction. During the periods presented, prior to January 2023, USDC reserves were limited to cash balances held at banks, U.S. Treasury securities with maturities of 100 days or less, and the Circle Reserve Fund. Since January 2023, USDC reserves have been limited to cash balances held at banks and the Circle Reserve Fund.
As of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, USDC reserves held as cash balances at banks (labeled as Cash in the table below) significantly exceeded the FDIC insurance limit of $250,000 per financial institution. As of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, FDIC deposit insurance related to financial institutions where USDC reserves were held was limited to an aggregate amount of $1,250,000 (representing five FDIC-insured financial institutions), $750,000 (representing three FDIC-insured financial institutions), and $1,750,000 (representing seven FDIC-insured financial institutions), respectively. The liabilities related to Deposits from stablecoin holders on the consolidated balance sheets are not covered by FDIC deposit insurance.
As of December 31, 2024, approximately 85% of USDC reserves are held in the Circle Reserve Fund. The remaining amount is held in cash and distributed across several banks. We allocate USDC reserves across the different types of reserve assets in accordance with our reserve management standard (see BusinessReserve management standard) in a manner designed to ensure available liquidity to meet redemption requests. The portion of USDC reserves that we hold as cash at various banks is informed by our historical experience of the liquidity required to meet redemption requests and the time required to convert other reserve assets into cash. Any excess cash (i.e., amounts not required to satisfy near-term redemption requests based on our historical experience) is invested in the Circle Reserve Fund, in an attempt to mitigate the credit and counterparty risk of holding cash at banks in amounts exceeding the FDIC insurance limit. Conversely, if the cash held at any bank is insufficient to satisfy near-term redemption requests based on our historical experience, we transfer cash from other banks or redeem shares of the Circle Reserve Fund to remedy such shortfall.
114
The table presented below summarizes the composition of the reserves backing USDC in circulation (which, as discussed in Key operating and financial indicators, excludes access denied tokens and tokens allowed but not issued (for which we do not receive fiat funds)), the outstanding balance, and the average yield for the periods indicated. We use USDC in circulation in the table presented below to align with our presentation in Key operating and financial indicators and because reserves backing access denied tokens do not represent a material portion of USDC reserves. The amounts below differ from assets (cash and cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities) segregated for the benefit of stablecoin holders, as these line items on our balance sheet include reserve assets backing access denied tokens and reserve assets backing EURC (which is held only in cash at banks and not material for the periods presented) and excludes the amount of reserve assets backing corporate-held USDC. In addition, the amounts differ due to timing and settlement differences, such as reserve income earned but not yet transferred to corporate cash and timing differences of cash receipts and payments related to the minting and redemption process.
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except for percentages) |
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Asset Class | Fair Value | Average Yield | Fair Value | Average Yield | Fair Value | Average Yield | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash |
$ | 6,407 | 3.96% | $ | 2,234 | 3.69% | $ | 10,518 | 1.55% | |||||||||||||||
Circle Reserve Fund |
$ | 37,514 | 5.09% | $ | 22,238 | 4.89% | $ | 23,664 | 2.86% | |||||||||||||||
Cash equivalents |
$ | | % | $ | | % | $ | 1,783 | 0.67% | |||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale debt securities(1) |
$ | | % | $ | | % | $ | 8,749 | 2.07% |
(1) | Comprised solely of U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity of 91 to 100 days. |
The Circle Reserve Fund is a government money market fund pursuant to Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, holding a portfolio of U.S. Treasury securities with remaining maturities of three months or less, overnight U.S. Treasury repurchase agreements, and cash.
As an SEC-registered Rule 2a-7 fund, the securities purchased by the Circle Reserve Fund are subject to the quality, diversification, and other requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act and other rules of the SEC. Under these rules, among other things, a Rule 2a-7 fund (i) must hold securities that are sufficiently liquid to meet reasonably foreseeable shareholder redemptions and any commitments the fund has made to its shareholders, (ii) cannot acquire any security other than cash, direct obligations of the U.S. government, securities that will mature or are subject to a demand feature that is exercisable and payable within one business day, and amounts receivable and due unconditionally within one business day on pending sales of portfolio securities (such assets, collectively, the daily liquid assets) if, immediately after the acquisition, the fund would have invested less than 25% of its total assets in such daily liquid assets, (iii) cannot acquire any security other than cash, direct obligations of the U.S. government, government securities that are issued by a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an instrumentality of the U.S. government that are issued at discount to the principal amount to be repaid at maturity and have a remaining maturity 60 days or less, securities that will mature or are subject to a demand feature that is exercisable and payable within five business days, and amounts receivable and due unconditionally within five business days on pending sales of portfolio securities (such assets, collectively, weekly liquid assets), if, immediately after the acquisition, the fund would have invested less than 50% of its total assets in weekly liquid assets, and (iv) must post prominently on its website and update each business day the percentages of its total assets invested in daily liquid assets and weekly liquid assets.
The Circle Reserve Fund is managed by BlackRock. It is only available to Circle, and Circle is the only shareholder of the Circle Reserve Fund. As discussed above, the Circle Reserve Fund is subject to the daily and weekly liquid assets requirements of Rule 2a-7. Subject to compliance with those requirements, according to its
115
prospectus, the Circle Reserve Fund invests at least 99.5% of its total assets in cash, U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and other obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Treasury, and repurchase agreements secured by such obligations or cash, with any securities generally maturing in 397 days or less and the portfolio having a dollar-weighted average maturity of 60 days or less and a dollar-weighted average life of 120 days or less.
Information regarding the Circle Reserve Fund is available, and is updated daily, on BlackRocks website under the USDXX ticker symbol (CUSIP: 09261A870), including the funds net asset value, assets held within the fund, the funds yield, and the yields of specific assets held within the fund. The composition of assets held within the fund will vary over time, and the assets within the fund could have different remaining maturities (but always three months or less) and provide different yields.
Our investment in the Circle Reserve Fund is represented by shares (designated Institutional Shares) of the Circle Reserve Fund. The Circle Reserve Funds investments and business operations are managed by BlackRock Advisors, LLC, as investment manager, subject to oversight of BlackRock Funds board of trustees. As required by the 1940 Act, the Circle Reserve Fund provides us, as its sole shareholder, with consent rights over changes to certain fundamental investment restrictions, such as the Circle Reserve Fund acting in ways that are not permitted under the 1940 Act or inconsistent with the disclosure in the funds prospectus. In addition, as the shareholder of the Circle Reserve Fund, together with all other shareholders of funds overseen by BlackRock Funds board of trustees, we are able to vote in the election of BlackRock Funds board of trustees.
The Circle Reserve Fund seeks to maintain a net asset value (NAV) of $1 per share. Our investment in the Circle Reserve Fund is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. BlackRock is not required to reimburse the fund for losses and is not required to provide financial support for the fund at any time. If the terms of the Circle Reserve Fund are modified to no longer suit our objectives, or if BlackRock manages the Circle Reserve Fund in a manner inconsistent with our reserve management standard (see BusinessReserve management standard), we may redeem our shares of the Circle Reserve Fund; we do not have other recourse (other than under the securities laws if BlackRock manages the Circle Reserve Fund in a manner inconsistent with the funds prospectus).
We may generally purchase or redeem shares of the Circle Reserve Fund each day on which both the New York Stock Exchange and the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia are open for business. The purchase price and the redemption price per share is the NAV per share, which the Circle Reserve Fund seeks to maintain at $1 per share. As of the date of this prospectus, the board of trustees has chosen not to subject the Circle Reserve Fund to liquidity fees or redemption gates, although the board of trustees may change this policy with advance notice to us. Although there are generally no limitations (except as described below) on our ability to redeem shares of the Circle Reserve Fund, redemptions of a large number of shares within a short period of time may adversely affect the Circle Reserve Funds liquidity and net assets and may force the Circle Reserve Fund to sell portfolio securities to meet such redemption requests when it might not otherwise do so. As is customary for money market funds, the Circle Reserve Fund may (i) suspend the right of redemption if trading is halted or restricted by the NYSE or under other emergency conditions described in the 1940 Act; (ii) postpone the date of payment upon redemption if trading is halted or restricted on the NYSE or under other emergency conditions described in the 1940 Act or if a redemption request is made before the Circle Reserve Fund has collected payment for the purchase of shares; (iii) redeem shares for property other than cash as may be permitted under the 1940 Act; and (iv) redeem shares involuntarily in certain cases, such as when the value of a shareholder account falls below a specified level.
Our determination of whether to invest and the amount of investment in the Circle Reserve Fund is governed by our reserve management standard. See BusinessReserve management standard. The Circle Reserve Fund has a $2 billion minimum investment requirement. However, we are not obligated to invest in the Circle Reserve Fund.
116
Sources of liquidity
Debt
Refer to Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a summary of our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2024.
In March 2019, we entered into an agreement with an investment company to issue convertible promissory notes in connection with the acquisition of SeedInvest. We agreed to pay the holder the principal amount together with any interest on the unpaid principal balance for the notes beginning on the date of the agreement. There was one convertible promissory note outstanding as of December 31, 2023, which had a principal amount of $24.0 million and is convertible into Series E preferred stock subject to the conversion provisions in the agreement (the 2019 Note). In September 2024, certain holders elected to convert a principal amount of approximately $8.3 million of the 2019 Note, plus accrued but unpaid interest, into 524,009 shares of Series E preferred stock at a conversion price of $16.23 per share. The 2019 Note matures on March 1, 2026, unless earlier converted, and has an annual interest rate of 2.9% due annually in arrears on the last day of each calendar year. At any time during the term and at the sole discretion of the holder, but only once in any given 12-month period, all or a portion of the principal amount with any accrued and unpaid interest (collectively, the Conversion Amount) can at the election of the holder be converted into shares of Series E preferred stock at a conversion price of $16.23 per share.
Warrants
In April 2023, Circle entered into an agreement with a commercial counterparty to grant warrants to purchase up to 4.5 million common shares of a consolidated subsidiary that will be automatically converted one for one into shares of common stock of Circle upon exercise. The warrants have an exercise price of $42.14 per share and an exercise period of ten years from the grant date. The vesting of the warrants is subject to certain conditions to be achieved over a five-year period. None of these conditions have been met, and none of these warrants have been exercised or forfeited or have expired.
In August 2023, Circle entered into an agreement with a digital asset exchange to grant warrants to purchase up to 3.6 million common shares of a consolidated subsidiary that will be automatically converted one for one into shares of common stock of Circle upon exercise. The warrants have an exercise price of $25.09 per share and an exercise period of five years from the grant date. The warrants are subject to a performance condition. This condition has not been met, and none of the common shares associated with these warrants have been exercised or forfeited or have expired.
In December 2024, Circle entered into an agreement with a commercial counterparty to grant warrants to purchase up to approximately 2.86 million shares of common stock of Circle. The warrants have an exercise price of $22.71 per share and an exercise period of six years from the grant date. The vesting of the warrants is subject to certain conditions to be achieved over a three-year period. None of these conditions have been met, and none of these warrants have been exercised or forfeited or have expired.
Other commitments and contingencies
Our commitments for facilities leases under non-cancelable operating leases amounted to $27.1 million as of December 31, 2024. In January 2024, Circle commenced a lease for corporate office space. The estimated total commitments related to this lease (excluding expected build-out costs, taxes, utilities, and other operating expenses) over the nine years and nine months lease term is approximately $28.4 million. As of the date of this prospectus, we did not have any other material commitments for cash expenditures.
117
We are involved in claims, lawsuits, government investigations, and proceedings arising from the ordinary course of our business. We record a contingent liability when we believe that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and that the amount can be reasonably estimated. Refer to Note 23 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a summary of our contingent liabilities. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. Such legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. Should any of these estimates and assumptions change or prove to be incorrect, it could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position, and cash flows. If we determine there is a reasonable possibility that we may incur a loss and the loss or range of loss can be estimated, we disclose the possible loss in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements to the extent material. See Critical accounting estimatesLoss contingencies below for further details.
Cash flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
(in millions) | ||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
$ | 345 | $ | 140 | $ | (73 | ) | |||||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
$ | 186 | $ | 8,510 | $ | (8,489 | ) | |||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
$ | 19,450 | $ | (20,330 | ) | $ | 2,578 |
Operating activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $344.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $139.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, driven primarily by a $142.5 million increase in cash receipts from reserve income attributable to increased average yields and average reserve deposits relating to increased average USDC in circulation balances, which was partially offset by a $32.3 million increase in distribution and transaction costs payments.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $139.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to net cash used in operating activities of $72.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, driven primarily by a $920.7 million increase in reserve income attributable to increased average yields, partially offset by a corresponding $787.7 million increase in distribution and transaction costs due to the increase in reserve income.
Investing activities
Net cash provided by investing activities was $186.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, driven primarily by $341.6 million of sale and maturities of available-for-sale securities, which was partially offset by a $99.3 million purchase of available-for-sale securities, $39.1 million of capitalization of software development costs, and a $18.1 million purchase of long-lived assets, compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $8.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 driven primarily by an $8.7 billion increase in cash and cash segregated for the benefit of stablecoin holders due to maturities of U.S. Treasury securities in the year ended December 31, 2023.
Net cash provided by investing activities was $8.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $8.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022, driven primarily by an $8.7 billion increase in cash and cash segregated for the benefit of stablecoin holders due to maturities of U.S. Treasury securities in the year ended December 31, 2023 and an $8.4 billion net decrease in cash and cash segregated for the benefit of stablecoin holders related to investing activities in available-for-sale securities for the year ended December 31, 2022.
118
Financing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $19,449.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared with net cash used in financing activities of $20,329.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily reflecting a $19,452.1 million increase in net changes in deposits held for stablecoin holders primarily due to the increase in USDC in circulation for the year ended December 31, 2024, and a $20,322.2 million decrease in net changes in deposits held for stablecoin holders primarily due to the decrease in USDC in circulation for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Net cash used in financing activities was $20,329.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared with net cash provided by financing activities of $2,578.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily reflecting a $20,322.2 million decrease in net changes in deposits held for stablecoin holders primarily due to the decrease in USDC in circulation for the year ended December 31, 2023, and a $2,176.8 million of receipts from deposits held for stablecoin holders and $401.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Critical accounting estimates
Our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs, and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from our estimates. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, operating results, and cash flows will be affected.
We believe that the accounting policies described below involve a significant degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, we believe these are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of operations. For more information, see the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Stock-based compensation including valuation of common stock
We account for share-based awards under the recognition and measurement provisions of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Stock-Based Compensation. In the absence of a public trading market, our management and board of directors considered various objectives and subjective factors to determine the fair value of Circles common stock as of each grant date, including the value determined by a third-party valuation firm. These factors included, among other things, the following:
| our actual operating and financial performance and estimated trends and prospects for our future performance; |
| the composition of, and changes to, our management team and board of directors; |
| consideration of the lack of liquidity of the common stock as a private company; |
| our stage of development, business strategy, and the material risks related to our business and industry; |
| the valuations of publicly traded companies in the financial services sector, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies; |
| external market conditions affecting the financial services sector; |
| the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common stock; |
119
| the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; and |
| the prices of our convertible preferred stock and common stock sold to investors in arms-length transactions or offered to investors through a tender offer. |
Our policy is to value our common shares at least quarterly with significant events potentially requiring additional valuations.
In September 2021, we initiated a program to grant employees restricted stock units (RSUs) as part of our compensation program. The RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both a service condition and a liquidity condition. Both the service and liquidity conditions must be met for the expense to be recognized. The fair value of RSUs is estimated based on the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense related to the RSUs is recorded on a tranche-by-tranche basis over the requisite service period, when the liquidity condition is considered probable.
We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model (Black-Scholes) to estimate the grant-date fair value of option grants. The Black-Scholes model requires management to make a number of key assumptions, including expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends. The expected term represents the period of time that the options are expected to be outstanding and is estimated using the midpoint between the requisite service period and the contractual term of the option. The risk-free interest rate is estimated using the rate of return on U.S. Treasury notes with a life that approximates the expected term. Share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the underlying common stock and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period.
The assumptions underlying these valuations represent managements best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and our management uses significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation expense for future periods could be materially different, including as a result of adjustments to stock-based compensation expense recorded for prior periods.
Income taxes/uncertain tax positions
When recognizing the tax benefit, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. We also recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.
We utilize the asset and liability method for computing our income tax provision. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as operating loss, capital loss, and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period of the enactment date. Management makes estimates, assumptions, and judgments to determine our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. We assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not more likely than not, we establish a valuation allowance.
120
For U.S. federal tax purposes, digital asset transactions (other than stablecoins) are treated on the same tax principles as property transactions. We recognize a gain or loss when digital assets are exchanged for other property, in the amount of the difference between the fair market value of the property received and the tax basis of the exchanged digital asset. Receipts of digital assets in exchange for goods or services are included in taxable income at the fair market value on the date of receipt.
Business combinations, goodwill, and acquired intangible assets
Accounting for business combinations requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions. We use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately allocate the purchase consideration to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, with the excess recorded to goodwill. Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows, expected asset lives, and discount rates. The amounts and useful lives assigned to acquired intangible assets impact the amount and timing of future amortization expense.
We use estimates, assumptions, and judgments when assessing the recoverability of goodwill and acquisition-related intangible assets. We test for impairment at least annually, during the fourth quarter or more frequently if a significant event or circumstance indicates impairment. In assessing goodwill and intangible assets for impairment, we first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. In the qualitative assessment, we may consider factors such as economic conditions, industry and market conditions and developments, overall financial performance, and other relevant entity-specific events in determining whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount. Should we conclude that it is more likely than not that the recorded goodwill and intangible assets amounts have been impaired, we would perform the impairment test. An impairment loss is recognized in earnings if the estimated fair value of a reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than the carrying amount of the reporting unit or intangible asset. Significant judgment is applied when goodwill and intangible assets are assessed for impairment. We also evaluate the estimated remaining useful lives of acquired intangible assets for changes in circumstances that warrant a revision to the remaining periods of amortization.
Loss contingencies
We are currently involved in various claims, regulatory and legal proceedings, and investigations of potential operating violations by regulatory oversight authorities. We regularly review the status of each significant matter and assess our potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any claim, legal proceeding, or potential regulatory violation is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we accrue a liability for the estimated loss. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and whether an exposure is reasonably estimable. Our judgments are subjective and are based on the status of the legal or regulatory proceedings, the merits of our defenses, and consultation with in-house and outside legal counsel. Because of uncertainties related to these matters, accruals are based only on the best information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to pending claims, litigation, or other violations and may revise our estimates. Due to the inherent uncertainties of the legal and regulatory process in the multiple jurisdictions in which we operate, our judgments may differ materially from the actual outcomes.
Convertible debt
We have elected the fair value option for our convertible debt. We believe the estimate of fair value of these financial instruments requires significant judgment. We measured the fair value of our convertible debt using the probability weighted as converted model, which uses both observable and unobservable inputs and
121
reflects our best estimates of the assumptions a market participant would use to calculate fair value. The significant unobservable inputs used include, but are not limited to:
| timing and probability of liquidity and other events; |
| discount rate; and |
| fair value of the underlying stock. |
Under the fair value election, changes in fair value of convertible debt are reported as Other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations in each reporting period subsequent to the issuance. In the future, depending on the valuation approaches used and the expected timing and weighting of each, the inputs described above, or other inputs, may have a greater or lesser impact on our estimates of fair value. These inputs are based on historical performance of loans facilitated through our platform, as well as the consideration of market participant requirements. See Note 2 and Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information regarding the fair value measurements of convertible debt.
Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk
Interest rate risk
Our results of operations are exposed to changes in interest rates, among other macroeconomic conditions. Interest rate risk is highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations, and other factors beyond our control.
Fluctuations in interest rates impact reserve return rates, such that a decrease in interest rates reduces reserve return rates and an increase in interest rates increases reserve return rates. Reserve return rate is a contributing factor to reserve income (the other being, primarily, USDC in circulation), which in turn is a contributor to distribution and transaction costs (the others being, primarily, the amount of USDC held on and off our and Coinbases platforms). As such, fluctuations in interest rates may result in changes in reserve income and in turn distribution costs. However, interest rates are only one contributor to reserve income, and the otherUSDC in circulationis inherently difficult to predict given the uncertainties in end-user and customer behavior. For example, although interest rates are positively correlated with the opportunity cost of holding USDC versus other financial instruments, given the utility of USDC as a means for the exchange of value, an increase in interest rates does not necessarily result in a decrease in USDC in circulation (and vice versa). Any relationship between interest rates and USDC in circulation is complex, highly uncertain, and unproven. As a result, while we are able to predict the impact of interest rate changes on the reserve return rate, given the uncertainties in end-user and customer behavior and interests and market dynamics, we are unable to accurately predict the impact of such changes on reserve income or distribution and transaction costs.
In the following analysis, we modeled the impact of hypothetical changes in interest rates on our reserve income and distribution and transaction costs for the twelve-month period following the date of the audited financial statements included in this prospectus (i.e., for the 2025 fiscal year). We assume that the amount of USDC in circulation throughout this period is equal to the amount of USDC in circulation as of December 31, 2024, due to the inherent uncertainties described above in respect of predicting or forecasting USDC in circulation; such changes in interest rates occur on January 1, 2025 and are held constant through the period and impact all reserve assets equally; and our allocation of reserve assets do not change, as we are unable to predict the market and
122
yield reactions to interest rate changes. The table below summarizes the hypothetical impact on our operating results for the year ending December 31, 2025 based on our internal modeling, which are subject to uncertainties and limitations as discussed above (in millions):
Change in interest rates from average yield of 4.33% in December 2024 |
Estimated change in reserve income | Estimated change in distribution and transaction costs |
||||||
+200 bps |
$ | 882 | $ | 468 | ||||
+100 bps |
$ | 441 | $ | 234 | ||||
-100 bps |
$ | (441 | ) | $ | (234 | ) | ||
-200 bps |
$ | (882 | ) | $ | (468 | ) |
Foreign currency risk
Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar and the functional currency of our international operations is its local currency. The assets and liabilities of each of our international operations are translated into dollars at exchange rates in effect at each balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rate for the relevant period. Equity transactions are translated using historical exchange rates. Decreases in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies may negatively affect revenues and other operating results as expressed in dollars. Foreign currency translation adjustments are accounted for as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within stockholders equity (deficit). Gains or losses due to transactions in foreign currencies are included in Other income (expense), net, on our consolidated statements of operations. We have not engaged in hedging of foreign currency transactions to date, although we may choose to do so in the future. A 10.0% increase or decrease in current exchange rates would not have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition.
123
Overview
The new internet financial system
Circles mission is to increase global economic prosperity through the frictionless exchange of value. We believe that with the advent of blockchain networks, the global financial system can be rebuilt on the principles of the internetthose of open software and public networksto the benefit of all of society. This new internet financial system has the potential to address the structural inefficiencies of the legacy financial system, enabling value to be exchanged more quickly, more cheaply, more safely, and in new, innovative waysthereby increasing both the benefit of and access to the financial system for all people and all businesses across the globe.
Finance is fundamentally built upon the movement of money in the form of the transmission of data, wrapped in trust, and protected by regulation. Finance is built upon the movement of money. In modern digital finance, the movement of money is the movement of data between accounts in private, permissioned databases. This movement of money is typically tightly controlled and regulated by individual nations to ensure safety and soundness of the financial system and to protect against abuse by bad actors. Although the infrastructure system enabling this movement of money is critical to the functioning of the existing financial system and powers one of the largest sectors in the global economy, the technology underpinning this system in large part dates from the 1970s and 1980s.
Todays financial system has brought countless benefits, yet inefficiencies remain stubbornly high. The financial system has enabled massive societal advances, lifting billions of people out of extreme poverty and contributing to enormous economic growth. Technological advancements have enabled innovations such as credit cards, electronic payments, and electronic capital markets. Yet despite this history of progress, and despite intense competition, end-user costs and systemic inefficiencies persist. Modern FinTech firms have generally focused on modernizing front-end interfaces but still often rely on legacy infrastructure, limiting true innovation. We believe the next innovation in the exchange of value, which is our core focus at Circle, will drive an evolution in the underlying infrastructure of the financial system that meets critical market demand.
The internet revolutionized the transmission of data, bringing exponential growth and previously unimagined innovation to countless sectors. Likewise, the internet has the potential to transform todays financial system. The advent of the internet enabled all-to-all communication at vastly lower costs by advancing communication from tightly controlled analog rails (e.g., radio, telephone, cable) to standardized network protocols. These protocols enabled new infrastructure for the movement of data and information. While adoption took time, and early use cases initially both struggled to scale and encountered meaningful scrutiny, over time, more innovators and developers began building on the internet and more users connected to the network via the applications they built. The end result: the cost of communication has approached zero at point of use, the volume of communication has exploded, and previously unimaginable services have now emerged. Today, the leaders of the modern digital economy are built on internet rails, and more of the economy is transitioning to these rails each day.
Blockchain networks enable the creation of the internet financial system. Blockchains provide a new base layer of internet infrastructure that uses advancements in cryptography and distributed computing to enable secure data exchange, transaction processing, and computation. These advancements make new categories of applications on the internet possible, including issuing digital financial assets, efficiently exchanging and processing transactions involving these assets, and writing code that can intermediate more complex transactions. Importantly, these blockchain networks can operate openly on the internet, reducing societys dependence on centralized intermediaries while unlocking efficiencies. We believe that blockchains could serve as a robust foundation for the creation of a new financial system built from the ground up on the internetwhat we call the new internet financial system.
124
This new internet financial system has the potential to substantially reduce inefficiencies in todays financial system. Given the amount of value being exchanged in todays financial system, the benefits of increased efficiency are vast. Trillions of dollars in payments and cross-border remittances occur annually, often at high costs due to the complex (often multi-party) legacy rails on which they flow. Vast sums of capital are trapped in multi-day settlement in capital markets, rather than deployed to productive uses. Immense operational, counterparty, and liquidity risks exist due to the opacity of financial exposures, outdated, manual workflows, and a dependence on cash held in fractional reserve banks. The internet financial system has the potential to address these inefficiencies by reducing cost and latency, enhancing transparency, and using safer underlying collateral.
The new internet financial system enables significantly increased money velocity. While the potential efficiency benefits of the internet financial system are staggering, we believe these are just a subset of the potential benefits it brings. As the marginal cost of storing and moving value approaches zero, conditions are ripe for the volume of value exchange to increase exponentially, similar to how the volume of information exchange exploded as the marginal cost of moving data on the internet approached zero. In such a future, we expect that both the velocity and versatility of money will increase dramatically, as people and businesses are able to transact more freely and frictionlessly.
The new internet financial system opens up new opportunities and use cases in finance and commerce through the advent of smart contracts running on blockchains. We believe programmability of money and digital assets represents a major inflection point in the utility of money. Economic arrangements can be literally codified, executed, and enforced entirely online, enabling people and firms across the world to safely enter into internet-based financial and commercial arrangements, while reducing the need for third-party intermediaries. And, just as the Web and App Stores led to an explosion in innovative information services, the growth of smart contracts and blockchain-based applications could significantly accelerate innovation in financial services.
The new internet financial system has the potential to increase economic inclusion among underserved populations. The existing financial systems inefficiencies result in the exclusion of certain segments of the global population, particularly those who are poorer, less educated, and living in rural areas. The new internet financial system has the potential to facilitate the inclusion of the approximately 1.4 billion adults globally who, according to the World Bank, are unbanked. The increased inclusion greatly expands our opportunity set.
The Circle stablecoin network in the new internet financial system
Stablecoins (like USDC and EURC) can facilitate the store and transfer of value in the new internet financial system and drive the advancement and adoption of the new internet financial system. Similar to the existing financial system, the internet financial system will facilitate the use of regulated money as a unit of account, a store of value, and as the core medium of exchange within a digitally native framework. We believe that stablecoins can facilitate the store and transfer of value in the new internet financial system and drive the advancement and adoption of the new internet financial system. Specifically, we believe that payment stablecoins are the new base layer of internet money. Payment stablecoins function at internet speed (near-instantaneous transacting and settlement), and with programmability that enables the new capabilities and use cases of the internet financial system. The USDC digital dollar issued by us is a leading payment stablecoin, with $43.9 billion in circulation across 4.3 million meaningful wallets, as of December 31, 2024. We believe that payment stablecoins, their users and applications, and the use cases built around them will create internet-scale network effects, leading to a market structure in which only a few payment stablecoin platforms will emerge with the critical mass to serve the new internet financial system. We believe that the Circle stablecoin network is best placed to be a driver of the new internet financial system. See Stablecoin overview for a more detailed description of payment stablecoins.
Our strategy is to build the largest and most widely used stablecoin network in the world. Money (and any other store or representation of value) is fundamentally a network, whose utility is dependent on the number of users
125
using it and willing to accept it. In other words, the more users in the network using or willing to use a form of value, the more utility that form of value has, which in turn promotes more people to use it. This is the case with stablecoins as well. The more people that use a stablecoin, the more utility it has to users (as a store of value and a method of transacting), which in turn drives more people to use it. Furthermore, stablecoins act as protocols that applications and developers build on top of and integrate. Protocols themselves have network propertiesthe more applications and products connected to the protocols, the more value the network develops through both utility and distribution. USDC is the foundation of the Circle stablecoin network, the growth of which is driven by developers building new applications and use cases on the network that are accessible and provide utility to end-users across the world. Attracting end-users, customers, and developers to adopt the Circle stablecoin network requires that the underlying infrastructure of the digital currencies on the network be robust and safe. Although the Circle stablecoin network carries risks to our customers and end-users, as is the case with the existing financial system, we nonetheless believe it optimally combines transparency and safetythrough regulation as stored-value instruments under FinCEN money services businesses regulation and state money transmission laws in the United States and as electronic money tokens in Europe, robust and frequent reporting (e.g., daily transparency into the Circle Reserve Fund), monthly assurance, and annual auditswith the demonstrated reach, critical mass of end-users, world-class financial partners, and network activity to drive the compounding growth and flywheel of internet-scale network effects.
Our growth strategy is to build and promote a suite of products that foster the expansion of the Circle stablecoin network. Our product strategy is aimed at growing the Circle stablecoin network and the circulation of Circle stablecoins. To that end, we strive to ensure that Circle Mint customers have readily available access to Circle stablecoins around the globe by working with financial institutions that act as on- and off-ramps between fiat currency and Circle stablecoins as well as with leading consumer financial applications and payments enterprises. See Our platform, products, and ecosystem for examples of partners that are part of the Circle stablecoin network and the Circle stablecoin ecosystem. We build and support stablecoin infrastructure that is designed to enable Circle stablecoins to flow safely and easily across blockchain networks and remove friction and complexity in the end-user experience for stablecoin transactions. Finally, we provide easy-to-use, cloud-based tools that aim to simplify the underlying technology for developers (whether at startups or within major institutions), and make it easier for them to build, deploy, and operate innovative applications, with strong out-of-the-box features for using the Circle stablecoin network.
Critical to our growth strategy are numerous partnerships with leading financial and internet technology firms and ecosystems. The underlying utility (and value) of the Circle stablecoin network is driven by every single end-user, developer, builder, company, and institution operating on it, and the focus of our strategy is to attract and enable a broad ecosystem onto the Circle stablecoin network. To that end, we partner with leading institutions (many of them category-leading, internet-scale companies) to bring the benefits of the internet financial system to their users by building upon our products. Examples of our partnership strategy include the recent launches of the first phases of our partnership with Grab to offer its customers in Singapore a decentralized, blockchain-based (Web3) wallet via the Grab app, our partnership with Mercado Libre to introduce its customers in Latin America to USDC, our partnership with Nubank to introduce its customers in Brazil to USDC, our partnership with SBI Holdings to expand USDC access in Japan, our partnership with Coins.ph to help Filipinos abroad learn to use USDC for remittances, and our strategic commercial alliance with Binance to convert a portion of its treasury funds into USDC and promote USDC on its platform. In addition, we collaborate with leading global market makers and liquidity providers. For example, in December 2024, we entered into an agreement with Cumberland to expand liquidity and settlement capabilities in USYC and USDC over the course of a three-year term. Although the details of each partnership differ, in these partnerships, which have one- to four-year terms, we make payments to our partners (or offer rebates against payments that our partners would otherwise make to us for our Developer Services) based on the number of wallets on our partners platforms, the number of wallets on our partners platforms that transact in USDC, and/or the amount of USDC held on our partners
126
platforms. Through these partnerships, we provide our partners with certain Circle products and services and/or incentivize our partners to increase their customers use of USDC and the amount of USDC on their platforms, thereby growing the USDC ecosystem and increasing USDC liquidity. We also foster the Circle stablecoin ecosystem with a range of programs, including Circle Developer Programs, which sponsor hackathons and developer events, the Circle Alliance Program, our global partnership and alliance program, as well as worldwide industry and event sponsorships. Each of these partnerships drives awareness and growth of the Circle stablecoin network, further enhancing its network effect. We further believe we are uniquely well positioned to attract new partners due to our and USDCs trusted brand, regulatory-first posture, robust scalable infrastructure, and, critically, the scale and quality of other partners joining the network.
Making blockchain technology accessible and easy to use for both developers and end-users will be key to global adoption of stablecoins and the internet financial system. Our end-user- and developer-focused services make the complexity of the underlying technological infrastructure of our platform invisible to the end-user, simplifying end-user experiences, and empowering developers to build applications using the Circle stablecoin network. This technical simplification and end-user-focused approach is critical to internet-scale adoption of stablecoins broadly and the Circle stablecoin network specifically. Our core technology offerings, including our blockchain infrastructure products and our Developer Services, are core to enabling an intuitive interface for programmable money across a variety of applications, which will in turn drive further adoption of the Circle stablecoin network. See Our platform, products, and ecosystem for a more fulsome description of our blockchain infrastructure and Developer Services.
The monetization of the Circle stablecoin network is driven by its growth and our introduction of new products that expand its utility. As the Circle stablecoin network grows, we believe that our ability to monetize it will grow as well. Today, we monetize the amount of money on the network (i.e., the amount of Circle stablecoins in circulation). We earn reserve income on USDC reserve assets, at rates at a discount to the prevailing SOFR. We believe that our current revenue model has been successful, with 2024 revenue, net income, and Adjusted EBITDA of $1.7 billion, $156 million, and $285 million, respectively. See Managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsNon-GAAP financial measures for reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA. As the Circle stablecoin network grows and as more applications and activity take place on the Circle stablecoin network, the amount of Circle stablecoins in circulation will continue to grow. In addition to as described in Our platform, products, and ecosystem, we may seek to monetize the activity on our network with products that earn fee-based revenues based on transactions and usage in the future, and we intend to evaluate and consider various products from time to time, considering such factors as complexity and development costs, market opportunity, anticipated revenues, and the competitive landscape. However, we do not have any plans to launch such additional products that are expected to generate material amounts of fee-based revenues at this time. We believe the market opportunity in the internet financial system is vast and that, although we face a variety of risks (see Risk factors for a discussion of the material risks faced by our business), we are the best positioned firm to drive, capture, and monetize it.
Industry background
Limitations of traditional financial services
The financial services industry represents one of the largest and most systemically important sectors of the global economy.
Since the advent of what is now known as traditional financial services over the past 150 years, innovators have constantly endeavored to improve upon the means by which we use and move money, enter into financial contracts, and form and use capital for economic expansion. These improvements have been largely beneficial and have contributed to global economic progress. Examples include the emergence of credit cards, digital
127
payments, electronic markets and exchanges, digital consumer finance platforms, and many other advances that have expanded the global reach of financial services with the utilization of mobile devices and software.
However, many challenges persist as a result of the legacy infrastructure on which these platforms are built, existing regulatory and market structures disincentivizing fundamental innovation, and a lack of the global connectivity and interoperability required for truly internet-scale financial services. We believe that an internet-based, blockchain-enabled financial system will address and resolve the most pertinent structural issues within financial services today:
| High costs: More than $120 trillion in global business-to-business payments are processed annually, according to Visa. Much of these payments are made using legacy infrastructure, such as checks and bank wires. Businesses seeking to accept payments from customers are often charged several percentage points of the transactions value, which functionally represents a global economic tax amounting to trillions in value annually, much of which could be returned to productive use with the adoption of more efficient, internet-native payments infrastructure. Entire industries have been established predicated upon intermediary fees, with global payments industry revenue standing at $2.4 trillion in 2023, according to McKinseys 2024 Global Payments Report. |
| Significant inefficiencies: Existing global systems of payment and value exchange are riddled with the same inefficiencies as pre-internet communicationsmoney often takes days or longer to move, particularly cross-border. Besides adding significant fees from foreign exchange and other transaction-related expenses, these slow processes can create loss potential and result in significant capital being locked up for days awaiting settlement (e.g., margin posted to securities clearinghouses that settle T+1). Commercial transactions are plagued by delayed financial settlement and high costs, reflecting a lucrative source of revenue for payment processors but consequently representing a real cost to the global economy that could otherwise be put to more productive use. Inefficiencies in the incumbent financial system also encourage counterparties to use high-friction financial instruments, such as bank guarantees or letters of credit, which perpetuate the inefficiencies inherent in the system. |
| Walled gardens: Todays systems of electronic money are constructed around national and corporate boundaries, often regulated and operated by national monopolies, similar to the world of media and communications in the pre-internet era. Payments are bound by walled gardens, harkening back to the days when one could send an email to a recipient only if both sides used the same online mail service (such as AOL and CompuServe). In the incumbent financial system, electronic money can only travel within tightly controlled ecosystems, often trapped in various privately mediated networks, exacerbating concerns relating to financial exclusion and connectivity around the world. |
| Barriers to access: The existing financial system, as a result of limited reach and high costs that preclude servicing certain market participants, excludes large portions of the global population. The World Bank estimates that as of 2022, approximately 1.4 billion people, or 24% of adults globally, lack an account at a financial institution or mobile money provider (29% of adults in developing economies). While progress has been made on this front with some traditional financial system providers entering new markets, these unbanked figures still represent more than a billion people. Financial access metrics also often exhibit meaningful gender gaps, both in terms of bank accounts as well as access to credit. Small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) can also be inhibited in access to credit. The IMF has estimated that, in 2022, approximately 75% of countries reporting SME loan data saw a decline in SME loans relative to the size of their economies, as COVID support measures unwound. |
128
The new internet financial system
The internet introduced the idea of open and permissionless networks, initially enabling anyone to communicate with anyone else over simple electronic protocols that connected computers to one another in a peer-to-peer fashion. Early adopters used the internet for sharing email, posting on community forums, and sharing basic documents. Driven by the openness of this emerging global network, eventually millions of developers and companies built new applications and developed products leveraging the power and underlying infrastructure of these open networks. As the underlying network infrastructure improved through broadband, mobile technology, and advances in computing power, exponential network effects took hold, and the internet transformed virtually every incumbent industry, radically reshaping the unit economics of software, media, communications, and commerce.
Similarly, we believe that the advent of blockchain networks and the internet financial system has the opportunity to transform the financial industry and digital commerce by reshaping the customer experience, the unit economics, and the ultimate reach of the financial system. Over the next decade, we believe that this fundamental change will be felt in a similar manner to the changes that have occurred in other industries as they adapted to earlier generations of internet technologies.
The internet financial system, and the blockchain networks that provide its foundation, offers enormous potential advantages over the traditional financial system, including:
| Open, global, and interoperable public network infrastructure that enables transactions between counterparties to settle nearly instantly and at a cost as low as a fraction of a cent per transaction. |
| By using blockchains, transactions and financial contracts can provide greater transparency into financial flows, while also leveraging cryptography to enhance privacy and security. |
| Using smart contracts, blockchain networks enable companies and developers to build new applications that intermediate money, payments, and commerce in powerful new ways, unlocking innovation in the same way that App Stores and mobile phones unlocked innovation through new categories of apps that were never before possible. |
Blockchain networks
The advent of blockchain networks reshapes how the global financial system can operate, creating significant opportunities for new innovations to flourish. The financial industry supports more than $250 trillion in annual global capital markets activity, according to SIFMA, and approximately $21.5 trillion in M2 money stock as of December 2024, according to the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, reflecting an enormous market and underlying infrastructure that can be transformed by blockchain networks.
Blockchain networks catalyze this change in multiple significant ways:
| Storage of value. Blockchains are digital, relying on tamper-proof, immutable, and highly secure digital records built on decentralized infrastructure, and are designed to mitigate hacks and exploits. |
| Transmission of value. Blockchains are built to support open, global, and interoperable transactions that can work with any internet-connected device in the world, offering transaction finality in seconds, with strong privacy and security and significant cost efficiency, with transactions costing as little as a fraction of a cent in many cases. |
| Tokenization of value. Blockchains provide a foundation to represent nearly any form of property or record as a cryptographic asset. This paves the way for the same storage and transmission efficiencies to be used with both digital and non-digital forms of property ranging from digital content items and intellectual |
129
property (e.g., artwork, or items within video game worlds), to tokens that represent stocks, bonds, exchange-traded funds, and physical property, as well as other financial contracts. |
| Programmable value. Unlike the legacy financial system, digital assets on blockchains networks are inherently programmable using smart contracts that can execute and intermediate transactions and value exchange with code published on the internet, introducing a myriad of opportunities for reshaping finance and commerce. |
Similar to operating systems, blockchain networks continue to evolvewith constant upgrades and competition driving improvements in performance, cost, security, and operational flexibilitymuch like improvements seen in constantly improving internet infrastructure over the past decades. Further, the open protocol nature of blockchain infrastructure drives faster innovation than the closed-loop incumbent financial system in which both the sender and receiver of funds need an account with the same provider in order to execute a transaction or otherwise involve third parties, enabling rapid product growth and user adoption. We work to ensure that the Circle stablecoin network is available on, and interoperable with, many of these blockchain networks to both take advantage of each blockchains capabilities and to minimize friction to accessing Circle stablecoins, therefore driving increased circulation. We also continue to focus on building the tools and services to help developers and companies build applications on these networks safely and easily.
Stablecoin overview
Stablecoins can facilitate the store and transfer of value in the new internet financial system and drive the advancement and adoption of the new internet financial system. While there have been many experiments in the development of different stablecoin models, we have always been focused on building and operating payment stablecoins. These stablecoins are designed to be efficient forms of payment and are fully backed by reserves consisting of highly liquid, price-stable cash and cash equivalents. By providing Circle Mint customers the ability to redeem their stablecoins on demand on a one-for-one basis for the underlying fiat currency, Circle stablecoins are designed to provide a safe and sound foundation as a form of digital currency, as well as a bridge between blockchain and traditional finance.
Trends driving adoption of stablecoins and the internet financial system
In addition to the core efficiency and innovation benefits outlined above, a number of other trends have emerged that are helping to drive the adoption of stablecoins and the internet financial system, including:
| Technology improvements. Blockchain technologies continue to improve, supporting larger-scale applications, improved security and privacy, greater operational efficiency, and new standards that can simplify the user experience of interacting with blockchain-based applications and online transactions. These improvements are often exponentialBitcoin (introduced in 2009) could support approximately seven transactions per second at launch, while Ethereum (introduced in 2015) could support approximately 15 transactions per second at launch. Since then, a multitude of other blockchains have emerged that can support orders of magnitude more transactions per second, such as Solana (introduced in 2020) and its theoretical peak capacity to handle tens of thousands of transactions each second. These continuing (and escalating) improvements are ushering in a world that we believe will support billions of users and millions of businesses operating on these networks. |
| Operational improvements for using and securing digital assets. As blockchain technology has advanced, so too have the tools, technologies, and operational solutions for enterprises, financial institutions, and end-users to safely use and deploy applications on these networks. Banks, FinTech firms, and asset managers are increasingly comfortable with the operational solutions available in the market to use these new technologies safely. |
130
| Growth in AI agents and applications. Rapid growth in the deployment of AI agents and software creates an environment that is ripe for the use of stablecoins and blockchain networks, as AI agents have come to rely on a programmable form of money that can work universally around the world. Growth in AI usage can also be a catalyst for the internet financial system. |
| Regulatory support and legal clarity. Around the world, major governments are putting into place comprehensive regulations for digital assets and stablecoins. Many of these new legal regimes provide much-needed regulatory clarity for the use of stablecoins and blockchain networks for financial and commercial activity. New regulations can help build market confidence by, among other things, ensuring that products meet high standards in the area of consumer protection. |
| Identity and compliance standards. Alongside regulatory clarity are standards and requirements to meet important global financial crime compliance rules (e.g., AML). Identity verification and financial crime compliance standards have historically been challenging to design and implement consistently due to structural issues within the financial system, including walled gardens, and technological challenges impeding the standardization of procedures and expectations. However, Financial Action Task Force recommendations and new digital asset laws requirements have increasingly heightened the need for proving the identities of digital wallet users and keeping and exchanging records of their transactions. Market constituents are also exploring the creation of an open standards body to further reinforce this process. These rules and initiatives will help maintain the financial integrity of these networks and increase the confidence of companies and financial institutions using these networks. |
Our role in driving stablecoin adoption
We have built one of the largest and most widely used stablecoin networks. At the foundation of the Circle stablecoin network are our payment stablecoins, USDCwhich, according to CoinMarketCap, is the second largest stablecoin as measured by the amount of stablecoins in circulation with a 24% share of the stablecoin market as of December 31, 2024and EURCwhich, according to CoinGecko, is the largest euro-denominated stablecoin as measured by the amount of stablecoins in circulation as of March 28, 2025. USDC and EURC are liquid, stable, and digitally native forms of U.S. dollars and euros, respectively, built on an open protocol and a regulatorily compliant platform. Each maintains 24/7, borderless, and near-instant value transfer capabilities. USDC and EURC are redeemable on a one-for-one basis for U.S. dollars and euros, respectively, directly from us by Circle Mint customers (see Our platform, products, and ecosystemCircle Liquidity ServicesCircle Mint for information about Circle Mint, which is a service offering that is available only to institutions) as well as by end-users that are not Circle Mint customers in our role as the redeemer of last resort (see GlossaryThe issuers of Circle stablecoins). In addition, all end-users can sell or exchange USDC and EURC in the secondary market. USDC and EURC and the overall Circle stablecoin network are further discussed under Our platform, products, and ecosystem.
We issue the worlds largest regulated payment stablecoinby which we mean a payment stablecoin that is regulated as a stored-value instrument under FinCEN money services businesses regulation and state money transmission laws in the United States and as an electronic money token in Europe (see Regulatory policy landscape for the principal regulations to which we are subject)as measured by the amount of stablecoins in circulation. As a result, we play a highly active role in driving stablecoin adoption. Key initiatives that we have taken to advance stablecoin adoption include:
| Technology innovation. We invest considerable product and engineering effort in advancing the state-of-the-art in technologies to scale and simplify the use of stablecoins in everyday financial and commercial applications. Our blockchain infrastructure product pillar is focused on ensuring that end-users can safely move USDC and EURC across many blockchain networks, while abstracting away many of the |
131
complexities associated with making a payment or interacting with a blockchain-based financial application. At the same time, through our Developer Services product pillar, we are enabling software developers to easily integrate stablecoins into their own apps, and safely deploy applications that interact with blockchain networks and smart contracts. |
| Comprehensive access and distribution. We prioritize making stablecoins as accessible and widely distributed as possible, integrating Circle stablecoins into new blockchains, providing primary liquidity through a network of banks, and partnering with distributors such as digital asset capital markets participants, wallet providers, and other large enterprises building products for their customers and ecosystems. Easy access to stablecoins is key to increasing usage, which in turn promotes the utility and adoption of stablecoins. |
| Market education and thought leadership. We invest considerable resources in providing thought leadership and market education about the potential of the internet financial system, and the role that stablecoins can play in improving the delivery of financial services and digital commerce. |
| Supporting the development of sound regulatory policy. Since our founding, we have sought to engage constructively with policymakers and regulators worldwide, and today invest considerable resources in engaging with these communities as new and robust regulations and laws are put in place for the digital assets ecosystem. |
| Promoting open standards. We are committed to driving stablecoin adoption through the promotion of open standards to improve interoperability and compliance for stablecoin applications. This includes new non-profit open-source foundations we are forming to promote standards in digital identity, global standards for implementing compliance with the global Travel Rule (which is a key AML/CFT rule to prevent illicit activity with virtual assets), and new open-source standards aimed at promoting the use of stablecoins within blockchain-based credit and lending applications. |
Market opportunity
We view the market opportunity of the Circle stablecoin network as encompassing the entire global monetary supply. This opportunity is expected to grow considerably as developing nations increasingly participate in the globally interconnected financial marketplace. Further, by removing layers of friction inherent in the current financial services ecosystem, we believe the internet financial system has the potential to grow the speed and efficiency at which money is used and transacted at an exponential rate, just as the internet facilitated the explosive growth of the exchange of global information and data. In the United States, the velocity of M2 money stock was 1.39 for the fourth quarter of 2024, according to the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis. We believe an internet-native U.S. dollar can increase the velocity of M2 money stock, resulting in a corresponding increase in total value of transactions and GDP.
Our total addressable markets reflect vast opportunity sets that can be realized through growing acceptance and use of digital assets broadly and digital currencies specifically, and the large-scale adoption of the internet financial system:
| International remittances and cross-border payments: Stablecoins on blockchain networks can be transmitted and shared seamlessly and virtually instantly on a peer-to-peer basis, obviating the need for intermediaries, lengthy settlement times, and transaction costs. While international payments are a necessary component of all international trade, demand for cross-border transactions within, to, and from emerging markets is particularly notable. We believe that the Circle stablecoin network has the potential to disrupt the international remittances and cross-border payments market. According to McKinseys 2024 Global Payments Report, annual international remittances and cross-border payments revenue stood at approximately $288 billion in 2023. |
132
| Digital assets: As of December 31, 2024, the market capitalization of all tracked digital assets was $3.3 trillion, according to CoinMarketCap. We anticipate the role of digital assets in the broader financial ecosystem will continue to grow, with the tokenization of traditional assets (including TMMFs) and new digital-only assets in areas as diverse as gaming, loyalty rewards, private equity, and even the credit markets. As tokenization continues to scale, trading and usage of digital assets will be an increasingly fundamental use case for the Circle stablecoin network. As the largest regulated payment stablecoin by the amount of stablecoins in circulation, we believe USDC will become the preferred medium through which to buy, sell, and trade digital assets, enabling us to take advantage of a sector that we believe will grow considerably in the future. |
| New forms of commerce and finance enabled by programmable money: The capability to program the behavior of digital money using smart contracts fundamentally changes how market participants can conduct digital commerce. For example, smart contracts can improve the speed and transparency of every step in a commercial value chain, deliver new forms of adaptive loyalty and rewards for retail purchasers, and support expansion in models for flexible work and labor support for businesses of all sizes. For financial institutions, programmable money promises to unlock new utility for end-customers, provide more targeted and just-in-time finance, improve risk management, and provide greater observability to compliance, audit, and regulatory functions. |
| Consumer payments: Just as global consumers use the internet to share information, the internet financial system will enable consumers to use the internet to transfer moneyin traditional and newly programmable waysat lower costs and quicker speeds, and with greater access. Stablecoins have the potential to become the standard for everyday use in P2P transactions and in retail payments, and critically, for all forms of programmable commerce. According to McKinseys 2024 Global Payments Report, annual global consumer payments revenue stood at approximately $2.4 trillion in 2023. In addition, our technology has the potential to drive material growth in the consumer payments market itself. As both the unit economics and utility from stablecoins grow, our technology could contribute to an ever larger volume of consumer payments than has been possible in the existing financial system. |
| Modernizing traditional capital markets: A programmable money system native to the internet can also revolutionize the global capital markets. According to S&P Global, annual global capital markets revenue stood at approximately $180 billion in 2023. Even beyond the near-term opportunity of USDC to facilitate settlement activities, large-scale capital markets activities including foreign exchange, interest rate-related securities and derivatives, and equity and fixed income investment vehicles can all be tokenized using blockchain technology and then denominated in, and settled with, stablecoins, enhancing their usability and transferability. |
| Creating new capital products natively on the internet: The internet financial system will facilitate the creation of new, broader, and deeper capital markets and products, with digital currency at their core. Buyers and sellers of credit will be able to connect at internet scale (as will underwriters and analysts and other market participants), not just aggregating greater liquidity, but also creating new programmable credit markets. Just as the internet facilitated new marketssuch as the new global advertising markets that afford even the smallest advertisers unprecedented reach and precision, or new markets and distribution platforms for goods and services that enable the smallest merchants to access global buyersso too will the internet financial system. |
We view the adoption of the internet financial system as inevitable because of its materially better efficiency and reach, and this transition has only just begun. We further believe that we are the best-placed organization to facilitate the paradigm shift from the incumbent financial system to one based on the internet financial system, and to take advantage of the massive market opportunities that will result from this secular shift.
133
Our platform, products, and ecosystem
We operate one of the largest and most widely used stablecoin networks in the world. Anchored around USDC, our U.S. dollar-denominated payment stablecoin, our suite of stablecoins and related products together provide a network utility and application platform for a wide range of organizations to benefit from stablecoins and the new internet financial system. Through our partners and the broader ecosystem that supports and integrates into the Circle stablecoin network, we touch more than 600 million users around the world as of March 28, 2025. While we do not provide direct services to individuals, (other than by redeeming USDC and EURC in our role as the redeemer of last resort), the Circle stablecoin network is one of the most widely used on the internetas of March 28, 2025, USDC has been used for more than $25 trillion in onchain transactions.
The Circle stablecoin network has four unique pillars.
Circle Stablecoins
At the foundation of the Circle stablecoin network are the USDC and EURC payment stablecoins. USDC and EURC are digital currency tokens issued natively on blockchain networks and backed by reserves consisting of highly liquid, price-stable cash and cash equivalents. USDC and EURC are redeemable on a one-for-one basis for U.S. dollars and euros, respectively, directly from us by Circle Mint customers (see Our platform, products, and ecosystemCircle Liquidity ServicesCircle Mint for information about Circle Mint, which is a service offering that is available only to institutions) as well as by end-users that are not Circle Mint customers in our role as the redeemer of last resort (see GlossaryThe issuers of Circle stablecoins). In addition, all end-users can sell or exchange USDC and EURC in the secondary market. USDC and EURC enable end-users to store value in a digital form and to transact over blockchain networks, allowing for near-instant settlement, at a very low cost, with the reach of the internet. USDC and EURC are regulated as stored-value instruments under FinCEN money services businesses regulation and state money transmission laws in the United States and as electronic money tokens in Europe.
We believe Circle stablecoins have consistently set a standard for transparency, liquidity, and technological innovation. They are exclusively issued by Circle, and are directly obtainable through Circle Mint, which is available only to institutions (see Circle Mint for information about Circle Mint). Circle stablecoins are also distributed and made widely available through hundreds of different retail and institutional products around the world. They can also be stored in digital asset wallets without necessarily having an account directly with us. See The Circle stablecoin ecosystem for more details.
Circle Tokenized Funds
Circle Tokenized Funds are regulated yield-bearing investments for collateral use in capital markets. We believe that certain major trading firms have moved, and will increasingly move away from, using stablecoins as collateral in favor of TMMFs. However, other TMMF issuers may be limited in their ability to provide significant instantaneous redeemability for equivalent underlying assets. We believe that the ability of a well-regulated stablecoin such as USDC to provide near-instantaneous redemption can offer a substantial advantage for this emerging trend of using TMMFs as collateral for margin trading on various digital asset trading platforms, maximizing capital efficiency in the flows between settlement assets and collateral and at the same time, reducing counterparty execution risk. Moreover, TMMF issuers typically operate on a single blockchain or have limited interoperability across different blockchain platforms. By integrating TMMFs with Circles existing infrastructure, we expect to enhance interoperability and enable investors to quickly transition between TMMFs and stablecoins, allowing traders to hold their assets in TMMFs while accruing yield and then be able to instantaneously convert into Circle stablecoins, which can then be used to purchase other digital assets on third party platforms.
134
To serve this objective, on January 21, 2025, we acquired Hashnote and its TMMF, USYC, which is a tokenized product offered in reliance upon an exemption to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. USYC serves as an onchain representation of the shares in SDYF and is intended primarily for use as collateral on digital asset trading platforms. Unlike payment stablecoins that offer no yield, TMMFs like USYC offer yield to the token holders that is generated from its invested assets consisting primarily of reverse repurchase agreements on U.S. government and government-backed securities and short-term U.S. Treasury securities. According to RWA.xyz, USYC is the largest onchain TMMF in terms of assets under management, with approximately $1.6 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2024. We believe that leveraging Hashnotes existing traction and momentum will enable us to enter the rapidly emerging TMMF space with a well-established tokenized stable yield product, enhancing our leading position within the overall digital asset capital markets.
On February 13, 2025, we received approval to issue USYC and offer Circle Mint accounts out of Bermuda under our existing DABA License granted by the BMA. We plan to integrate USYC into the Circle stablecoin network, offering eligible customers the ability to move between the non-yield bearing Circle payment stablecoins and USYC at the settlement speed of the blockchain.
Circle Liquidity Services
Circle liquidity services provide institutional minting, reserving, redemption, and foreign exchange services for Circle stablecoins.
Circle Mint
Circle Mint is our service offering that provides institutional customers USDC- and EURC-related services, such as minting USDC and EURC, redeeming USDC and EURC for the U.S. dollar and euro, respectively, directly from us, and sending and receiving USDC and EURC to and/or from Circle Mint accounts. Circle Mint supports international wires and domestic bank transfers in more than 185 countries. Circle Mint provides customers with a powerful user interface, advanced security, and workflow and API capabilities. As of December 31, 2024, there were 1,819 Circle Mint customers with accounts. Circle Mint is currently available only to institutions, such as exchanges, institutional traders, wallet providers, banks, and consumer apps companies. Circle Mint is not available to individuals; as such, no individuals are Circle Mint customers. To open a Circle Mint account, a potential customer must submit an application in which such potential customer provides us with compliance information and supporting documentation including, but not limited to, the legal entity, its operations, beneficial owners, and the intended use of the account. Potential Circle Mint customers must pass our screening processes, including, but not limited to, ID verification, KYC checks, sanctions screening, and suitability checks (for which we consider factors such as the type of business the potential customer engages in and the potential customers anticipated minting volume). Circle Mint customers are able to mint Circle stablecoins and redeem Circle stablecoins directly from us. Upon receipt of fiat funds from a Circle Mint customers bank account, we mint USDC or EURC, as applicable, and deposit such stablecoins to the Circle Mint customers account.
Similarly, upon receipt of a redemption request from the Circle Mint customer with respect to USDC or EURC in such customers account, we remove such stablecoins from the Circle Mint customers account and transfer fiat funds to the customers bank account. The Circle Mint customer may choose between standard redemption (which is initiated nearly instantly) and basic redemption (which is initiated within two business days). Currently, we do not charge fees to the Circle Mint customer for minting stablecoins (assuming the fiat funds are in the appropriate currency) or for redeeming stablecoins under the basic redemption option. We also offer Circle Mint customers the standard redemption option, under which we charge a 0.03% fee for amounts between $2 million or 2 million to $5 million or 5 million, a 0.06% fee for amounts between $5 million or 5 million to $15 million or 15 million, and
135
a 0.1% fee for amounts exceeding $15 million or 15 million, in each case for USDC and EURC, respectively, although we may waive such standard redemption fees for select Circle Mint customers.
Circle Developer Services
To foster and grow the Circle stablecoin network, we aim to help developers and enterprises to easily build, deploy, and operate end-user applications on blockchain networks through enterprise-grade smart contracts, APIs, and software development kits.
Onchain apps are a major new class of applications spanning consumer, e-commerce, gaming, social, finance, and payments use cases. However, building and deploying these applications is complex. For developers, crafting simple user experiences that are familiar to and consistent with existing mobile and Web applications requires deep familiarity with cryptography and blockchain network integration, and can pose undue security risks for end-users. Companies deploying these applications also require specialized knowledge for deploying and operating smart contracts and blockchain software nodes, also introducing significant security and operational risks.
To address these issues, and to help grow the number of onchain apps in the world, we offer a comprehensive suite of products under the Circle Developer Services banner. These products include:
| Circle Wallets. The most important onchain building block for enabling an internet application is the integration of digital wallet technology into applications. As part of our managed wallet services offering, developers can rapidly integrate onchain wallet technology into their end-user applications across mobile apps and the Web. Circle Wallets enable end-user controlled wallets, as well as developer-controlled wallets, and support digital assets and tokens across multiple blockchain networks. |
Importantly, Circle Wallets remove much of the friction typically associated with using an onchain app. Functionality like remembering seed phrases or complex user experience for signing transactions with private keys are replaced with familiar patterns such as PIN codes, biometric authentication, and linking to existing user identities using logins with Google or Apple.
USDC support plays a central role in Circle Wallets, enabling end-users to easily make and receive USDC payments, thereby removing the complexity of which blockchain network or protocol is being used, as well as removing the need for end-users to understand or make gas fee payments.
Since the beta launch of Circle Wallets, more than 11,000 developers have engaged with the product, deploying almost 10 million wallets onchain. For example, Grab Networks, a leading superapp in Southeast Asia, has implemented Circles solutions to power its new onchain wallet, beginning with NFT-based stored value vouchers that can be used in real-world commerce.
To streamline both developer and end-user experiences of onchain apps, we also offer Circle Gas Station, a feature within Circle Wallets, which enables application developers to remove the need for end-users to pay gas fees for using blockchain applications. This allows end-users to simply interact with apps (i.e., make and receive stablecoin payments) without ever knowing they are using a blockchain or what a gas fee even represents. Circle Gas Station allows developers to set policies for fees and limits, and if fees need to be paid by end-users, it allows those fees to be paid entirely in USDC, removing friction typically associated with using blockchain applications. Behind the scenes, we automatically handle the integration with blockchain networks and the underlying gas fee infrastructure on behalf of developers.
136
Circle Developer Services provide a powerful suite of products for building consumer-scale applications on blockchains. These applications are optimized for using USDC and the Circle stablecoin network. They help to bring more end-users onto our network, while unlocking new opportunities for developers and enterprises around the world.
For each of these services, we monetize the usage of the infrastructure, including fees based on the number of active wallets, the number of API calls into Circle Contracts, and the amount of fees paid using Circle Gas Station. Together, these new fees represent an important potential long-term source of revenue for us.
| Circle Contracts. A fundamental part of the innovation of blockchain networks and onchain technology is the ability to write and deploy code that automates interactions with digital assets, including stablecoins, using smart contracts. Smart contracts open up the programmability of money, introducing innovations in how commercial and financial contracts can be used online, and extending into many new use cases for using digital tokens in consumer and enterprise applications. |
Writing smart contracts is a new and complex form of computer programming, and one that introduces profound new security and operational riskscode that handles the storage and transfer of digital value is a frequent target for hackers and other illicit actors. Additionally, writing smart contracts that can work across different blockchain networks introduces yet more complexity. Finally, safely deploying and managing smart contracts on blockchain networks introduces production and operation hurdles that are largely unfamiliar to existing IT and information security professionals.
To address these issues, we introduced Circle Contracts, which empowers developers to integrate and build with smart contracts without needing to learn a new coding language, and by reusing existing smart contract templates for the most common tasks and application types. Circle Contracts also streamlines the deployment, monitoring, and administration of smart contracts across multiple different blockchain networks.
When combined with Circle Wallets, Circle Contracts unlocks the creativity of developers to safely build highly sophisticated applications, while also giving them access to libraries of out-of-the-box smart contract templates that are common to payment applications using USDC, as well as other popular features such as issuing and managing NFTs. Combined, these offerings also enable financial services firms to more easily build tokenization applications for existing financial assets, and integrate those into their existing online products.
| Circle Paymaster. A frequent challenge that developers and end-users face when interacting with onchain apps is paying for gas feestransaction costs essential for blockchain networks. Traditionally, users must acquire and hold blockchain-specific native tokens, such as ETH or SOL, to pay these fees, creating friction and complexity. Users often find themselves handling multiple assets, which can lead to operational hurdles and diminished user experiences. |
To address these challenges, we introduced Paymaster, an onchain smart contract that allows developers and end-users to pay these fees in USDC instead of the blockchains native tokens. Paymaster can be integrated by developers without requiring special permissions, making the technology broadly accessible and significantly enhancing interoperability within the blockchain ecosystem. By facilitating effortless use of USDC for gas payments across various blockchains, Paymaster advances Circles broader mission to foster global economic prosperity through frictionless value exchange.
Paymaster simplifies the user experience by eliminating the need for users to maintain balances of multiple volatile native tokens. We pre-fund Paymaster smart contracts with the blockchains native tokens, automatically covering gas fees when end-users execute blockchain transactions through developer
137
applications. Concurrently, the Paymaster smart contract receives reimbursement in USDC from developers or end-users. To maintain liquidity, Paymaster periodically and automatically rebalances its token reserves, converting accrued USDC back into native tokens.
Paymaster initially launched in January 2025 on Arbitrum and Base. The service aligns closely with Circles existing blockchain infrastructure solutions, such as CCTP and Gas Station.
| Circle CCTP. As blockchain applications grow and blockchain networks compete for developers and end-users, it has become important for end-users to be able to easily and safely transfer stablecoins across different blockchain networks. For most end-users, the process of making a transfer across blockchain networks is cumbersome, expensive, slow, and introduces significant security and financial integrity risks. Blockchains have generally not been interoperable with each other, contributing to difficulties bridging from one chain to another. The only way for most end-users to move value across blockchains has been to use a wrapped token, or a tokenized representation of a particular digital asset that enables it to be operable on another blockchain. Such protocols introduce undue risk and hacking opportunities into a process that should otherwise be simple and hassle-free. |
To address these issues, we launched CCTP. With CCTP, end-users can safely and cost-efficiently transfer USDC from one supported blockchain to another. CCTP is a crucial building block for application developers and ensures that digital dollars can be used interoperably no matter what blockchain an application or end-user is interacting with. In March 2025, we launched CCTP V2, a fast version of CCTP that monetizes and accrues revenue on each transaction. CCTP V2 is currently available on Avalanche, Base, Ethereum, and Linea, with more blockchains expected to be announced throughout 2025.
CCTP works by first redeeming USDC on the source chain and then issuing USDC on the destination chain, relying on a cryptographic attestation, or receipt, to prove that the USDC has been properly redeemed before the corresponding USDC can be reissued on another blockchain.
From its launch in April 2023 to December 31, 2024, CCTP has handled approximately $24.7 billion in transfers and is available as a public protocol through a series of smart contracts that work alongside the core USDC stablecoin protocol. While nascent, we view CCTP as an important capability and a unique differentiator that will act as a key driver of our future growth.
Together, this suite enables existing Web2 developers, internet-enabled businesses, and financial institutions to more easily offer Web3 capabilities, including using USDC as a means of payment and settlement within consumer internet, e-commerce, and finance applications.
The Circle stablecoin network is built on blockchain infrastructure
We build, maintain, and deploy a family of smart contracts that provide the core functionality of the Circle stablecoin network. These smart contracts provide a protocol for applications to easily store and transfer Circle stablecoins. Our stablecoin smart contracts are all available as open-source software, both through public open-source libraries, and as visible source code deployed on blockchain networks.
While USDC was initially only natively supported for the Ethereum blockchain (one of the most widely adopted blockchain-based applications), today USDC is natively supported for 19 blockchains, with more expected in the future. Today, there is intense competition in the industry to deliver blockchains that are attractive to application developers and end-users, with different projects competing for improved security, efficiency, privacy, and other advanced features. In order to ensure that USDC is as widely available as possible and can be used by application developers, we continue to bring our stablecoin smart contracts and protocols to more blockchain ecosystems.
138
Once available as a protocol on a blockchain network, USDC can then be used by developers to provide dollar storage and settlement features in the digital asset space. These public blockchain networks provide a foundation for issuing digital assets, managing data, processing transactions, and performing computation. Just as large internet companies depend on many underlying open internet protocols and networks, so too do we depend on multiple open protocols and networksin this case, networks built using advanced cryptography to maintain tamper-resistant data, transactions, and computing resources, all crucial building blocks for building financial and commercial applications.
Across the Circle stablecoin network, we aim to enable simpler, safer, and easier to use applications. Because our stablecoin infrastructure exists entirely as public protocols and public infrastructure itself, it can be used by all users of the internet and does not require a user to interact with us directly. The more broadly this infrastructure is used and supported, the greater the quality and reach of the Circle stablecoin network.
To this end, we build, deliver, and operate a range of blockchain-specific software infrastructure. This blockchain infrastructure is intended to abstract away certain complexities associated with using blockchain networks, and to simplify the usage of Circle stablecoins, all while increasing convenience and safety. Said differently, this infrastructure is important to enhancing the utility of Circle stablecoins on the internet, and therefore we work within the broader developer and blockchain ecosystem to adopt this technology rather than directly offering these as commercial products. Our blockchain infrastructure includes open-source software, deployed smart contract protocols, and related network services that help make using Circle stablecoins safe, efficient, and reliable.
The Circle stablecoin ecosystem
We are a platform, network, and market infrastructure for stablecoin and blockchain applications. Today, USDC and the Circle stablecoin network play a crucial role in the emerging internet financial system. By offering Circle stablecoins on open blockchain networks and protocols, we have been able to build and become part of a broad global ecosystem of companies, products, and technologies that make up the new internet financial system.
The value of the Circle stablecoin network grows as more companies and services connect into our network and infrastructure, growing the reach and utility of our network. To understand the scale and scope of our value, it is important to also understand the broader Circle stablecoin ecosystem. Altogether, thousands of companies are part of the Circle stablecoin ecosystem, providing products and technologies that integrate with the Circle stablecoin network in various ways.
| Wallets and consumer apps. A primary way that end-users interact with USDC and the Circle stablecoin network is through consumer applications and digital wallets. Collectively, these consumer applications reach hundreds of millions of end-users, and provide a primary means to hold and use USDC. Examples include products from Coinbase, Robinhood, MetaMask, Mercado Libre, Nubank, Coins.ph, and GCash. |
| Digital Asset Exchanges. Hundreds of digital asset exchanges around the world support the trading and exchange of USDC for other digital assets and fiat currencies. USDC is one of the most actively traded digital assets in the world, and through these exchangeswhich range from large global exchanges such as Coinbase, Binance, Kraken, and OKX, to major regional and national exchangesUSDC is made available to hundreds of millions of retail and institutional end-users. |
| Traditional Exchanges. While nascent, Circle is exploring use cases for USDC in traditional exchange venues and clearing houses. In February 2025, we entered into a memorandum of understanding with ICE, where we agreed to explore (i) collaborating on certain market activities to promote Circle stablecoins, USYC, and |
139
related products within ICEs trading, clearing, and data ecosystem, (ii) integrating Circle stablecoins and USYC as collateral, settlement, and co-branded exchange traded products across ICEs capital and derivative markets, and (iii) developing co-branded trading and investment products. |
| Custodians. Most major corporate and institutional end-users of stablecoins seek to store and custody their USDC with sophisticated digital asset custody providers, many of whom are regulated as digital asset custody firms under various state and national regulatory and supervisory arrangements around the world. Leading digital asset custodians including Anchorage Digital, BitGo, Coinbase, Fireblocks, and Copper provide robust support for USDC and the Circle stablecoin network infrastructure. |
| Blockchain networks. Core blockchain network infrastructure is crucial for operating the Circle stablecoin network, and through native support for 19 blockchains, we enable developers and customers to integrate and use USDC within a wide array of wallets and products that are built on these blockchain networks. Blockchains with native support for USDC include Algorand, Aptos, Arbitrum, Avalanche, Base, Celo, Ethereum, Hedera, Linea, NEAR, Noble, OP Mainnet, Polkadot, Polygon PoS, Solana, Stellar, Sui, Unichain, and ZKsync, with more expected in the future. |
| Blockchain protocols. Most blockchain networks support developing and deploying smart contracts that can act as onchain protocols. These protocols can offer a wide array of building blocks for financial and commercial applications, such as exchange, lending, invoice payments, micro-payments, treasury management, and more. Leading protocols that support USDC and the Circle stablecoin network include projects such as the Uniswap Protocol, Aave, OpenSea, and Safe. |
| Banks and neo-banks. Banks and neo-banks play an increasingly important role in the Circle stablecoin ecosystem, providing settlement and reserve infrastructure for Circle stablecoins. They are also important end-users of our stablecoin infrastructure. We are seeing growth in startup banks and neo-banks in many emerging markets focused on providing digital dollar payment and settlement services using USDC and the Circle stablecoin network. |
| Payments companies. Increasingly, leading payments companies are integrating the Circle stablecoin network into their offerings as a means of settlement (directly or indirectly) for their customers. As the global digital assets ecosystem grows, these companies are building products that are future proof and enabled for increasing integration with the financial system. This includes payment processors, credit card networks, and money remittance services. We are working with leading payments companies like Visa, Mastercard, Stripe, Worldpay, and MoneyGram to facilitate stablecoin settlement on the Circle stablecoin network. |
| Market makers and liquidity providers. Stablecoins such as USDC are made widely available through hundreds of retail and institutional platforms around the world. As a wholesale market infrastructure, we do not directly provide stablecoin liquidity to all of these venues and distribution channels; instead, we depend upon a global network of market makers and over-the-counter liquidity providers to supply USDC. These institutional trading firms play an important role in ensuring that USDC is widely accessible, including in dozens of international markets where they facilitate trading using local currencies and banking infrastructure. Leading global market makers and liquidity providers include Cumberland, Galaxy Digital, Wintermute Trading, and B2C2. For example, in December 2024, we entered into an agreement with Cumberland to expand liquidity and settlement capabilities in USYC and USDC over the course of a three-year term. |
We are continually exploring opportunities to expand our product offerings to complement and increase the usage and utility of Circle stablecoins and the Circle stablecoin ecosystem.
140
Circle Reserve Management
Sound reserve management (ensuring liquidity and preservation of reserve assets) is central to our operations.
The Circle stablecoin network benefits from the strength, operating resiliency, and risk management capabilities of the leading financial institutions that are part of our reserve management infrastructure. We hold reserves in a manner designed to ensure liquidity and preservation of reserve assets. See Reserve management standard for information regarding our standards for managing Circle stablecoin reserves. In compliance with applicable laws and regulatory guidance, we (i) limit Circle stablecoin reserves to highly liquid financial instruments, (ii) hold reserves in accounts that are titled FBO holders of USDC and EURC, respectively, and (iii) do not lend, borrow against, or encumber the reserves. See Regulatory policy landscapePrincipal U.S. federal and state regulatory regimesMoney transmitter and money services laws for a discussion of the regulations governing our U.S. state licenses.
As of December 31, 2024, we held approximately 85% of USDC reserves in the Circle Reserve Fund, a government money market fund pursuant to Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act managed by BlackRock, one of the worlds largest asset managers, and available only to us. The assets within the Circle Reserve Fund are held in the custody of BNY, one of the largest asset custodians in the world. See Managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsLiquidity and capital resourcesComposition of USDC reserves for additional information regarding the Circle Reserve Fund. The remaining portion of USDC reserves (typically 10-20%) are held as cash in accounts that are titled FBO holders of USDC, primarily with banks designated by the Financial Stability Board as GSIBs, which are subject to the highest capital and liquidity requirements and the greatest level of regulatory supervision in the world. A small fraction of USDC reserves is held as cash within several additional banks, which facilitate the flow of funds from reserves to Circle Mint customers. Currently, all EURC reserves are held only in cash.
Core to our reserve management infrastructure is reporting and independent assurance. Since the launch of USDC in September 2018 and EURC in June 2022, we have provided full transparency into assets comprising Circle stablecoin reserves, first on a monthly basis (on our website), then on a weekly basis (also on our website), and now, in the case of the Circle Reserve Fund, on a daily basis (on BlackRocks website). Furthermore, since USDCs launch, we have provided the public with independent, third-party monthly assurance over the value and composition of these assets from a leading public accounting firm (currently, a Big Four firm), whose reports are available for both USDC and EURC on our website.
Our Liquidity Services are integrated with the existing financial system
Additionally, core to Circle Liquidity Services is our integration with the existing financial system in order to provide robust primary liquidity (i.e., facilitating conversions between Circle stablecoins and fiat currency). We believe we have built a robust banking infrastructure, with onboarding at settlement banks that provide the primary market liquidity infrastructure to enable us to flow funds to and from Circle Mint customers to enable on- and off-ramping with Circle stablecoins. They provide multiple rails including 24/7/365 funds flow capabilities, wires, ACH, SEPA, and similar regional domestic bank transfer networks as well as providing redundancy across rails. We continue to expand the network of banks that provide primary Liquidity Services to the Circle stablecoin ecosystem.
Reserve management standard
Our reserve management standard complies with applicable regulatory requirements and supervisory guidance for stablecoin reserves. Under New York State Department of Financial Services (NYDFS) guidelines regarding the issuance of stablecoins by holders of a New York virtual currency license (a BitLicense), stablecoin
141
reserves must be limited to specified assets, which include U.S. Treasury bills with maturities of three months or less, reverse repurchase agreements fully collateralized by U.S. Treasury obligations, government money market funds, deposit accounts at U.S. state or federally chartered depository institutions and other assets acceptable to NYDFS. Under MiCAR, as an issuer of e-money tokens, among other things, we must keep at least 30% of the reserves backing stablecoins issued by Circle Internet Financial Europe SAS in separate accounts in credit institutions and the remaining portions must only be invested in highly liquid financial instruments with minimal market risk, credit risk, and concentration risk such as cash, assets representing claims on or guaranteed by central banks, central or regional governments, local authorities or public sector entities of the United States or an EU member state, assets issued by eligible credit institutions, and exposures in the form of extremely high quality covered bonds that comply with MiCARs size, transparency, and liquidity requirements. See Regulatory policy landscape for a discussion of the NYDFS guidelines and MiCAR requirements.
In compliance with these regulatory requirements and supervisory guidance, our reserve management standard limits the types of assets that may be included in USDC reserves to (i) U.S. Treasury securities (i.e., U.S. Treasury bills, U.S. Treasury notes, U.S. bonds) with remaining maturities of three months or less, (ii) cash deposits at global banks, (iii) tri-party reverse repurchase agreements on an overnight basis fully collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities, in which the collateral is market-priced greater than the allocated cash amount at the time of purchase and custodied with a third-party custodian with a minimum credit rating of A, A2, or equivalent as determined by rating agencies, (iv) government money market funds, and (v) other financial instruments including digital tokenized products, where the underlying asset composition of such financial instruments is limited solely to eligible assets set forth in the preceding (i) through (iv). In addition, our reserve management standard limits the types of assets that may be included in EURC reserves to (i) cash deposits at global banks, (ii) tri-party reverse repurchase agreements on an overnight basis, over-collateralized by eligible assets that constitute reserve assets under MiCAR, with appropriate margins determined based on then-current market conditions and volatility of the specific eligible assets used as collateral, (iii) euro-denominated sovereign debt securities, (iv) qualifying government bond Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities funds, and (v) other financial instruments including digital tokenized products, where the underlying asset composition of such financial instruments is limited solely to eligible assets set forth in the preceding (i) through (iv).
We intend to continue to maintain a reserve management standard that is substantially consistent with our current standard subject to applicable law.
Our reserve management committee provides governance, oversight, and accountability around the management of Circle stablecoin reserves. The committee is chaired by our Chief Financial Officer, and members include senior level executives across Risk, Legal, Finance, Product, and Policy. Currently, the voting members of the committee are our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President and Chief Legal Officer, Vice President of Product, Chief Economist, and Head of Financial Risk. Committee members are designated by the committees charter based on the offices they hold in our company. Changes in membership require approval by the committee.
The committee sets the strategy for reserve management, approves guidelines and limits within which day-to-day reserve management should be conducted, and approves changes to the strategy, limits, and any exceptions or changes to our reserve management standard. In considering changes to our reserve management strategy, limits, and any exceptions or changes to our reserve management standard, the reserve management committee considers, among other factors, applicable regulatory requirements and supervisory guidance, the characteristics of reserve assets and their liquidity, the credit and risk profile of the issuers of reserve assets and our reserve management partners, and diversification and concentration of reserve assets. For example, we revised our reserve management standard in March 2024 to align more closely with NYDFS guidelines and in June 2024 in consideration of MiCAR requirements. The committee meets on at least a
142
quarterly basis and as frequently as additional meetings are necessary to carry out its duties and responsibilities and as business needs arise. Within the guidelines, targets, and limits set by our reserve management committee, our reserve management and strategy team, consisting of members from our Treasury group, manages the daily operations of Circle stablecoin reserves, with oversight by our Treasurer, including regular activities such as allocating reserve funds, partner relationship management, and creation of reporting and monitoring tools.
Our strengths
We are building what we believe will be the largest and most widely used stablecoin network in the world. The Circle stablecoin network boasts numerous strengths and advantages relative to traditional payments systems and networks and alternative stablecoin networks.
Core to the internet financial system
The Circle stablecoin network allows value to be transmitted at the speed and efficiency of the internet, enabling it to be far more flexible, frictionless, and widespread than traditional fiat networks. These features enable us to target large market opportunities across remittance, payments, digital asset markets, and capital markets more broadly. Additionally, Circle stablecoins are flexible and programmable, unlocking new and innovative applications made possible on the internet financial system. As more applications are created on the Circle stablecoin network, the network and underlying infrastructure underpinning the activities on the platform become increasingly robust, driving powerful network effects and growing usage exponentially.
Category-defining product infrastructure
We believe our USDC platform has a number of advantages over other digital asset protocols. USDC has a robust on- and off-ramp architecture, creating a substantial number of bridges between fiat and digital currencies. As a result, USDC has the ability to comprehensively serve end-user needs, particularly for use cases involving transacting in, or between, traditional fiat and digital currencies. In addition, USDC has the greatest interoperability across multiple public blockchains, and continues to expand its ability to operate on new chains. Currently, USDC is natively supported for, and natively flows across, 19 blockchains enabled by our blockchain infrastructure. Lastly, we greatly simplify the developer and end-user experience on these blockchains with Developer Services, including Circle Contracts, CCTP, Circle Paymaster, and Circle Wallets, along with features of Circle Wallets like Circle Gas Station, encouraging continued interaction and innovation in the Circle stablecoin ecosystem. We believe our ability to interoperate with, and be supported by, many of the most used blockchains will enable us to scale much more rapidly than our competitors and will drive increasing adoption of Circle stablecoins by enabling access and utilization by different user bases who may operate on different blockchains.
Robust partnership ecosystem
We support the stability and growth of the Circle stablecoin network by developing partnerships with industry leaders across financial services and technology sectors. For example, USDC reserves are held in accounts with regulated financial institutions, including BlackRock and BNY, that are titled FBO holders of USDC. Strategic partnerships such as the ones with Grab and Mercado Libre help deepen the distribution and liquidity of USDC in key markets. They also help to grow global USDC adoption more broadly. We believe our combination of industry leadership and regulation-first approach uniquely positions us as the partner of choice for companies looking to explore and innovate with digital assets and blockchain networks. In addition, we and Coinbase established a stablecoin ecosystem framework under which we provide incentives to distribution partners to
143
increase the circulation of Circle stablecoins. Binance is the first approved participant under this framework that agrees to undertake marketing activities to promote USDC on its platform. We also entered into a separate arrangement with Binance pursuant to which Binance agrees to maintain a portion of its treasury in USDC. See BusinessCollaboration with Coinbase and BusinessSelect Distribution PartnershipsArrangements with Binance for more information on our arrangements with Coinbase and Binance.
Developer-oriented platform
As an open platform built on blockchain networks, we enable developers around the world to build on our infrastructure and drive innovation in financial services and commerce. Our extensible and secure network, powered by open APIs, allows developers to independently build applications that can seamlessly interact with Circle stablecoins and wallets. As of December 31, 2024, we had more than half a million Circle Wallets on our platform, enabling the development of a wide range of applications across gaming, payments, and commerce. We also foster the developer ecosystem, with programs such as the Circle Ecosystem Grant and Circle Ventures, which provide financing and technical resources to promote developer activity.
Safety and regulatory leadership
Fundamental to our business model is our focus on working with regulators around the world to develop and implement frameworks that will make working with and using stablecoins a safe and secure endeavor. We believe that end-user safety and the soundness of the Circle stablecoin network are critical to our success and provide a competitive advantage within the stablecoin and broader digital assets ecosystems. Circle stablecoins are regulated as a form of stored value under laws governing money transmission in the United States and many other countries. Circle stablecoin reserves are also regulated. We limit Circle stablecoin reserves to highly liquid financial instruments. See Reserve management standard. Reserve assets are primarily held in custody at BNY. Lastly, we have robust operational risk processes and controls, including comprehensive KYC and AML programs. As a result of our proven track record and our ongoing leadership in driving regulatory frameworks related to stablecoins, we believe we are best positioned to be the digital currency platform of choice for individuals, enterprises, and developers alike.
Transparency and trust
We believe transparency into the Circle stablecoin network is both necessary and foundational to mass adoption of our platform. We operate a highly transparent, consistently marked-to-market business for the benefit of our customers, end-users, and the industry as a whole. Our attestation reports, currently attested to by a Big Four accounting firm, are published publicly on a monthly basis and have been since 2018. The attestations independently assert that the fair value of the assets we hold in reserve are greater than or equal to the amount of USDC in circulation. In accordance with NYDFS guidance, each attestation includes two report dates, including as of the last business day of each month. The attestations provide detail of the reserves, including the amount of cash held at banks as well as the CUSIP, maturity date, and fair value of every Treasury obligation held in the Circle Reserve Fund, the fair value of the U.S. Treasury reverse repurchase agreements held in the Circle Reserve Fund, and the amount of cash held in the Circle Reserve Fund. Additionally, we publish the amount of Circle stablecoins held in circulation, our balance of reserves, the composition of the entire reserve base, and minting and redemption statistics on a weekly basis, and the balances in the Circle Reserve Fund are disclosed daily. We believe our focus on transparency is a key differentiator that will enable us to build the most trusted stablecoin network in the world.
The aggregate effect of these strengths solidifies our position as a market-leading brand in the digital asset and broader FinTech industries and provides us with a strong competitive moat relative to our competitors.
144
Our growth strategy
Our strategy is to build the largest and most widely used stablecoin network. Utility and value on our network are created by every individual end-user, and by every business and developer building new and innovative products and services for the benefits of their customers, who then in turn can become additional end-users of our network. This creates network effects, whereby growth in end-users, products, and services creates exponential growth in utility and value. Moreover, developers, businesses, and institutions building upon our network do not necessarily need to have direct customer relationships with us, yet their activities still contribute to the growth in utility and value of the network by adding their own users, products, and services.
We aspire for every individual worldwide with a connected device to be able to easily access and use the Circle stablecoin network, with seamless end-user experiences, through many applications providing valuable products and services, including applications they likely already use frequently today. Growth in the use of USDC across a growing number of products and services is core to the growth of the Circle stablecoin network.
Our growth strategy to achieve this goal includes the following elements:
| Partner with leading at-scale consumer-facing businesses and applications to bring the Circle stablecoin network to their users. We do not directly face individuals (other than by redeeming USDC and EURC in our role as the redeemer of last resort). To achieve widespread distribution and grow the utility of the Circle stablecoin network, we partner with a growing number of leading at-scale consumer-facing businesses and applications, bringing Web3 capabilities such as Circle stablecoins and related products and services to their users, and hence growing the reach (potential end-users) and actual end-users, utility, and value of our network. Examples include digital asset exchanges and marketplaces (e.g., Coinbase, Binance, OKX), neo-banks, brokerages (e.g., Robinhood), and payments providers (e.g., Block), remittance providers (e.g., MoneyGram), superapps (e.g., Grab), and commerce companies (e.g., Mercado Libre). We manage such partnerships through the Circle Alliance Program, our global partnership and alliance program, as well as worldwide industry and event sponsorships. The Circle Alliance Program was established based on our recognition that we do not have sufficient resources to partner directly with all (or even a majority) of the companies that are interested in using or offering Circle stablecoins and related products and services. Through the Circle Alliance Program, we manage and seek to expand our partnerships (see Our platform, products, and ecosystemThe Circle stablecoin ecosystem for examples of the partners and parties in the Circle stablecoin ecosystem) and intend to allow smaller companies to co-market and co-brand with us. |
| Broaden and deepen our banking infrastructure globally, so that network participants can mint and redeem Circle stablecoins with maximum speed and efficiency. Certain end-users of Circle stablecoins need to rapidly move between stablecoins and fiat currency. To enable this seamless primary liquidity, a well-run stablecoin network needs deep integration with the fiat banking system. We are building banking infrastructure globally to bring primary stablecoin liquidity to Circle Mint customers in major financial market centers, so that they are able to mint and redeem Circle stablecoins using local faster-payments networks to reduce settlement times. Today the Circle stablecoin ecosystem includes banks in the United States, Singapore, and Europe, and we are exploring opportunities to add banks in additional markets in Asia, Latin America, and the Middle East. |
| Develop products to abstract away the complexities of blockchain technology to make it easier for developers, businesses, and end-users to build and use onchain apps and to use the Circle stablecoin network. Certain aspects of blockchain technology are novel and today require complex workflows that create barriers to mainstream adoption. For example, different applications use different blockchains, many blockchains require payment of fees in native tokens to affect transactions, and many wallet applications require users to remember seed phrases and hexadecimal wallet addresses. Our blockchain infrastructure and Developer Services are designed to abstract away these complexities and simplify both the developer and end-user experiences. |
145
| Foster the Web3 ecosystem to catalyze innovation and develop new utility. The utility and value of the Circle stablecoin network will grow as developers and businesses develop new products and services that excite their (and our) end-users. We are in the earliest days of Web3 innovation, and it is likely that the most impactful of such products have yet to be invented. We play a role in nurturing and growing this ecosystem of developers. We build developer tools, run hackathons, offer developer grants, and have the capacity to invest in early-stage companies and projects through Circle Ventures. |
| Expand our licensure into major global markets. Many major markets are establishing clear regulatory regimes for payment stablecoins to be used or issued within those markets. Certain of these markets will require licenses in order to partner with local businesses or provide primary market liquidity. Today, we hold licenses covering stablecoin operations in the United States, Singapore, Bermuda, the United Kingdom, and the EEA. We are exploring opportunities to apply for and procure additional licenses that may allow us to mint Circle stablecoins and offer primary liquidity in those markets. |
| Nurture our brand and reputation. To attract end-users, developers, businesses, and institutions to the Circle stablecoin ecosystem, we must not only offer the utility and value of our network, but also ensure that our network sustains a very strong reputation. We have built our brand and reputation for a decade, in line with our values, taking a regulatory-first posture as befits a firm building the new internet financial system. We make substantial investments in policy advocacy, risk management, compliance, financial control, and transparency, so that we can build trust with leading businesses and institutions that are looking for a partner to build with and a stablecoin network to join, as well as regulatory bodies and policymakers. |
| Diversify our business and revenue in new ways. Reserve income currently provides the majority of our revenue. Moreover, our primary focus today is building the reach and utility, and hence the value, of the Circle stablecoin network. However, as our network grows, we expect to build new fee-based revenue streams. These may include fees that monetize the movement of money across our network (driven by the velocity of money) and include subscription fees for our various Developer Services. |
Competitive landscape
We operate in a large and evolving market. Although our competitive landscape can evolve given the category-defining nature of our platform, our main competition today primarily consists of private issuers of other stablecoins as well as technology startups providing tools and services to blockchain developers. We are also facing increasing competition from newly emerged yield-bearing digital assets, including TMMFs.
Within the competitive landscape for stablecoins, we compete primarily with two key competitor categories:
| Offshore, unregulated stablecoin issuers that operate without supervision or compliance with the requirements of being a federal- or state-licensed provider of money services; and |
| Other primarily U.S.-based regulated digital asset industry participants who are issuing U.S. dollar-based stablecoins. |
USDC is the second largest stablecoin and the largest regulated payment stablecoin as measured by the amount of stablecoins in circulation with a 24% share of the stablecoin market as of December 31, 2024, according to CoinMarketCap. Relative to certain other stablecoins, USDC is 100% backed by fiat-denominated reserves and has robust primary liquidity through a well-developed network of banks, representing what we view as the highest levels of transparency, safety, and operational resiliency in our industry.
The largest U.S. dollar-denominated stablecoin as measured by the amount of stablecoins in circulation is USDT (issued by Tether, an El Salvador-headquartered affiliate of China-based crypto exchange Bitfinex Ltd.),
146
according to CoinMarketCap. Other competitive stablecoins include white-labeled stablecoins issued and operated by Paxos, including PayPal USD, a stablecoin that is integrated into PayPal wallet products, which has experienced limited distribution and adoption to date, but remains a potentially significant competitor.
We also indirectly compete with other payment systems and innovations, including offerings being explored by national governments and central banks, where a number of developments are underway to improve upon legacy government payment systems infrastructure. For example, Real-Time Payments is a payment processing protocol which has been used by banks in the United States since 2017 to send money electronically among each other, and the more recent FedNow program is a real-time payment and settlement service for individuals and businesses provided by the Federal Reserve. However, these initiatives are merely enhancements to traditional banking and payment constructs, are often focused on specific regions, and do not directly compete against stablecoin networks and open, blockchain-based financial infrastructure.
Additionally, some major financial institutions such as J.P. Morgan are expanding their use of blockchain technology for digital asset applications and private stablecoin issuance. As other major financial institutions explore new alternative payment systems, we believe these institutions have the potential to be some of the biggest clients of blockchain financial services, and by extension Circle. Some have integrated blockchain technologies to offer faster cross-border payments and reduced settlement times, while other banks have explored issuing stablecoins. Our focus on building stablecoin networks on public internet infrastructure and open blockchain networks differentiates us from these closed-network projects, allowing for greater reach, interoperability, and ongoing developer-led innovation of the Circle stablecoin network.
Further, some countries and central banks are also exploring initiatives to create CBDCs. A CBDC is a digital form of a countrys fiat currency that is issued, regulated, and backed by its central bank. For example, China and Sweden have formally launched live pilot CBDC programs while others such as the United Kingdom have announced preliminary initiatives to explore the benefits of CBDCs.
We are witnessing a rapidly growing trend in asset tokenization. The ability to convert real-world assets into digital assets on a blockchain has presented new challenges for competition beyond the scope of stablecoins. For example, major asset management firms such as BlackRock and WisdomTree are launching their own TMMFs for a range of financial services use cases. Traders are becoming more receptive to this move, as it allows them to earn yield while using these tokens as collateral.
As a result of our developer-oriented platform and network infrastructure, we may in the future compete and/or partner with more traditional financial and technology firms. Evident by our growing partnerships with companies such as Visa, Stripe, MoneyGram, and Grab, we envision a complex ecosystem that will accommodate multiple segments of players, including companies aiming to integrate stablecoins and blockchain networks into their products.
Collaboration with Coinbase
In 2018, we established the Centre Consortium as a joint venture with Coinbase to provide independent governance over various aspects of USDC (such as reserve backing) and to own various elements of stablecoin-related intellectual property with the goal of having multiple parties issue USDC and other stablecoins. The Centre Consortium was owned 50% by us and 50% by Coinbase and was managed by a board of managers composed of three individuals, each holding one vote with respect to matters to be decided by the board of managers: one manager designated by us, one manager designated by Coinbase, and one independent manager mutually agreed to between us and Coinbase. The board of managers had broad authority in managing the Centre Consortiums business and the governing framework for stablecoins under the consortium. Certain matters at the Centre Consortium were reserved for unanimous member approval, including the eligibility
147
criteria to become a member or participant of the consortium and the approval of the network rules that govern the stablecoins under the consortium. Around that time, in order to incentivize Coinbase to distribute USDC, we entered into an agreement with Coinbase related to the distribution of USDC. Pursuant to the agreement, we shared any revenue generated from USDC reserves pro rata based on the amount of USDC distributed by each respective party and the amount of USDC held on each respective partys platform in relation to the total amount of USDC in circulation. Coinbase did not have any specific obligations to distribute or otherwise transact upon USDC once issued by us. However, the foregoing payment structure provided incentives for Coinbase to distribute USDC, thereby growing the usage of USDC and increasing USDC liquidity.
In August 2023, we restructured our relationship with Coinbase through a Collaboration Agreement that we believe will incentivize both parties to continue to work together to grow the Circle stablecoin network and that provides Circle with sole governance over the Circle stablecoin network. This agreement also afforded Coinbase a minority equity stake in Circle. We believe that our strong alliance with the leading U.S. digital asset exchange will enable us to continue to grow USDC and the Circle stablecoin network. We also entered an intellectual property license agreement (the License Agreement) with Coinbase, under which we granted to Coinbase a worldwide, non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-sublicensable (other than to certain software and service providers), royalty-free right to use certain trademarks (the Licensed Marks) related to current and potential future Circle stablecoins, including USDC and EURC, in connection with the advertising, promotion, marketing, commercialization, sale, distribution, provision, and receipt of such stablecoins. The term of the License Agreement is perpetual but the agreement may be terminated under certain circumstances.
Under the Collaboration Agreement, Coinbase is expected to allow its customers to buy and sell USDC on its platform in exchange for fiat (the reseller threshold), support USDC for use by its customers on a number of blockchains, protocols, products or services (the product threshold), and actively contribute to public policy and regulatory activities encouraging mainstream adoption of USDC. The payment structure of the Collaboration Agreement incentivizes Coinbase to grow the usage of USDC and increase USDC liquidity.
The Collaboration Agreement has an initial three-year term. We and Coinbase may agree to renew the Collaboration Agreement for additional periods. Prior to the lapse of the term, we and Coinbase will discuss in good faith whether any modifications to the Collaboration Agreement are warranted. If we and Coinbase cannot agree on such modifications, so long as we and Coinbase have met our ongoing obligations under the Collaboration Agreement, the Collaboration Agreement will renew for an additional three-year term. If we fail to meet our ongoing obligations under the Collaboration Agreement, upon expiration of the then-current term, Coinbase may elect to terminate the Collaboration Agreement in its sole discretion. If Coinbase fails to meet the product threshold or the reseller threshold with respect to USDC or any other stablecoin under the Collaboration Agreement, and in each case, fails to cure as provided for under the Collaboration Agreement and we and Coinbase do not reach mutual agreement with respect to renewal of the Collaboration Agreement, we may elect to exclude the party product economics or the ecosystem economics (each as defined below), respectively, for the applicable stablecoin from the monthly payment owed to Coinbase in accordance with the terms set forth in the Collaboration Agreement. The Collaboration Agreement provides that for USDC and any other stablecoin using the Licensed Marks, we make payments to Coinbase for its role in the distribution of USDC and growth in the USDC ecosystem. These payments are determined based on the daily income generated from the reserves backing such stablecoin, less the management fees charged by non-affiliated third parties for managing such reserves (such as asset management and custody fees) and certain other expenses, which is referred to as the payment base. From this payment base, (i) we retain a portion ranging from an annualized low-double-digit basis point to high tenth of a basis point based on the amount of USDC in circulation on such day, in consideration of our role as stablecoin issuer and which is designed to reimburse us for indirect costs of issuing stablecoins and the management of the associated reserves, such as maintaining our accounting, treasury, regulatory, and compliance functions (the issuer retention), (ii) we and Coinbase each receive an
148
amount equal to the payment base multiplied by the percentage of such stablecoin that is held in the applicable partys custodial products or managed wallet services at the end of such day (the party product economics), and (iii) after deducting amounts payable to other approved participants in the USDC ecosystem, Coinbase receives 50% of the remaining payment base (the ecosystem economics). In our consolidated financial statements, the payments made to Coinbase under the Collaboration Agreement are recorded as distribution costs with respect to the applicable stablecoin. In addition, the Collaboration Agreement permits either party (and in Coinbases case, subject to our right of first refusal) to launch new stablecoins using the Licensed Marks that do not already correspond to an existing stablecoin. Any new stablecoins would be subject to the same economic arrangements as USDC.
If we (i) determine in good faith that payments to Coinbase for a given stablecoin under the Collaboration Agreement would violate an applicable law or order issued by a government agency or court, or (ii) an order from a court of competent jurisdiction prohibits us from continuing to satisfy our payment obligations to Coinbase under the Collaboration Agreement with respect to a given stablecoin, in either case, the parties will first try to amend the Collaboration Agreement or restructure their operations within a certain period of time (the restructuring period) to avoid such violation. If the amendment or restructuring proves ineffective or we do not resume payment to Coinbase with respect to such stablecoin under the Collaboration Agreement following the restructuring period, upon Coinbases written request, the Licensed Marks with respect to the relevant stablecoin would flip, in which case we would assign such Licensed Marks to Coinbase, the License Agreement would terminate with respect to such Licensed Marks, and the parties would enter into a new license agreement for such Licensed Marks. Coinbase would in turn grant us a worldwide, non-exclusive, non-transferable, and largely non-sublicensable right to use these flipped trademarks in connection with the advertising, promotion, marketing, commercialization, issuance, sale, distribution, development, provision, and receipt of such stablecoin. In addition, if such a flipped trademark situation were to occur with respect to USDC, under certain circumstances, we would be prohibited from issuing other U.S. dollar-denominated stablecoins. See Risk factorsRisks related to intellectual propertyOur Collaboration Agreement with Coinbase could cause us to lose ownership or use of our trademarks upon the occurrence of certain events.
We and Coinbase may, from time to time, enter into arrangements with third parties approved by both us and Coinbase (such third parties, approved participants) that provide incentives to such approved participants to increase the circulation of stablecoins subject to the Collaboration Agreement. In anticipation of such arrangements, in November 2024, we and Coinbase entered into a supplement to the Collaboration Agreement (the Stablecoin Ecosystem Agreement), pursuant to which we and Coinbase agreed that, prior to a third party becoming an approved participant under the Stablecoin Ecosystem Agreement, we and Coinbase will agree on (i) the portion of the residual payment base that such third party will be eligible to receive upon becoming an approved participant and (ii) the undertakings to be required of such third party upon becoming an approved participant as a condition to receiving such portion of the residual payment base. Amounts payable to approved participants are deducted from the residual payment base prior to allocating the remaining residual payment base between us and Coinbase.
Select Distribution Partnerships
Arrangements with Binance
Binance is the first approved participant under the Stablecoin Ecosystem Agreement. In November 2024, we entered into arrangements with Binance (i) for Binance to undertake certain marketing activities to promote USDC on its platform as an approved participant under the Stablecoin Ecosystem Agreement and (ii) for Binance to maintain a portion of its treasury in USDC. We paid Binance an aggregate upfront, one-time fee of $60.25 million and agreed to pay Binance a monthly incentive fee representing a percentage of the amount of USDC held on its platform and in its treasury, which percentage ranges from an annualized mid-double-digit to high double-digit percentage of a fixed
149
rate, reset quarterly based on a discount to the three-month SOFR, based on balances held. With respect to the treasury arrangement, such incentive fees are payable only if Binance continues to hold at least 1.5 billion of USDC in treasury, and Binance agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to keep 3 billion of USDC in its treasury. The marketing arrangement has a two-year term, although if it is terminated for convenience prior to the term, there is a one-year tail during which payments and promotional obligations continue, although at reduced rates. The treasury arrangement has a two-year term. We and Binance may unilaterally terminate the arrangements prior to the expiration of their terms upon the occurrence of certain specified events.
Partnership with BlackRock
In April 2022, we entered into a memorandum of understanding with BlackRock (as amended and restated, the MOU). In the MOU, the parties expressed their intention to collaborate in a number of areas relating to stablecoins, including exploring, over the three-year term of the MOU, capital market applications for USDC. In addition, we appointed BlackRock as the exclusive manager of USDC reserves during the term of the MOU, other than up to 20% of USDC cash reserves that we may keep in bank deposits. We granted BlackRock a right of first refusal to be the preferred asset manager for similar arrangements for cash reserves of other stablecoins that we may issue, and we granted BlackRock the right to notice of certain material capital and strategic transactions we may undertake. Further, subject to BlackRocks internal approvals and SEC registration, BlackRock anticipated launching an SEC-registered money market fund that is specific to us and which would invest in high-quality assets in compliance with government money market fund requirements pursuant to Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; we anticipated subscribing to the fund after its registration with the SEC. Pursuant to this plan, BlackRock launched the Circle Reserve Fund in 2023, but such Reserve Fund is not governed by the terms of the MOU and is therefore not impacted by it. See Managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsLiquidity and capital resourcesComposition of USDC reserves for additional information regarding the Circle Reserve Fund. In connection with the activities contemplated by the MOU, in September 2023, we and BlackRock entered into a license agreement that granted each party a revocable non-exclusive license to use the other partys specified trademarks for permitted purposes.
Prior to the expiration of the MOU, we entered into a new memorandum of understanding with BlackRock in March 2025 (as amended and restated, the New MOU), which substantially replaces the MOU. Under the terms of the New MOU, we agreed to treat BlackRock as our preferred partner for managing stablecoin reserves and agreed to prioritize, where possible, holding our reserves for the issuance of Circle stablecoins and other products with BlackRock. In particular, we committed to maintaining at least 90% of our U.S.-managed fiat reserves for USDC (excluding bank deposits) with BlackRock managed products, unless legal, regulatory, or operational requirements mandate otherwise. Furthermore, BlackRock agreed to prioritize and prefer USDC and all Circle stablecoins for all U.S. dollar payment stablecoin-related use cases and committed not to develop and launch a competitive payment stablecoin, provided that we continue to fulfill our payment obligations for reserve management. The New MOU remains in effect for a four-year term.
Our unique culture
Our mission and values form the core of our workplace culture and serve as a North Star that continuously motivates and inspires our global team.
Our mission to raise global economic prosperity through the frictionless exchange of value is driven by a dedicated, global employee base of more than 900 highly talented professionals from across industries, many of whom are at the top of their field. Our mission is deeply resonant with all Circle employees, who envision a better, more inclusive global economic future.
150
This mission has also led us to join Pledge 1% and have reserved 2,682,392 shares of our Class A common stock to drive the impact of our Circle Foundation, which represented 1% of our outstanding capital stock at the date it was approved by our board of directors.
Our values guide both what we deliver and, importantly, how we deliver it. We are:
| High integrity. We seek open and honest communication and hold ourselves to very high moral and ethical standards. Our customers and partners implicitly experience us as high integrity, and our customer-centric choices demonstrate this to them again and again. |
| Future Forward. We embrace a transformative vision for the future, and this future forward energy is core to how we operate. Adaptive, agile and constantly looking around corners, we thrive on complexity and uncertainty, and constantly drive change through technology and its transformative potential. We question old practices and processes, always knowing that we can improve ourselves for the betterment of our customers and fulfilling our founding vision. |
| Multi-stakeholder. We organize, incentivize, and measure ourselves against meeting the needs of all of our stakeholdersour customers, our shareholders, our employees and families, our local communities, and our world. |
| Mindful. We seek to be present and aware, to be respectful, active listeners (with each other and with our customers alike), and to pay attention to detail. We do not rush to judgment, and when we are swept up by strong emotions we patiently observe and acknowledge them before reacting. Our mindfulness leads to better understanding, and more respectful, careful, and deliberate choices. |
| Driven by excellence. We are driven by our mission and our passion for customer success. Being driven also means that we relentlessly pursue excellence, that we do not tolerate mediocrity, that we reward based on merit, and that we work intensely to achieve our goals. We are a team that seeks to bring everyone along in our collective achievement. |
Our culture differentiates us. These values, and the competencies they embody, are pervasive in how we work, including how we assess performance and give each other feedback, how we show up to our customers and stakeholders in our industry, how we reward employees and celebrate success, and how we mold our current and future leaders.
Our flexible approach to where employees work helps us to recruit and retain the brightest, most dynamic talent worldwide. We take pride in fostering a culture that integrates experts from diverse backgrounds ranging from technology, to finance and treasury operations, to global regulatory policy and compliance, and everywhere in between.
We support our employees with the ability to use workspaces designed for intermittent and flexible work. Over the long term, we believe that physical spaces are important for employees to connect and collaborate with each other. We envision a future of work where those spaces will be optimized for gathering together, learning collaboratively, and engaging with our communities, customers, and partners.
We have been consistently recognized with Top Workplace and Great Place to Work distinctionshonors that are voted on by employees. We have nine thriving employee-led Employee Resource Groupsdedicated to fostering inclusivity and belonging. In 2023, 94% of our employees said that when you join the company, you are made to feel welcome.
Our employee relations are strong, and no employees are represented by a labor union. We continue to strategically hire in key functions and markets to support our growth and global expansion.
151
Regulatory policy landscape
Despite their relatively recent emergence, digital assets generallyand stablecoins in particularare currently subject to extensive and complex regulatory regimes globally. These regimes include those related to financial services and banking, electronic payments, money transmission and payment services, virtual currencies, market conduct, and unclaimed property. Through many of these regimes, we are subject to increasingly strict legal and regulatory requirements relating to the detection and prevention of money laundering, countering the financing of terrorism, and the prevention of fraud and other illicit activity. In addition, regulations pertaining to competition, economic and trade sanctions, privacy, cybersecurity, information security, and data protection are also applicable to our business. While many of these regulatory regimes were designed to regulate traditional financial activities and were established before the advent of digital assets and stablecoins, governments and regulatory authorities are increasingly proposing and adopting additional regulatory regimes or changes to existing regulatory regimes tailored to digital assets. The result is a rapidly and frequently evolving and expanding set of regulations that apply to our business.
Our regulation-first philosophy
At Circle, we have adopted a regulation-first philosophy that underlies our operations and led us to build a robust compliance infrastructure. We are subject to substantial regulation, particularly when compared to other firms in the blockchain technology and digital assets sector. Our compliance program focuses on a wide range of laws and regulations enacted by U.S. federal, state, and local governments, foreign governments, and supra-national regulatory authorities. We are proud to be among the most regulatory-compliant companies in the digital assets industry.
Looking toward the future, we are also at the forefront of advocacy for sound financial regulation. We have proactively and collaboratively worked with U.S. governmental authorities and regulators, including the Federal Reserve, the Treasury Department (including its relevant bureaus and agencies such as the OCC, FinCEN, and OFAC), the CFTC, and the SEC. We routinely engage with U.S. federal, state, and international policymakers and relevant supra-national bodies in proposals for the comprehensive regulation of stablecoins and other aspects of the digital assets ecosystem. In the future, as various jurisdictions increasingly recognize the value of stablecoins, we envision many of these regulatory regimes will be revised to impose more tailored, fit-for-purpose requirements on stablecoin issuers that align with the unique benefits and risks that such digital assets pose. Indeed, Circle already voluntarily imposes on itself and satisfies many of the requirements contemplated by pending draft legislation and proposed regulation. We therefore believe that Circle is well positioned to benefit from greater regulatory clarity in the United States and beyond.
Principal U.S. federal and state regulatory regimes
Money transmitter and money services laws
We are subject to licensing and registration requirements in relation to our money transmission and stored value issuance activities (including the transmission of monetary value in the form of digital assets) on a state-by-state and federal basis in the United States. At the state level, we hold, through our subsidiary Circle Internet Financial, LLC, MTLs or their equivalent in 46 states, as well as in the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, where such licenses are required. Our activities in California, Wyoming, and Hawaii currently do not require MTLs, and Montana does not license money transmitters. MTLs generally permit Circle Internet Financial, LLC to issue payments instruments and means of stored value. At the federal level, Circle Internet Financial, LLC is also registered as a Money Services Business with FinCEN, which is required for engaging as a business in money transmission services. These licenses and registrations subject us to, among other things,
152
recordkeeping and reporting requirements; capital and bonding requirements; obligations to develop, implement, and maintain risk-based AML and CFT programs; customer due diligence requirements; limitations on the investment of customer funds, including strict fiduciary obligations and limits investments of reserves to specific categories of investments; and examination by state and federal regulatory agencies. Under the regulations governing our MTLs, we must hold assets that underly our outstanding money transmission obligations (i.e., reserve assets that underly Circle stablecoins), for the benefit of holders of Circle stablecoins and are prohibited from lending, pledging, rehypothecating, or otherwise encumbering reserve assets. In addition, under the regulations governing our MTLs, except in limited circumstances, such as when prohibited by law or court order or instances where fraud is suspected, we are required to honor outstanding stored value and payment instrument obligations (i.e., Circle stablecoins) of customers (i.e., we are required to honor redemptions by Circle Mint customers) even if reserve assets and the proceeds from reserve assets are insufficient to do so. In such situations, we must use our corporate funds and resources to satisfy any shortfall.
In addition, Circle Internet Financial, LLC was the first company approved for a BitLicense by the NYDFS, which is required for any person that engages in virtual currency business activity in New York or with New York customers. The BitLicense enables Circle Internet Financial, LLC to engage in virtual currency exchanging and trading services, electronic money transmitting with virtual currencies, issuing prepaid access/stored value with virtual currencies, and selling prepaid access/stored value with virtual currencies. Circle Internet Financial, LLC also holds a Virtual Currency License from the Louisiana Office of Financial Institutions, which, like the BitLicense issued by the NYDFS, is required for any person that engages in virtual currency business activity in Louisiana or with Louisiana customers. These licenses impose additional requirements on how we maintain the Circle stablecoin reserves. For example, regulations governing the BitLicense and related NYDFS guidance requires, among other things, that (i) stablecoins must be fully backed by reserve assets, (ii) reserves must be available for timely redemptions, (iii) reserves must be segregated from the proprietary assets of the issuer and held in custody for the benefit of holders of Circle stablecoins with U.S. state or federally chartered depository institutions with deposits insured by the FDIC and/or asset custodians approved in advance by the NYDFS, (iv) reserves must be limited to specified assets such as U.S. Treasury bills with maturities of three months or less, reverse repurchase agreements fully collateralized by U.S. Treasury obligations, government money market funds, and deposit accounts at U.S. state or federally chartered depository institutions, and (v) reserves must be attested to monthly and annually by a certified public accountant. In addition, regulations governing the BitLicense as well as regulations governing our Virtual Currency License prohibit us from lending, pledging, rehypothecating, or otherwise encumbering reserve assets. Other jurisdictions are expected to require similar licenses. For example, Californias Digital Financial Assets law will require persons engaging in digital asset business activities to obtain a license from the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation when the law comes into effect on July 1, 2025.
While our MTLs and money services business registration status subject us to regulations that govern material aspects of our businessfor example, how we commercialize Circle stablecoins, onboard customers, and maintain adequate reserves to fully back Circle stablecoinssuch regulation is not equivalent to the type of prudential regulation and supervision that applies to regulated banks, such as under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, National Bank Act, Bank Holding Company Act, and the Federal Reserve Act, which include prudential supervision by regulators, minimum capital requirements, and specified prohibited activities.
Commodities and securities laws
The CFTC has stated in guidance and before Congress, and federal case law relating to CFTC enforcement actions have supported, that at least some digital assets, including Bitcoin, Ether, and certain stablecoins, fall within the definition of a commodity under the Commodity Exchange Act (the CEA) and the regulations of
153
the CFTC thereunder. In particular, on October 12, 2023, the CFTC expressly stated in a complaint against a third party that USDC is a commodity as defined in the CEA and indicated that futures, options, and swap contracts relating to USDC are squarely within the CFTCs jurisdiction. The CFTC has regulatory and supervisory authority with respect to so-called commodity interest transactionsnamely, futures, options, swaps, other derivative products, and certain retail leveraged commodity transactionsinvolving digital assets that are non-security commodities, including the markets on which these products trade. In addition, the CFTC retains enforcement authority to police against fraud and manipulation in spot (i.e., cash) non-security commodity markets, including spot markets for digital asset commodities such as USDC.
Given our novel business model and uncertainty regarding application of some of the laws and regulations to which we may be subject, we may become subject to regulatory scrutiny or legal challenge with respect to our compliance with these requirements.
Circles long-standing view is that payment stablecoinssuch as USDC and EURCare not securities as defined in the U.S. federal securities laws, including the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Our view is supported by a recent federal court finding in Binance v. the SEC where the court found implausible the SECs allegation that Binances promises to develop the BUSD ecosystem would lead purchasers to expect an increase in value when the alleged defining feature of the stablecoin was that its value would remain constant. The court further noted that it may be more difficult to make the Howey showing when stablecoins are involved. We acknowledge that while neither the SEC nor any other U.S. federal or state regulator has challenged our position that Circle stablecoins are not securities, and our position is consistent with the courts findings with respect to BUSD, no U.S. regulator has stated publicly whether it agrees with our assessment. Our conclusion, even if reasonable under the circumstances, would not preclude legal or regulatory action based on such a finding that USDC is a security. See Risk factorsRisks related to our business and industryAbsent federal regulations, there is a possibility that Circle stablecoins may be classified as securities. Any classification of Circle stablecoins as a security would subject us to additional regulation and could materially impact the operation of our business.
Evolving statutory and regulatory landscape in the United States
We are hopeful that a comprehensive U.S. federal-level regulatory framework for stablecoins will emerge in the near term. For example, the U.S. Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs recently held a mark-up of the Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for U.S. Stablecoins Act of 2025 (GENIUS Act of 2025), which would establish a comprehensive regulatory framework for payment stablecoins. Its key provisions include:
| defining requirements and privileges for entities legally permitted to issue payment stablecoins, restricting issuance into the United States to federally or state-approved issuers; |
| establishing a regulatory framework allowing both banks and approved nonbank entities to issue payment stablecoins under specific licensing requirements; |
| providing a dual regulatory pathway for issuers to be licensed at the state or federal level, with issuers exceeding $10 billion in outstanding issuance required to transition to federal oversight; |
| implementing strict reserve, disclosure, and redemption requirements, mandating 1:1 backing with high-quality liquid assets and requiring monthly public reporting of reserves; |
| requiring prudential regulation and supervision for federal qualified nonbank payment stablecoin issuers, under the oversight of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC); |
| directing federal prudential regulators to establish capital, liquidity, and risk management standards tailored to the risk profile of stablecoin issuers, ensuring financial stability and consumer protection; |
154
| granting state regulators primary supervision, examination, and enforcement authority over state-licensed stablecoin issuers, with the Federal Reserve Board retaining secondary enforcement authority in exigent circumstances; and |
| clarifying the treatment of payment stablecoins under federal securities laws, explicitly excluding them from the definition of securities under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and the 1940 Act. |
In the U.S. House of Representatives, the Stablecoin Transparency and Accountability for a Better Ledger Economy Act of 2025 (STABLE Act of 2025) was recently introduced, establishing a comprehensive regulatory framework for stablecoin issuers, including strict reserve requirements and federal oversight, to enhance consumer protection and financial stability.
The laws and regulations to which we are or may be subject are rapidly evolving and increasing in scope. For example, on January 21, 2025, the SEC launched a crypto task force dedicated to developing a comprehensive and clear regulatory framework for digital assets, and following the task force announcement, on January 23, 2025, President Trump signed an executive order establishing a new working group on digital asset markets. The group is tasked with recommending new regulatory and legislative proposals within 180 days of the date of the order, including proposing a federal regulatory framework governing the issuance and operation of digital assets, including stablecoins. Therefore, we monitor these areas closely and invest significant resources to ensure our business practices evolve to help us comply with the current laws, regulations, and legal standards to which we are subject, as well as to plan and prepare for changes in interpretations thereof, as well as additional laws, regulations, and legal standards that are introduced in the future.
Principal non-U.S. regulatory regimes
Outside of the United States, the activities of our foreign affiliates are, or may be, supervised by various financial regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which they operate and under which they are licensed to provide services. Similar to the United States, the laws and regulations applicable to virtual currency and other digital assets are evolving and subject to interpretation and change. We are constantly evaluating opportunities to expand into jurisdictions in which we currently do not operate and, should we expand into such additional jurisdictions, we may be subject to additional regulation and incur additional costs. As of the date of this prospectus, we believe the following non-U.S. jurisdictions are material to our business.
European Union
MiCAR generally regulates the operation of a trading platform for crypto-assets, any exchange of crypto-assets for fiat or crypto-assets, the custody and administration of crypto-assets, and any execution or the transmission of orders for crypto-assets on behalf of third parties.
MiCAR requires any company offering digital asset services in the European Union to be licensed by an EU member state and, among other things, establishes requirements related to governance, reserves, capital, asset safeguarding, segregation, and security. Under MiCAR, issuers of e-money tokens (such as USDC and EURC) must issue e-money tokens at par value upon receiving the equivalent funds. Holders of e-money tokens have a claim against the issuer of e-money tokens and, upon a redemption request by such holder, the issuer must redeem it at par value by paying in funds, other than electronic money, the monetary value of the e-money token. The issuer must offer holders a fee-free method to redeem e-money tokens. Issuers of e-money tokens cannot grant interest in relation to e-money tokens, including any remuneration or any other benefit related to the length of time during which a holder of an e-money token holds such e-money token. In addition, MiCAR requires at least 30% of the funds received to be deposited in separate accounts in credit institutions and the remaining funds received to be invested in highly liquid financial instruments with minimal market risk,
155
credit risk, and concentration risk and the investments to be capable of being liquidated rapidly with minimal adverse price effect. Furthermore, an issuer of e-money tokens must ensure that the reserve assets are not commingled at any time with the funds of any natural or legal person other than holders of such e-money tokens on whose behalf the reserve assets are held, and the reserve assets must be insulated against the claims of other creditors of the issuer, in particular in the event of insolvency.
We hold a Digital Asset Service Provider (DASP) registration and an E-Money Institution (EMI) license in France, subject to supervision by the Authorité des Marchés Financiers and the Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution, respectively. The DASP allows Circle Internet Financial Europe SAS, one of our subsidiaries, to custody, transmit, and exchange digital assets, and the EMI license allows Circle Internet Financial Europe SAS to issue USDC and EURC within the EEA subject to MiCARs regulatory obligations for stablecoins or e-money tokens.
United Kingdom
Circle UK Trading Limited holds an Electronic Money Issuer license with the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). Since 2020, the FCA has required all digital asset businesses to register with it. The Financial Services and Markets Act 2023 (FSMA) designates digital assets as regulated activity and implemented a mandate for the supervision of crypto promotions. His Majestys Treasury, the FCA, and the Bank of England have issued policy guidance with the aim of bringing stablecoins and other crypto assets into the regulatory perimeter. Following a period of consultations with industry, this guidance is expected to come into force in 2025.
Singapore
Circle Internet Singapore Pte Ltd. holds a Major Payments Institution License (MPI) and is regulated by the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS). The MPI allows us to operate as a Digital Payment Token Services Provider to conduct payment/digital payment token (DPT) services, including those related to account issuance, domestic, and cross-border and DPT services, which includes the offering, resale, and custody of USDC. Holding an MPI does not impose any transactional or volume limits, but we are subject to more stringent requirements, such as safeguarding customer funds, complying with AML and CFT rules, and submitting regular audits and reports to MAS.
Japan
In March 2025, Circle completed the establishment of a trust structure to enable the distribution of USDC in Japan in a manner consistent with Japans stablecoin law, making USDC the first foreign-issued stablecoin permitted by Japans Financial Services Agency (JFSA) for local distribution by JFSA-licensed intermediaries under the Payment Services Act. This structure requires: (1) licensing of local USDC distributors (EPIESPs) by the Japan Financial Services Agency; (2) holding of eligible fiat reserves in trust, administered by a Japanese trust bank; and (3) a trust agreement involving Circle and the licensed EPIESPs. Circle engaged Shinsei Trust Bank as Trustee to administer the trust and hold eligible reserves according to its reserve management standard for the benefit of all USDC holders. The reserves held pursuant to this arrangement must meet or exceed the total value of USDC custodied and reported by the EPIESPs on behalf of their customers, but the reserves are not earmarked for those EPIESPs or their customers.
Bermuda
Circle International Bermuda Limited holds a DABA license and is regulated by the BMA. On February 13, 2025, Circle received a no objection notification from the BMA in response to Circles material change in business
156
application. As a result, Circle is conditionally approved to issue USYC and offer Circle Mint accounts out of Bermuda, along with other ancillary activities. The conditions to launching these activities are standard in nature and consistent with the BMAs regulatory framework.
Evolving regulatory landscape abroad
There are a growing number of jurisdictions where Circle is not currently licensed that are recognizing the real-world utility of payment stablecoins. As a consequence, we are seeing new regulatory frameworks emerge to which we may one day be subject. For example, in September 2023, Dubais Virtual Assets Regulatory Authority enacted clear rules for the issuance of a Fiat-Referenced Virtual Asset, and USDC/EURC are approved as recognized crypto tokens by the Dubai Financial Services Authority. In Canada, Circle became the first stablecoin issuer to comply with the new listing requirements in the Canadian Securities Administrators Value-Referenced Crypto Asset regime and is in full compliance with the Ontario Securities Commission regulations. Furthermore, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority is currently engaged in a public consultation process on a legislative proposal to regulate issuers of stablecoins within Hong Kong. We believe the regulatory frameworks in Dubai and Hong Kong are largely consistent with Circles existing redemption, reserve, and transparency practices. The emergence of regulatory frameworks tailored to stablecoins in key financial hubs evidences a growing recognition among advanced economies that digital assets like USDC and EURC may play a critical role in the future of financial markets and payment systems.
Other regulatory requirements
Anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism regulation
As described above, we are subject to various regulations regarding AML and CFT. We maintain an AML and CFT compliance program that includes internal policies and controls, designation of compliance officers for each of our regulated subsidiaries, ongoing employee training and monitoring programs, and annual independent reviews.
Sanctions
We are required to comply with economic and trade sanctions administered by the relevant authorities in the jurisdictions in which we operate. For example, economic and trade sanctions programs administered by OFAC and by certain foreign jurisdictions prohibit or restrict fiat and cryptocurrency transactions to or from (or dealings with or involving) certain countries, regions, governments, and in certain circumstances, specified individuals and entities, as well as certain digital asset addresses. We employ a proactive, risk-based, jurisdictional screening control program to prohibit dealings with actors in sanctioned jurisdictions or designated individuals and entities through both fiat and cryptocurrency transactions. Further, we retain the ability to prevent the movement of USDC and EURC into blockchain addresses that have been designated by OFAC or certain foreign authorities, and do so following such designation.
Bribery and anti-corruption
We are subject to regulations imposed by the FCPA in the United States and similar laws in other countries, such as the Bribery Act 2010 in the United Kingdom, which generally prohibit companies and those acting on their behalf from making improper payments to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We maintain a compliance program reasonably designed to ensure our compliance with applicable anti-bribery laws, regulations, and supervisory guidance.
157
Broker-dealer
SI Securities, LLC, one of our subsidiaries, is licensed and registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer and is a member of FINRA and SIPC. Brokers and dealers are required to be registered with the SEC and are subject to comprehensive regulation by the SEC and FINRA, in addition to state securities regulators and certain other governmental authorities. SI Securities, LLC is currently authorized to engage only in the business of effecting private placements of securities for the accounts of others. In July 2024, SI Securities, LLC entered into a letter of acceptance, waiver, and consent (an AWC) with FINRA. The AWC alleged that SI Securities, LLC, during the time that it operated the SeedInvest crowdfunding platform, violated certain provisions of the Exchange Act and FINRA rules in connection with the operation of that platform. SeedInvest was our equity crowdfunding platform that we divested in May 2023. SI Securities, LLC agreed to pay a monetary sanction to resolve the allegations. The monetary sanction was paid on July 8, 2024 and no other sanction remains in effect.
Privacy and protection
We are subject to a number of laws, rules, directives, and regulations relating to the collection, use, retention, security, processing, and transfer of personally identifiable information about our customers and employees in the countries where we operate. Our business relies on the processing of personal data in many jurisdictions and the movement of data across national borders. As a result, much of the personal data that we process, which may include certain financial information associated with individuals, is regulated by multiple privacy and data protection laws and, in some cases, the privacy and data protection laws of multiple jurisdictions. In many cases, these laws apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information between or among us, our subsidiaries, and other parties with which we have commercial relationships. Our information security program is consistent with widely accepted industry standards such as the NIST Cybersecurity Framework and ISO 27002 and has been extended to include controls specific to the safekeeping and availability of digital assets in our custody. In addition to these traditional security controls, we further protect digital assets via strong key management controls, the offline storage of funds, financial circuit breaker controls, and other controls specific to preventing cyberattacks against blockchain infrastructure. Our internal controls testing program and annual external audits and assessments are designed to ensure the effectiveness of the cybersecurity program.
Consumer protection regulation
U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign regulatory agencies regulate financial products, including money transmission services. These agencies, as well as certain other governmental bodies, in particular state attorneys general, have broad consumer protection mandates and discretion in enforcing consumer protection laws, including in the case of Consumer Financial Protection Bureau matters related to unfair or deceptive abusive acts or practices. While our current product offerings do not target retail consumers, some of our prior products have been offered, and in the future our products may be offered, to retail consumers, and these agencies promulgate, interpret, and enforce rules and regulations that could affect our business.
Escheatment and unclaimed property laws
We are subject to unclaimed property laws in the United States and in other jurisdictions where we operate. These laws require us to turn over to certain government authorities the property of others held by us that has been unclaimed for a specified period of time. We hold property subject to unclaimed property laws, and we have an ongoing program designed to help us comply with these laws. However, there is significant regulatory uncertainty with how states and foreign jurisdictions treat digital assets under unclaimed property rules.
158
Taxation
Changes in tax and tax reporting could affect our business. For example, the IRS has recently issued rulemaking that requires digital asset issuersincluding stablecoin issuersand entities that deal in and use these instruments to engage in certain transaction-level reporting. As of December 27, 2024, lawsuits have been filed challenging this rulemaking. Accordingly, it is unclear whether and to what extent these requirements will remain in force. These requirements may be onerous to administer and decrease the attractiveness of incorporating stablecoins into purchase and sale transactions.
Indirect regulatory requirements
We maintain relationships with certain partnersincluding banks and other financial institutions in the United States and abroadthat are regulated by state, local, and federal agencies. Because of these relationships, we may be subject to examination or regulatory obligations imposed on us by these institutions regulators (such as audit, privacy, and business continuity obligations). As knowledge of these obligations may be constructively imposed on us, we seek to account for them in our commercial agreements. For example, bank regulators generally require that they have the ability to exercise audit rights with respect to their regulated entities service providers; as such, our commercial contracts with banks typically accommodate this requirement. In addition, our commercial agreements generally include privacy and business continuity obligations, as applicable.
Treatment of reserve assets
Throughout this prospectus, we note that Circle stablecoins are redeemable on a one-for-one basis for the respective underlying fiat currencies. We base this statement on the current state of our company and operations. See Our platform, products, and ecosystemCircle Liquidity ServicesCircle Mint and GlossaryThe issuers of Circle stablecoins for more information.
We place great importance on safeguarding Circle stablecoin reserves and keeping them bankruptcy remote from our general creditors. As a consequence, we believe that Circle stablecoins are structured in a manner that entitles the holder to absolute beneficial ownership of the underlying reserve assets, given that we hold only bare legal title to the underlying assets but have no beneficial interest or property rights in such assets. Therefore, the reserve assets backing USDC and EURC, beyond the bare legal title that we hold, should not be considered property of our bankruptcy estate in the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency. Due to the novelty of stablecoins, however, courts have not yet considered the treatment of underlying reserve assets in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency of a stablecoin issuer and have only issued a limited number of rulings related to digital assets in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency. Should a court concludeconsistent with our positionthat the underlying reserve assets are the property of stablecoin holders, and not the bankruptcy estate, stablecoin holders may still experience delays in recovering the underlying assets due to, among other things, bankruptcy administration, ongoing litigation, or application of the automatic stay. At the same time, it is possible that a U.S. court, in the case of USDC, or a French court, in the case of EURC, could instead determine that the reserve assets backing USDC and EURC, respectively, are property of our bankruptcy estate. If this were to happen, other creditors of Circle may be able to obtain recoveries from the underlying reserve assets and holders of Circle stablecoins could be treated as general unsecured creditors of Circle, which could result in Circle stablecoin holders receiving only partial recoveries rather than the full purported value of their stablecoin holdings.
We will continue to monitor legal, regulatory, and other developments in order to take reasonable and appropriate steps to continue the safeguarding of Circle stablecoin reserves.
159
Intellectual property
The protection of our technology and intellectual property is an important aspect of our business. We rely upon a combination of trademark, patent, trade secret, and copyright laws in the United States and similar laws in other countries, as well as confidentiality procedures, contractual commitments, and other legal rights to establish, maintain, and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. We have an active program of establishing, maintaining, and protecting our intellectual property and proprietary rights, including our proprietary technology, through the filing of patents, registration of trademarks, and use of contractual measures and other intellectual property rights. We generally enter into agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors, and other third parties that include confidentiality and nondisclosure provisions in order to limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our confidential information, trade secrets, know-how, and proprietary technology. Those agreements also often include invention or work product assignment provisions to establish, maintain, and protect our brand and other intellectual property rights. We may also agree to license our intellectual property to third parties as part of various agreements.
As of December 31, 2024, we have 19 issued patents in the United States and filed 41 nonprovisional patent applications in the United States, as well as 35 patent applications in foreign jurisdictions, with respect to our technology. We held 20 registered trademarks in the United States, including the Circle name and Circle logo, and also held 324 registered trademarks in foreign jurisdictions. We also had 11 pending trademark applications in the United States, as well as 82 pending trademark applications in foreign jurisdictions. We intend to file additional trademark applications with respect to our brands.
Intellectual property laws, procedures, and restrictions provide only limited protection and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed, or misappropriated. Further, intellectual property protection may not be available to us in every country in which our products are available and the laws of certain countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and, therefore, in certain jurisdictions, we may be unable to protect our intellectual property. There can be no assurance that our intellectual property rights will be sufficient to protect against others offering products or technologies that are substantially similar to ours and that compete with our business. See Risk factorsRisks related to intellectual propertyOur intellectual property rights are valuable. Any inability to protect and enforce such intellectual property rights could adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects for a more comprehensive description of risks related to our intellectual property and proprietary rights.
Legal proceedings
From time to time, we may be subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business activities. The results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty. Refer to Risk factorsRisks related to our business and industryWe are and may continue to be subject to litigation, including individual and class action lawsuits, as well as regulatory audits, disputes, inquiries, investigations, and enforcement actions by regulators and governmental authorities and Note 23 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a summary of legal proceedings to which we are a party.
160
Biographical information of our executive officers and directors
The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and our board of directors as of March 31, 2025:
Name | Age | Position(s) | ||||
Jeremy Allaire | 53 | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer | ||||
Jeremy Fox-Geen |
51 | Chief Financial Officer | ||||
Heath Tarbert |
48 | President and Chief Legal Officer | ||||
Nikhil Chandhok |
47 | Chief Product and Technology Officer | ||||
Craig Broderick |
65 | Director | ||||
M. Michele Burns |
67 | Director | ||||
Rajeev Date |
54 | Director | ||||
Bradley Horowitz |
59 | Director | ||||
P. Sean Neville |
53 | Director | ||||
David Orfao |
65 | Director | ||||
Danita Ostling |
64 | Director | ||||
|
Jeremy Allaire has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since our founding in August 2013. Mr. Allaire previously served as co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Brightcove, technologist and entrepreneur in residence at General Catalyst, Chief Technology Officer of Macromedia, and co-founder and Chief Technology Officer of Allaire Corporation. Mr. Allaire holds a B.A. in political science and philosophy from Macalester College. As our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, we believe Mr. Allaire is a valuable member of our board of directors.
Jeremy Fox-Geen has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 2021. From March 2020 to May 2021, Mr. Fox-Geen served as the Chief Financial Officer for both iStar and Safehold. From August 2016 to March 2020, Mr. Fox-Geen served as the Chief Financial Officer for McKinsey & Company, North America. Mr. Fox-Geen previously held senior leadership positions with PricewaterhouseCoopers, Citigroup, and McKinsey & Company. Mr. Fox-Geen holds an M.A. in mathematics and philosophy from Oxford University.
Heath Tarbert has served as our President since January 2025. Mr. Tarbert has served as our Chief Legal Officer since July 2023. From April 2021 to June 2023, Mr. Tarbert served as the Chief Legal Officer of Citadel Securities, and from July 2019 to January 2021, he served as the 14th Chairman and Chief Executive of the CFTC. Earlier in his career, Mr. Tarbert held key leadership positions in international finance, policy, and law including as an Assistant Secretary of the Treasury, U.S. Executive Director of the World Bank Group, Associate White House Counsel, and as a law clerk at the Supreme Court of the United States. He holds a B.S. in accounting and international business from Mount St. Marys University, a J.D. and S.J.D. from the University of Pennsylvania, and an M.St. and D.Phil. in comparative law from Oxford University.
Nikhil Chandhok has served as our Chief Product and Technology Officer since January 2025. Mr. Chandhok previously served as our Chief Product Officer from February 2022 to December 2024. From January 2018 to
161
February 2022, Mr. Chandhok served in various senior product development roles at Meta. Mr. Chandhok previously helped develop tech-forward products and software that advanced mobile devices, streaming video, AI, and augmented reality at Google, YouTube, and Microsoft. Mr. Chandhok holds a B.E. in computer engineering from Pune University and an M.S. in computer and information science from Ohio State University.
Craig Broderick has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2023. From 1985 to January 2018, Mr. Broderick served in various positions with Goldman Sachs, including as Chief Risk Officer from 2008 to January 2018, overseeing the firms credit, market, liquidity, operational, model, counterparty, and insurance risks. In addition to our board of directors, Mr. Broderick serves on the boards of directors of the Bank of Montreal, McDermott International, and RMG Acquisition Corp III. Mr. Broderick previously served on the boards of directors of RMG Acquisition Corp I and RMG Acquisition Corp II. Mr. Broderick holds a B.A. in economics from the College of William and Mary. We believe that Mr. Brodericks expertise in risk management and service in organizations that align with our mission make him a valuable member of our board of directors.
M. Michele Burns has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2013. From October 2011 to February 2014, Ms. Burns served as the Chief Executive Officer of Retirement Policy Center. Ms. Burns previously served as the Chief Executive Officer of Mercer, a subsidiary of Marsh & McLennan, the Chief Financial Officer of MMC, the Chief Financial Officer of Mirant, the Chief Financial Officer of Delta Airlines, and a Partner at Arthur Andersen. In addition to our board of directors, Ms. Burns serves on the boards of directors of Goldman Sachs, Goldman Sachs International, Anheuser-Busch, and Etsy. Ms. Burns previously served on the boards of directors of Cisco Systems and Alexion Pharmaceuticals. Ms. Burns holds a B.B.A. and a M.Acc. from the University of Georgia. We believe that Ms. Burns expertise in corporate finance, accounting, and strategy and her experience as a public company chief financial officer and director make her a valuable member of our board of directors.
Rajeev Date has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2013. Mr. Date has served as Managing Director of Fenway Summer since April 2013. Mr. Date previously served as the first Deputy Director of the U.S. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and as a Managing Director in the Financial Institutions Group at Deutsche Bank Securities. Mr. Date formerly served on the boards of directors of Customers Bancorp, Green Dot, Better Mortgage, Prosper Marketplace, and Megalith Financial Acquisition Corp. Mr. Date holds a B.S. in engineering from the University of California at Berkeley and a J.D. from Harvard Law School. We believe that Mr. Dates extensive experience in the private and public sector, the perspective he brings as both an investor and board member at leading FinTech companies, and his understanding of the unique needs of operations and governance at regulated companies make him a valuable member of our board of directors.
Bradley Horowitz has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2024. Since July of 2023, Mr. Horowitz has served as General Partner and co-founder of Wisdom Ventures. From February 2008 to September 2023, Mr. Horowitz served as Vice President of Product on a wide variety of teams at Google. Mr. Horowitz previously served as Vice President of Advanced Development at Yahoo and Co-Founder and Chief Technology Officer at Virage. Mr. Horowitz previously served on the board of directors of Singapore Telecom. Mr. Horowitz holds a B.S. in computer science from the University of Michigan and an M.S. in media science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. We believe that Mr. Horowitzs extensive experience as co-founder, product manager, board member, and investor at leading startups and technology companies makes him a valuable member of our board of directors.
P. Sean Neville is a co-founder of Circle and has been affiliated with our company since our founding in August 2013 and joined our board of directors in May 2016. From August 2013 to December 2019, Mr. Neville served as our Chief Technology Officer and President. Mr. Neville is currently founder, a director, and Chief Executive Officer of Catena Labs. Mr. Neville previously served in product and engineering leadership roles at Adobe, Brightcove, Macromedia, and Allaire, and was founder of Sevenchord Studios. Mr. Neville holds a B.A. from
162
Kennesaw University. We believe that Mr. Nevilles experience as a co-founder of Circle and as a technologist in the digital asset industry makes him a valuable member of our board of directors.
David Orfao has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2013. Mr. Orfao has served as Managing Director of General Catalyst Partners since January 2000. Mr. Orfao formerly served on the board of directors of EVOLV. Mr. Orfao holds a B.S. in business and accounting from Norwich University. We believe that Mr. Orfaos perspective as both an investor and board member at leading FinTech companies makes him a valuable member of our board of directors.
Danita Ostling has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2021. From August 1999 to June 2021, Ms. Ostling practiced at Ernst & Young, serving as a partner, servicing a broad spectrum of publicly traded and privately held clients on complex issues in accounting, auditing, risk, regulatory, and securities registrations, and serving in senior leadership positions such as the Professional Practice Director for Ernst & Youngs U.S. East Region and as Deputy Director Global Assurance Professional Practice Accounting. In addition to our board of directors, Ms. Ostling serves on the boards of directors of nVent Electric plc and Dover Corporation. Ms. Ostling holds a B.S. in accounting from the University of Arkansas at Little Rock. We believe that Ms. Ostlings experience working with large global organizations on complex issues makes her a valuable member of our board of directors.
Relationships
There are no familial relationships between any of our executive officers and directors.
Director independence
Upon completion of the offering, our board of directors will consist of eight members. Our board has determined that each of Craig Broderick, M. Michele Burns, Rajeev Date, Bradley Horowitz, P. Sean Neville, David Orfao, and Danita Ostlingbeing all directors other than Jeremy Allaire, our chief executive officeris independent under NYSE listing standards. As Jeremy Allaire, our chief executive officer, serves as the chairman of our board of directors, the board of directors has appointed Rajeev Date as the lead independent director. The lead independent director, among other responsibilities, presides over executive sessions of non-employee directors and independent directors, liaises and facilitates communications between the independent directors and the chairman and chief executive officer and management, and leads the independent directors to assess the performance of the chairman.
Board composition
Our directors will be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. Class I directors (being Jeremy Allaire, Craig Broderick, and P. Sean Neville), Class II directors (being M. Michele Burns, Rajeev Date, and Danita Ostling), and Class III directors (being Bradley Horowitz and David Orfao) will serve until our annual meetings of stockholders in 2026, 2027, and 2028, respectively. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors will be elected to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired. This classification of our board of directors could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the board of directors. In general, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the board of directors.
Board committees
Our board of directors will have an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee, a risk committee, and a strategy committee. The composition and responsibilities of
163
each committee are described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until as otherwise determined by our board of directors.
Audit committee
The members of our audit committee will be Danita Ostling (chair), Craig Broderick, M. Michele Burns, and Rajeev Date. The composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under the NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee is (i) financially literate and (ii) an audit committee financial expert as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. This designation does not impose any duties, obligations, or liabilities that are greater than are generally imposed on members of our audit committee and our board of directors. Our audit committee is directly responsible for, among other things:
| overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and internal controls, as well as the audit and integrity of our financial statements, including: appointing, overseeing the work of, and approving the compensation of our independent registered public accounting firm; reviewing and approving the scope and timing of the audit; reviewing and discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm the results of the audit; and evaluating the qualifications, performance, and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm; |
| overseeing and reviewing our internal audit function; |
| overseeing our financial statements and certain other external disclosures, including reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures; |
| overseeing and reviewing our control and risk management systems; |
| establishing procedures for, reviewing, and overseeing our investigation of reported concerns related to accounting, internal controls, and internal or financial auditing matters and the anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and |
| reviewing, and if appropriate, approving related-party transactions. |
Compensation committee
The members of our compensation committee will be Rajeev Date (chair), Bradley Horowitz, David Orfao, and Danita Ostling. Each member of this committee is a non-employee director, as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and meets the requirements for independence under the NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:
| reviewing and approving the compensation of our executive officers (other than our chief executive officer for whom the compensation committee reviews and recommends said compensation to the board of directors); |
| reviewing, approving, and administering our incentive compensation plans; |
| evaluating and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors; |
| reviewing our overall compensation philosophy; |
| reviewing and discussing with management compensation-related risks; and |
164
| overseeing practices and strategies relating to human capital management. |
Nominating and corporate governance committee
The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be M. Michele Burns (chair), Rajeev Date, and P. Sean Neville. Each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee is an independent director under the NYSE listing standards. Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:
| identifying and recommending candidates for membership on our board of directors; |
| reviewing and overseeing compliance with our corporate governance guidelines and code of business conduct and ethics and reviewing proposed waivers of our code of business conduct and ethics for directors and executive officers; |
| overseeing our corporate governance practices, including our corporate governance framework and corporate social responsibility practices; and |
| overseeing the process of evaluating the performance of our board of directors. |
Risk committee
The members of our risk committee will be Craig Broderick (chair), Bradley Horowitz, P. Sean Neville, David Orfao, and Danita Ostling. Our risk committee is responsible for, among other things:
| overseeing our approach to enterprise risk management and related policies, practices, and guidelines; |
| overseeing our approach to maintaining and enhancing our compliance program; and |
| together with the audit committee, reviewing the internal audit results regarding the effectiveness of our risk governance framework, significant compliance matters, and our policies and practices with respect to risk assessment and risk management. |
Strategy committee
The members of our strategy committee will be Bradley Horowitz (chair), Jeremy Allaire, Craig Broderick, and P. Sean Neville. Our strategy committee is responsible for, among other things:
| overseeing the development and implementation of our corporate strategy, including short- and long-term strategic planning and related operational decision-making and of our assessment of the competitive environment; |
| overseeing and making recommendations to our board of directors about investments and go-to-market plans; and |
| reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors about strategic transactions. |
Code of conduct and ethics
Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers, and directors. Upon completion of this offering, the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics
165
will be posted on the investor relations section of our website. We intend to disclose future amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or any waivers of such code, on our website or in public filings.
Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation
None of our executive officers has served as a member of a compensation committee (or if no committee performs that function, the board of directors) of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors.
166
Compensation discussion & analysis
The purpose of this Compensation discussion and analysis section (the CD&A) is to provide a description of our executive compensation programs, including our pay-for-performance philosophy and long-term value strategy, the elements we use in our program, and the considerations used by our Compensation Committee of the board of directors (the Compensation Committee) to make sound compensation decisions. This CD&A should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below.
This CD&A may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations, and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.
This discussion focuses on our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and the three most highly compensated executive officers (the NEOs) for fiscal year 2024 who are listed in the table below. While this CD&A focuses primarily on the compensation of our NEOs for fiscal year 2024, this CD&A also includes, where noted, relevant compensation information for our NEOs in fiscal year 2025.
Jeremy Allaire |
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer | |
Jeremy Fox-Geen |
Chief Financial Officer | |
Elisabeth Carpenter(1) |
Chief Operating Officer | |
Heath Tarbert |
Chief Legal Officer and Head of Corporate Affairs(2) | |
Nikhil Chandhok |
Chief Product Officer(3) | |
|
|
(1) | Effective January 1, 2025, Ms. Carpenter became our Chief Strategic Engagement Officer and was no longer considered an executive officer of our Company, but remains a non-executive officer employee and member of our executive leadership team. |
(2) | Effective January 1, 2025, Mr. Tarbert was promoted to President and remains Chief Legal Officer. |
(3) | Effective January 1, 2025, Mr. Chandhok was promoted to Chief Product and Technology Officer. |
Executive summary
Our compensation philosophy and objectives
Circle promotes a compensation philosophy to ensure competitive, fair, performance-driven total rewards packages for our executives, while simultaneously creating long-term value for our stockholders.
The objectives of this philosophy are to:
| Align the total rewards programs at Circle with Circles mission, performance, and the interests of our stockholders, particularly with respect to key executives who are best positioned to drive long-term value creation. |
| Attract and retain executives that are both high performers in their specialty and exemplify Circles values. |
| Reinforce our pay-for-performance orientation through programs that motivate and reward executives for their contributions to Circles short- and long-term performance. |
We believe our programs and practices, as described in this CD&A, achieve these objectives.
Compensation elements and pay mix
The Compensation Committee establishes and oversees our executive compensation program, including the determination of base salary and short- and long-term incentives. We believe these practices align with our
167
peers in both design and value, and ultimately align NEOs interests with those of stockholders, through the prioritizing of variable compensation elements. In fiscal year 2024, the principal elements of our executive compensation program, and the purpose of each element, were as follows:
Element | Type | Element | Key Features | |||
Base Salary |
Fixed | Cash | Provide fixed, ongoing compensation to attract and retain executives, which is representative of the market for their role and expected contributions. | |||
Short-Term Incentive |
Variable | Cash | Variable cash incentive opportunity to motivate executives to achieve key short-term business and financial objectives aligned with the Companys operating plan and strategic priorities. Payouts are determined formulaically based on the achievement of financial and business performance goals. | |||
Long-Term Incentives |
Variable | Equity | Granted in the form of restricted stock units (RSUs) to align the interests of executives with stockholders by promoting sustainable long-term value creation and reinforcing a pay-for-performance culture. Multi-year vesting schedules encourage long-term ownership, retention, and leadership continuity. | |||
|
168
Executive compensation practices
Our executive compensation program and practices are designed to reinforce our pay-for-performance philosophy and incorporate the following corporate governance best practices designed to protect the interests of our stockholders.
What We Do | What We Dont Do | |
☑ Maintain a pay-for-performance compensation philosophy to attract, motivate, and retain top executive talent.
☑ Include a mix of both short and long-term compensation, while emphasizing long-term equity compensation.
☑ Ensure that a significant portion of compensation is performance-based or variable and not guaranteed.
☑ Conduct annual reviews of NEO compensation to ensure alignment with competitive market practices.
☑ Regularly discuss risks of our compensation program.
☑ Maintain an independent Compensation Committee and independent consultant to the Compensation Committee.
☑ Require stock ownership equal to 5x base salary for our Chief Executive Officer and 3x base salary for all other executive officers.
☑ Maintain a compensation recovery policy for erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation to ensure accountability. |
☒ Offer change-in-control excise tax reimbursement or gross-ups.
☒ Enter into fixed term employment agreements.
☒ Offer single-trigger change-in-control arrangements.
☒ Provide excessive perquisites.
☒ Permit hedging or pledging of Circle securities.
☒ Provide pensions or supplemental executive retirement programs.
☒ Award option grants at discounted stock prices or permit option repricing without stockholder approval. |
Executive compensation process
Role of the Compensation Committee, management, and the board of directors
The Compensation Committee oversees and discharges responsibilities delegated by the board of directors related to executive compensation; director compensation; the Companys compensation policies, plans, and benefits programs; equity compensation plans; compensation-related risks; human capital management; and other duties that may be assigned to the Compensation Committee by the board of directors. With respect to executive compensation the Compensation Committee reviews and approves existing and new compensation programs, including identifying, reviewing, and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to each such executives compensation, and evaluating each such executives performance in light of such goals and objectives. With respect to the Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee reviews and recommends compensation decisions to the board of directors, who oversees and approves such compensation. Additionally, the Compensation Committee is responsible for reviewing, approving, and administering short- and long-term incentive compensation plans for employees and officers of the Company, including establishing performance objectives and evaluating performance achievement, reviewing and approving all related plans and grant awards pursuant to such plans, and adopting, amending, and terminating any such plans subject to obtaining any required stockholder approval. The Compensation Committee oversees the Companys stock ownership
169
guidelines for executive officers and directors, and oversees the approval and administration of the compensation recoupment, clawback, and similar policies. Additionally, the Compensation Committee annually reviews and approves the list of companies to be included in any compensation peer group used to benchmark pay levels based on criteria the Compensation Committee deems appropriate. Finally, the Compensation Committee oversees the administration of, and, as appropriate, the enforcement of our clawback policies and any recoupment-related activity.
Independent compensation committee consultants role in determining compensation
From 2021 until August 2024, the Compensation Committee engaged Pearl Meyer as its independent compensation consultant, and Pearl Meyer advised the Compensation Committee with respect to 2024 pay decisions, other than the payout amount of the 2024 STIP (as defined below). In August 2024, the Compensation Committee engaged Semler Brossy as its independent compensation consultant. The Compensation Committees consultant provides guidance to the Compensation Committee regarding the amount and types of compensation provided to executives and directors, plan design for our short-term and long-term incentive plans, peer group determination, and share plan usage.
Fiscal year 2024 peer group companies
Competitive compensation data is one of several factors that our Compensation Committee considers in making its decisions with respect to the compensation of our executives, including our NEOs. Specifically, our Compensation Committee considers compensation data in our competitive market for executive talent, particularly the compensation levels and practices of a group of peer companies (the Compensation Peer Group), as determined by our Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee, with the assistance of Pearl Meyer, developed and approved the following Compensation Peer Group for fiscal year 2024 based on each companys similarity to us in terms of industry and financial characteristics, as determined using the following criteria:
| business model and/or product, with a focus on companies with fintech, cryptocurrency, and banking industries; |
| similar size, as measured by revenue, assets, and market capitalization; |
| headquartered in the United States and traded on a major stock exchange; and |
| preference for high annual revenue growth companies. |
Peer Companies for fiscal year 2024:
ACI Worldwide, Inc. |
LendingClub Corporation | Shift4 Payments, Inc. | ||
Affirm Holdings, Inc. |
Marqeta, Inc. | SoFi Technologies, Inc. | ||
BILL Holdings, Inc. |
MongoDB, Inc. | Synovus Financial Corp. | ||
Coinbase Global, Inc. |
Payoneer Global Inc. | Upstart Holdings, Inc. | ||
Customers Bancorp, Inc. |
Q2 Holdings, Inc. | WEX Inc. | ||
Jack Henry & Associates, Inc. |
Repay Holdings Corporation | |||
|
Following Semler Brossys appointment as the Compensation Committees independent consultant, the Compensation Committee revisited the compensation peer group for fiscal year 2025 to specifically focus on fintech, financial services, and digital platform companies within a similar size of Circle, as measured by revenue, market capitalization, and EBITDA. As a result, the Compensation Committee removed five entities due to size and less direct industry comparability (Customers Bancorp, Inc., Marqeta, Inc., Repay Holdings
170
Corporation, Synovus Financial Corp., and Upstart Holdings, Inc.) and added nine companies with stronger industry comparability (BlackLine, Inc., DocuSign, Inc., Dropbox, Inc., Evercore Inc., Enova International, Inc., Lending Tree, Inc., Remitly Global, Inc., Robinhood Markets, Inc., and World Acceptance Corporation).
Analysis of fiscal year 2024 compensation
Elements of NEO compensation
The fiscal year 2024 executive compensation program consisted of the following elements: base salary, short-term incentive compensation, and long-term equity incentive compensation in the form of RSUs. Each element, which is further discussed below, is intended to reward and motivate executives in different ways consistent with our overall compensation philosophy. Each of the above-described compensation elements for our NEOs for fiscal year 2024 is discussed in detail below, including a description of the particular element and how it fits into our overall executive compensation philosophy and objectives.
Base salaries
Each of the NEOs is paid a base salary commensurate with his or her skill set, experience, performance, role, and responsibilities. For fiscal year 2024, the annual base salaries for Mr. Allaire, Mr. Fox-Geen, Ms. Carpenter, Mr. Tarbert, and Mr. Chandhok were $900,000, $500,000, $500,000, $500,000, and $500,000, respectively. For fiscal year 2025, the annual base salaries for Messrs. Allaire, Fox-Geen, Tarbert, and Chandhok remain unchanged.
Short-Term Incentive Plan (STIP)
The STIP is a cash-based annual bonus plan that rewards our NEOs and other executives for the achievement of key short-term objectives established by our Compensation Committee over two six-month performance periods. For the 2024 plan year (the 2024 STIP), the target annual bonuses for Mr. Allaire, Mr. Fox-Geen, Ms. Carpenter, Mr. Tarbert, and Mr. Chandhok were 140%, 110%, 110%, 110%, and 75%, respectively, of each applicable NEOs annual base salary (which were the same bonus targets as for 2023 and 2025, with the exception of Mr. Chandhok, whose target increased from 60% to 75% from 2023 to 2024 and from 75% to 110% for 2025). Bonuses under the 2024 STIP were payable between 0% and 150% of target levels, determined as follows: (i) for the January 1, 2024 to June 30, 2024 performance period, based on the achievement against the following corporate performance goals: STIP Adjusted EBITDA (70%) and non-financial business performance goals (30%) (the 1H STIP) and (ii) for the July 1, 2024 to December 31, 2024 performance period based on the achievement of the following corporate performance goals: STIP Adjusted EBITDA (70%) and non-financial business performance goals (30%) (the 2H STIP).
For the 1H STIP, the STIP Adjusted EBITDA performance targets and potential payout opportunities were as follows:
Threshold | Target | Maximum | ||||||||||
STIP Adjusted EBITDA Goal ($M) |
80 | 107 | 140 | |||||||||
Achievement % |
80% | 107% | 140% | |||||||||
Payout % |
50% | 100% | 150% | |||||||||
|
Additionally, for the 1H STIP, the non-financial business performance goals, each weighted equally, were as follows:
| Hit key milestones for public company readiness; |
| Launch in two new international markets; |
| Onboard with two new reserve banks; and |
| Lay groundwork in three new strategic markets. |
171
For the non-financial business performance goals, threshold payout of 50% is based on achievement of two of the goals, target payout of 100% is based on achievement of three of the goals, and maximum payout of 150% is based on achievement of all four of the goals.
For 2H STIP, the STIP Adjusted EBITDA performance targets and potential payout opportunities were as follows:
Threshold | Target | Maximum | ||||||||||
STIP Adjusted EBITDA Goal ($M) |
83 | 127 | 160 | |||||||||
Achievement % |
82% | 125% | 158% | |||||||||
Payout % |
50% | 100% | 150% | |||||||||
|
Additionally, for the 2H STIP, the non-financial business performance goals, each weighted equally, were as follows:
| Close three enterprise-scale commercial partnerships; |
| Enable three new monetization streams; |
| Open accounts with three new reserve banks; |
| Lay groundwork in three new strategic markets; and |
| Launch three critical components of major blockchain infrastructure. |
For the non-financial business performance goals, threshold payout of 50% is based on achievement of two of the goals, target payout is based on achievement of three of the goals, and maximum payout is based on achievement of all five of the goals.
For purposes of the STIP, STIP Adjusted EBITDA is defined as our Adjusted EBITDA, plus one-time severance and retention costs, less digital assets gains and impairment, less other non-recurring income derived from non-core operations.
For the 1H STIP for 2024, the STIP Adjusted EBITDA Goal was achieved at $160M, resulting in a payout percentage of 150% for the financial component, and all four non-financial business performance goals were achieved, resulting in a payout percentage of 150% for the non-financial component, and an aggregate achievement for the 1H STIP of 150% of target levels. For the 2H STIP for 2024, the STIP Adjusted EBITDA Goal was achieved at $123M, resulting in a payout percentage of 99% for the financial component, and three non-financial business performance goals were achieved, resulting in a payout percentage of 100% for the non-financial component, and an aggregate achievement for the 2H STIP of 99% of target levels. The resulting aggregate funding level under the 2024 STIP was 124.5%. Accordingly, payouts to the NEOs were as follows: (i) Mr. Allaire, $1,568,700, (ii) Mr. Fox-Geen, $684,750, (iii) Ms. Carpenter, $684,750, (iv) Mr. Tarbert, $684,750, and (v) Mr. Chandhok, $466,875.
Equity incentive compensation
Each year our NEOs are eligible to receive equity awards under our Annual Grant Program (Annual Grant). In 2024, our NEOs received 100% of their Annual Grant in the form of RSUs (the 2024 Annual Grants). The amounts granted of the 2024 Annual Grant were determined by several factors, including the Compensation Committee factoring in peer data, the individuals performance and impact to the Company, and the individuals outstanding equity holdings.
For 2024 Annual Grants, grants made to the NEOs were as follows: (i) Mr. Allaire, $9,000,000, (ii) Mr. Fox-Geen, $4,000,000, (iii) Ms. Carpenter, $4,000,000, (iv) Mr. Tarbert, $4,000,000, and (v) Mr. Chandhok, $4,000,000.
The 2024 Annual Grants have both time-based and performance-based vesting conditions. The time-based vesting condition is 25% after one year, then monthly thereafter for the next 36 months. The performance-
172
based vesting condition will be satisfied upon a qualifying change in control event or public listing of the Company, which will be deemed satisfied in connection with our initial public offering.
For 2025, our NEOs (Messrs. Allaire, Fox-Geen, Tarbert, and Chandhok) received 100% of their Annual Grant in the form of RSUs (the 2025 Annual Grants). The amounts granted of the 2025 Annual Grant were determined by the Compensation Committee factoring in peer data, the individuals performance and impact to the Company, and the individuals outstanding equity holdings.
For 2025 Annual Grants, grants made to our 2025 NEOs (Messrs. Allaire, Fox-Geen, Tarbert, and Chandhok) were as follows: (i) Mr. Allaire, $9,000,000, (ii) Mr. Fox-Geen, $6,000,000, (iii) Mr. Tarbert, $7,500,000, and (iv) Mr. Chandhok, $6,000,000. For Mr. Tarbert, $1,500,000 represents a one-time promotional grant.
The 2025 Annual Grants have both time-based and performance-based vesting conditions. The time-based vesting condition is 25% after one year, then monthly thereafter for the next 36 months. The performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon a qualifying change in control event or public listing of the Company, which will be deemed satisfied in connection with our initial public offering.
One time IPO-related compensation
In connection with the efforts undertaken to prepare Circle for an initial public offering and to continue executing upon critical business initiatives thereafter, each of our NEOs who remains an executive officer at such time (Messrs. Allaire, Fox-Geen, Tarbert, and Chandhok) will receive a cash bonus of $1,000,000, to be paid in quarterly installments over two years beginning in March 2025.
Other compensation and benefits
Company 401(k) plan
Our executives, including our NEOs, may participate in our tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan, which provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Plan participants are able to defer eligible compensation subject to the applicable annual limits set forth in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). In fiscal year 2024, we matched 100% of the first 3% of contributions by plan participants, and 50% of the next 2% of contributions by plan participants, subject to annual contribution limits set forth in the Code. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and its related trust is intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan.
Health and welfare benefits
Our executives, including our NEOs, are eligible to receive the same health and welfare benefits that are generally available to all of our full-time employees, subject to the satisfaction of certain eligibility requirements. These benefits include our medical, dental, and vision insurance, and life and disability insurance plans. In structuring these benefit plans, we seek to provide an aggregate level of benefits that are comparable to those provided by similar companies.
Perquisites and personal benefits
We do not view perquisites or other personal benefits as a significant component of our executive compensation program. Accordingly, we do not provide significant perquisites or other personal benefits to our
173
executives, including our NEOs, except as generally made available to our employees, or in situations where we believe it is appropriate to assist an individual in the performance of his or her duties, to reward long-standing service to us, to make our executives more efficient and effective, or for recruitment and retention purposes.
In fiscal year 2024, we provided payment for the expenses for personal security during personal travel and at his residence to Mr. Allaire to address safety concerns arising as a result of his position with the Company. We required these security and privacy measures for Circles benefit because of the importance of Mr. Allaires role to our Company, and we believe that the scope and costs of these security measures are appropriate and necessary. We report the aggregate incremental cost to the Company for these services in the All Other Compensation column of Executive CompensationSummary Compensation Table below.
Employment arrangements with NEOs
We have entered into offer letters with each of our NEOs. In fiscal year 2025, we also adopted executive severance guidelines (the Executive Severance Guidelines), which provide for certain payments and benefits in the event of a termination of employment, including an involuntary termination of employment in connection with a change in control of Circle. All of our NEOs are eligible for severance benefits under the Executive Severance Guidelines and the terms of the Executive Severance Guidelines replace the severance provisions in such NEOs offer letters, if any. The terms and conditions relating to the Executive Severance Guidelines are set forth below in Executive CompensationPotential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.
Offer letters
The material terms of the applicable offer letters with Mr. Allaire, Mr. Fox-Geen, Ms. Carpenter, Mr. Tarbert, and Mr. Chandhok are described below.
Jeremy Allaire. We entered into an offer letter with Mr. Allaire, dated February 1, 2025 (the Allaire Offer Letter), which detailed his then-current terms of employment in the position of Chief Executive Officer. The Allaire Offer Letter sets forth Mr. Allaires annual base salary, his target bonus percentage, and his eligibility to participate in our equity incentive plan and our benefit plans generally. Mr. Allaire is subject to our standard noncompetition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, and assignment agreement, which provides for restrictions on noncompetition (during employment and for one year post-termination), employee and customer non-solicitation (during employment and for one year post-termination), confidentiality (perpetual), and assignment of intellectual property rights.
Jeremy Fox-Geen. We entered into an offer letter with Mr. Fox-Geen, dated as of February 1, 2025 (the Fox-Geen Offer Letter). The Fox-Geen Offer Letter sets forth the terms of Mr. Fox-Geens employment, including his positions and duties, his annual base salary, his target bonus percentage, and his eligibility to participate in our equity incentive plan and benefit plans generally. Mr. Fox-Geen is subject to our standard non-solicitation, confidentiality, and assignment agreement, which provides for restrictions on employee and customer non-solicitation (during employment and for one year post-termination), confidentiality (perpetual), and assignment of intellectual property rights.
Elisabeth Carpenter. We entered into an offer letter with Ms. Carpenter, dated as of May 16, 2016 (the Carpenter Offer Letter). The Carpenter Offer Letter sets forth the terms of Ms. Carpenters employment, including her positions and duties, her annual base salary, her target bonus percentage, and her eligibility to participate in our equity incentive plan and our benefit plans generally. Ms. Carpenter is subject to our standard noncompetition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, and assignment agreement, which provides for restrictions on noncompetition (during employment and for one year post-termination), employee and customer non-solicitation (during employment and for one year post-termination), confidentiality (perpetual), and assignment of intellectual property rights.
174
Heath Tarbert. We entered into an offer letter with Mr. Tarbert, dated as of February 1, 2025 (the Tarbert Offer Letter). The Tarbert Offer Letter sets forth the terms of Mr. Tarberts employment, including his positions and duties, his annual base salary, his target bonus percentage, and his eligibility to participate in our equity incentive plan and benefit plans generally. Mr. Tarbert is subject to our standard non-solicitation, confidentiality, and assignment agreement, which provides for restrictions on employee and customer non-solicitation (during employment and for one year post-termination), confidentiality (perpetual), and assignment of intellectual property rights.
Nikhil Chandhok. We entered into an offer letter with Mr. Chandhok, dated as of February 1, 2025 (the Chandhok Offer Letter). The Chandhok Offer Letter sets forth the terms of Mr. Chandhoks employment, including his positions and duties, his annual base salary, his target bonus percentage, and his eligibility to participate in our equity incentive plan and benefit plans generally. Mr. Chandhok is subject to our standard non-solicitation, confidentiality, and assignment agreement, which provides for restrictions on employee and customer non-solicitation (during employment and for one year post-termination), confidentiality (perpetual), and assignment of intellectual property rights.
Other compensation governance practices
Stock ownership guidelines
Effective on the consummation of our initial public offering, we will require our executive officers and directors meet minimum stock ownership guidelines, as we believe stock ownership is an important tool to strengthen the alignment of interests among our executive officers, non-employee directors, and our stockholders.
Pursuant to the stock ownership guidelines, our Chief Executive Officer, each other executive officer, and our non-employee directors are required to hold Circle stock with a value equal to 5 times, 3 times, and 3 times, respectively, his or her annual base salary or annual cash retainer fee, as applicable. Each individual covered by the stock ownership guidelines will be required to satisfy their stock ownership requirements within five years after the later of (i) effectiveness of this prospectus which forms a part of the registration statement and (ii) such executive officers appointment as an executive officer or such non-employee directors election to the board of directors, as applicable. Compliance with the ownership guidelines will be measured on December 31 of each year, noting the 5-year phase in requirement where ownership has not been met. For purposes of measuring compliance with these guidelines, vested and unvested time-based RSUs (on a net basis) and Company stock directly or indirectly owned or beneficially owned by the NEO or non-employee director or the executive officer or non-employee directors family members, will count toward the executive officer or non-employee directors stock holdings. Performance-based restricted stock, RSUs that are unearned (i.e., performance-based awards for which the applicable performance conditions have not been satisfied), and unexercised stock options, including vested in-the-money options, are not counted for purposes of compliance. Until the stock ownership requirements are achieved, each applicable individual is expected to retain at least 50% of the total number of shares acquired by them following the grant, exercise, or settlement of any equity award, as applicable, on a net basis, and excluding any shares held subject to a 10b5-1 sales plan in existence as of the date of the Registration Statement.
Clawback policy
Effective on the consummation of our initial public offering, we will adopt an executive compensation recoupment policy intended to comply with the requirements of Section 10D of the Exchange Act and the rules of the stock exchange on which our securities are listed (our Clawback Policy), under which the Compensation Committee must recover certain excess incentive-based compensation paid to executives in the event of a
175
restatement of our financial statements due to our material noncompliance with any financial reporting required under U.S. federal securities laws. A copy of the Clawback Policy is filed with this prospectus.
Hedging & pledging policies
Transactions in derivative securities may reflect a short-term and speculative interest in our securities and may create the appearance of impropriety. Trading in derivatives may also focus attention on short-term performance at the expense of our long-term objectives. Therefore, our Insider Trading Policy prohibits our directors, officers, and employees from engaging in any derivative transactions that are designed to hedge or speculate on any change in the market value of our securities. Options and other securities issued pursuant to our compensation plans or other compensatory arrangements with us are not subject to this prohibition. In addition, our Insider Trading Policy also prohibits our directors, officers, and employees from pledging our securities, including purchasing our securities on margin or holding our securities in a margin account.
Compensation and risk management
Our Compensation Committee, our compensation consultant, and our management team each play a role in evaluating and mitigating potential risks associated with our compensation program, practices, and policies. Our Compensation Committee, with input and support from our compensation consultant and management, has performed a compensation risk assessment.
In particular, this assessment considered compensation program attributes that help to mitigate risk, including, for example:
| the mix of cash and equity compensation; |
| a balance of short- and long-term incentive plan designs with multiple performance measures that emphasize top- and bottom-line performance; and |
| the oversight of an independent Compensation Committee. |
Based on this assessment, our Compensation Committee concluded that our compensation policies and practices, taken as a whole, are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Circle.
Tax and accounting considerations
Deductibility of executive compensation
Code Section 162(m), as amended by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, generally imposes a $1 million cap on the federal income tax deduction for compensation paid to our covered employees during any fiscal year. While the Compensation Committee considers the deductibility of awards as one factor in determining executive compensation, the Compensation Committee also looks at other factors in making its decisions, and, in the exercise of its business judgment and in accordance with its compensation philosophy, the Compensation Committee retains the flexibility to award compensation even if the compensation is not deductible by us for tax purposes, and to modify compensation that was initially intended to be tax deductible if it determines such modifications are consistent with our business needs.
Accounting for stock-based compensation
The Compensation Committee takes accounting considerations into account in designing compensation plans and arrangements for our NEOs and other employees. We follow the Financial Accounting Standard Boards
176
Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (FASB ASC Topic 718) for our stock-based compensation awards. FASB ASC Topic 718 requires us to measure the compensation expense for all share-based payment awards based on the grant date fair value of these awards.
Summary compensation table
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid to our named executive officers during our fiscal years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
Name and principal position |
Year | Salary($) | Bonus ($) |
Stock ($)(1) |
Option ($)(2) |
Non -equity sation |
All other sation |
Total ($) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jeremy Allaire |
2024 | 900,000 | | 8,999,983 | | 1,568,700 | 776,334 | 12,245,017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
2023 | 850,000 | | 3,849,977 | 3,868,126 | 1,386,350 | 106,100 | 10,060,553 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2022 | 850,000 | | 3,799,982 | 3,802,527 | 1,154,300 | | 9,606,809 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jeremy Fox-Geen |
2024 | 500,000 | | 3,999,996 | | 684,750 | | 5,184,746 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Financial Officer |
2023 | 500,000 | | 1,749,975 | 1,756,476 | 640,750 | | 4,647,201 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2022 | 500,000 | 250,000 | (7) | 749,958 | 750,424 | 533,500 | | 2,783,882 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Elisabeth Carpenter |
2024 | 500,000 | | 3,999,996 | | 684,750 | | 5,184,746 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Strategic Engagement Officer(4) |
2023 | 500,000 | | 1,749,975 | 1,755,930 | 640,750 | | 4,646,655 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2022 | 500,000 | | 1,549,964 | 1,550,956 | 533,500 | | 4,134,420 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Heath Tarbert |
2024 | 500,000 | | 3,999,996 | | 684,750 | | 5,184,746 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
President and Chief Legal Officer(5) |
2023 | (6) | 250,000 | 500,000 | (7) | 11,421,846 | 11,890,559 | 412,500 | | 24,474,905 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Nikhil Chandhok |
2024 | 500,000 | | 3,999,996 | | 466,875 | | 4,966,871 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Product and Technology Officer(8) |
2023 | 475,000 | | 749,975 | 752,233 | 332,025 | | 2,309,233 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2022 | (9) | 342,330 | | 25,919,641 | 16,125,167 | 199,116 | | 42,586,254 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(1) | The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the RSU awards granted to the NEOs, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Such grant date fair values do not take into account any estimated forfeitures. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the RSU awards reported in this column are set forth in Note 18 of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these RSU awards and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our NEOs upon the vesting and settlement of the RSU awards or any sale of the underlying shares of Circle following settlement. |
(2) | The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards granted to the NEOs, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Such grant date fair values do not take into account any estimated forfeitures. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the option awards reported in this column are set forth in Note 18 of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these option awards and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our NEOs upon the exercise of the option awards or any sale of the underlying shares of Circle. |
(3) | The amount reported reflects costs related to personal security services for Mr. Allaire in 2023, and for personal security during personal travel and home security enhancement for Mr. Allaire in 2024. |
(4) | In 2024, Ms. Carpenter held the role of Chief Operating Officer. |
(5) | In 2024, Mr. Tarbert held the role of Chief Legal Officer and Head of Corporate Affairs. |
(6) | Mr. Tarbert commenced his employment with us on July 1, 2023 and his base salary and cash-based incentive compensation were pro-rated accordingly. |
(7) | Represents a one-time sign-on bonus granted in connection with each of Mr. Fox-Geens and Mr. Tarberts commencement of employment. For Mr. Fox-Geen, his bonus was paid one year following the commencement of his employment. |
(8) | In 2024, Mr. Chandhok held the role of Chief Product Officer. |
(9) | Mr. Chandhok commenced his employment with us on February 2, 2022 and his base salary and cash-based incentive compensation were pro-rated accordingly. |
177
Grants of plan-based awards
The following table sets forth information with respect to plan-based awards granted to our named executive officers during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Grant date | Estimated future payouts under non-equity incentive plan awards(1) |
All other stock awards: number of shares of stock or units (#)(2) |
Grant date fair value of stock and option awards |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Name | Threshold ($) | Target ($) | Maximum ($) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Jeremy Allaire |
|
20-Mar-2024 27-Feb-2024 |
|
$ | 630,000 | $ | 1,260,000 | $ | 1,890,000 | |
323,624 |
|
$ |
8,999,983 |
| |||||||||
Jeremy Fox-Geen |
|
20-Mar-2024 27-Feb-2024 |
|
$ | 275,000 | $ | 550,000 | $ | 825,000 | |
143,833 |
|
$ |
3,999,996 |
| |||||||||
Elisabeth Carpenter |
|
20-Mar-2024 27-Feb-2024 |
|
$ | 275,000 | $ | 550,000 | $ | 825,000 | |
143,833 |
|
$ |
3,999,996 |
| |||||||||
Heath Tarbert |
|
20-Mar-2024 27-Feb-2024 |
|
$ | 275,000 | $ | 550,000 | $ | 825,000 | |
143,833 |
|
$ |
3,999,996 |
| |||||||||
Nikhil Chandhok |
|
20-Mar-2024 27-Feb-2024 |
|
$ | 187,500 | $ | 375,000 | $ | 562,500 | |
143,833 |
|
$ |
3,999,996 |
|
(1) | These columns reflect the 2024 STIP opportunities for our NEOs, as described under Compensation Discussion & AnalysisAnalysis of Fiscal Year 2024 CompensationElements of NEO CompensationShort-Term Incentive Plan (STIP) above. |
(2) | The amounts in this column reflect the RSUs granted to our NEOs during fiscal year 2024, as described under Compensation Discussion & AnalysisAnalysis of Fiscal Year 2024 CompensationElements of NEO CompensationEquity Incentive Compensation above. |
178
Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end
The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding equity awards for our named executive officers as of the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Option awards(1) | Stock awards(1) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name | Grant Date | Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) exercisable |
Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) unexercisable |
Option exercise price ($) |
Option expiration date |
Number of shares or units of stock that have not vested (#) |
Market value of have not vested ($) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Jeremy Allaire |
11-Sep-2018 | 552,938 | | $ | 0.08 | 11-Sep-2028 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
16-Jan-2020 | 583,333 | | $ | 0.08 | 16-Jan-2030 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
04-May-2022 | 106,081 | 39,401 | (2) | $ | 48.45 | 04-May-2032 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
13-Apr-2023 | 115,588 | 125,640 | (2) | $ | 32.95 | 13-Apr-2033 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
03-May-2023 | 14 | 16 | (2) | $ | 32.95 | 03-May-2033 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
04-May-2024 | | | | | 78,431 | (3) | $ | 2,443,910 | ||||||||||||||||||||
13-Apr-2024 | | | | | 116,843 | (3) | $ | 3,640,828 | ||||||||||||||||||||
20-Mar-2024 | | | | | 323,6241 | (3) | $ | 10,084,124 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Jeremy Fox-Geen |
19-May-2021 | 1,272,928 | 158,250 | (2) | $ | 10.11 | 19-May-2031 | | | |||||||||||||||||||
04-May-2022 | 20,937 | 7,776 | (2) | $ | 48.45 | 04-May-2032 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
13-Apr-2023 | 52,547 | 57,116 | (2) | $ | 32.95 | 13-Apr-2033 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
04-May-2022 | | | | | 15,479 | (3) | $ | 482,326 | ||||||||||||||||||||
13-Apr-2023 | | | | | 53,110 | (3) | $ | 1,654,908 | ||||||||||||||||||||
20-Mar-2024 | | | | | 143,833 | (3) | $ | 4,481,836 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Elisabeth Carpenter |
31-Jul-2017 | 76,792 | | $ | 0.08 | 31-Jul-2027 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
31-Jul-2017 | 18,011 | | $ | 0.08 | 31-Jul-2027 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
24-Jun-2019 | 175,208 | | $ | 0.08 | 24-Jun-2029 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
16-Jan-2020 | 656,250 | | $ | 0.08 | 16-Jan-2030 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
27-Aug-2020 | 2,173,698 | | $ | 0.08 | 27-Aug-2030 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||
04-May-2022 | 43,269 | 16,072 | (2) | $ | 48.45 | 04-May-2032 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
13-Apr-2023 | 52,540 | 57,109 | (2) | $ | 32.95 | 13-Apr-2033 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
03-May-2023 | 7 | 7 | (2) | $ | 32.95 | 03-May-2033 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
04-May-2022 | | | | | 31,991 | (3) | $ | 996,840 | ||||||||||||||||||||
13-Apr-2023 | | | | | 53,110 | (3) | $ | 1,654,908 | ||||||||||||||||||||
20-Mar-2024 | | | | | 143,833 | (3) | $ | 4,481,836 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Heath Tarbert |
28-Aug-2023 | 332,905 | 607,063 | (2) | $ | 25.09 | 28-Aug-2033 | | | |||||||||||||||||||
28-Aug-2023 | | | | | 455,235 | (3) | $ | 14,185,123 | ||||||||||||||||||||
20-Mar-2024 | | | | | 43,833 | (3) | $ | 4,481,836 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Nikhil Chandhok |
04-Feb-2022 | 899,355 | 370,322 | (2) | $ | 25.81 | 04-Feb-2032 | | | |||||||||||||||||||
13-Apr-2023 | 22,520 | 24,478 | (2) | $ | 32.95 | 13-Apr-2033 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
04-Feb-2022 | | | | | 1,004,248 | (3) | $ | 31,292,368 | ||||||||||||||||||||
13-Apr-2023 | | | | | 22,761 | (3) | $ | 709,233 | ||||||||||||||||||||
20-Mar-2024 | | | | | 143,833 | (3) | $ | 4,481,836 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
(1) | Each equity award was granted under and is subject to the terms of our 2013 Scheme. As described below under 2013 Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme, awards under the 2013 Scheme will be exercised or settled, as applicable, for shares of Class A common stock of Circle Internet Group, Inc. |
(2) | 1/4 of the shares subject to the option award vest upon the one-year anniversary following the vesting commencement date and the remaining portion vest in 36 successive equal monthly installments thereafter, in each case, subject to the NEOs continued service relationship with Circle through each applicable vesting date. The award is also subject to certain acceleration of vesting provisions described under Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control below. |
(3) | These RSUs vest based on the satisfaction of both service-based and liquidity-based vesting conditions and will expire if not vested prior to the seventh anniversary of the grant date. The service-based vesting period for these RSU awards is scheduled over four years, with 1/4 of the shares subject to these RSU awards vesting upon the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining portion vesting in 36 successive equal monthly installments thereafter, in each case, subject to the NEOs continued service relationship with Circle through each applicable vesting date. The awards are also subject to certain acceleration of vesting provisions as described under Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control below. |
179
Option exercises and stock vested
The following table sets forth information concerning stock options exercised and stock awards vested for our named executive officers during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Option Awards | Stock Awards | |||||||||||||||
Name | Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#) |
Value Realized on Exercise ($) |
Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting (#) |
Value Realized on Vesting ($) |
||||||||||||
Jeremy Allaire |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Jeremy Fox-Geen |
10,118 | $ | 147,723 | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
Elisabeth Carpenter |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Heath Tarbert |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Nikhil Chandhok |
| | | |
Pension benefits
None of our NEOs are entitled to any payments or other benefits following or in connection with retirement.
Nonqualified deferred compensation
None of our NEOs participate in any plan that provides for the deferral of compensation on a basis that is not tax-qualified.
Potential payments upon termination or change in control
Executive Severance Guidelines
We maintain Executive Severance Guidelines, most recently updated as of January 1, 2025, which provide for certain payments and benefits in the event of a termination of employment, including an involuntary termination of employment in connection with a change in control of Circle. As a condition to receiving any severance pay or benefits under the Executive Severance Guidelines, the NEO must execute a release of claims in favor of Circle.
Generally, the following definitions would apply under the Executive Severance Guidelines:
Cause generally means (i) the employees dishonest statements or acts with respect to Circle, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers, vendors, or other third parties with which Circle does business; (ii) the employees commission of (a) a felony or (b) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) the employees willful failure to perform his or her assigned duties and responsibilities which failure continues after written notice given to the employee by Circle; (iv) the employees gross negligence, willful misconduct, or insubordination with respect to Circle or any affiliate of Circle; or (v) the employees material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the employee and Circle relating to non-solicitation, nondisclosure, and/or assignment of inventions.
Good Reason generally means any of the following unless such event is agreed to, in writing or as set forth below, by the employee: (i) a material reduction in the employees salary or benefits, other than as a result of a reduction in compensation affecting all similarly leveled employees of Circle, or its successor entity, generally; (ii) a material diminution of the employees duties or responsibilities or, in the event of a Change in Control, a
180
substantial diminution in the employees title; (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which the employee must provide services to the Company; (iv) in the case of the Chief Executive Officer, a change of reporting line such that he or she is no longer reporting directly to the board of directors and in the case of any other NEO, a change of reporting line such that he or she is no longer reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer; (v) reassignment of the employee into another Tier under the plan within ninety (90) days of entry into a letter of intent by the Company leading to a Change in Control without the prior written consent of the employee; or (vi) the failure of a successor to the Company to assume the plan; provided that, if any of the events set forth above occurs, the employee is required to give prompt written notice of such event to Circle or its successor entity, and if such event is not cured within 30 days from such notice, the employee may exercise his or her right to resign for Good Reason.
Termination without cause or for good reason (not involving a change in control)
Each of our NEOs is eligible to receive certain termination benefits upon a termination by Circle without cause or by such individual for good reason, other than in connection with a change in control of Circle under the Executive Severance Guidelines. Had the NEOs been terminated as of December 31, 2024, they would have been entitled to severance under their original offer letters, which generally provided for a multiplier on their base salary plus their pro rata target bonus. The following table sets forth the payments and benefits each of our NEOs would receive upon a termination by Circle without cause or by such individual for good reason:
Name | Cash severance | Benefit continuation | Equity awards | |||
Jeremy Allaire |
1.5x the sum of base salary and target bonus | Continuation of medical and welfare benefits at Circles cost for the 18-month period following the date of termination | Outstanding equity incentive awards will be treated in accordance with their terms and conditions | |||
All other NEOs |
1.0x the sum of base salary and target bonus | Continuation of medical and welfare benefits at Circles cost for the one-year period following the date of termination | Vested options will remain exercisable for nine months Other outstanding equity incentive awards will be treated in accordance with their terms and conditions | |||
|
181
Termination without cause or for good reason in connection with a change in control
Under the Executive Severance Guidelines, in the event that the NEOs employment is terminated by Circle without cause or by such individual for good reason, in each case, within three months prior to or 12 months after a change in control of Circle, then such individual would be eligible to receive the payments and benefits detailed below. Had the NEOs been terminated as of December 31, 2024, they would have been entitled to severance under their original offer letters, which generally provided for a multiplier on their base salary plus their pro rata target bonus.
Name | Cash benefit | Benefit continuation | Equity awards | |||
Jeremy Allaire |
2.0x the sum of base salary and target bonus
|
Continuation of medical and welfare benefits at Circles cost for the two-year period following the date of termination | 100% acceleration of outstanding time-based equity awards | |||
All other NEOs |
1.5x the sum of base salary and target bonus | Continuation of medical and welfare benefits at Circles cost for the 18-month period following the date of termination | 100% acceleration of outstanding time-based equity awards Vested options will remain exercisable for 12 months | |||
|
The Executive Severance Guidelines also include a best net provision such that if the amounts to be received upon a termination of employment in connection with a change in control would trigger the excise tax on parachute payments, either the payments will be lowered so as not to trigger the excise tax, or they will be paid in full subject to the tax, whichever produces the better net after-tax position.
Quantification of termination payments and benefits
The table below sets forth the estimated payments and benefits that each fiscal year 2024 NEO would have been entitled to receive upon a qualifying termination of employment by the Company and/or the occurrence of a change in control, in each case assuming the relevant event occurred on December 31, 2024. Due to the number of factors that affect the nature and amount of any potential payments or benefits, actual payments and benefits may differ from those presented in the table below. Note that the following table of potential payments and benefits represents the severance provisions set forth in the NEOs individual employment agreements or offer letters in effect as of December 31, 2024, and does not take into account the provisions of our current Executive Severance Guidelines discussed above, which were implemented effective January 1, 2025. However, the potential payments and benefits included in the table below do not differ materially from the potential payments and benefits available under our amended Executive Severance Guidelines, as amended for fiscal year 2025.
182
Name | Benefit | Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason Other than Change in Control |
Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason in Connection with a Change in Control |
|||||||
Jeremy Allaire |
Cash severance | $ | 3,240,000 | $ | 4,320,000 | |||||
Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards | | $ | 16,168,862 | |||||||
Health Benefits | $ | 23,748 | $ | 47,497 | ||||||
Total | $ | 3,263,748 | $ | 20,536,359 | ||||||
Jeremy Fox-Geen |
Cash Severance | $ | 925,000 | $ | 1,050,000 | |||||
Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards | | $ | 9,908,132 | |||||||
Health Benefits | $ | 26,798 | $ | 40,198 | ||||||
Total | $ | 951,798 | $ | 10,998,330 | ||||||
Elisabeth Carpenter |
Cash Severance | $ | 1,050,000 | $ | 1,575,000 | |||||
Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards | | $ | 7,133,583 | |||||||
Health Benefits | $ | 21,792 | $ | 32,688 | ||||||
Total | $ | 1,071,792 | $ | 8,741,271 | ||||||
Heath Tarbert |
Cash Severance | $ | 1,050,000 | $ | 1,300,000 | |||||
Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards | | $ | 22,351,831 | |||||||
Health Benefits | $ | 21,792 | $ | 32,688 | ||||||
Total | $ | 1,071,792 | $ | 23,684,519 | ||||||
Nikhil Chandhok |
Cash Severance | $ | 750,000 | $ | 875,000 | |||||
Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards | | $ | 38,464,659 | |||||||
Health Benefits | $ | 11,874 | $ | 23,748 | ||||||
Total | $ | 761,874 | $ | 39,363,408 |
Description of equity plans
The 2013 Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme
The 2013 Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme (the 2013 Scheme) was adopted on August 22, 2013 and most recently amended on June 30, 2024 in connection with the Redomiciliation. The 2013 Scheme provides for the grant of awards, consisting of options, conditional share awards, and restricted share awards to employees, directors, and consultants of Circle or any of its subsidiaries. In connection with our Redomiciliation, Circle Internet Group, Inc. has agreed to assume and fulfill the obligations of Circle Internet Financial Limited with respect to awards outstanding under the 2013 Scheme as of immediately prior to the Redomiciliation. Accordingly, upon the exercise or settlement, as applicable, of awards outstanding under the 2013 Scheme, Circle Internet Group, Inc. will issue to the awardholder one share of Class A common stock for each fully paid voting ordinary share of Circle Internet Financial Limited (a Scheme Share) underlying the exercised or settled award. Following the Redomiciliation, no further grants of any awards were or will be made under the 2013 Scheme.
The board of directors is responsible for the administration of the 2013 Scheme and may, from time to time, make or amend regulations for the administration of the 2013 Scheme as long as they are not inconsistent with the rules of the 2013 Scheme. The decision of the board of directors on all matters relating to the
183
administration of the 2013 Scheme, including the resolution of any ambiguity of the rules in the 2013 Scheme, is final and binding. The board of directors may also terminate or, from time to time, suspend the grant of awards. The board of directors may also make, subject to certain restrictions, amendments to the rules of the 2013 Scheme or any subplans.
Generally, an award is granted by the execution by Circle of an award certificate, which provides information regarding the awards date of grant, the number of shares issued pursuant to the award, vesting schedule, exercisability (if applicable), whether an option is an incentive stock option under the Code or a nonqualified stock option, and transfer restrictions.
In the case of options, the board of directors has absolute discretion to determine the exercise price; provided that such exercise price cannot be less than the nominal value of a Scheme Share.
With the exception of an individuals death or in the event of a corporate transaction, awards are not capable of being transferred, charged, or otherwise alienated. Any time an award holder purports to make one of these transfers, the award shall lapse immediately.
The maximum number of Scheme Shares which may be the subject of awards under the 2013 Scheme may not exceed 65,313,680. Where an award has lapsed, been renounced, or otherwise becomes incapable of vesting, it shall not be counted towards the limit. If an award is granted that causes the maximum limit to be exceeded, then only the awards which do not cause the limit to be exceeded shall be effective.
Subject to certain provisions of the 2013 Scheme, no award can be exercised after the tenth anniversary of the date of grant (the seventh anniversary for an Irish tax resident). With the exception of certain special circumstances, an award can only be exercised while the award holder is employed by Circle or any of its subsidiaries. Subject to certain provisions, a vested award may be exercised in whole or in part at any time after its date of grant.
When there are certain corporate transactions related to Circle, such as a compulsory acquisition, a general offer, a reconstruction, a merger or division of Circle, the winding up of Circle, or the sale of Circles business or subsidiary, the board of directors has discretion (subject to certain requirements) to allow all awards (vested or unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part. In certain circumstances, if the board of directors exercises such discretion and the awards are not exercised, they will instead lapse. In certain corporate transactions, if Circle is acquired, all award holders may be required to release their awards in consideration of the grant of a new award. The board of directors also has discretion (subject to certain restrictions) to determine that certain of the awards shall vest (in whole or in part) conditionally and become exercisable on the date that Circle becomes listed on a stock exchange and any unvested awards will lapse.
An option award can lapse when it has not been exercised after the tenth anniversary of the date of grant (the seventh anniversary for an Irish tax resident). An option award can also lapse when the award holder ceases to be a director, an employee, or a consultant with Circle or any of its subsidiaries. An option award will lapse when an order is made by a court (or when a resolution is passed) for the compulsory winding up of Circle. Finally, an option award lapses when the award holder becomes bankrupt or enters into a compromise with their creditors, generally except as permitted under certain circumstances. Prior to the exercise of an option award, an award holder has no rights in respect of any Scheme Shares.
In the event of a reorganization, vesting conditions may be adjusted by the board of directors, subject to an auditors confirmation that the adjustment is fair and reasonable and notice to the award holder.
The board of directors generally has the authority to amend the 2013 Scheme; provided that such amendment may not be made for the benefit of existing or future award holders relating to who may be eligible to participate in the 2013 Scheme, the share reserve, and certain other matters, without prior approval by Circle in general meeting (or
184
written approval of a majority of the voting power). No amendment or termination of the 2013 Scheme may adversely affect the rights of an existing award holder unless approved by such award holder.
The 2013 Scheme includes addendums applicable for U.S. participants and for UK participants and, along with other provisions, provides for certain requirements relating to the grant of incentive stock options (for U.S. participants) and EMI options (for UK participants). The 2013 Scheme also includes addendums applicable for Bermuda, Singapore, and Canada.
2024 Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan
Effective upon the completion of the Redomiciliation on July 1, 2024, the board of directors of Circle Internet Group, Inc. adopted the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan (as amended, the 2024 Plan), as the successor to the 2013 Scheme, to govern the grant of awards with respect to shares of Class A common stock on and after the Redomiciliation, as well as for the delivery of shares underlying awards outstanding under the 2013 Scheme.
The terms of the 2024 Plan are substantially the same as those described above under the 2013 Scheme, except that references to Scheme Shares were replaced with references to shares of Class A common stock of Circle Internet Group, Inc. (Plan Shares). In addition, the 2024 Plan is governed by Delaware, not Irish, law and therefore removes certain provisions which were applicable only under Irish law, including those relating to a compulsory acquisition or reconstruction of the Company under Irish law.
As of the effectiveness of the Circle Internet Group, Inc. 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan (described under 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan below), no further equity awards will be granted under the 2024 Plan. Awards that are outstanding under the 2024 Plan as of the effectiveness of the Omnibus Incentive Plan will remain outstanding under, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the 2024 Plan.
The maximum number of Plan Shares which may be the subject of awards under the 2024 Plan may not exceed (i) 73,313,680 less (ii) the number of Scheme Shares which were subject to awards outstanding under the 2013 Scheme as of immediately prior to the adoption of the 2024 Plan (which, as of such time, was 42,333,762). The board of directors may delegate some or all of its authority under the 2024 Plan, including the authority to grant awards (except that such authority will not apply to any award held by a person covered by Section 16 of the Exchange Act) as permitted under applicable law, including Section 157(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
As of December 31, 2024, options to purchase 22,750,536 shares of Class A common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $8.48 per share plus 19,943,474 RSUs were outstanding under the 2024 Plan and 9,649,513 shares remained available for future issuance under the 2024 Plan.
2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan
The board of directors and our stockholders have approved the adoption of the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan, which will be effective as of the date of this prospectus. The following summary describes the material terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Types of Awards. Awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan include stock options (including options intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code (ISOs) and nonqualified stock options (NSOs)), share appreciation rights (SARs), restricted stock, RSUs, performance awards, other cash-based awards and other share-based awards (together, the Awards).
Plan Administration. The Omnibus Incentive Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee, unless another committee is designated by the board of directors. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the
185
Compensation Committee may delegate some or all of its authority under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, including the authority to grant Awards (other than to participants covered by Section 16 of the Exchange Act), to a subcommittee or subcommittees or to other persons or groups of persons as it deems necessary, appropriate or advisable.
Eligibility. Employees, prospective employees who have accepted an offer of employment, non-employee directors, consultants and any person who has accepted an offer of service or consultancy of the Company or any of its subsidiaries are eligible to be selected to participate in the Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Authorized Shares. Subject to adjustment as described below, the total number of shares of our Class A common stock authorized for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will not exceed 28,265,461 shares (the Omnibus Plan Share Pool). The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be equal to the Omnibus Plan Share Pool. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be increased automatically on the first day of each fiscal year of our Company following the effective date of the plan by a number equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the aggregate number of shares of all classes of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; and (ii) the number of shares determined by the Compensation Committee in its discretion.
In general, to the extent that any Awards or awards issued under the 2013 Scheme or the 2024 Plan are forfeited, cancelled, expire or otherwise lapses or are settled, in whole or in part, without the issuance of shares, those shares will again become available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. In addition, shares withheld in respect of taxes relating to an award and shares tendered or withheld to pay the exercise or hurdle price of options or SARs will also become available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Director Compensation Limit. No non-employee director who participates in the Omnibus Incentive Plan will receive compensation for services on the board of directors for any calendar year in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate, including cash payments and Awards (which will be calculated based on the grant date fair value for financial reporting purposes), but excluding any awards granted prior to this offering.
Options. The Compensation Committee is permitted to grant both ISOs and NSOs under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value (as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan) of a share of our Class A common stock on the grant date (other than in the case of Awards granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, an outstanding award previously granted by a company or other business acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (Substitute Awards)). Each option will expire no later than the tenth anniversary of the date the option is granted.
Share Appreciation Rights. The Compensation Committee is permitted to grant SARs under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The exercise or hurdle price of a SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock on the grant date (other than in the case of Substitute Awards). Each SAR will expire no later than the tenth anniversary of the date the SAR is granted.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. The Compensation Committee is permitted to grant restricted stock awards and RSUs under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. A restricted stock award is an award of shares that is subject to restrictions on transfer and a substantial risk of forfeiture. An RSU is an award that is granted with respect to one share or has a value equal to the fair market value of one such share. RSUs may be paid in cash, shares, other Awards, other property or any combination thereof), as determined in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee.
Performance Awards. The Omnibus Incentive Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and/or cash Awards. The Compensation Committee may structure Awards so that shares, cash, and/or other property will
186
be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period determined by the Compensation Committee.
Other Cash-Based and Other Share-Based Awards. The Compensation Committee is permitted to grant other equity or equity-based Awards and cash-based Awards on such terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee will determine. For Awards in the nature of a purchase right, the purchase price therefore shall not be less than the fair market value of such shares on the date of grant of such right.
Changes in Capitalization. If, as a result of a change affecting the Company or its securities, an adjustment is necessary in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee will equitably adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of shares (or other securities) which thereafter may be made the subject of Awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (including the share limit and the ISO limit) and (ii) the terms of any outstanding Award, including the exercise price, the number or type of shares or other securities of the Company or other property subject to outstanding Awards and/or other terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, including the performance criteria of any performance awards.
Effect of Termination of Service or a Change in Control. The Compensation Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any applicable Award agreement, or may determine in any individual case, an Award may be exercised, settled, vested, paid, repurchased or forfeited in the event of a participants termination of service prior to the vesting, exercise or settlement of such Award.
Upon a Change in Control (as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan), the Compensation Committee may take any one or more of the following actions with respect to any outstanding Award (which need not be uniform across Awards or participants): (i) continuation or assumption of Awards by the successor or surviving entity or its parent, (ii) substitution or replacement of Awards by the successor or surviving entity or its parent with cash, securities, rights or other property with substantially the same terms and value as such Awards, (iii) acceleration of the vesting and the lapse of any restrictions either upon termination of service under certain circumstances prior to or following the change in control or upon the failure of the successor or surviving entity to continue to assume such Awards, (iv) in the case of a performance Award, the determination of the level of attainment of the applicable performance condition(s), and (v) cancellation of such Award in consideration of a payment in cash, securities or other property or, in certain circumstances, for no consideration.
Clawback. Under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, Awards (including any amounts or benefits arising from such Awards) will be subject to any clawback or recoupment arrangements or policies the Company has in place from time to time, and the Compensation Committee may, to the extent permitted by applicable law and stock exchange rules or by any applicable Company policy or arrangement, and will, to the extent required, cancel or require reimbursement of any Awards or any shares issued or cash received upon vesting, exercise or settlement of any such Awards or sale of shares underlying such Awards, including any policies necessary to comply with Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any rules promulgated thereunder and any other regulatory regimes.
No Repricing Without Stockholder Approval. Except in connection with changes in capitalization (as described above) or with the approval of the Companys stockholders, (i) the exercise or hurdle price of an outstanding option or SAR may not be reduced; (ii) an outstanding option or SAR may not be cancelled or substituted for an option or SAR with a lower exercise or hurdle price or for other Awards; or (iii) an option or SAR with an exercise price above the current share price may not be cancelled in exchange for cash or other securities.
Minimum Vesting Requirements. Awards granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will not vest over a period of less than one year from the date on which the award is granted other than Awards that the Committee may grant, up to a maximum of 5% of the available share reserve authorized for issuance under the Omnibus Plan,
187
subject to adjustments. In addition, the Committee may authorize acceleration of vesting of such awards in the event of a participants death or disability or upon the occurrence of a change in control as provided above.
Amendment. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law and unless otherwise expressly provided in an Award agreement or in the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Omnibus Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that no such amendment, alternation, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without (i) stockholder approval if such approval is required by applicable law or the rules of the stock market or exchange on which the shares are principally quoted or trade, or (ii) subject to limitations, the consent of the affected participant of the Omnibus Incentive Plan if such action would materially adversely affect the rights of such participant under any outstanding Award.
Term. The Omnibus Incentive Plan will become effective on the date on which the registration statement covering this offering is declared effective by the SEC. No Award may be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan after the earliest of (i) the tenth anniversary of the effective date, (ii) the maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan have been issued, or (iii) the board of directors terminates the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Previously granted Awards are permitted to extend beyond the termination date of the Omnibus Incentive Plan.
2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The board of directors and our stockholders have approved the adoption of the Circle Internet Group, Inc. 2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP), which will be effective as of the date of this prospectus. The following summary describes the material terms of the ESPP.
The ESPP will provide our employees and employees of participating subsidiaries with an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in our company through the purchase of shares of our Class A common stock. The ESPP has two components one which is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code and one which is not intended to so qualify.
Administration. Our ESPP will be administered by the Compensation Committee, which will have the authority to take any actions necessary or desirable for the administration of the ESPP, including adopting sub-plans applicable to particular participating subsidiaries or locations, which sub-plans may be designed to be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code, or special rules applicable to participants in particular participating subsidiaries or particular locations. The Compensation Committee may change the minimum amounts of compensation (as defined in the ESPP) for payroll deductions, the frequency with which a participant may elect to change his or her rate of payroll deductions, the dates by which a participant is required to submit an enrollment form and the effective date of a participants withdrawal from the ESPP due to a termination or transfer of employment or change in employment status.
Shares Reserved. Subject to adjustment as described below, the total number of shares of our Class A common stock authorized for issuance under the ESPP will not exceed 5,653,090 shares (the ESPP Share Pool). The number of shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP will be increased automatically on the first day of each of fiscal year of our Company following the effective date of the plan by a number equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the aggregate number of shares of all classes of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; and (ii) the number of shares determined by the board of directors in its discretion; provided that the maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued under the ESPP in any event will be 56,530,900 shares (subject to adjustment as described below).
Eligibility. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee in a manner that is consistent with Section 423 of the Code, any employee of the Company or a participating subsidiary who is (i) not a highly
188
compensated employee and (ii) customarily employed for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year, is eligible to participate in an offering period. An eligible employee will not be granted an option if such grant would result in the employee owning 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our and our subsidiaries stock or if such grant would permit the employee to purchase our and our subsidiaries stock at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of the stock for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time.
Offering Periods. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, each offering period under the ESPP will have a duration of six months commencing on March 5 or September 5 and ending on September 4 or March 4 (subject to a maximum offering period of 27 months). The initial offering period under the ESPP will commence on a date to be specified by the Compensation Committee following the completion of this offering.
Participation. Participation in the ESPP is voluntary. Eligible employees may elect to participate in the ESPP by completing an enrollment form and submitting it at least ten business days prior to the beginning of an offering period, in accordance with the enrollment procedures established by the Compensation Committee, upon which the employee authorizes payroll deductions from his or her paycheck on each payroll date during the offering period in an amount equal to at least 1% and at most 15% of such participants eligible compensation. Participants may decrease (but not increase) their rate of payroll deductions during an offering period by submitting a new enrollment form which will take effect not more than 30 business days later. Participants may decrease or increase their rate of payroll deductions for future offering periods by submitting a new enrollment form at least 10 business days before the start of the next offering period. The deduction rate selected for an offering period will remain in effect for subsequent offering periods unless the participant (i) submits a new enrollment form authorizing a new rate of payroll deductions, (ii) withdraws from the ESPP, or (iii) terminates employment or otherwise becomes ineligible to participate in the ESPP.
Grant and Exercise of Options. Each participant will be granted, on the first trading day of each offering period (grant date), an option to purchase, on the last trading day of the offering period (purchase date), a number of shares of our Class A common stock determined by dividing the participants accumulated payroll deductions by the applicable purchase price. The purchase price for the option will equal the lesser of (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share on the grant date or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share on the purchase date. A participants option will be exercised automatically on the purchase date to purchase the maximum number of shares, including fractional shares, of our Class A common stock that can be purchased with the amounts in the participants notional account. The maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be purchased by a participant during a single offering period may not exceed 2,500 shares, subject to adjustment (the Offering Period Limit).
Withdrawal. Participants may withdraw from an offering by submitting a revised enrollment form indicating his or her election to withdraw at least 15 days before the purchase date. The accumulated payroll deductions held on behalf of the participant in his or her notional account will be paid to the participant as soon as administratively feasible following such withdrawal, and the participants option will be automatically terminated. A participants election to withdraw from an offering period will not have any effect on his or her eligibility to participate in succeeding offering periods.
Termination of Employment; Change in Employment Status; Transfer of Employment. On termination of a participants employment for any reason, or a change in the participants employment status following which the participant is no longer an eligible employee, the participant will be deemed to have withdrawn from the ESPP effective as of the date of such termination of employment or change in status, the accumulated payroll deductions remaining in the participants notional account will be returned to the participant, and the participants option will be automatically terminated.
189
Oversubscribed Offerings. If the Compensation Committee determines that, on a particular purchase date, the number of shares with respect to which options are to be exercised either exceeds the number of shares available under the ESPP or the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased in an offering (to the extent such a limit is imposed by the Compensation Committee), the shares will be allocated pro rata in a uniform manner as practicable and as the Compensation Committee deems equitable.
Changes in Capitalization. In the event of any dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares or other securities of our company or other change in our companys structure affecting our Class A common stock, then in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits intended to be made available under the ESPP, the Compensation Committee will make equitable adjustments to the number and class of shares that may be issued under the ESPP, the purchase price per share, the number of shares covered by each outstanding option and applicable numerical plan limits. In the event of a corporate transaction (as defined in the ESPP), each outstanding option will be assumed (or an equivalent option substituted) by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute such option, the offering period will be shortened by setting a new purchase date on which the offering period will end. The new purchase date for the offering period will occur before the date of the corporate transaction and participants options will be exercised automatically on such date (subject to earlier withdrawal).
Dissolution or Liquidation. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, in the event of a proposed dissolution or liquidation of our company, any offering period in progress will be shortened by setting a new purchase date and the offering period will end immediately prior to the proposed dissolution or liquidation. Participants will be provided with written notice of the new purchase date and that the participants option will be exercised automatically on such date, unless before such time, the participant has withdrawn from the offering.
Amendment and Termination. The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time and for any reason. The Compensation Committee may elect, upon termination of the ESPP, to terminate any outstanding offering period either immediately or once shares have been purchased on the next purchase date or permit the offering period to expire in accordance with its terms.
Term. The ESPP will become effective on the date on which the registration statement covering this offering is declared effective by the SEC and, unless terminated earlier by the Compensation Committee (as described above), will have a term of 10 years.
Director compensation
Director compensation policy
Our Compensation Committee has approved the adoption of a non-employee director compensation policy, effective as of January 1, 2025. The policy is designed to align compensation with Circles business objectives and the creation of stockholder value, while enabling Circle to attract and retain directors who contribute to the long-term success of Circle.
190
Under the policy, our non-employee directors are eligible to receive cash retainers, which are pro-rated for partial years of service, and equity awards as set forth below:
Annual Retainer for Board Service | ||||
Annual service on the board of directors |
$ | 80,000 | ||
Additional retainer for annual service as a lead independent director of the board of directors |
$ | 50,000 | ||
Additional Annual Retainer for Committee Membership |
||||
Annual service as audit committee chairperson |
$ | 35,000 | ||
Annual service as member of the audit committee (other than chair) |
$ | 15,000 | ||
Annual service as compensation committee chairperson |
$ | 20,000 | ||
Annual service as member of the compensation committee (other than chair) |
$ | 9,000 | ||
Annual service as risk committee chairperson |
$ | 27,500 | ||
Annual service as member of the risk committee (other than chair) |
$ | 12,000 | ||
Annual service as nominating and governance committee chairperson |
$ | 15,000 | ||
Annual service as member of the nominating and governance committee (other than chair) |
$ | 6,000 | ||
Annual service as strategy committee chairperson |
$ | 27,500 | ||
Annual service as member of the strategy committee (other than chair) |
$ | 12,000 | ||
|
In addition, each non-employee director is eligible to receive an annual RSU grant with a grant date value of $220,000 on the trading day following each annual meeting of stockholders, which will vest on the earlier to occur of (i) the first anniversary of the grant date and (ii) the next annual meeting of stockholders to occur after the grant date, in each case, subject to the non-employee directors continuous service on the board of directors. Furthermore, upon appointment to the board of directors, each non-employee director is eligible to receive a one-time initial RSU grant with a grant date value of $400,000, which will vest in three substantially equal annual installments on the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to the non-employee directors continuous service on the board of directors. In the event of a change in control, RSUs held by non-employee directors will become fully vested.
The aggregate amount of compensation, including both equity compensation and cash compensation, paid to any non-employee director of Circle for service as a non-employee director in a calendar year period will not exceed $1,000,000.
We will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by directors for their attendance at meetings of the board of directors or any committee thereof.
Employee directors will receive no additional compensation for their service as a director.
Once we become a public company, our non-employee directors will be subject to stock ownership guidelines, as described under Compensation Discussion & AnalysisOther Compensation Governance PracticesStock Ownership Guidelines above.
2024 director compensation table
During fiscal year 2024, our non-employee directors were eligible to receive cash retainers, as follows (pro-rated for partial years of service): (i) for annual service on the board of directors, $80,000; (ii) for annual service as a lead independent director of the board of directors, an additional $30,000; (iii) for annual service on the audit committee, $35,000 for service as chairperson and $15,000 for service as a member; (iv) for annual service on the risk committee, $27,500 for service as chairperson and $12,000 for service as a member; (v) for annual service on the compensation committee, $20,000 for service as chairperson and $9,000 for service as a member; (vi) for annual service on the nominating and governance committee, $15,000 for service as chairperson and $6,000 for service as a member; and (vii) for annual service on the strategy committee, $27,500 for service as chairperson and $12,000 for service as a member.
191
In addition, each non-employee director received an annual RSU grant with a grant date value of $220,000, and any newly appointed non-employee director received an initial RSU grant with a grant date value of $400,000, the vesting conditions of which are set forth in the notes to table below.
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation earned by each of our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, under our non-employee director compensation policy in effect during fiscal year 2024. Mr. Allaire, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, did not receive any additional compensation from Circle for his services on the board of directors. The compensation received by Mr. Allaire as an NEO is set forth above in Executive Compensation2024 Summary Compensation Table.
Name(1) | Fees earned in cash($)(2) |
Stock awards($)(3) |
Total($) | |||||||||
Craig Broderick |
122,500 | 219,977 | 342,477 | |||||||||
M. Michele Burns |
102,247 | 219,977 | 322,224 | |||||||||
Rajeev Date(4) |
118,913 | 219,977 | 338,890 | |||||||||
Bradley Horowitz(5) |
31,288 | 399,991 | 431,279 | |||||||||
P. Sean Neville |
98,000 | 219,977 | 317,977 | |||||||||
David Orfao |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
Danita Ostling |
127,000 | 219,977 | 346,977 | |||||||||
Anita Sands(6) |
78,848 | 219,977 | 298,825 | |||||||||
Quan Zhou(7) |
0 | 0 | 0 |
(1) | No compensation was paid to Messrs. Orfao and Zhou in fiscal year 2024. |
(2) | Reflects fees paid based on changes in committee membership and service dates. |
(3) | The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the RSU awards granted to the non-employee directors during 2024, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Such grant date fair values do not take into account any estimated forfeitures. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the RSU awards reported in this column are set forth in Note 18 of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these RSU awards and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our non-employee directors upon the vesting and settlement of the RSU awards or any sale of the underlying shares of Circle following settlement. |
For Mr. Broderick, Ms. Burns, Mr. Date, Mr. Neville, Ms. Ostling, and Ms. Sands, the RSUs vest based on the satisfaction of both service-based and liquidity-based vesting conditions and will expire if not vested prior to the seventh anniversary of the grant date. The service-based vesting period for these RSU awards has been satisfied as of January 1, 2025. The liquidity-based vesting condition will be deemed satisfied in connection with our initial public offering. For Mr. Horowitz, the time-based condition is three annual installments commencing on September 1, 2024. |
The aggregate number of stock awards outstanding for each of our non-employee directors as of December 31, 2024 was: Mr. Broderick, 23,852; Ms. Burns, 14,586; Mr. Date, 14,586; Mr. Horowitz, 17,613; Mr. Neville, 14,586; Mr. Orfao, 0; Ms. Ostling, 22,257; Ms. Sands, 14,347; and Mr. Zhou, 0. |
The aggregate number of options awards outstanding for each of our non-employee directors as of December 31, 2024 was: Mr. Broderick, 0; Ms. Burns, 200,000; Mr. Date, 45,833; Mr. Horowitz, 0; Mr. Neville, 2,059,073; Mr. Orfao, 0; Ms. Ostling, 0; Ms. Sands, 0; and Mr. Zhou, 0. |
(4) | Mr. Date was appointed as lead independent director on November 14, 2024. |
(5) | Mr. Horowitz was appointed to the board of directors on September 9, 2024 and, in connection with such appointment, received an award of RSUs with a grant date value of $400,000. |
(6) | Ms. Sands resigned from the board of directors on October 3, 2024. In consideration of Ms. Sands service to the board of directors, her outstanding RSUs became vested as of the date of her resignation as though Ms. Sands continued to serve on the board of directors through January 1, 2025. |
(7) | Mr. Zhou resigned from the board of directors on February 11, 2024. |
192
Certain relationships and related-party transactions
We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years or currently proposed, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:
| the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and |
| any of our directors, executive officers, or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock (whom we refer to as our related parties) had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. |
Other than as described below, there have not been, nor are there any currently proposed, transactions or series of similar transactions meeting these criteria to which we have been or will be a party other than compensation arrangements, which are described where required under Compensation discussion and analysis.
Stockholder agreements
On July 1, 2024, in connection with the consummation of the scheme of arrangement described elsewhere in this prospectus, we entered into the following agreements with certain of our stockholders:
| An Investors Rights Agreement (as amended from time to time, the Investors Rights Agreement), which provides for, among other things, certain pre-emptive rights, information rights, and registration rights. The rights granted under the Investors Rights Agreement (other than the registration rights thereunder) will terminate upon the completion of this offering; |
| A Voting Agreement (as amended from time to time, the Voting Agreement), which provides for, among other things, the right of certain stockholders to designate a number of members of our board of directors. The Voting Agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering; and |
| A Share Sale Agreement (as amended from time to time, the Share Sale Agreement), which provides for, among other things, our right to purchase shares of our capital stock that certain holders propose to sell to other parties and the right of first refusal of certain holders to purchase such shares. The Share Sale Agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering. |
Other transactions
On September 21, 2023, one of our subsidiaries entered into an agreement to purchase 240,000 of our common shares at $25.09 per share from M. Michele Burns, a member of our board of directors, to cover the tax liability arising from the exercise of her stock options.
On November 7, 2022, we entered into an agreement to invest $0.3 million into a startup focused on consumer interaction with the digital economy, in return for equity under a simple agreement for future equity and token warrants. On February 19, 2025, the startup closed a preferred equity financing round, in connection with which our simple agreement for future equity converted into shares of preferred stock in the startup. Sean Neville, a member of our board of directors, is the founder and chief executive officer and owns 40% of this company. Additionally, Bradley Horowitz, a current member of our board of directors, is a minority investor in the company, and Anita Sands, a member of our board of directors at the time of our initial investment, is a minority investor in and strategic advisor to this company.
On October 7, 2022, we entered into an agreement to invest $0.3 million in the Series A funding of a startup focused on building an integrated platform that deconstructs loan documents into digital data. Jeremy Fox-Geen, one of our executive officers, is the domestic partner to the founder and chief executive officer of this company.
193
Indemnification agreements
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements provide that we will hold harmless and indemnify each indemnitee against all expenses and losses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her by reason of the fact that he or she is or was our director, officer, employee, or agent, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law.
Policy concerning related-party transactions
Our board of directors has adopted a written policy for the review of any transaction, arrangement, or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements, or relationships) or any proposed transaction, arrangement, or relationship, in which we are or will be a participant and in which a related party has or will have a direct or indirect material interest and the aggregate amount involved exceeds $120,000. If a related party proposes to enter into such a transaction, arrangement, or relationship, which we refer to as a related-party transaction, such related party must report the proposed related-party transaction to our audit committee. The policy calls for the proposed related-party transaction to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved by the audit committee. In approving or rejecting such proposed transactions, the audit committee will be required to consider relevant facts and circumstances. The audit committee will approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are deemed to be in our best interests. In the event that any member of the audit committee is not a disinterested person with respect to the related-party transaction under review, that member will be excluded from the review and approval or rejection of such related-party transaction. If we become aware of an existing related-party transaction which has not been approved under the policy, the matter will be referred to the audit committee. The audit committee will evaluate all options available, including ratification, revision, or termination of such transaction. In the event that management determines that it is impractical or undesirable to wait until a meeting of the audit committee to consummate a related-party transaction, the chair of the audit committee may approve such transaction in accordance with the related-party transaction policy. Any such approval must be reported to the audit committee at its next regularly scheduled meeting.
194
Principal and selling stockholders
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of , 2025 by:
| each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of any class of our capital stock; |
| each of our executive officers and directors and persons nominated to serve in such positions; |
| all executive officers and directors and persons nominated to serve in such positions as a group; and |
| each selling stockholder. |
In accordance with the rules of the SEC, beneficial ownership includes securities that the individual or entity has the right to acquire, such as through the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible notes, or the vesting of restricted stock units, within 60 days of , 2025. Shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of , 2025 or subject to restricted stock units that vest within 60 days of , 2025 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options or restricted stock units for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
195
Unless otherwise indicated below, the business address for each beneficial owner is c/o Circle Internet Group, Inc., One World Trade Center, New York, NY 10007.
196
* | Less than 1%. |
(1) | Assumes no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, the selling stockholders will sell a number of additional shares that bears the same proportion to the total number of such additional shares to be sold by the selling stockholders as the number of shares set forth in this column bears to the total number of shares to be sold by the selling stockholders set forth in this column. |
(2) | Represents (i) 10,672,053 shares of Class A common stock held by Accel XI L.P.; (ii) 801,821 shares of Class A common stock held by Accel XI Strategic Partners L.P.; (iii) 1,133,393 shares of Class A common stock held by Accel Investors 2013 L.L.C.; (iv) 191,365 shares of Class A common stock held by Accel XIV L.P.; (v) 7,766 shares of Class A common stock held by Accel XIV Strategic Partners L.P.; and (vi) 10,215 shares of Class A common stock held by Accel XIV Investors (2019) L.L.C. Accel XI Associates L.L.C. (A11A) is the General Partner of both Accel XI L.P. and Accel XI Strategic Partners L.P., and has the sole voting and investment power of the shares held by such entities. Accel XIV Associates L.L.C. (A14A) is the General Partner of both Accel XIV L.P. and Accel XIV Strategic Partners L.P., and has the sole voting and investment power of the shares held by such entities. Each of A11A, A14A, Accel Investors 2013 L.L.C., and Accel XIV Investors (2019) L.L.C. is controlled by three or more individual managing members, and the voting and investment decisions with respect to shares beneficially owned by such entities requires a vote of the majority of these individual managing members. Each managing member disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The business address for each of the reporting entities is 500 University Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94301. |
(3) | Represents (i) 16,261,498 shares of Class A common stock held by Breyer Capital L.L.C.; (ii) 418,664 shares of Class A common stock held by Tuscany Sunrise Capital LLC; and (iii) 36,168 shares of Class A common stock held by Breyer Chao Capital LLC. James W. Breyer has sole voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares held by Breyer Capital L.L.C. and Tuscany Sunrise Capital LLC. James W. Breyer and the other manager of Breyer Chao Capital LLC have shared voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares held by Breyer Chao Capital LLC. James W. Breyer disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of the stockholder is 908 West 16th St., Austin, TX 78701. |
(4) | Represents 23,671,493 shares of Class A common stock held by General Catalyst Group VI, L.P., or GCGVI. General Catalyst GP VI, LLC, or GCGPVI, is the general partner of General Catalyst Partners VI, L.P., which is the general partner of GCGVI. GCGPVI is controlled by a group of three or more individuals, or the Managing Directors, having shared voting and dispositive control over the shares held by GCGVI, and the voting and dispositive decisions are made by a majority of GCGPVI Managing Directors, and therefore, no one of the Managing Directors is deemed to be a beneficial owner of the shares held by GCGVI. The business address of the stockholder is 20 University Road, Suite 450, Cambridge, MA 02138. |
(5) | Represents (i) 8,598,710 shares of Class A common stock held by Chuang Xi Capital Limited and (ii) 14,676,330 shares of Class A common stock held by Wide Palace Limited. Shares held by Chuang Xi Capital Limited are beneficially owned by IDG-Accel China Capital GP II Associates Ltd. (IDG Capital II GP). Shares held by Wide Palace Limited are beneficially owned by IDG China Capital Fund GP III Associates Ltd. (IDG Capital III GP). Chi Sing Ho and Quan Zhou, each an individual, director and shareholder of both IDG Capital II GP and IDG Capital III GP, have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares beneficially owned by IDG Capital II GP and IDG Capital III GP. The business address of the stockholder is Room 5505, 55/F, The Center, 99 Queens Road, Central, Hong Kong. |
(6) | Represents 13,977,268 shares of Class A common stock held by Oak Investment Partners XIII, L.P. (or Oak XIII). Oak Associates XIII, LLC is the general partner of Oak XIII, L.P. Oak Associates XIII, LLC is controlled by three or more executive managing members, and the voting and investment decisions with respect to our securities requires a vote of the majority of these executive managing members. The business address of the stockholder is 195 Danbury Road, Building A, Suite 220, Wilton, Connecticut 06897. |
(7) | These shares are owned by funds and accounts managed by direct or indirect subsidiaries of FMR LLC. All of these shares are beneficially owned, or may be deemed to be beneficially owned, by FMR LLC. Abigail P. Johnson is a Director, the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer of FMR LLC. Members of the Johnson family, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the 1940 Act, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. The business address of FMR LLC is 245 Summer Street, Boston, MA 02210. |
197
The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, these documents, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law.
General
Our authorized capital stock consists of (i) 3,500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, which is divided into several series, consisting of 2,500,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 500,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 500,000,000 shares of Class C common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and (ii) 500,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.
Common stock
Except as otherwise expressly provided by our certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock have the same rights, powers, and privileges and rank equally, share ratably, and be identical in all respects as to all matters.
Voting rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by our certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock vote together as a single class. Except as otherwise expressly provided by our certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, (i) each holder of Class A common stock, as such, is entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote, (ii) each holder of Class B common stock, as such, is entitled to 5 votes for each share of Class B common stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided, however, that if the aggregate voting power of all outstanding shares of Class B common stock entitled to vote on a matter on which stockholders are generally entitled to vote exceeds 30% of the aggregate voting power of our capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter, then the number of votes on such matter to which each outstanding share of Class B common stock is entitled will be automatically and proportionally reduced so that the aggregate voting power of all outstanding shares of Class B common stock entitled to vote on such matter equals 30% of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter; and (iii) each holder of Class C common stock, as such, is not entitled to vote on and does not have any voting power with respect to shares of Class C common stock held of record by such holder on any matter on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the election and removal of directors) other than to the extent set forth in our certificate of incorporation or otherwise required by applicable law.
Dividend rights. Whenever a dividend is paid to the holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, or Class C common stock then outstanding, we will also pay to the holders of each other series of common stock then outstanding an equal dividend per share on an equal priority, pari passu basis, unless different treatment of the shares of each such series is or has been approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class A common stock entitled to vote thereon, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class B common stock entitled to vote thereon and, if and only if such different treatment would significantly and adversely affect the rights or preferences of the holders of the Class C common stock, then by the affirmative
198
vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class C common stock entitled to vote thereon, each voting separately as a class; provided, however, that (x) if the dividend is paid in the form of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, or Class C common stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that evidence the right to purchase or acquire, shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, or Class C common stock), then the holders of Class A common stock will receive shares of Class A common stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that evidence the right to purchase or acquire, shares of Class A common stock), holders of Class B common stock will receive shares of Class B common stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that evidence the right to purchase or acquire, shares of Class B common stock), and holders of Class C common stock will receive shares of Class C common stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that evidence the right to purchase or acquire, shares of Class C common stock), with each share of common stock receiving an identical number of shares of common stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that evidence the right to purchase or acquire, shares of common stock), (y) if the dividend is paid in our securities other than those in clause (x), then the holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock will receive identical securities on an equal per share basis, except that, if the securities received by the holders of Class C common stock would be deemed a Class of Voting Shares, such securities will by their terms have no voting rights, and (z) if the dividend is paid in securities other than our securities, then the holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock will either receive identical securities on an equal per share basis or receive different classes or series of securities on an equal per share basis, or, in the case of holders of Class C common stock, a holder of Class C common stock may elect to instead receive the cash equivalent of such securities (as determined by us), provided that such different classes or series of securities do not differ in any respect other than their relative voting rights, with holders of Class B common stock receiving the class or series of securities having higher relative voting rights as compared to, and proportional with the existing relative voting rights of, the holders of Class A common stock, and holders of Class A common stock receiving securities of a class or series having lesser relative voting rights as compared to, and proportional with the existing relative voting rights of, the holders of Class B common stock, and holders of Class C common stock receiving securities of a class or series having no voting rights.
Rights upon liquidation. In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and liabilities and subject to the payment in full of the preferential or other amounts to which any series of preferred stock are entitled, shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock will be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, and be entitled to receive an equal amount per share of all the assets of whatever kind available for distribution to holders of shares of any class of capital stock, unless different treatment of the shares of each such series is or has been approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class A common stock entitled to vote thereon, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class B common stock entitled to vote thereon and, if and only if such different treatment would significantly and adversely affect the rights or preferences of the holders of the Class C common stock, then by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class C common stock entitled to vote thereon, each voting separately as a class.
Mergers and consolidations. In connection with any merger or consolidation with or into any other entity, or any other transaction having an effect on stockholders substantially similar to that resulting from a merger or consolidation, shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock will be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, including with respect to any consideration into which such shares are converted or any consideration paid or otherwise distributed to holders of common stock, unless different treatment of the shares of each such series is or has been approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class A common stock entitled to vote thereon, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-
199
outstanding shares of Class B common stock entitled to vote thereon and, if and only if such different treatment would significantly and adversely affect the rights or preferences of the holders of the Class C common stock, then by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class C common stock entitled to vote thereon, each voting separately as a class; provided, however, the holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock will be deemed to have been treated equally, identically, and ratably, on a per share basis if such holders receive different classes or series of securities on an equal per share basis, provided that such different classes or series of securities do not differ in any respect other than their relative voting rights, with holders of Class B common stock receiving the class or series of securities having higher relative voting rights as compared to, and proportional with the existing relative voting rights of, the holders of Class A common stock, and holders of Class A common stock receiving securities of a class or series having lesser relative voting rights as compared to, and proportional with the existing relative voting rights of, the holders of Class B common stock, and holders of Class C common stock receiving securities of a class or series having no voting rights. In determining whether shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock are treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, the following will not be considered: (i) any consideration to be paid to or received by a holder of common stock pursuant to any indemnification, bona fide employment, consulting, severance, or similar services arrangement and (ii) any consideration to be paid to or received by a holder of common stock pursuant to any negotiated agreement between such holder (or any affiliate thereof) with any counterparty (or affiliate thereof) to such merger, consolidation, or other transaction wherein such holder (or affiliate thereof) is contributing, selling, transferring, or otherwise disposing of shares of our capital stock to such counterparty (or affiliate thereof), or such shares are being converted or exchanged, as part of a rollover or similar transaction in connection with such merger, consolidation, or other transaction.
Reclassification, split, subdivision, or combination. If we reclassify, split, subdivide, or combine the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, or Class C common stock, the outstanding shares of each other series of common stock will concurrently therewith be proportionately reclassified, split, subdivided, or combined in a manner that maintains the same proportionate equity ownership among the holders of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, the holders of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of Class C common stock on the record date for such reclassification, split, subdivision, or combination, as the case may be.
Conversion, exchange, and transferability. Shares of Class A common stock are not convertible into any other class of shares.
Each outstanding share of Class B common stock may at any time, at the option of the holder, be converted into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each outstanding share of Class B common stock will be automatically converted into one share of Class A common stock upon the earliest to occur of: (i) a transfer other than a permitted transfer described in our certificate of incorporation of such share of Class B common stock; (ii) in the case of Class B common stock held by any trust, partnership, corporation, foundation, charity, or other entity, upon such trust, partnership, corporation, foundation, charity, or other entity ceasing to be controlled by Jeremy Allaire or P. Sean Neville; (iii) the approval of such conversion by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class B common stock entitled to vote thereon, voting separately as a class, and the satisfaction or occurrence of any condition or event on which such conversion is contingent, as specified in such approval; (iv) 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the first day on which the aggregate number of shares of Class B common stock held by Jeremy Allaire and entities controlled by Jeremy Allaire is less than 50% of the aggregate number of shares of Class B common stock held by Jeremy Allaire and entities controlled by Jeremy Allaire on the closing date of this offering; (v) 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the first day on which Jeremy Allaire is neither the Chief Executive Officer nor the Chairperson of our board of directors; and (vi) 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the date that is five years after the
200
closing date of this offering. Permitted transfers include transfers made to Jeremy Allaire, P. Sean Neville, any trust formed solely for the benefit of Jeremy Allaire or P. Sean Neville, or their respective immediate family members and controlled by Jeremy Allaire or P. Sean Neville, as applicable, and partnerships, corporations, foundations, charities, and other entities controlled by Jeremy Allaire or P. Sean Neville. Once converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock may not be reissued.
Each outstanding share of Class C common stock will continue to be a share of Class C common stock for as long as it is owned or controlled by a BHC Stockholder, or any other assignee or transferee of such BHC Stockholder; provided, however, that any such share of Class C common stock shall convert to a share of Class A common stock in the hands of a third party that is not an affiliate (as that term is defined for purposes of the BHC Act) of such BHC Stockholder or assignee or transferee of such BHC Stockholder upon the third partys election, submitted in writing to us, but only if (x) such election is made at the time of such assignment or transfer and (y) such Class C common stock is assigned or transferred to a person that is not an affiliate (as that term is defined for purposes of the BHC Act) of the assignor or transferor and such assignment or transfer is: (i) to us; (ii) in a transaction in which no assignee or transferee (or group of associated assignees or transferees) would receive 2% or more of the outstanding shares of any Class of Voting Shares of ours; (iii) in a widespread public distribution; or (iv) to an assignee or transferee that would control more than 50% of every Class of Voting Shares of ours without any transfer from the assignor or transferor. BHC Act means the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. BHC Stockholder means any stockholder that is subject to the BHC Act, including any affiliate of such stockholder as that term is defined for purposes of the BHC Act, that provides us with written notice stating that the stockholder irrevocably elects to be treated as a BHC Stockholder for purposes of our certificate of incorporation. A BHC Stockholder shall cease to be a BHC Stockholder upon providing written notice to us that, due to a change of law or regulation, change to its business or operations, divestiture or other transaction, it has ceased to be a BHC Stockholder, provided that any share of Class C common stock may only convert to a share of Class A common stock pursuant to our certificate of incorporation and shall not convert to a share of Class A common stock (or any other series other than of Class C common stock) pursuant to the BHC Stockholders provision of such written notice. Class of Voting Shares has the same meaning given to that term in Section 225.2(q)(3) of Regulation Y of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 C.F.R. § 225.2(q)(3)).
Other rights. The holders of our common stock have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock.
Preferred stock
Our board of directors has the authority to issue the preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, if any, with respect to each such series and the number of shares constituting each such series, without further vote or action by the stockholders.
The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any of the preferred stock.
Election and removal of directors
Our board of directors will consist of between three and twelve directors. The exact number of directors will be fixed from time to time by resolution of the board and is currently fixed at eight directors. No director may be removed except for cause, and directors may be removed for cause by an affirmative vote of shares
201
representing a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any vacancy occurring on the board of directors and any newly created directorship may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors in office.
Board composition
Our board of directors will be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. Class I, Class II, and Class III directors will serve until our annual meetings of stockholders in 2026, 2027, and 2028, respectively. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors will be elected to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired. This classification of our board of directors could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the board of directors. In general, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the board of directors.
Limits on written consents
Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provide that holders of our common stock will not be able to act by written consent without a meeting.
Stockholder meetings
Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, or by our chief executive officer. Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws specifically deny any power of any other person to call a special meeting.
Forum selection
Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) is the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee or stockholder to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or as to which Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware; provided that the foregoing provision does not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or any claim for which the U.S. federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. In addition, our bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district court for the District of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for any action asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Any person or entity holding, purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock are deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these forum selection provisions.
These forum selection provisions may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the state of Delaware and limit a stockholders ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees,
202
although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. While Delaware courts have determined that forum selection provisions are facially valid, it is possible that a court of law in another jurisdiction could rule that the forum selection provisions contained in our bylaws are inapplicable or unenforceable if they are challenged in a proceeding or otherwise. If a court were to find the forum selection provision in our bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions.
Amendment of certificate of incorporation
The provisions of our certificate of incorporation described under Common stock, Amendment of bylaws, Election and Removal of Directors, Board composition, Stockholder Meetings, and Limits on Written Consents may be amended only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 662⁄3% of the total voting power of all outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. The affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock will generally be required to amend other provisions of our certificate of incorporation.
Amendment of bylaws
Our bylaws may generally be altered, amended, or repealed, and new bylaws may be adopted, with the affirmative vote of a majority of directors in any manner not inconsistent with Delaware law or our certificate of incorporation or the affirmative vote of holders of 662⁄3% of the total voting power of all outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
Other limitations on stockholder actions
Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be properly brought before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholders notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholders notice. In order to submit a nomination for our board of directors, a stockholder must submit any information with respect to the nominee that we would be required to include in a proxy statement, as well as some other information. If a stockholder fails to follow the required procedures, the stockholders proposal or nominee will be ineligible and will not be voted on by our stockholders.
Limitation of liability of directors and officers
Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director or officer will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except as required by applicable law, as in effect from time to time. Currently, the Delaware General Corporation Law requires that liability be imposed for the following:
| a directors or officers breach of the directors or officers duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders; |
| a directors or officers act or omission not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; |
203
| a directors unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; |
| a director or officer for any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit; and |
| an officer in any action by or in the right of our company. |
As a result, neither we nor our stockholders have the right, through stockholders derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages against a director or officer for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior, except in the situations described above.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, we will indemnify any director or officer of our company against all damages, claims, and liabilities arising out of the fact that the person is or was our director or officer, or served any other enterprise at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent, or fiduciary. We will reimburse the expenses, including attorneys fees, incurred by a person indemnified by this provision when we receive an undertaking to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by us. Amending this provision will not reduce our indemnification obligations relating to actions taken before an amendment.
Delaware business combination statute
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions. Section 203 prevents an interested stockholder, which is defined generally as a person owning 15% or more of a corporations voting stock, or any affiliate or associate of that person, from engaging in a broad range of business combinations with the corporation for three years after becoming an interested stockholder unless:
| the board of directors of the corporation had previously approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; |
| upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, that person owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than statutorily excluded shares; or |
| following the transaction in which that person became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder. |
Under Section 203, the restrictions described above also do not apply to specific business combinations proposed by an interested stockholder following the announcement or notification of designated extraordinary transactions involving the corporation and a person who had not been an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of a majority of the corporations directors, if such extraordinary transaction is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors.
Section 203 may make it more difficult for a person who would be an interested stockholder to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. Section 203 also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management and could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which our stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
204
Anti-takeover effects of some provisions
Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make the following more difficult:
| acquisition of control of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or |
| removal of our incumbent officers and directors. |
These provisions, as well as our ability to issue preferred stock, are designed to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us, and that the benefits of this increased protection outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging those proposals, because negotiation of those proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Registration rights
Pursuant to the Investors Rights Agreement, and from time to time, in connection with business arrangements with our partners, certain of our stockholders and their permitted transferees are entitled to the following rights with respect to the registration of such shares for public resale under the Securities Act. If exercised, these registration rights would enable holders to transfer these shares under the registration statement without restriction under the Securities Act.
Demand registration. Commencing 180 days following this offering, these holders may request in writing that we effect a resale registration under the Securities Act with respect to all or any portion of their shares subject to registration rights, subject to certain exceptions. If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the numbers of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares. We are not obligated to effect more than two such demand registrations.
Piggyback registration. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our account or for the account of our other security holders, holders will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights allowing each to include its shares in the registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a demand registration or a registration statement on Form S-4, F-4, or S-8, these holders will be entitled to notice of the registration and will have the right to include their registrable securities in the registration, subject to certain limitations.
Shelf registration. These holders may request that we file and keep effective a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act with respect to all or any portion of their shares subject to registration rights, subject to certain limitations. We are not obligated to effect more than one such shelf registration in any 12-month period.
Expenses; indemnification. We must pay all registration expenses (including certain expenses of counsel for selling holders) in connection with effecting any demand registration, piggyback registration, or shelf registration. The Investors Rights Agreement contains customary indemnification and contribution provisions.
Term. The registration rights will remain in effect until the earlier of (i) five years after this offering, (ii) with respect to a holder, during such time during which all registrable shares held by such holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any three-month period and (iii) the closing of a liquidation event.
205
Listing
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol CRCL.
Transfer agent and registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
206
Material U.S. federal tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of Class A common stock
The following are the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock acquired in this offering by a Non-U.S. Holder that does not own, and has not owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock. You are a Non-U.S. Holder if for U.S. federal income tax purposes you are a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is (or is treated as):
| a nonresident alien individual; |
| a foreign corporation; or |
| a foreign estate or trust. |
You are not a Non-U.S. Holder if you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, or if you are a former citizen or former resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If you are such a person, you should consult your tax adviser regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.
If a partnership or other pass-through entity (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership or other type of pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) owns our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner or beneficial owner of the entity will generally depend upon the status of the partner or beneficial owner, the activities of the entity, and certain determinations made at the partner or beneficial owner level. If you are a partnership, partner, or a beneficial owner in a partnership or other pass-through entity, you should consult your own tax adviser regarding the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to you of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.
This discussion is based on the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, and final, temporary, and proposed Treasury regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax and Medicare contribution tax consequences and does not address any aspect of state, local, or non-U.S. taxation, or any taxes other than income and estate taxes. You should consult your tax adviser with regard to the application of the U.S. federal tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local, or non-U.S. taxing jurisdiction.
Dividends
As discussed under Dividend Policy above, we do not currently expect to make any cash distributions on our Class A common stock. In the event that we do make distributions of cash or other property, those distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital, which will first reduce your basis in our Class A common stock (but not below zero) and then will be treated as gain from the sale of our Class A common stock, as described below under Gain on disposition of our Class A common stock.
Dividends paid to you generally will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding (subject to the discussion below under FATCA Withholding Tax), you will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, certifying your entitlement to benefits under a treaty.
207
If dividends paid to you are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States), you will generally be taxed on the dividends in the same manner as if you were a U.S. person as defined under the Code. In this case, you will be exempt from the withholding tax discussed in the preceding paragraph, although you will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI in order to claim an exemption from withholding. You should consult your tax adviser with respect to other U.S. tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock, including the possible imposition of a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate) if you are a corporation.
Gain on disposition of our Class A common stock
Subject to the discussions below under Information Reporting and Backup Withholding and FATCA Withholding Tax, you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding on gain realized on a sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock unless:
| the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States); or |
| we are or have been a United States real property holding corporation, as defined in the Code, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period, whichever period is shorter, and our Class A common stock has ceased to be regularly traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs. |
We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation.
If you recognize gain on a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock that is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States), you will generally be taxed on such gain in the same manner as a U.S. person. You should consult your tax adviser with respect to other U.S. tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock, including the possible imposition of a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate) if you are a corporation.
Information reporting and backup withholding
Distributions paid to you and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to such distributions generally will be reported to the IRS. Copies of the information returns reporting such distributions and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
You will not be subject to backup withholding on dividends received if you certify under penalty of perjury that you are a non-U.S. person, such as by furnishing a valid applicable IRS Form W-8, or you otherwise establish an exemption.
Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding, will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock made within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless you comply with certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding. The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty will generally satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid backup withholding as well.
208
Backup withholding is not an additional tax and the amount of any backup withholding from a payment to you will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.
FATCA withholding tax
Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as FATCA), payments of dividends on and the gross proceeds of dispositions of our Class A common stock to (i) a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined in the Code) or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity (as specifically defined in the Code) will be subject to a withholding tax (separate and apart from, but without duplication of, the withholding tax described above) at a rate of 30%, unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied or an exemption from these rules applies. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Under proposed regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department on December 13, 2018, which state that taxpayers may rely on the proposed Treasury regulations until final Treasury regulations are issued, this withholding tax will not apply to the gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of our Class A common stock. If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under Dividends, the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. You should consult your own tax adviser regarding the possible implications of this withholding tax on your investment in our Class A common stock.
Federal estate tax
If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder (as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) or an entity the property of which is potentially includible in such an individuals gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers), you should note that our Class A common stock will be treated as U.S. situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
209
Shares eligible for future sale
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares of Class A common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Upon completion of this offering, we will have shares of Class A common stock outstanding (or shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), shares of Class B common stock outstanding (or shares of Class B common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), and no shares of Class C common stock outstanding. All shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares will be restricted securities as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 of the Securities Act. After the expiration of the contractual lock-up period described below, to the extent applicable, these shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or pursuant to an exemption under Rule 144 or 701, each of which is summarized below.
Rule 144
In general, a person who has beneficially owned shares of common stock that are restricted securities for at least six months would be entitled to sell such shares, provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, the sale and (ii) we are subject to, and in compliance with certain of, the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale, but this clause (ii) will not apply to the sale if such person has beneficially owned such shares for at least one year. Persons who have beneficially owned shares of common stock that are restricted securities for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:
| 1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding; or |
| the average weekly trading volume of shares of Class A common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale; |
provided, in each case, that we are subject to, and in compliance with certain of, the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales must also comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 to the extent applicable.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants, or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the
210
effective date of this offering is entitled to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirements or other restrictions contained in Rule 701.
The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to the contractual restrictions described below, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than affiliates, as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with the minimum holding period requirement.
Equity incentive plan
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of Class A common stock issued or issuable pursuant to the exercise of outstanding options or vesting of outstanding RSUs and reserved for issuance under our stock-based compensation plans. We expect to file the registration statement or statements, which will become effective immediately upon filing, upon or shortly after the date of this prospectus. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions and any applicable holding periods, any applicable lock-up agreements described below, and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.
Lock-up agreements
All of our directors and executive officers, the selling stockholders, the Circle Foundation, and the holders of of our capital stock have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) the date that is the second trading day after we publicly announce our earnings for the quarter ending September 30, 2025 and (ii) the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option, or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock (including, without limitation, Class A common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant (collectively with the Class A common stock, the lock-up securities)), (2) enter into any hedging, swap, or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the lock-up securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any lock-up securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may waive the requirements of these lock-up agreements at any time in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the stockholder is an employee of ours and is not a selling stockholder in this offering, then on the date that is the second trading day after we publicly announce our earnings for the quarter ending June 30, 2025, 15% of the lock-up securities held by such employee will be released from the foregoing restrictions (approximately million shares of Class A common stock will be released pursuant to this provision). See Underwriting.
211
Registration rights
Upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately shares of Class A common stock (or approximately shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, except for shares held by affiliates.
212
We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of Class A common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to its name in the following table:
Name | Number of shares | |||
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC |
||||
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. |
||||
Barclays Capital Inc. |
||||
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. |
||||
SG Americas Securities, LLC |
||||
BNY Mellon Capital Markets, LLC |
||||
Canaccord Genuity LLC |
||||
Needham & Company, LLC |
||||
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. |
||||
Santander US Capital Markets LLC |
||||
|
|
|||
Total |
||||
|
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of Class A common stock if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $ per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of any shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.
The underwriters have an option to buy up to additional shares of Class A common stock from us and up to additional shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of Class A common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of Class A common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of Class A common stock. The underwriting fee is $ per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares.
213
No exercise | Full exercise | |||||||
Per share |
$ | $ | ||||||
Total |
$ | $ | ||||||
|
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing, and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $ . In addition, we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters up to $ for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our Class A common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, loan, disposition, or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of Class A common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) the date that is the second trading day after we publicly announce our earnings for the quarter ending September 30, 2025 and (ii) the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our Class A common stock to be sold in this offering.
The restrictions on our actions, as described above, do not apply to certain transactions, including (i) the issuance of shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options (including net exercise) or the settlement of RSUs (including net settlement), in each case outstanding on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus; (ii) grants of stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, RSUs, or other equity awards and the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock (whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise) to our employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants pursuant to the terms of an equity compensation plan in effect as of the closing of this offering and described in this prospectus; (iii) the entry into any agreement providing for the issuance of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of our common stock in connection with any bona fide licensing, commercialization, joint venture, technology transfer, acquisition, development collaboration, or other strategic transaction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such pledge or issuance to the Circle Foundation), provided that the issuance of any such securities pursuant to this clause will not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering, including any shares issued pursuant to the underwriters option to purchase additional shares, provided that each recipient shall execute a lock-up agreement for the remainder of the lock-up period; (iv) our filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to any plan in effect on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus or any assumed benefit plan pursuant to an acquisition or similar strategic transaction; or (v) the
214
conversion, reclassification, or exchange of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our Class A common stock, certain shares of our Class A common stock into shares of our Class B common stock, our Class B common stock into shares of our Class A common stock, or our Class A common stock into shares of our Class C common stock, in each case, as set forth in our certificate of incorporation.
Our directors and executive officers, the selling stockholders, the Circle Foundation, and of the holders of our capital stock (such persons, the lock-up parties), have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each lock-up party, with limited exceptions, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) the date that is the second trading day after we publicly announce our earnings for the quarter ending September 30, 2025 and (ii) the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus (such period, the restricted period), may not (and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to), without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any lock-up securities, (2) enter into any hedging, swap, or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the lock-up securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any lock-up securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. Such persons or entities have further acknowledged that these undertakings preclude them from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap, or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition or transfer (by any person or entity, whether or not a signatory to such agreement) of any economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any lock-up securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise.
The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and contained in the lock-up agreements between the underwriters and the lock-up parties do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to certain transactions, including (a) transfers of lock-up securities: (i) as bona fide gifts, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) by will or intestacy or any other testamentary document, (iii) to any immediate family member of the lock-up party, any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or any immediate family member, (iv) to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, investment fund, or other entity (A) of which the lock-up party and its immediate family members are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, or (B) controlled by, or under common control with, the lock-up party or its immediate family members, (v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv), (vi) in the case of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, or other business entity that is an affiliate of the lock-up party, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the lock-up party or its affiliates or (B) as part of a distribution to partners, members, stockholders, or other equityholders of the lock-up party, (vii) by operation of law, (viii) to us from an employee upon the death, disability, or termination of employment of such employee, (ix) as part of a sale of lock-up securities that are acquired in this offering (other than issuer-directed common stock purchased in this offering by a director or officer) or that are acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, (x) to us in connection with the vesting, settlement, or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants, or other rights to purchase shares of our common stock (including net or cashless exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments, (xi) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger,
215
consolidation, or other similar transaction approved by our board of directors and made to all shareholders involving a change in control, provided that if such transaction is not completed, all such lock-up securities would remain subject to the restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph, or (xii) to us, if such transfer is required by our policy with respect to the recoupment of incentive-based compensation; (b) exercise of the options, settlement of RSUs or other equity awards, or the exercise of warrants granted pursuant to plans described in this prospectus, provided that any lock-up securities received upon such exercise, vesting, or settlement would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; (c) the reclassification or conversion of outstanding preferred stock, warrants to acquire preferred stock, or convertible securities into shares of our common stock or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock, provided that any common stock or warrant received upon such reclassification or conversion would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; (d) the establishment by lock-up parties of trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of lock-up securities during the restricted period and no filing or public announcement will be made voluntarily in connection with such trading plan and any public announcement or filing made by any person regarding the establishment of such plan during the restricted period will include a statement that the lock-up party may not transfer or dispose of securities under such plan in contravention of the lock-up agreement; (e) the sale of our Class A common stock pursuant to the terms of the underwriting agreement; (f) pledge any lock-up securities to the Circle Foundation, provided that no filing or public announcement will be made voluntarily in connection with any such pledge; (g) the exchange of our Class A common stock into our Class C common stock; provided that any lock-up securities received upon such exchange shall be subject to the foregoing restrictions; and (h) the conversion of our Class A common stock into our Class B common stock or our Class B common stock into our Class A common stock, in each case, as set forth in our certificate of incorporation, provided that any lock-up securities received upon such conversion shall be subject to the foregoing restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the stockholder is an employee of ours and is not a selling stockholder in this offering, then on the date that is the second trading day after we publicly announce our earnings for the quarter ending June 30, 2025, 15% of the lock-up securities held by such employee will be released from the foregoing restrictions.
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the securities subject to any of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described above, in whole or in part at any time.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol CRCL.
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involve making bids for, purchasing, and selling shares of Class A common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of Class A common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of Class A common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of Class A common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be covered shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be naked shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A
216
common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of the Class A common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase Class A common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discounts and commissions received by them.
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock, and, as a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholders, and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we, the selling stockholders, and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors, including:
| the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives; |
| our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete; |
| an assessment of our management; |
| our prospects for future earnings; |
| the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering; |
| the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and |
| other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us. |
Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our Class A common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking, and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.
Selling restrictions
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us, the selling stockholders, or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action
217
for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
European economic area
In relation to each member state of the EEA (each a Member State), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time:
| to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation; |
| to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or |
| in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation; |
provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to the public in relation to shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression Prospectus Regulation means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
Each person in a Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offering contemplated hereby will be deemed to have represented, warranted, and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and their affiliates and us that:
| it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation; and |
| in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 5 of the Prospectus Regulation, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Regulation, or have been acquired in other circumstances falling within the points (a) to (d) of Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation and the prior consent of the underwriters has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where the shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Regulation as having been made to such persons. |
218
We, the underwriters and their affiliates, and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgment, and agreement. Notwithstanding the above, a person who is not a qualified investor and who has notified the underwriters of such fact in writing may, with the prior consent of the underwriters, be permitted to acquire shares in the offering.
United Kingdom
In relation to the United Kingdom, no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the transition provisions in Regulation 74 of the Prospectus (Amendment etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019, except that it may make an offer to the public in the United Kingdom of any shares at any time:
| to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation; |
| to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or |
| in any other circumstances falling within section 86 of the FSMA; |
provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to the public in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offering and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression UK Prospectus Regulation means the Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
In the United Kingdom, the offering is only addressed to, and is directed only at, qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, who are also (i) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within the definition of investment professionals in Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the Order); (ii) high net worth entities or other persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order; or (iii) persons to whom it may otherwise lawfully be communicated (all such persons being referred to as relevant persons). This document must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.
Each person in the United Kingdom who acquires any shares in the offer or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged, and agreed to and with us, the underwriters, and their affiliates that it meets the criteria outlined in this section.
Canada
The shares may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws. Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a
219
purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchasers province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchasers province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Switzerland
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to, the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or this offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to this offering, us, or the shares has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Australia
This document:
| does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the Corporations Act); |
| has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and |
| may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act. |
The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement, or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an exempt investor.
As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section
220
707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares, you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign, or otherwise alienate those shares to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.
Japan
The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (the FIEA). Accordingly, the shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.
Hong Kong
The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the Companies Ordinance), or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the Securities and Futures Ordinance), or (ii) to professional investors as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a prospectus as defined in the Companies Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to professional investors in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.
Singapore
This document has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this document and any other material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than:
| to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore (the SFA)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA; |
| to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or |
| otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA. |
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)), the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of
221
whom is an accredited investor, or a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, the securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
| to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA; |
| where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; |
| where the transfer is by operation of law; |
| as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or |
| as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-Based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018. |
Singapore SFA Product ClassificationIn connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018 (the CMP Regulations 2018), we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are prescribed capital markets products (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).
Dubai international financial centre
This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The shares to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
In relation to its use in the Dubai International Financial Centre, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the Dubai International Financial Centre.
222
Changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure
Effective February 13, 2023, Grant Thornton LLP (the Former Auditor) was dismissed as our independent accountant. The audit committee of our board of directors approved the dismissal of the Former Auditor. The Former Auditors report on our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021 did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. During our two most recent fiscal years and through the subsequent interim period preceding the Former Auditors dismissal, (a) there were no disagreements (within the meaning of Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K) between us and the Former Auditor on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of the Former Auditor, would have caused the Former Auditor to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in their reports on the financial statements for such years; and (b) there were no reportable events (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K). We provided the Former Auditor with a copy of the disclosures that we are making in this Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure section. We have requested that the Former Auditor furnish a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not it agrees with the statements made in this Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure section, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Effective February 15, 2023, our board of directors appointed Deloitte & Touche LLP (the New Auditor) as our new independent registered public accounting firm. During our two most recent fiscal years and the subsequent interim period, neither we nor anyone acting on our behalf has consulted with the New Auditor with respect to (a) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, and neither a written report nor oral advice was provided to us that the New Auditor concluded was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing, or financial reporting issue or (b) any matter that was the subject of either a disagreement or a reportable event within the meaning of Item 304(a)(1) of Regulation S-K.
223
The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP is representing the underwriters.
The financial statements of Circle Internet Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The financial statements and financial highlights of Circle Reserve Fund as of April 30, 2024 and 2023, for the year ended April 30, 2024 and for the period from November 3, 2022 (commencement of operations) through April 30, 2023 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports. Such financial statements and financial highlights have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
224
Where you can find more information
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and any schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. The SEC maintains an internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy, and information statements we have filed electronically with the SEC.
As a result of the offering, we will be required to file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy, and information statements and other information we have filed electronically with the SEC.
We maintain a corporate website at www.circle.com. The reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only, and information contained therein or connected thereto is not incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.
225
Page | ||||
Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 of Circle Internet Group, Inc. and subsidiaries |
||||
F-2 | ||||
F-4 | ||||
F-6 | ||||
F-7 | ||||
F-8 | ||||
F-9 | ||||
F-12 | ||||
Financial Statements and Financial Highlights as of April 30, 2024 and for the year ended April 30, 2024 and for the period from November 3, 2022 (commencement of operations) through April 30, 2023 of Circle Reserve Fund |
||||
F-54 | ||||
F-55 | ||||
F-58 | ||||
F-59 | ||||
F-60 | ||||
F-61 | ||||
F-62 | ||||
Financial Statements and Financial Highlights as of April 30, 2023 and for the period from November 3, 2022 (commencement of operations) through April 30, 2023 of Circle Reserve Fund |
||||
F-69 | ||||
F-70 | ||||
F-71 | ||||
F-72 | ||||
F-73 | ||||
F-74 | ||||
F-75 |
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Circle Internet Group, Inc.:
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Circle Internet Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders (deficit)/equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes collectively referred to as the financial statements. In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024, and 2023, the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
F-2
Deposits from Stablecoin HoldersRefer to Note 2 to the Financial Statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
Deposits from stablecoin holders are funds received from customers from the issuance of Circle stablecoins. This represents claims from the stablecoin holder associated with Circles obligation to redeem stablecoins on a one-for-one basis. Circle stablecoins are the USDC and EURC payment stablecoins and are digital currencies issued natively on blockchain networks. All stablecoins issued and outstanding are backed by at least an equivalent amount of fiat currency denominated reserve assets. Stablecoins not accounted for could result in the amount of claims from the stablecoin holder to be more than the amount of reserve assets.
We identified deposits from stablecoin holders as a critical audit matter due to the fact that the issuance and redemption of stablecoins requires complex computer code operations and smart contracts. The nature and extent of audit effort required to address the matter includes significant involvement of more experienced engagement team members and involvement of specialist.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to deposits from stablecoin holders included the following, among others:
| We tested the effectiveness of controls over managements minting and burning process for the issuance and redemption of stablecoins. |
| We tested effectiveness of controls over managements reconciliation of reserve assets to stablecoin in circulation on approved blockchains. |
| We utilized our proprietary audit tool and involved specialists to independently obtain evidence from public blockchains to test the completeness of stablecoins minted and outstanding by blockchain. |
| We evaluated the reliability of audit evidence obtained from public blockchains. |
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
New York, New York
March 31, 2025
We have served as the Companys auditor since 2023.
F-3
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (continued)
(in thousands, except par value information) | December 31, 2024 |
December 31, 2023 |
||||||
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 23) |
||||||||
Redeemable convertible preferred stock |
||||||||
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock ($0.0001 par value; 33,621 thousand issued and outstanding; $9,078 liquidation preference as of December 31, 2024 and 2023) |
9,000 | 9,000 | ||||||
Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock ($0.0001 par value; 17,586 thousand issued and outstanding; $17,059 liquidation preference as of December 31, 2024 and 2023) |
17,000 | 17,000 | ||||||
Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock ($0.0001 par value; 18,445 thousand issued and outstanding; $40,027 liquidation preference as of December 31, 2024 and 2023) |
40,050 | 40,050 | ||||||
Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock ($0.0001 par value; 23,203 thousand issued and outstanding; $64,039 liquidation preference as of December 31, 2024 and 2023) |
64,152 | 64,152 | ||||||
Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock ($0.0001 par value; 37,391 thousand and 36,867 thousand issued and outstanding; $606,850 and $598,345 liquidation preference as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively) |
608,564 | 600,059 | ||||||
Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock ($0.0001 par value; 9,516 thousand issued and outstanding; $400,999 liquidation preference as of December 31, 2024 and 2023) |
400,999 | 400,999 | ||||||
Stockholders equity |
||||||||
Class A common stock ($0.0001 par value; 300,000 thousand and 262,500 thousand authorized; 56,353 thousand and 53,685 thousand issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively) |
6 | 6 | ||||||
Treasury stock at cost (4,960 thousand shares held as of December 31, 2024 and 2023) |
(2,877 | ) | (2,877 | ) | ||||
Additional paid-in capital |
1,792,969 | 1,723,020 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(1,223,213 | ) | (1,385,607 | ) | ||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
3,644 | 4,929 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total stockholders equity |
570,529 | 339,471 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders equity |
$ | 45,834,409 | $ | 25,996,583 | ||||
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share information) | Year Ended December 31, |
|||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
Revenue and reserve income |
||||||||||||
Reserve income |
$ | 1,661,084 | $ | 1,430,606 | $ | 735,885 | ||||||
Other revenue |
15,169 | 19,860 | 36,167 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total revenue and reserve income from continuing operations |
1,676,253 | 1,450,466 | 772,052 | |||||||||
Distribution, transaction and other costs |
||||||||||||
Distribution and transaction costs |
1,010,811 | 719,806 | 286,953 | |||||||||
Other costs |
6,553 | 7,918 | 22,401 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total distribution, transaction and other costs |
1,017,364 | 727,724 | 309,354 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating expenses |
||||||||||||
Compensation expenses |
263,410 | 296,055 | 212,961 | |||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
137,283 | 100,128 | 82,272 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense |
50,854 | 34,887 | 13,277 | |||||||||
IT infrastructure costs |
27,109 | 20,722 | 11,835 | |||||||||
Marketing expenses |
17,326 | 36,544 | 78,839 | |||||||||
Gain on sale of intangible assets |
| (21,634 | ) | | ||||||||
Merger termination expenses |
| | 44,194 | |||||||||
Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment |
(4,251 | ) | (13,488 | ) | 57,436 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total operating expenses |
491,731 | 453,214 | 500,814 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating income (loss) from continuing operations |
167,158 | 269,528 | (38,116 | ) | ||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
54,416 | 49,421 | (720,393 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) before income taxes |
221,574 | 318,949 | (758,509 | ) | ||||||||
Income tax expense |
64,583 | 47,400 | 3,263 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) from continuing operations |
156,991 | 271,549 | (761,772 | ) | ||||||||
Loss from operations of discontinued businesses |
(1,324 | ) | (3,987 | ) | (7,075 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 155,667 | $ | 267,562 | $ | (768,847 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Earnings (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||
Basic earnings (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||
Continuing operations |
$ | 0.33 | $ | 0.95 | $ | (16.33 | ) | |||||
Discontinued operations |
(0.00 | ) | (0.00 | ) | (0.15 | ) | ||||||
Basic earnings (loss) per common share |
$ | 0.33 | $ | 0.95 | $ | (16.48 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||
Continuing operations |
$ | 0.30 | $ | 0.78 | $ | (16.33 | ) | |||||
Discontinued operations |
(0.00 | ) | (0.00 | ) | (0.15 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share |
$ | 0.30 | $ | 0.78 | $ | (16.48 | ) | |||||
Weighted-average common shares used to compute earnings (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||
Basic |
54,413 | 47,265 | 46,663 | |||||||||
Diluted |
73,042 | 67,549 | 46,663 | |||||||||
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(in thousands) | Year Ended December 31, |
|||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 155,667 | $ | 267,562 | $ | (768,847 | ) | |||||
Other comprehensive income (loss): |
||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax |
(1,899 | ) | 1,460 | 625 | ||||||||
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale debt securities, net of tax |
(226 | ) | (1,069 | ) | 1,175 | |||||||
Unrealized gain (loss) on convertible notes credit risk, net of tax |
840 | 1,182 | (3,155 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax |
(1,285 | ) | 1,573 | (1,355 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | 154,382 | $ | 269,135 | $ | (770,202 | ) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS (DEFICIT)/EQUITY
Temporary Equity |
Permanent Equity | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) | Preferred Stock Series A Redeemable Convertible |
Preferred Stock Series B Redeemable Convertible |
Preferred Stock Series C Redeemable Convertible |
Preferred Stock Series D Redeemable Convertible |
Preferred Stock Series E Redeemable Convertible |
Preferred Stock Series F Redeemable Convertible |
Total Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock |
Class A Common Stock |
Treasury Stock |
Additional paid-in- capital |
Accumulated deficit |
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
Total Stockholders (Deficit) Equity |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2021 |
33,621 | $ | 9,000 | 17,586 | $ | 17,000 | 18,445 | $ | 40,050 | 23,203 | $ | 64,152 | 9,077 | $ | 149,024 | | $ | | $ | 279,226 | 45,265 | $ | 5 | 4,960 | $ | (2,877 | ) | $ | 113,103 | $ | (883,350 | ) | $ | 4,711 | $ | (768,408 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock in connection with business combinations |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 2,219 | | | | 120,961 | | | 120,961 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock in connection with merger termination costs |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 397 | | | | 15,520 | | | 15,520 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 510 | | | | 486 | | | 486 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of preferred stock |
| | | | | | | | 27,790 | 451,035 | 9,516 | $ | 400,999 | 852,034 | | | | | 1,074,014 | | | 1,074,014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 75,528 | | | 75,528 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (1,355 | ) | (1,355 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (768,847 | ) | | (768,847 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2022 |
33,621 | $ | 9,000 | 17,586 | $ | 17,000 | 18,445 | $ | 40,050 | 23,203 | $ | 64,152 | 36,867 | $ | 600,059 | 9,516 | $ | 400,999 | $ | 1,131,260 | 48,391 | $ | 5 | 4,960 | $ | (2,877 | ) | $ | 1,399,612 | $ | (1,652,197 | ) | $ | 3,356 | $ | (252,101 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adoption of new accounting standards |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (972 | ) | | (972 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of commons stock |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 990 | | | | 1,037 | | | 1,037 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock in connection with asset acquisition |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 8,367 | 1 | | | 209,938 | | | 209,939 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting and issuance of common shares in connection with business combinations |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 1,246 | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 121,178 | | | 121,178 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1,573 | 1,573 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cancellation of treasury stock, net |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | (349 | ) | | | | (8,745 | ) | | | (8,745 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 267,562 | | 267,562 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2023 |
33,621 | $ | 9,000 | 17,586 | $ | 17,000 | 18,445 | $ | 40,050 | 23,203 | $ | 64,152 | 36,867 | $ | 600,059 | 9,516 | $ | 400,999 | $ | 1,131,260 | 58,645 | $ | 6 | 4,960 | $ | (2,877 | ) | $ | 1,723,020 | $ | (1,385,607 | ) | $ | 4,929 | $ | 339,471 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adoption of new accounting standards, net of tax |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 6,727 | | 6,727 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 1,221 | | | | 1,614 | | | 1,614 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting of restricted stock units and common share in connection with business combinations |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 1,447 | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of preferred stock for conversion of convertible notes, net |
| | | | | | | | 524 | 8,505 | | | 8,505 | | | | | 4,692 | | | 4,692 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share-based compensation |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 63,643 | | | 63,643 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (1,285 | ) | (1,285 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 155,667 | | 155,667 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2024 |
33,621 | $ | 9,000 | 17,586 | $ | 17,000 | 18,445 | $ | 40,050 | 23,203 | $ | 64,152 | 37,391 | $ | 608,564 | 9,516 | $ | 400,999 | $ | 1,139,765 | 61,313 | $ | 6 | 4,960 | $ | (2,877 | ) | $ | 1,792,969 | $ | (1,223,213 | ) | $ | 3,644 | $ | 570,529 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-8
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands) | Year Ended December 31, |
|||||||||||
2024 | 2023 |
2022 |
||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities |
||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 155,667 | $ | 267,562 | $ | (768,847 | ) | |||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense |
50,854 | 34,887 | 13,277 | |||||||||
Accretion of premium on available-for-sale debt securities |
(2,268 | ) | (7,738 | ) | (353,422 | ) | ||||||
Realized and unrealized (gains) losses on digital assets |
(12,878 | ) | (13,010 | ) | 269,277 | |||||||
Change in fair value of convertible debt, warrant liability, and embedded derivatives |
(10,024 | ) | (25,343 | ) | 486,938 | |||||||
Digital assets received for services |
(1,500 | ) | (4,476 | ) | (7,235 | ) | ||||||
Deferred taxes |
(2,806 | ) | (32,893 | ) | (786 | ) | ||||||
Realized and unrealized (gains) losses on available-for-sale debt securities and strategic investments |
(434 | ) | 1,749 | 26,877 | ||||||||
Gain on sale of long-lived assets |
73 | (21,521 | ) | | ||||||||
Shares issued for merger termination |
| | 15,520 | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
50,134 | 107,999 | 69,266 | |||||||||
Other non-cash items |
322 | 4,811 | 5,547 | |||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Accounts receivable |
(4,569 | ) | 2,244 | 18,735 | ||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
(21,764 | ) | (51,161 | ) | (77,571 | ) | ||||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
132,878 | (123,833 | ) | 227,300 | ||||||||
Other current liabilities |
10,891 | 291 | 2,431 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
$ | 344,576 | $ | 139,568 | $ | (72,693 | ) | |||||
Cash flows from investing activities |
||||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of discontinued business |
| | 1,000 | |||||||||
Purchase of available-for-sale debt securities |
(99,313 | ) | (311,639 | ) | (102,850,973 | ) | ||||||
Sales and maturities of available-for-sale debt securities |
341,561 | 8,827,550 | 94,442,236 | |||||||||
Cash acquired from acquisition of equity method affiliate |
| |
1,629 |
|
| |||||||
Sale and return of investments |
739 | |
1,107 |
|
| |||||||
Purchase of investments |
(4,265 | ) | (2,661 | ) | (16,032 | ) | ||||||
Business combinations, net of cash acquired |
| | (43,456 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from the sale of digital assets |
4,805 | 27,301 | | |||||||||
Capitalization of software development costs |
(39,098 | ) | (32,862 | ) | (18,315 | ) | ||||||
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-9
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)
(in thousands) | Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
Purchase of long-lived assets |
(18,128 | ) | (654 | ) | (3,050 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
$ | 186,301 | $ | 8,509,771 | $ | (8,488,590 | ) | |||||
Cash flows from financing activities |
||||||||||||
Net changes in deposits held for stablecoin holders |
19,452,147 | (20,322,155 | ) | 2,176,756 | ||||||||
Purchase of treasury stock |
| (8,745 | ) | | ||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock |
| | 400,999 | |||||||||
Capitalized transaction costs |
(3,870 | ) | | | ||||||||
Proceeds from exercise of stock options |
1,614 | 1,037 | 486 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
$ | 19,449,891 | $ | (20,329,863 | ) | $ | 2,578,241 | |||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents, restricted and segregated cash |
(7,099 | ) | 1,097 | 3,620 | ||||||||
Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale debt securities classified as cash equivalents, net of tax |
(224 | ) | (254 | ) | 136 | |||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents, restricted and segregated cash |
19,973,445 | (11,679,681 | ) | (5,979,286 | ) | |||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, restricted and segregated cash at the beginning of the period |
24,994,159 | 36,673,840 | 42,653,126 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, restricted and segregated cash at the end of the period |
$ | 44,967,604 | $ | 24,994,159 | $ | 36,673,840 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, restricted and segregated cash consisted of the following: |
||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
750,981 | 368,623 | 664,650 | |||||||||
Restricted cash |
3,558 | 3,575 | 15,914 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents segregated for corporate-held stablecoins |
294,493 | 275,809 | 5,311 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents segregated for the benefit of stablecoin holders |
43,918,572 | 24,346,152 | 35,987,965 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total cash and cash equivalents, restricted and segregated cash |
$ | 44,967,604 | $ | 24,994,159 | $ | 36,673,840 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information |
||||||||||||
Cash paid for income taxes |
$ | 75,579 | $ | 81,037 | $ | 7,424 | ||||||
Cash paid for interest |
$ | 258 | $ | 253 | $ | 350 | ||||||
Supplemental schedule of non-cash activities |
||||||||||||
Obligations to return digital asset collateral |
$ | (2,700 | ) | $ | (7,053 | ) | $ | (211,594 | ) | |||
Digital assets collateral received |
$ | 1,905 | $ | 7,053 | $ | (185,830 | ) | |||||
Net changes in the purchase and redemption of digital financial assets |
$ | 14,328 | $ | | $ | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-10
(in thousands) | Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of intangible assets |
$ | | $ | 21,634 | $ | | ||||||
Stablecoins repaid |
$ | 16,513 | $ | 16,459 | $ | (154,837 | ) | |||||
Stablecoins receivable |
$ | | $ | (23,397 | ) | $ | 138,821 | |||||
Non-cash consideration for asset acquisition |
$ | | $ | (209,938 | ) | $ | | |||||
Non-cash purchase of investments and digital assets |
$ | (6,570 | ) | $ | (8,937 | ) | $ | (20,497 | ) | |||
Capitalized stock-based compensation expense related to internally developed software |
$ | 13,646 | $ | 13,118 | $ | 6,262 | ||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ | 2,874 | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale debt securities |
$ | (224 | ) | $ | (815 | ) | $ | 1,039 | ||||
Unrealized gain (loss) on convertible notes credit risk, net of tax |
$ | 840 | $ | 1,182 | $ | (3,155 | ) | |||||
Non-cash consideration for business combinations |
$ | | $ | | $ | (141,618 | ) | |||||
Right-of-use assets recognized on adoption of ASU 2016-02 |
$ | | $ | | $ | 3,273 | ||||||
Repayment of loans payable |
$ | | $ | | $ | (25,000) | ||||||
Non-cash interest payments |
$ | | $ | | $ | (6,061) | ||||||
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-11
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Description of business
Overview of the Business
On July 1, 2024, Circle Internet Financial Limited (Circle Ireland) consummated an Irish High Court-approved scheme of arrangement, pursuant to which issued ordinary shares and preferred shares in the capital of Circle Ireland were cancelled and, in connection with such cancellation, Circle Internet Group, Inc. (Circle Group), a Delaware corporation, issued equivalent shares of capital stock (in number and class) to the then-shareholders of Circle Ireland. Upon consummation of the scheme of arrangement, Circle Ireland became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Circle Group. The historical basis of accounting was retained as if the entities had always been combined for financial reporting purposes. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Circle Group and its subsidiaries (together, Circle, the Company, we, us, or our).
Founded in 2013, Circle is a platform, network, and market infrastructure for stablecoin and blockchain applications and the issuer of a U.S. dollar-denominated stablecoin, USDC and a euro-denominated stablecoin, EURC (collectively Circle stablecoins). Circle provides a stablecoin network and a range of blockchain-specific software infrastructure. This infrastructure abstracts away complexity of using blockchain networks and enhances the utility of Circle stablecoins.
2. Summary of significant accounting policies
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (U.S. GAAP) and the applicable rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and in the accompanying notes including, but not limited to, estimates and assumptions related to fair value estimates, share-based payment awards, contingent liabilities, and the valuation of intangible assets acquired in business combinations. These estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions which we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual amounts or results could materially differ from these estimates. All intercompany balance and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.
Reclassifications
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified in order to conform with the current period presentation. These reclassifications have no impact on the consolidated financial statements.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and disclosures in the accompanying notes.
Significant estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the fair value of stock-based awards issued, the fair value of certain non-current liabilities, the fair value of derivatives and embedded derivatives,
F-12
the fair value of investments under measurement alternative, the assessment of the amount and likelihood of adverse outcomes from claims and disputes, and the valuation of intangible assets acquired in business combinations, including goodwill and deferred taxes. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions which we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates may change as new events occur, and additional information becomes available. Actual results could differ from these estimates and any such differences may be material to the financial statements.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are cash and short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash is primarily related to amounts held at financial institutions related to the Companys banking collateral requirements. Restricted cash is restricted from withdrawal due to contractual or regulatory banking requirements or not available for general use and as such is classified as restricted on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Available-for-Sale Securities
The Company holds debt securities classified as available-for-sale securities which are recorded at fair value. Any unrealized holding gains or losses on available-for-sale debt securities are reported as accumulated other comprehensive gain or loss, which is a separate component of stockholders equity, net of tax, until realized. Beginning January 1, 2023, available-for-sale debt securities are analyzed for credit losses in accordance with ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 326) (ASU 2016-13) which requires the Company to determine whether declines in fair value are credit related. Any such credit-related decline in fair value is recorded to a credit loss allowance. We classify our available-for-sale securities as current or non-current based on each instruments underlying effective maturity date and for which we have the intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of greater than 12 months. Available-for-sale securities with maturities of less than 12 months are classified as current in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Available-for-sale securities with maturities greater than 12 months for which we have the intent and ability to hold the investment for greater than 12 months are classified as non-current in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2024, all available-for-sale securities matured or were sold.
Assets Segregated for the Benefit of Stablecoin Holders
The Company segregates assets backing Circle stablecoins to satisfy its obligations under all applicable regulatory requirements and commercial laws and classifies these assets as current based on their purpose and availability to fulfill its direct obligation to customers. The Company holds only bare legal title in the accounts holding the reserve funds, and maintains no legal, equitable, financial or ownership interest over the reserves themselves held for the benefit of Circle stablecoin holders in such accounts. The Companys eligible liquid assets were greater than the aggregate amount of custodial funds due to customers for the periods presented. Refer to Deposits from Stablecoin Holders in this note for further details.
Cash and cash equivalents segregated for the benefit of stablecoin holders and Cash and cash equivalents segregated for corporate-held stablecoins
Cash and cash equivalents segregated for the benefit of stablecoin holders and Cash and cash equivalents segregated for corporate-held stablecoins represent cash and cash equivalents maintained in segregated
F-13
accounts that are held for the exclusive benefit of customers and stablecoin holders, including stablecoins held by the Company. Beginning in November 2022, one of the Companys subsidiaries held investments in the Circle Reserve Fund (the Fund). The Fund is managed by BlackRock Advisors, LLC, and the securities purchased by the Fund are subject to the quality, diversification, and other requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Shares of the Fund are only available for purchase by the Companys subsidiary, which owns all outstanding shares of the Fund.
The Company accounts for the Fund as a financial asset under the fair value option pursuant to ASC 825, Financial Instruments, because the Company believes that measurement at fair value provides more useful information to financial statement users due to the short-term, highly liquid nature of the Fund. The shares of the Fund would otherwise be accounted for under the equity method pursuant to ASC 323, Equity Method and Joint Ventures, if the Company had not elected the fair value option. The Company measures fair value at the Funds net asset value per share. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, balances held in the Fund included in Cash and cash equivalents segregated for the benefit of stablecoin holders were $37,514.3 million and $22,238.0 million, respectively, and the Fund has maintained a net asset value of $1.00 per share for all periods presented. In connection with the Fund, dividends receivable is included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and dividend income is included in Reserve income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Investments
Strategic investments
The Company has strategic investments in equity securities without a readily determinable fair value where the Company (1) holds less than 20% ownership in the entity, and (2) does not exercise significant influence. The Company has elected to use the measurement alternative for its equity investments without a readily determinable fair value, pursuant to which these investments are recognized at cost, less impairment, if any, and are remeasured through earnings when there is an observable price change in orderly transactions involving the same or similar investment in the same issuer. The Company recognizes impairment losses on strategic investments in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Investment in marketable equity securities
Marketable equity securities are recorded at fair value using quoted market prices reported on recognized securities exchanges. Any change in unrealized holding gains or losses on equity securities are included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Investment in affiliate, equity method
Until the acquisition of the controlling interest in Centre Consortium, LLC (Centre) in August 2023, the Company accounted for its 50% equity interest in Centre under the equity method since it had the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control. Refer to Note 3 for additional information regarding the acquisition of the controlling financial interest of Centre. The equity method investment was included in Investments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and its share of income and losses were included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Fair Value Measurements
The Company utilizes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes and ranks the level of observability of inputs used to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value. The observability of inputs is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of investment, characteristics specific to the investment, market conditions and other factors.
F-14
Assets and liabilities with readily available quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from quoted prices in active markets will typically have a higher degree of input observability and a lesser degree of judgment applied in determining fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
| Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical investments at the measurement date are used. |
| Level 2: Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the investment, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 pricing inputs include quoted prices for similar investments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar investments in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the investment, and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. |
| Level 3: Pricing inputs are unobservable and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs used in determination of fair value require significant judgment and estimation. |
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses
Accounts receivable are contractual rights to receive cash or digital assets either on demand or at fixed or determinable dates and are recognized as assets on the Companys balance sheet when earned. Accounts receivable consists of customer funds receivable and other receivables.
Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for credit losses, which is an estimate of amounts that may not be collectible. The Company performs ongoing evaluations of its accounts receivable and, if necessary, provides an allowance for credit losses and, beginning January 1, 2023, current expected credit losses in accordance with ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses. The Company writes off accounts receivable against the allowance when it determines a balance is uncollectible and no longer actively pursues collection of the receivable.
Digital Assets
The Company receives, purchases, utilizes, and sells digital assets in the ordinary course of business and holds certain digital assets as investments. In general, the Company holds digital assets, other than stablecoins it issues and as investments, to pay blockchain gas fees, as payment for certain services and as collateral held in connection with Circle stablecoin lending services.
Effective January 1, 2024, upon the adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2023-08, Accounting for and Disclosure of Crypto Assets (ASU 2023-08), digital assets are measured at fair value. Fair value measurements for digital assets are based on quoted market prices in active markets. Changes in fair value of digital assets held in the ordinary course of business are recognized in Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Changes in fair value of digital assets held as investments are recognized in Other income (expense), net. Gains and losses upon sale of digital assets are measured as the difference between the cash proceeds and the carrying basis of the digital assets as determined on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis for each pool of digital assets. These realized gains and losses on digital assets held in the ordinary course of business are recorded to Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment, and realized gains and losses on digital assets held as investments are recorded to Other income (expense), net.
Prior to January 1, 2024, digital assets were accounted for as intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. The Company initially measured digital assets at cost and tested digital assets for impairment by comparing the
F-15
digital assets fair value to its carrying value and recognized an impairment loss whenever the carrying value exceeded quoted market prices of the respective digital asset during the period. Company owned digital assets and digital assets held as collateral were reflected within Digital Assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Impairment losses are reflected within Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Digital Assets related to Lending Services
The Company enters into Circle stablecoin lending arrangements. Loan fee income earned from lending activities are calculated using the effective interest method and are included in Other revenue, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In connection with Circle stablecoins lent to its borrowers, the Company recognizes Stablecoins receivable, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Stablecoins receivable are recorded at amortized cost, net of any allowance for credit losses, if applicable. An impairment is recognized if it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the agreement.
In connection with certain lending, the Company may receive Bitcoin as collateral into its custody account, which is included in Digital assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to Digital Assets above and Derivative Contracts, including Embedded Derivatives below for further information.
Deposits from Stablecoin Holders
Funds received from customers from the issuance of Circle stablecoins represent claims which are reflected as a liability classified as Deposits from stablecoin holders on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As a licensed money transmitter and regulated Electronic Money Institution, Circle is obligated to redeem all Circle stablecoins presented by Circle Mint customers on a one for one basis for U.S. dollars or euros, as applicable, except in limited circumstances, such as when prohibited by law or court order or instances where fraud is suspected. As such, the Company does not have an unconditional right to deny Circle stablecoin redemption requests from Circle Mint customers. With the exception of general stablecoin holders subject to specific regulatory requirements such as those in the European Union, the Company does not redeem Circle stablecoins from stablecoin holders who are not Circle Mint customers. However, Circle stablecoins are supported by numerous global digital asset exchanges and marketplaces, including neo-banks, brokerages, payment providers, remittance providers, superapps and commerce companies, and as such, Circle stablecoin holders could transact with Circle Mint customers, ultimately allowing the Circle stablecoins to be redeemed. Deposits from stablecoin holders do not include amounts associated with corporate-held stablecoins. Cash associated with such corporate-held stablecoins are presented as Cash and cash equivalents segregated for corporate-held stablecoins on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. When the Company makes payments in the form of corporate-held stablecoins, the Company records an associated Deposits from stablecoin holders and records the cash associated with such stablecoins as Cash and cash equivalents segregated for corporate-held stablecoins. When such payments, in the form of corporate-held stablecoins, are for distribution, transaction and other costs or operating expenses incurred, the payments are presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows in the same manner as if such payments were settled in cash.
As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Companys eligible liquid assets, which consist of cash and cash equivalents, were greater than the aggregate amount of custodial funds due to stablecoin holders.
Derivative Contracts, including Embedded Derivatives
Derivative instruments are financial instruments or other contracts that derive their value from one or more underlying variables. Derivative contracts are recognized as either assets or liabilities on the Consolidated
F-16
Balance Sheets at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in Other income (expense), net or Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company has entered into certain contracts resulting in the right to receive or obligation to deliver certain digital assets in the future. These contracts are accounted for as derivatives in their entirety or as hybrid instruments containing a debt-like host contract and an embedded derivative that is bifurcated from the host contract. The derivative or embedded derivative is subsequently measured at fair value.
Intangible Assets, net
Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The Companys finite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment at least annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable, and intangibles are also evaluated periodically to determine their remaining useful lives.
Internally developed software
Internally developed software represents direct costs incurred to develop software for internal use and are capitalized and amortized over an estimated useful life of two years. Unamortized internally developed software development costs are included in Intangible assets, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Acquired intangible assets
The Company reviews the carrying amount of its long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite lives, at least annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Unamortized acquired intangible assets are included in Intangible assets, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Indefinite-lived acquired intangible assets, which include intellectual property rights, are not amortized. As a result, these assets are tested for impairment through qualitative and quantitative assessments at least annually in the fourth quarter and whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that indefinite-lived intangible assets might be impaired. We test our indefinite-lived intangible assets by comparing the fair values with the carrying values and recognize a loss for the difference.
The useful life of the Companys finite-lived acquired intangible assets is as follows:
Table 2. Acquired Intangible Assets Useful Life | ||||
Acquired intangible assets | Useful life | |||
Developed technology |
2 ~ 6 years | |||
Customer relationships |
2.5 ~ 4 years | |||
Regulatory licenses |
5 years | |||
Patents and trade name |
1 ~ 17 years |
There were no impairments recorded for intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.
Goodwill, Intangible Assets And Other Long-Lived Assets
The Company performs a qualitative assessment on goodwill at least annually, during the fourth quarter, or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist, to determine if any events or circumstances exist, such as an adverse change in business climate or a decline in the overall industry that would indicate that it
F-17
would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. If it is determined in the qualitative assessment that the fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than not below its carrying amount, then the Company will perform a quantitative impairment test. The quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Any excess in the carrying amount of a reporting units goodwill over its fair value is recognized as an impairment loss, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. For purposes of goodwill impairment testing for the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company has one reporting unit.
Acquisition-related intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The Company evaluates long-lived assets, including property, equipment and leasehold improvements and other intangible assets subject to amortization, for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable based on expected future cash flows attributable to that asset or asset group. Recoverability of assets held and used is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or an asset group to estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset or asset group exceeds estimated undiscounted future cash flows, then an impairment charge would be recognized based on the excess of the carrying amount of the asset or asset group over its fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
There were no material impairment charges recognized related to goodwill, intangible assets, or other long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.
Revenue Recognition
The Company determines revenue recognition from contracts with customers through the following steps:
| identification of the contract, or contracts, with the customer, |
| identification of the performance obligations in the contract, |
| determination of the transaction price, |
| allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and |
| recognition of the revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation. |
Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized when, or as, the Company satisfies its performance obligations by transferring promised goods or services to customers. A good or service is transferred to a customer when, or as, the customer obtains control of that good or service. A performance obligation may be satisfied over time or at a point in time. Revenue from a performance obligation satisfied at a point in time is recognized at the point in time that the Company determines the customer obtains control over the promised good or service. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those promised goods or services.
The Company recognizes revenue from contracts with customers as it satisfies its obligation to customers. Services include Transaction and Other revenue. Reserve income, Treasury services income relating to Circle stablecoin lending services and Other interest income are not contracts with customers. See Note 12 Revenue Recognition for further detail.
Distribution Arrangements
The Company has entered into distribution arrangements and incentive agreements with digital asset exchanges, market makers, and other stablecoin liquidity providers. Prior to August 2023, a portion of the
F-18
reserve income earned on fiat denominated assets held in reserve accounts was paid to a digital asset exchange based on (i) the amount of USDC distributed by each respective party and (ii) the amount of USDC held on each respective partys platform (e.g., held in its customers accounts) in relation to the total amount of USDC in circulation. Subsequent to August 2023, the Company makes payments based on the amount of USDC held on each respective partys platform. In the case of a certain distribution arrangement, the Company also makes payments based on the amount of USDC in circulation held outside of each respective partys platform. The Company accounts for these agreements as executory contracts and accrues amounts payable as reserve income is earned and the amounts to be allocated are determinable. One-time payments are expensed as incurred. The costs associated with these arrangements are recognized in Distribution and transaction costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Marketing Expenses
The Company expenses the cost of producing advertisements at the time production occurs and expenses the cost of communicating advertisements in the period during which the advertising space or airtime is used as sales and marketing expense. Online advertising expenses are recognized based on the terms of the individual agreements, which are generally over the greater of the ratio of the number of impressions delivered over the total number of contracted impressions, on a pay-per-click basis, or on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract. The Company expenses the costs of marketing with various partners in the digital asset ecosystem over the term of the individual agreement. Marketing expenses are expensed as incurred and presented as a component of Operating Expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses include costs incurred to support the Companys business, including professional services fees paid for legal, accounting and consulting services, rent, employee meals and entertainment, travel expenses, bad debt and credit losses, insurance, training and education, compliance, and other administrative services. General and administrative costs are expensed as incurred and presented as a component of Operating Expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period of the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not to be sustained. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.
For U.S. Federal tax purposes, digital asset transactions are treated on the same tax principles as property transactions. The Company recognizes a gain or loss when digital assets are exchanged for other property, in the amount of the difference between the fair market value of the property received and the tax basis of the exchanged digital assets. Receipts of digital assets in exchange for goods or services are included in taxable income at the fair market value on the date of receipt.
F-19
Foreign Currency
The functional currency for most subsidiaries outside of the United States is the local currency. For purposes of the Companys consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated to U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues, costs and expenses from these entities are translated to U.S. dollars using average daily exchange rates. Gains and losses resulting from these translations are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI). Gains and losses from the remeasurement of foreign currency transactions into the functional currency are recognized as Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Companys cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and stablecoin receivables and loan receivables are potentially subject to concentration of credit risk. Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash are placed with financial institutions which are of high credit quality. The Company has corporate and reserve deposit balances with multiple financial institutions that substantially exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limit of $250 thousand per financial institution.
Related Party Transactions
In September 2023, the Company entered into an agreement with a Director to repurchase up to 240 thousand common shares of the Company to satisfy the Directors tax obligations relating to the exercise of expiring options. The repurchase was at a price of $25.09 per share. The repurchase transaction closed in October 2023, and these treasury shares were subsequently canceled in December 2023.
On November 7, 2022, Circle entered into an agreement to invest $0.3 million into a startup focused on consumer interaction with the digital economy, in return for equity under a simple agreement for future equity and token warrants. A Director of Circle is the Founder and CEO of this company and owns 40% of this company. Additionally, another Director of Circle is also a minority investor and strategic advisor to this company.
On October 7, 2022, Circle entered into an agreement to invest $0.3 million in the Series A funding of a startup focused on building an integrated platform that deconstructs loan documents into digital data. An executive officer of Circle is a domestic partner to the Founder and CEO of this company.
Stock-based Compensation
The Company provides stock options and restricted stock units (RSUs) to its employees and board members under the 2024 Share Award Plan, as amended, which assumed the obligations under the 2013 Share Award Scheme (the Award Plan). The Award Plan is administered by the Board and, where delegated, its committees, who have the authority to grant and amend awards, adopt, amend, and repeal rules relating to the Plan and to interpret and correct the provisions of the Plan and any award. Pursuant to the Award Plan, the Board and, where delegated, its committees, will select the individuals to whom options or restricted stock units are granted and will determine the terms of each award, including (i) the number of shares of common stock subject to the award; (ii) conditions and limitations applicable to each award and the common stock issued, including vesting provisions; (iii) the option exercise price, which must be at least 100.0% of the fair market value of the common stock as of the date of grant; and (iv) the duration of the award, which may not exceed 10 years.
The Board and, where delegated, its committees, may also grant restricted stock awards entitling recipients to acquire shares of common stock subject to (i) delivery to the Circle by the participant of cash or other lawful
F-20
consideration in an amount at least equal to the par value of the stock purchased, and (ii) the right of Circle to repurchase all or part of such stock at their issue price in the event that conditions specified in the applicable award are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period.
In certain circumstances, the Company also grants stock-based awards to non-employees in lieu or in reduction of cash compensation for their services. The stock-based awards granted to non-employees have the same terms as those granted to employees under the Award Plan. For stock-based awards granted to non-employees, compensation expense is recognized based on the grant date fair value of the awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, using a fair-value based method for costs related to all equity awards issued under the equity incentive plans, including options and RSUs granted to employees, directors, and non-employees. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized and included in Compensation expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company estimates the fair value of stock options with only service-based conditions on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton (Black-Scholes) option-pricing model. The fair value of the stock option is expensed over the related service period which is typically the vesting period and the straight-line method is used for expense attribution. The model requires management to make a number of assumptions, including the fair value and expected volatility of our underlying common stock, expected term of the stock option, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividend yield. The expected term of the stock option is based on the average period the stock option is expected to remain outstanding based on the stock options vesting and contractual terms. The estimated forfeiture rate is based on accumulated historical forfeiture data. The Company evaluates the assumptions used to value stock awards quarterly.
The RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both a service condition and a liquidity condition. Both the service and liquidity conditions must be met for the expense to be recognized. The fair value of RSUs is estimated based on the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense related to the RSUs is recorded on a tranche-by-tranche basis over the requisite service period, when the liquidity condition is considered probable.
Common Stock Valuation
The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. In the absence of an active market, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:
| the results of contemporaneous valuations performed at periodic intervals by an independent valuation firm; |
| the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; |
| the prices of our convertible preferred stock and common stock sold to investors in arms-length transactions or offered to investors through a tender offer; |
| our actual operating and financial performance and estimated trends and prospects for our future performance; |
| our stage of development; |
F-21
| the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, direct listing, or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions; |
| the lack of marketability involving securities in a private company; |
| the market performance of comparable publicly-traded companies; and |
| U.S. and global capital market conditions. |
In valuing our common stock, we utilized a probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM. The PWERM involves the estimation of the value of our company under multiple future potential outcomes for us, and estimates of the probability of each potential outcome. The per share value of our common stock determined using the PWERM is ultimately based upon probability-weighted per share values resulting from the various future scenarios, which include an initial public offering or continued operation as a private company. Additionally, the PWERM was combined with the Option Pricing Model to determine the value of the securities comprising our capital structure in certain of the scenarios considered in the PWERM.
After the equity value is determined and allocated to the various classes of shares, a discount for lack of marketability, is applied to arrive at the fair value of the common stock to account for the lack of marketability of a stock that is not traded on public exchanges.
Business combinations
The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. This method requires that the purchase price of the acquisition be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed using the fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill.
We use our best estimates and assumptions as part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill to the extent we identify adjustments to the preliminary purchase price allocation. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair values of the assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded in our consolidated statements of operations. Our consolidated financial statements include the results of operations from the date of acquisition for each business combination.
Earnings (loss) Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders
The Company computes earnings (loss) per share using the two-class method required for participating securities. The two-class method requires that income from continuing operations shall be reduced by the amounts of dividends declared in the period for each class of stock and any contractual dividends that must be paid; and, if applicable, any deemed dividends. The Companys convertible preferred stock issued are considered to be participating securities. These participating securities do not contractually require the holders of such shares to participate in the Companys losses.
Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Options, warrants, unvested share-based payment awards and convertible securities are excluded from the basic earnings (loss) per share calculation. Contingently issuable shares are included in basic earnings (loss) per share only if all the necessary
F-22
conditions for the issuance of such shares have been satisfied by the end of the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders, adjusted for the effects of the presumed issuance of potential common shares, by the number of weighted average common shares outstanding, plus potentially issuable shares, such as those that result from the conversion of a convertible instrument, exercise of a warrant, or vesting of an award.
Segment Reporting
Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (the CODM). The Companys CODM is the Chief Executive Officer. The CODM reviews net income presented on a consolidated basis consistent with the presentation of the consolidated statement of operations for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources, and evaluating financial performance. The significant segment expenses are consistent with the expenses presented on the consolidated statement of operations. The CODM does not review segment assets at a level or category other than what is reported on the consolidated balance sheets. As a result, the Company in its entirety, and on a consolidated basis, is a single reportable segment. The accounting policies of the Companys single reportable segment are the same as those described in this Note 2. Refer to Note 1 for a description of the segments business and Note 12 for revenues by product and service.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 326) (ASU 2016-13). The amendments in this and the related ASUs introduce broad changes to accounting for credit impairment of financial instruments. The primary updates include the introduction of a new current expected credit loss (CECL) model that is based on expected rather than incurred losses and amendments to the accounting for impairment of held-to-maturity securities and available for sale securities. The Company adopted ASU 2016-13 beginning January 1, 2023 using a modified retrospective approach. In connection with the adoption, the Company recorded $1.0 million of incremental credit losses with a charge to opening retained earnings at January 1, 2023.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-08 to improve the accounting for, and disclosure of, certain crypto assets. ASU 2023-08 requires an entity to measure those crypto assets at fair value each reporting period with changes in fair value recognized in net income. The amendments also improve the information provided to investors about an entitys crypto asset holdings by requiring disclosure about significant holdings, contractual sale restrictions, and changes during the reporting period. The Company early-adopted ASU 2023-08 beginning January 1, 2024 using a modified retrospective approach. In connection with the adoption, the Company recorded $6.9 million to Digital assets and an associated deferred tax liability of $0.2 million, for a net cumulative effect of $6.7 million recorded to opening accumulated deficit at January 1, 2024.
In November 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2023-07, Improvements to Reportable Segments Disclosures (ASU 2023-07). ASU 2023-07 requires public entities to provide disclosures of significant segment expenses and other segment items. The standard allows entities to disclose more than one measure of segments profit or loss if such measures are used by the CODM to allocate resources and assess performance, as long as at least one of those measures is determined in a way that is most consistent with the measurement principles used to measure the corresponding amounts in the consolidated financial statements. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 retrospectively for its fiscal year ending December 31, 2024, and for interim periods beginning January 1, 2025. The new standard only impacted disclosures.
F-23
In January 2025, the SEC published Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 122 (SAB 122) to rescind the previously issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 121 (SAB 121). SAB 121 required the recognition of a liability and an offsetting asset, both measured at fair value, for its obligation to safeguard digital assets on behalf of customers. The Company early adopted SAB 122 retrospectively for the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2023. The adoption of SAB 122 resulted in the derecognition of $524.2 million of Assets related to safeguarding obligations and Obligations related to safeguarding digital assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2023. The adoption had no effect on operating income from continuing operations, net income, or comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2024 or 2023 or total stockholders equity as of December 31, 2024 or 2023.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2023-09, Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (ASU 2023-07). ASU 2023-09 includes amendments to income tax disclosures primarily related to the effective tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. The new standard is effective prospectively for the Company for its fiscal year beginning January 1, 2025, with early adoption permitted. The Company expects that this standard will only impact disclosures.
In November 2024, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2024-03, Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (ASU 2024-03). ASU 2024-03 is intended to provide users of financial statements with more decision-useful information about expenses of a public business entity, primarily through enhanced disclosures of certain components of expenses commonly presented within captions on the statement of operations, such as employee compensation and depreciation and amortization, as well as a qualitative description of the amounts remaining in relevant expense captions that are not separately disaggregated quantitatively. ASU 2024-03 also requires disclosure of the total amount of selling expenses. ASU 2024-03 is effective prospectively or retrospectively for the Company for its fiscal year beginning January 1, 2027 and for interim periods beginning January 1, 2028, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing ASU 2024-03 and its impact on its disclosures.
3. Acquisitions and divestitures
Acquisitions
Centre Consortium, LLC
In August 2023, the Company acquired the remaining outstanding 50% equity interest in Centre Consortium, LLC (Centre) from a digital asset exchange (the Centre Acquisition). Total consideration for the Centre Acquisition was $209.9 million consisting of approximately 8.4 million shares of common stock of the Company measured at fair value. Upon completion of the Centre Acquisition, Centre became an indirect wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary of the Company. In December 2023, the Company dissolved Centre, and its net assets were distributed to another wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Substantially all of the assets acquired were associated with a single group of complementary intangible assets associated with stablecoin trade names, trademarks, and developed technology. The group of complementary intangible assets has an indefinite life based on the Companys historical and continuing use of the asset, the importance to its business, and the lack of substantive legal, regulatory, and contractual restrictions on its useful life. In addition, deferred tax assets and liabilities of $8.7 million and $57.3 million, respectively, were recorded upon completion of the acquisition.
Billeto, Inc.
In July 2022, the Company acquired 100% of the ownership interest in Billeto, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Billeto), a software development company that provides payment platforms.
F-24
In accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, the acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method. The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase consideration to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):
Cash |
$ | 1,945 | ||
Intangible assets, net |
4,600 | |||
Other assets |
232 | |||
Goodwill |
24,613 | |||
Deferred tax liabilities |
(550 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Total purchase consideration |
$ | 30,840 |
The total fair value of consideration transferred was $30.8 million consisting of $14.4 million in cash and 0.3 million common shares of Circle valued at $16.4 million. The intangible asset acquired consists of developed technology of $4.6 million and was assigned a useful life of 2.0 years. The fair value of the developed technology was determined utilizing the cost approach. The fair value of the developed technology is considered a Level 3 fair value measurement due to the use of unobservable inputs including cost estimates. The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill, and is attributable to Billetos workforce and the value of enhancing the Companys payment platform. The Company does not expect goodwill to be deductible for income tax purposes.
The acquisition agreement also provides for the issuance of 1.3 million common shares of Circle to Billeto employees that are subject to the satisfaction of certain vesting conditions and will be accounted for as compensation costs over the requisite service period.
Cybavo, Pte. Ltd
In July 2022, the Company acquired 100% of the ownership interest in Cybavo, Pte. Ltd, a private company limited by shares incorporated in Singapore (together with its subsidiaries, Cybavo) that provides platforms for digital asset custody and blockchain application development.
In accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, the acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method. The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase consideration to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):
Cash |
$ | 1,498 | ||
Fixed assets, net |
528 | |||
Operating lease right-of-use assets |
1,114 | |||
Intangible assets, net |
24,407 | |||
Other assets |
335 | |||
Goodwill |
120,917 | |||
Deferred tax liabilities |
(4,148 | ) | ||
Other current and noncurrent liabilities |
(2,418 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Total purchase consideration |
$ | 142,233 |
The total fair value of consideration transferred was $142.2 million, consisting of $37.6 million in cash and USDC and 2.2 million common shares of Circle valued at $104.5 million. The intangible assets acquired consist of developed technology of $15.6 million, customer relationships of $6.6 million and trade name of $2.2 million, and were assigned useful lives of 6.0, 2.5 and 8.5 years, respectively. The fair value of the developed technology, customer relationships, and trade name were determined using the income approach. These
F-25
valuations are considered Level 3 fair value measurements due to the use of unobservable inputs including projected timing and amounts of future cash flows and revenues, useful lives, and discount rates. The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill, and is attributable to Cybavos workforce and the synergies expected to arise from the acquisition. The Company does not expect goodwill to be deductible for income tax purposes.
The agreement also provides for the issuance of up to approximately 1.6 million additional common shares of Circle to certain Cybavo employees, subject to the satisfaction of certain vesting conditions. All common shares issuable in connection with the Cybavo acquisition that are subject to vesting conditions are accounted for as compensation costs over the requisite service period. In connection with the Cybavo acquisition, a $10.0 million loan convertible into shares of Cybavo was effectively settled with respect to the consolidated financial statements.
The consolidated financial statements include the operating results of the acquisition from the date of the acquisitions. Pro forma results of operations for the acquisitions have not been presented because the effects of the acquisitions, individually and in the aggregate, were not material to the financial results of the Company.
Divestitures
Sale of SeedInvest
In October 2022, as a result of the Companys strategic decision to focus on its core business, the Company entered into a binding agreement to sell certain assets of SeedInvest to a subsidiary of StartEngine Crowdfunding, Inc. (StartEngine) in exchange for 960 thousand common shares of StartEngine, a noncontrolling interest that does not provide the Company with significant influence. The transaction closed in May 2023 after receiving regulatory approvals and the Company recorded a gain on the sale of $21.6 million recorded to Gain on sale of intangible assets on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Other transactions
Merger agreement termination
In July 2021, the Company entered into a merger agreement with Concord Acquisition Corp. (Concord), a blank check company incorporated in the State of Delaware and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger. In February 2022, the merger agreement with Concord was terminated and the Company entered into a new transaction agreement with Concord. In December 2022, the Company and Concord announced the mutual termination of its proposed business combination. As a result, the Company recorded $44.2 million of merger termination costs, consisting of 396,514 shares of Companys common stock, expense reimbursements, forgiveness of a promissory note, and the recognition of previously capitalized transaction related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022.
F-26
4. Available-for-sale debt securities
Available-for-sale debt securities
The cost basis, fair values and gross unrealized gains and losses of available-for-sale debt securities, at fair value are as follows (in thousands):
Table 4.1. Details of Available-for-sale Debt Securities | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Unrealized Gains |
Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value |
Amortized Cost |
Unrealized Gains |
Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury securities |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 111,379 | $ | 40 | $ | (12 | ) | $ | 111,407 | |||||||||||||||
U.S. agency bonds |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | 128,520 | 199 | (3 | ) | 128,716 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 239,899 | $ | 239 | $ | (15 | ) | $ | 240,123 |
The cost basis of available-for-sale debt securities includes an adjustment for the amortization of premium or discount since the date of purchase. No provision for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.
The following table presents certain information regarding contractual maturities of our available-for-sale debt securities, at fair value (in thousands):
Table 4.2. Maturities of Available-for sale Debt Securities | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturity | December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
% of Total |
Fair Value |
% of Total |
Amortized Cost |
% of Total |
Fair Value |
% of Total |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
One year or less |
$ | | % | $ | | % | $ | 152,108 | 63.0% | $ | 152,183 | 63.0% | ||||||||||||||||||||
After one year through five years |
| % | | % | 87,791 | 37.0% | 87,940 | 37.0% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | | % | $ | | % | $ | 239,899 | 100.0% | $ | 240,123 | 100.0% |
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, there were no available-for-sale debt securities with contractual maturities greater than five years. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because certain borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, there were no available-for-sale debt securities, at fair value which have unrealized losses for a period in excess of 12 months.
Interest income recognized on available-for-sale debt securities, at fair value is included as a component of Other income (expense), net on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations as follows (in thousands):
Table 4.3. Interest Income on Available-for-sale Debt Securities | ||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
Interest income |
$ | 8,452 | $ | 5,771 | $ | 482,684 |
F-27
5. Leases
The Company leases facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. In addition to fixed monthly lease payments, the Company is required to pay operating expenses and real estate taxes for certain of these facilities. In January 2024, the Company commenced a lease for corporate office space with a lease term of approximately 10 years.
The components of lease cost were as follows (in thousands):
Table 5.1. Lease Cost | ||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
Operating lease cost |
$ | 4,406 | $ | 1,813 | $ | 1,824 | ||||||
Short-term lease cost |
$ | 895 | $ | 180 | $ | 916 |
Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases is as follows (in thousands):
Table 5.2. Details of Lease Right-of-use Assets and Liabilities | ||||||||
December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
Operating lease right-of-use assets |
$ | 15,493 | $ | 1,624 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Operating lease liabilities - current |
2,637 | 1,647 | ||||||
Operating lease liabilities - non-current |
13,074 | 132 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total operating lease liabilities |
$ | 15,711 | $ | 1,779 | ||||
|
Operating lease liabilities are included in Other current liabilities and Other non-current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, while operating lease right-of-use assets are included in Other non-current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Weighted-average lease terms and discount rates are as follows:
Table 5.3. Weighted-average Lease Terms and Discount Rates | ||||||||
December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
Weighted-average remaining lease term |
8.3 years | 1.1 years | ||||||
Weighted-average discount rates |
12.8% | 8.5% |
Maturities of lease liabilities under operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
Table 5.4. Maturities of Lease Liabilities | ||||
Years ending December 31, | ||||
2025 |
$ | 3,065 | ||
2026 |
3,091 | |||
2027 |
3,144 | |||
2028 |
2,787 | |||
2029 |
3,058 | |||
Thereafter |
11,944 | |||
|
|
|||
Total lease payments |
27,089 | |||
Less: imputed interest |
11,378 | |||
|
|
|||
Total lease liabilities |
$ | 15,711 |
F-28
6. Intangible assets, net
Intangible assets consists of the following (in thousands):
Table 6.1. Details of Intangible Assets, net | ||||||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2024 | Gross carrying amount |
Accumulated amortization |
Intangible assets, net |
Weighted average remaining useful life (in years) |
||||||||||||
Amortizing intangible assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Internally developed software |
$ | 146,579 | $ | (94,646 | ) | $ | 51,933 | 1.4 | ||||||||
Acquired intangible assets |
$ | 31,373 | $ | (18,316 | ) | $ | 13,057 | 5.8 | ||||||||
Total amortizing intangible assets |
$ | 177,952 | $ | (112,962 | ) | $ | 64,990 | |||||||||
Indefinite-lived intangible assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Acquired intangible assets |
$ | 266,404 | $ | | $ | 266,404 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total intangible assets, net |
$ | 444,356 | $ | (112,962 | ) | $ | 331,394 |
As of December 31, 2023 | Gross carrying amount |
Accumulated amortization |
Intangible assets, net |
Weighted average remaining useful life (in years) |
||||||||||||
Amortizing intangible assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Internally developed software |
$ | 95,838 | $ | (52,710 | ) | $ | 43,128 | 1.5 | ||||||||
Acquired intangible assets |
29,250 | (11,351 | ) | 17,899 | 3.9 | |||||||||||
Total amortizing intangible assets |
$ | 125,088 | $ | (64,061 | ) | $ | 61,027 | |||||||||
Indefinite-lived intangible assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Acquired intangible assets |
266,354 | | 266,354 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total intangible assets, net |
$ | 391,442 | $ | (64,061 | ) | $ | 327,381 |
Total amortization expense of intangible assets was $49.0 million, $33.1 million and $12.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Amortization expense on internally developed software was $42.0 million, $24.9 million and $8.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Amortization expense on the acquired intangible assets was $7.0 million, $8.3 million and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
The expected future amortization expense for amortizing intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):
Table 6.2. Future Amortization Expense of Intangible Assets | ||||
Years ending December 31, |
||||
2025 |
$ | 41,219 | ||
2026 |
16,987 | |||
2027 |
2,919 | |||
2028 |
1,774 | |||
2029 |
384 | |||
Thereafter |
1,707 | |||
|
|
|||
Total amortization expense |
$ | 64,990 |
F-29
7. Fixed assets, net
The following table presents our major categories of Fixed assets, net (in thousands):
Table 7.1. Details of Fixed assets, net | ||||||||
December 31, | December 31, | |||||||
2024 | 2023 | |||||||
Computers & equipment |
$ | 4,920 | $ | 4,543 | ||||
Leasehold improvements |
739 | 572 | ||||||
Construction in progress |
16,204 | | ||||||
Other |
1,600 | 1,256 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total Fixed assets |
23,463 | 6,371 | ||||||
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization |
$ | (4,781 | ) | $ | (3,752 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total Fixed assets, net |
$ | 18,682 | $ | 2,619 |
Depreciation expense was $1.9 million, $1.8 million, and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, which is included within Depreciation and amortization expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
8. Digital assets
The composition of digital assets included the following (in thousands, except quantity):
Table 8.1. Details of Digital Assets | ||||||||||||
December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||
Quantity | Cost Basis | Fair Value | ||||||||||
Sui |
2,304,672 | $ | 2,385 | $ | 9,483 | |||||||
Bitcoin |
73 | 2,113 | 6,781 | |||||||||
Ethereum |
1,746 | 4,455 | 5,815 | |||||||||
Sei |
6,250,000 | 2,385 | 2,472 | |||||||||
Aptos |
217,378 | 1,487 | 1,891 | |||||||||
Optimism |
867,303 | 1,330 | 1,518 | |||||||||
Other digital assets |
n.m | 5,603 | 3,370 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 19,758 | $ | 31,330 |
n.m.= not meaningful
As of December 31, 2024, there are certain digital assets with a total fair value of $3.9 million subject to various time-based contractual sale restrictions ranging from January 2025 until August 2027.
Prior to the adoption of ASU 2023-08 at January 1, 2024, the Company accounted for its digital assets at cost less impairment. The composition and carrying value of its digital assets included the following (in thousands):
Table 8.2. Details of Digital Assets | ||||
December 31, 2023 | ||||
Bitcoin |
$ | 4,680 | ||
Ethereum |
3,123 | |||
Other digital assets |
3,536 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 11,339 |
F-30
The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of digital assets (in thousands):
(1) | Additions primarily represent purchases of digital assets and receipts from customers for services. |
(2) | Dispositions primarily represent payment for blockchain gas fees and services. |
(3) | The Company measures gains and losses by each asset held. These amounts include cumulative realized gains of $4.2 million and realized losses of $0.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, respectively. |
Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment consists of the following (in thousands):
Table 8.4. Digital Assets Gains (losses) and Impairment | ||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
(Gains)/losses on disposals of digital assets |
$ | (3,375 | ) | $ | (13,964 | ) | $ | (158,015 | ) | |||
(Gains)/losses on changes in fair value of hedged items |
| (9,031 | ) | | ||||||||
(Gains)/losses on changes in fair value of embedded derivatives |
1,629 | 8,553 | (211,997 | ) | ||||||||
Unrealized (gains)/losses on changes in fair value of digital assets |
(2,505 | ) | | | ||||||||
Impairments on digital assets |
| 954 | 427,448 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total | $ | (4,251 | ) | $ | (13,488 | ) | $ | 57,436 |
Refer to Note 13 for gains and losses on digital assets held for investments.
9. Investments
Strategic investments
The Company holds strategic investments in privately held companies as a part of the Companys strategy to build partnerships across the digital asset ecosystem. The Company also receives certain equity instruments as consideration for services. The Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of these investments. The carrying amount of these investments was $84.1 million and $75.9 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which are included in Investments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company primarily records these investments at cost adjusted to fair value upon observable transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer or upon impairment, referred to as the measurement alternative.
The Companys investments carried under the measurement alternative are recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis in periods after initial recognition. Investments carried under the measurement alternative are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy due to the absence of quoted market prices, the inherent lack of liquidity and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value that require managements judgment. Any subsequent changes in value of these investments will be included as a part of Other income (expense), net on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
F-31
The changes in the carrying value of equity investments carried under the measurement alternative along with investments in limited partnerships and certain forward contracts to purchase a specified quantity of equity shares in private companies are presented below (in thousands):
(1) | Excludes $15.9 million of strategic investments not accounted for under the measurement alternative as of December 31, 2024. |
Balance as of December 31, 2022 |
$ | 42,516 | ||
Investments in privately held companies |
25,390 | |||
Upward adjustments |
753 | |||
Downward adjustments |
(1,040 | ) | ||
Realized losses and impairments |
(1,611 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Balance as of December 31, 2023 (1) |
$ | 66,008 |
(1) | Excludes $9.9 million of strategic investments not accounted for under the measurement alternative as of December 31, 2023. |
10. Derivatives and embedded derivatives
The Company accounts for its obligation to return digital assets held as collateral as a debt host payable with an embedded derivative at fair value and recognizes the liability within Obligations to return digital asset collateral on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The arrangement is a hybrid instrument, consisting of a debt host contract initially measured at fair value with an embedded forward feature based on the changes in the fair value of the underlying digital asset. Within the obligation to return digital asset collateral is a feature indexed to the underlying digital asset that is not clearly and closely related to a debt instrument and therefore meets the definition of a derivative, which requires bifurcation. Such feature is bifurcated and recorded at fair value through Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In the first quarter of 2023, the Company designated the embedded derivatives associated with the obligation to return digital asset collateral related to stablecoin lending as the hedging instrument in a fair value hedge relationship to hedge the fair value exposure of the corresponding digital assets. Subsequent to the fair value hedge designation, changes in the fair value of the hedged item were recorded to Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment along with the associated changes in the fair value of the embedded derivative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The hedging relationship was de-designated upon the adoption of ASU 2023-08 on January 1, 2024.
The Company enters into certain strategic investments in the form of forward contracts to purchase a specified quantity of digital assets. Certain of these contracts are accounted for as derivatives or investments with embedded derivatives, and accounts for these derivatives and embedded derivatives within Investments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The derivatives and bifurcated embedded derivatives are marked to market through Other income (expense), net on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
F-32
The fair value of the Companys derivatives and embedded derivatives are as follows (in thousands):
Table 10.1. Fair Value of Derivative and Embedded Derivative Assets and Liabilities | ||||||||
December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
Derivative and embedded derivative assets: |
||||||||
Investments - embedded derivatives |
$ | 8,982 | $ | 3,521 | ||||
Investments - derivatives |
$ | 350 | $ | 587 | ||||
Derivative and embedded derivative liabilities: |
||||||||
Obligation to return digital asset collateral - embedded derivatives (1) |
$ | | $ | 1,392 |
(1) | Represents $1.4 million of embedded derivatives in fair value hedging relationships as of December 31, 2023. The hedging relationships were de-designated upon the adoption of ASU 2023-08 on January 1, 2024. |
The following table summarizes notional amounts related to derivatives and embedded derivatives (in thousands):
Table 10.2. Notional Amounts of Derivative and Embedded Derivative Assets and Liabilities | ||||||||
December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
Obligation to return digital asset collateral embedded derivatives (1) |
$ | | $ | 1,905 | ||||
Investments embedded derivatives |
$ | 791 | $ | 1,590 | ||||
Investments derivatives |
$ | 384 | $ | 1,244 |
(1) | Represents $1.9 million of notional value associated with embedded derivatives in fair value hedging relationships as of December 31, 2023. The hedging relationships were de-designated upon the adoption of ASU 2023-08 on January 1, 2024. |
Gains (losses) on derivatives and embedded derivatives are as follows (in thousands):
Table 10.3. Gains (losses) on Derivative and Embedded Derivatives | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives | Hedged Items |
Total Income Statement Impact |
Derivatives | Hedged Items |
Total Income Statement Impact |
Derivatives | Hedged Items |
Total Income Statement Impact |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Obligation to return digital asset collateral embedded derivatives (1) |
$ | 1,629 | $ | | $ | 1,629 | $ | 8,553 | $ | (9,031 | ) | $ | (478 | ) | $ | 211,997 | $ | | $ | 211,997 | ||||||||||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets embedded derivatives (2) |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 935 | $ | | $ | 935 | $ | (3,253 | ) | $ | | $ | (3,253 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Loans payable, net of debt discount embedded derivatives (2) |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | (887 | ) | $ | | $ | (887 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Investments derivatives and embedded derivatives (2) |
$ | 8,175 | $ | | $ | 8,175 | $ | 2,776 | $ | | $ | 2,776 | $ | 1,178 | $ | | $ | 1,178 |
(1) | Included in Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The hedging relationships were de-designated upon the adoption of ASU 2023-08 on January 1, 2024. |
(2) | Included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. |
F-33
For embedded derivatives designated as qualifying fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the embedded derivative and the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The carrying value of the hedged item is included in Digital assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The carrying values and associated cumulative basis adjustments for fair value hedges are as follows (in thousands):
Table 10.4. Details of Hedged Item | ||||||||||||||||
Carrying Value of the Hedged Item | Cumulative Fair Value Hedging Adjustments Included in the Carrying Value |
|||||||||||||||
Hedged item | December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||
Digital assets (1) |
$ | | $ | 3,297 | $ | | $ | 9,031 |
(1) | The hedging relationships were de-designated upon the adoption of ASU 2023-08 on January 1, 2024 |
11. Fair value measurements
Recurring fair value measurements
The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Companys assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The carrying amounts of certain financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, stablecoin receivables, prepaid expenses and other current assets, and accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature.
Table 11.1. Fair Value Hierarchy | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | |||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash equivalents |
$ | 37,841,697 | | | $ | 22,237,963 | | | ||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale debt securities, at fair value |
| | | 111,407 | 128,716 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Digital assets (1) |
31,330 | | | 3,297 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Digital financial assets |
14,328 | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Investments - derivatives and embedded derivatives (2)(3) |
| 9,332 | | | 4,108 | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 37,877,355 | $ | 9,332 | | $ | 22,352,667 | $ | 132,824 | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Convertible debt, net of debt discount |
| | $ | 40,717 | | | $ | 58,487 | ||||||||||||||||
Obligation to return digital asset collateral embedded derivatives (2)(4) |
| | | | 1,392 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Warrant liability |
| | 1,591 | | | 1,642 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
| | $ | 42,308 | | $ | 1,392 | $ | 60,129 |
(1) | Prior to January 1, 2024, only digital assets collateral designated as fair value hedged items are included under the fair value hierarchy. Subsequent to the adoption of ASU 2023-08 on January 1, 2024, digital assets are measured at fair value. |
(2) | The fair value measurement is based on the quoted market price of the underlying digital asset. |
(3) | Excluded the host contract balance of $0.8 million and $1.6 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. |
(4) | Excluded obligation to return digital asset collateral of $1.9 million, representing the debt host obligation which is not measured and recorded at fair value as of December 31, 2023. |
F-34
There were no transfers into or out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Warrant liability
The Company has issued warrants convertible into Series E preferred shares at a price of $16.23 per share. The warrants are classified as a non-current liability and are fair valued using a probability weighted model based on the fair value of the Companys common stock at the balance sheet date. The Company revalues the warrants at each reporting period and records the change in fair value in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The changes in carrying value of warrant liability are reflected in the following tables (in thousands):
Table 11.2. Changes in Carrying Value of Warrant Liability | ||||
Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
$ | 1,642 | ||
Fair value adjustment |
(51 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Balance as of December 31, 2024 |
$ | 1,591 |
Balance as of December 31, 2022 |
$ | 2,689 | ||
Fair value adjustment |
(1,047 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
$ | 1,642 |
Obligation to return digital asset collateral embedded derivatives
Embedded in the debt host obligation to return digital asset collateral related to Circle stablecoin borrowing and lending activities is a feature indexed to digital asset that is not clearly and closely related to a debt instrument, which meets the definition of a derivative and requires bifurcation. The feature is fair valued using the with and without approach. During the period when an obligation to return the digital asset collateral exists, the embedded derivative is marked-to-market and any changes in the fair value of the underlying digital asset is recorded within Digital assets (gains) losses and impairment on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Upon the return of the digital asset collateral, any unrealized gain (loss) on the embedded derivative that was attributable to the collateral is realized. As of December 31, 2023, the embedded derivatives balance only consisted of embedded derivatives in connection with the digital asset collateral related to Circle stablecoin lending activities and does not contain any significant unobservable inputs. There were no digital assets held as collateral related to Circle stablecoin lending activities as of December 31, 2024.
F-35
Convertible debt, net of debt discount
On March 1, 2019, the Company issued a convertible note in connection with an acquisition. The note had a par value of $24.0 million, matures in seven years and is convertible into Series E preferred shares with a 2.9% interest rate. The Company elected the fair value option for recording this note. We measured the fair value of our convertible debt using the probability weighted as converted model. The change in fair value of the note is recorded in Other income (expense), net on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The changes in carrying value of convertible debt, net of debt discount are reflected in the following tables (in thousands):
Table 11.3. Changes in Carrying Value of Convertible Debt | ||||
Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
$ | 58,487 | ||
Net discount on convertible notes |
1,062 | |||
Capitalized interest |
479 | |||
Fair value adjustment |
(3,428 | ) | ||
Fair value adjustment credit risk |
(1,095 | ) | ||
Conversion of convertible notes to Series E Preferred Shares |
(14,788 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Balance as of December 31, 2024 |
$ | 40,717 |
Balance as of December 31, 2022 |
$ | 78,264 | ||
Net discount on convertible notes |
1,042 | |||
Capitalized interest |
470 | |||
Fair value adjustment |
(20,107 | ) | ||
Fair value adjustment credit risk |
(1,182 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
$ | 58,487 |
The following significant unobservable inputs were used in the valuation:
Table 11.4. Significant Unobservable Inputs | ||||||||
December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
Discount rate |
7.5% | 11.0% | ||||||
Volatility |
65.0% | 66.5% | ||||||
Risk-free rate |
4.1% | 4.2% |
Nonrecurring fair value measurements
Non-financial assets such as digital assets, prior to the adoption of ASU 2023-08 on January 1, 2024, and investments accounted for under the measurement alternative are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. The fair value of digital assets are based on Level 1 inputs. Certain investments accounted for under the measurement alternative were impaired. Refer to Note 9 for further details. These fair value measurements are based on Level 3 inputs, predominantly projected cash flows from the underlying investments and an applicable discount rate used in an income approach.
F-36
12. Revenue recognition
Disaggregation of Revenue
The following table summarizes the disaggregation of revenue by major product and service (in thousands):
Table 12.1. Revenue by Product and Service | ||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
Reserve income |
$ | 1,661,084 | $ | 1,430,606 | $ | 735,885 | ||||||
Other revenue: |
||||||||||||
Transaction services |
$ | 6,013 | $ | 9,896 | $ | 21,885 | ||||||
Treasury services |
| | 7,509 | |||||||||
Integration services |
6,000 | 6,990 | 1,022 | |||||||||
Other |
3,156 | 2,974 | 5,751 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total other revenue |
15,169 | 19,860 | 36,167 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total revenue and reserve income from continuing operations |
$ | 1,676,253 | $ | 1,450,466 | $ | 772,052 |
Reserve income
All Circle stablecoins issued and outstanding are fully backed by equivalent amounts of fiat currency denominated assets held in segregated reserve accounts. The Company earns interest and dividends on assets held in reserve accounts, which include cash balances held at banks, investments in available-for-sale debt securities and investments in the Circle Reserve Fund. Interest income is recognized under the effective interest method, and dividend income from the Circle Reserve Fund is recognized on the declaration date.
Other revenue
Other revenue generally consists of revenues generated from services that increase the utility of Circle stablecoins and related transactional or wallet infrastructure. The components of other revenue primarily includes revenues from transaction services, integration services and other revenues.
Transaction services relate to the processing of Circle stablecoin native payments, payouts to sellers, vendors or end-users as well as ledger management and facilitating digital asset transactions. Transaction services contracts constitute a series of distinct payment processing services that Circle stands ready to provide to the customers over the contract period. The transaction price for these services is entirely variable based on the number of transactions processed, and consideration is allocated to the distinct service that forms part of its single performance obligation to provide payment processing services. Revenue is recognized over time as the performance obligation is met. The Company incurs expenses to assist in fulfilling obligations to process payment transactions. The Company acts as the principal in providing transaction services to customers and, therefore, recognizes associated revenue and expenses on a gross basis.
Integration services relate to the implementation of Circle stablecoins on public blockchains. Payment for integration services received at the inception of the contract in the form of digital assets is measured at fair value at the contract inception. Refer to the Digital assets discussion above regarding subsequent accounting for digital assets. Integration services contracts typically have one performance obligation, and revenue is recognized at a point in time when the technical implementation is complete.
Other revenues are primarily generated from Developer Services. Developer Services provide customers with a suite of tools to securely custody digital assets, develop applications with Circle Wallets, enable custom
F-37
transaction workflows and enhance operational efficiency. Revenue is earned primarily through subscription fee contracts that typically have one performance obligation provided and is satisfied over the contractual life of the agreement. In certain instances, customers prepay their monthly subscription by paying annually or quarterly. In those instances, the Company recognizes revenue over the life of the contract.
Deferred Revenue
Deferred revenue represents consideration received that is yet to be recognized as revenue. The changes in our deferred revenue are reflected in the following table (in thousands):
Table 12.2. Changes in Deferred Revenue | ||||
Balance at December 31, 2023 |
$ | 2,499 | ||
Deferred revenue billed and acquired in the current period, net of recognition |
13,390 | |||
Revenue recognized that was included in the beginning period |
(2,499 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Balance at December 31, 2024 |
$ | 13,390 | ||
Balance at December 31, 2022 |
$ | 3,155 | ||
Deferred revenue billed and acquired in the current period, net of recognition |
2,499 | |||
Revenue recognized that was included in the beginning period |
(3,155 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Balance at December 31, 2023 |
$ | 2,499 |
13. Other income (expense), net
The following table presents our major categories of Other income (expense), net (in thousands):
Table 13. Other income (expense), net | ||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
Interest income on corporate balances |
$ | 34,712 | $ | 29,262 | $ | 8,645 | ||||||
Changes in fair value of convertible debt, warrant liability, and embedded derivatives |
11,653 | 24,865 | (698,936 | ) | ||||||||
Gains (losses) on digital assets and other investments, net |
8,560 | (3,648 | ) | (29,367 | ) | |||||||
Interest expense and amortization of discount |
(1,906 | ) | (1,912 | ) | (2,684 | ) | ||||||
Other, net |
1,397 | 854 | 1,949 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total Other income (expense), net |
$ | 54,416 | $ | 49,421 | $ | (720,393 | ) |
14. Income taxes
The Companys net income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 consists of the following (in thousands):
F-38
The components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations consist of the following (in thousands):
Table 14.2. Components of Income Taxes | ||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
Current: |
||||||||||||
Federal |
$ | 57,623 | $ | 66,186 | $ | 3,860 | ||||||
State |
10,226 | 13,225 | 2,221 | |||||||||
Foreign |
542 | 882 | (2,032 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total Current |
$ | 68,391 | $ | 80,293 | $ | 4,049 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Deferred: |
||||||||||||
Federal |
7,625 | (31,383 | ) | (394 | ) | |||||||
State |
(652 | ) | (834 | ) | | |||||||
Foreign |
(10,781 | ) | (676 | ) | (392 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total Deferred |
(3,808 | ) | (32,893 | ) | (786 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 64,583 | $ | 47,400 | $ | 3,263 |
Intraperiod tax allocation rules require the Company to allocate the provision for income taxes between continuing operations and other categories of earnings, such as discontinued operations and other comprehensive income. The Company recorded income taxes of $798 thousand and $0 to discontinued operations in 2024 and 2023, respectively.
The Companys income tax expense from continuing operations differs from the taxes computed by applying the federal income tax rate of 21% to the income (loss) before income taxes. A reconciliation of these differences is as follows (in thousands):
Table 14.3. Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation | ||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
Federal income taxes at 21% |
$ | 46,530 | $ | 66,979 | $ | (159,287 | ) | |||||
Foreign tax credit reduction |
10,175 | | | |||||||||
Provision to return adjustments |
(6,792 | ) | 1,416 | (43 | ) | |||||||
State income taxes, net of federal benefit |
6,591 | 9,712 | 1,638 | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
4,446 | 16,205 | 2,593 | |||||||||
Federal research and experimentation credits |
(4,067 | ) | (756 | ) | (4,974 | ) | ||||||
Other non-deductible Irish expenses |
3,617 | 2,285 | 15,852 | |||||||||
Foreign rate differential |
(3,404 | ) | 25 | 2,154 | ||||||||
Change in valuation allowance |
3,283 | (48,107 | ) | 2,438 | ||||||||
ASC 740-10 reserve |
2,230 | (1,860 | ) | 2,282 | ||||||||
Other |
1,974 | 5,705 | 339 | |||||||||
Change in fair value of convertible notes |
| | 140,271 | |||||||||
IP transfer |
| (4,204 | ) | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income tax expense |
$ | 64,583 | $ | 47,400 | $ | 3,263 |
F-39
Significant components of the Companys net deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
Table 14.4. Significant Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities | ||||||||
December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||
Stock based compensation |
$ | 25,723 | $ | 20,561 | ||||
Capitalized research expenses |
18,250 | 12,593 | ||||||
Net operating loss carryforwards |
12,988 | 16,106 | ||||||
Accruals and reserves |
11,431 | 7,393 | ||||||
Capital loss carryforward |
5,760 | 3,353 | ||||||
Lease liabilities |
3,741 | 305 | ||||||
Tax credit carryforwards |
1,418 | 89 | ||||||
Unrealized loss on investments |
1,368 | 10,852 | ||||||
Other, net |
395 | 69 | ||||||
Unrealized foreign currency exchange gain (loss) |
| 68 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total deferred tax assets |
81,074 | 71,389 | ||||||
Valuation allowance |
(31,029 | ) | (29,638 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance |
50,045 | 41,751 | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||||||
Intangible assets |
(53,925 | ) | (59,472 | ) | ||||
Foreign branch income |
(10,175 | ) | | |||||
Right-of-use assets |
(3,689 | ) | (273 | ) | ||||
Credit risk adjustment |
(1,049 | ) | (802 | ) | ||||
Fixed assets |
(290 | ) | (444 | ) | ||||
Unrealized foreign currency exchange gain (loss) |
(253 | ) | | |||||
Other |
| (376 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
(69,381 | ) | (61,367 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax liabilities, net |
$ | (19,336 | ) | $ | (19,616 | ) |
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment. The Company released a portion of its foreign valuation allowance in the year, primarily due to the Companys foreign country book and taxable profits. The Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance, except to the extent of utilizable deferred tax liabilities, in the U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions.
The U.S. federal net operating losses of $3.4 million are subject to limitations under the Separate Return Limitation Year rules and have an indefinite carryforward period, while the state net operating losses begin to expire in 2038. In addition, the Company has U.S. Federal and State capital loss carryforwards of $8.4 million which begin to expire in 2027.
The Company also has foreign net operating losses carryforwards and capital loss carryforwards of approximately $49.2 million and $12.8 million respectively. These attributes may be subject to various annual and carryforward limitations under the tax laws of the different jurisdictions in which the Company operates.
F-40
Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Companys uncertain tax positions and determining the provision for income taxes. The Company follows the provisions of FASB ASC 740, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income TaxesAn Interpretation of FASB No. 109. ASC 740 provides detailed guidance for the financial statement recognition, measurement and disclosure of uncertain tax positions recognized in the financial statement. Tax positions must meet a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized upon the adoption of ASC 740 and in subsequent periods. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company maintained uncertain tax position reserves of $4.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively, for its current and prior year federal and state R&D credits given the inherent judgment that is involved in the credit calculation. Of these amounts, $4.4 million would reduce the effective tax rate, if recognized. The interest or penalties related to these uncertain tax positions are immaterial and are recorded as a component of income tax expense. The following tables present activity related to unrecognized tax benefits as of the dates indicated (in thousands):
Table 14.5. Summary of Uncertain Tax Positions Activities | ||||||||
December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
Beginning balance |
$ | 2,158 | $ | 3,812 | ||||
Increase related to tax positions taken during current year |
1,511 | 253 | ||||||
Decrease related to tax positions taken during prior years |
1,154 | (1,907 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Ending balance |
$ | 4,823 | $ | 2,158 |
None of the $4.8 million of uncertain tax position reserves as of December 31, 2024 are anticipated to reverse within the next 12 months. Management believes that it has sufficient accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2024 for uncertain tax position exposures and related interest expense.
The Company is subject to U.S. income taxes in federal and various state jurisdictions. The years open for audit for federal and state are 2021 through 2024. The Company is currently under audit in Massachusetts for tax year 2021 by the Massachusetts Department of Revenue. There are no other open income tax examinations as of December 31, 2024. The Company is also subject to income taxes in Canada, France, Ireland, the United Kingdom, Singapore, Taiwan, Japan, the United Arab Emirates and Hong Kong. The earliest year open for audit for the Companys foreign jurisdictions is 2018.
Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI)
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted in December 2017 introduced comprehensive tax reform, including a new tax on GILTI provisions under Section 951A of the Internal Revenue Code. These provisions require the Company to include in its U.S. taxable income the GILTI of its controlled foreign corporations.
The Company has made an accounting policy election to treat GILTI as a period cost. Under this policy, the Company recognizes the tax expense related to GILTI in the year in which the tax is incurred. As a result, the Company does not record deferred tax assets or liabilities for temporary differences that are expected to reverse as GILTI in future years.
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, the Companys GILTI tax expense made up an immaterial component of its total income tax provision.
Global Minimum Tax (Pillar Two) Legislation
Pillar Two legislation has been enacted or substantively enacted in certain jurisdictions in which the Company operates and is effective prospectively for the Company beginning on January 1, 2025. The assessment of the
F-41
potential exposure to Pillar Two income taxes is based on the most recent tax filings, country-by-country reporting and financial statements for the constituent entities in the Company. Based on this assessment, it is expected that the transitional safe harbor rules will apply in countries that the Company currently operates. The Company does not expect that Pillar Two will have a material impact for the Company for the year ending December 31, 2025.
15. Debt
Warrant liability
In connection with a loan agreement with a bank, which was repaid in full in November 2019, the Company issued warrants convertible into 85,000 Series E preferred shares with a strike price of $16.23 per share with an expiration date of February 21, 2025. These outstanding warrants are classified as liabilities and have a fair value of $1.6 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, which are reflected as Warrant liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Convertible debt, net of debt discount
In March 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with an investment company to issue two convertible promissory notes in connection with an acquisition. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company agrees to pay the holder the principal amount together with any interest on the unpaid principal balance for the two notes beginning on the date of the agreement. The first note has a principal amount of $24.0 million and is convertible into Series E preferred stock subject to the conversion provisions in the agreement (collectively the First Note). The First Note matures on March 1, 2026, unless earlier converted, and has an annual interest rate of 2.9% due annually in arrears on the last day of each calendar year. At any time during the term and at the sole discretion of the holder, all or a portion of the principal amount with any accrued and unpaid interest (collectively the Conversion Amount) can at the election of the holder be converted in Series E preferred shares. The outstanding Conversion Amount will convert into a specified number of shares of Series E preferred stock at a conversion price per share equal to $16.23.
The second note had a principal amount of $10.0 million and the Company repaid the remaining principal including capitalized amounts of $10.7 million and interest of $0.1 million on March 1, 2021. In September 2024, certain holders of the Companys convertible notes converted their principal balance of $8.3 million into 524,009 shares of Series E Preferred Shares at a conversion rate of $16.23 per share.
The Company has elected the fair value option for recording its convertible notes on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, which are recorded at a net discount on acquisition date. The fair value of outstanding convertible notes was $40.7 million and $58.5 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and are reflected as Convertible debt, net of debt discount on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The debt discount is amortized and included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The change in fair value of the convertible notes is included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
16. Stockholders equity
Common Stock
In accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, effective as of July 1, 2024 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the Charter), as amended by that certain Certificate of Amendment to the Charter, effective December 30, 2024, the Company is authorized to issue 300.0 million shares of Class A Common Stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share (Class A Common Stock) and 300.0 million shares of Class B Common Stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share (Class B Common Stock). As of December 31, 2024, the Company has not issued any shares of Class B Common Stock.
F-42
The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Class A Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers, and preferences of the holders of the preferred stock as detailed in the Charter. The holders of Circles Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held, subject to certain limitations pertaining to the Circles preferred stock.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company has the following number of common shares reserved (in thousands):
Table 16. Details of Common Shares Reserved | ||||||||
December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
Conversion of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock |
33,621 | 33,621 | ||||||
Conversion of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock |
17,586 | 17,586 | ||||||
Conversion of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock |
18,445 | 18,445 | ||||||
Conversion of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock |
23,203 | 23,203 | ||||||
Conversion of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock |
37,391 | 36,867 | ||||||
Conversion of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock |
9,516 | 9,516 | ||||||
Common stock issuable in connection with business combinations |
548 | 2,036 | ||||||
Common stock issuable under stock award plan |
42,694 | 35,353 | ||||||
Common stock available for future issuance under stock award plan |
9,649 | 763 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
192,653 | 177,390 |
Treasury Stock
In September and October 2023, the Company entered into an agreement with certain employees and a Director of the Company and repurchased 0.3 million common shares at a price of $25.09 per share. These shares repurchased were canceled in December 2023.
Warrants
In April 2023, the Company entered into an agreement with a commercial counterparty to grant warrants to purchase up to 4.5 million common shares of a consolidated subsidiary that will be automatically converted one for one with common shares of Circle Group upon exercise. The warrants have an exercise price of $42.14 per share and an exercise period of ten years from the grant date. The warrants are subject to certain service conditions to be achieved over a two-year period and performance conditions to be achieved over a five-year period. The fair value of the warrants, approximately $80.1 million, was measured at the time of issuance using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions: the Companys estimated common share price on the grant date, a term of ten years, a dividend yield of zero, volatility of 44%, and a risk-free rate of 3.45%. The warrants will be expensed as the service conditions are achieved or over the requisite service period if and when the achievement of the performance conditions are probable. There were no marketing expenses or distribution and transaction costs related to the warrants for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. None of the common shares associated with these warrants have been exercised, forfeited or expired.
In August 2023, the Company entered into an agreement with a digital asset exchange to grant warrants to purchase up to 3.6 million common shares of a consolidated subsidiary that will be automatically converted one for one with common shares of the Company upon exercise. The warrants have an exercise price of $25.09 per share. They expire five years from the grant date and the vesting of the warrants is subject to a performance condition. The fair value of the warrants, approximately $43.9 million, was measured at the time of issuance
F-43
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions: the Companys estimated common share price on the grant date, a term of five years, a dividend yield of zero, volatility of 51%, and a risk-free rate of 4.38%. The warrants will be expensed over the requisite service period if and when the achievement of the performance condition is probable. There were no marketing expenses or distribution and transaction costs related to the warrants for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. None of the common shares associated with these warrants have been exercised, forfeited or expired.
In December 2024, the Company entered into an agreement with a commercial counterparty which includes the issuance of warrants to purchase up to approximately 2.9 million common shares of Circle Group. The warrants vest based upon the achievement of certain performance conditions for the benefit of the Company. The warrants have an exercise price of $22.71 per share and an exercise period of six years from the grant date. The warrants are subject to certain performance conditions to be achieved within a three-year period. The fair value of the warrants, approximately $56.1 million, was measured at the time of issuance using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions: the Companys estimated common share price on the grant date, a term of six years, a dividend yield of zero, volatility of 53%, and a risk-free rate of 4.43%. The warrants will be expensed as the service conditions are achieved or over the requisite service period if and when the achievement of the performance conditions are probable. There were no distribution and transaction costs related to the warrants for the year ended December 31, 2024. None of the common shares associated with these warrants have been exercised, forfeited or expired.
17. Redeemable convertible preferred stock
In 2013, the Company issued 33.6 million shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series A Preferred Stock), par value of $0.0001, at a purchase price of approximately $0.27 per share for total cash proceeds of $9.0 million.
In 2014, the Company issued 17.6 million shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series B Preferred Stock), par value of $0.0001, at a purchase price of approximately $0.97 per share for total cash proceeds of $17.0 million.
In 2015, the Company issued 23.1 million of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series C Preferred Stock) and Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series C-1 Preferred Stock), par value of $0.0001, at a purchase price of approximately $2.17 per share for total cash proceeds of $50.1 million.
In 2016 and 2017, the Company issued a total of 23.2 million of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series D Preferred Stock), par value of $0.0001, at a purchase price of approximately $2.76 per share for total cash proceeds of $64.1 million, net of $0.1 million of issuance costs.
In 2018, the Company issued 9.1 million of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series E Preferred Stock) par value of $0.0001, at a purchase price of approximately $16.23 per share for total cash proceeds of $148.9 million.
In October 2019, 4.6 million shares of Series C Preferred Stock were forfeited.
In March 2022, the holders of the Companys convertible notes automatically converted their principal balance of $451.0 million into 27,790 thousand shares of Series E Preferred Stock at a conversion rate of $16.23 per share. The fair value of the convertible notes as of the conversion date was $1,525.0 million, of which $451.0 million principal balance was converted to Series E Preferred Stock and $1,074.0 million was recorded in Additional paid-in capital.
F-44
In May 2022, the Company issued 9.5 million of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series F Preferred Stock) par value of $0.0001, at a purchase price of approximately $42.14 per share for total cash proceeds of $401.0 million.
In September 2024, a portion of the holders of the Companys convertible notes converted their principal balance of $8.3 million into 524,009 shares of Series E Preferred Stock at a conversion rate of $16.23 per share. The fair value of the convertible notes as of the conversion date was $15.0 million, of which $8.5 million was converted to Series E Preferred Stock and $6.5 million was recorded in Additional paid-in capital.
The holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock (collectively, Voting Preferred Stock) have various rights and preferences as follows:
Voting
The holders of the Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to such number of votes equal to the number of whole common stock into which the preferred stock held by such holder are convertible in accordance with conversion rules as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to appoint and remove two Directors to the Board. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to appoint and remove one Director to the Board. The holders of Series C-1 Preferred Stock have no voting rights except where it may be statutorily required.
Dividends
The holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cash dividends at the rate of eight percent of the original price per annum, payable only when as and if declared by the Board out of profits of the Company available for distribution in priority to any declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution on any other class of stock in the capital of the Company. The dividends shall not be cumulative and shall be paid in immediately available funds.
Liquidation
Upon a liquidation event, whether voluntary or involuntary, any amounts or combined assets of Circle and its subsidiaries legally available for distribution to holders of the Companys stock of all classes, shall be paid as follows: first, the holders of the preferred stock shall be entitled, before any distribution or payment is made upon any common stock to be paid an amount per preferred stock equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (A) $0.27 per preferred stock for Series A or $0.97 per preferred stock for Series B or $2.17 for Series C or Series C-1 or $2.76 for Series D or $16.23 for Series E or $42.14 for Series F, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any combination, consolidation, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend or the like affecting such stock, and (B) the amount of all arrears of all declared but unpaid dividends and (ii) the amount per stock as would have been payable had all Preferred Stock been converted into common stock prior to the liquidations. If upon the liquidation, the available assets shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of the Preferred Stock, then the available assets shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock at the time issued, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled if the entire preferred stock liquidation preference were paid in full. Second, after the payment of the full Preferred Stock liquidation preference, the remaining available assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock based on the number of common stock held by each such holder.
F-45
Redemption
To the extent the preferred stock has not been previously redeemed or converted, a holder of preferred stock may require Circle to redeem its preferred stock, with prior written consent of at least 55% of the holders of Voting Preferred Stock. A redemption would occur in three annual installments that could commence no sooner than May 6, 2027. Redemptions, if any, will be made from profits available for distribution to the extent available. If there are insufficient profits available for distribution to redeem all of the preferred stock to be redeemed, Circle will redeem the remaining shares to be redeemed as soon as there are sufficient profits available for distribution.
Conversion
The Preferred Stock may at the option of the holder thereof be converted at any time into fully-paid common stock. In addition, each preferred share shall automatically be converted into common stock upon the closing of an underwritten public offering of the Companys common stock at a price per share of not less than $32.64, subject to certain adjustments, where the Company receives proceeds of $150.0 million or more. The number of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock into which each Series A or Series B or Series C or Series C-1 or Series D or Series E or Series F preferred stock may be converted shall be determined by dividing the Series A or Series B or Series C or Series C-1 or Series D or Series E or Series F original price by the Series A or Series B or Series C or Series C-1 or Series D or Series E or Series F conversion price (as defined in the Charter), in effect at the time of the conversion, as applicable.
Following is a presentation of the key characteristics and shares outstanding for each class of the Companys preferred stock as of December 31, 2024:
Table 17. Details of Preferred Stocks | ||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred stock class | Issue Date | Issue price |
Conversion price |
Liquidation preference |
Shares issued and outstanding (in |
|||||||||||||||
Series A |
8/22/2013 | $ | 0.27 | $ | 0.27 | $ | 0.27 | 33,621 | ||||||||||||
Series B |
2/26/2014 | $ | 0.97 | $ | 0.97 | $ | 0.97 | 17,586 | ||||||||||||
Series C |
4/10/2015 | $ | 2.17 | $ | 2.17 | $ | 2.17 | 18,445 | ||||||||||||
Series D |
5/17/2016 | $ | 2.76 | $ | 2.76 | $ | 2.76 | 23,203 | ||||||||||||
Series E |
Various | $ | 16.23 | $ | 16.23 | $ | 16.23 | 37,391 | ||||||||||||
Series F |
5/9/2022 | $ | 42.14 | $ | 42.14 | $ | 42.14 | 9,516 |
18. Stock-based compensation
Stock-based compensation expense was $50.1 million, $108.0 million and $69.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the incremental compensation expense related to modified awards for employee terminations and extended option exercise periods was $31.6 million, which was also included in the stock-based compensation expense. The capitalized stock-based compensation expense related to internally developed software was $13.6 million, $13.1 million and $6.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
F-46
Stock options
Granted stock options generally have 10 years terms and have vesting periods ranging from 12 to 48 months.
There were no options granted for the year ended December 31, 2024. The weighted average assumptions utilized in the valuation of options granted are presented as below:
Table 18.1. Stock Options Valuation Assumptions | ||||||||
2023 | 2022 | |||||||
Risk-free interest rate |
3.5% - 4.3% | 1.8% - 2.9% | ||||||
Expected term (years) |
6.1 - 6.3 | 5.8 - 6.8 | ||||||
Expected volatility |
46% - 47% | 50% - 55% | ||||||
Expected annual dividend |
| |
A summary of outstanding stock options activities for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 is presented as below:
Number of Options (in thousands) |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term |
Aggregate Intrinsic (in thousands) |
|||||||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2022 |
25,211 | $ | 6.69 | 7.06 | $ | 821,385 | ||||||||||
Options granted |
1,730 | 28.68 | ||||||||||||||
Options exercised |
(990 | ) | 1.05 | |||||||||||||
Options forfeited |
(1,498 | ) | 10.19 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
24,453 | 8.26 | 6.50 | 488,807 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Exercisable at December 31, 2023 |
18,331 | $ | 5.02 | 6.03 | $ | 421,091 |
The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying stock option award and the estimated fair value of the Companys common stock. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $29.1 million and $24.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted was $14.19 per share for the year ended December 31, 2023.
F-47
A summary of outstanding unvested stock options activities for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 is presented as below, respectively:
Table 18.3. Summary of Outstanding Unvested Stock Options Activities | ||||||||
Number of Shares (in thousands) |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
|||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
6,122 | $ | 17.94 | |||||
Options vested |
(3,720 | ) | 14.87 | |||||
Options forfeited |
(287 | ) | 14.51 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance as of December 31, 2024 |
2,115 | $ | 23.81 |
Number of Shares (in |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
|||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2022 |
10,765 | $ | 11.23 | |||||
Options granted |
1,730 | 28.68 | ||||||
Options vested |
(5,580 | ) | 8.99 | |||||
Options forfeited |
(793 | ) | 13.21 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
6,122 | $ | 17.94 |
As of December 31, 2024, unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to outstanding unvested stock options that are expected to vest was $23.7 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years.
Restricted stock units (RSUs)
RSUs granted under the Award Plan generally vest upon the satisfaction of both a service condition and a liquidity-event related performance condition. Both the service and liquidity-event related performance conditions must be met for the expense to be recognized.
A summary of RSUs activities for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 is as follows:
Table 18.4. Summary of Restricted Stock Units Activities | ||||||||
Number of Shares (in |
Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value |
|||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
10,900 | $ | 34.96 | |||||
RSUs granted |
10,927 | 27.08 | ||||||
RSUs vested |
(3 | ) | 27.81 | |||||
RSUs forfeited |
(1,881 | ) | 32.77 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance as of December 31, 2024 |
19,943 | $ | 30.85 |
F-48
Number of Shares (in |
Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value |
|||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2022 |
7,183 | $ | 38.78 | |||||
RSUs granted |
4,992 | 30.42 | ||||||
RSUs vested |
(61 | ) | 33.17 | |||||
RSUs forfeited |
(1,214 | ) | 38.98 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
10,900 | $ | 34.96 |
As of December 31, 2024, unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to outstanding unvested RSUs that are expected to vest was $528.0 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.9 years.
Shares issued for business combinations
The Company has issued the following common shares for the purchase of common shares subject to forfeiture based on certain service conditions in connection with its acquisitions. These shares were issued to the employees of the acquired businesses and are valued based on the fair value of the Companys common shares at the acquisition date. The Company records share-based compensation expenses over the requisite service period, with an increase to additional paid-in capital. The shares issued for business combinations are subject to forfeiture based on service conditions through various dates over a four year period from their respective acquisition dates.
Number of Shares (in |
Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value |
|||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2022 |
2,952 | $ | 47.82 | |||||
Shares vested |
(874 | ) | 47.82 | |||||
Shares forfeited |
(42 | ) | 47.82 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
2,036 | $ | 47.82 |
For the year ended December 31, 2024, post-combination stock-based compensation cost included in the stock-based compensation expense was $31.0 million. As of December 31, 2024, unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to outstanding unvested shares and warrants issued for business combinations that are expected to vest was $17.8 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.6 years.
F-49
19. Earnings (loss) per share
The computation of net income (loss) per share is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
Table 19.1. Earnings (loss) per Share | ||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
Net income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 156,991 | $ | 271,549 | $ | (761,772 | ) | |||||
Net loss from discontinued operations |
(1,324 | ) | (3,987 | ) | (7,075 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 155,667 | $ | 267,562 | $ | (768,847 | ) | |||||
Adjustments: |
||||||||||||
Dividend preference on preferred shares |
$ | (91,044 | ) | $ | (90,363 | ) | $ | | ||||
Undistributed earnings allocated to preferred shares |
(46,514 | ) | (132,291 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders basic |
$ | 18,109 | $ | 44,908 | $ | (768,847 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Changes in fair value of convertible debt and warrant liability |
$ | (1,036 | ) | $ | (15,264 | ) | $ | | ||||
Dividend preference on preferred shares |
(90,363 | ) | (90,363 | ) | | |||||||
Undistributed earnings allocated to preferred shares |
(42,154 | ) | (109,037 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders diluted |
$ | 22,114 | $ | 52,898 | $ | (768,847 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Weighted-average common shares basic |
54,413 | 47,265 | 46,663 | |||||||||
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities |
18,629 | 20,284 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Weighted-average common shares diluted |
73,042 | 67,549 | 46,663 | |||||||||
Earnings (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||
Basic earnings (loss) per share |
||||||||||||
Continuing operations |
$ | 0.33 | $ | 0.95 | $ | (16.33 | ) | |||||
Discontinued operations |
(0.00 | ) | (0.00 | ) | (0.15 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Basic earnings (loss) per common share |
$ | 0.33 | $ | 0.95 | $ | (16.48 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||
Continuing operations |
$ | 0.30 | $ | 0.78 | $ | (16.33 | ) | |||||
Discontinued operations |
(0.00 | ) | (0.00 | ) | (0.15 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share |
$ | 0.30 | $ | 0.78 | $ | (16.48 | ) |
The outstanding securities that were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive are as follows (in thousands):
Table 19.2. Potentially Dilutive Securities | ||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
Redeemable convertible preferred stock |
139,762 | 139,237 | 139,237 | |||||||||
Stock options and RSUs |
| | 32,394 | |||||||||
Common stock in connection with business combinations |
211 | 1,027 | 3,262 | |||||||||
Convertible debt |
| | 1,479 | |||||||||
Warrants |
| | 1,535 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
139,973 | 140,264 | 177,907 |
F-50
20. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Following is a summary of the changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (in thousands):
Table 20. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss) | ||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
||||||||||||
Beginning balance |
$ | 4,929 | $ | 3,356 | $ | 4,711 | ||||||
Pre-tax change Foreign currency translation adjustment |
(1,899 | ) | 1,460 | 625 | ||||||||
Pre-tax change Unrealized gain (loss) on convertible notes credit risk adjustment |
1,095 | 1,182 | (3,155 | ) | ||||||||
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to available-for-sale debt securities |
(226 | ) | (1,069 | ) | 1,175 | |||||||
Tax effect |
(255 | ) | | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax |
$ | 3,644 | $ | 4,929 | $ | 3,356 |
21. Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets includes the following (in thousands):
Table 21. Details of Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets | ||||||||
December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
Reserve income receivable |
$ | 138,889 | $ | 101,190 | ||||
Income tax receivable |
8,507 | 25,647 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses |
15,602 | 14,394 | ||||||
Digital financial assets |
14,328 | | ||||||
Deferred offering costs |
4,235 | 782 | ||||||
Other |
5,967 | 4,632 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets |
$ | 187,528 | $ | 146,645 |
22. Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Accounts payable and accrued expenses includes the following (in thousands):
Table 22. Details of Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses | ||||||||
December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
Stablecoin redemptions in transit |
$ | 118,074 | $ | 10,700 | ||||
Accrued distribution costs |
83,318 | 57,278 | ||||||
Accrued expenses |
70,314 | 50,015 | ||||||
Income taxes payable |
678 | 27,162 | ||||||
Accrued interest |
514 | 740 | ||||||
Other payables |
14,109 | 6,691 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ | 287,007 | $ | 152,586 |
F-51
23. Commitments and contingencies
Legal matters
The Company is subject to various litigation, regulatory investigations, and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of its business. The Company is also subject to regulatory oversight by numerous regulatory and other governmental agencies. The Company reviews its lawsuits, regulatory investigations, and other legal proceedings on an ongoing basis and provides disclosure and records loss contingencies for such matters when potential losses become probable and can be reasonably estimated. If the Company determines that a loss is reasonably possible and the loss or range of loss can be estimated, the Company discloses the possible loss in the consolidated financial statements.
In February 2018, one of our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries acquired Poloniex, LLC (Poloniex), which owned and operated the Poloniex digital asset trading platform. In April 2018, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (OFAC) served Poloniex with an administrative subpoena and a second administrative subpoena in September 2019 requesting documents and information regarding accounts opened and/or closed on the Poloniex digital asset trading platform by persons potentially located in Iran, Cuba, Syria, North Korea, Crimea, and Sudan. In April 2023, Poloniex executed a settlement agreement with OFAC regarding its investigation and paid OFAC a settlement fee of $7.6 million in May 2023.
The Company is in a dispute with a financial advisor regarding advisory fees related to engagement letters between the parties. In 2022, the Companys Board of Directors passed resolutions terminating the engagement letters. The financial advisor has subsequently asserted that the terminations of the engagement letters are ineffective and has demanded fees and interest for various transactions. The Company believes it has properly and effectively terminated the engagement letters with the financial advisor, and strenuously disputes the financial advisors demand for any fees in connection with the transactions, which have all been conducted without the financial advisors assistance. On May 28, 2024, the financial advisor filed a lawsuit regarding the dispute. The Company does not believe that the outcome of the dispute at this point can be reasonably quantified or estimated.
Commitments and other contingencies
Current tax rules related to stablecoins require significant judgments to be made in interpretation of the law, including but not limited to the withholding tax, income tax and information reporting. Additional guidance may be issued by U.S. and non-U.S. governing bodies that may significantly differ from the Companys interpretation of the law, which could have unforeseen effects on our financial condition and results of operations, and as a result, the related impact on our financial condition and results of operations is not estimable but could be material.
24. Circle Reserve Fund
Circle Reserve Fund has an April 30 fiscal year-end and prepares its financial statements on a semi-annual basis. Financial information of the Circle Reserve Fund is summarized as follows (in thousands):
Selected Assets and Liabilities Information: | 2024 (1) | 2023 (2) | ||||||
Total assets |
$ | 30,567,886 | $ | 23,595,866 | ||||
Total liabilities |
$ | 129,015 | $ | 107,939 |
F-52
Selected Income Statement Information: | 2024 (1) |
2023 (2) |
||||||
Total investment income |
$ | 1,460,787 | $ | 1,173,135 | ||||
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations |
$ | 1,437,053 | $ | 1,151,901 |
(1) | Summarized financial information is as of October 31, 2024 and for the fiscal year then ended. |
(2) | Summarized financial information is as of October 31, 2023 and for the period from November 3, 2022 through October 31, 2023. Circle Reserve Fund commenced operations on November 3, 2022. |
25. Subsequent events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 31, 2025, the date the financial statements were available to be issued, and has concluded there were no subsequent events requiring adjustments or disclosure other than disclosed below.
In January 2025, the Company acquired 100% of the ownership interest in Hashnote Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its subsidiaries, Hashnote), which, through its affiliates, is the fund manager of Hashnote International Short Duration Yield Fund Ltd., a tokenized money market fund and the issuer of USYC. The fair value of consideration transferred was approximately $99.8 million, subject to customary adjustments, consisting of $9.9 million in cash and approximately 2.9 million fully-vested common shares of Circle. The agreement also provides for the issuance of up to approximately 1.8 million additional common shares of Circle to certain Hashnote employees, subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions which will be accounted for as compensation costs over the requisite service period. The Company is in the process of measuring assets and liabilities acquired and expects that substantially all of Hashnotes fair value will be associated with intangible assets including goodwill.
F-53
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders of Circle Reserve Fund and the Board of Trustees of BlackRock FundsSM:
Opinion on the Financial Statements and Financial Highlights
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of Circle Reserve Fund of BlackRock FundsSM (the Fund), including the schedule of investments, as of April 30, 2024, the related statement of operations for the year then ended, the statements of changes in net assets and the financial highlights for the year then ended and for the period from November 3, 2022 (commencement of operations) through April 30, 2023, and the related notes. In our opinion, the financial statements and financial highlights present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Fund as of April 30, 2024, the results of its operations for the year then ended, and the changes in its net assets and the financial highlights for the year then ended and for the period from November 3, 2022 (commencement of operations) through April 30, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements and financial highlights are the responsibility of the Funds management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Funds financial statements and financial highlights based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Fund in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements and financial highlights are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Fund is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Funds internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements and financial highlights, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements and financial highlights. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and financial highlights. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of April 30, 2024, by correspondence with custodians or counterparties; when replies were not received, we performed other auditing procedures. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
June 24, 2024
We have served as the auditor of one or more BlackRock investment companies since 1992.
F-54
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS | |
Circle Reserve Fund (Percentages shown are based on Net Assets) |
| |
April 30, 2024 |
Security | Par (000) |
Value | ||||||
U.S. Treasury Obligations 34.6% |
| |||||||
U.S. Treasury Bills(a) |
||||||||
5.35%, 05/02/24 |
USD | 762,010 | $ | 761,899,066 | ||||
5.34%, 05/09/24 |
1,002,974 | 1,001,798,400 | ||||||
5.36%, 05/14/24 |
58,000 | 57,889,608 | ||||||
5.35%, 05/16/24 |
2,335,109 | 2,329,978,742 | ||||||
5.36%, 05/21/24 |
90,000 | 89,736,500 | ||||||
5.36%, 05/28/24 |
90 | 89,644 | ||||||
5.36%, 05/30/24 |
600,000 | 597,445,585 | ||||||
5.38%, 06/04/24 |
2,365,006 | 2,353,249,402 | ||||||
5.37%, 06/06/24 |
1,233,341 | 1,226,822,795 | ||||||
5.39%, 06/11/24 |
390,289 | 387,944,284 | ||||||
5.38%, 06/18/24 |
583,000 | 578,898,201 | ||||||
5.39%, 06/25/24 |
1,000,000 | 991,940,968 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total U.S. Treasury Obligations 34.6% |
10,377,693,195 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total Repurchase Agreements 62.5% |
|
18,732,000,000 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total Investments 97.1% |
|
29,109,693,195 | ||||||
Other Assets Less Liabilities 2.9% |
|
878,527,956 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Net Assets 100.0% |
|
$ | 29,988,221,151 | |||||
|
|
(a) | Rates are the current rate or a range of current rates as of period end. |
(b) | Cost for U.S. federal income tax purposes. |
F-55
Repurchase Agreements
Repurchase Agreements | Collateral |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Counterparty | Coupon Rate |
Purchase Date |
Maturity Date |
Par (000) |
At Value | Proceeds Including Interest |
Position | Original Par | Position Received, At value |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Capital Inc. |
5.31% | 04/30/24 | 05/01/24 | $ | 2,900,000 | $ | 2,900,000,000 | $ | 2,900,427,750 | U.S. Treasury Obligations, 1.25% to 4.75%, due 01/15/27 to 11/15/53 | $ | 2,993,059,300 | $ | 2,958,000,094 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BNP Paribas SA |
5.32 | 04/30/24 | 05/01/24 | 2,750,000 | 2,750,000,000 | 2,750,406,389 | U.S. Treasury Obligations, 0.00% to 4.75%, due 05/15/24 to 02/15/54 | 3,177,084,062 | 2,805,000,002 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. |
5.31 | 04/30/24 | 05/01/24 | 2,950,000 | 2,950,000,000 | 2,950,435,125 | U.S. Treasury Obligations, 0.00% to 0.25%, due 07/05/24 to 07/31/25 | 3,060,146,900 | 3,009,000,021 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit Agricole Corporate & Investment Bank SA |
5.31 | 04/30/24 | 05/01/24 | 2,300,000 | 2,300,000,000 | 2,300,339,250 | U.S. Treasury Obligations, 1.25% to 4.75%, due 05/15/39 to 11/15/53 | 2,998,682,700 | 2,346,000,002 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC |
5.32 | 04/30/24 | 05/01/24 | 2,900,000 | 2,900,000,000 | 2,900,428,556 | U.S. Treasury Obligations, 0.00% to 4.88%, due 11/30/25 to 08/15/50 | 3,377,747,480 | 2,958,000,042 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
5.31 | 04/30/24 | 05/01/24 | 100,000 | 100,000,000 | 100,014,750 | U.S. Treasury Obligations, 0.00% to 3.00%, due 08/15/27 to 08/15/45 | 145,238,158 | 102,000,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Royal Bank of Canada |
5.31 | 04/30/24 | 05/01/24 | 2,500,000 | 2,500,000,000 | 2,500,368,750 | U.S. Treasury Obligations, 0.00% to 7.50%, due 05/15/24 to 05/15/52 | 2,777,291,649 | 2,550,000,088 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wells Fargo Securities LLC |
5.31 | 04/30/24 | 05/01/24 | 2,332,000 | 2,332,000,000 | 2,332,343,970 | U.S. Treasury Obligations, 0.25% to 4.88%, due 05/31/24 to 05/15/32 | 2,503,727,300 | 2,378,640,045 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 18,732,000,000 | $ | 19,106,640,294 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
F-56
Fair Value Hierarchy as of Period End
Various inputs are used in determining the fair value of financial instruments. For a description of the input levels and information about the Funds policy regarding valuation of financial instruments, refer to the Notes to Financial Statements.
The following table summarizes the Funds financial instruments categorized in the fair value hierarchy. The breakdown of the Funds financial instruments into major categories is disclosed in the Schedule of Investments above.
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||
Investments |
||||||||||||||||
Short-Term Securities |
||||||||||||||||
Repurchase Agreements |
$ | | $ | 18,732,000,000 | $ | | $ | 18,732,000,000 | ||||||||
U.S. Treasury Obligations |
| 10,377,693,195 | | 10,377,693,195 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
$ | | $ | 29,109,693,195 | $ | | $ | 29,109,693,195 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to financial statements.
F-57
STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
April 30, 2024
Circle Reserve Fund | ||||
ASSETS |
||||
Investments, at value unaffiliated(a) |
$ | 10,377,693,195 | ||
Cash |
1,005,142,023 | |||
Repurchase agreements, at value(b) |
18,732,000,000 | |||
Receivables: |
||||
Interest unaffiliated |
2,909,391 | |||
Prepaid expenses |
37,854 | |||
|
|
|||
Total assets |
30,117,782,463 | |||
|
|
|||
LIABILITIES |
||||
Payables: |
||||
Administration fees |
761,390 | |||
Income dividend distributions |
127,269,318 | |||
Investment advisory fees |
1,198,020 | |||
Trustees and Officers fees |
5,086 | |||
Other accrued expenses |
254,558 | |||
Professional fees |
72,940 | |||
|
|
|||
Total liabilities |
129,561,312 | |||
|
|
|||
Commitments and contingent liabilities |
||||
NET ASSETS |
$ | 29,988,221,151 | ||
|
|
|||
NET ASSETS CONSIST OF: |
||||
Paid-in capital |
$ | 29,986,845,348 | ||
Accumulated earnings |
1,375,803 | |||
|
|
|||
NET ASSETS |
$ | 29,988,221,151 | ||
|
|
|||
NET ASSET VALUE |
||||
Institutional |
||||
Net assets |
$ | 29,988,221,151 | ||
|
|
|||
Shares outstanding |
29,987,009,000 | |||
|
|
|||
Net asset value |
$ | 1.00 | ||
|
|
|||
Shares authorized |
Unlimited | |||
|
|
|||
Par value |
$ | 0.001 | ||
|
|
|||
(a) Investments, at cost unaffiliated |
$ | 10,377,693,195 | ||
(b) Repurchase agreements, at cost |
$ | 18,732,000,000 | ||
|
See notes to financial statements.
F-58
Year Ended April 30, 2024
See notes to financial statements.
F-59
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
(a) | Commencement of operations. |
(b) | Distributions for annual periods determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulations. |
See notes to financial statements.
F-60
(For a share outstanding throughout each period)
Circle Reserve Fund | ||||||||
Institutional | ||||||||
|
Year Ended 04/30/24 |
|
|
Period from 11/03/22 to 04/30/23 |
(a)
| |||
Net asset value, beginning of period |
$ | 1.00 | $ | 1.00 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net investment income(b) |
0.0518 | 0.0210 | ||||||
Net realized gain (loss) |
0.0001 | (0.0004 | )(c) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net increase from investment operations |
0.0519 | 0.0206 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Distributions from net investment income(d) |
(0.0519 | ) | (0.0206 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net asset value, end of period |
$ | 1.00 | $ | 1.00 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total Return(e) |
||||||||
Based on net asset value |
5.31% | 2.07% | (f) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Ratios to Average Net Assets |
||||||||
Total expenses |
0.22% | 0.21% | (g) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed |
0.09% | 0.09% | (g) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net investment income |
5.18% | 4.29% | (g) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Supplemental Data |
||||||||
Net assets, end of period (000) |
$ | 29,988,221 | $ | 25,387,043 | ||||
|
(a) | Commencement of operations. |
(b) | Based on average shares outstanding. |
(c) | The amount reported for a share outstanding may not accord with the change in aggregate gains and losses in securities for the fiscal period due to the timing of capital share transactions in relation to the fluctuating market values of the Funds underlying securities. |
(d) | Distributions for annual periods determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulations. |
(e) | Where applicable, assumes the reinvestment of distributions. |
(f) | Not annualized. |
(g) | Annualized. |
See notes to financial statements.
F-61
1. Organization
BlackRock FundsSM (the Trust) is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), as an open-end management investment company. The Trust is organized as a Massachusetts business trust. Circle Reserve Fund (the Fund) is a series of the Trust. The Fund is classified as diversified.
The Fund operates as a government money market fund under Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. The Fund is not subject to discretionary liquidity fees.
The Fund, together with certain other registered investment companies advised by BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the Manager) or its affiliates, is included in a complex of funds referred to as the BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex.
Shares of the Fund are only available for purchase by Circle Internet Financial, LLC (Circle).
2. Significant accounting policies
The financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP), which may require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of increases and decreases in net assets from operations during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Fund is considered an investment company under U.S. GAAP and follows the accounting and reporting guidance applicable to investment companies. Below is a summary of significant accounting policies:
Investment Transactions and Income Recognition: For financial reporting purposes, investment transactions are recorded on the dates the transactions are executed. Realized gains and losses on investment transactions are determined using the specific identification method. Interest income, including amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts on debt securities is recognized daily on an accrual basis.
Distributions: Distributions from net investment income are declared daily and paid monthly. Distributions of capital gains are distributed at least annually and are recorded on the ex-dividend dates. The character and timing of distributions are determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulations, which may differ from U.S. GAAP.
Offering Costs: Offering costs are amortized over a 12-month period beginning with the commencement of operations of a class of shares.
Indemnifications: In the normal course of business, the Fund enters into contracts that contain a variety of representations that provide general indemnification. The Funds maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown because it involves future potential claims against the Fund, which cannot be predicted with any certainty.
Other: Expenses directly related to the Fund are charged to the Fund. Other operating expenses shared by several funds, including other funds managed by the Manager, are prorated among those funds on the basis of relative net assets or other appropriate methods.
The Fund has an arrangement with its custodian whereby credits are earned on uninvested cash balances. For financial reporting purposes, custodian credits, if any, are included in interest income in the Statement of Operations.
F-62
3. Investment valuation and fair value measurements
Investment Valuation Policies: U.S. GAAP defines fair value as the price the Fund would receive to sell an asset or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Funds investments are valued under the amortized cost method which approximates current market value in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. Under this method, investments are valued at cost when purchased and, thereafter, a constant proportionate accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums are recorded until the maturity of the security. The Fund seeks to maintain its net asset value (NAV) per share at $1.00, although there is no assurance that it will be able to do so on a continuing basis.
Fair Value Hierarchy: Various inputs are used in determining the fair value of financial instruments. These inputs to valuation techniques are categorized into a fair value hierarchy consisting of three broad levels for financial reporting purposes as follows:
| Level 1Unadjusted price quotations in active markets/exchanges for identical assets or liabilities that the Fund has the ability to access; |
| Level 2Other observable inputs (including, but not limited to, quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in markets that are active, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities (such as interest rates, yield curves, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks and default rates) or other marketcorroborated inputs); and |
| Level 3Unobservable inputs based on the best information available in the circumstances, to the extent observable inputs are not available (including the Valuation Committees assumptions used in determining the fair value of financial instruments). |
The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. The inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the fair value hierarchy classification is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The categorization of a value determined for financial instruments is based on the pricing transparency of the financial instruments and is not necessarily an indication of the risks associated with investing in those securities.
4. Securities and other investments
Repurchase Agreements: Repurchase agreements are commitments to purchase a security from a counterparty who agrees to repurchase the same security at a mutually agreed upon date and price. On a daily basis, the counterparty is required to maintain collateral subject to the agreement and in value no less than the agreed upon repurchase amount. Repurchase agreements may be traded bilaterally, in a tri-party arrangement or may be centrally cleared through a sponsoring agent. Subject to the custodial undertaking associated with a tri-party repurchase arrangement and for centrally cleared repurchase agreements, a third-party custodian maintains accounts to hold collateral for a fund and its counterparties. Typically, a fund and counterparty are not permitted to sell, re-pledge or use the collateral absent a default by the counterparty or the fund, respectively. In the event the counterparty defaults and the fair value of the collateral declines, a fund could experience losses, delays and costs in liquidating the collateral.
Repurchase agreements are entered into by a fund under Master Repurchase Agreements (each, an MRA). The MRA permits the fund, under certain circumstances including an event of default (such as bankruptcy or
F-63
insolvency), to offset payables and/or receivables with collateral held by and/or posted to the counterparty. As a result, one single net payment is created. Bankruptcy or insolvency laws of a particular jurisdiction may impose restrictions on or prohibitions against such a right of offset in the event of the MRA counterpartys bankruptcy or insolvency. Based on the terms of the MRA, the fund receives collateral with a market value in excess of the repurchase price at maturity. Upon a bankruptcy or insolvency of the MRA counterparty, the fund would recognize a liability with respect to such excess collateral. The liability reflects the funds obligation under bankruptcy law to return the excess to the counterparty.
5. Investment advisory agreement and other transactions with affiliates
Investment Advisory: The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement with the Manager, the Funds investment adviser and an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc. (BlackRock), to provide investment advisory services. The Manager is responsible for the management of the Funds portfolio and provides the personnel, facilities, equipment and certain other services necessary to the operations of the Fund.
For such services, the Fund pays the Manager a monthly fee at an annual rate equal to the following percentages of the average daily value of the Funds net assets:
Average Daily Net Assets | Investment Advisory Fees | |||
First $10 billion |
0.165 | % | ||
Next $10 billion |
0.155 | |||
Next $10 billion |
0.140 | |||
Next $10 billion |
0.135 | |||
Excess of $40 billion |
0.130 | |||
|
Administration: The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, entered into an Administration Agreement with the Manager, an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, to provide administrative services. For these services, the Manager receives an administration fee computed daily and payable monthly, based on a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Fund. The administration fee, which is shown as administration in the Statement of Operations, is paid at the annual rates below.
Average Daily Net Assets | Administration Fees | |||
First $500 million |
0.0425 | % | ||
$500 million$1 billion |
0.0400 | |||
$1 billion$2 billion |
0.0375 | |||
$2 billion$4 billion |
0.0350 | |||
$4 billion$13 billion |
0.0325 | |||
Greater than $13 billion |
0.0300 | |||
|
In addition, the Manager charges Institutional Shares an administration fee, which is shown as administrationclass specific in the Statement of Operations, at an annual rate of 0.02% of the average daily net assets of Institutional Shares.
Transfer Agent: Pursuant to written agreements, certain financial intermediaries, some of which may be affiliates, provide the Fund with sub-accounting, recordkeeping, sub-transfer agency and other administrative services with respect to servicing of underlying investor accounts. For these services, these entities receive an
F-64
asset-based fee or an annual fee per shareholder account, which will vary depending on share class and/or net assets. For the year ended April 30, 2024, the Fund did not pay any amounts to affiliates in return for these services.
Expense Limitations, Waivers and Reimbursements: The Manager contractually agreed to waive and/or reimburse fees or expenses in order to limit expenses, excluding interest expense, dividend expense, acquired fund fees and expenses, and certain other fund expenses, which constitute extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Funds business (expense limitation). The expense limitation as a percentage of average daily net assets of Institutional Shares is 0.17%.
The Manager has agreed not to reduce or discontinue the contractual expense limitation through June 30, 2025, unless approved by the Board, including a majority of trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act (Independent Trustees), or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. For the year ended April 30, 2024, the Manager waived and/or reimbursed investment advisory fees of $28,059,392 which is included in fees waived and/or reimbursed by the Manager in the Statement of Operations.
In addition, these amounts waived and/or reimbursed by the Manager are included in administration fees waived by the Managerclass specific in the Statement of Operations. For the year ended April 30, 2024, expense waivers and/or reimbursements are as follows:
Institutional | ||||
Administration fees waived by the Managerclass specific |
$ | 4,945,213 | ||
|
BlackRock and BlackRock Investments, LLC (the Distributor) have voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of their respective fees and/or reimburse operating expenses. BlackRock and the Distributor may discontinue this voluntary waiver and/or reimbursement at any time without notice.
Trustees and Officers: Certain trustees and/or officers of the Trust are directors and/or officers of BlackRock or its affiliates. The Fund reimburses the Manager for a portion of the compensation paid to the Trusts Chief Compliance Officer, which is included in Trustees and Officer in the Statement of Operations.
6. Income tax information
It is the Funds policy to comply with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable to regulated investment companies, and to distribute substantially all of its taxable income to its shareholders. Therefore, no U.S. federal income tax provision is required.
The Fund files U.S. federal and various state and local tax returns. No income tax returns are currently under examination. The statute of limitations on the Funds U.S. federal tax returns generally remains open for a period of three years after they are filed. The statutes of limitations on the Funds state and local tax returns may remain open for an additional year depending upon the jurisdiction.
Management has analyzed tax laws and regulations and their application to the Fund as of April 30, 2024, inclusive of the open tax return years, and does not believe that there are any uncertain tax positions that require recognition of a tax liability in the Funds financial statements.
F-65
U.S. GAAP requires that certain components of net assets be adjusted to reflect permanent differences between financial and tax reporting. These reclassifications have no effect on net assets or NAV per share. As of period end, permanent differences attributable to nondeductible expenses were reclassified to the following accounts:
Amounts | ||||
Paid-in capital |
$ | (85,998 | ) | |
Accumulated earnings (loss) |
85,998 | |||
|
The tax character of distributions paid was as follows:
Year Ended 04/30/24 |
Period Ended 04/30/23 |
|||||||
Ordinary income |
$ | 1,281,287,248 | $ | 521,824,435 | ||||
|
As of April 30, 2024, the tax components of accumulated earnings were as follows:
Fund Name | Undistributed Ordinary Income |
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)(a) |
Total | |||||||||
Circle Reserve Fund |
$ | 1,375,804 | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 1,375,803 | |||||
|
(a) | The difference between book-basis and tax-basis net unrealized gains (losses) was attributable primarily to the tax deferral of losses on wash sales |
For the Fund, the cost for U.S. federal income tax purposes is the same as book cost.
7. Principal risks
In the normal course of business, the Fund invests in securities or other instruments and may enter into certain transactions, and such activities subject the Fund to various risks, including among others, fluctuations in the market (market risk) or failure of an issuer to meet all of its obligations. The value of securities or other instruments may also be affected by various factors, including, without limitation: (i) the general economy; (ii) the overall market as well as local, regional or global political and/or social instability; (iii) regulation, taxation or international tax treaties between various countries; or (iv) currency, interest rate and price fluctuations. Local, regional or global events such as war, acts of terrorism, the spread of infectious illness or other public health issues, recessions, or other events could have a significant impact on the Fund and its investments. The Funds prospectus provides details of the risks to which the Fund is subject.
On July 12, 2023, the SEC approved changes to money market fund regulations. These changes, among other things: (i) eliminate provisions that permit a money market fund to suspend redemptions except in liquidations, (ii) require institutional prime and institutional tax-exempt money market funds to impose mandatory liquidity fees under certain conditions, (iii) permit a discretionary liquidity fee for a non-government money market fund and (iv) increase minimum daily and weekly liquidity for all money market funds. These changes will be implemented over the next 12 months depending on the change and may affect the Funds operations and return potential.
Counterparty Credit Risk: The Fund may be exposed to counterparty credit risk, or the risk that an entity may fail to or be unable to perform on its commitments related to unsettled or open transactions, including making timely interest and/or principal payments or otherwise honoring its obligations. The Fund manages counterparty credit risk by entering into transactions only with counterparties that the Manager believes have the financial resources
F-66
to honor their obligations and by monitoring the financial stability of those counterparties. Financial assets, which potentially expose the Fund to market, issuer and counterparty credit risks, consist principally of financial instruments and receivables due from counterparties. The extent of the Funds exposure to market, issuer and counterparty credit risks with respect to these financial assets is approximately their value recorded in the Statement of Assets and Liabilities, less any collateral held by the Fund.
Geographic/Asset Class Risk: A diversified portfolio, where this is appropriate and consistent with a funds objectives, minimizes the risk that a price change of a particular investment will have a material impact on the NAV of a fund. The investment concentrations within the Funds portfolio are disclosed in its Schedule of Investments.
The Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in securities of issuers located in the United States. A decrease in imports or exports, changes in trade regulations, inflation and/or an economic recession in the United States may have a material adverse effect on the U.S. economy and the securities listed on U.S. exchanges. Proposed and adopted policy and legislative changes in the United States may also have a significant effect on U.S. markets generally, as well as on the value of certain securities. Governmental agencies project that the United States will continue to maintain elevated public debt levels for the foreseeable future which may constrain future economic growth. Circumstances could arise that could prevent the timely payment of interest or principal on U.S. government debt, such as reaching the legislative debt ceiling. Such non-payment would result in substantial negative consequences for the U.S. economy and the global financial system. If U.S. relations with certain countries deteriorate, it could adversely affect issuers that rely on the United States for trade. The United States has also experienced increased internal unrest and discord. If these trends were to continue, they may have an adverse impact on the U.S. economy and the issuers in which the Fund invests.
Shareholder Purchase/Redemption Risk: Shares of the Fund are held by Circle as a portion of the reserves associated with Circles issuance of stablecoins to customers. The assets of the Fund are expected to fluctuate depending on the creation (mining) of additional stablecoins or the redemption (burning) of such coins. Stablecoins may face periods of uncertainty resulting in the potential for rapid requests by Circle for redemption of the Funds shares. Redemptions of a large number of Fund shares may adversely affect the Funds liquidity and net assets. These large redemptions may force the Fund to sell portfolio securities to meet redemption requests when it might not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Fund. In addition, large redemptions can result in the Funds current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, which generally could result in an increase in the Funds expense ratio.
8. Capital share transactions
The number of shares sold, reinvested and redeemed corresponds to the net proceeds from the sale of shares, reinvestment of all distributions and cost of shares redeemed, respectively, since shares are sold, reinvested and redeemed at $1.00 per share.
F-67
Transactions in capital shares were as follows:
Year Ended 04/30/24 |
Period from 11/03/22(a) to 04/30/23 |
|||||||
Fund Name/Share Class | Shares | Shares | ||||||
Circle Reserve Fund |
||||||||
Institutional |
||||||||
Shares sold |
10,300,000,000 | 35,837,009,000 | ||||||
Shares redeemed |
(5,700,000,000 | ) | (10,450,000,000 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
4,600,000,000 | 25,387,009,000 | |||||||
|
(a) | Commencement of operations. |
9. Subsequent events
Management has evaluated the impact of all subsequent events on the Fund through the date the financial statements were issued and has determined that there were no subsequent events requiring adjustment or additional disclosure in the financial statements.
F-68
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders of Circle Reserve Fund and the Board of Trustees of BlackRock FundsSM:
Opinion on the Financial Statements and Financial Highlights
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of Circle Reserve Fund of BlackRock FundsSM (the Fund), including the schedule of investments, as of April 30, 2023, the related statements of operations, changes in net assets, and the financial highlights for the period from November 3, 2022 (commencement of operations) through April 30, 2023, and the related notes. In our opinion, the financial statements and financial highlights present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Fund as of April 30, 2023, and the results of its operations, the changes in its net assets, and the financial highlights for the period from November 3, 2022 (commencement of operations) through April 30, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements and financial highlights are the responsibility of the Funds management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Funds financial statements and financial highlights based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Fund in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements and financial highlights are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Fund is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Funds internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements and financial highlights, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements and financial highlights. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and financial highlights. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of April 30, 2023, by correspondence with custodians or counterparties; when replies were not received, we performed other auditing procedures. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
June 24, 2024
We have served as the auditor of one or more BlackRock investment companies since 1992.
F-69
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS | |
Circle Reserve Fund (Percentages shown are based on Net Assets) |
| |
April 30, 2023 |
Security | Par (000) |
Value | ||||||
U.S. Treasury Obligations 118.7% |
| |||||||
U.S. Treasury Bills(a) |
||||||||
4.54%, 05/02/23 |
USD 6,164,600 | $ | 6,163,826,492 | |||||
3.54%, 05/04/23 |
1,425,000 | 1,424,579,583 | ||||||
4.33%, 05/09/23 |
1,582,000 | 1,580,484,422 | ||||||
4.44%, 05/11/23 |
950,000 | 948,834,722 | ||||||
4.44%, 05/16/23 |
3,350,000 | 3,343,846,459 | ||||||
4.24%, 05/18/23 |
1,150,000 | 1,147,703,819 | ||||||
3.38%, 05/23/23 |
3,220,000 | 3,213,367,611 | ||||||
4.36%, 05/25/23 |
2,608,000 | 2,600,473,208 | ||||||
4.09%, 05/30/23 |
8,804,655 | 8,776,436,967 | ||||||
U.S. Treasury Notes |
||||||||
4.29%, 05/15/23 |
300,000 | 299,706,415 | ||||||
4.47%, 05/15/23 |
300,000 | 299,502,686 | ||||||
4.35%, 05/31/23 |
100,000 | 99,777,344 | ||||||
4.58%, 05/31/23 |
243,000 | 242,120,836 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total Investments 118.7% |
|
30,140,660,564 | ||||||
Liabilities in Excess of Other Assets (18.7)% |
|
(4,753,617,396 | ) | |||||
|
|
|||||||
Net Assets 100.0% |
|
$ | 25,387,043,168 | |||||
|
|
(a) | Rates are the current rate or a range of current rates as of period end. |
(b) | Cost for U.S. federal income tax purposes. |
Fair Value Hierarchy as of Period End
Various inputs are used in determining the fair value of financial instruments. For a description of the input levels and information about the Funds policy regarding valuation of financial instruments, refer to the Notes to Financial Statements.
The following table summarizes the Funds financial instruments categorized in the fair value hierarchy. The breakdown of the Funds financial instruments into major categories is disclosed in the Schedule of Investments above.
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||
Investments |
||||||||||||||||
Short-Term Securities |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury Obligations |
$ | | $ | 30,140,660,564 | $ | | $ | 30,140,660,564 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
$ | | $ | 30,140,660,564 | $ | | $ | 30,140,660,564 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to financial statements.
F-70
STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
April 30, 2023
Circle Reserve Fund | ||||
ASSETS |
||||
Investments, at value unaffiliated(a) |
$ | 30,140,660,564 | ||
Cash |
2,075,760,629 | |||
Receivables: |
||||
Interest unaffiliated |
4,153,015 | |||
From the Manager |
36,249 | |||
Deferred offering costs |
85,298 | |||
Prepaid expenses |
7,348 | |||
|
|
|||
Total assets |
32,220,703,103 | |||
|
|
|||
LIABILITIES |
||||
Payables: |
||||
Investments purchased |
6,730,586,035 | |||
Administration fees |
1,501,819 | |||
Income dividend distributions |
98,589,853 | |||
Investment advisory fees |
2,564,537 | |||
Trustees and Officers fees |
20,000 | |||
Other accrued expenses |
213,207 | |||
Professional fees |
22,499 | |||
Registration fees |
161,985 | |||
|
|
|||
Total liabilities |
6,833,659,935 | |||
|
|
|||
NET ASSETS |
$ | 25,387,043,168 | ||
|
|
|||
NET ASSETS CONSIST OF: |
||||
Paid-in capital |
$ | 25,386,931,346 | ||
Accumulated earnings |
111,822 | |||
|
|
|||
NET ASSETS |
$ | 25,387,043,168 | ||
|
|
|||
NET ASSET VALUE |
||||
Institutional |
||||
Net assets |
$ | 25,387,043,168 | ||
|
|
|||
Shares outstanding |
25,387,009,000 | |||
|
|
|||
Net asset value |
$ | 1.00 | ||
|
|
|||
Shares authorized |
Unlimited | |||
|
|
|||
Par value |
$ | 0.001 | ||
|
|
|||
(a) Investments, at cost unaffiliated |
$ | 30,140,660,564 | ||
|
See notes to financial statements.
F-71
Period Ended April 30, 2023
(a) | The Fund commenced operations on November 03, 2022. |
See notes to financial statements.
F-72
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
(a) | Commencement of operations. |
(b) | Distributions for annual periods determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulations. |
See notes to financial statements.
F-73
(For a share outstanding throughout each period)
Circle Reserve Fund |
||||
Institutional | ||||
|
Period from 11/03/22(a) to 04/30/23 |
| ||
Net asset value, beginning of period |
$ | 1.00 | ||
|
|
|||
Net investment income(b) |
0.0210 | |||
Net realized loss |
(0.0004 | )(c) | ||
|
|
|||
Net increase from investment operations |
0.0206 | |||
|
|
|||
Distributions from net investment income(d) |
(0.0206 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net asset value, end of period |
$ | 1.00 | ||
|
|
|||
Total Return(e) |
||||
Based on net asset value |
2.07% | (f) | ||
|
|
|||
Ratios to Average Net Assets |
||||
Total expenses |
0.21% | (g) | ||
|
|
|||
Total expenses after fees waived and/or reimbursed |
0.09% | (g) | ||
|
|
|||
Net investment income |
4.29% | (g) | ||
|
|
|||
Supplemental Data |
||||
Net assets, end of period (000) |
$ | 25,387,043 | ||
|
(a) | Commencement of operations. |
(b) | Based on average shares outstanding. |
(c) | The amount reported for a share outstanding may not accord with the change in aggregate gains and losses in securities for the fiscal period due to the timing of capital share transactions in relation to the fluctuating market values of the Funds underlying securities. |
(d) | Distributions for annual periods determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulations. |
(e) | Where applicable, assumes the reinvestment of distributions. |
(f) | Not annualized. |
(g) | Annualized. |
See notes to financial statements.
F-74
1. Organization
BlackRock FundsSM (the Trust) is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), as an open-end management investment company. The Trust is organized as a Massachusetts business trust. Circle Reserve Fund (the Fund) is a series of the Trust. The Fund is classified as diversified.
The Fund operates as a government money market fund under Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. The Fund is not subject to liquidity fees or temporary suspensions of redemptions due to declines in the Funds weekly liquid assets.
The Fund, together with certain other registered investment companies advised by BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the Manager) or its affiliates, is included in a complex of funds referred to as the BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex.
Shares of the Fund are only available for purchase by Circle Internet Financial, LLC (Circle).
2. Significant accounting policies
The financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP), which may require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of increases and decreases in net assets from operations during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Fund is considered an investment company under U.S. GAAP and follows the accounting and reporting guidance applicable to investment companies. Below is a summary of significant accounting policies:
Investment Transactions and Income Recognition: For financial reporting purposes, investment transactions are recorded on the dates the transactions are executed. Realized gains and losses on investment transactions are determined using the specific identification method. Interest income, including amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts on debt securities is recognized daily on an accrual basis.
Distributions: Distributions from net investment income are declared daily and paid monthly. Distributions of capital gains are distributed at least annually and are recorded on the ex-dividend dates. The character and timing of distributions are determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulations, which may differ from U.S. GAAP.
Organization and Offering Costs: Upon commencement of operations, organization costs associated with the establishment of the Fund were expensed by the Fund and reimbursed by the Manager. The Manager reimbursed the Fund $10,000, which is included in fees waived and/or reimbursed by the Manager in the Statement of Operations. Offering costs are amortized over a 12-month period beginning with the commencement of operations of a class of shares.
Indemnifications: In the normal course of business, the Fund enters into contracts that contain a variety of representations that provide general indemnification. The Funds maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown because it involves future potential claims against the Fund, which cannot be predicted with any certainty.
Other: Expenses directly related to the Fund are charged to that Fund. Other operating expenses shared by several funds, including other funds managed by the Manager, are prorated among those funds on the basis of relative net assets or other appropriate methods.
F-75
The Fund has an arrangement with its custodian whereby credits are earned on uninvested cash balances, which could be used to reduce custody fees and/or overdraft charges. The Fund may incur charges on overdrafts, subject to certain conditions.
3. Investment valuation and fair value measurements
Investment Valuation Policies: U.S. GAAP defines fair value as the price the Fund would receive to sell an asset or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Funds investments are valued under the amortized cost method which approximates current market value in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. Under this method, investments are valued at cost when purchased and, thereafter, a constant proportionate accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums are recorded until the maturity of the security. The Fund seeks to maintain its net asset value (NAV) per share at $1.00, although there is no assurance that it will be able to do so on a continuing basis.
Fair Value Inputs and Methodologies: The following methods and inputs are used to establish the fair value of the Funds assets and liabilities:
| Fixed-income investments for which market quotations are readily available are generally valued using the last available bid price or current market quotations provided by independent dealers or third-party pricing services. Pricing services generally value fixed-income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but a fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots may trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. The pricing services may use matrix pricing or valuation models that utilize certain inputs and assumptions to derive values, including transaction data (e.g., recent representative bids and offers), market data, credit quality information, perceived market movements, news, and other relevant information. Certain fixed-income securities, including asset-backed and mortgage related securities may be valued based on valuation models that consider the estimated cash flows of each tranche of the entity, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche. The amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with sixty days or less remaining to maturity unless the Manager determines such method does not represent fair value. |
Fair Value Hierarchy: Various inputs are used in determining the fair value of financial instruments. These inputs to valuation techniques are categorized into a fair value hierarchy consisting of three broad levels for financial reporting purposes as follows:
| Level 1Unadjusted price quotations in active markets/exchanges for identical assets or liabilities that the Fund has the ability to access; |
| Level 2Other observable inputs (including, but not limited to, quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in markets that are active, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities (such as interest rates, yield curves, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks and default rates) or other marketcorroborated inputs); and |
| Level 3Unobservable inputs based on the best information available in the circumstances, to the extent observable inputs are not available (including the Valuation Committees assumptions used in determining the fair value of financial instruments). |
The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized
F-76
in Level 3. The inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the fair value hierarchy classification is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The categorization of a value determined for financial instruments is based on the pricing transparency of the financial instruments and is not necessarily an indication of the risks associated with investing in those securities.
4. Investment advisory agreement and other transactions with affiliates
Investment Advisory: The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement with the Manager, the Funds investment adviser and an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc. (BlackRock), to provide investment advisory services. The Manager is responsible for the management of the Funds portfolio and provides the personnel, facilities, equipment and certain other services necessary to the operations of the Fund.
For such services, the Fund pays the Manager a monthly fee at an annual rate equal to the following percentages of the average daily value of the Funds net assets:
Average Daily Net Assets | Investment Advisory Fees | |||
First $10 billion |
0.165 | % | ||
Next $10 billion |
0.155 | |||
Next $10 billion |
0.140 | |||
Next $10 billion |
0.135 | |||
Excess of $40 billion |
0.130 | |||
|
Administration: The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, entered into an Administration Agreement with the Manager, an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, to provide administrative services. For these services, the Manager receives an administration fee computed daily and payable monthly, based on a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Fund. The administration fee, which is shown as administration in the Statement of Operations, is paid at the annual rates below.
Average Daily Net Assets | Administration Fees | |||
First $500 million |
0.0425 | % | ||
$500 million $1 billion |
0.0400 | |||
$1 billion $2 billion |
0.0375 | |||
$2 billion $4 billion |
0.0350 | |||
$4 billion $13 billion |
0.0325 | |||
Greater than $13 billion |
0.0300 | |||
|
In addition, the Manager charges Institutional Shares an administration fee, which is shown as administrationclass specific in the Statement of Operations, at an annual rate of 0.02% of the average daily net assets of Institutional Shares.
Transfer Agent: Pursuant to written agreements, certain financial intermediaries, some of which may be affiliates, provide the Fund with sub-accounting, recordkeeping, sub-transfer agency and other administrative services with respect to servicing of underlying investor accounts. For these services, these entities receive an asset-based fee or an annual fee per shareholder account, which will vary depending on share class and/or net assets. For the period ended April 30, 2023, the Fund did not pay any amounts to affiliates in return for these services.
F-77
Expense Limitations, Waivers and Reimbursements: The Manager contractually agreed to waive and/or reimburse fees or expenses in order to limit expenses, excluding interest expense, dividend expense, acquired fund fees and expenses, and certain other fund expenses, which constitute extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Funds business (expense limitation). The expense limitation as a percentage of average daily net assets of Institutional Shares is 0.17%.
The Manager has agreed not to reduce or discontinue the contractual expense limitation through June 30, 2024, unless approved by the Board, including a majority of trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act (Independent Trustees), or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. For the period ended April 30, 2023, the Manager waived and/or reimbursed investment advisory fees of $12,327,438 which is included in fees waived and/or reimbursed by the Manager in the Statement of Operations.
In addition, these amounts waived and/or reimbursed by the Manager are included in administration fees waived by the Managerclass specific and transfer agent fees waived and/or reimbursed by the Manager respectively, in the Statement of Operations. For the period ended April 30, 2023, expense waivers and/or reimbursements are as follows:
Institutional | ||||
Administration fees waived by the Manager class specific |
$ | 2,434,728 | ||
Transfer agent fees waived and/or reimbursed by the Manager |
4 | |||
|
BlackRock and the BlackRock Investments, LLC (the Distributor) have voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of their respective fees and/or reimburse operating expenses. BlackRock and the Distributor may discontinue this voluntary waiver and/or reimbursement at any time without notice.
Trustees and Officers: Certain trustees and/or officers of the Trust are directors and/or officers of BlackRock or its affiliates. The Fund reimburses the Manager for a portion of the compensation paid to the Trusts Chief Compliance Officer, which is included in Trustees and Officer in the Statement of Operations.
5. Income tax information
It is the Funds policy to comply with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable to regulated investment companies, and to distribute substantially all of its taxable income to its shareholders. Therefore, no U.S. federal income tax provision is required.
The Fund files U.S. federal and various state and local tax returns. No income tax returns are currently under examination. The statute of limitations on the Funds U.S. federal tax returns generally remains open for a period of three years after they are filed. The statutes of limitations on the Funds state and local tax returns may remain open for an additional year depending upon the jurisdiction.
Management has analyzed tax laws and regulations and their application to the Fund as of April 30, 2023, inclusive of the open tax return years, and does not believe that there are any uncertain tax positions that require recognition of a tax liability in the Funds financial statements.
U.S. GAAP requires that certain components of net assets be adjusted to reflect permanent differences between financial and tax reporting. These reclassifications have no effect on net assets or NAV per share. As of period end, permanent differences attributable to nondeductible expenses were reclassified to the following accounts:
Amounts | ||||
Paid-in capital |
$ | (77,654 | ) | |
Accumulated earnings (loss) |
77,654 | |||
|
F-78
The tax character of distributions paid was as follows:
Period Ended 04/30/23 |
||||
Ordinary income |
$ | 521,824,435 | ||
|
As of April 30, 2023, the tax components of accumulated net earnings were as follows:
Amounts | ||||
Undistributed ordinary income |
$ | 111,822 | ||
|
|
|||
$ | 111,822 | |||
|
The cost for U.S. federal income tax purposes is the same as book cost.
6. Principal risks
In the normal course of business, the Fund invests in securities or other instruments and may enter into certain transactions, and such activities subject the Fund to various risks, including among others, fluctuations in the market (market risk) or failure of an issuer to meet all of its obligations. The value of securities or other instruments may also be affected by various factors, including, without limitation: (i) the general economy; (ii) the overall market as well as local, regional or global political and/or social instability; (iii) regulation, taxation or international tax treaties between various countries; or (iv) currency, interest rate and price fluctuations. Local, regional or global events such as war, acts of terrorism, the spread of infectious illness or other public health issues, recessions, or other events could have a significant impact on the Fund and its investments. The Funds prospectus provides details of the risks to which the Fund is subject.
Infectious Illness Risk: An outbreak of an infectious illness, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, may adversely impact the economies of many nations and the global economy, and may impact individual issuers and capital markets in ways that cannot be foreseen. An infectious illness outbreak may result in, among other things, closed international borders, prolonged quarantines, supply chain disruptions, market volatility or disruptions and other significant economic, social and political impacts.
Counterparty Credit Risk: The Fund may be exposed to counterparty credit risk, or the risk that an entity may fail to or be unable to perform on its commitments related to unsettled or open transactions, including making timely interest and/or principal payments or otherwise honoring its obligations. The Fund manages counterparty credit risk by entering into transactions only with counterparties that the Manager believes have the financial resources to honor their obligations and by monitoring the financial stability of those counterparties. Financial assets, which potentially expose the Fund to market, issuer and counterparty credit risks, consist principally of financial instruments and receivables due from counterparties. The extent of the Funds exposure to market, issuer and counterparty credit risks with respect to these financial assets is approximately their value recorded in the Statement of Assets and Liabilities, less any collateral held by the Fund.
Concentration Risk: A diversified portfolio, where this is appropriate and consistent with a funds objectives, minimizes the risk that a price change of a particular investment will have a material impact on the NAV of a fund. The investment concentrations within the Funds portfolio are disclosed in its Schedule of Investments.
The Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in securities of issuers located in the United States. A decrease in imports or exports, changes in trade regulations, inflation and/or an economic recession in the United States may have a material adverse effect on the U.S. economy and the securities listed on U.S.
F-79
exchanges. Proposed and adopted policy and legislative changes in the United States may also have a significant effect on U.S. markets generally, as well as on the value of certain securities. Governmental agencies project that the United States will continue to maintain elevated public debt levels for the foreseeable future which may constrain future economic growth. Circumstances could arise that could prevent the timely payment of interest or principal on U.S. government debt, such as reaching the legislative debt ceiling. Such non-payment would result in substantial negative consequences for the U.S. economy and the global financial system. If U.S. relations with certain countries deteriorate, it could adversely affect issuers that rely on the United States for trade. The United States has also experienced increased internal unrest and discord. If these trends were to continue, they may have an adverse impact on the U.S. economy and the issuers in which the Fund invests.
Large-Scale Redemption Risk: Redemptions of a large number of Fund shares may adversely affect the Funds liquidity and net assets. These redemptions may force the Fund to sell portfolio securities to meet redemption requests when it might not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Fund. In addition, large redemptions can result in the Funds current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, which generally could result in an increase in the Funds expense ratio.
Shareholder Purchase/Redemption Risk: Shares of the Fund are held by Circle as a portion of the reserves associated with Circles issuance of stablecoins to customers. The assets of the Fund are expected to fluctuate depending on the creation (mining) of additional stablecoins or the redemption (burning) of such coins by Circle. Stablecoins may face periods of uncertainty resulting in the potential for rapid requests by Circle for redemption of the Funds shares.
7. Capital share transactions
The number of shares sold, reinvested and redeemed corresponds to the net proceeds from the sale of shares, reinvestment of all distributions and cost of shares redeemed, respectively, since shares are sold and redeemed at $1.00 per share.
Transactions in capital shares were as follows:
Period from to 04/30/23 |
||||
Fund Name/Share Class | Shares | |||
Circle Reserve Fund |
||||
Institutional |
||||
Shares sold |
35,837,009,000 | |||
Shares redeemed |
(10,450,000,000 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
25,387,009,000 | ||||
|
(a) | Commencement of operations. |
8. Subsequent events
Management has evaluated the impact of all subsequent events on the Fund through the date the financial statements were issued and has determined that there were no subsequent events requiring adjustment or additional disclosure in the financial statements.
F-80
shares
Class A Common stock
Preliminary prospectus
J.P. Morgan | Citigroup |
Barclays | Deutsche Bank Securities |
SOCIETE GENERALE |
BNY Capital Markets | Canaccord Genuity | Needham & Company | Oppenheimer & Co. | Santander |
, 2025
Part II
Information not required in the prospectus
Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution
Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, of this offering are as follows:
SEC registration fee |
$ | * | ||
FINRA filing fee |
* | |||
Listing fees and expenses |
* | |||
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses |
* | |||
Printing fees and expenses |
* | |||
Legal fees and expenses |
* | |||
Accounting expenses |
* | |||
Miscellaneous expenses |
* | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | * |
* | To be filed by amendment. |
Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending, or completed actions, suits, or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee, or agent to the registrant. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or disinterested directors or otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification by the registrant of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in our certificate of incorporation and to provide additional procedural protections. There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the registrant for which indemnification is sought.
Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director or officer of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except for (i) a directors or officers breach of the directors or officers duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders, (ii) a directors or officers act or omission not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) a directors unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, (iv) a director or officer for any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit, and (v) an officer in any action by or in the right of our company. Our certificate of incorporation provides for exculpation of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
II-1
We maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to us with respect to payments which may be made by the registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.
The proposed form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of directors and officers of the registrant by the underwriters against certain liabilities.
Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities
During the past three years, we have issued and sold the securities described below without registering the securities under the Securities Act:
| In May 2022, we sold 9,515,886 shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock for $401.0 million. The securities were sold to certain investment funds, institutional investors, and other persons. No underwriters were involved in this offering. The sale was exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that the transaction was between an issuer and sophisticated investors or members of its senior executive management and did not involve any public offering. |
| In April 2023, we issued warrants to purchase 4,506,264 common shares of a consolidated subsidiary, which that will be automatically converted one for one to our Class A common stock, to a commercial counterparty. No underwriters were involved in this offering. The issuance was exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that the transaction was between an issuer and a sophisticated investor and did not involve any public offering. |
| In August 2023, we issued warrants to purchase 3,562,139 common shares of a consolidated subsidiary, which that will be automatically converted one for one to our Class A common stock, to a commercial counterparty. No underwriters were involved in this offering. The issuance was exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that the transaction was between an issuer and a sophisticated investor and did not involve any public offering. |
| In August 2023, we issued 8,367,442 shares of our common stock, with a fair value of $209.9 million, as consideration for the Centre Acquisition. The securities were issued to a digital assets exchange. No underwriters were involved in this offering. The issuance was exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that the transaction was between an issuer and a sophisticated investor and did not involve any public offering. |
| On July 1, 2024, we consummated a scheme of arrangement, pursuant to which issued ordinary shares and preferred shares in the capital of Circle Internet Financial Limited were cancelled and, in connection with such cancellation, Circle Internet Group, Inc. issued an equivalent number of shares of its capital stock of the same class and series to then-shareholders of Circle Internet Financial Limited. In this transaction, we issued 55,881,969 shares of Class A common stock, 33,620,690 shares of Series A preferred stock, 17,586,205 shares of Series B preferred stock, 18,445,443 shares of Series C preferred stock, 23,202,679 shares of Series D preferred stock, 36,866,587 shares of Series E preferred stock and 9,515,886 shares of Series F preferred stock. The securities were exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act in that the securities were issued in exchange for outstanding securities of Circle Internet Financial Limited pursuant to a scheme of arrangement whose terms and conditions were approved, after a hearing upon the fairness of such terms and conditions at which all shareholders of Circle Internet Financial Limited had the right to appear, by the Irish High Court. |
II-2
| In September 2024, we issued 524,009 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the conversion of approximately $8.3 million principal amount of convertible notes. No underwriters were involved in this issuance. The issuance was exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act in that the securities were issued upon conversion of existing securities. |
| In December 2024, we issued warrants to purchase 2,862,175 shares of our Class A common stock to a commercial counterparty. No underwriters were involved in this offering. The issuance was exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that the transaction was between an issuer and a sophisticated investor and did not involve any public offering. |
| During the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, stock options to purchase 509,776 shares, 989,800 shares, and 1,220,764 shares, respectively, were exercised, at weighted-average exercise prices of $1.10, $1.05, and $1.32, respectively. The issuance of the shares upon exercise were exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that the transaction was between an issuer and sophisticated investors or members of its management and did not involve any public offering or under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation. |
Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules
Exhibits
The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:
II-3
* | To be filed by amendment. |
# | Portions of this exhibit have been omitted because they are both (i) not material and (ii) customarily and actually treated by the registrant as private or confidential. |
| Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K and will be provided on a supplemental basis to the SEC upon request. |
§ | Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan. |
Financial statements schedules
All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable, or the information is otherwise set forth in the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.
Item 17. Undertakings
The undersigned hereby undertakes:
(a) | for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and |
(b) | for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this registration statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being
II-4
registered, the registrant will, unless, in the opinion of its counsel, the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
II-5
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on April 1, 2025.
Circle Internet Group, Inc. | ||
By: | /s/ Jeremy Allaire | |
Name: Jeremy Allaire | ||
Title: Chief Executive Officer |
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jeremy Allaire, Jeremy Fox-Geen, Heath Tarbert, Sarah K. Wilson and each of them, such persons true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such persons name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on April 1, 2025 in the capacities indicated:
/s/ Jeremy Allaire Jeremy Allaire |
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) | |
/s/ Jeremy Fox-Geen Jeremy Fox-Geen |
Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) | |
/s/ Tamara Schulz Tamara Schulz |
Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer) | |
/s/ Craig Broderick Craig Broderick |
Director | |
/s/ M. Michele Burns M. Michele Burns |
Director | |
/s/ Rajeev Date Rajeev Date |
Director | |
/s/ Bradley Horowitz Bradley Horowitz |
Director |
/s/ P. Sean Neville P. Sean Neville |
Director | |
/s/ David Orfao David Orfao |
Director | |
/s/ Danita Ostling Danita Ostling |
Director |
Exhibit 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC.
The current name of this corporation is Circle Internet Group, Inc. (the Corporation). The original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 19, 2024, under its current name. This amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which restates, integrates, and amends the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of the stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Corporations certificate of incorporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
Article 1. Name
The name of the Corporation is Circle Internet Group, Inc. (the Corporation).
Article 2. Registered Office and Agent
The address of the Corporations registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporations registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
Article 3. Purpose and Powers
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, Delaware Law).
Article 4. Capital Stock
A. Authorized Shares
The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 4,000,000,000 shares, which shall be divided into two classes, consisting of (i) 3,500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (Common Stock), which shall be divided into three series, consisting of 2,500,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (Class A Common Stock), 500,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (Class B Common Stock), and 500,000,000 shares of Class C common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (Class C Common Stock), and (ii) 500,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (Preferred Stock).
Upon this amended and restated certificate of incorporation (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, and/or restated from time to time, the Certificate of Incorporation ) becoming effective pursuant to Delaware Law (the Effective Time), each share of the Corporations Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, Series A preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, Series B preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, Series C preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, Series C-1 preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, Series D preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, Series E preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and Series F preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, in each case, outstanding or held by the Corporation as treasury shares as of immediately before the Effective Time (collectively, the Old Stock) shall automatically be reclassified and become as one validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable share of Class A Common Stock, without any action on the part of the holders of such shares (the Reclassification). Immediately following the effectiveness of the Reclassification, each share of Class A Common Stock held of record by Jeremy Allaire or P. Sean Neville (each, a Founder), any Allaire Entity, or any Neville Entity shall automatically be converted into one validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable share of Class B Common Stock, without any action on the part of the holders of such shares or the Corporation.
1
The Board of Directors is hereby empowered, without any action or vote by the Corporations stockholders (except as may otherwise be provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding), to authorize by resolution or resolutions from time to time the issuance, out of any theretofore authorized but unissued and undesignated shares of Preferred Stock, of one or more series of Preferred Stock and to fix the designations, powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional, special, or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, if any, with respect to each such series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares constituting each such series, any such series to the extent permitted by Delaware Law.
B. Powers and Rights of Common Stock
The description of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and Class C Common Stock, and the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, are as follows:
1. Identical Rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by this Certificate of Incorporation or required by applicable law, shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and Class C Common Stock shall have the same rights, powers, and privileges and rank equally (including as to dividends and distributions, and any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation), share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters.
2. Reclassification, Split, Subdivision, or Combination. If the Corporation in any manner reclassifies, splits, subdivides, or combines the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, or Class C Common Stock, the outstanding shares of each other series of Common Stock shall concurrently therewith be proportionately reclassified, split, subdivided, or combined in a manner that maintains the same proportionate equity ownership among the holders of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, the holders of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, and the holders of the outstanding shares of Class C Common Stock on the record date for such reclassification, split, subdivision, or combination, as the case may be.
3. Voting Rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by this Certificate of Incorporation or required by applicable law, holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and Class C Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters on which stockholders of the Corporation generally are entitled to vote. To the fullest extent permitted by law, except as otherwise expressly provided by this Certificate of Incorporation, (i) each holder of Class A Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders of the Corporation generally are entitled to vote, (ii) each holder of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to five votes for each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders of the Corporation generally are entitled to vote; provided, however, that if the aggregate voting power of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock entitled to vote on a matter on which stockholders of the Corporation are entitled to vote generally exceeds 30% of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter, then the number of votes on such matter to which each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock is entitled shall be automatically and proportionally reduced so that the aggregate voting power of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock entitled to vote on such matter equals 30% of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter, and (iii) each holder of Class C Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on and shall not have any voting power with respect to shares of Class C Common Stock held of record by such holder on any matter on which stockholders of the Corporation generally are entitled to vote (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the election and removal of directors) other than to the extent set forth herein or otherwise required by Delaware Law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate of Incorporation, except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred
2
Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Preferred Stock are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such affected series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any class or series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to Delaware Law. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) without a separate class vote of the holders of Common Stock or Preferred Stock irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware Law.
4. Dividends. Whenever a dividend is paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, or Class C Common Stock then outstanding, the Corporation shall also pay to the holders of each other series of Common Stock then outstanding an equal dividend per share on an equal priority, pari passu basis, unless different treatment of the shares of each such series is or has been approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock entitled to vote thereon, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock entitled to vote thereon and, if and only if such different treatment would significantly and adversely affect the rights or preferences of the holders of the Class C Common Stock, then by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class C Common Stock entitled to vote thereon, each voting separately as a class; provided, however, that (x) if the dividend is paid in the form of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, or Class C Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that evidence the right to purchase or acquire, shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, or Class C Common Stock), then the holders of Class A Common Stock shall receive shares of Class A Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that evidence the right to purchase or acquire, shares of Class A Common Stock), holders of Class B Common Stock shall receive shares of Class B Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that evidence the right to purchase or acquire, shares of Class B Common Stock), and holders of Class C Common Stock shall receive shares of Class C Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that evidence the right to purchase or acquire, shares of Class C Common Stock), with each share of Common Stock receiving an identical number of shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that evidence the right to purchase or acquire, shares of Common Stock), (y) if the dividend is paid in securities of the Corporation other than those in clause (x), then the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and Class C Common Stock will receive identical securities on an equal per share basis, except that, if the securities received by the holders of Class C Common Stock would be deemed a Class of Voting Shares, such securities shall by their terms have no voting rights, and (z) if the dividend is paid in securities of a Person other than the Corporation, then the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and Class C Common Stock will either receive identical securities on an equal per share basis or receive different classes or series of securities of such Person on an equal per share basis, or, in the case of holders of Class C Common Stock, a holder of Class C Common Stock may elect to instead receive the cash equivalent of such securities (as determined by the Corporation), provided that such different classes or series of securities do not differ in any respect other than their relative voting rights, with holders of Class B Common Stock receiving the class or series of securities having higher relative voting rights as compared to, and proportional with the existing relative voting rights of, the holders of Class A Common Stock, and holders of Class A Common Stock receiving securities of a class or series having lesser relative voting rights as compared to, and proportional with the existing relative voting rights of, the holders of Class B Common Stock, and holders of Class C Common Stock receiving securities of a class or series having no voting rights.
5. Mergers and Consolidations. In connection with any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other entity, or any other transaction having an effect on stockholders substantially similar to that resulting from a merger or consolidation, shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and Class C Common Stock shall be treated equally, identically, and ratably, on a per share basis, including with respect to any consideration into which such shares are converted or any consideration paid or otherwise distributed to holders of Common Stock, unless different treatment of the shares of each such series is or has been approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock entitled to vote thereon, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock entitled to vote thereon, and, if and only if such different treatment would significantly and adversely affect the rights or preferences of the holders of the Class C Common Stock, then by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class C Common Stock entitled to vote thereon, each
3
voting separately as a class; provided, however, the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and Class C Common Stock shall be deemed to have been treated equally, identically, and ratably, on a per share basis, and no such separate class votes shall be required, if such holders receive different classes or series of securities on an equal per share basis, provided that such different classes or series of securities do not differ in any respect other than their relative voting rights, with holders of Class B Common Stock receiving the class or series of securities having higher relative voting rights as compared to, and proportional with the existing relative voting rights of, the holders of Class A Common Stock, and holders of Class A Common Stock receiving securities of a class or series having lesser relative voting rights as compared to, and proportional with the existing relative voting rights of, the holders of Class B Common Stock, and holders of Class C Common Stock receiving securities of a class or series having no voting rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate of Incorporation, in determining whether shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and Class C Common Stock will be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, the following shall not be considered: (i) any consideration to be paid to or received by a holder of Common Stock pursuant to any indemnification, bona fide employment, consulting, severance, or similar services arrangement and (ii) any consideration to be paid to or received by a holder of Common Stock pursuant to any negotiated agreement between such holder (or any affiliate thereof) with any counterparty (or affiliate thereof) to such merger, consolidation, or other transaction wherein such holder (or affiliate thereof) is contributing, selling, transferring, or otherwise disposing of shares of the Corporations capital stock to such counterparty (or affiliate thereof), or such shares are being converted or exchanged, as part of a rollover or similar transaction in connection with such merger, consolidation, or other transaction.
6. Liquidation and Dissolution. In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and Class C Common Stock shall be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, and be entitled to receive an equal amount per share of all the assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to holders of shares of any class of capital stock of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and liabilities of the Corporation and subject to the payment in full of the preferential or other amounts to which any series of Preferred Stock are entitled, unless different treatment of the shares of each such series is or has been approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock entitled to vote thereon, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock entitled to vote thereon and, if and only if such different treatment would significantly and adversely affect the rights or preferences of the holders of the Class C Common Stock, then by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class C Common Stock entitled to vote thereon, each voting separately as a class.
C. Conversion
1. Voluntary Conversion of Class B Common Stock. Subject to this Article 4.C, each share of Class B Common Stock shall be voluntarily convertible into one fully paid and non-assessable share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder of such share of Class B Common Stock at any time and from time to time and without payment of additional consideration by such holder.
2. Mechanics of Voluntary Conversion of Class B Common Stock. In order for a holder of shares of Class B Common Stock to voluntarily convert such shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to Article 4.C.1, such holder shall (i) provide written notice (Conversion Notice) to the Corporations transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Common Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent for the Common Stock), stating the number of shares of Class B Common Stock that such holder elects to convert (and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent) and such holders name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued and
4
(ii) surrender the certificate or certificates, if any, representing such shares of Class B Common Stock (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen, or destroyed, an affidavit stating that such certificate has been lost, stolen, or destroyed and an agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation (which may include a requirement to post a bond) to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate (a Lost Certificate Affidavit and Agreement)) at the Corporations principal executive offices. If required by the Corporation, any certificate or certificates so surrendered shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her, or its attorney duly authorized in writing. Upon the receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of the documents provided by this Article 4.C.2 (the Voluntary Conversion Time), the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the specified shares shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date and all rights with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock, converted at such Voluntary Conversion Time shall terminate, except for only (i) the rights of the holder of such shares to receive any dividends declared but unpaid on the shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder as of the record date for such dividend, if such record date was at or prior to the Voluntary Conversion Time, that have been converted into shares of Class A Common Stock at such Voluntary Conversion Time, and (ii) if the shares of Class B Common Stock converted at such Voluntary Conversion Time were represented by a certificate or certificates immediately prior to such Voluntary Conversion Time and less than all of the shares of Class B Common Stock represented by any one certificate were converted at such Voluntary Conversion Time, the rights of the holder of such shares to receive a new certificate representing the shares of Class B Common Stock not so converted at such Voluntary Conversion Time.
3. Mandatory Conversion of Class B Common Stock. Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, be converted into one fully paid and non-assessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the earliest to occur of (each, a Mandatory Conversion Time): (i) a Transfer other than a Permitted Transfer of such share of Class B Common Stock; (ii) in the case of Class B Common Stock held by any trust, partnership, corporation, foundation, charity, or other entity, upon such trust, partnership, corporation, foundation, charity, or other entity ceasing to be an Allaire Entity or a Neville Entity; (iii) the approval of such conversion by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock entitled to vote thereon, voting separately as a class, and the satisfaction or occurrence of any condition or event on which such conversion is contingent, as specified in such approval; (iv) 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the first day on which the aggregate number of shares of Class B Common Stock held (in street name or as a holder of record) by Jeremy Allaire and all Allaire Entities is less than 50% of the aggregate number of shares of Class B Common Stock held (in street name or as a holder of record) by Jeremy Allaire and all Allaire Entities at 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the day of the Effective Time; (v) 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the first day on which Jeremy Allaire is neither the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation nor the Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and (vi) 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the date that is five years after the day of the Effective Time.
4. Policies and Procedures with Respect to Class B Common Stock. The Corporation may, from time to time, require that a holder of shares of Class B Common Stock furnish affidavits or other proof to the Corporation as it deems necessary to verify the ownership of shares of Class B Common Stock and to confirm that a conversion to shares of Class A Common Stock has not occurred. Promptly following any conversion of Class B Common Stock at a Mandatory Conversion Time, each holder of shares of Class B Common Stock that have been converted into shares of Class A Common Stock at such Mandatory Conversion Time shall surrender the certificate or certificates, if any, representing such shares of Class B Common Stock (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen, or destroyed, a Lost Certificate Affidavit and Agreement) to the Corporations transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Common Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent for the Common Stock. If required by the Corporation, any certificate or certificates so surrendered shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of
5
transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her, or its attorney duly authorized in writing. Upon the occurrence of a Mandatory Conversion Time, the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the specified shares shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date and all rights with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock converted at such Mandatory Conversion Time shall terminate, except for only (i) the rights of the holder of such shares to receive any dividends declared but unpaid on the shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder as of the record date for such dividend, if such record date was at or prior to the Mandatory Conversion Time, that have been converted into shares of Class A Common Stock at such Mandatory Conversion Time, and (ii) if the shares of Class B Common Stock converted at such Mandatory Conversion Time were represented by a certificate or certificates immediately prior to such Mandatory Conversion Time and less than all of the shares of Class B Common Stock represented by any one certificate were converted at such Mandatory Conversion Time, the rights of the holder of such shares to receive a new certificate representing the shares of Class B Common Stock not so converted at such Mandatory Conversion Time.
5. Conversion of Class C Common Stock. Each share of Class C Common Stock shall continue to be a share of Class C Common Stock for as long as it is owned or controlled by a BHC Stockholder, or any other assignee or transferee of such BHC Stockholder; provided, however, that any such share of Class C Common Stock shall convert to a share of Class A Common Stock in the hands of a third party that is not an affiliate (as that term is defined for purposes of the BHC Act) of such BHC Stockholder or assignee or transferee of such BHC Stockholder upon the third partys election, submitted in writing to the Corporation, but only if (x) such election is made at the time of such assignment or transfer and (y) such Class C Common Stock is assigned or transferred to a person that is not an affiliate (as that term is defined for purposes of the BHC Act) of the assignor or transferor and such assignment or transfer is: (i) to the Corporation; (ii) in a transaction in which no assignee or transferee (or group of associated assignees or transferees) would receive 2% or more of the outstanding shares of any Class of Voting Shares of the Corporation; (iii) in a widespread public distribution; or (iv) to an assignee or transferee that would control more than 50% of every Class of Voting Shares of the Corporation without any transfer from the assignor or transferor.
6. Effect of Conversion. Any shares of Class B Common Stock converted pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold, or transferred, and the authorized number of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be automatically reduced accordingly. Any shares of Class C Common Stock converted pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired.
7. Definitions. For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation:
| affiliate means, with respect to any Person, (i) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person, (ii) any Person directly or indirectly owning or controlling ten percent (10%) or more of any class of outstanding voting securities of such Person, or (iii) any officer, director, general partner, or trustee of any such Person described in clause (i) or (ii). |
| Allaire Entity means (i) a trust formed solely for the benefit of Jeremy Allaire or his Immediate Family Members and controlled by Jeremy Allaire and (ii) a partnership, corporation, foundation, charity, or other entity controlled by Jeremy Allaire. |
| Beneficially Owned has such meaning as is set forth in Rule 13d-3 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). Beneficial Ownership and Beneficially Owns shall have correlative meanings. |
| BHC Act means the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. |
| BHC Stockholder means any stockholder that is subject to the BHC Act, including any affiliate of such stockholder as that term is defined for purposes of the BHC Act, that provides the Corporation with written notice stating that the stockholder irrevocably elects to be treated as a BHC Stockholder for purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation. A BHC Stockholder shall cease to be a BHC Stockholder upon providing written notice to the Corporation that, due to a change of law or regulation, change to its business or operations, divestiture or other transaction, it has ceased to be a BHC Stockholder, provided that any share of Class C Common Stock may only convert to a share of Class A Common Stock pursuant to Article 4.C.5 and shall not convert to a share of Class A Common Stock (or any other series other than of Class C Common Stock) pursuant to the BHC Stockholders provision of such written notice. |
| Class of Voting Shares has the same meaning given to that term in Section 225.2(q)(3) of Regulation Y of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 C.F.R. § 225.2(q)(3)). |
| control (including the terms controlling, controlled by, and under common control with), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise. |
| Immediate Family Member means, with respect to a natural person, such persons child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including, adoptive relationships. |
| Neville Entity means (i) a trust formed solely for the benefit of P. Sean Neville or his Immediate Family Members and controlled by P. Sean Neville and (ii) a partnership, corporation, foundation, charity, or other entity controlled by P. Sean Neville. |
| Permitted Transfer means a Transfer from a holder of shares of Class B Common Stock to any Permitted Transferee, or a transfer from a Permitted Transferee to another Permitted Transferee or back to such original holder. |
| Permitted Transferee means (i) a Founder, (ii) any Allaire Entity, and (iii) any Neville Entity. |
6
| Person means a natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated association, or other legal entity. |
| Rights means any option, warrant, restricted stock unit, restricted stock award, performance stock award, phantom stock, equity award, conversion right, or contractual right of any kind held by a Founder to acquire shares of the Corporations authorized but unissued capital stock. |
| Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean any direct or indirect sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation, or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share (a transfer), whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by merger, consolidation, or by operation of law, including, without limitation, a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether there is a corresponding change in Beneficial Ownership), a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock among two or more unaffiliated or unrelated holders, or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control over such share by proxy or otherwise (unless, in each case, otherwise explicitly exempted from the definition of Transfer hereunder), provided, however, that the following shall not be considered a Transfer: (i) the grant of a proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders; (ii) the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however, that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a Transfer unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a Permitted Transfer; (iii) the fact that the spouse of any holder of shares of Class B Common Stock possesses or obtains an interest in such holders shares of Class B Common Stock arising solely by reason of the application of the community property laws of any jurisdiction, so long as no other event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that constitutes a Transfer of such shares of Class B Common Stock; provided that any transfer of shares by any holder of shares of Class B Common Stock to such holders spouse, including a transfer in connection with a divorce proceeding, domestic relations order or similar legal requirement, shall constitute a Transfer of such shares of Class B Common Stock unless otherwise exempt from the definition of Transfer; (iv) entering into a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act with a broker or other nominee where the holder entering into the plan retains Voting Control over the shares; provided, however, that a Transfer of such shares of Class B Common Stock by such broker or other nominee shall constitute a Transfer at the time of such Transfer; (v) entering into a support, voting, tender, or similar agreement, arrangement, or understanding (with or without granting a proxy) in connection with a merger or consolidation of the Corporation, or any other transaction having an effect on stockholders substantially similar to that resulting from a merger or consolidation, or taking any actions contemplated thereby; provided that such merger, consolidation, or other transaction and such agreement or understanding were approved by the Board of Directors in advance of the entry into such agreement or understanding; or (vi) any proxy granted, or proxy agreement entered into, before the Effective Time with respect to the voting of any of the Corporations capital stock to which the Corporation is a party that terminates upon the consummation of the sale of shares of capital stock of the Corporation to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). |
| Voting Control means, with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the exclusive power (whether directly or indirectly) to vote or direct the voting of such share of Class B Common Stock by proxy, voting agreement, or otherwise. |
7
D. Reservation of Stock
The Corporation shall at all times while shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock are outstanding reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as will from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock.
E. No Further Issuances of Class B Common Stock
Except for the issuance of shares of Class B Common Stock upon the automatic conversion of Class A Common Stock contemplated by the second paragraph of Article 4.A, the issuance of shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon exercise or settlement of Rights outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, any dividend payable in accordance with Article 4.B.4, any consideration to be paid to or received in connection with any merger or consolidation of the Corporation, or any other transaction having an effect on stockholders substantially similar to that resulting from a merger or consolidation, in accordance with Article 4.B.5, or a reclassification, split, subdivision, or combination in accordance with Article 4.B.2, the Corporation shall not issue any additional shares of Class B Common Stock after the Effective Time.
Article 5. Bylaws
The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, or repeal, in whole or in part, the bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect from time to time, the Bylaws) without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with Delaware Law or this Certificate of Incorporation.
The stockholders may adopt, amend, or repeal, in whole or in part, the Bylaws only with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 662⁄3% of the voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
Article 6. Board of Directors
A. Power of the Board of Directors
Except as otherwise provided by this Certificate of Incorporation or Delaware Law, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
B. Number, Election, and Removal of Directors
Subject to the special rights of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a separate series or together with the holders of one or more other series, to elect directors, the total number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be a number not less than three nor more than twelve, with the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office.
The directors (other than any directors elected by the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a separate series or together with the holders of one or more other series, to elect directors) shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II, and Class III. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders next following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided that directors initially designated as Class I directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial public offering of the Corporations Class A Common Stock, directors initially designated as Class II directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the second annual meeting of stockholders following the initial public offering of the Corporations Class A Common Stock, and directors initially designated as Class III directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders following the initial public offering of the Corporations Class A Common
8
Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which such directors term expires and until such directors successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such directors earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal from office. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to the Effective Time to such classes at the time such classification becomes effective. In no event will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director.
There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of directors. Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws shall so require, the election of directors need not be by written ballot.
Subject to the special rights of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a separate series or together with the holders of one or more other series, to elect directors, vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal, or otherwise of a director or directors and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, except as otherwise required by law, be filled solely by a majority of the directors then in office (although less than a quorum) or by the sole remaining director (and not by stockholders), and each director so elected shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the class to which such director shall have been elected and until such directors successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such directors earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal from office.
Subject to the special rights of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a separate series or together with the holders of one or more other series, to elect directors, no director may be removed from office except for cause with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
C. Preferred Stock Directors
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 6, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other series, to elect one or more directors, the term of office, the filling of vacancies, the removal from office, and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of such series of Preferred Stock as set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) and such directors shall not be included in any of the classes created pursuant to Article 6.B unless expressly provided by such terms. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article 4, whenever the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to said provisions, the terms of office of all directors elected by the holders of such Preferred Stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification, or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case such director shall cease to be qualified as a director and shall cease to be a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be automatically reduced accordingly.
Article 7. Meetings and Actions of Stockholders
A. Special Meetings
Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Board of Directors, by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or by the Corporations Chief Executive Officer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other series of Preferred Stock, to elect directors, such holders may call, pursuant to the terms of such series of Preferred Stock adopted by resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article 4.A hereto, a special meeting of the holders of such series of Preferred Stock for the purpose of voting on the election or removal of any such director.
9
B. No Action by Consent of Stockholders without a Meeting
Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, as may be set forth in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article 4.A hereto for such series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken only upon the vote of stockholders at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by consent of stockholders without a meeting.
Article 8. Indemnification
A. Limited Liability
To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law, no director or officer of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer. Any amendment, repeal, or elimination of this Article 8 or the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article 8, shall not affect its application with respect to an act or omission by a director or officer occurring before such amendment, adoption, repeal, or elimination.
B. Right to Indemnification
Each person (and the heirs, executors, or administrators of such person) (a Covered Person) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the Covered Person in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article 8 upon each Covered Person shall also include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in connection with any such action, suit, or proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware Law; provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article 8 or otherwise. The right to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 8 upon a Covered Person shall be a contract right and shall not be exclusive of any rights provided in the Bylaws, any agreement between the Corporation and any Covered Persons or by resolution of the Board of Directors.
The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification and advancement of expenses to any employees and agents of the Corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by Delaware Law.
C. Insurance
The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any expense, liability, or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such persons status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Delaware Law.
10
D. Non-Exclusivity of Rights
The rights and authority conferred in this Article 8 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may otherwise have or hereafter acquire.
E. Preservation of Rights
Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article 8, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law, any modification of law, shall adversely affect any right or protection of any person granted pursuant hereto existing at, or arising out of or related to any event, act, or omission that occurred prior to, the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption, or modification (regardless of when any proceeding (or part thereof) relating to such event, act, or omission arises or is first threatened, commenced, or completed).
Article 9. Amendments
The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, or repeal this Certificate of Incorporation in any manner permitted by Delaware Law and this Certificate of Incorporation and all rights and powers conferred upon stockholders, directors, and officers herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in Article 4.B, Article 4.C, Article 5, Article 6, Article 7, Article 8, and this Article 9 may not be repealed or amended in any respect, and no other provision may be adopted, amended, or repealed which would be inconsistent with the provisions set forth in any of Article 4.B, Article 4.C, Article 5, Article 6, Article 7, Article 8, or this Article 9, unless, in addition to any vote required by Delaware Law, such action is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 662⁄3% of the total voting power of all outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
***
This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be effective on [], 2025, at 8:00 a.m. (ET).
11
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. (the Corporation)
(Effective [], 2025)
Capitalized terms used in these Amended and Restated Bylaws (as the same may be further amended and/or restated from time to time, the Bylaws) but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms under the Corporations Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on [], 2025 (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the Certificate of Incorporation).
ARTICLE 1
OFFICES
Section 1.01. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware, and the registered agent of the Corporation at such address, shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 1.02. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
Section 1.03. Books. The books of the Corporation may be kept within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE 2
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 2.01. Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, on such date and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors (or the Chairperson of the Board of Directors in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, Delaware Law).
Section 2.02. Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule, or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.
Section 2.03. Special Meetings. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Board of Directors, by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or by the Corporations Chief Executive Officer. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule, or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.
Section 2.04. Notice of Meetings and Adjourned Meetings; Waivers of Notice.
(a) Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date, and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.
1
Unless otherwise provided by Delaware Law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, such notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Unless these Bylaws otherwise require, when a meeting is adjourned to another time or place (including an adjournment taken to address a technical failure to convene or continue a meeting using remote communication), notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken or are provided in any other manner permitted by Delaware Law. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment, a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.
(b) A written waiver of any such notice signed by the person entitled thereto, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
Section 2.05. Quorum. Unless otherwise provided under the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws and subject to Delaware Law, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting or stockholders representing a majority in voting power of the shares of capital stock present in person or represented by proxy may adjourn the meeting, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.
Section 2.06. Voting.
(a) Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon shall be the act of the stockholders. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specific circumstances, as may be set forth in the certificate of designations for such series of preferred stock, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in respect of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. In determining the number of votes cast for or against a proposal or nominee, neither shares abstaining from voting on the proposal or nominee nor any broker non-votes, will be treated as votes cast for or against the proposal or nominee.
(b) Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to a corporate action without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date, unless said proxy provides for a longer period. The authorization of a person to act as proxy may be documented, signed, and delivered in accordance with Section 116 of the Delaware Law; provided that such authorization shall set forth, or be delivered with, information enabling the Corporation to determine the identity of the stockholder granting such authorization. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date.
2
Section 2.07. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, as may be set forth in the certificate of designations for such series of preferred stock, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken only upon the vote of stockholders at an annual or special meeting, as the case may be, duly noticed and called in accordance with Delaware Law and may not be taken by written consent of stockholders without a meeting.
Section 2.08. Organization. At each meeting of stockholders, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, if one shall have been elected, or in the Chairpersons absence or if one shall not have been elected, such other director or officer of the Corporation as shall be appointed by the Board of Directors, shall act as chairperson of the meeting. The Secretary (or in the Secretarys absence or inability to act, the person whom the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting) shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairperson of the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with these Bylaws or such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of a meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or to adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations, and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations, or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairperson of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairperson of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.
Section 2.09. Order of Business. The order of business at all meetings of stockholders shall be as determined by the chairperson of the meeting or the Board of Directors.
Section 2.10. Nomination of Directors and Proposal of Other Business.
(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.
(i) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors or the proposal of other business to be transacted by the stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (A) pursuant to the Corporations notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof duly authorized, (C) as may be provided in the certificate of designations for any series of preferred stock, or (D) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in Section 2.10(a)(ii) and at the time of the annual meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.10(a), and, except as otherwise required by law, any failure to comply with these procedures shall result in the nullification of such nomination or proposal. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (D) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or propose other business at an annual meeting of stockholders (other than a proposal included in the Corporations proxy statement pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the Exchange Act)).
3
(ii) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders by a stockholder pursuant to clause (D) of Section 2.10(a)(i), the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such proposed business (other than the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors) must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholders notice shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting of stockholders (which prior years annual meeting shall, for purposes of the Corporations first annual meeting of stockholders following its initial public offering of shares of its Class A Common Stock, be deemed to have occurred on May 15, 2025); provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than 70 days after such anniversary date then to be timely such notice must be received by the Corporation no earlier than 120 days prior to such annual meeting and no later than the later of 90 days prior to the date of the meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting was first made by the Corporation. The minimum timeliness requirements of this paragraph shall apply for purposes of determining whether a stockholders notice is timely under these Bylaws despite any different timeline described in Rule 14a-19 or elsewhere in Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, including with respect to any statements or information required to be provided to the Corporation pursuant to Rule 14a-19 of the Exchange Act by a stockholder and not otherwise specified herein. In no event shall the adjournment, recess, or postponement of any meeting, or any announcement thereof, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholders notice as described above. The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting on its own behalf (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such annual meeting.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.10 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under this Section 2.10 and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting of stockholders (which prior years annual meeting shall, for purposes of the Corporations first annual meeting of stockholders following its initial public offering of shares of its Class A Common Stock, be deemed to have occurred on May 15, 2025), a stockholders notice required by this Section 2.10 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new directorships created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to, and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
(iii) A stockholders notice to the Secretary shall set forth:
(A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director: (1) the name, age, business address, and residence address of such person; (2) the principal occupation or employment of such person; (3) (i) the number of shares of each class or series of capital stock of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned (and proof of any such beneficial ownership) by such person and any affiliates or associates (each within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act for purposes of these Bylaws) of such person, including any such shares that such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of, (ii) the name of each nominee holder of shares of all capital stock of the Corporation owned beneficially (and proof of any such beneficial ownership) but not of record by such person or any affiliates or
4
associates of such person, and the number of such shares of each class or series of capital stock held by each such nominee holder, including any such shares that such nominee holder has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of, (iii) any agreement, arrangement, or understanding pursuant to which such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation, and (iv) a description of any agreement, arrangement, or understanding (including, regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, forwards, futures, swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to the Corporations securities; (4) all information relating to such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act; (5) all completed and signed questionnaires in the same form as those questionnaires required of the Corporations directors (which will be provided to such person within 5 business days following a written request therefor); (6) a statement that such person has read the Corporations corporate governance guidelines and any other Corporation policies and guidelines applicable to directors (which will be provided to such person within 5 business days following a written request therefor), and a written agreement from such person to adhere to the foregoing policies and guidelines, as amended from time to time, if he or she is elected as a director; (7) an executed agreement by such person: (i) consenting to serve as a director if elected and (if applicable) to being named in the Companys proxy statement and/or form of proxy relating to the meeting at which directors are to be elected, along with a representation that such person intends to serve a full term as a director if elected, and (ii) that such person is not and will not become a party to (x) any direct or indirect compensatory, payment, or other financial agreement, arrangement, or understanding with any other person or entity other than the Corporation, in each case in connection with candidacy or service as a director of the Corporation (a Third-Party Compensation Arrangement) that has not been fully disclosed to the Corporation prior to, or concurrently with, the submission of the notice from the stockholder required by this Section 2.10, (y) any agreement, arrangement, or understanding, including the amount of any payment or payments received or receivable thereunder, with any other person or entity as to how such person would vote or act on any issue or question as a director (a Voting Commitment) that has not been fully disclosed to the Corporation prior to, or concurrently with, the submission of the notice from the stockholder required by this Section 2.10, or (z) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such persons ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such persons fiduciary duties under applicable law; and (8) such other information reasonably requested by the Corporation to determine whether such person is qualified under the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or any law or regulation applicable to the Corporation to serve as a director and/or independent director of the Corporation;
(B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting: (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting; (2) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the text of the proposed amendment); (3) the reasons for conducting such business; and (4) any substantial interest (within the meaning of Item 5 of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act) in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made;
5
(C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made: (1) the name and address of such stockholder (as they appear on the Corporations books) and any such beneficial owner; (2) a representation as to whether such stockholder or such beneficial owner has complied with all applicable legal requirements in connection with its acquisition of shares or other securities of the Corporation; (3) a written agreement from such stockholder that it is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear at the meeting in person or through a qualified representative (as defined in Section 2.10(c)(ii)) to make such nomination or proposal; (4) in the case of a nomination, a written agreement from such stockholder (and such beneficial owner) that it (or they) will not submit any substitute nominations unless they are made within the time periods set forth in this Section 2.10 and the stockholder and the substitute nominees will otherwise comply with this Section 2.10; (5) in the case of a nomination, a written agreement from such stockholder (and such beneficial owner) that it (or they) has not, and shall not, nominate a number of nominees (inclusive of substitutes) that exceeds the number of directors to be elected at the annual meeting; and (6) a written agreement that such stockholder (and such beneficial owner) shall (i) update and supplement the notice required by this Section 2.10, if necessary, so that the information provided or required in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of the annual meeting, and as of the date that is 15 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof and (ii) deliver such update and supplement so that it is received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (A) not later than the later of (x) 5 business days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of the annual meeting and (y) 5 business days after the first public announcement of such record date, in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date, and (B) not later than 10 business days before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the date that is 5 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this Section 2.10 or any other section of these Bylaws shall not limit the Corporations rights with respect to any deficiencies in any stockholders notice, extend any applicable deadlines under these Bylaws or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted a stockholders notice under these Bylaws to amend or update any proposal or to submit any new proposal, including by changing or adding nominees, matters, business, and/or resolutions proposed to be brought before a meeting of stockholders;
(D) as to the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, and any of their respective affiliates or associates (in each case, as defined pursuant to Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act for purposes of these Bylaws) (each such person or entity contemplated by this clause (D), a Proposing Person): (1) the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned (and proof of any such beneficial ownership) by such Proposing Person, including any such shares that such Proposing Person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of; (2) the name of each nominee holder of each class or series of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially (and proof of any such beneficial ownership) but not of record by such Proposing Person, and the number of such shares of each class or series of capital stock of the Corporation held by each such nominee holder, including any such shares that such nominee holder has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of; (3) a description of any agreement, arrangement, or understanding pursuant to which such Proposing Person has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation; (4) a description of any material pending or threatened legal proceeding in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation; (5) a description of (i) any plans
6
or proposals which any such Proposing Person may have with respect to securities of the Corporation that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 4 of Exchange Act Schedule 13D (regardless of whether the requirement to file a Schedule 13D is applicable) and (ii) any agreement, arrangement, or understanding (including the identity of the parties thereto) with respect to the nomination or other business between or among such Proposing Parties and any other parties, including without limitation any agreements that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 5 or Item 6 of Exchange Act Schedule 13D (regardless of whether the requirement to file a Schedule 13D is applicable), in each case as of the date the notice required by this Section 2.10 is delivered to the Corporation by the stockholder or beneficial owner in such business, if any, presenting the nomination or other proposal; (6) a description of any agreement, arrangement, or understanding (including, regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, forwards, futures, swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement, or understanding that has been made, the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proposing Person with respect to the Corporations securities; (7) a written representation as to whether any Proposing Person, or any other participant as defined in Item 4 of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act, will engage in a solicitation with respect to such nomination or other business and, if so, whether such solicitation will be conducted as an exempt solicitation under Rule 14a-2(b) of the Exchange Act, the name of each participant in such solicitation and the amount of the cost of solicitation that has been and will be borne, directly or indirectly, by each participant in such solicitation and (x) in the case of a proposal of business other than nominations, whether such person or group intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporations voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal, (y) in the case of any solicitation that is subject to Rule 14a-19 of the Exchange Act, confirming that such person or group will deliver, through means satisfying each of the conditions that would be applicable to the Corporation under either Exchange Act Rule 14a-16(a) or Exchange Act Rule 14a-16(n), a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the voting power of the Corporations capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, and/or (z) whether such person or group intends to otherwise solicit proxies or votes from holders in support of such proposal or nomination (for purposes of this clause (7), the term holders shall include, in addition to stockholders of record, any beneficial owners pursuant to Rule 14b-1 and Rule 14b-2 of the Exchange Act); (8) a representation that promptly after any Proposing Person solicits the holders of the Corporations stock referred to in the representation required under the preceding clause, and in any event no later than 5 business days before the applicable meeting, such Proposing Person will provide the Corporation with reasonable documentary evidence (as determined by the Corporation or one of its representatives, acting in good faith), which may take the form of a certified statement and documentation from a proxy solicitor, specifically demonstrating that the necessary steps have been taken to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of such percentage of the Corporations stock; (9) any direct or indirect interest of such Proposing Person in any contract (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement, or consulting agreement) with the Corporation, or any affiliate of the Corporation; (10) any other information relating to such Proposing Person, or proposed business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies in support of such nominee or proposal pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act; and (11) such other information relating to any proposed item of business as the Corporation may reasonably require to determine whether such proposed item of business is a proper matter for stockholder action.
7
(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. If the election of directors is included as business to be brought before a special meeting in the Corporations notice of meeting, then nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders may be made by any stockholder who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 2.10(b) and at the time of the special meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.10(b); provided, however, that the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting on its own behalf (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected as such special meeting. For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder before a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to this Section 2.10(b), the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholders notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) not earlier than 120 days prior to the date of the special meeting nor (ii) later than the later of 90 days prior to the date of the special meeting and the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the special meeting was first made by the Corporation. A stockholders notice to the Secretary shall comply with the notice requirements of Section 2.10(a)(iii). The minimum timeliness requirements of this paragraph shall apply for purposes of determining whether a stockholders notice is timely under these Bylaws despite any different timeline described in Rule 14a-19 or elsewhere in Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, including with respect to any statements or information required to be provided to the Corporation pursuant to Rule 14a-19 of the Exchange Act by a stockholder and not otherwise specified herein. In no event shall the adjournment, recess, or postponement of a special meeting, or any announcement thereof, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholders notice as described above. Such notice of a stockholder shall include the same information, representations, certifications, and agreements that would be required if the stockholder were to make a nomination in connection with an annual meeting of stockholders pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 2.10, and such stockholder shall be obligated to provide the same supplemental or additional information in connection with a special meeting of stockholders as required pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 2.10 in connection with an annual meeting of stockholders.
(c) General.
(i) No person shall be eligible to be nominated by a stockholder to be elected or reelected at any meeting of stockholders to serve as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.10. No business proposed by a stockholder shall be conducted at a stockholder meeting except in accordance with this Section 2.10.
(ii) Without limiting any remedy available to the Corporation, and unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or the chairperson of the meeting, a stockholder may not present nominations for director or business proposals at an annual or special meeting of stockholders (and any such nominee shall be disqualified from standing for election or re-election), notwithstanding proxies or votes may have been solicited and/or received with respect thereto, if such stockholder, any beneficial owner, any Proposing Person or any nominee or substitute nominee for director: (A) acted contrary to any representation, statement, certification, or agreement required by the applicable provisions of these Bylaws; (B) otherwise failed to comply with these Bylaws or with any law, rule or regulation identified in these Bylaws, including all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.10; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.10; or (C) provided information to the Corporation (whether required by these Bylaws or otherwise) that is false, misleading, inaccurate, or incomplete in any material respect. The Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors or the chairperson of the meeting shall, if the
8
facts warrant, determine and declare that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws or that business was not properly brought before the meeting, and if he/she should so determine, he/she shall so declare and the defective nomination shall be disregarded or such business shall not be transacted, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or other proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded or such proposed business shall not be transacted, as the case may be, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation and counted for purposes of determining a quorum. For purposes of this Section 2.10, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager, or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws, unless otherwise required by law, if any Proposing Person (1) provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act (or has previously filed a preliminary or definitive proxy statement with the information required by Rule 14a-19(b)) with respect to any proposed nominee for election as a director of the Corporation and (2) subsequently fails to comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(2) or Rule 14a-19(a)(3) promulgated under the Exchange Act (or fails to timely provide reasonable evidence sufficient to satisfy the Corporation that such Proposing Person has met the requirements of Rule 14a -19(a)(3) promulgated under the Exchange Act in accordance with the following sentence), then the nomination of each such proposed nominee shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that the nominee is included as a nominee in the Corporations proxy statement, notice of meeting, or other proxy materials for any meeting (or any supplement thereto) and notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of the election of such proposed nominees may have been received by the Corporation (which proxies and votes shall be disregarded). Upon request by the Corporation, if any Proposing Person provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act (or has previously filed a preliminary or definitive proxy statement with the information required by Rule 14a-19(b)), such Proposing Person, shall deliver to the Corporation, no later than 5 business days prior to the applicable meeting, reasonable evidence that it has met the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(3) promulgated under the Exchange Act.
(iii) Compliance with Section 2.10(a) and Section 2.10(b) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than as provided in Section 2.10(c)(iv)).
(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the notice requirements set forth herein with respect to the proposal of any business pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if such stockholder has submitted a proposal to the Corporation in compliance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, and such stockholders proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for the meeting of stockholders.
(v) Any stockholder directly or indirectly soliciting proxies from other stockholders in connection with any annual or special meeting of stockholders must use a proxy card color other than white, which shall be reserved for the exclusive use for solicitation by or on behalf of the Board of Directors.
(vi) For purposes of these Bylaws, business day means any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or a day on which banks are closed in New York City, New York; and close of business means 5:00 p.m. local time at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on any calendar day, whether or not the day is a business day.
9
Section 2.11. Delivery to the Corporation. Whenever Section 2.10 requires one or more persons (including a record or beneficial owner of stock) to deliver a document or information to the Corporation or any officer, employee, or agent thereof (including any notice, request, questionnaire, revocation, representation, or other document or agreement), except as otherwise requested or consented to by the Corporation, such document or information shall be in writing exclusively (and not in an electronic transmission) and shall be delivered exclusively by hand (including, without limitation, overnight courier service) or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and the Corporation shall not be required to accept delivery of any document not in such written form or so delivered.
ARTICLE 3
DIRECTORS
Section 3.01. General Powers. Except as otherwise provided in Delaware Law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
Section 3.02. Number, Election, and Term of Office. The total number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be fixed by or in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors shall be elected by the stockholders at the annual meeting, and the term of each director so elected shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which such directors term expires and until such directors successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such directors earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal from office. Directors need not be stockholders.
Section 3.03. Quorum and Manner of Acting. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or Delaware Law, a majority of the total number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. When a meeting of the Board of Directors is adjourned to another time or place (whether or not a quorum is present), notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors the directors present thereat shall adjourn the meeting, from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
Section 3.04. Time and Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors shall hold its meetings at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors (or the Chairperson of the Board of Directors in the absence of a determination by the Board of Directors).
Section 3.05. Annual Meeting. The Board of Directors shall meet for the purpose of organization, the election of officers, and the transaction of other business, as soon as practicable after each annual meeting of stockholders. Notice of such meeting need not be given. In the event such annual meeting is not so held, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors may be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware, on such date and at such time as shall be specified in a notice thereof given as hereinafter provided in Section 3.07 herein or in a waiver of notice thereof signed by any director who chooses to waive the requirement of notice.
Section 3.06. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. After the place and time of regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall have been determined and notice thereof shall have been once given to each member of the Board of Directors, regular meetings may be held without further notice being given.
10
Section 3.07. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer and shall be called by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary on the written request of any director. Notice of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by written notice, electronic transmission, including email, or orally (in person or by telephone) at least 24 hours before the scheduled start of the meeting. A director may waive notice of a special meeting, which waiver may be given before, at, or after the meeting. Attendance by a director at a special meeting is waiver of notice of that meeting, unless the director objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and thereafter does not participate in the meeting.
Section 3.08. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to any of the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by Delaware Law to be submitted to the stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending, or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.
Section 3.09. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. A consent may be documented, signed, and delivered in any manner permitted by Section 116 of the Delaware Law. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee, in the same paper form or electronic form as the minutes are maintained.
Section 3.10. Remote Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
Section 3.11. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Section 3.12. Vacancies. Except as otherwise provided by law, vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal, or otherwise of a director or directors and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 3.13. Removal. Directors of the Corporation may be removed in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.
11
Section 3.14. Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation of directors, including fees and reimbursement of expenses.
ARTICLE 4
OFFICERS
Section 4.01. Principal Officers. The principal officers of the Corporation shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, and a Secretary who shall have the duty, among other things, to record the proceedings of the meetings of stockholders and directors in a book kept for that purpose. The Corporation may also have such other principal officers as the Board of Directors may in its discretion appoint. One person may hold the offices and perform the duties of any two or more of said offices, except that no one person shall hold the offices and perform the duties of Chief Executive Officer and Secretary.
Section 4.02. Election and Term of Office. The principal officers of the Corporation shall be appointed by the Board of Directors in the manner determined by the Board of Directors. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal from office.
Section 4.03. Subordinate Officers. In addition to the principal officers enumerated in Section 4.01 herein, the Corporation may have one or more Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries, and Assistant Controllers and such other subordinate officers, agents, and employees as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such period as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and to remove any such subordinate officers, agents, or employees.
Section 4.04. Removal. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, at any time, by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors or, with respect to any subordinate officer appointed pursuant to Section 4.03, by any principal officer to whom the Board of Directors has delegated the power to remove such officer.
Section 4.05. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors (or to a principal officer if the Board of Directors has delegated to such principal officer the power to appoint and to remove such officer). The resignation of any officer shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Section 4.06. Powers and Duties. The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and perform such duties incident to each of their respective offices and such other duties as may from time to time be conferred upon or assigned to them by the Board of Directors.
Section 4.07. Vacancies. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill vacancies occurring in any office.
ARTICLE 5
CAPITAL STOCK
Section 5.01. Certificates For Stock; Uncertificated Shares. The shares of the Corporation shall be in book-entry, uncertificated form; provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be certificated shares. Except as otherwise provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the holders of shares represented by certificates of the same class and series shall be identical. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by any two authorized officers of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose
12
facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. The Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.
Section 5.02. Transfer of Shares. Shares of the stock of the Corporation may be transferred on the record of stockholders of the Corporation by the holder thereof or by such holders duly authorized attorney upon surrender of a certificate therefor properly endorsed or upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of uncertificated shares or by such holders duly authorized attorney and upon compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form, unless waived by the Corporation.
Section 5.03. Authority for Additional Rules Regarding Transfer. Subject to any limitations under Delaware Law, the Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer, and registration of certificated or uncertificated shares of the stock of the Corporation, as well as for the issuance of new certificates in lieu of those which may be lost or destroyed, and may require of any stockholder requesting replacement of lost or destroyed certificates, bond in such amount and in such form as they may deem expedient to indemnify the Corporation, and/or the transfer agents, and/or the registrars of its stock against any claims arising in connection therewith.
ARTICLE 6
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
Section 6.01. Forum Selection. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee, or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporations stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of Delaware Law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws or as to which Delaware Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware); provided that the foregoing shall not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder (the Securities Act), the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for any action asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be the federal district court for the District of Delaware. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, another court of the State of Delaware, or if no court of the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall have the fullest authority allowed by law to issue an anti-suit injunction to enforce this forum selection clause and to preclude suit in any other forum. Any person or entity holding, purchasing, or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this forum selection clause and to have consent to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, another court of the State of Delaware, or if no court of the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) in any proceeding brought to enjoin, or otherwise enforce this Section 6.01 with respect to, any action by that person or entity that is inconsistent with the exclusive jurisdiction provided for in this Section 6.01 (an Inconsistent Action) and (ii) having service of process made upon such person or entity in any such proceeding by service upon such persons or entitys counsel in such Inconsistent Action as agent for such person or entity.
13
ARTICLE 7
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 7.01. Fixing the Record Date.
(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.01 at the adjourned meeting.
(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
Section 7.02. Dividends. Subject to limitations contained in Delaware Law and the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation, which dividends may be paid either in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation.
Section 7.03. Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on January 1 and end on December 31 of each year.
Section 7.04. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization, and the words Corporate Seal, Delaware. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed, or otherwise reproduced.
Section 7.05. Voting of Stock Owned by the Corporation. The Board of Directors may authorize any person, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend, vote at, and grant proxies to be used at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation (except this Corporation) in which the Corporation may hold stock.
Section 7.06. Amendments. The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, or repeal, in whole or in part, these Bylaws without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with Delaware Law or the Certificate of Incorporation. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, the stockholders may adopt, amend, or repeal, in whole or in part, these Bylaws only with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 662⁄3% of the voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
14
Exhibit 10.1
Execution Version
Portions of this exhibit, indicated by [*****], have been omitted because they are both (i) not
material and (ii) customarily and actually treated by the registrant as private or confidential.
COLLABORATION AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
COINBASE GLOBAL, INC.
AND
CIRCLE INTERNET FINANCIAL, LLC
DATED AS OF
August 18, 2023
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE | ||||||||
1. | Definitions and Interpretation | 1 | ||||||
2. | Relationship Framework | 10 | ||||||
2.1 | Executive Lead Sponsors | 10 | ||||||
2.2 | Senior Executive Leads | 10 | ||||||
2.3 | Meetings; Failure to Attend | 10 | ||||||
2.4 | Dispute Escalation Procedure | 11 | ||||||
3. | Term and Termination | 12 | ||||||
3.1 | Initial Term | 12 | ||||||
3.2 | Renewals; Failure to Meet Threshold Criteria | 12 | ||||||
3.3 | Changes in Applicable Law | 15 | ||||||
3.4 | Survival | 17 | ||||||
4. | Economics; Retention and Payments | 18 | ||||||
4.1 | Adjustments to Payment Base | 18 | ||||||
4.2 | Calculations; Payments | 19 | ||||||
4.3 | Issuer Retention | 20 | ||||||
4.4 | Party Product Economics | 20 | ||||||
4.5 | Ecosystem Stablecoin Economics | 23 | ||||||
5. | Capital Requirements | 23 | ||||||
5.1 | Determination of Capital Requirements | 23 | ||||||
5.2 | Reserves Base Shortfall | 24 | ||||||
5.3 | Cost of Capital Requirement; Changes in Capital Requirements | 24 | ||||||
6. | Launch of New Stablecoins | 25 | ||||||
6.1 | Right to Launch | 25 | ||||||
6.2 | Circle Right of First Refusal | 25 | ||||||
6.3 | Launch Period | 25 | ||||||
6.4 | Election to Treat New Stablecoin as an Applicable Stablecoin | 25 | ||||||
6.5 | EURC | 26 | ||||||
6.6 | Transfer of Licensed Marks | 26 | ||||||
7. | Additional Covenants | 26 | ||||||
7.1 | Proxy Addresses | 26 | ||||||
7.2 | [*****] Keys | 26 | ||||||
7.3 | Marketing Plan | 27 | ||||||
7.4 | Release of Source Code | 27 | ||||||
7.5 | Payments under Prior Agreements | 27 | ||||||
7.6 | Mint and Redemption Access | 27 | ||||||
7.7 | Additional Obligations | 27 | ||||||
7.8 | Limitation on Damages | 28 |
i
8. | Confidential Information | 28 | ||||||
8.1 | Confidential Information Defined | 28 | ||||||
8.2 | Restrictions | 28 | ||||||
8.3 | Permitted Disclosures | 29 | ||||||
8.4 | Non-Disclosure Agreement | 29 | ||||||
9. |
Representations, Warranties and Disclaimers | 29 | ||||||
9.1 | Mutual Representations and Warranties | 29 | ||||||
10. |
Limitation of Liability; Indemnity | 31 | ||||||
10.1 | Limitation on Damages | 31 | ||||||
10.2 | No Limitations on Other Agreements | 31 | ||||||
10.3 | Indemnification | 31 | ||||||
11. |
Taxes | 32 | ||||||
11.1 | Withholding | 32 | ||||||
11.2 | Cooperation | 33 | ||||||
11.3 | Tax Matters | 33 | ||||||
12. |
Miscellaneous Provisions | 33 | ||||||
12.1 | Force Majeure | 33 | ||||||
12.2 | Governing Law; Dispute Resolution | 34 | ||||||
12.3 | Notices | 34 | ||||||
12.4 | Waiver | 35 | ||||||
12.5 | Entire Agreement; Amendments | 35 | ||||||
12.6 | Assignments, Successors | 35 | ||||||
12.7 | Third Party Rights | 36 | ||||||
12.8 | Severability | 36 | ||||||
12.9 | Availability of Equitable Relief | 36 | ||||||
12.10 | Remedies Cumulative | 37 | ||||||
12.11 | No Joint Venture | 37 | ||||||
12.12 | Counterparts | 37 | ||||||
12.13 | Expenses | 37 | ||||||
12.14 | Press Releases; Public Announcements | 37 | ||||||
12.15 | Non-Circumvention | 38 | ||||||
12.16 | Reservation of Rights | 38 | ||||||
12.17 | Interpretation | 38 |
ii
COLLABORATION AGREEMENT
This COLLABORATION AGREEMENT (this Agreement), dated as of August 18, 2023 (the Effective Date), is by and between Coinbase Global, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Coinbase), and Circle Internet Financial, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Circle). Coinbase and Circle are sometimes referred to herein individually as, a Party and collectively as, the Parties.
WHEREAS, Coinbase Technologies, Inc. (Coinbase Technologies), an Affiliate of Coinbase, and Circle had previously formed Centre Consortium, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Centre) to develop the network and operations of USDC (as defined below);
WHEREAS, the Parties and Affiliates thereof have entered into that certain Transaction Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the Transaction Agreement), pursuant to which Coinbase Technologies transferred its interests in Centre to Circle;
WHEREAS, Coinbase, Inc. and Circle have entered into that certain Intellectual Property License Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the IP License Agreement); and
WHEREAS, the Parties now desire to enter into this Agreement for the purpose of agreeing on certain terms related to USDC and other potential future Stablecoins (as defined below).
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual promises set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:
1. Definitions and Interpretation.
As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).
Accountant has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(b).
Active Address means, with respect to a given Party and a given calendar day, a blockchain address from which [*****] provided by such Party or its Affiliates (with respect to [*****], and by way of example only, [*****]). Such blockchain address shall remain an Active Address for such Party until such calendar day [*****] provided by such Party or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if [*****], such address shall not constitute an Active Address for either Party on such calendar day and will continue to not be an Active Address for either Party until [*****] provided by the other Party or its Affiliates. For the sake of clarity, the list of Active Addresses as of the Effective Date may include blockchain addresses from which [*****] provided by such Party or its Affiliates on a calendar day [*****].
[*****] means, with respect to [*****] provided by a Party or its Affiliates, [*****].
Adverse Impact Under Law has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).
Affected Party Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).
1
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person at any time, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by, or under common Control with, such Person at such time. A Person shall be deemed to Control another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Agreement has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Agreement Payment has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a).
Applicable Law means, with respect to any Person, any and all (a) laws, ordinances, or regulations, (b) codes, standards, rules, requirements, orders, guidance or criteria issued under any laws, ordinances or regulations, (c) rules of an SRO (including the rules of any securities exchange or equivalent) and (d) any and all judgments, orders, writs, directives, authorizations, rulings, decisions, injunctions, decrees, assessments, settlement agreements, or awards of any Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to such Person or its business or properties. For the sake of clarity, Applicable Law shall not include any terms or conditions of any settlement agreement, consent order, or other similar voluntary commitment that is made without the other Partys express written consent that require or authorize a Party to materially breach the Transaction Documents or otherwise materially impair a Partys rights under the Transaction Documents.
Applicable Month means each calendar month during the Term; provided that the first Applicable Month shall begin on August 1, 2023, and end on the last day of the calendar month in which the Effective Date occurs, and the last Applicable Month shall end on the last day of the Term subject to the survival periods set forth herein.
Applicable Shortfall Amount has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).
Applicable Stablecoin means USDC and any New Stablecoin that a Party elects to be treated as an Applicable Stablecoin hereunder by written notice pursuant to Section 6.4.
Business Day means any day except (a) a Saturday or a Sunday or (b) any other day on which commercial banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or directed by Applicable Law to close.
Capital Reserve has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
[*****] has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2(c).
Chain means a distributed digital ledger that records computationally verified transactions or other data and acts as a separate digital ecosystem, but which may be connected via a bridging protocol to other distributed digital ledgers that record computationally verified transactions or other data.
Claim means any legal, administrative or arbitration action, suit, complaint, charge, hearing, or Proceeding, in each case instituted by a Person that is not Party to this Agreement or an Affiliate of a Party.
2
Collaboration Payment means, with respect to any Applicable Stablecoin and any Applicable Month, [*****].
Company Threshold means that the applicable Party, together with its Affiliates, has provided resources and actively contributed to public policy and regulatory activities that encourage mainstream adoption of a relevant Applicable Stablecoin (by way of example only, engaging in discussions with legislators regarding such Applicable Stablecoin).
Confidential Information has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.
Confidentiality Agreement has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.
Cost of Capital Requirement has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.
Covered Source Code means, with respect to an Applicable Stablecoin, the Smart Contract source code or scripts deployed by the applicable Issuer Party on a Chain for implementing such Applicable Stablecoin on such Chain.
[*****] has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
Daily Circulation means, with respect to any Applicable Stablecoin and a given calendar day, the total amount of Applicable Stablecoins of such type in circulation, as calculated by the Issuer Party at 11:59 pm UTC with respect to such day in accordance with the procedures described on Exhibit 1 (as may be updated from time to time by mutual written agreement of the Parties).
Daily Payment Base means, with respect to any Applicable Stablecoin and any calendar day in a given Applicable Month, the total interest or dividend income and realized gains or losses accrued on such day in respect of the Reserves Base and Capital Reserves on such calendar day, less the total documented portfolio management fees (such as asset management and custody fees, but for the avoidance of doubt, not the Issuer Partys or its Affiliates internal or overhead costs) charged by non-Affiliated third parties in connection with the management of the Reserves Base and Capital Reserves during the Applicable Month divided by the number of days in such Applicable Month.
Daily Party Product Economics Amount has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a).
Determination Date means the date which is [*****] prior to the expiration of the then-current Term.
Dispute has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).
Dispute Escalation Procedure means the process set forth in Section 2.4.
Ecosystem Participant has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(a).
[*****] means, with respect to a given Applicable Stablecoin, [*****], as applicable with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin; provided, that if (i) [*****] and (ii) [*****].
3
Ecosystem Stablecoins has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(a).
Effective Date has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Entity has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.
EURC means the Euro Stablecoin marketed under the EURC Mark together with all predecessor Stablecoins (including, without limitation, EUROC and Euro Coin) and Successor Stablecoins thereto.
Executive Lead Sponsor has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
Existing Agreements has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.
Final Order means a final and non-appealable Order.
Force Majeure Event means any action, event or occurrence outside the reasonable control of the Party in question, including any riot, strike, other labor dispute, insurrection, terrorism, fire, severe weather, other act of God, shortages of materials, rationing, internet failure or other delay in receiving data, pandemic, epidemic, explosion, war, acts of public enemies, blockade, embargo or power failure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, under no circumstances will [*****] constitute a Force Majeure Event hereunder.
Governmental Authority means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any regulatory agency, body or authority, any supra-national authority and any SRO (including, in each case, any branch, department or official thereof).
Gross Payment Base has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).
[*****] has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b).
Included Balance for a given calendar day means, with respect to an Applicable Stablecoin and an applicable Active Address, the number of such Applicable Stablecoins held at such Active Address, calculated as of 11:59 pm UTC on such calendar day.
Initial Payment Base has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).
Initial Term has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
Initial [*****] has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.
Intellectual Property Rights means all inventions (whether or not subject to protection under patent laws), works of authorship and other expressions fixed in any tangible or electronic medium (whether or not subject to protection under copyright laws), moral rights, trademarks, trade names, trade dress, trade secrets, publicity rights, know-how, and all other subject matter subject to protection under patent, copyright, moral right, trademark, trade secret or other laws, including, all new or useful art, configurations, documentation, methodologies, best practices, operations, routines, combinations, discoveries, formulae, technical developments, artwork, software, programming, applets, scripts, designs, or other business processes, in each case, together with all rights therein or thereto.
4
IP License Agreement has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
IP Transfer has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(d).
Issuer Party means the Party that issues (or whose Affiliate issues) an Applicable Stablecoin. As of the Effective Date, Circle is the Issuer Party with respect to USDC and EURC.
Issuer Retention has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).
Layer 2 Protocol means a protocol or network that operates in connection with a Chain and adds functionality or scalability.
Launch Date means, with respect to any New Stablecoin, the date on which such New Stablecoin is available for use by the general public in the country in which the relevant fiat currency underlying such New Stablecoin is issued or any country in which the relevant fiat currency is used as such countrys official currency.
Launch Date Notice means, with respect to any New Stablecoin, written notice provided by the prospective Issuer Party with respect to such New Stablecoin in accordance with Section 6.3 to the other Party not later than [*****] prior to the anticipated Launch Date for such New Stablecoin, notifying such other Party of the anticipated Launch Date for such New Stablecoin.
Launch Period has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.
Licensed Marks has the meaning given to such term in the Intellectual Property License Agreement, by and between Coinbase, Inc. and Circle Internet Financial, LLC, dated as of the date hereof.
Losses means any and all losses, penalties, fines, costs, damages (and any interest due thereon), liabilities, amounts paid in settlements and offsets and any reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses and attorneys fees, including any of the foregoing incurred in connection with the investigation, response to and defense or settlement of a claim against or in respect of which indemnification is provided hereunder (including any such reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys fees incurred in enforcing a Partys right to indemnification against or with respect to any appeal) and penalties and interest.
[*****] means, with respect to the Capital Reserve required for any Applicable Stablecoin, (a) [*****], and (b) [*****]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) [*****] and (ii) [*****]and [*****].
Marketing Plan has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.
Marks means any registered or unregistered trademarks, service marks, logos, slogans, trade dress and other designations of source or origin, domain names, uniform adaptations, derivations and combinations thereof, and together with the goodwill associated with or symbolized by any of the foregoing.
5
Master Services Agreement means, in the case of Circle as the Issuer Party, that certain Master Services Agreement, by and among Coinbase, Inc. and Circle, dated as of the date hereof, or in the case of Coinbase as the Issuer Party, the agreement referenced in Section 7.6 of this Agreement.
Mediator has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(c).
Mint means the creation by the Issuer Party of an Applicable Stablecoin token in exchange for the relevant fiat currency.
[*****] Keys has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
Net Payment Base has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).
New Stablecoin has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
New Stablecoin Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
New Stablecoin Start Date has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.
New Stablecoin Product Threshold means, with respect to any New Stablecoin, each of the following criteria: [*****].
OKRs has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
[*****] means a [*****].
Order means, with respect to an Applicable Stablecoin, any order, agreement, directive, judgment, decision, decree, injunction, ruling, settlement agreement, stipulation, writ or assessment of any Governmental Authority, excluding: (i) any of the foregoing expressly sought by a Party hereto (by way of example only, a declaratory judgment or regulatory assessment sought by a Party) and (ii) any terms or conditions of any settlement agreement, consent order, or other similar voluntary commitment that is made without the other Partys express written consent that require or authorize a Party to materially breach the Transaction Documents or otherwise materially impair a Partys rights under the Transaction Documents.
Parties has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Party Product Economics Amount has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a).
Party Product Percentage has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a).
Party Product Stablecoins means, with respect to either Party, any Applicable Stablecoin and a given calendar day in an Applicable Month: (i) Applicable Stablecoins of such type held in such Partys fully custodial products and services ([*****]), (ii) Applicable Stablecoins of such type held in such Partys managed wallet services ([*****]), which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include such Applicable Stablecoins [*****] and (iii) the Included Balance of Applicable Stablecoins of such type held at Active Addresses with respect to such Party, in each case of (i) through (iii), at 11:59pm UTC on such calendar day. With respect to each enumerated example of the Partys respective products set forth in the parentheticals of clauses (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence, such references refer to such products in their respective [*****].
6
Party Product Stablecoin Data has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(b).
Payee has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a).
Payment Base means, with respect to any Applicable Stablecoin and any Applicable Month, the sum of the Daily Payment Base for such Applicable Stablecoin for each calendar day in such Applicable Month.
Payor has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a).
Payor Withholding Tax Action has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b).
Permissive License has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.
Permitted Investments means, with respect to the Reserves Base of an Applicable Stablecoin, any investments permitted by Applicable Law, which for the purposes of this definition as applied to the Reserve Base of USDC, until such time as there is a change in law or regulation, shall include [*****], except that requirements to [*****].
Person means a natural person, partnership, domestic or foreign limited partnership, domestic or foreign limited liability company, trust, estate, association, corporation, other legal Entity, or Governmental Authority.
Proceeding means any legal, administrative or arbitration action, suit, complaint, charge, hearing, inquiry, investigation or proceeding.
Product Threshold means, with respect to USDC, each of the following criteria, and with respect to any New Stablecoin that becomes an Applicable Stablecoin, the New Stablecoin Product Threshold: [*****].
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Product Threshold shall not apply with respect to an Applicable Stablecoin during any period in which [*****].
Product Threshold Cure Period has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c)(iii).
Product Threshold Exclusion Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c)(i).
Product Threshold Re-Entry Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c)(iii).
Proxy Address means, with respect to USDC or EURC, and a given Chain, the block address on such Chain at which the proxy contracts that implement USDC or EURC, as applicable, for that Chain are deployed. The Proxy Addresses shall be listed on Schedule B, which shall be updated by the Parties from time to time in accordance with Section 7.1 and to reflect the Proxy Addresses of new Applicable Stablecoins.
7
Redemption means the redemption of an Applicable Stablecoin in exchange for the related fiat currency.
Renewal Term has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
Representatives means, with respect to any Person, such Persons Affiliates, and its and their directors, officers, employees, attorneys, accountants or other professional service providers, and/or agents.
Reseller Party means, with respect to an Applicable Stablecoin, the Party that is not (and whose Affiliates are not) the Issuer Party. As of the Effective Date, Coinbase is the Reseller Party with respect to USDC and EURC.
Reseller Party Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.
Reseller Threshold means, with respect to any Applicable Stablecoin, that the applicable Reseller Party, together with its Affiliates, throughout the Term (after the applicable Launch Date with respect to any New Stablecoin) [*****]; provided that while the Issuer Party [*****], such requirement shall not apply to the Reseller Party with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Reseller Threshold shall not apply with respect to an Applicable Stablecoin during any period in which [*****].
Reseller Threshold Cure Period has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(d)(iii).
Reseller Threshold Exclusion Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(d)(i).
Reseller Threshold Re-Entry Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(d)(iii).
Reserves Base means the total reserves held for the benefit of holders of any Applicable Stablecoin, which reserves back the total amount of then-issued and outstanding Applicable Stablecoins of such type in circulation on a one-to-one basis at all times.
Residual Payment Base has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d).
Restructuring Period has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(c).
Section 3.3 Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(c).
Senior Executive Lead has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
Smart Contract means a distributed protocol that follows pre-defined rules to enforce or self-execute agreed-upon obligations automatically and without the involvement of any third party.
SRO means a non-governmental entity that has been granted executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions pertaining to government (including any stock exchange with authority over a Person pursuant to the listing of such Persons securities).
8
Stablecoin means a cryptocurrency that is pegged to a specific underlying fiat currency and for which the issuer maintains at least one-to-one reserves such that each coin is fully backed by and redeemable for one unit of the underlying fiat currency.
Stablecoin ROFR Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.
Successor Stablecoin means a Stablecoin that is implemented through a proxy contract deployed at a Proxy Address.
Tax or Taxes means taxes, levies, imposes, duties, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax, or penalties applicable thereto.
Taxing Authority means any domestic or foreign Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition, collection or administration of any Tax or Tax Return.
Tax Return(s) means any return, report, information return or other document (including any related or supporting information and any amendment to any of the foregoing) filed or required to be filed with any Taxing Authority with respect to Taxes.
Total Shortfall Amount means, with respect to a given Applicable Stablecoin and an Applicable Month, the sum of: (a) the carried forward portion of the prior Applicable Months Total Shortfall Amount (as described in Section 4.1(b)), if any, (b) the Applicable Shortfall Amount for that Applicable Month, and (c) interest accrued on (a) and (b) at [*****] rate equal to the [*****], calculated daily and compounded monthly.
Term has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
Threshold Criteria means the Product Threshold, the Reseller Threshold and the Company Threshold.
Transaction Agreement has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Transaction Documents means this Agreement, the Transaction Agreement and all agreements attached as exhibits thereto (including the Master Services Agreement and the IP License Agreement).
USDC means the United States Dollar Stablecoin marketed using the USDC Mark and all Successor Stablecoins thereto.
[*****] has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.
Withholding Certificate has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a).
Withholding Taxes has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a).
9
2. Relationship Framework.
2.1 Executive Lead Sponsors. Each Party will appoint its respective chief financial officer, or the chief financial officer of its ultimate parent, as the ultimate relationship owner with respect to this Agreement and the arrangements of the Parties with respect to Applicable Stablecoins (each, an Executive Lead Sponsor). The Executive Lead Sponsors will meet (a) at least once per year (in-person, if practicable) to review and evaluate the state of the Parties collaboration and OKRs, growth and investment opportunities and (b) on an as-needed basis, to resolve conflicts referred to the Executive Lead Sponsors via the Dispute Escalation Procedure, if applicable, in each case relating to Applicable Stablecoins. The initial Executive Lead Sponsors [*****] for Circle, and [*****] for Coinbase. Each Party will promptly notify the other in writing of a change in its Executive Lead Sponsor.
2.2 Senior Executive Leads. Additionally, each Party will appoint one senior functional team leader to manage the relationship and ensure the Parties are building together and maximizing the opportunity for Applicable Stablecoins (each, a Senior Executive Lead). The Senior Executive Leads will meet at least quarterly (in-person, if practicable) to (a) set parameters and guidelines with respect to all public communications by the Parties and their Affiliates regarding Applicable Stablecoins, with the goal of increased transparency, collaboration and cooperation, (b) set objectives and key results for the Parties collaboration with respect to Applicable Stablecoins (OKRs), (c) review and evaluate the state of the collaboration, OKRs, growth and investment opportunities, (d) discuss the product roadmap, marketing plan and roadmap, and third-party collaboration roadmap, with the goal of ensuring connectivity between all the relevant stakeholders of each Party, (e) review and update the Marketing Plan, and (f) collaborate in good faith to determine how best to grow issuances of Ecosystem Stablecoins (as further described in Section 4.5), and will meet on an as-needed basis to resolve conflicts via the Dispute Escalation Procedure. The initial Senior Executive Leads are [*****] for Circle, and [*****] for Coinbase. Either Party may change its Senior Executive Lead by providing written notice of the change to the other Party.
2.3 Meetings; Failure to Attend.
(a) Other Representatives of a Party involved in a Partys business related to Applicable Stablecoins may attend meetings of the Executive Lead Sponsors and Senior Executive Leads by invitation, and each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure the attendance of any Representative of such Party requested by an Executive Lead Sponsor or Senior Executive Partner of the other Party.
(b) For the avoidance of doubt, the frequency and content of meetings between the Parties respective Executive Lead Sponsors and Senior Executive Leads shall not be a basis for either Party to claim a material breach of this Agreement unless a Party fails to use good faith efforts to attend such meetings and such failure to attend meetings is excessive and repeated. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, excessive and repeated means [*****].
10
2.4 Dispute Escalation Procedure.
(a) The Parties shall use good faith and commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any and all disputes, controversies, conflicts and claims (each, a Dispute) arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement, or any transactions contemplated hereby, the performance or non-performance of the obligations set forth herein, or the asserted breach hereof (including any questions regarding the existence, validity, interpretation, enforceability or termination of any right or obligation), in the first instance by negotiation and consultation between the Parties operational representatives. If the Dispute cannot be resolved through good faith negotiations, any Partys operational representative may provide written notice of the Dispute to the Senior Executive Leads.
(b) If the Senior Executive Leads are unable to resolve a Dispute within [*****] of such Dispute being referred to the Senior Executive Leads in writing, either Senior Executive Lead may escalate such Dispute to the Executive Lead Sponsors by providing written notice of such escalation to the Executive Lead Sponsors. Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its Executive Lead Sponsor to attempt in good faith to resolve such dispute by negotiation and consultation for a [*****] period commencing on the day on which written notice of escalation is provided. If the Executive Lead Sponsors are unable to resolve the Dispute within such [*****] period, such Dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 12.2 or the other applicable provision of this Agreement.
(c) At any stage of the process set forth in this Section 2.4, either Party may request mediation of the relevant Dispute by providing to the other Party a notice containing a demand for mediation, setting forth the subject of the Dispute and the relief requested. The Parties will cooperate in good faith with one another in selecting an independent third party mediator and in scheduling the mediation proceedings. The mediation proceedings will be held at a suitable site in [*****], unless the Parties mutually agree on a different location (including remote proceedings via video conference). The Parties agree that they will participate in the mediation in good faith and that they will share equally in mediation costs. All offers, promises, conduct, and statements, whether oral or written, made in the course of the mediation by any of the Parties, their agents, employees, experts and attorneys, and by the mediator, are confidential, privileged and inadmissible for any purpose, including impeachment, in any other proceeding involving the Parties; provided that evidence that is otherwise admissible or discoverable will not be rendered inadmissible or non-discoverable as a result of its use in the mediation.
(d) Notwithstanding any demand for mediation, either Party may proceed to litigation as set forth in Section 12.2 if the Dispute is not resolved within [*****] from the date the initial notice of Dispute is delivered pursuant to Section 2.4(a). For clarity, the Dispute Escalation Procedure described in this Section 2.4 is not intended to and shall not apply to any claim arising out of any other agreement between the Parties (including, without limitation, the Master Services Agreement), or any claim for injunctive relief, specific performance, a temporary restraining order or other emergency equitable relief, or any other equitable relief.
11
3. Term and Termination.
3.1 Initial Term. The initial term (the Initial Term) of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of three (3) years. The Parties may agree to renew the Agreement for additional periods (each a Renewal Term, and collectively and together with the Initial Term, the Term), and this Agreement shall automatically renew for additional three (3) year Renewal Terms in the circumstances described in Section 3.2.
3.2 Renewals; Failure to Meet Threshold Criteria.
(a) Renewals. During the [*****] period preceding the Determination Date with respect to the end of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, the Parties will discuss in good faith whether any modifications to this Agreement are warranted. If the Parties do not agree on the terms for such renewal by the applicable Determination Date, then if the Threshold Criteria for an Applicable Stablecoin have been met with respect to each Party as of the Determination Date, this Agreement shall automatically renew with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin for an additional three (3) year Renewal Term.
(b) Threshold Criteria. If the Threshold Criteria have not been met in their entirety for an Applicable Stablecoin by the Reseller Party, and the Parties do not reach mutual agreement with respect to renewal of this Agreement upon the expiration of the then-current Term with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin, then Sections 3.2(c), 3.2(d) and 3.4 shall apply. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Threshold Criteria have not been met in their entirety for an Applicable Stablecoin by the Issuer Party with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin, any termination of this Agreement with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin upon expiration of the then-current Term will be at the Reseller Partys election in its sole discretion.
(c) Failure to Meet Product Threshold.
(i) During any Renewal Term, subject to Section 3.2(c)(ii) below, the Issuer Party may elect to exclude the Party Product Economics Amount from the Collaboration Payment with respect to any Applicable Stablecoin by written notice to the Reseller Party (a Product Threshold Exclusion Notice) if the Reseller Party (i) has failed to meet the Product Threshold with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin and does not cure such failure within [*****] of receiving notice thereof, or (ii) has failed to meet the Product Threshold with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin more than [*****] times during any [*****] and received notice of each such failure and was given an opportunity to cure each such failure in accordance with clause (i), in each case of (i) and (ii), unless such failure is solely caused by a Force Majeure Event, or by technological downtime or system outages (for the sake of clarity, where such downtime or outage was outside of the Reseller Partys reasonable control, or, if such downtime or outage was intentional, solely to the extent such downtime or outage is for routine or emergency maintenance or for the purpose of system upgrades). For the sake of clarity, exclusion of the Party Product Economics Amount will not affect the remainder of this Agreement (including such Reseller Partys right to receive its Ecosystem Economics Amount).
12
(ii) The Reseller Party shall remain entitled to receive the Party Product Economics Amount pursuant to Section 4 for such Applicable Stablecoin following delivery of a Product Threshold Exclusion Notice for the [*****] of (x) [*****] following the Product Threshold Exclusion Notice and (y) if the Party Product Economics Amount was re-started for the relevant Applicable Stablecoin pursuant to the prior delivery of a Product Threshold Re-Entry Notice, the number of days between the prior Product Threshold Re-Entry Notice and the current Product Threshold Exclusion Notice for such Applicable Stablecoin.
(iii) If, within [*****] following a Product Threshold Exclusion Notice for an Applicable Stablecoin (the Product Threshold Cure Period), the Reseller Party satisfies the Product Threshold with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin (and reasonably believes in good faith that it can continue to do so on an ongoing basis), the Reseller Party may issue a notice of re-entry to the Issuer Party (the Product Threshold Re-Entry Notice), in which case the Collaboration Payment shall include the Reseller Partys Party Product Economics Amount, effective from the date the validly issued Product Threshold Re-Entry Notice was received by the Issuer Party in accordance with Section 12.3 and thereafter on a going-forward basis in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If the Reseller Party does not deliver a Product Threshold Re-Entry Notice during the Product Threshold Cure Period with respect to the relevant Applicable Stablecoin, the Reseller Party shall have no further right to receive its Party Product Economics Amount with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin. The Product Threshold Cure Period is a cumulative cure period and does not reset for each Product Threshold Exclusion Notice. Accordingly, following each Product Threshold Re-Entry Notice, the Product Threshold Cure Period for subsequent Product Threshold Exclusion Notices will be reduced by the period of time between the date of the Product Threshold Exclusion Notice for which such Product Threshold Re-Entry Notice was delivered, and the date of such Product Threshold Re-Entry Notice.
(iv) Subject to the terms of Section 4 hereof (or as mutually agreed in writing otherwise), the Issuer Party with respect to an Applicable Stablecoin shall not, during the Product Threshold Cure Period, [*****], without the written consent (which consent, if requested after the end of [*****] shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of the Reseller Party; provided, that if a Product Threshold Re-Entry Notice is validly issued pursuant to clause (ii) above, (x) the Reseller Party shall be entitled to its Party Product Economics Amount [*****], and (y) [*****].
(d) Failure to Meet Reseller Threshold.
(i) During any Renewal Term, subject to Section 3.2(d)(ii) below, the Issuer Party may elect to exclude the Ecosystem Economics Amount from the Collaboration Payment with respect to any Applicable Stablecoin by written notice to the Reseller Party (a Reseller Threshold Exclusion Notice) if the Reseller Party: (i) has failed to meet the Reseller Threshold with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin and does not cure such failure within [*****] of receiving notice thereof,
13
or (ii) has failed to meet the Reseller Threshold with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin more than [*****] times during [*****] and received notice of each such failure and was given an opportunity to cure each such failure in accordance with clause (i), in each case of (i) and (ii), unless such failure is solely caused by a Force Majeure Event, or by technological downtime or system outages (for the sake of clarity, where such downtime or outage was outside of the Reseller Partys reasonable control, or, if such downtime or outage was intentional, solely to the extent such downtime or outage is for routine or emergency maintenance or for the purpose of system upgrades). For the sake of clarity, termination of the Reseller Partys right to receive the Ecosystem Economics Amount will not affect the remainder of this Agreement (including such Reseller Partys right to receive its Party Product Economics Amount).
(ii) The Reseller Party shall remain entitled to receive the Ecosystem Economics Amount pursuant to Section 4 for such Applicable Stablecoin following the delivery of a Reseller Threshold Exclusion Notice for the [*****] of (x) [*****] following the Reseller Threshold Exclusion Notice and (y) if the Ecosystem Economics Amount was re-started for the relevant Applicable Stablecoin pursuant to the prior delivery of a Reseller Threshold Re-Entry Notice, the number of days between the prior Reseller Threshold Re-Entry Notice and the current Reseller Threshold Exclusion Notice for such Applicable Stablecoin.
(iii) If, within [*****] following such Reseller Threshold Exclusion Notice (the Reseller Threshold Cure Period), the Reseller Party satisfies the Reseller Threshold with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin (and reasonably believes in good faith that it can continue to do so on an ongoing basis), the Reseller Party may issue a notice of re-entry to the Issuer Party (the Reseller Threshold Re-Entry Notice), in which case the Collaboration Payment shall include the Reseller Partys Ecosystem Economics Amount, effective from the date the validly issued Reseller Threshold Re-Entry Notice was received by the Issuer Party in accordance with Section 12.3 and thereafter on a going forward basis in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If the Reseller Party does not deliver a Reseller Threshold Re-Entry Notice during the Reseller Threshold Cure Period with respect to the relevant Applicable Stablecoin, the Reseller Party shall have no further right to receive its Ecosystem Economics Amount with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin. The Reseller Threshold Cure Period is a cumulative cure period and does not reset for each Reseller Threshold Exclusion Notice. Accordingly, following each Reseller Threshold Re-Entry Notice, the Reseller Threshold Cure Period for subsequent Reseller Threshold Exclusion Notices will be reduced by the period of time between the date of the Reseller Threshold Exclusion Notice for which such Reseller Threshold Re-Entry Notice was delivered, and the date of such Reseller Threshold Re-Entry Notice.
(iv) The Issuer Party with respect to an Applicable Stablecoin shall not, during the Reseller Threshold Cure Period, [*****], without the written consent (which consent, if requested after the end of [*****], shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of the Reseller Party; provided, that if a Reseller Threshold Re-Entry Notice is validly issued pursuant to clause (ii) above, (x) the Reseller Party shall be entitled to its Ecosystem Economics Amount [*****], and (y) [*****].
14
(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, except where the Issuer Party terminates or suspends performance under the Master Services Agreement pursuant to [*****] of the Master Services Agreement, the Reseller Party shall be deemed to have met the Product Threshold and the Reseller Threshold during any period in which the Issuer Party and its Affiliates are not providing any service pursuant to the Master Services Agreement.
(f) If there is a dispute regarding whether a Party has met the Threshold Criteria with respect to any Applicable Stablecoin, such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the Dispute Escalation Procedure.
(g) This Agreement will automatically terminate if there are no Applicable Stablecoins remaining in circulation.
3.3 Changes in Applicable Law.
(a) If the Issuer Party determines in good faith that its continuing to make the payments described in Section 4 hereof with respect to an Applicable Stablecoin would cause the Issuer Party to be in violation of Applicable Law or Order (an Adverse Impact Under Law) due to a change in Applicable Law or an Order enacted following the Effective Date, the Issuer Party will promptly notify the Reseller Party in writing (an Affected Party Notice), which notice will specify in a reasonable amount of detail, the affected obligations and the Issuer Party Partys reasons for why it believes performing such obligations will cause it to be in violation of Applicable Law or Order. An Issuer Party may [*****] issue an Affected Party Notice under this Section 3.3(a) [*****] for a given Applicable Stablecoin, which shall not limit the issuance of a notice under Section 3.3(b).
(b) If a court of competent jurisdiction issues an Order that prevents the Issuer Partys making payments as described in Section 4 hereof with respect to an Applicable Stablecoin, or if the Issuer Party ceases to make payments pursuant to Section 4 hereof (other than in accordance with Section 3.2) and does not resume payments within [*****] of the Reseller Partys written request, in each case with respect to an Applicable Stablecoin, then either Party may notify the other Party in writing of such Partys intent to invoke the provisions of this Section 3.3 with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin. In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction issues such an Order with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin following the delivery of an Affected Party Notice, the Restructuring Period set forth in Section 3.3(d) will be measured from [*****] and [*****].
15
(c) Promptly following the delivery by either Party of an Affected Party Notice under Section 3.3(a) or a notice under Section 3.3(b) (each, a Section 3.3 Notice), the Parties will take commercially reasonable actions in good faith to amend this Agreement (including, by way of example only, [*****]) with respect to the affected Applicable Stablecoin and the Parties will use their commercially reasonable efforts to restructure their operations in connection with the affected Applicable Stablecoins such that the Issuer Party is able to comply with this Agreement, as may have been amended, in all material respects with respect to such affected Applicable Stablecoins without violation of Applicable Law or Order. The Parties agree to engage an independent, impartial and disinterested third-party mediator to assist the Parties with the activities described in this Section 3.3(c) (the Mediator), which [*****] shall select from a list of [*****] prospective mediators proposed by [*****] (which prospective mediators shall not any include current or former employee, shareholder, director or officer of [*****] or its Affiliates). Neither Party shall take any action that is intended to or would reasonably be expected to inhibit the other Partys ability to restructure its operations in connection with the affected Applicable Stablecoins in order to allow Issuer Party to comply with this Agreement without violation of Applicable Law or Order.
(d) If, within [*****] of the delivery of the Section 3.3 Notice (the Restructuring Period), (i) the Parties are unable to so modify this Agreement or otherwise restructure their operations with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin as contemplated by this Section, (ii) there is an Order which prohibits the Issuer Party from continuing to perform its payment obligations as contemplated by Section 4 hereof with respect to the affected Applicable Stablecoins, or (iii) the Issuer Party has not resumed complying with its payment obligations as contemplated in Section 4 hereof, then upon the Reseller Partys written request, (1) the Issuer Party hereby assigns any Licensed Marks corresponding to the affected Applicable Stablecoins and owned by the Issuer Party or its Affiliates to the Reseller Party or an Affiliate of the Reseller Party designated by the Reseller Party (the IP Transfer), (2) the IP License Agreement (if it is outstanding) will be terminated with respect to such Licensed Marks, (3) the agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 2, as such agreement may be further amended by the Parties upon mutual written agreement, will come into effect with respect to such Licensed Marks (the New IP License Agreement), (4) the Reseller Party shall be permitted to file any documents that have been previously executed by the Issuer Party or its Affiliates that are designed to effect the IP Transfer, (5) the provisions of Section 4 shall be terminated with respect to such affected Applicable Stablecoins (and, for the sake of clarity, the remaining provisions of this Agreement will continue to survive), and (6) Parties will collaborate in good faith to make any additional changes to this Agreement that are necessary to effect the foregoing changes to the Parties relationship. The consideration for the transfers contemplated by this Section will be the assumption of the costs by the transferee to maintain such transferred Licensed Marks and payment of the United States Patent and Trademark Office recordation fees, which the Parties agree shall constitute good and sufficient consideration for such transfer. [*****]. Circle shall provide Coinbase with any information and assistance reasonably requested by Coinbase regarding Circles computation of any Taxes related to the IP Transfer, including without limitation, the tax basis, support for the fair market value of the assets transferred, and the tax rate applied with respect to such transfer. In the event of the IP Transfer, the Issuer Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, execute all documents and cooperate with the Reseller Party in all filings that are required to effectuate, document, and perfect the transfer of such Licensed Marks to the Reseller Party or its applicable Affiliate as contemplated in this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that [*****]. If following the date of the IP Transfer any Order preventing the Issuer Partys making
16
payments as described in Section 4 with respect to an Applicable Stablecoin has been revised through a Final Order, and the Issuer Party is current with respect to all payments pursuant to Section 4 hereof (other than in accordance with Section 3.2), and no other circumstance exists which would permit either Party to deliver a Section 3.3 Notice with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin, then any Licensed Marks associated with that Applicable Stablecoin shall transfer back to the Issuer Party pursuant to this Section 3.3(d), the IP License Agreement and the provisions of Section 4 hereof will come back into force with respect to such Licensed Marks, the New IP License Agreement will be terminated with respect to such Licensed Marks, [*****], and the Parties will collaborate in good faith to make any additional changes or execute any additional documents that are necessary to effect the foregoing.
(e) During the Restructuring Period, if the Adverse Impact Under Law would result in the payment of the Collaboration Payment by the Issuer Party to the Reseller Party to be in violation of Applicable Law or Order, the Issuer Party may suspend the making of any affected Collaboration Payments that are currently outstanding (other than Collaboration Payments that were required to be paid prior to the delivery of the Section 3.3 Notice which must be paid in a timely manner). All suspended Collaboration Payments will accrue and incur interest [*****] (such accrued amounts, together with such interest, the Accrued Unpaid Amounts), until the earlier of (i) resolution of the Adverse Impact Under Law, in which case payment will be made immediately following such resolution and (ii) the end of the Restructuring Period, in which case the Accrued Unpaid Amounts will be payable unless a Final Order prohibits the Issuer Party from making such payments. During the suspension of such payments, if the applicable Order is not a Final Order, the Issuer Party shall continue to challenge such Order whether by pursuing all available and non-frivolous appellate remedies or negotiating with the relevant Governmental Authority.
(f) The Parties agree that the provisions of this Section 3.3 are an essential element of the basis of the bargain among the Parties and their Affiliates relating to the transfer of Coinbase Technologies interest in Centre to Circle, and that the Parties would not have entered into the Transaction Agreement without the agreements set forth in this Section 3.3.
3.4 Survival.
(a) The following provisions and obligations arising hereunder shall survive any termination of this Agreement with respect to any or all Applicable Stablecoins and shall continue in full force and effect following such termination:
(i) Section 3.2 (to the extent set forth therein), Section 3.4, Section 7.8, Section 8, Section 10, Section 12;
(ii) any liability or payment obligation arising under this Agreement prior to such termination or expiration, including with respect to any Collaboration Payment required with respect to any Applicable Month prior to such termination, and any provisions related to the process for calculating such liabilities or payment obligations and resolving any disputes in connection with any of the foregoing; and
17
(iii) any other provisions of this Agreement that are stated to, or which by their terms or nature would be expected to, survive termination of this Agreement.
(b) For the sake of clarity, if this Agreement is terminated with respect to any Applicable Stablecoin, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect with respect to all other then-existing Applicable Stablecoins.
4. Economics; Retention and Payments.
4.1 Adjustments to Payment Base.
(a) The Initial Payment Base used in calculating the Collaboration Payment for each Applicable Stablecoin and each Applicable Month shall be determined by reducing the Payment Base for such Applicable Stablecoin and Applicable Month, but not below zero, by [*****] of the Applicable Months Cost of Capital Requirement for such Applicable Stablecoin and Applicable Month. Any portion of the Cost of Capital Requirement that is in excess of the Payment Base will be deemed an Applicable Shortfall Amount;
(b) The Gross Payment Base used in calculating the Collaboration Payment for each Applicable Stablecoin and each Applicable Month shall be determined by reducing the Initial Payment Base for such Applicable Stablecoin and Applicable Month, but not below zero, by the Total Shortfall Amount, if any. Any portion of the Total Shortfall Amount that is in excess of the Initial Payments Base will carry forward to the following Applicable Month;
(c) The Net Payment Base used in calculating the Collaboration Payment for each Applicable Stablecoin and each Applicable Month shall be determined by reducing the Gross Payment Base, if any, but not below zero, by the Issuer Retention for the relevant Applicable Month;
(d) The Residual Payment Base used in calculating the Collaboration Payment for each Applicable Stablecoin and each Applicable Month shall be determined by reducing the Net Payment Base, if any, but not below zero, by the Party Product Economic Amounts for such Applicable Month payable or retained in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.4; and
(e) A portion of any Residual Payment Base shall be included in the Collaboration Payment in accordance with Section 4.5.
For the sake of clarity, except as expressly set forth above, the calculation of the Initial Payment Base, Gross Payment Base, Net Payment Base, Residual Payment Base and the determination of the amounts included in the Collaboration Payment for each Applicable Stablecoin and each Applicable Month shall be determined in accordance with the foregoing provisions, regardless of any shortfalls in the Payment Base in prior Applicable Months. In no event will the Reseller Party be obligated to pay any amount of the Cost of Capital Requirement out-of-pocket to the Issuer Party.
18
4.2 Calculations; Payments.
(a) No later than the [*****] day of the calendar month following each Applicable Month (or otherwise as soon as practicable thereafter, but in no event later than the [*****] of such calendar month), the Parties will exchange the following information for such Applicable Month:
(i) The Issuer Party shall provide information detailing the amount of the Daily Circulation, Capital Reserves, Cost of Capital Requirement, Issuer Retention, and Reserves Base for all Applicable Stablecoins for which it is the Issuer Party, for each day of the preceding Applicable Month and accompanying information as agreed upon by the Parties once Capital Reserves with respect to any such Applicable Stablecoin are defined and required by Applicable Law;
(ii) The Issuer Party shall provide information detailing the amount of the Total Shortfall Amount for all Applicable Stablecoins for which it is the Issuer Party as of the last day of the preceding Applicable Month;
(iii) The Issuer Party shall provide information detailing the amount of such Applicable Months Payment Base, broken down by Applicable Stablecoin for all Applicable Stablecoins for which it is the Issuer Party; and
(iv) Each Party shall each provide information detailing their amount of Party Product Stablecoins for each Applicable Stablecoin for each day in such Applicable Month, which amounts shall be self-reported by each Party using the data sources set forth on Exhibit 3, unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties in writing.
(b) Based on the information exchanged by the Parties, the applicable Issuer Party will calculate the Collaboration Payment owed by the Issuer Party under this Agreement with respect to each Applicable Stablecoin for which it is the Issuer Party and notify the Reseller Party of the same. The applicable Reseller Party will issue one (1) invoice to the Issuer Party reflecting such amounts for all Applicable Stablecoins by the [*****] day of the following calendar month (or, if all information required pursuant to Section 4.2(a) has not been provided by the [*****] day of such calendar month, within [*****] days following receipt of all required information), which invoice will separately state the Collaboration Payment owed on an Applicable Stablecoin-by-Applicable Stablecoin basis, and in the corresponding fiat currency for each such Applicable Stablecoin. For the sake of clarity, failure to deliver an invoice by such date shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or a waiver of a right to receive payment.
(c) The Issuer Party will remit payment of amounts invoiced based on the information exchanged by the Parties in accordance with Section 4.2(b) to the Reseller Party in the Applicable Stablecoin to the wallet designated in writing by such other Party no later than [*****] day of the calendar month in which an invoice is delivered, without deduction for any disputed amounts which the Parties agree will be subject to the dispute provisions in Section 4.4(c). By way of example only, the Collaboration Payment based on January inputs and invoiced in February will be paid by [*****] day in February.
19
(d) All calculations made with respect to Collaboration Payments shall be made in accordance with the procedures described on Exhibit 3 (as may be updated from time to time by mutual written agreement of the Parties), and the Parties intend that the calculations and methodology in Exhibit 3 control over the text of this Agreement in the event of any conflict.
4.3 Issuer Retention.
(a) The Issuer Party will retain an amount (the Issuer Retention) from the Gross Payment Base for each Applicable Stablecoin for which it is the Issuer Party for each Applicable Month in accordance with Section 4.1(c). The Issuer Retention for USDC will be calculated as follows (for the sake of clarity, the Issuer Retention with respect to additional Applicable Stablecoins shall be calculated as set forth in Section 6.4):
USDC Circulation |
Rate |
|||||
[*****] | [*****] | |||||
[*****] | [*****] | |||||
[*****] | [*****] | |||||
[*****] | [*****] | |||||
[*****] | [*****] |
(b) The Issuer Retention will be calculated for each calendar day using a [*****] based on the Daily Circulation for the relevant Applicable Stablecoin (by way of example only, for a particular day, if the Daily Circulation for USDC is [*****], and the [*****] the [*****] resulting amounts for such day will be the Issuer Retention for such day. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Gross Payment Base for any Applicable Stablecoin in any Applicable Month is not sufficient to fund the full Issuer Retention for such Applicable Month, the shortfall with respect to the Issuer Retention shall not accrue, and the Issuer Party shall not be entitled to carry forward to the next Applicable Month such shortfall nor add such shortfall for such Applicable Month to the Issuer Retention for the next Applicable Month. In no event shall the Reseller Party be required to pay any Issuer Retention out-of-pocket to the Issuer Party.
4.4 Party Product Economics.
(a) Each Party shall be entitled to be paid or retain an amount (such Partys Party Product Economics Amount) related to its Party Product Stablecoins for each Applicable Stablecoin and each Applicable Month, calculated by adding together the Daily Party Product Economics Amount for each day in such Applicable Month. The Daily Party Product Economics Amount for a given Applicable Stablecoin and for a given day is calculated by multiplying the Daily Payment Base for such Applicable Stablecoin by such Partys Party Product Percentage for such Applicable Stablecoin for that day. A
20
Partys Party Product Percentage for any Applicable Stablecoin for a given day shall be equal to such [*****] for that day, [*****] for such day. By way of example only, if [*****] in a given day is [*****], Coinbase has [*****] and Circle has [*****], the Collaboration Payment due to Coinbase for such day will include a Daily Party Product Economics Amount for such day equal to [*****] and Circle shall be entitled to retain [*****] for such day, in each case subject to adjustment as set forth in the following sentence if the amount remaining in the Net Payment Base is lower than the sum of the Parties respective Party Product Economics Amounts. For the avoidance of doubt, if the sum of the Parties respective Party Product Economics Amounts exceeds the Net Payment Base for any Applicable Month, each Partys Party Product Economics Amount will be adjusted such that the Collaboration Payment due to [*****] will reflect [*****]s pro rata share of the Net Payment Base based on each Partys Party Product Percentage. By way of example only, if the Net Payment Base equals [*****], and Coinbase and Circle each have Party Product Economics Amounts of [*****] and [*****] respectively, the Collaboration Payment due to Coinbase for such day will include a Party Product Economics Amount adjusted to [*****] ([*****]), and Circle shall be entitled to retain its Party Product Economics Amount as adjusted to [*****] ([*****]). No Party Product Economics Amounts shall accrue to following Applicable Months.
(b) Each of Circle and Coinbase will record data reasonably necessary to verify the types and quantities of their respective Party Product Stablecoins, and each Party shall, subject to compliance with Applicable Law, provide a report containing such data in the form set forth on the Party Product Stablecoin Reconciliation tabs of Exhibit 3, anonymized to protect client, customer or proprietary information, to the other Party with respect to each Applicable Stablecoin (the Party Product Stablecoin Data). Following the Effective Date, on [*****] of a given calendar year each Party shall direct [*****] or a nationally recognized third party financial or certified accounting firm mutually agreeable to each Party (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) (the Accountant) to deliver, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Accountant to deliver, to the other Party in connection with the Party Product Stablecoin Data an agreed upon procedures letter addressed to the other Party affirming the correct application of procedures by such Party in calculating the Party Product Stablecoins with respect to each Applicable Stablecoin, with such agreed upon procedures letter to cover the matters set forth on Exhibit 3. The Parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to finalize the first such agreed upon procedures letter covering the topics in Exhibit 4 within [*****] of the Effective Date, and if not finalized within such time period due to a dispute regarding such letter, such dispute will be resolved in accordance with the procedure described in Section 4.4(c); provided, that no such dispute or resulting delay in delivery of such letter shall excuse a Partys invoicing and payment obligations pursuant to this Section 4. If any discrepancies are identified in such reports the Party that is found to have received a net overpayment shall pay to the other Party the amount of such net overpayment within [*****] following the exchange of such reports (or such net overpayment may be netted out of the Collaboration Payment to be paid in the next calendar month pursuant to Section 4.2(c)).
21
(c) If there is a disagreement on the calculation by either Party of the calculation of Party Product Stablecoins of the other Party, the Party challenging the calculation shall raise the dispute through the Dispute Escalation Procedure (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Sections 2.4(c) and 2.4(d)) in pursuit of a true-up reimbursement with respect to the foregoing payment; provided, that any such dispute shall be deemed to have been waived by a Party that does not raise such dispute in writing within [*****] of the Applicable Month that is the subject of such dispute. If any such dispute is not resolved through the Dispute Escalation Procedure as set forth in Sections 2.4(a) and 2.4(b), either Partys Executive Lead Sponsor may, upon the expiration of the [*****] period set forth in Section 2.4(b), elect to involve the Accountant, in which case:
(i) each Party shall make available to the Accountant its unredacted books and records which relate to such Partys Party Product Stablecoins, and shall permit the Accountant to have free and full access thereto for the sole purpose of reviewing and confirming such Partys Party Product Stablecoin calculations;
(ii) the determination of the Accountant shall guide the Executive Lead Sponsors in resolving such dispute, but shall not be binding on the Parties with respect to such dispute;
(iii) if the Parties mutually agree that an overpayment in the Collaboration Payments occurred with respect to any Applicable Stablecoin, then (A) the overpaid Party will promptly (but in any event within [*****] of such agreement) return the overpayment to the other Party and (B) if such overpayment is greater than [*****] of the amounts paid with respect to the relevant Applicable Stablecoin for the periods audited, then the overpaid Party shall (1) reimburse the overpaying Party for the reasonable and documented costs and expenses of such audit actually incurred by the overpaying Party (but in no event more than US$[*****] for any audit) and (2) reimburse the overpaying Party for any reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses required to collect the overpaid amount, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees and other professional fees incurred by the overpaying Party in connection therewith;
(iv) if the Parties mutually agree that an underpayment in the Collaboration Payments occurred with respect to any Applicable Stablecoin, then (A) the underpaying Party will promptly (but in any event within [*****] of such agreement) pay to the underpaid Party the amount of such underpayment, and (B) if such underpayment is greater than [*****] of the amounts paid with respect to the relevant Applicable Stablecoin for the periods audited, then the Party that underpaid shall (1) reimburse the underpaid Party for the reasonable and documented costs and expenses of such audit actually incurred by the underpaid Party (but in no event more than US$[*****] for any audit) and (2) reimburse the underpaid Party for any reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses required to collect the underpaid amount, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees and other professional fees incurred by the underpaid Party in connection therewith; and
22
(v) notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Parties are unable to resolve the dispute via the Dispute Escalation Procedure, Sections 2.4(c) and 2.4(d) shall apply with respect to such dispute.
4.5 Ecosystem Stablecoin Economics.
(a) The Parties agree they will collaborate in good faith to determine how to best grow issuances of Applicable Stablecoins other than Party Product Stablecoins (Ecosystem Stablecoins) and to discuss establishing terms for how non-Affiliate third parties (Ecosystem Participants) may participate in the interest or dividend income and realized gains or losses accrued in respect of the Reserves Base [*****] and to discuss [*****] with respect to Applicable Stablecoins held in wallets that are managed or provided by such Ecosystem Participant. [*****]. If the Parties agree to [*****]. For the avoidance of doubt, [*****].
(b) The Reseller Party shall be entitled to [*****] of the Residual Payment Base for an Applicable Stablecoin and Applicable Month (the Ecosystem Economics Amount), which Ecosystem Economics Amount shall be a part of the Collaboration Payments made to the Reseller Party on a monthly basis in accordance with this Section 4.
5. Capital Requirements.
5.1 Determination of Capital Requirements. The Parties acknowledge that: (i) Applicable Law may require the Issuer Party or its applicable Affiliate to create and maintain a segregated amount of capital in addition to the Reserves Base (such as cash or various approved investment types) for one or more Applicable Stablecoins; or (ii) it may be reasonable or prudent to create and maintain such a segregated amount of capital to ensure compliance [*****] (by way of example only [*****]) (each [*****]) [*****]. The Parties agree that, [*****], the Issuer Party will [*****] with the consultation of Reseller Party (whose input the Issuer Party shall consider in good faith) and the Issuer Party shall [*****]. If Applicable Law requires any such Capital Reserve, the Issuer Party will determine, with the consultation of the Reseller Party (whose input the Issuer Party shall consider in good faith), the amount of such Capital Reserve, based on the following principles:
(a) [*****], unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing. [*****], unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing. The Parties agree to discuss in good faith potential amendments to this Agreement if the existence of or a Partys compliance with this Agreement results in (or is likely to result in) an increase in the required Capital Reserve.
(b) Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Reseller Party, the Reseller Party shall [*****]; provided, that [*****] of the Cost of Capital Requirement for the relevant Applicable Stablecoin may be deducted from the Payment Base in accordance with Section 4.1(a).
23
(c) The applicable Issuer Party shall use reasonable best efforts to provide no less than [*****] prior written notice to the applicable Reseller Party of any changes to the methodology for determining the required amount of the Capital Reserve.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties agree that as of the Effective Date, the Issuer Party may estimate the required Capital Reserve for USDC by multiplying the then-current Reserves Base by [*****] basis points (i.e. [*****]%), and Circle, as the Issuer Party with respect to USDC as of the Effective Date, hereby represents to Coinbase that, as of the Effective Date, Circle or an Affiliate thereof has funded $[*****] of Capital Reserves for USDC
5.2 Reserves Base Shortfall. In the event of a shortfall in the total Reserves Base of any Applicable Stablecoin such that the Reserves Base is no longer sufficient to back the total amount of then-issued and outstanding Applicable Stablecoins of such type in circulation on a one-to-one basis, Capital Reserves may be used to cover such shortfall.
5.3 Cost of Capital Requirement; Changes in Capital Requirements. The Cost of Capital Requirement, with respect to a given Applicable Stablecoin and a given Applicable Month, will be calculated on a daily basis by multiplying (a) the [*****] (as calculated by a nationally recognized certified accounting, valuation, or financial firm on at least [*****] basis) ([*****]), divided by three hundred and sixty five (365), by (b) the lower of (x) the Capital Reserve actually held by such Issuer Party with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin on such day and (y) the Capital Reserve for such day that is then-effective or that will become effective within the following [*****] as determined in accordance with Section 5.1 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the [*****] shall provide the [*****]to the [*****] prior to the effectiveness of such [*****]and must obtain such [*****] prior written agreement to the [*****] for such [*****] to become effective with respect to a given Applicable Stablecoin. In the event that the [*****] objects to the [*****] of a [*****] and such objection is not resolved by the Parties within [*****] of such notice, the Parties shall engage an Accountant [*****] to determine the [*****] and shall use the [*****] determined by such Accountant. If the Parties cannot mutually agree on the selection of such Accountant, each Party shall independently engage an Accountant offering valuation services to determine the [*****], and the [*****] shall be [*****] determined by such Accountants. The [*****] in effect immediately prior to the [*****] notice thereof will continue to apply until the earlier of the [*****] approval of the new [*****], or the conclusion of the Accountants [*****] determinations in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence. The Parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to finalize the [*****] that will apply as of August 1, 2023 (the Initial [*****]) within [*****] of the date this Agreement is entered into by the Parties, and if not finalized within such time period due to the Parties disagreement or dispute over the [*****], the Parties shall engage an Accountant [*****] to determine the Initial [*****] and shall use the Initial [*****] determined by such Accountant. If the Parties cannot mutually agree on the selection of such Accountant, each Party shall independently engage an Accountant [*****] to determine the Initial [*****] , and the Initial [*****] shall be [*****] determined by such Accountants.
24
6. Launch of New Stablecoins.
6.1 Right to Launch. Subject to the terms of this Section 6, either Party may (or may designate any of its Affiliates to) launch a new Stablecoin using any of the Licensed Marks (such new Stablecoin, a New Stablecoin) that do not already correspond to an existing Applicable Stablecoin, including USDC. If a Party desires to launch a New Stablecoin, such Party shall notify the other Party in writing (a New Stablecoin Notice), which notice shall include the fiat currency associated with such New Stablecoin (and the Licensed Marks to be used in connection with such New Stablecoin shall be the Licensed Marks corresponding to such fiat currency), the anticipated Launch Date and the jurisdictions in which such New Stablecoin is expected to be available as of the Launch Date
6.2 Circle Right of First Refusal. If Coinbase delivers a New Stablecoin Notice to Circle, Circle may notify Coinbase in writing (the Stablecoin ROFR Notice), within fifteen (15) calendar days of Circles receipt of such New Stablecoin Notice, that it or one of its Affiliates wishes to launch such New Stablecoin using the associated Licensed Marks. If Circle delivers a Stablecoin ROFR Notice to Coinbase, Circle and its Affiliates shall have the first right to launch such New Stablecoin pursuant to Section 6.3.
6.3 Launch Period. If Coinbase delivers a New Stablecoin Notice and Circle does not deliver a Stablecoin ROFR Notice, or if Circle delivers a New Stablecoin Notice or a Stablecoin ROFR Notice, then following the date of the latter such notice (the New Stablecoin Start Date), Coinbase or Circle (or its applicable Affiliate), as applicable, shall have the exclusive right as between the Parties to use the relevant Licensed Mark to launch and issue such New Stablecoin until the earlier of (i) such time as the Party proposing to issue the New Stablecoin ceases to use commercially reasonable efforts in good faith to launch such New Stablecoin and (ii) the [*****] of the New Stablecoin Start Date (the Launch Period). If the Party proposing to launch such New Stablecoin achieves a Launch Date for such New Stablecoin during the Launch Period, the other Party may elect to participate as a Reseller Party in accordance with Section 6.4, but may not launch a New Stablecoin using the same Licensed Marks or underlying Proxy Address as such New Stablecoin. If the Party proposing to launch such New Stablecoin does not achieve a Launch Date for such New Stablecoin (either itself or through an Affiliate) within the Launch Period, the other Party shall exclusively have the foregoing right to launch such New Stablecoin for a period of [*****] following the end of such Launch Date. If, following the Launch Period and the foregoing [*****] period thereafter, neither Party has achieved a Launch Date with respect to such New Stablecoin, this Section 6.3 shall apply to future attempts to launch such New Stablecoin as if no such prior attempts had been made by the Parties. The Party that achieves a Launch Date for a New Stablecoin pursuant to this Section 6.3 will become the Issuer Party with respect to such New Stablecoin, and the other Party may not issue or launch a New Stablecoin using the same Licensed Marks or underlying Proxy Address as such New Stablecoin (but may still elect to participate as a Reseller Party in accordance with Section 6.4).
6.4 Election to Treat New Stablecoin as an Applicable Stablecoin. Following a Launch Date for a New Stablecoin, but not later than [*****] following receipt of the Launch Date Notice for such Launch Date, the Reseller Party with respect to such New Stablecoin may elect to treat such New Stablecoin as an Applicable Stablecoin for all purposes hereunder by written notice to the other Party; provided, that the Reseller Party has met the New Stablecoin Product Threshold
25
and the Reseller Threshold with respect to such New Stablecoin. Unless the Parties agree in writing to deviate from the economics described in this Agreement with respect to USDC, the provisions of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to any such Applicable Stablecoin as of the first day of the first full calendar month following the date on which the Reseller Party provides written notice to the other Party of its election to treat such New Stablecoin as an Applicable Stablecoin; provided further, that the Issuer Retention for such Applicable Stablecoin shall be calculated as follows:
New Stablecoin Circulation |
Rate |
|||||
[*****] | [*****] | |||||
[*****] | [*****] | |||||
[*****] | [*****] | |||||
[*****] | [*****] |
6.5 EURC. The Parties hereby agree that Circle shall be deemed to have delivered a New Stablecoin Notice to Coinbase with respect to EURC as of the Effective Date. Circle hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Euro Coin, or EUROC, in circulation as of the Effective Date shall be rebranded as EURC as promptly as reasonably practicable following the Effective Date, but in any event not later than [*****] following the Effective Date and (ii) thereafter, Circle shall cease use of Euro Coin and EUROC in all of its marketing and promotional materials when referring to EURC.
6.6 Transfer of Licensed Marks. In the event that Coinbase becomes the Issuer Party with respect to any Stablecoin that utilizes a Licensed Mark pursuant to this Section 6, Circle (or an Affiliate thereof, as applicable) shall transfer to Coinbase (or an Affiliate thereof, as applicable) all applicable Licensed Marks for such Stablecoin owned by Circle or its Affiliates. The consideration for any transfer contemplated by this Section 6.6 shall be [*****], which the Parties agree shall constitute good and sufficient consideration for such transfer. Coinbase shall [*****]. Immediately upon the consummation of such transfer, the IP License Agreement shall be construed as set forth in Section 8.8(b) of the IP License Agreement.
7. Additional Covenants.
7.1 Proxy Addresses. The Issuer Party will promptly notify the Reseller Party of any changes to the Proxy Addresses for USDC, or EURC, and Schedule B will be deemed to have been updated accordingly, effective as of such change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where the Issuer Party adds or removes USDC or EURC, as applicable, to or from a given Chain, then effective upon such addition or removal, the Proxy Addresses associated with such Applicable Stablecoin and Chain will be deemed added or removed, as applicable, from Schedule B.
7.2 [*****] Keys. On the Effective Date, Coinbase shall transfer to Circle all [*****] keys relating to USDC held by Coinbase (including, without limitation, [*****]) (collectively, the [*****] Keys). Circle shall thereafter exclusively own all USDC keys and shall be exclusively responsible and liable for the custodying, use and management thereof. For clarity, [*****].
26
7.3 Marketing Plan. Each Party shall engage in good faith to collaborate on the development and fulfillment of an initial annual marketing plan for USDC and other Applicable Stablecoins, which plan may include a public announcement of the existence, but not the terms, of this Agreement, and which may include participation by Coinbase in Circle-sponsored events (the Marketing Plan).
7.4 Release of Source Code. Each Party agrees, with respect to Applicable Stablecoins for which it is the Issuer Party, to, prior to use in production following the Effective Date, publicly release the Covered Source Code under the Apache 2.0 license, the MIT license, or another open source Permissive License reasonably chosen by the Issuer Party; provided that if a portion of the Covered Source Code is licensed to the Issuer Party under a license that is not a Permissive License, the Issuer Party may, to the extent permitted under such license, publicly release the Covered Source Code under the same license under which it receives such portion. A Permissive License is an open source license that does not require that the licensed software or other software incorporated into, derived from, linked to or distributed with such licensed code (i) be disclosed or distributed in source code form, (ii) be licensed for the purpose of making derivative works or (iii) be redistributable at no charge. Circle represents and warrants that it has released the Covered Source Code in existence as of the Effective Date for USDC on the GitHub repositories listed on Schedule A.
7.5 Payments under Prior Agreements. On the Effective Date, Circle shall transfer $[*****] in USDC to the wallet address previously designated by Coinbase which the Parties agree represents all amounts that have accrued on or before [*****] under Circles (and its Affiliates) payment obligations to Coinbase and its Affiliates pursuant to the USDC Reserve Balancing Policy Side Agreement, dated as of July 27, 2020, by and between Circle US Holdings, LLC and Coinbase Technologies Inc., and the USDC Reserve Allocation Side Agreement, effective as of April 1, 2019 and dated as of June 3, 2019, by and between Circle Internet Financial, Inc. and Coinbase, Inc. (together, the Existing Agreements). Circle shall pay to Coinbase all amounts owed to Coinbase pursuant to the Existing Agreements as were in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date in USDC to the wallet address designated by Coinbase no later than [*****] for the calendar month of [*****].
7.6 Mint and Redemption Access. If Coinbase becomes the Issuer Party with respect to any Applicable Stablecoin, Coinbase (or one of its sufficiently capitalized Affiliates) will enter into a written agreement providing for the provision to Circle (or its Affiliate) of substantially the same services and commitments as those provided by Circle as the Issuer Party to Coinbase, Inc. under the Master Services Agreement on substantially similar terms as those provided by Circle as the Issuer Party under such Master Services Agreement.
7.7 Additional Obligations. Each Party will, with respect to its activities relating to an Applicable Stablecoin: (a) avoid deceptive, misleading or unethical practices that might be detrimental to the other Party or the brand name or image of the Applicable Stablecoin, (b) not make any false or misleading representations with regard to the Applicable Stablecoins or in connection with achieving the Product Threshold or the Reseller Threshold, and (c) not make any representations, warranties or guarantees on behalf of the other Party (or about the other Partys products or services) without the other Partys express prior written consent; provided, that the foregoing clause (d) shall not be construed in any way to limit a Partys ability to make factual statements regarding the other Party (or its products or services) or an Applicable Stablecoin.
27
7.8 Limitation on Damages. EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH A PARTYS FRAUD, BAD FAITH, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, A PARTYS AGGREGATE LIABILITY TO THE OTHER PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO A BREACH OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER [*****]. THE FOREGOING WILL NOT LIMIT EITHER PARTYS LIABILITY FOR ANY OTHER PORTION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH THEREOF.
8. Confidential Information.
8.1 Confidential Information Defined. As used herein, Confidential Information means all information that is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure by the Party disclosing such information (the disclosing party) or that should reasonably be understood to be confidential due to the nature of the information or the circumstances in which it is made available to the other Party (the receiving party) or its Representatives by, on behalf of, a disclosing party or its Representatives in connection with this Agreement, except to the extent that the same can be shown to (a) have been known by the receiving party on a non-confidential basis prior to receipt from the disclosing party, (b) have been or become available to the receiving party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the disclosing party or its Representatives without such source being in violation of any obligation to the disclosing party or its Representatives, (c) publicly known through no fault of the receiving party or (d) later lawfully acquired by the receiving party on a non-confidential basis from sources other than the disclosing party or its Representatives.
8.2 Restrictions. Except as expressly provided otherwise herein, the receiving party: (a) shall not use the disclosing partys Confidential Information, or any part thereof, for any purpose other than to exercise its rights or perform its obligations under this Agreement, (b) shall not make any such Confidential Information, or any part thereof, available to any third party and (c) shall exercise at least the same standard of care to protect such information from unauthorized disclosure or use as it uses to protect its own confidential information of a similar nature, which in no event shall be less than reasonable care. For the sake of clarity, the receiving party may disclose the disclosing partys Confidential Information to its Representatives who need to know such information for purposes of this Agreement, provided that the receiving party shall ensure that such Representatives keep such Confidential Information confidential in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. For the sake of clarity, the foregoing shall not be construed to prevent a Party or its respective Representatives from carrying on existing businesses, seeking or making other business opportunities or investments, entering into new lines of business and/or developing or marketing new or existing products or services in any jurisdiction or territory (whether or not the same as or similar to or competitive with any business, line of business, or any product or service now conducted, developed or marketed or intended in the future to be conducted, developed or marketed by a Party or its Representatives) so long as the Confidential Information of the disclosing party is not used to develop such business or used or referenced in any such products or services and such Party complies with the provisions of this Section 8.
28
8.3 Permitted Disclosures. A receiving party may disclose Confidential Information to third parties if: (a) (i) such Confidential Information is required to be filed with or disclosed to any Governmental Authority, (ii) it is requested to do so by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such receiving party (or its Affiliates), or (iii) disclosure of such Confidential Information is otherwise required by Applicable Law; provided, in each case, that the receiving party shall have, where applicable, taken such reasonable steps to protect the confidentiality of such information as the receiving party takes with respect to the protection of its own comparable confidential information in such circumstances; and provided, further, that, the receiving party shall, to the extent practicable and permitted by Applicable Law, (A) notify the disclosing party in advance of any disclosure of such Confidential Information to a Governmental Authority and (B) provide the disclosing party with a reasonable opportunity to seek an appropriate protective order or other reliable assurances that confidential treatment shall be afforded to such Confidential Information; (b) the provision of such Confidential Information is reasonably necessary in connection with the enforcement or defense of any rights or remedies hereunder or the transactions contemplated hereby; (c) such Confidential Information is required by an auditor for the purpose of an audit of the recipient (or one or more of its Affiliates); provided such auditor agrees in writing to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information provided to it; or (d) such Confidential Information is, in the reasonable opinion of the recipient, necessary to provide to a Governmental Authority in connection with any tax return of the recipient or its Affiliates.
8.4 Non-Disclosure Agreement. The Parties hereby agree, on behalf of themselves or their respective Affiliates party to that certain Mutual Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties dated as of October 24, 2022, as amended on November 1, 2022 (the Confidentiality Agreement) that as of the Effective Date the Confidentiality Agreement shall terminate and shall no longer be of any force and effect; provided that the Parties understand and agree, on behalf of themselves and their respective Affiliates, that any Confidential Information that the Parties or any of their respective Affiliates received prior to the Effective Date shall constitute Confidential Information under this Agreement.
9. Representations, Warranties and Disclaimers.
9.1 Mutual Representations and Warranties. Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Party, as of the Effective Date, that:
(a) Such Party is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, and in good standing (to the extent such concept is relevant) in each jurisdiction necessary or applicable for the performance of its obligations as set forth herein, except where the failure to so be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement. Such Party is duly qualified to do business in its jurisdiction of organization and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals from Governmental Authorities in each jurisdiction that requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify or obtain licenses or approvals would not have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.
29
(b) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder have been duly approved and authorized by all necessary action of such Party. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, receivership, conservatorship, and other laws relating to or affecting creditors rights generally and by general principles of equity.
(c) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Party, the performance by such Party, and the fulfillment by such Party of the provisions of this Agreement shall not (i) conflict with, violate or result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, any material indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument to which such Party is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound, (ii) violate the charter or bylaws or any other equivalent organizational document of such Party, (iii) require any consent or approval under any judgment, order, memorandum of understanding, writ, decree, permit or license to which such Party is a party or by which its assets are bound, or (iv) require the consent or approval of any other party to any material contract, instrument, or commitment to which such Party is a party or by which it is bound.
(d) There are no Proceedings pending or, to the actual knowledge of such Party, threatened or contemplated against such Party (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, (ii) seeking any determination or ruling that could materially and adversely affect the exercise by such Party of its rights or performance by such Party of its obligations under this Agreement or (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that could materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement.
(e) Neither such Party nor any of its Affiliates, nor any of their officers, directors or principals is a Person (i) named on any of the following lists maintained by the US Office of Foreign Assets Control: the Specially Designated Nationals List, the Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List and Non-SDN Iranian Sanctions List, any list of geographic territories subject to comprehensive restrictions (e.g., Cuba, Iran, Sudan, Syria, North Korea, and the Crimea Region of Ukraine), (ii) named on the EU Consolidated List, the UK HM Treasury Consolidated List, the Monetary Authority of Singapores Lists of Designated Individuals and Entities, or the Consolidated United Nations Security Council Sanctions List, (iii) which resides or transacts, or is organized under the laws of a country (1) designated as non-cooperative with anti-money laundering laws by a Governmental Authority, including the Financial Action Task Force, or (2) designated as warranting USA Patriot Act Section 311 special measures, (iv) which operates under an offshore banking license that prohibits such Person from conducting banking activities with the citizens of, or with the local currency of, the country that issued the license, or (v) which is a foreign shell bank or a senior foreign political figure as such terms are defined in the USA PATRIOT Act.
30
10. Limitation of Liability; Indemnity.
10.1 Limitation on Damages. EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH A BREACH OF ANY PARTYS [*****], NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, EXEMPLARY, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING ANY DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF GOODWILL, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITY, LOSS OF DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF USE OR LOSS OF BUSINESS EXPECTATIONS), RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY MANNER OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN OR PREVENTED; PROVIDED, THAT THE LIABILITY OF A PARTY FOR FRAUD, BAD FAITH, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT SHALL NOT BE LIMITED BY THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 10.1.
10.2 No Limitations on Other Agreements. For the sake of clarity, nothing herein shall operate to limit any Persons liability under any other Transaction Document, provided that a Party will not be entitled to recover under multiple Transaction Documents for the same Loss.
10.3 Indemnification.
(a) Each Party will, at its sole expense, indemnify, defend (or settle) and hold harmless the other Party, its Affiliates, its Representatives (collectively, the indemnified Party) from and against any and all Losses resulting from a Claim to the extent that such Claim is caused by the indemnifying Partys: (i) actual or alleged violation of Applicable Law or Order; or (ii) fraud, bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(b) The indemnified Party agrees to (i) notify the indemnifying Party of a Claim in writing as soon as practicable, (ii) provide the indemnifying Party (at the indemnifying Partys expense) any assistance reasonably requested by the indemnifying Party and reasonably necessary for the defense or settlement of such Claim, and (iii) allow the indemnifying Party to direct and control the defense and settlement of such Claim, provided however, that the indemnified Party reserves the right to retain counsel to participate in the defense and settlement of any Claim for which indemnification is sought, at the indemnified Partys expense unless (x) the employment of counsel by the indemnified Party has been authorized by the indemnifying Party in writing, (y) the representation of such indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflicts of interest between such indemnitee and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceedings, or (z) the indemnifying Party shall have not employed counsel to assume the defense of such action in a timely fashion, in each of which cases the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified Party shall be at the expense of the indemnifying Party.
(c) The indemnifying Party shall not, without the indemnified Partys prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), settle, compromise or admit any fault or wrongdoing in respect of any Claim (or any claim, issue or matter therein), or consent to the entry of a judgment or settlement of a Claim which imposes any obligations on the indemnified Party other than the requirement to pay monies fully indemnifiable by the indemnifying Party.
31
(d) The rights to indemnification conferred in this Section 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Person may have or hereafter acquire under Applicable Law, under any other agreement or otherwise; provided that an indemnified Party shall not be entitled to recover more than once for the same Loss. The indemnifying Party will not be obligated to indemnify the indemnified Party to the extent the indemnifying Party is prejudiced by the indemnified Partys failure to comply with this Section 10.
11. Taxes.
11.1 Withholding.
(a) If Applicable Laws require a Party making a payment under this Agreement (such payment, an Agreement Payment, such Party, the Payor) to withhold Taxes (Withholding Taxes) from Agreement Payments made by Payor to the other Party (the Payee), then Payor shall be entitled to deduct and withhold the amount required by Applicable Law and pay such amount over time to the applicable Taxing Authority. Such withheld and deducted amount shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Payee. Payee shall provide to Payor, at the time or times reasonably requested by Payor or as required by Applicable Law, such properly completed and duly executed documentation, if any, including but not limited to an IRS Form W-9 (a Withholding Certificate), that Payee is entitled to provide under Applicable Law as will, to the reasonable satisfaction of Payor, permit Agreement Payments to be made without, or at a reduced rate of, Withholding Taxes.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 11.1(c), in the event that Agreement Payments made by Payor following the date of this are subject to deduction or withholding solely as [*****] (such action referred to as a Payor Withholding Tax Action), and no deduction or withholding would have been required absent such Payor Withholding Tax Action, then the Payor shall pay to the Payee [*****].
(c) In the event that Agreement Payments made by Payor are subject to deduction or withholding, and no deduction or withholding would have been required absent [*****], then [*****]. Such withheld and deducted amount shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Payee.
(d) If an Agreement Payment is subject to Withholding Taxes, the Payor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Payee with [*****] written notice of its intent to make a deduction and withholding. Payor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Payee in good faith to obtain reduction of or relief from such obligation to deduct and withhold. All Withholding Taxes deducted and withheld from Agreement Payments shall be timely paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority in accordance with Applicable Law, and the Payor shall promptly provide the Payee with a written receipt or other reasonably available evidence establishing the amount and timing of each payment to the appropriate Taxing Authority.
32
11.2 Cooperation. The Parties agree to furnish or cause to be furnished to each other, upon reasonable request and as promptly as is reasonably necessary, such information that is in each Partys possession and that relates to the transactions contemplated hereunder as is reasonably required for the filing of all Tax Returns, the preparation for any audit by any Taxing Authority, and the prosecution or defense of any claim, suit or Proceeding, including any threatened Proceeding, relating to any Tax Return. The Parties shall retain all books and records with respect to the Taxes pertaining to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement. The Parties shall reasonably cooperate with each other in the conduct of any audit or other Proceeding, including any threatened Proceeding, related to Taxes under this Agreement.
11.3 Tax Matters.
(a) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed by the Parties or any of their Affiliates to treat the relationship between the Parties contemplated by this Agreement as a partnership, joint venture or other business entity under Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-1(a)(2) (or any corresponding provision under state, local or non-U.S. tax Law) (an Entity). Without the prior written consent of the Parties (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), no Party (or successor or assignee) shall, for Tax purposes, report the relationships established by this Agreement as an Entity, including either (a) making any disclosure that the relationships established by this Agreement may give rise to an Entity (whether on a U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8275 or otherwise) or (b) withholding any amounts from payments made to the other Party pursuant to Section 1446 of the Internal Revenue Code (or any corresponding provision under state, local or non-U.S. tax law) unless required by a Taxing Authority on audit or other examination.
(b) This Agreement is not intended to effect any transfer or beneficial ownership of any amount of a Reserves Base, or any interest, dividend, gain or other income with respect thereto, for U.S. federal, state and local tax purposes. The Parties agree to file all tax returns in a manner consistent with the foregoing intent unless required by a Taxing Authority on audit or other examination.
12. Miscellaneous Provisions.
12.1 Force Majeure. No Party shall be considered to be in breach of any of its representations and warranties under this Agreement as a result of a Force Majeure Event, or in breach of its obligations under this Agreement solely to the extent that performance of such obligations is prevented by any Force Majeure Event; provided, that (x) the Force Majeure Event was not caused by the negligence of the Party whose performance is adversely affected, or by the negligence of its Representatives, (y) notice of such Force Majeure Event is given in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.3 and (z) the Party whose performance is adversely affected uses commercially reasonable efforts to promptly overcome or mitigate the effects of such Force Majeure Event. Upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, the Parties shall consult in good faith with respect to any commercially reasonable measures that may be taken in order to mitigate
33
the impact of such Force Majeure Event. The Party whose performance is adversely affected by a Force Majeure Event shall give the other Party prompt written notice of the Force Majeure Events cessation or abatement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Force Majeure Event shall relieve an Issuer Party of its obligations to make Collaboration Payments pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement.
12.2 Governing Law; Dispute Resolution.
(a) This Agreement and all matters or disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the subject matter hereof or the activities of the Parties in connection with or contemplated by this Agreement, shall be governed by, construed under and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America, without reference to any conflicts of laws provisions which would require the imposition of the laws of any other jurisdiction.
(b) In the event that any matters or disputes arising out of or in connection with this agreement, the subject matter hereof, or the activities of the Parties in connection with or contemplated by this Agreement, is not resolved through the Dispute Escalation Procedure, the Parties agree to resolve all such matters or disputes in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or other court located in the State of Delaware if the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such matter or dispute). In the event of any such matters or disputes, each of the Parties hereby (i) expressly and irrevocably submits to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery (or other court located in the state of Delaware if the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such matter or dispute), (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (iii) agrees that it will not bring any action arising under or relating to this Agreement in any court other than the Delaware Court of Chancery (or other court located in the state of Delaware if the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such matter or dispute), and (iv) waives, to the fullest extent it may legally effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, as well as any right to the removal of any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
(c) Notwithstanding Section 12.2(a) and Section 12.2(b), in the event any such Dispute relates solely to the [*****] (a [*****]) other than the requirement to consummate the actions required pursuant to Section 3.3(d), (i) such [*****] shall be governed by, construed under and enforced in accordance with the state and federal laws of the United States, and (ii) the Parties agree to resolve all such [*****] in [*****].
12.3 Notices. All notices and other communications pertaining to this Agreement (except as otherwise provided herein) shall be in writing and may be given in any manner described below to the address set out below, and shall be deemed effective as follows: (a) if delivered personally to the Person designated below, (b) when the same is actually received, if sent by express overnight courier service, with charges prepaid and return receipt requested, or (c) if sent by email, if notice of nondelivery is not received, (i) at or prior to 5:00 pm local time of the recipient on a Business Day, on that Business Day or (ii) later than 5:00 pm local time of the recipient, on the next succeeding Business Day. The initial addresses and contact details of the Parties are as follows:
34
To Circle:
[*****]
with a copy (which shall not constitute actual or constructive notice) to:
[*****]
To Coinbase:
[*****]
Any Party hereto may change its address or contact details from time to time by giving notice to that effect as provided in this Agreement.
12.4 Waiver. Failure of a Party hereto to insist, in any one or more instances, upon the strict performance of any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement, or to exercise any rights contained herein or therein shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the failure of the same covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect.
12.5 Entire Agreement; Amendments.
(a) This Agreement, together with the other Transaction Documents, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the matters contemplated hereby and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral or written agreements or understandings of the Parties.
(b) The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 12.5(b), may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions of this Agreement may not be given without the written consent of Circle and Coinbase.
12.6 Assignments, Successors.
(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their successors and permitted assigns. Except as expressly permitted hereunder, neither Party may or shall assign this Agreement or any of its respective rights or obligations hereunder, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto. Any purported assignment or delegation made in violation of this Section 12.6 shall be null and void ab initio.
35
(b) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 12.6, either Party may assign this Agreement, in whole but not in part, upon at least [*****] prior written notice to the other Party, but without the consent of the other Party, to an Affiliate or to a Person that acquires all or substantially all of the assets or operations of such Party; provided, that such Affiliate or Person acknowledges and assumes in writing all responsibilities of such Party under this Agreement. If either Party or any of its Affiliates transfers or assigns its business related to any Applicable Stablecoin to any third party, such Party shall cause such transferee or assignee to agree to assume the obligations of this Agreement with respect to such Applicable Stablecoin.
12.7 Third Party Rights. The Parties do not intend that any term of this Agreement shall be enforceable by any Person who is not a Party to this Agreement. This Agreement, and all of its provisions and conditions, are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Parties and their successors and permitted assigns.
12.8 Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any provision, covenant or condition of this Agreement or the application hereof or thereof to any Person or circumstance is deemed invalid or to any extent unenforceable, that wording insofar as it relates to that Person or circumstance shall be deemed not to be included in this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement (or part hereof, as applicable), shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be binding upon the Parties; provided that [*****]. In the circumstances referred to in this Section 12.8, the Parties shall use reasonable efforts to negotiate in good faith to substitute any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision with a valid, legal or enforceable provision which achieves to the greatest extent enforceable the original intent (and commercial position) of the Parties as would have been achieved by the original provision including, without limitation and by way of example only, a Partys assigning this Agreement to an Affiliate, restructuring the provisions set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement, or otherwise amending this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if a court of competent jurisdiction issues an Order that prevents the Issuer Partys making payments as described in Section 4 hereof then the provisions of Section 3.3 shall apply.
12.9 Availability of Equitable Relief. Each Party recognizes that a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement could result in irreparable damage and harm to the other Party (and its Affiliates) and such Person may be without an adequate remedy at law in the event of any such breach. Therefore, each Party agrees that, if any provision of this Agreement is breached or is threatened to be breached, each Party and/or its Affiliates may: (a) seek to obtain specific performance, (b) seek to enjoin any Person that has breached, or threatens to breach, any such provision from engaging in any activity restricted by such provisions, and (c) pursue any one or more of the foregoing or any other remedy available to it under Applicable Law, provided that the seeking Party has provided the other Party notice of such actual or threatened material breach and has given such other Party a reasonable opportunity to cure unless the provision of notice and opportunity to cure may result in irreparable harm, in which case the seeking Party may pursue such remedies immediately and provide notice and opportunity to cure as soon as practicable. A Person seeking or obtaining any such relief shall not be precluded from obtaining any other relief to which that Person may be entitled. In addition, without limiting the foregoing and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that any breach by a Party of its obligations under Section 3.3 shall irreparably harm the other Party, notwithstanding the availability of any monetary damages, and that the non-breaching Party shall be entitled, in addition to any other remedies or relief permitted herein, to specific performance or any other equitable remedy (including a temporary restraining order) to enforce the other Partys obligations under Section 3.3 of this Agreement, provided that the non-breaching Party has provided the other Party notice of such actual or threatened breach and has given such other Party a reasonable opportunity to cure.
36
12.10 Remedies Cumulative. All rights, powers and remedies provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof or thereof at law or in equity shall be cumulative and not alternative, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise of any thereof by a Party shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of any other such right, power or remedy by such Party
12.11 No Joint Venture. This Agreement shall not be deemed to establish a joint venture, partnership, association or fiduciary or similar relationship between the Parties for any purpose. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as authorizing either Party to act as agent for or to negotiate or conclude any contract (or similar instrument) in the name of or on behalf of the other Party. Neither Party shall make any representations, warranties or commitments, express or implied, which purport to bind, or do bind, the other Party. Each Party shall be fully responsible for its Representatives compliance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement.
12.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any signature to this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000 or the New York Electronic Signature and Records Act or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing also applies to any amendment, extension or renewal of this Agreement.
12.13 Expenses. Each Party shall bear its own expenses incident to the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder.
12.14 Press Releases; Public Announcements. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary, neither Party shall, and each Party shall cause its Affiliates not to, make, issue or cause the publication of any press release or other public announcement with respect to this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other Party, unless such publication or public announcement is required by Applicable Law or any listing agreement with any national securities exchange, in which case the disclosing Party shall provide prior notice and the opportunity for review and comment by the non-disclosing Party, in each case except to the extent that Applicable Law or any listing agreement with any national securities exchange precludes the opportunity for such prior notice, review or comment, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent a Party or its Affiliates from making, issuing or causing the publication of any press release or other public announcement regarding any public Dispute or any Proceeding between the Parties and/or their Affiliates.
37
12.15 Non-Circumvention. Each Party agrees that it will not, and will cause its Affiliates not to, take any action or inaction that would avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Agreement, the IP License Agreement or the Master Services Agreement, and will at all times in good faith act in the interest of fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement and in a manner that it determines, in good faith, is necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Parties under this Agreement against impairment or circumvention. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither Party shall (and shall cause its Affiliates not to) (i) rebrand any Applicable Stablecoin to provide for the marketing of such Applicable Stablecoin both (a) without the use of a Licensed Mark, and (b) using [*****] for the rebranded Applicable Stablecoin that was used for such Covered Stablecoin prior to such rebranding, (ii) [*****], or (iii) [*****]; provided, however, that the foregoing does not prevent either Party from entering into other third-party agreements that otherwise impact such Partys own Interest Income allocation in accordance with Section 3.2(c)(iv).
12.16 Reservation of Rights. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement will be deemed to be a grant or transfer by a Party to the other of any Intellectual Property Rights of any kind, and each Party hereby reserves all right, title and interest in and to their respective Intellectual Property Rights.
12.17 Interpretation. The definitions in Section 1 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Unless the context requires otherwise, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. All references to Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed to be references to Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context requires otherwise. All Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto shall be deemed incorporated herein as if set forth in full herein, and the words hereof, herein and hereunder and words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole, including all Schedules and Exhibits, and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The words include, includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation. Any reference to a day or days in this Agreement (as opposed to, for the sake of clarity, Business Days) are references to a calendar day or calendar days, respectively and shall mean 12:00am UTC to 11:59pm UTC on such day. In any situation where a Party has the ability to consent or withhold consent to an action under this Agreement, such consent may be given or withheld in such Partys sole discretion. In any situation where a Party must provide written notice to the other Party under this Agreement, email notice shall suffice. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any agreement, instrument or statute referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or statute as it may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and references.
[Signature Page Follows]
38
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has caused this Collaboration Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its officer thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.
COINBASE GLOBAL, INC. | ||
By: | /s/ Brian Armstrong | |
Name: Brian Armstrong | ||
Title: Chief Executive Officer |
CIRCLE INTERNET FINANCIAL LLC | ||
By: | /s/ Jeremy Allaire | |
Name: Jeremy Allaire | ||
Title: Chief Executive Officer |
Schedule A
GitHub Repositories for Covered Source Code for USDC
Schedule B
Proxy Addresses
Exhibit 1
Form of Daily Circulation Calculation
Exhibit 2
New IP License Agreement
Exhibit 3
Collaboration Payment Calculations
Exhibit 4
Items to be Covered in Agreed Upon Procedures Letter
Exhibit 10.2
Portions of this exhibit, indicated by [*****], have been omitted because they are both (i) not
material and (ii) customarily and actually treated by the registrant as private or confidential.
STABLECOIN ECOSYSTEM AGREEMENT
This STABLECOIN ECOSYSTEM AGREEMENT (Ecosystem Agreement) is made and entered into as of November 14, 2024, by and between Coinbase Global, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Coinbase), and Circle Internet Financial, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Circle).
RECITALS
A. The Parties are parties to that certain Collaboration Agreement dated August 18, 2023 (the Collaboration Agreement). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein or in any exhibits or schedules hereto shall have the meanings set forth in the Collaboration Agreement.
B. The Collaboration Agreement sets forth arrangements for certain Collaboration Payments to be made by an Issuer Party to a Reseller Party with respect to interest or dividend income and realized gains or losses accrued on such day in respect of the Reserves Base and Capital Reserves.
C. The Parties desire to enter into one or more arrangements to provide incentives to certain approved Ecosystem Participants to increase the circulation of Applicable Stablecoins, improve liquidity and drive growth in Applicable Stablecoins in circulation. In connection therewith, the Parties desire to enter into this Ecosystem Agreement to supplement the Collaboration Payment provisions set forth in Section 4 of the Collaboration Agreement with respect to Applicable Stablecoins upon a Partys entry into one or more agreements with certain approved Ecosystem Participants. Nothing in this Ecosystem Agreement is intended to modify the rights or obligations set forth in the Collaboration Agreement between the Parties beyond the calculation of the Collaboration Payment provisions set forth in Section 4 of the Collaboration Agreement. The termination of this Ecosystem Agreement or any Schedule hereto has no effect on the Collaboration Agreement beyond such payment amounts.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and the mutual representations, warranties and covenants set forth herein, the Parties agree as follows:
1. Approval of Ecosystem Participants.
1.1. Eligibility.
Either Party may propose one or more Ecosystem Participants to be included in the arrangements set forth herein, provided that any such Ecosystem Participant meets the jurisdictional eligibility criteria set forth in Section I of Exhibit 1 hereto. An Ecosystem Participant that is approved in writing by an authorized officer of each Party for inclusion in the arrangements set forth herein shall be referred to herein as an Approved Participant, and such Approved Participant together with its Affiliates, an Approved Group. Prior to the inclusion of any Ecosystem Participant in the arrangements set forth herein, the Parties shall agree in writing, using the form attached as Exhibit 2, on (i) the portion of the Residual Payment Base with respect to the relevant Applicable
1
Stablecoin(s) that such Ecosystem Participant will be eligible to receive upon becoming an Approved Participant (the Residual Portion), and (ii) the undertakings to be required of such Ecosystem Participant upon becoming an Approved Participant and the members of its Approved Group as a condition to receiving the Residual Portion or otherwise (such agreement between Coinbase and Circle, an Approved Participant Schedule).
1.2. Diligence.
(a) Prior to the Parties entry into an Approved Participant Schedule with respect to a proposed Ecosystem Participant, the Party proposing the inclusion of such Ecosystem Participant in the arrangements set forth herein (the Contracting Party, and such other Party, the Non-Contracting Party) shall conduct diligence of such Ecosystem Participant and shall discuss with the Non-Contracting Party the diligence conducted by the Contracting Party and the findings thereof relating to such Ecosystem Participant and its Affiliates (the Diligence), which discussion shall exclude any competitively sensitive information or otherwise privileged information, but which Diligence shall include a review meeting the requirements set forth in Section II of Exhibit 1 hereto with respect to such Ecosystem Participant and its Affiliates. [*****].
(b) Promptly (and in any event, no later than [*****], unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties in writing) following the completion of the Contracting Partys Diligence, the Contracting Party shall provide [*****] and coordinate a meeting with the Non-Contracting Party (the Diligence Meeting), which Diligence Meeting shall convey a discussion of [*****]. Upon reasonable request of the Non-Contracting Party, the Contracting Party shall (i) coordinate any follow-up Diligence meetings as necessary and appropriate on an as-needed basis and (ii) provide to the Non-Contracting Party copies of any source material of the Ecosystem Participant and its Affiliates reviewed by the Contracting Party in connection with the Diligence, which shall not include any privileged or non-material competitively sensitive information ([*****]); provided that upon such request by the Non-Contracting Party, the Contracting Party shall obtain the Ecosystem Participants agreement and the Parties shall discuss in good faith an agreed-upon process for ensuring the Non-Contracting Partys access to such source materials in compliance with Applicable Law (including, for the sake of clarity and without limitation, review of such source materials by a clean team or by external counsel to the Non-Contracting Party on a legal review only basis).
1.3. Process for Approval of Ecosystem Participants.
(a) The Contracting Party shall submit to the Non-Contracting Party a draft Approved Participant Schedule containing the proposed terms to be applicable to the relevant proposed Ecosystem Participant, which terms the Parties shall negotiate in good faith, along with a draft of the agreement between the Contracting Party and the proposed Ecosystem Participant (the Approved Participant Agreement). The Contracting Partys entry into the Approved Participant Agreement and any amendments thereto shall be subject to the Non-Contracting Partys prior written approval.
2
(b) The Non-Contracting Party shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to decide whether to approve a proposed Ecosystem Participant and its Affiliates for inclusion in the arrangements set forth herein, including whether to approve the relevant Approved Participant Agreement and the Approved Participant Schedule. As a condition to such approval and entry into the applicable Approved Participant Schedule, immediately prior to entry into such schedule, the Contracting Party will deliver [*****].
(c) Unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties, the term of any Approved Participant Schedule shall continue until the expiration or termination of the applicable Approved Participant Agreement (including any survival periods, to the extent applicable), unless a Withdrawal has been effected by the Non-Contracting Party pursuant to Section 2.1. For the avoidance of doubt, the extension of the term of an Approved Participant Agreement for which the provisions of Section 3 of this Ecosystem Agreement will continue to apply requires the mutual written agreement of the Parties.
(d) For the sake of clarity, each Party shall remain free to enter into incentive arrangements with respect to USDC and other Applicable Stablecoins with third parties that are not Approved Participants or with parties that are Approved Participants but which arrangements are not subject to this Ecosystem Agreement or the terms hereof (Other Participants), but the provisions of Section 3 shall not apply to such arrangements, and for the avoidance of doubt such Other Participants shall not be deemed Ecosystem Participants under the provisions of the Collaboration Agreement or this Ecosystem Agreement by virtue of such arrangements.
1.4. Provisions Related to Approved Participants.
(a) Unless (x) the Non-Contracting Party has separately approved in writing an Approved Participant Agreement that does not include or otherwise comply with such provisions or (y) otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties in the Approved Participant Schedule, the Contracting Party shall cause each Approved Participant Agreement to require the related Approved Participant to make representations and warranties with respect to the following matters (with respect to itself and its Affiliates):
(i) fundamental representations relating to such Approved Participants organization, valid existence and good standing (or equivalent, if applicable) under Applicable Laws, authority to enter into the transactions contemplated by such incentive agreement, compliance with its governing documents and other applicable instruments and that the transactions contemplated by such incentive agreements will not result in a violation of, or default under, any of the foregoing instruments and obligations;
(ii) the Approved Groups compliance with Applicable Law;
(iii) the sufficiency of the Approved Groups policies and procedures with respect to compliance with all anti-money laundering and know-your-customer requirements under Applicable Laws;
(iv) that there are no Proceedings pending or threatened by virtue of a Wells Notice or equivalent notice by a Governmental Authority against any member of the Approved Group that would have a material effect on the Approved Group or such member of the Approved Group, individually or in the aggregate;
3
(v) that no member of such Approved Group, nor any of their officers, directors or principals is, and that no member of such Approved Group does any business with, a Person (1) named on any of the following lists maintained by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control: the Specially Designated Nationals List, the Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List and Non-SDN Iranian Sanctions List, any list of geographic territories subject to comprehensive restrictions (e.g., Cuba, Iran, Sudan, Syria, North Korea, and the Crimea, Donetsk and Luhansk regions of Ukraine), (2) named on the EU Consolidated List, the UK HM Treasury Consolidated List, the Consolidated United Nations Security Council Sanctions List or any other sanctions list(s) under any sanctions regime(s) applicable to the Approved Group, (3) which resides or transacts in, or is organized under the laws of a country (A) designated as Call to Action for Countermeasures by the Financial Action Task Force, or (B) designated as warranting USA PATRIOT Act Section 311 special measures (collectively, Sanctions);
(vi) that no member of such Approved Group, nor any of their officers, directors or principals is, and that no member of such Approved Group does any business with, a Person (1) which operates under an offshore banking license that prohibits such Person from conducting banking activities with the citizens of, or with the local currency of, the country that issued the license, or
(2) which is a foreign shell bank as such term is defined in the USA PATRIOT Act;
(vii) that no petition or action for relief under any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or moratorium law or any other law for the relief of, or relating to, debtors or the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee (or other similar official), or the assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other action in furtherance of any of the foregoing has been initiated, or filed with respect to any member of the Applicable Group; and
(viii) any other representations and warranties that are necessary, desirable or appropriate to include based on the Contracting Partys Diligence investigation and following good faith consultation with the Non-Contracting Party.
(b) Unless (x) the Non-Contracting Party has separately approved an Approved Participant Agreement that does not include or otherwise comply with such provisions or (y) otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties in the Approved Participant Schedule, the Contracting Party shall cause each Approved Participant Agreement to require the related Approved Participant to comply, and to cause its Affiliates to comply, with the following provisions:
(i) A requirement to comply with Applicable Laws in all respects, including without limitation a requirement for each Approved Group member to refrain from offering products or services to users in any jurisdiction where such Person does not have a required license, registration or authorization;
(ii) A requirement to notify the Contracting Party of any Proceeding instituted against any member of such Approved Group (x) initiated by a Governmental Authority or (y) involving an amount that is or was otherwise material to the business or financial condition of the applicable member of the Approved Group (or to the Approved Group as a whole), individually or in the aggregate;
4
(iii) To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, a requirement to notify the Contracting Party if any member of such Approved Group has become subject to any order, agreement, directive, judgment, decision, decree, injunction, ruling, settlement agreement, stipulation, writ or assessment of any Governmental Authority (solely for purposes of this Ecosystem Agreement and for the avoidance of doubt, without impacting such definition as defined and used in the Collaboration Agreement, an Order) directed specifically to such member or to the Approved Group as a whole that relates to the Applicable Stablecoin or that is material to such Approved Participant Groups products or services that directly support the Applicable Stablecoin;
(iv) A requirement to notify the Contracting Party of any member of the Approved Groups loss of any license, registration or authorization from any Governmental Authority that relates to its performance of its obligations under the Approved Participant Agreement;
(v) A requirement to notify the Contracting Party if any petition or action for relief under any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or moratorium law or any other law for the relief of, or relating to, debtors or the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee (or other similar official), or the assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other action in furtherance of any of the foregoing has been initiated, filed with respect to any member of the Applicable Group;
(vi) A requirement to maintain policies and procedures related to listing of digital assets, trading practices (including policies and procedures for monitoring and preventing manipulative activity), diligence and onboarding of customers; compliance with Applicable Laws relating to Sanctions, data privacy and the laws agreed to in the Approved Participant Agreement; as well as a requirement to notify the Contracting Party of any material changes to such policies and procedures;
(vii) A requirement to notify the Contracting Party of any actual breach or compromise of the security, confidentiality, or integrity of any personal data or other confidential information (including private keys) held by or on behalf of the Approved Group or any member thereof, or any of the information technology systems of the Approved Group or any member thereof, including any circumstance pursuant to which Applicable Law requires notification of such breach to be given to affected individuals or Governmental Authorities, and in each case, that either (x) causes a material disruption or interruption in the business of the Approved Group (or any member thereof) in excess of [*****] (or other duration as may be mutually agreed by the Parties pursuant to the Approved Participant Schedule), or (y) is likely to cause a material and adverse effect on the Approved Groups business as a whole;
(viii) A carve-out to any confidentiality obligations therein, allowing the Contracting Party to share information received from such Approved Participant or any member of the Approved Group with the Non-Contracting Party, subject in all cases to confidentiality provisions at least as protective as those set forth in the Collaboration Agreement and other customary carve-outs to confidentiality obligations (e.g., legally compelled disclosure or disclosure required by the Contracting Partys banking partners); and
5
(ix) A right granted to the Contracting Party to audit the Approved Group at least once per calendar year with respect to the matters agreed in the Approved Participant Agreement, which may include, by way of example only, the satisfaction of Approved Participant promotional obligations, payment matters and the matters set forth in Section II of Exhibit 1 hereto (the Audit Right), including the option to engage an independent firm to conduct any such audit (subject to the reimbursement provisions set forth in Section 1.4(d) below).
(c) At all times while an Approved Participant Schedule remains in effect, the Contracting Party with respect to such Approved Participant shall provide notice to the Non-Contracting Party of (i) any matter for which the Contracting Party received notice from or sends notice to the Approved Group (x) in connection with the obligations set forth in Section 1.4(b) or (y) pursuant to the notice provisions in the relevant Approved Participant Agreement, including without limitation, notices related to the occurrence of events that give rise to either the Contracting Party or Approved Participants right to terminate the relevant Approved Participant Agreement, (ii) the matters set forth in Section III of Exhibit 1 hereto and (iii) any findings by the Contracting Party in connection with an exercise of its Audit Right, in each case on an ongoing basis and as promptly as practicable upon receipt (and in any event, within [*****] of receipt) by the Contracting Party of such information or notice. The Contracting Party shall at all times provide the Non-Contracting Party with all additional information reasonably requested by the Non-Contracting Party regarding the applicable Approved Group; provided that (1) upon such request by the Non-Contracting Party, the Parties shall discuss in good faith an agreed-upon process for ensuring the Non-Contracting Partys access to such materials is in compliance with Applicable Law (including, for the sake of clarity and without limitation, review of such source materials by a clean team or by external counsel to the Non-Contracting Party on a legal review only basis), (2) this provision does not require disclosure of information the sharing of which is prohibited by law, and (3) competitively sensitive information may be provided only to external counsel of the Non-Contracting Party on a legal review only basis.
(d) The Non-Contracting Party shall have the right to require the Contracting Partys exercise of the Audit Right pursuant to Section 1.4(b)(ix). The Non-Contracting Party shall also have the right to require the Contracting Partys exercise of the Audit Right pursuant to Section 1.4(b)(ix) to be conducted by an independent firm, in which case the Contracting Party shall engage a reputable auditing firm reasonably acceptable to [*****] and shall make commercially reasonable efforts to begin such audit within [*****] from the Non-Contracting Partys request, and in all events, shall begin such audit within [*****] from the Non-Contracting Partys request. Where the Audit Right is conducted by an independent auditor in accordance with this provision or Section 1.4(b)(ix), [*****]. The Parties acknowledge and agree that any breach by the Contracting Party of its obligations to exercise the Audit Right under this Ecosystem Agreement shall irreparably harm the Non-Contracting Party, notwithstanding the availability of any monetary damages, and that the Non-Contracting Party shall be entitled, in addition to any other remedies or relief permitted herein, to specific performance or any other equitable remedy (including a temporary restraining order) to enforce the Contracting Partys obligations to exercise the Audit Right; provided that the Non-Contracting Party has provided the Contracting Party notice of such breach and has given the Contracting Party a [*****] cure period.
1.5. Ongoing Diligence. The Contracting Party shall comply with the ongoing Diligence obligations set forth in Section III of Exhibit 1 hereto.
6
2. Withdrawal of Approval.
2.1. Circumstances in which Withdrawal is Permitted.
(a) The Non-Contracting Party may, in its sole and absolute discretion, withdraw its entry into an Approved Participant Schedule (a Withdrawal) in the following circumstances (each, a Withdrawal Event), unless the Non-Contracting Party has separately agreed otherwise in an Approved Participant Schedule that expressly states which of the following Section 2.1(a) provisions shall apply mutatis mutandis and which will be superseded, in each case, by express reference in the relevant Approved Participant Schedule to the corresponding provisions of this Section 2.1(a):
(i) Upon a material breach by such Approved Participant of its Approved Participant Agreement with the Contracting Party (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the occurrence of any event that gives rise to the Contracting Partys right to terminate the Approved Participant Agreement, subject to any cure periods set forth therein, if applicable, which will be deemed to be a material breach), which breach (if curable) has not been cured by such Approved Participant within [*****] (or such other agreed cure period, if any, set forth in the Approved Participant Agreement) following the Contracting Partys written notice to such Approved Participant of such breach; provided that in the event the Contracting Party fails to promptly notify the Approved Participant of such breach within [*****] following the Contracting Partys first becoming aware of such breach, the Non-Contracting Party shall be permitted to withdraw its approval of such Approved Participant retroactively with such withdrawal effective as of the date which is [*****] (or such other agreed cure period set forth in the Approved Participant Agreement) following such Approved Participants breach;
(ii) Subject to any cure provisions agreed to within the Approved Participant Agreement, upon the commencement of any new Proceeding or adverse finding and/or holding in an existing Proceeding by a Governmental Authority following the date of this Ecosystem Agreement against: (a) any member of such Approved Group that (x) is or would reasonably be expected to be material and adverse to the Approved Group or any member thereof or (y) relates to the Approved Participant Agreement, or (b) the Contracting Party or the Non-Contracting Party that (x) is or would reasonably be expected to be material and adverse to the Contracting Party or the Non-Contracting Party, as applicable or (y) relates to the relevant Approved Participant Agreement;
(iii) Subject to any cure provisions agreed to within the Approved Participant Agreement, upon the determination that any member of such Approved Group has violated any Applicable Law in a manner that is material and adverse to the Approved Groups business taken as a whole or to the Contracting Party or to the relevant Applicable Stablecoin ecosystem;
(iv) Upon (a) the filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding by any member of such Approved Group, (b) the entry of an order for relief by any court in bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding by any member of such Approved Group, (c) a general assignment by any member of such Approved Group for the benefit of creditors, (d) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian or similar official with respect to any member of such Approved Group or its property, or (e) the filing of an involuntary petition in bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding against any member of such Approved Group;
7
(v) Upon occurrence of any actual breach or compromise of the security, confidentiality, or integrity of any personal data or other confidential information (including private keys) held by or on behalf of any member of the Approved Group, or any of the information technology systems of any member of such Approved Group, including any circumstance pursuant to which Applicable Law requires notification of such breach to be given to affected individuals or Governmental Authorities, and in each case, that either (x) causes a material disruption or interruption in the Approved Groups business or services in excess of [*****] (or other duration as may be mutually agreed by the Parties pursuant to the relevant Approved Participant Schedule), or (y) is likely to cause a material and adverse effect on Approved Groups business as a whole;
(vi) Based on (1) information that becomes public or known to the Non-Contracting Party or events that occur following the Parties entry into the Approved Participant Schedule and (2) the advice of a law firm of recognized international standing, that Approved Group or any member thereof would reasonably be expected to cause material legal, regulatory, or compliance harm to the relevant Applicable Stablecoin ecosystem or the Contracting Partys business as a whole, including that the Approved Group or a member thereof has failed to implement or comply with applicable anti-money laundering and/or know-your-customer procedures or policies;
(vii) Upon the occurrence and continuation of a Force Majeure (as defined in the Approved Participant Agreement); provided that if the relevant Approved Participant Agreement specifies a period for the Force Majeure, the Non-Contracting Party may Withdraw only if the Force Majeure exceeds such period;
(viii) Upon the termination of the relevant Approved Participant Agreement due to a disagreement or dispute between the Contracting Party and the Approved Participant relating to Approved Participant payment terms, subject to any ongoing obligations, including payment obligations, of the Parties during any applicable survival period under the Approved Participant Agreement;
(ix) Upon the entry by the Contracting Party and Approved Group or a member thereof into any instrument that modifies, amends or supplements the applicable Approved Participant Agreement that has not been previously approved in writing by the Non-Contracting Party; or
(x) Upon the delivery of a termination notice by either the Contracting Party or the Approved Group (or a member thereof) of the Approved Participant Agreement terminating any survival period under the Approved Participant Agreement, subject to any prior notice of termination requirements set forth therein solely in the case of a termination of the Approved Participant Agreement for convenience. For the avoidance of doubt, the Non-Contracting Party may effect a Withdrawal upon the termination of a survival period under the Approved Participant Agreement in the event of termination for any reason other than a termination for convenience.
In each case of [*****], the Non-Contracting Party shall notify the Contracting Party in writing that it intends to effect a Withdrawal, and shall consult and discuss with the Contracting Party in good faith for [*****] prior to the Non-Contracting Party effecting such Withdrawal. In each case of [*****], and subject to the applicable consultation rights described in the preceding sentence, the Non-Contracting Party shall have the right to make its own determination as to
8
whether a Withdrawal Event has occurred and/or whether a cure has been effected, if applicable, and even if the Contracting Party waives the applicable termination right and/or the applicable cure period, with respect to the Approved Participant under the Approved Participant Agreement, the Non-Contracting Party shall retain its Withdrawal right notwithstanding the Contracting Partys waiver.
(b) In addition to the foregoing, any right that the Contracting Party has to terminate the Approved Participant Agreement (including any survival period thereunder) for convenience shall inure to the Non-Contracting Party (who shall have the right to Withdraw under the same conditions as the Contracting Party has to terminate for convenience under the Approved Participant Agreement), but solely to the extent such exercise of the termination for convenience is in accordance with the Approved Participant Agreement and, if applicable in accordance with Section 2.2(a), any ongoing payment obligations or liabilities provided therein will continue in full force and effect during the applicable survival period notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein. For the avoidance of doubt, the Non-Contracting Partys Withdrawal right, other than for a termination for convenience, shall continue to apply during any such survival period.
(c) The Contracting Party shall notify the Non-Contracting Party of the occurrence of any facts or circumstances that are reasonably likely to result in a Withdrawal Event with respect to any of such Contracting Partys Approved Participants within [*****] of the time when the Contracting Party knows, or reasonably should have known through the exercise of reasonable diligence (including through exercise of the Audit Right [*****] and through undertaking the diligence specified in Exhibit 1) of the occurrence of such facts or circumstances; provided that knowledge shall not be imputed if the Contracting Party has used reasonable efforts to obtain information and such information has been withheld by the Approved Participant.
2.2. Survival of Approved Participant Agreement; Termination of Approved Participant Agreement and Effect of Withdrawal.
(a) In the event of a termination of an Approved Participant Agreement for convenience where payment and certain promotion, product or other obligation provisions survive such termination in accordance with the terms thereof, Section 3 of this Ecosystem Agreement shall continue to apply with respect to payments to the relevant Approved Participant for the Survival Period specified in the relevant Approved Participant Schedule. If such survival period is terminated for cause pursuant to the terms of the Approved Participant Agreement, Section 2.2(b) shall apply. For the avoidance of doubt, the Non-Contracting Partys Withdrawal rights, other than for Withdrawal for convenience, shall continue to apply during any such survival period.
(b) Upon the termination of an Approved Participant Agreement and any survival periods thereunder, (i) the related Approved Participant Schedule with respect to such Approved Participant shall immediately and automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect and (ii) the provisions of Section 3 shall no longer apply to any payments made by the Contracting Party to the related Approved Participant, and no further deductions will be made from the Residual Payment Base on respect of an Applicable Stablecoin held by such Approved Group or any member thereof.
9
(c) Upon the effectiveness of a Withdrawal with respect to any Approved Participant, subject to the Non-Contracting Partys observance of and compliance with any survival period obligations applicable to the Non-Contracting Party in the event of a Withdrawal for convenience pursuant to Section 2.1(b), (i) the provisions of Section 3 shall no longer apply to any payments made by the Contracting Party to the related Approved Participant, and no further deductions will be made from the Residual Payment Base in respect of an Applicable Stablecoin held by such Approved Group or any member thereof, unless for payments for periods prior to Withdrawal, and (ii) the Approved Participant Schedule with respect to such Approved Participant shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.
2.3. Termination of this Ecosystem Agreement.
This Ecosystem Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of: (a) mutual written agreement of the Parties; or (b) such time as no further amounts are payable under the Collaboration Agreement with respect to all Applicable Stablecoins and all relevant cure periods set forth in Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of the Collaboration Agreement have expired. In addition to the foregoing, either Party may terminate this Ecosystem Agreement immediately upon written notice to the other Party if such other Party or a representative thereof issues any public communication or any written communication to any Governmental Authority (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), whether such communication is public or private, stating, acknowledging, agreeing, or conceding that USDC and/or related incentives or returns programs funded in connection with this Ecosystem Agreement (Returns) at any time constituted or involved or currently constitute or involve an offer or sale of securities required to be made pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom (including, but not limited to, Regulation D or Regulation S, each under the Securities Act) (a Securities-Related Communication); provided, however, that such termination right shall be deemed not to apply solely where a Securities-Related Communication states that USDC and/or Returns, as relevant, were or are structured in a manner that would comply with an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act if such requirements applied (even though the Party making such Securities-Related Communication may reasonably believe that such requirements did not ever and do not currently apply), so long as: (x) the communication expressly states that such Party believes that USDC and/or Returns, as relevant, did not at any time and do not currently constitute or involve the offer or sales of securities, and (y) the Party makes the communication only after (i) providing the other Party with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on the communication (in no event [*****], and (ii) obtaining the written consent of the other Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and in any event such written consent or notice of the withholding of such written consent shall be provided by such other Party within such [*****] period. After making a Securities-Related Communication, the communicating Party shall notify the other Party within [*****] of any such communication; provided that [*****]. For the sake of clarity, no termination of this Ecosystem Agreement shall cause the Collaboration Agreement to terminate.
10
3. Supplement to Collaboration Payments.
3.1. Payment Terms.
(a) Coinbase and Circle shall negotiate in good faith and agree upon the amounts of the Residual Payment Base with respect to each relevant Applicable Stablecoin to which each Approved Participant is entitled and, for so long as the related Approved Participant Schedule is in effect, amounts payable to such Approved Participant based on an invoice agreed by the Contracting Party and the relevant Approved Participant and shared with the Non-Contracting Party (such amount payable, such Approved Participants Approved Participant Economics Amount) shall be deducted from the Residual Payment Base with respect to each relevant Applicable Stablecoin for such Applicable Month prior to allocation of the respective Ecosystem Economics Amounts to each Party, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.5(b) of the Collaboration Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Non-Contracting Party shall have the right to dispute any such invoice pursuant to the dispute resolution provisions of the Collaboration Agreement. Such agreement, including the level of each relevant Applicable Stablecoin held as a Party Product Stablecoin as of the date of the Approved Participant Schedule, if applicable, shall be documented in an Approved Participant Schedule.
(b) Where Coinbase is the Contracting Party with respect to any Approved Participant, Circle, or one of its Affiliates, shall pay the Approved Participant Economics Amount for such Approved Participant (based on an invoice agreed by the Contracting Party and the relevant Approved Participant and shared with the Non-Contracting Party) with respect to each Applicable Month to Coinbase at the same time as Circle is required to make the Collaboration Payment to Coinbase with respect to such Applicable Month; provided, however that nothing herein requires Coinbase to pay the Approved Participant Economics Amount to the Approved Participant prior to Coinbases receipt of such amount from Circle. For the avoidance of doubt, the Non-Contracting Party shall have the right to dispute any such invoice pursuant to the dispute resolution provisions of the Collaboration Agreement. Such agreement, including the level of each relevant Applicable Stablecoin held as a Party Product Stablecoin as of the date of the Approved Participant Schedule, if applicable, shall be documented in an Approved Participant Schedule.
(c) By way of example only: [*****].
3.2. Calculation of Approved Participant Economics Amounts.
(a) The Approved Participant Economics Amount for a given Approved Participant shall be calculated as set forth in the relevant Approved Participant Schedule, which shall be mutually agreed by the Parties. Such Approved Participant Schedule shall include a means for determining the level of each type of Applicable Stablecoin held in the products and services of the relevant Approved Group that will be taken into account in determining such Approved Participants Approved Participant Economics Amount and set forth in the relevant Approved Participant Schedule (Approved Participant Product Stablecoins). For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Ecosystem Agreement modifies Party Product Stablecoins as defined in the Collaboration Agreement with respect to the Parties.
(b) Each Approved Participant Agreement shall provide for penalties for failure to deliver necessary reporting for the Approved Participant Economics Amount accrued for any Applicable Month in excess of [*****] or as otherwise agreed between the Contracting Party and Non- Contracting Party, which shall be agreed between the Contracting Party and the Non-Contracting Party.
11
(c) Each Approved Participant Agreement shall provide that Approved Participant Economics Amounts shall only be payable within [*****] from the end of the Applicable Month in which such Approved Participant Economics Amount was accrued, and any amounts not so paid shall be forfeited.
(d) Unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties in writing, the Party Product Economics Amount for an Approved Participant shall include only the related Approved Groups Approved Participant Product Stablecoins in excess of the amount of each relevant Applicable Stablecoin held as Approved Participant Product Stablecoins as of the date of the Approved Participant Schedule, but shall otherwise be calculated in the same manner as the Party Product Economics Amount is calculated with respect to each Party.
3.3. Information Access.
With respect to any Approved Participant, the Contracting Party shall provide to the Non-Contracting Party all information that the Contracting Party has received from the Approved Participant pursuant to the Approved Participant Agreement that is necessary to verify the Party Product Economics Amount for such Approved Participant in accordance with this Ecosystem Agreement, which information shall include the amount of Applicable Stablecoins held in or by such Approved Groups Approved Participant Product Stablecoins for each calendar day of an Applicable Month, determined in accordance with the determination of Party Product Stablecoins as set forth in the Collaboration Agreement, and any additional information agreed by the Parties in the applicable Approved Participant Schedule.
3.4. Disputes.
In the event of a dispute between a Contracting Party and an Approved Participant arising under, or resulting from, the relevant Approved Participant Agreement between such parties (a Dispute), the Contracting Party shall provide prompt written notice to the Non-Contracting Party of such Dispute, which notice shall include, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, a summary of the factual circumstances giving rise to the Dispute and copies of all written communications between the Contracting Party and the Approved Participant relating to such Dispute; provided, however, that nothing herein requires sharing of privileged information. The Contracting Party shall provide material updates regarding such Dispute to the Non-Contracting Party (including, without limitation and to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, copies of all relevant written communications between the Contracting Party and the Approved Participant that have not yet been provided to the Non-Contracting Party as of the time of such update). The Contracting Party may agree to resolve a Dispute with an Approved Participant without prior consent from the Non-Contracting Party only if: (1) the Contracting Party has provided written notice (including a reasonably detailed explanation of the proposed resolution) to the Non-Contracting Party, and (2) the Non-Contracting Party has not notified the Contracting Party, within [*****] of receiving such notice, that the Non-Contracting Party has reasonably determined that: (x) the resolution will negatively affect the Non-Contracting Partys rights or obligations under this Ecosystem Agreement or the Collaboration Agreement (including, by way
12
of example only, a dispute over whether an Approved Participant has breached the Approved Participant Agreement and/or cured any such breach); or (y) that the resolution will materially harm the Non-Contracting Party. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothing in this Section 3.4 will affect the Non-Contracting Partys right to Withdraw or terminate pursuant to Section 2. Under no circumstances shall the rights or obligations of the Parties under this Ecosystem Agreement be subject to or conditioned on any dispute-resolution procedure set forth in any Approved Participant Agreement. In the event that a Dispute is fully and finally resolved, the Contracting Party shall provide a written update to the Non-Contracting Party and the Parties may mutually agree in writing to reinstate or restart an Approved Participant Schedule for the Ecosystem Participant that was a party to the Dispute.
4. General Provisions.
4.1. Indemnification.
The Contracting Party shall indemnify, defend (or settle) and hold harmless the Non-Contracting Party, its Affiliates and its and their Representatives, in accordance with Sections 10.3(b), (c), and (d) of the Collaboration Agreement, from and against any and all Losses (including but not limited to a wrongful reduction of Collaboration Payments that would otherwise be required to have been paid to the Non-Contracting Party) related to an Approved Participants (or any member of its Approved Groups) actual or alleged breach of the Approved Participant Agreement, solely to the extent that the Contracting Party has a right of recovery from the Approved Participant (whether through an indemnification right or through any other legal or equitable claim that the Contracting Party may have against the Approved Participant). The Contracting Partys indemnification obligation to the Non-Contracting Party pursuant to this provision shall apply regardless of whether the Contracting Party actually brings a claim against the Approved Participant.
4.2. No Amendments.
Except with respect to Sections 3.1 and 3.2 of this Ecosystem Agreement, which supplement the Collaboration Payment provisions set forth in Section 4 of the Collaboration Agreement, all provisions of the Collaboration Agreement, and Circles and Coinbases respective rights and obligations thereunder, shall remain in full force and effect.
4.3. Notices.
All notices given in connection with this Ecosystem Agreement shall be given in writing in accordance with Section 12.3 of the Collaboration Agreement.
4.4. Counterparts.
This Ecosystem Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any signature to this Ecosystem Agreement may be delivered by facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000 or the New York Electronic Signature and Records Act or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing also applies to any amendment, extension or renewal of this Ecosystem Agreement.
13
4.5. Governing Law.
This Ecosystem Agreement and all matters or disputes arising out of or in connection with this Ecosystem Agreement, the subject matter hereof or the activities of the Parties in connection with or contemplated by this Ecosystem Agreement, shall be governed by, construed under and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America, without reference to any conflicts of laws provisions which would require the imposition of the laws of any other jurisdiction. Any matters or disputes arising out of or in connection with this Ecosystem Agreement, the subject matter hereof, or the activities of the Parties in connection with or contemplated by this Ecosystem Agreement shall be referred to the Dispute Escalation Procedure and, if not resolved pursuant thereto, shall be resolved in accordance with Section 12.2(b) or (c) of the Collaboration Agreement, as applicable.
4.6. Incorporation of Provisions by Reference.
Sections 8, 9 and 12 of the Collaboration Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made equally applicable to this Ecosystem Agreement, mutatis mutandis.
[Signature Page Immediately Follows]
14
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Ecosystem Agreement as of the date first written above:
COINBASE GLOBAL, INC. | ||
By: | /s/ Brian Armstrong | |
Name: Brian Armstrong | ||
Title: Chief Executive Officer |
CIRCLE INTERNET FINANCIAL, LLC | ||
By: | /s/ Jeremy Allaire | |
Name: Jeremy Allaire | ||
Title: Chief Executive Officer |
15
Exhibit 1
Compliance Eligibility and Due Diligence
Exhibit 2
Form of Approved Participant Schedule
Exhibit 10.3
Execution Version
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC.
INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This Investor Rights Agreement (this Agreement) is dated as of July 1, 2024, among (i) Circle Internet Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and (ii) the parties named as Investors on Schedule A hereto (together with any subsequent investors or transferees, who become parties hereto as Investors pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Investors), as holders of shares of the Companys preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the Preferred Stock).
Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Companys Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 26, 2024 (as amended and restated from time to time, the Certificate of Incorporation); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, no investment fund that is managed, sponsored or controlled by BlackRock, Inc. or any of its Affiliates nor any portfolio company of any such fund shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of BlackRock, Inc. or any of its Affiliates.
WHEREAS, upon the consummation of a scheme of arrangement entered into by Circle Internet Financial Limited, an Irish private company limited by shares (Irish Circle), under the Companies Act 2014 of Ireland, as sanctioned by the Irish High Court on June 25, 2024, the rights and obligations of Irish Circle under that Fifth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2022 (as amended, the Prior Agreement), among Irish Circle and the parties named in the schedules thereto, were assigned to the Company;
WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors wish to accept the rights and obligations created pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights and obligations created pursuant to the Prior Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and the mutual covenants and terms hereof, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows to be effective as of 11:59:25 P.M. (Dublin time) on the date first written above.
ARTICLE 1. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
Section 1.1. Restrictions on Transfer.
(a) Except as provided in this Agreement, a holder of Preferred Stock or Registrable Securities may not, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, make gifts of or in any manner whatsoever dispose of or encumber, other than in connection with a redemption or purchase by the Company (Transfer), any share of Preferred Stock or Registrable Securities held by such holder or any interest therein. Any Transfer not made in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement shall be null and void ab initio, shall not be recorded on the books of the Company or its transfer agent and shall not be recognized by the Company. Each holder of Preferred Stock or Registrable Securities proposing to Transfer its shares of Preferred Stock or Registrable Securities subject to this Agreement shall cause the proposed purchaser, pledgee or transferee of the shares of Preferred Stock and Registrable Securities to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.
(b) Each certificate representing (i) shares of Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities or (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) or (ii) upon any reclassification, split, subdivision or combination (collectively, the Restricted Securities), shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 1.1(c)) be endorsed by the Company with legends reading substantially as follows:
THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.
1
The Shares evidenced hereby are subject to an Investor Rights Agreement (a copy of which may be obtained upon written request from the Company), and by accepting any interest in such Shares the Person accepting such interest shall be deemed to agree to and shall become bound by all the provisions of that Investor Rights Agreement, including certain restrictions on transfer set forth therein.
If any Restricted Securities are uncertificated, notice of the foregoing legend shall be given to the holder of such Restricted Securities in accordance with applicable law.
(c) Each Holder consents to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to its transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on Transfer set forth in this Section 1.1.
(d) Before any proposed Transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed Transfer, the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of such Holders intention to effect such Transfer, which notice shall (i) describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed Transfer in sufficient detail and (ii) if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holders expense by either (A) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed Transfer may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, (B) a no action letter from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) to the effect that the Staff of the SEC will not recommend enforcement action should the proposed Transfer be made without registration under the Securities Act or (C) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that the proposed Transfer may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to Transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company shall not request any documents pursuant to the foregoing clause (ii) in any Transfer (x) pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act or (y) to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration where each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 1.1. Each certificate or book-entry position evidencing any Restricted Securities Transferred in accordance with the terms of this Section 1.1 shall bear, except if such Transfer is made pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 1.1(b), except that such certificate or book-entry position shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with the Securities Act.
Section 1.2. Market Stand-Off Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter or as provided in the agreements with the managing underwriter as contemplated in the following sentence, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company of any class or series of its Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the Companys initial public offering, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed 180 days), (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such Holder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) (collectively with the Common Stock, the Lock-Up Securities), or (ii) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise; provided that the foregoing provisions shall not apply to the sale of Common Stock to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement or the transfer of any Lock-Up Securities to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of such Holder or an Immediate Family Member of such Holder where the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein and where such transfer does not involve a disposition for value; provided, further, that the foregoing provisions shall be applicable to a Holder only if all officers and directors of the Company are subject to a restricted period of the same length and the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a similar agreement from all stockholders individually owning more than 1% of the Companys outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion of Preferred Stock). Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter in connection with such registration that are substantially
2
consistent with this Section 1.2 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 1.2 shall limit a Holder or its Affiliates from engaging in any brokerage, investment advisory, financial advisory, anti-raid advisory, principaling, merger advisory, financing, asset management, trading, market making, arbitrage, investment activity and other similar activities conducted in the ordinary course of business. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall not apply to Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock acquired by any Holder or any of its Affiliates following the effective date of the registration statement for the Companys initial public offering; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) shall be required or voluntarily made by such Holder or any of its Affiliates.
ARTICLE 2. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL
Section 2.1. Right of First Refusal. The Company hereby grants to each Investor, subject to the terms and conditions specified in this ARTICLE 2, the right of first refusal to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Companys notice pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, up to its Pro Rata Share of all New Securities that the Company may, from time to time, propose to issue. Each Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first refusal hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate among itself, its Affiliates and its beneficial interest holders, such as limited partners, members or any other Person having beneficial ownership, as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, of such Investor.
Section 2.2. Required Notices. In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, the price and the general terms and conditions upon which it proposes to issue such New Securities. Each Investor shall have 20 days from the date of such notice to exercise its right of first refusal under Section 2.1 for the price and upon the general terms and conditions specified in the Companys notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased by such Investor. At the expiration of such 20-day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Investor that elects to purchase all the New Securities available to it under Section 2.1 (each, a Fully Exercising Investor) of any other Investors failure to do likewise. During the 10-day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase, in addition to such Investors Pro Rata Share of the New Securities, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Investors were entitled to purchase under Section 2.1 but that were not subscribed for by the Investors which is equal to the proportion that the (x) the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Fully Exercising Investor and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of shares of Preferred Stock, options and warrants held by such Fully Excising Investor, bears to (y) the sum of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed New Securities and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exercise of shares of Preferred Stock, options and warrants held by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed New Securities.
Section 2.3. Companys Right to Sell. The Company shall have 90 days after the aggregate 20- or 30- day period, as applicable, described in Section 2.2 to issue all New Securities for which the Investors rights of first refusal hereunder were not exercised, at a price and upon terms and conditions no more favorable in any material respect to the purchasers therefor than specified in the Companys notice to the Investors. In the event the Company has not issued all New Securities within such time period, the Company shall not thereafter issue any New Securities without first reoffering the New Securities to the Investors in the manner provided herein.
Section 2.4. Expiration of Right. The right of first refusal granted under this ARTICLE 2 shall not apply to, and shall expire immediately prior to, the closing of the Companys initial public offering of any class or series of its Common Stock.
Section 2.5. Conflict with Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the parties hereto agree to exercise such powers and rights they may have in their capacity as stockholders of the Company to amend the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (as applicable) in such manner as may be necessary or desirable to rectify any such conflict or inconsistency.
3
ARTICLE 3. COMPANY COVENANTS
Section 3.1. Affirmative Covenants. The Company hereby covenants and agrees as follows.
(a) Financial Statements and Information. The Company will keep books of account and prepare financial statements and will cause to be furnished to each Major Investor, the following reports (all of the foregoing and following to be kept and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) to provide financial information to any Person whom the Company reasonably believes is a Competitor of the Company and the Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that no Major Investor shall be deemed a Competitor of the Company, regardless of such Major Investor or its Affiliates investments in, involvement with, or membership on the board of directors of companies that may be a Competitor of the Company:
(i) (A) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the Company will furnish audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of the end of such fiscal year and audited consolidated statement of operations and loss, stockholders equity and cash flows of the Company for such fiscal year, setting forth, in each case, in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, if any, all in reasonable detail and accompanied by a report or opinion thereon by independent auditors selected by the Board of Directors, and (B) as soon as practicable, a copy of such auditors management letter prepared in connection therewith, if any;
(ii) as soon as practicable after the end of each quarter of the fiscal year, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each such quarter, the Company will furnish the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of the end of such quarter and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and loss, stockholders equity and cash flows of the Company for such quarter, setting forth, in each case, in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period of the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, and except that such financial statements need not contain notes and will be subject to year-end adjustment;
(iii) as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, but in any event within 45 days after the end of such quarter, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued options and options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete, and correct;
(iv) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 10 days after the occurrence of any of the following, the Company shall notify the Major Investors of (A) any event the Company reasonably believes is materially adverse to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (B) any event that would result in adverse legal or regulatory consequences for any Investor or its Affiliates, including any action that would result in Investor liability due to a violation of any regulation or statute administered by Office of Foreign Assets Control, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws, or (C) the occurrence of any event, discussion, notice or change with respect to tax (other than ordinary course communications, audits and other inquiries or demands which could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole), criminal or regulatory investigation or action involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than regulatory investigations, exams or subpoenas that could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole) and shall reasonably cooperate with the Major Investors, their members and their respective Affiliates in an effort to avoid or mitigate any cost or regulatory consequences to them that might arise from such investigation or action;
4
(v) the Company will furnish, with reasonable promptness, such other information respecting the business, prospects, properties, corporate affairs or the condition of operations, financial or other, of the Company and its subsidiaries as any Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to provide information (x) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in a form acceptable to the Company) or (y) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or would violate any applicable law or contract; and
(vi) upon the request of any Major Investor, the Company will furnish such Major Investor with a capitalization table reflecting the ownership and capitalization of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the date of such request.
(b) Annual Budget. As soon as practicable after the adoption thereof, but in any event not less than 30 days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year, the Company will furnish to each Major Investor an annual consolidated budget for the Company as approved by the Board of Directors and prepared on a quarterly basis, including a projected income statement, statement of cash flows and balance sheet, each on at least a quarterly basis for the ensuing fiscal year.
(c) Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor, its transferee(s) (provided such transferee acquired its securities pursuant to a Transfer effected in compliance with ARTICLE 1 hereof), attorney and other representatives to visit and inspect the properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, to examine the Company and its subsidiaries books of account and other records, to make copies or extracts therefrom and to discuss the Companys affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, management, employees and independent auditors all at such reasonable times and as often as such Investor or transferee may reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) to provide trade secrets or confidential information or to provide information to any Person whom the Company reasonably believes is a Competitor of the Company; provided, further, that such Investor shall bear any costs or expenses of such investigations or inquiries. For the purposes of this Section 3.1(c), the Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that no Major Investor shall be deemed a Competitor of the Company, regardless of such Major Investor or its Affiliates investments in, involvement with, or membership on the board of directors of companies that may be a Competitor of the Company.
(d) Maintenance of Insurance.
(i) The Company shall maintain, and cause each of its subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations in such amounts and covering such risks as is satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued.
(ii) The Company shall maintain directors and officers liability insurance coverage in amounts and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Major Investors and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Major Investors determine that such insurance should be discontinued.
(e) Records and Books of Account. The Company shall keep, and cause each of its subsidiaries to keep, adequate records and books of account in which complete entries will be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, reflecting all financial transactions of the Company and such subsidiaries, and in which, for each fiscal year, all proper reserves for depreciation, depletion, returns of merchandise, obsolescence, amortization, taxes, bad debts and other purposes in connection with its business shall be made.
(f) Non-Solicitation, Non-Disclosure and Inventions Agreements. Subject to applicable laws, the Company shall require each officer, employee and consultant of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to enter into a Non-Solicitation, Non-Disclosure and Assignment of Inventions Agreement, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Major Investors, prior to the commencement of such officers, employees or consultants employment or consulting relationship with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as applicable. In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced agreements without the consent of a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office.
5
(g) Board of Directors. The Company shall call and hold meetings of the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Companys bylaws. Members of the Board of Directors shall be elected in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Companys bylaws. The reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of directors associated with attending meetings or business related to the Company will be reimbursed by the Company.
(h) Indemnification. The Certificate of Incorporation shall at all times provide for the indemnification of directors to the fullest extent provided by the law. In the event that the Company or its successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other entity and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation in such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any entity, then, and in each such case, to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of directors.
(i) Committees of the Board; Board of Directors of Subsidiaries. The Preferred Directors then in office shall each be entitled to be a member of (i) unless prohibited by applicable law or stock exchange rules, each committee of the Board of Directors and (ii) the board of directors of any subsidiary of the Company.
(j) Vesting of Equity. Unless otherwise set by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, in each case, with the consent of a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office, all shares of capital stock, stock options and other equity awards issued to officers, employees, directors, consultants and other service providers of the Company or its subsidiaries (i) shall vest in equal monthly installments over a period of no less than four years, with no more than 25% of each stock option or other equity award vesting only after a period of one year from the date of grant or the date the recipient was hired and the balance vesting monthly in equal amounts over the remaining three-year period and (ii) provide for a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Section 1.2. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office, the Company shall retain a right of first refusal on employee transfers, subject to customary exceptions, until: (i) the Companys initial public offering, (ii) a business combination or other transaction pursuant to which the Company sells all or substantially all of its assets (including its subsidiaries and their respective assets), directly or indirectly, is merged into, consolidates with, is acquired by or acquires, or otherwise combines with a blank check company, special purpose acquisition company or equivalent entity incorporated, formed or organized for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or (iii) the effectiveness of a registration statement filed under the Securities Act that registers shares of the Companys capital stock for resale not pursuant to an underwritten offering, and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted shares.
(k) Tax Matters.
(i) The Company shall and shall cause its subsidiaries to, at their own cost and expense, provide the Investors with reasonable access to such information as the Company and its subsidiaries have in their possession or which is reasonably available to them, as may be required to determine (i) Irish Circles and its subsidiaries status, for the taxable year of Irish Circle ending on the date of this Agreement (the Specified Taxable Year), as a controlled foreign corporation (a CFC), within the meaning of Section 957 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), for such taxable year, (ii) to determine whether any of the Investors is required to report its pro rata portion of Irish Circles or any of its subsidiaries subpart F income, as defined in Section 952 of the Code, on its U.S. federal income tax return, (iii) to permit each Investor to comply with the reporting requirements of either or both of Sections 6038 and 6038B of the Code, or (iv) to otherwise allow any Investor to otherwise comply with applicable income tax laws or tax reporting requirements. The Company shall and shall cause its subsidiaries to, at their own cost and expense, make due inquiry with their qualified U.S. tax advisors to determine in good faith the status of Irish Circle and its subsidiaries as a CFC for the Specified Taxable Year and shall notify each Investor of such status within 60 days of the end of the calendar year that includes the date of this Agreement. If the Company determines in good faith that Irish Circle or any of its subsidiaries was a CFC for the Specified Taxable Year, the Company shall determine the amount of Irish Circles and its subsidiaries subpart F income, as defined in Section 952 of the Code, the amount of Irish Circles and its subsidiaries earnings and profits potentially treated as dividends pursuant to Section 1248 of the Code, and each Investors pro rata portion of either of the foregoing, in each case, for the Specified Taxable Year.
6
(ii) The Company and its subsidiaries shall, at their own cost and expense, make due inquiry with their qualified U.S. tax advisors to determine in good faith the status of Irish Circle and each of its subsidiaries as a passive foreign investment company (PFIC) within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code for the Specified Taxable Year and shall notify the Investors of such status within 60 days of the end of the calendar year that includes the date of this Agreement. The Company shall, upon reasonable request by any Investor and at the Companys expense, timely make available to such Investor such information (including books and records of the Company and its subsidiaries) as will reasonably permit such Investor (or its investors) to determine whether Irish Circle was a PFIC for the taxable year that included the May 9, 2022, or any subsequent taxable year to and including the Specified Taxable Year. Upon a determination by the Company, any Investor or any taxing authority that Irish Circle or any direct or indirect subsidiary has been a PFIC, the Company and its subsidiaries, at their own cost and expense, shall provide such Investor with all information reasonably available to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the PFIC Information, as defined below) to permit such Investor (or its investors) to (i) accurately prepare all tax returns and comply with any reporting requirements as a result of such determination and (ii) make any election (including, without limitation, a qualified electing fund election under Section 1295 of the Code (QEF Election)), with respect to Irish Circle or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, and comply with any reporting or other requirements incidental to such election. If the Company determines in good faith that Irish Circle or any of its subsidiaries was a PFIC for any taxable year, the Company shall promptly notify the Investors and of such status. Upon the request of any Investor, the Company shall promptly, but in no event later than 60 days after the end of each calendar year, provide such Investor at the Companys expense, with a PFIC Annual Information Statement (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 1.1295-1(g)), which shall be signed by the Company or an authorized representative of the Company and which shall set forth the following information (the PFIC Information): (A) the first and last days of the taxable year of Irish Circle; (B) the Investors pro rata shares of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.1293- 1(a)(2)) of Irish Circle for the taxable year indicated in clause (i) above; (C) the amount of cash and the fair market value of other property distributed or deemed distributed to the Investor during the taxable year of Irish Circle to which the PFIC Annual Information Statement pertains; and (D) a statement that the Company will permit the Investor, to inspect and copy the permanent books of account, records, and such other documents of the Company and its subsidiaries as may be maintained by the Company to establish that Irish Circles ordinary earnings and net capital gain are computed in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles, and to verify these amounts and the Investor pro rata shares thereof.
(l) Expenses of Counsel. In the event of a transaction which is a Liquidation Event, the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $50,000, of one counsel for the Investors (Investor Counsel), in their capacities as stockholders, shall, subject always to compliance with applicable law, be borne and paid by the Company. At the outset of considering a transaction which, if consummated would constitute a Liquidation Event, the Company shall obtain the ability to share with the Investor Counsel (and such counsels clients) and shall share the confidential information (including, without limitation, the initial and all subsequent drafts of memoranda of understanding, letters of intent and other transaction documents and related noncompete, employment, consulting and other compensation agreements and plans) pertaining to and memorializing any of the transactions which, individually or when aggregated with others would constitute the Liquidation Event. The Company shall be obligated to share (and cause the Companys counsel and investment bankers to share) such materials when distributed to the Companys executives and/or any one or more of the other parties to such transaction(s). In the event that Investor Counsel deems it appropriate, in its reasonable discretion, to enter into a joint defense agreement or other arrangement to enhance the ability of the parties to protect their communications and other reviewed materials under the attorney-client privilege, the Company shall, and shall direct its counsel to, execute and deliver to Investor Counsel and its clients such an agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Investor Counsel. In the event that one or more of the other party or parties to such transactions require the clients of Investor Counsel to enter into a confidentiality agreement and/or joint defense agreement in order to receive such information, then the Company shall share whatever information can be shared without entry into such agreement and shall, at the same time, in good faith work expeditiously to enable Investor Counsel and its clients to negotiate and enter into the appropriate agreement(s) without undue burden to the clients of Investor Counsel.
7
(m) FCPA. The Company covenants that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to) promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, to any third party (including any foreign official as defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the FCPA)), in each case, in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further covenants that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to) cease any activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further covenants that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to) implement systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) reasonably designed to prevent and detect violations of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. Upon request of any Investor, the Company agrees to provide responsive information and/or certifications concerning its compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws. The Company shall promptly notify each Investor if the Company becomes aware of any enforcement action. The Company shall, and shall cause any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by it, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply with the FCPA. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any direct or indirect subsidiary, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.
(n) ERISA. The Company shall not, and shall cause its subsidiaries not to, (i) engage in any conduct that could reasonably be expected to subject the Company to any material liability under Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), including Section 406 thereof, or any excise taxes under Section 4975 of the Code; or (ii) engage in any conduct listed in Section 411 of ERISA that would preclude such Person from providing the services described in Section 411 of ERISA.
(o) Use of Name. The Company covenants that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to) use the name or logo of any Investor in connection with any public announcement or advertising without the prior written consent of such Investor; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent the Company from disclosing that the Investors are stockholders of the Company.
(p) Right to Conduct Activities. The Company covenants that it shall not enter into any non-competition covenant or agreement that would restrict any Investor or any of its Affiliates or portfolio companies, other than Investors that are employees or directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that each of the Investors may (i) invest in, finance and advise numerous companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Companys business (as currently conducted, currently proposed to be conducted or may be conducted in the future), (ii) engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business as, or otherwise in competition with, the Companys business (as currently conducted, currently proposed to be conducted or may be conducted in the future), and/or (iii) develop a business relationship with a Person engaged in the same or similar activities or lines of business as, or otherwise in competition with, the Companys business (as currently conducted, currently proposed to be conducted or may be conducted in the future). The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, no Investor shall be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) any of the foregoing actions taken, or activities undertaken, by such Investor, its Affiliates or any of their respective representatives or (ii) any action taken by any representative of such Investor to assist in any such action or activity, whether or not such action or activity was taken as a board member of a Competitor, or otherwise. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict any Investor from investing or participating in any particular enterprise or activity whether or not such enterprise or activity competes with those of the Company.
Section 3.2. Registration Rights. Without limiting any other covenant or provision hereof, the Company covenants and agrees that, so long as Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Company shall not, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries to not, enter into any other agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that would allow such holder or prospective holder to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to effect a registration, or include any securities in any registration filed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, with respect to any securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, without providing the Investors with the same registration rights on parity with the rights granted to any such holder or prospective holder of securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
8
Section 3.3. PIPE. Without limiting any other covenant or provision hereof, the Company covenants and agrees that the Company shall not enter into (or cause or permit to be entered into) any private placement of equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities of the Company at a price per share implying a valuation of the Company that is less than $9,000,000,000; provided that this Section 3.3 shall not apply to securities granted or issued to the Companys or any of its subsidiaries directors, officers, employees or consultants pursuant to equity incentive, employee stock purchase or other compensatory plans or arrangements.
Section 3.4. Regulatory Event. Following the occurrence of a Regulatory Event, the BlackRock Investor shall have the right to elect to:
(a) transfer all of the BlackRock Investors Series F Preferred Stock to a third party (a Third-Party Transfer); provided that the third party is not a Competitor of the Company and the third party is subject to the provisions of Section 5.2. The Company shall take or cause to be taken all actions reasonably requested by the BlackRock Investor to facilitate a Third-Party Transfer, including by cooperating with any related sales process and by making available customary information as may be requested by any bona fide potential third-party transferee or its representatives. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement or the Investment Agreements to the contrary, (x) a transfer of securities pursuant to a Third-Party Transfer shall be a permitted transfer under this Agreement and the Investment Agreements, and this Agreement shall constitute the approval of the Board of Directors and the Investors (including the waiver of any applicable rights and restrictions) with respect to such transfer, including under the Certificate of Incorporation, (y) such agreements and documents shall not be deemed to prohibit or otherwise restrict such transfer and (z) such transfer shall not be subject to any right of first refusal, right of first offer, right of co-sale or tag-along right or any other transfer or similar restriction; provided that the Company shall not be obliged to register a Third-Party Transfer where such registration is prohibited by applicable law; and/or
(b) surrender or procure the surrender of all of the BlackRock Investors Series F Preferred Stock (the Forfeited Shares) to the Company for nil consideration. Where the BlackRock Investor (or its nominee) makes an election of a kind contemplated in this Section 3.4(b), the Company shall promptly, and in any event no later than five business days following the delivery to the Company of either: a share certificate representing the BlackRock Investors Series F Preferred Stock, or an indemnity for lost share certificate in customary form in favor of the Company where such stock certificate has been lost, mislaid or destroyed, cancel the Forfeited Shares and update the stock ledger of the Company to reflect the due surrender and cancellation of the Forfeited Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, BlackRock shall not be required to take any other action or to deliver any other document to effect the surrender and cancellation of the Forfeited Shares. In connection with a surrender under this Section 3.4(b), the BlackRock Investor will not be required to (i) make any representations or warranties or covenants or agreements or (ii) have any indemnification obligations, except for any indemnity for lost stock certificate as described in this Section 3.4(b), as applicable.
Section 3.5. Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement or the Investment Agreements to the contrary, (a) the following transfers of securities shall be permitted transfers under this Agreement and the Investment Agreements, and this Agreement shall constitute the approval of the Board and the Investors (including the waiver of any applicable rights and restrictions) with respect to any such transfers, including under the Certificate of Incorporation, (b) such agreements and documents shall not be deemed to prohibit or otherwise restrict any such transfers, and (c) any such transfers shall not be subject to any right of first refusal, right of first offer, right of co-sale or tag-along right or any other transfer or similar restriction: (i) any transfers of securities by the BlackRock Investor to BlackRock, Inc. or any of its wholly owned subsidiaries or (ii) any transfers of securities pursuant to a merger or reorganization of the BlackRock Investor or any of its Affiliates; provided that the Company shall not be obliged to register any transfer where such registration is prohibited by applicable law.
Section 3.6. Expiration of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this ARTICLE 3 shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall continue in effect until and shall automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the consummation of the Companys first underwritten public offering covering the offer and sale of any class or series of capital stock; (ii) the Company becoming subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange
9
Act, (iii) a business combination or other transaction pursuant to which the Company sells all or substantially all of its assets (including its subsidiaries and their respective assets), directly or indirectly, is merged into, consolidates with, is acquired by or acquires, or otherwise combines with, a blank check company, special purpose acquisition company or equivalent entity incorporated, formed or organized for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses; (iv) the effectiveness of a registration statement filed under the Securities Act that registers shares of the Companys capital stock for resale not pursuant to an underwritten offering; (v) termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 5.8 below; or (vi) the consummation of a Liquidation Event.
ARTICLE 4. REGISTRATION RIGHTS
Section 4.1. Demand Registration.
(a) Form S-1 Demand. If at any time after the earlier of (i) five years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for the Companys initial public offering, the Company receives a request from the Requisite Holders that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-1 (Form S-1) with respect to at least 40% of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities (or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, would exceed $15 million), then the Company shall (x) within 10 days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the Demand Notice) to all holders of Registrable Securities (Holders) other than the Initiating Holders and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by such Holders to the Company within 20 days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 4.1(c) and Section 4.3.
(b) Form S-3 Demand. If at any time when it is eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 (Form S-3), the Company receives a request from Holders of at least 25% of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities that the Company file a Form S-3 (which may be an automatic shelf registration statement if the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer) with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $5 million, then the Company shall (x) within 10 days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 45 days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by such Holders to the Company within 20 days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 4.1(c) and Section 4.3.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations in this Section 4.1, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 4.1 a certificate signed by an officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company, (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than 90 days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any 12-month period; provided, further, that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such 90-day period other than an Excluded Registration.
10
(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 4.1(a) (i) during the period that is 60 days before the Companys good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is 180 days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, (ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Section 4.1(a) or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 4.1(b). The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 4.1(b) (i) during the period that is 30 days before the Companys good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is 90 days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective or (ii) if the Company has effected one registration pursuant to Section 4.1(b) within the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as effected for purposes of this Section 4.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC or otherwise becomes effective pursuant to the rules of the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration (unless at the time of such withdrawal, such Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to such Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information), elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 4.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as effected for purposes of this Section 4.1(d).
Section 4.2. Company Registration. If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration) (Company Initiated Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within 20 days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, cause to be registered all Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 4.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 4.6.
Section 4.3. Underwriting Requirements.
(a) If, pursuant to Section 4.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 4.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holders Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holders participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holders Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 4.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.3, if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.
(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of Common Stock pursuant to Section 4.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by
11
stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below 20% of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the Companys initial public offering, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholders securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Section 4.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, shareholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single selling Holder, and any pro rata reduction with respect to such selling Holder shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such selling Holder.
(c) For purposes of Section 4.1, a registration shall not be counted as effected if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriters cutback provisions in Section 4.3(a), fewer than 50% of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.
Section 4.4. Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 4.4 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:
(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to 120 days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that (x) such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holders refrain, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company), from selling the Registrable Securities included in such registration, and (y) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such 120-day period shall be extended for up to 12 months, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;
(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement; provided that the Company shall furnish to each selling Holder as far in advance as reasonably practicable before filing any registration statement contemplated by this Agreement or any supplement or amendment thereto, upon request, copies of reasonably complete drafts of all such documents proposed to be filed (including exhibits and each document incorporated by reference therein), and provide each such Holder the opportunity to object to any information pertaining to such Holder and its plan of distribution that is contained therein and to make the corrections reasonably requested and provided to the Company and the underwriters on a timely basis by such Holder with respect to such information prior to filing the registration statement or such other registration statement or supplement or amendment thereto. For the purposes of this Section 4.4, timely basis shall mean within 48 hours of the Company furnishing such Holder with such registration statement or supplement or amendment thereto but no later than 24 hours of the expected filing time or printing of such registration statement or supplement or amendment thereto, or such shorter time as reasonably required by the Company and the underwriters in a written notice to such Holder;
12
(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as such Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;
(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;
(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;
(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which securities of the same class or series are then listed;
(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement and provide a CUSIP number for such Registrable Securities, in each case, not later than the effective date of such registration;
(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Companys officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith to enable such parties to establish a due diligence defense under the Securities Act;
(i) in the case of an underwritten public offering, furnish to any underwriter of such Registrable Securities and to any selling Holder that may reasonably be deemed an underwriter under applicable securities laws with respect to such Registrable Securities (i) an opinion of counsel for the Company addressed to such underwriter and each such Holder and dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement (if any) (or if such offering is not underwritten, dated the effective date of the registration statement) and (ii) cold comfort letters dated as of the effective date of the registration statement and brought down to the date of closing under the underwriting agreement addressed to such underwriter and each such Holder (unless such accountants shall be prohibited from so addressing such letters by applicable standards of the accounting profession) and signed by the independent public accountants who have audited the financial statements of the Company included in such registration statement, in each case, covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) as are customarily covered in opinions of issuers counsel and in accountants letters delivered to underwriters in connection with the consummation of underwritten public offerings of securities and, in the case of such accountants letter, with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements;
(j) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and
(k) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.
In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Companys directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.
13
Section 4.5. Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this ARTICLE 4 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holders Registrable Securities.
Section 4.6. Expenses of Registration. All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to ARTICLE 4, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $35,000, of one counsel for the selling Holders (Selling Holder Counsel), shall, subject to compliance with applicable law, be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration pursuant to Section 4.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case, all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Requisite Holders agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 4.1(a) or Section 4.1(b), as the case may be; provided, further, that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 4.1(a) and Section 4.1(b). All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this ARTICLE 4 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.
Section 4.7. Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this ARTICLE 4.
Section 4.8. Indemnification. If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this ARTICLE 4:
(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and shareholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.
(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case, only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that such Holder shall not be liable in any such case under this Section 4.8(b) to the extent that such Holder has furnished in writing on a timely basis to the Company prior to the filing of any such registration statement or amendment thereof, any free writing prospectus, any preliminary prospectus, prospectus, offering circular or any other document (including any notification or the like), or any amendment or supplement to any of
14
the foregoing, as applicable, (i) an amendment or supplemental information clearly identified and marked for use in such registration statement or any amendment thereof, any free writing prospectus, any preliminary prospectus, prospectus, offering circular or any other document (including any notification or the like), or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, as applicable, which amendment or supplemental information corrected or made not misleading information previously furnished to the Company and (ii) a written copy of the suggested modification or revision of the appropriate document, and the Company failed to include such information therein; provided, further, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 4.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Section 4.8(b) and Section 4.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.
(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 4.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 4.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action.
(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either: (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 4.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 4.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 4.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided, further, that in no event shall a Holders liability pursuant to this Section 4.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 4.8(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.
(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 4.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this ARTICLE 4, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
15
Section 4.9. Reports Under Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 of the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:
(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for its initial public offering;
(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and
(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as such Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the current public information requirements of Rule 144 of the Securities Act (at any time after 90 days after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act) or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); and (ii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing such Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).
Section 4.10. Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Requisite Holders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would provide to such holder the right to include securities in any registration under this ARTICLE 4, other than on a pro rata basis with the Registrable Securities or on a subordinate basis after all Holders have had the opportunity to include in the registration all shares of Registrable Securities that they wish to so include; provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 5.3.
Section 4.11. Termination of Registration Rights. The right of a Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of: (a) the closing of a Liquidation Event; (b) such time as Rule 144 of the Securities Act or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holders Registrable Securities without current public information, volume or manner-of-sale limitations during a three-month period without registration; and (c) the 5th anniversary of the Companys initial public offering.
ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS
Section 5.1. Certain Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, the following definitions shall apply as used throughout this Agreement:
(a) The term BlackRock Fund means any investment fund that is managed, sponsored or controlled by the BlackRock Investor or any of its Affiliates.
(b) The term BlackRock Investor means BLK, SMI, LLC and its successors and assigns (including any permitted transferee in accordance with Section 3.5).
(c) The term BlackRock Parent means BlackRock, Inc.
(d) The term BlackRock Portfolio Company means any portfolio company of any BlackRock Fund.
(e) The term Competitor means a Person engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)), in the business of issuing stablecoins and/or providing payments and treasury services ancillary to the issuance of stablecoins (a Competing Business), but shall not include any Person that, together with its Affiliates, (i) holds less than 10% of the outstanding equity of any Competitor or (ii) for which the net revenues generated by the applicable Competing Business constitute less than 10% of the consolidated net revenues of such Person and its Affiliates, determined based on an average of the three most recently completed fiscal years of such Person.
16
(f) The term Damages means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, or any free writing prospectus used in connection with any offering, including but not limited to, any free writing prospectuses used by the Company, the underwriters or the Investors; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.
(g) The term Excluded Registration means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only shares of Common Stock being registered are shares of Common Stock Shares issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.
(h) The term Immediate Family Member means, with respect to a natural person, such persons child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including, adoptive relationships.
(i) The term Initiating Holders means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.
(j) The term Investment Agreements means (i) the Voting Agreement by and among the Company and the other parties named therein, dated as of the date hereof, and (ii) the Share Sale Agreement by and among the Company and the other parties named therein, dated as of the date hereof.
(k) The term Major Investors means, the entities and individuals listed as Major Investors on Schedule B hereto.
(l) The term New Securities means shares of Common Stock and securities convertible into, exercisable for or representing the right to purchase shares of Common Stock, in each case that is issued by the Company on or after the date hereof; provided that the term New Securities does not include Exempted Securities.
(m) The term Pro Rata Share, with respect to an Investor, means the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Investor and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock held by such Investor by (y) the sum of the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exercise of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, options and warrants.
(n) The term Registrable Securities means (i) the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock; (ii) any shares of Class A Common Stock, or any shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by the Investors after the date hereof or acquired by the Investors on the date of this Agreement as a result of having acquired Irish Circles securities after May 9, 2022; and (iii) any shares of Class A Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above; provided that the term Registrable Securities shall not include any Registrable Securities sold by any Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 5.3 and any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 4.11 of this Agreement.
17
(o) The term Regulatory Event means the occurrence of any action or event (including entering into any new line of business or becoming subject to the regulation or supervision of a regulator other than the SEC, the New York Department of Financial Services, the U.S. Department of Treasurys Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, the Bermuda Monetary Authority or FINRA) that would reasonably be expected to (A) cause or require the BlackRock Investor or any of its Affiliates to be subject to (1) the regulation, oversight or supervision of a regulator to which the BlackRock Investor and its Affiliates are not subject on May 9, 2022 (including a regulator with oversight of banks and insurance companies) or (2) a regulatory restriction or requirement to which the BlackRock Investor and its Affiliates are not subject on May 9, 2022 or (B) have a material and adverse impact on the business of the BlackRock Investor or any of its Affiliates (as determined by the BlackRock Investor in its sole discretion).
(p) The term Requisite Holders means holders of at least 55% of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities.
(q) The term Selling Expenses means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Section 4.6.
Section 5.2. Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) the terms of this Agreement or any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Companys intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (i) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 5.2 by such Investor), (ii) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of the Companys confidential information, or (iii) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (w) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (x) to any prospective purchaser of Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 5.2; (y) to any Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; and (z) as may otherwise be required by law; provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.2 to the contrary, the BlackRock Investor and its Affiliates shall be entitled, without the consent of any Person, to disclose the material terms of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to the current or prospective investors (including investors of the BlackRock Funds, shareholders (including direct and indirect equityholders) or lenders of any of them). The provisions of this Section 5.2 shall supersede and replace any prior agreement between the BlackRock Investor or any of its Affiliates and any other party hereto relating to the subject matter thereof.
Section 5.3. Successors and Assigns. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors, heirs, executors and permitted assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors, heirs, executors and permitted assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of such Holder, (ii) is such Holders Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of such Holder or one or more of such Holders Immediate Family Members, or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 50% of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder prior to the transfer; provided, however, that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee executes and delivers a joinder to this Agreement in which such transferee agrees to be bound by and subject to the terms of this Agreement that were applicable to the transferor, including the provisions of Section 1.2. For the purposes of determining the number of Registrable Securities held by a Holder, the holdings of such Holders Affiliates, shareholders and Immediate Family Members and trusts for the benefit of such Holder or such Holders Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of such Holder; provided, further, that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement.
18
Section 5.4. Governing Law.
(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws that may require the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.
(b) The parties hereto expressly and irrevocably consent and submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court lacks subject matter jurisdiction, the state and federal courts in the State of Delaware). Each party agrees that such courts shall be deemed to be a convenient forum in any such legal proceeding, and agrees not to assert (by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise) any claim that such party is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of any such courts, that such legal proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of such legal proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in, or by, any such courts.
Section 5.5. Counterparts; Facsimile. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including PDF or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
Section 5.6. Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.
Section 5.7. Notices. Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing (which shall include email) and shall be deemed effectively given and received: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) upon email delivery and receipt of return receipt from the party to be notified if received by the recipient before 5:00 p.m. local time on a business day, and if not, then the next business day; (iii) upon delivery by confirmed facsimile transmission if received by the recipient before 5:00 p.m. local time on a business day, and if not, then the next business day; (iv) if to a U.S. resident, five days after posting by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid; or (v) if to a non-U.S. resident, one business day after deposit with an internationally recognized overnight courier service specifying international priority delivery, and addressed:
(a) if to the Company, at: Circle Internet Group, Inc., 99 High Street, Suite 1701, Boston, MA 02110, Attn: Legal Team; email: legal@circle.com; with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10017, Attn: Richard D. Truesdell, Jr. and Dan Gibbons; email: richard.truesdell@davispolk.com and dan.gibbons@davispolk.com; or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the other parties in writing; and
(b) if to an Investor, at the address of such Investor specified in the Companys stock ledger, or at such other addresses as such Investor shall have furnished to the other parties in writing.
Section 5.8. Amendments, Termination and Waivers. In addition to as provided in Section 2.4, Section 3.6 and Section 4.11, this Agreement may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument executed by (i) the Company and (ii) the Requisite Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
(a) any provision hereof may be waived by the waiving party on such partys own behalf, without the consent of any other party;
(b) the rights set forth in Section 3.1(c), Section 3.1(d), Section 3.1(f) and Section 3.1(h) shall not be amended, waived or terminated without the consent of majority in interest of the Major Investors;
19
(c) this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination or waiver applies to all Investors in a similar fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of ARTICLE 2 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms);
(d) this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may not be waived with respect to any series of Preferred Stock without the written consent of holders of at least 55% of the outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, unless such amendment, termination or waiver applies to all other series of Preferred Stock in a similar fashion;
(e) the list of Investors may be amended by the Company from time to time without the consent of the other parties hereto to remove Investors who no longer hold any shares of Preferred Stock or Registrable Securities and to add additional Investors who acquire shares of Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that in connection with such amendment, each of such additional Investor shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a joinder to this Agreement in which additional Investor agrees to be bound by and subject to the terms of this Agreement as an Investor.
The Company shall give prompt written notice of any amendment, termination or waiver hereunder to any party that did not consent in writing thereto. Any amendment, termination or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 5.8 shall be binding on each party and all of such partys successors and permitted assigns, whether or not any such party, successor or assignee entered into or approved such amendment, termination or waiver.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, no such amendment or waiver shall reduce the aforesaid percentage of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, the holders of which are required to consent to any waiver or supplemental agreement, without the consent of the Investors holding all shares of such Preferred Stock and Common Stock.
Section 5.9. Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default previously or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
Section 5.10. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.
Section 5.11. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Investment Agreements (and the schedules attached hereto and thereto) constitute the full and entire agreement among the parties, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings between them or any of them as to such subject matter, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.
Section 5.12. Aggregation of Shares. All Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates of a Holder shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated Persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.
[Signature pages follow]
20
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Investor Rights Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the parties as of the date first above written.
COMPANY: | ||||
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. | ||||
By: | /s/ Jeremy Allaire | |||
Name: | Jeremy Allaire | |||
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
[Signature Pages to Investor Rights Agreement]
Exhibit 10.4
February 1, 2025
Dear Jeremy,
I am pleased to notify you that we are updating your employment with Circle Internet Financial, LLC (Circle or the Company) to the role of Co-Founder, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer, commencing full-time on January 1, 2025 (Effective Date). This position is full time and is classified as exempt under the Fair Labor Standards Act.
This offer of employment is conditioned on your satisfactory completion of certain requirements, as more fully explained in this letter. Your employment is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this letter, which override anything communicated to you, orally or in writing, about your employment with Circle.
Salary: In consideration of your services, your annual salary will be $900,000 effective as of the Effective Date, payable in semi-monthly installments, subject to all withholdings and deductions as required by law. Your salary will be subject to periodic review and adjustments at the Companys discretion.
Bonus Plan: You are eligible to participate in the Companys executive short-term incentive plan. As of the Effective Date, and subject to change, your 2025 target bonus opportunity will be 140% of your Salary (the Target Bonus), and is determined by the Compensation Committee (the Compensation Committee) of the Board of Directors (the Board) of Circle Internet Group, Inc. (Circes Parent Company) based on the achievement of Company and individual performance goals established by the Compensation Committee. Your actual bonus may be higher or lower than the Target Bonus, as determined by the Compensation Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing or other provisions in this offer letter, the Target Bonus may be adjusted at any time in connection with external or internal analysis. You shall have no right to a bonus if your employment terminates for any reason or you are under notice of termination (whether given by you or the Company) at or prior to the date when a bonus might otherwise have been payable.
Equity: During the term of your employment with Circle or any of its affiliates, you will be eligible to participate in the Companys equity program, subject to approval by the Board or the Compensation Committee. If you accept this new offer, the Compensation Committee has approved that you will be granted restricted stock units equal to a value of $9,000,000, subject to vesting requirements and governed by the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan dated July 1, 2024 and an associated restricted stock unit award agreement. The
time-based vesting measurement period will begin on the first day of the month containing the Effective Date (Vesting Commencement Date). The restricted stock units shall vest over a four year period, with twenty-five percent (25%) of the restricted stock units vesting on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one thirty-sixth (1/36th) of the remaining restricted stock units vesting each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to you continuing to be an employee of the Company through each such date. In addition, the restricted stock units will be subject to an additional performance-based vesting condition, which is defined as a Sale Event or Public Listing, as will be set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. The restricted stock units may be subject to additional vesting requirements as set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement.
You will also be eligible for a discretionary Annual Grant of equity. The Compensation Committee and/or Board have sole discretion and authority to determine whether the Annual Grant has been earned, the timing of the award, the actual value of the Annual Grant award, if any, and the equity vehicle or vehicles used to satisfy the award. Consistent with all equity grants or awards, the specific terms of the grant will be subject to and controlled by the applicable equity plan and award agreement.
Notice Period: Your employment may be terminated by you or the Company at any time and for any reason, provided that, unless mutually agreed upon by the parties, either party shall give the other party at least two months advance written notice of any termination of employment, except in the event of termination by the Company for cause such notice will not be required.
Benefits: As a full-time employee, you will continue to be eligible to participate in the benefits programs maintained by the Company. The benefits package at Circle includes health, dental, life, short-term disability and long-term disability insurance.
Work Location: It is expected that you will continue to perform your duties from your home in Massachusetts. The Company may require, at some point in the future, that you travel for business and/or perform your job responsibilities at a Company office. If you would like to perform your work duties in any location other than your home in Massachusetts, you must receive approval from the Company to do so.
Indemnification: You will continue to be provided with (i) coverage under the Companys existing directors and officers liability insurance policy, and (ii) contractual indemnification rights by entering into an indemnification agreement with the Company.
Other Terms: You will be subject to all applicable employment and other policies of Circle, as outlined in the Employee Handbook and elsewhere. Your employment with Circle will be at-will, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate the relationship at any time, with or without cause. The above terms are a summary of our employment relationship and are subject to later modification by the Company. Nothing in this letter or its exhibits alters the at-will nature of your relationship, guarantees you employment for any period of time, or guarantees any terms or conditions of employment.
This offer of employment is contingent upon your signing the enclosed Employee Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement.
We are excited to see you achieve great success. If you accept this update to your position, please acknowledge your acceptance by signing and returning the enclosed counterpart of this letter on or before 5:00PM ET on February 14, 2025.
Sincerely, |
/s/ Brian Christman |
Brian Christman Chief People Officer |
Acceptance of Offer
You understand that this letter supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations, and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to the items expressly covered by this letter. You have not relied on any agreements or representations, express or implied, that are not set forth expressly in this letter.
Accepted: Jeremy Allaire | ||
Acceptance Date: 2/1/2025 | ||
Signature: | /s/ Jeremy Allaire |
Exhibit 10.5
February 1, 2025
Dear Jeremy,
I am pleased to notify you that we are updating your employment with Circle Internet Financial, LLC (Circle or the Company) to the role of Chief Financial Officer reporting to Jeremy Allaire, Co-Founder, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer, commencing full-time on January 1, 2025 (Effective Date). This position is full time and is classified as exempt under the Fair Labor Standards Act.
This offer of employment is conditioned on your satisfactory completion of certain requirements, as more fully explained in this letter. Your employment is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this letter, which override anything communicated to you, orally or in writing, about your employment with Circle.
Salary: In consideration of your services, your annual salary will be $500,000 effective as of the Effective Date, payable in semi-monthly installments, subject to all withholdings and deductions as required by law. Your salary will be subject to periodic review and adjustments at the Companys discretion.
Bonus Plan: You are eligible to participate in the Companys executive short-term incentive plan. As of the Effective Date, and subject to change, your 2025 target bonus opportunity will be 110% of your Salary (the Target Bonus), and is determined by the Compensation Committee (the Compensation Committee) of the Board of Directors (the Board) of Circle Internet Group, Inc. (Circes Parent Company) based on the achievement of Company and individual performance goals established by the Compensation Committee. Your actual bonus may be higher or lower than the Target Bonus, as determined by the Compensation Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing or other provisions in this offer letter, the Target Bonus may be adjusted at any time in connection with external or internal analysis. You shall have no right to a bonus if your employment terminates for any reason or you are under notice of termination (whether given by you or the Company) at or prior to the date when a bonus might otherwise have been payable.
Equity: During the term of your employment with Circle or any of its affiliates, you will be eligible to participate in the Companys equity program, subject to approval by the Board or the Compensation Committee. If you accept this new offer, the Compensation Committee has approved that you will be granted restricted stock units equal to a value of $6,000,000, subject to vesting requirements and governed by the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award
Plan dated July 1, 2024 and an associated restricted stock unit award agreement. The time-based vesting measurement period will begin on the first day of the month containing the Effective Date (Vesting Commencement Date). The restricted stock units shall vest over a four year period, with twenty-five percent (25%) of the restricted stock units vesting on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one thirty-sixth (1/36th) of the remaining restricted stock units vesting each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to you continuing to be an employee of the Company through each such date. In addition, the restricted stock units will be subject to an additional performance-based vesting condition, which is defined as a Sale Event or Public Listing, as will be set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. The restricted stock units may be subject to additional vesting requirements as set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement.
You will also be eligible for a discretionary Annual Grant of equity. The Compensation Committee and/or Board have sole discretion and authority to determine whether the Annual Grant has been earned, the timing of the award, the actual value of the Annual Grant award, if any, and the equity vehicle or vehicles used to satisfy the award. Consistent with all equity grants or awards, the specific terms of the grant will be subject to and controlled by the applicable equity plan and award agreement.
Notice Period: Your employment may be terminated by you or the Company at any time and for any reason, provided that, unless mutually agreed upon by the parties, either party shall give the other party at least two months advance written notice of any termination of employment, except in the event of termination by the Company for cause such notice will not be required.
Benefits: As a full-time employee, you will continue to be eligible to participate in the benefits programs maintained by the Company. The benefits package at Circle includes health, dental, life, short-term disability and long-term disability insurance.
Work Location: It is expected that you will continue to perform your duties from your home in New York, New York. The Company may require, at some point in the future, that you travel for business and/or perform your job responsibilities at a Company office. If you would like to perform your work duties in any location other than your home in New York, New York, you should speak with your manager and must receive approval from the Company to do so.
Indemnification: You will continue to be provided with (i) coverage under the Companys existing directors and officers liability insurance policy, and (ii) contractual indemnification rights by entering into an indemnification agreement with the Company.
Other Terms: You will be subject to all applicable employment and other policies of Circle, as outlined in the Employee Handbook and elsewhere. Your employment with Circle will be
at-will, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate the relationship at any time, with or without cause. The above terms are a summary of our employment relationship and are subject to later modification by the Company. Nothing in this letter or its exhibits alters the at-will nature of your relationship, guarantees you employment for any period of time, or guarantees any terms or conditions of employment.
This offer of employment is contingent upon your signing the enclosed Employee Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement.
We are excited to see you achieve great success. If you accept this update to your position, please acknowledge your acceptance by signing and returning the enclosed counterpart of this letter on or before 5:00PM ET on February 14, 2025.
Sincerely,
/s/ Brian Christman |
Brian Christman Chief People Officer |
Acceptance of Offer
You understand that this letter supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations, and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to the items expressly covered by this letter. You have not relied on any agreements or representations, express or implied, that are not set forth expressly in this letter.
Accepted: Jeremy Fox-Geen
Acceptance Date: 2/1/2025
Signature: | /s/ Jeremy Fox-Geen |
Exhibit 10.6
May 9, 2016
Elisabeth Carpenter
Dear Elisabeth,
I am pleased to extend to you an offer of employment with Circle Internet Financial Inc. (Circle or the Company) as Chief People Officer reporting to Jeremy Allaire commencing full time on or about June 6, 2016. As Chief People Officer you shall be considered an Officer of the Company.
Base Salary: Your starting annual base salary will be $300,000 to be paid in semi-monthly installments, less payroll deductions and required withholdings.
Bonus Plan: You will be eligible to participate in an annual performance bonus plan. The anticipated target bonus will equate to 20% of annual base salary. The bonus (less payroll deductions and required withholdings) will be based on individual and Company performance, to be determined by Circle.
Equity: You will be eligible to participate in the Companys stock option program, subject to approval by the board of directors (the Board) of Circle Internet Financial Limited (Circles Parent Company). After you join the Company, we will recommend to the Board that you be granted an option to purchase 696,243 of the Parent Companys ordinary shares (common stock), subject to vesting requirements and governed by the Rules of The Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme dated 22 August 2013 and an associated stock option agreement. This option grant represents .50% of fully diluted shares of the Company. The exercise price for such options shall be the fair market value as approved by the Board at the time that such option is approved and granted. Your vesting schedule is described hereto in Exhibit A.
Sign-On Bonus: You will receive a Sign-On Bonus in the amount of $40,000 to be paid upon the commencement of your employment with the Company.
Benefits: You will be eligible to participate in the benefits programs maintained by the Company. The benefits package at Circle includes health, dental, and short and long term disability insurance. You will also be eligible to participate in our flexible time-off programs.
Indemnification: As an Officer of the Company, you shall be indemnified, advanced fees and held harmless for any actions, suits or proceedings against you in your role as an Officer of the Company pursuant to the terms no less favorable than those contained in the Companys By-Laws and Articles of Association. The Company shall also maintain a directors and officers liability insurance policy covering you at a level, and on terms and conditions, no less favorable to him than the coverage the Company provide their respective board members (and, if greater, other senior executives) and shall use reasonable efforts to continue such coverage in a reasonable amount until such time as suits and claims can no longer be brought against you as a matter of law.
Severance: In the event that you are terminated due to no fault of your own (meaning not for Cause as defined in Exhibit A), the Company will pay to you, less applicable taxes and other deductions required by law, the sum of three (3) months of your base salary at the rate in effect on the date of your employment termination.
Other Terms: Your employment with Circle will be at-will, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without prior notice. The above terms are a summary of our initial employment relationship and are subject to later modification by the Company, except that the nature of your at-will relationship may not be modified except by an express written agreement signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Nothing in this letter alters the at-will nature of your relationship, guarantees you employment for any period of time, or guarantees any terms or conditions of employment.
This offer of employment is valid for 3 business days from the date of this letter and is contingent upon your signing the enclosed Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement (the Nondisclosure Agreement) and authorizing Circle to conduct a public records and criminal background check on you, and Circles satisfaction with the results thereof. As required by law, this offer is also subject to your providing satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States.
Sincerely, | ||||
Jeremy Allaire | ||||
CEO | ||||
/s/ Elisabeth Carpenter | 5/9/16 | |||
Accepted: Elisabeth Carpenter | Acceptance Date: May 9, 2016 |
Exhibit A
Vesting Schedule
This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:
Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one thirty-sixth (1/36th) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Award Holder continuing to provide services to the Group through each such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change of Control, the number of shares equal to the lesser of (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Shares granted and (ii) all remaining unvested Shares, shall immediately vest and become exercisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the employment of Award Holder is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason, the number of Shares equal to the lesser of (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Shares granted and (ii) all remaining unvested Shares, shall immediately vest and become exercisable.
Change of Control means (a) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation, or share transfer, but excluding any such transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company), unless the Companys shareholders of record immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions hold, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity (provided that the sale by the Company of its securities for the purposes of raising additional funds shall not constitute a Change of Control hereunder); or (b) a sale or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction or series of related transactions will not be deemed a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.
Cause shall mean: (i) Executive engaging in knowing and intentional illegal conduct that was or is materially injurious to the Company or its affiliates; (ii) Executives violation of a federal or state law or regulation directly or indirectly applicable to the business of the Company or its affiliates, which violation was or is reasonably likely to be injurious to the Company or its affiliates; (iii) Executives material breach of the terms of the Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement between the Executive and the Company or any other agreement between Executive and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company); (iv) Executive being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or committing any act of moral turpitude, dishonesty or fraud against, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to, the Company or its affiliates or (v) Intentional nonperformance of duties assiged, or refusal to abide by or comply with the reasonable directives of superior officers, the board of directors or the Companys policies and procedures.
Good Reason shall mean any of the following unless such event is agreed to, in writing or as set forth below, by Executive: (i) a material reduction in Executives salary or benefits (excluding the substitution of substantially equivalent compensation and benefits), other than as a result of a reduction in compensation affecting employees of the Company, or its successor entity, generally; (ii) a material diminution of Executives duties or responsibilities; and (iii) relocation of Executives place of employment to a location more than 50 miles from the Companys office location. If any of the events set forth above shall occur, Executive shall give prompt written notice of such event to the Company, or its successor entity, and if such event is not cured within thirty (30) days from such notice Executive may exercise Executives right to resign for Good Reason.
Exhibit 10.7
February 1, 2025
Dear Heath,
I am pleased to notify you that we are updating your employment with Circle Internet Financial, LLC (Circle or the Company) to the role of President & Chief Legal Officer reporting to Jeremy Allaire, Co-Founder, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer, commencing full-time on January 1, 2025 (Effective Date). This position is full time and is classified as exempt under the Fair Labor Standards Act.
This offer of employment is conditioned on your satisfactory completion of certain requirements, as more fully explained in this letter. Your employment is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this letter, which override anything communicated to you, orally or in writing, about your employment with Circle.
Salary: In consideration of your services, your annual salary will be $500,000 effective as of the Effective Date, payable in semi-monthly installments, subject to all withholdings and deductions as required by law. Your salary will be subject to periodic review and adjustments at the Companys discretion.
Bonus Plan: You are eligible to participate in the Companys executive short-term incentive plan. As of the Effective Date, and subject to change, your 2025 target bonus opportunity will be 110% of your Salary (the Target Bonus), and is determined by the Compensation Committee (the Compensation Committee) of the Board of Directors (the Board) of Circle Internet Group, Inc. (Circes Parent Company) based on the achievement of Company and individual performance goals established by the Compensation Committee. Your actual bonus may be higher or lower than the Target Bonus, as determined by the Compensation Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing or other provisions in this offer letter, the Target Bonus may be adjusted at any time in connection with external or internal analysis. You shall have no right to a bonus if your employment terminates for any reason or you are under notice of termination (whether given by you or the Company) at or prior to the date when a bonus might otherwise have been payable.
Equity: During the term of your employment with Circle or any of its affiliates, you will be eligible to participate in the Companys equity program, subject to approval by the Board or the Compensation Committee. If you accept this new offer, the Compensation Committee has approved that you will be granted restricted stock units equal to a value of $7,500,000 ($6 million of which will be considered an annual award and $1.5 million on which will be
considered a one-time promotional grant), subject to vesting requirements and governed by the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan dated July 1, 2024 and an associated restricted stock unit award agreement. The time-based vesting measurement period will begin on the first day of the month containing the Effective Date (Vesting Commencement Date). The restricted stock units shall vest over a four year period, with twenty-five percent (25%) of the restricted stock units vesting on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one thirty-sixth (1/36th) of the remaining restricted stock units vesting each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to you continuing to be an employee of the Company through each such date. In addition, the restricted stock units will be subject to an additional performance-based vesting condition, which is defined as a Sale Event or Public Listing, as will be set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. The restricted stock units may be subject to additional vesting requirements as set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement.
You will also be eligible for a discretionary Annual Grant of equity. The Compensation Committee and/or Board have sole discretion and authority to determine whether the Annual Grant has been earned, the timing of the award, the actual value of the Annual Grant award, if any, and the equity vehicle or vehicles used to satisfy the award. Consistent with all equity grants or awards, the specific terms of the grant will be subject to and controlled by the applicable equity plan and award agreement.
Notice Period: Your employment may be terminated by you or the Company at any time and for any reason, provided that, unless mutually agreed upon by the parties, either party shall give the other party at least two months advance written notice of any termination of employment, except in the event of termination by the Company for cause such notice will not be required.
Benefits: As a full-time employee, you will continue to be eligible to participate in the benefits programs maintained by the Company. The benefits package at Circle includes health, dental, life, short-term disability and long-term disability insurance.
Work Location: It is expected that you will continue to perform your duties from your home in Kenilworth, Illinois. The Company may require, at some point in the future, that you travel for business and/or perform your job responsibilities at a Company office. If you would like to perform your work duties in any location other than your home in Kenilworth, Illinois, you should speak with your manager and must receive approval from the Company to do so.
Indemnification: You will continue to be provided with (i) coverage under the Companys existing directors and officers liability insurance policy, and (ii) contractual indemnification rights by entering into an indemnification agreement with the Company.
Other Terms: You will be subject to all applicable employment and other policies of Circle, as outlined in the Employee Handbook and elsewhere. Your employment with Circle will be at-will, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate the relationship at any time, with or without cause. The above terms are a summary of our employment relationship and are subject to later modification by the Company. Nothing in this letter or its exhibits alters the at-will nature of your relationship, guarantees you employment for any period of time, or guarantees any terms or conditions of employment.
This offer of employment is contingent upon your signing the enclosed Employee Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement.
We are excited to see you achieve great success. If you accept this update to your position, please acknowledge your acceptance by signing and returning the enclosed counterpart of this letter on or before 5:00PM ET on February 14, 2025.
Sincerely,
/s/ Brian Christman |
Brian Christman Chief People Officer |
Acceptance of Offer
You understand that this letter supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations, and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to the items expressly covered by this letter. You have not relied on any agreements or representations, express or implied, that are not set forth expressly in this letter.
Accepted: Heath Tarbert
Acceptance Date: 2/2/2025
Signature: | /s/ Heath Tarbert |
Exhibit 10.8
February 1, 2025
Dear Nikhil,
I am pleased to notify you that we are updating your employment with Circle Internet Financial, LLC (Circle or the Company) to the role of Chief Product & Technology Officer reporting to Jeremy Allaire, Co-Founder, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer, commencing full-time on January 1, 2025 (Effective Date). This position is full time and is classified as exempt under the Fair Labor Standards Act.
This offer of employment is conditioned on your satisfactory completion of certain requirements, as more fully explained in this letter. Your employment is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this letter, which override anything communicated to you, orally or in writing, about your employment with Circle.
Salary: In consideration of your services, your annual salary will be $500,000 effective as of the Effective Date, payable in semi-monthly installments, subject to all withholdings and deductions as required by law. Your salary will be subject to periodic review and adjustments at the Companys discretion.
Bonus Plan: You are eligible to participate in the Companys executive short-term incentive plan. As of the Effective Date, and subject to change, your 2025 target bonus opportunity will be 110% of your Salary (the Target Bonus), and is determined by the Compensation Committee (the Compensation Committee) of the Board of Directors (the Board) of Circle Internet Group, Inc. (Circles Parent Company) based on the achievement of Company and individual performance goals established by the Compensation Committee. Your actual bonus may be higher or lower than the Target Bonus, as determined by the Compensation Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing or other provisions in this offer letter, the Target Bonus may be adjusted at any time in connection with external or internal analysis. You shall have no right to a bonus if your employment terminates for any reason or you are under notice of termination (whether given by you or the Company) at or prior to the date when a bonus might otherwise have been payable.
Equity: During the term of your employment with Circle or any of its affiliates, you will be eligible to participate in the Companys equity program, subject to approval by the Board or the Compensation Committee. If you accept this new offer, the Compensation Committee has approved that you will be granted restricted stock units equal to a value of $6,000,000, subject to vesting requirements and governed by the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award
Plan dated July 1, 2024 and an associated restricted stock unit award agreement. The time-based vesting measurement period will begin on the first day of the month containing the Effective Date (Vesting Commencement Date). The restricted stock units shall vest over a four year period, with twenty-five percent (25%) of the restricted stock units vesting on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one thirty-sixth (1/36th) of the remaining restricted stock units vesting each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to you continuing to be an employee of the Company through each such date. In addition, the restricted stock units will be subject to an additional performance-based vesting condition, which is defined as a Sale Event or Public Listing, as will be set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. The restricted stock units may be subject to additional vesting requirements as set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement.
You will also be eligible for a discretionary Annual Grant of equity. The Compensation Committee and/or Board have sole discretion and authority to determine whether the Annual Grant has been earned, the timing of the award, the actual value of the Annual Grant award, if any, and the equity vehicle or vehicles used to satisfy the award. Consistent with all equity grants or awards, the specific terms of the grant will be subject to and controlled by the applicable equity plan and award agreement.
Notice Period: Your employment may be terminated by you or the Company at any time and for any reason, provided that, unless mutually agreed upon by the parties, either party shall give the other party at least two months advance written notice of any termination of employment, except in the event of termination by the Company for cause such notice will not be required.
Benefits: As a full-time employee, you will continue to be eligible to participate in the benefits programs maintained by the Company. The benefits package at Circle includes health, dental, life, short-term disability and long-term disability insurance.
Work Location: It is expected that you will continue to perform your duties from your home in San Francisco, California. The Company may require, at some point in the future, that you travel for business and/or perform your job responsibilities at a Company office. If you would like to perform your work duties in any location other than your home in San Francisco, California, you should speak with your manager and must receive approval from the Company to do so.
Indemnification: You will continue to be provided with (i) coverage under the Companys existing directors and officers liability insurance policy, and (ii) contractual indemnification rights by entering into an indemnification agreement with the Company.
Other Terms: You will be subject to all applicable employment and other policies of Circle, as outlined in the Employee Handbook and elsewhere. Your employment with Circle will be at-will, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate the relationship at any time, with or without cause. The above terms are a summary of our employment relationship and are subject to later modification by the Company. Nothing in this letter or its exhibits alters the at-will nature of your relationship, guarantees you employment for any period of time, or guarantees any terms or conditions of employment.
This offer of employment is contingent upon your signing the enclosed Employee Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement.
We are excited to see you achieve great success. If you accept this update to your position, please acknowledge your acceptance by signing and returning the enclosed counterpart of this letter on or before 5:00PM ET on February 14, 2025.
Sincerely,
/s/ Brian Christman
Brian Christman
Chief People Officer
Acceptance of Offer
You understand that this letter supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations, and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to the items expressly covered by this letter. You have not relied on any agreements or representations, express or implied, that are not set forth expressly in this letter.
Accepted: Nikhil Chandhok
Acceptance Date: 2/9/2025
Signature: /s/ Nikhil Chandhok
Exhibit 10.9
ADOPTED ON 22 AUGUST 2013
(as amended on 13 December 2018, 13 April 2021, 18 November 2021, 12 January 2022, 9 June 2022,
29 June 2022, 9 August 2022, 18 January 2023, 23 March 2023, 13 August 2023,
16 August 2023, 17 October 2023, 29 February 2024 and 30 June 2024)
RULES
OF
THE CIRCLE INTERNET FINANCIAL LIMITED
SHARE AWARD SCHEME
1
1 |
Interpretation | 3 | ||||
2 |
Grant Of Awards | 7 | ||||
3 |
Limit On Number Of Scheme Shares To Be The Subject Of Awards Under Scheme | 8 | ||||
4 |
SPECIAL OVERSEAS RULES | 9 | ||||
5 |
Vesting And Exercise Of Awards | 9 | ||||
6 |
Vesting In Special Circumstances | 11 | ||||
7 |
Early Vesting As A Consequence Of A Corporate Transaction | 14 | ||||
8 |
Exchange Or Assumption Of Awards On Takeover Or Merger Of Company | 18 | ||||
9 |
Public Listing | 19 | ||||
10 |
Lapse Of Awards | 20 | ||||
11 |
Scheme Shares Acquired On Exercise | 20 | ||||
12 |
Adjustment Of Awards On Reorganisation | 20 | ||||
13 |
Deductions | 21 | ||||
14 |
Relationship Of Scheme To Contract Of Employment | 22 | ||||
15 |
Administration Of Scheme | 23 | ||||
16 |
Amendment Of Scheme | 23 | ||||
17 |
Notices | 24 | ||||
18 |
Personal Data | 25 | ||||
19 |
Cost Of Scheme | 25 | ||||
20 |
Governing Law | 26 | ||||
21 |
Arbitration | 26 |
2
RULES OF THE CIRCLE INTERNET FINANCIAL LIMITED
SHARE AWARD SCHEME
1 | Interpretation |
1.1 | In this Scheme, unless otherwise specified, the following words and expressions have the following meanings: |
Acquiring Company means a company which obtains Control of the Company in the circumstances referred to in Rule 7.1;
Acting in Concert has the meaning given to that expression in section 1 of the Irish Takeover Panel Act, 1997 in its present form or as amended from time to time;
Adoption Date means 22 August 2013;
Agreed Retirement means an Award Holder ceasing to be an Eligible Person where notice of such cessation due to retirement was given by or to the Award Holder prior to the relevant Date of Grant provided however that no notice of such cessation is required to be given where:
(a) | the Award Holder is bound to retire pursuant to his or her contract of employment; or |
(b) | the Award Holder has reached normal retirement age under his employers pension scheme. For the avoidance of doubt, where an Award Holders contract of employment does not specify his contractual retirement date, the Board shall determine that date for the purposes of the Scheme; |
Award means a Conditional Share Award, an Option or a Restricted Share Award;
Award Certificate means the certificate issued in respect of the grant of an Award under Rule 2.3;
Award Holder means an individual who holds a subsisting Award, or where the context permits, his legal personal representatives;
Auditors means the auditors for the time being of the Company (acting as experts and not as arbitrators);
Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time, or if such Board of Directors has appointed an Option Plan Committee (as defined below), such committee authorised to take certain actions as set forth herein, in its charter and as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time;
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Any reference to a section of the Code herein shall be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code;
3
Conditional Share Award means a conditional award of Shares in accordance with the rules of the Scheme;
Company means (subject to Rule 8.5) Circle Internet Financial Limited incorporated in Ireland under company number 531058 and having its registered office at 70 Sir John Rogersons Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland.
Compulsory Purchaser has the meaning set out in Rule 7.2;
Control has the meaning given to that word by section 432 of TCA 1997;
Date of Grant has the meaning set out in Rule 2.3;
Deductions means all deductions made in accordance with Rule 13.1;
Eligible Person means any person who is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any person who is employed as a consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of the United States, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;
Fair Market Value means such value as the Board determines, in its sole discretion, to be appropriate for purposes of valuing a Scheme Share.
Financial Year means a financial year of the Company;
Fully Diluted Basis means, in relation to any valuation of shares, that in addition to carrying out the valuation on the basis of the number of shares in issue in the Company, the valuation shall take full account of the number of shares which would be in issue if all outstanding Awards and conversion rights over shares in the Company, which are In The Money and capable of being exercised, were to be exercised immediately preceding the valuation;
Group means the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time;
In The Money means when the exercise price of an Award is less than (i) the Market Value of a Scheme Share; or (ii) in the absence of a valuation, the price a third party will pay to acquire a Scheme Share;
ISO means an incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code; Liquidity Event means completion of any of the following:
(i) | a solvent winding up; |
(ii) | Reconstruction; |
(iii) | the commencement of trading of the Companys shares on a Stock Exchange; |
(iv) | a Takeover; |
(v) | the sale of 80% (by market value) of the business and undertaking of the Company and its Subsidiaries; or |
4
(vi) | the issue of new shares for cash other than as a consequence of the Vesting of an Award granted under the Scheme; |
Lock Up Restriction means any prohibition on the sale of shares during a specified period following the commencement of trading of the Companys shares on the Stock Exchange which applies to persons who held shares in the Company prior to such commencement of trading;
Market Value shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13.
New Award has the meaning set out in Rule 8.1;
New Scheme Shares has the meaning set out in Rule 8.1;
Nonstatutory Stock Option means a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) of the Code;
Option means an option to purchase or subscribe for Scheme Shares granted in accordance with the Rules of this Scheme;
Option Plan Committee means a committee to administer the Scheme that is composed of one or more directors;
Option Price means the price per Share at which Scheme Shares must be subscribed on the exercise of an Option as determined pursuant to Rule 2.5 hereof;
Reconstruction means an event within the meaning of Rule 7.3;
Reorganisation means any variation in the share capital of the Company, including without limitation a capitalisation issue, rights issue or a sub division, consolidation or reduction in the capital of the Company;
Restricted Share Award means an Award of Scheme Shares that cannot be assigned, charged, transferred or otherwise disposed of during a specified period, except in the following limited circumstances:
| on the death of the director or employee, |
| where there is a change in Control or a Reorganisation. |
Scheme means the Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme in its present form or as amended from time to time (and includes any Overseas Sub Scheme established by the Board from time to time);
Scheme Shares means the fully paid voting ordinary shares of US$0.0001 each in the capital of the Company acquired pursuant to an Award provided however if the Board shall specify otherwise, the Scheme Shares shall be fully paid voting ordinary shares in the capital of such future holding company (if any) of the Company as the Board shall specify;
Shareholders Agreements means the investors rights agreement, the share sale agreement and the voting agreement entered into by the Company and each of the parties thereto on or about the Adoption Date (as amended and restated from time to time);
5
Shares means the fully paid voting ordinary shares of US$0.0001 each in the capital of the Company (or any shares representing them);
Subsidiary has the meaning given to that word in section 155 Companies Act 1963;
Takeover means Acquisition (as such term is defined in the Articles of Association of the Company adopted on or about 22 August 2013);
TCA 1997 means Taxes Consolidation Act 1997;
Vests in respect of an Award, means when an Award Holder becomes entitled to acquire some or all of the Scheme Shares the subject of an Award and the terms Vest,
Vesting, Vested and Unvested shall be construed accordingly;
Winding Up Resolution has the meaning set out in Rule 7.5.
1.2 | In the Scheme, unless otherwise specified: |
(a) | the table of contents and headings are inserted for convenience only and are to be ignored in the interpretation of the Rules; |
(b) | a reference to a Rule is a reference to a Rule of the Scheme; |
(c) | a reference to writing includes any mode of reproducing words in a legible form and reduced to paper; |
(d) | the singular includes the plural and vice-versa and reference to one gender includes all genders |
(e) | a reference to a statute or statutory provision is a reference to any statute or statutory provision which modifies, consolidates, re-enacts or supercedes it and includes any regulations, orders, directions made thereunder; |
(f) | the Interpretation Act 2005 applies to the Scheme in the same way as it applies to an enactment; |
(g) | any references to any of the Companies Acts 1963 to 2005 and/or Parts 2 and 3 of the Investment Funds, Companies and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 2006, the Companies (Amendment) Act 2009, the Companies (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2009, the Companies (Amendment) Act 2012 and/or the Companies (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2013 (Companies Acts) shall be construed as such Companies Acts and any provision thereof have been amended, replaced and/or consolidated by the Companies Act 2014 and every statutory modification and re-enactment thereof for the time being in force; and |
(h) | a reference to execution or signing of any document shall include by electronic means (i.e. via DocuSign, Carta or a similar platform). |
6
2 | Grant Of Awards |
2.1 | Types of Awards |
The Board may, in its sole discretion, make Awards of one or more of the following: Options, Conditional Share Awards and Restricted Share Awards. The Company shall make Awards directly or cause one or more of its Subsidiaries to make Awards; provided, however, that the Company shall be responsible for causing any such Subsidiary to comply with the terms of any Award and the Scheme.
2.2 | Awards granted by Board |
Subject to the Rules, the Eligible Persons to whom Awards are granted and the terms of such Awards shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.
2.3 | Procedure for grant of Awards and Date of Grant |
(a) | Subject to Rule 2.3(b), an Award shall be granted by the execution by the Company of a certificate (Award Certificate), including, for the avoidance of doubt, by electronic means (i.e. via DocuSign, Carta or a similar platform). The date of grant of the Award shall be the date on which the Board executes the certificate or shall be such other date specified by the Board in their absolute discretion (Date of Grant). |
(b) | Awards in the form of Options granted pursuant to the UK Sub Scheme to this Scheme shall be so granted by the Company and the Eligible Person (as defined in the UK Sub Scheme) to whom it is to be granted executing an Option Contract (as defined in the UK Sub Scheme). The date of grant of the Award shall be the date on which the Option Contract is executed. |
2.4 | Contents of Award Certificate |
An Award Certificate shall state:
(a) | the Date of Grant; |
(b) | the number of Shares subject to the Award; |
(c) | the Option Price, where the Award is an Option; |
(d) | the latest date on which the Award may Vest, which shall not in any event be more than: |
(i) | seven years from the Date of Grant in the case of an Irish tax resident Award Holder; or |
(ii) | ten years from the Date of Grant in the case of all other Award Holders. |
(e) | the latest date on which the Award which is an Option may be exercised if an Award Holder ceases to be employed within the Group in the circumstances set out in Rule 6.4. |
7
(f) | in the case of an Award which is an Option (other than Options granted pursuant to the UK Sub Scheme), the Award Certificate shall designate an Option as either an ISO or a Nonstatutory Stock Option (provided that an Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option unless the applicable award agreement specifically designates such Option as an ISO); |
(g) | the transfer restriction required by Rule 2.8; |
(h) | whether the Board has resolved that the discretions conferred on it by Rule 7 are to apply to the Award; |
(i) | conditions relating to Vesting, which may include double or single trigger acceleration provisions at the discretion of the Board; |
and shall state, or have attached to it in the form of a schedule, any conditions applicable to the Award. Subject to this Rule 2.4, an Award Certificate shall be in such form as the Board may determine from time to time including, for the avoidance of doubt, in an electronic form (i.e. via DocuSign, Carta or a similar platform and the form of Award Certificate used may be adapted, as appropriate, for local law and taxation requirements..
2.5 | Option Price |
In the case of an Option, the Option Price shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion provided that the Option Price shall not be less than the nominal value of a Scheme Share.
2.6 | Duration of Scheme |
An Award may not be granted after the twentieth anniversary of the Adoption Date.
2.7 | Persons to whom Awards may be granted |
An Award may not be granted to an individual who is not an Eligible Person at the Date of Grant.
2.8 | Awards non-transferable |
Subject to Rules 6.1 and 7, an Award shall not be capable of being transferred, charged or otherwise alienated and shall lapse immediately if the Award Holder purports to transfer, charge or otherwise alienate the Award.
3 | Limit On Number Of Scheme Shares To Be The Subject Of Awards Under Scheme |
3.1 | General |
The number of Scheme Shares which may be the subject of Awards shall be limited as set out in this Rule 3. In applying the limits, the computational provisions in Rule 3.3 shall apply.
8
3.2 | Maximum number of shares subject to an Award |
The maximum number of Scheme Shares which may be made the subject of Awards may not exceed 65,313,680. An Award may be granted so long as it does not result in this limit being exceeded. The Board may establish additional discretionary share award schemes or sub-schemes (including an incentive stock option for the purpose of the Code) in the future subject to the abovementioned cap on the number of scheme shares that can be subject to award schemes on or after the Adoption Date.
3.3 | Computation |
For the purpose of the limits contained in this Rule 3:
(a) | the number of Scheme Shares under an Award shall be the number of Scheme Shares which could be issued on the Vesting of the Award; |
(b) | where an Award has lapsed, been renounced or otherwise become incapable of Vesting, it shall not be counted towards the limits; |
(c) | any Shares committed for issue under an Award shall be taken into account by reference to the Date of Grant of the Award. |
3.4 | Scaling down |
If the grant of an Award would cause any of the limits in this Rule 3 to be exceeded, such Award shall take effect as an Award over the maximum number of Scheme Shares which does not cause the limit to be exceeded. If more than one Award is granted on the same Date of Grant, the number of Scheme Shares which would otherwise be subject to each Award shall be reduced pro rata.
4 | SPECIAL OVERSEAS RULES. |
4.1 | The Sub Scheme adopted by the Board under Rule 13.4 and attached at Schedule 2 to this Scheme sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to ISO grants in addition to any other rule that may apply under this Scheme, including (without limitation) the rules set out at Section 422(b) of the Code. |
4.2 | The UK Sub Scheme adopted by the Board under Rule 13.4 and attached at Schedule 4 to this Scheme sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to grants of Options to United Kingdom employees pursuant to the UK Sub Scheme, including (without limitation) the rules set out at Schedule 5 of the UK Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003. |
4.3 | The Second UK Sub Scheme adopted by the Board under Rule 13.4 and attached at Schedule 5 to this Scheme sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to grants of Conditional Share Awards and Restricted Share Awards to United Kingdom employees pursuant to the Second UK Sub Scheme. |
5 | Vesting And Exercise Of Awards |
5.1 | Vesting of Awards |
(a) | An Award may Vest on one or more occasions and the Board may decide that the number of Scheme Shares in respect of which the Award Vests will vary. Subject to Rules 6 and 7, an Award shall Vest and become exercisable on the date or dates specified by the Board. |
9
(b) | If and to the extent that existing shareholders in the Company are subject to restrictions on the exercise of any rights attaching to their shares in the Company as set out in any shareholders agreement and/or lock-up arrangement, the Board may require that an Award may not Vest unless the Award Holder executes a deed of adherence in a form acceptable to the Company whereby the Award Holder agrees to be bound by the terms of such shareholders agreement and/or lock-up arrangement. |
(c) | If it is agreed with an Award Holder that he should transfer his employment to another company in the Group, the Board may, in its absolute discretion, resolve and require that:- |
(i) | the Vesting of any Unvested part of an Award shall be satisfied by the delivery of such number of fully paid voting ordinary shares in the capital of the Award Holders new employer as shall have the same Market Value on the date of Vesting as any Unvested part of the Award. If the Board does not exercise its discretion pursuant to this Rule 5.1(c), the Award shall not lapse but shall continue in force in accordance with its terms; and/or |
(ii) | any Scheme Shares held by the Award Holder shall be exchanged for such number of fully paid voting ordinary shares in the capital of the Award Holders new employer as shall have the same Market Value on the date of transfer provided however that the Company shall procure the discharge of any tax arising from such exchange. |
5.2 | Latest date for Exercise of Awards |
Subject to the provisions of Rules 6, 7, 8 and 9, no Award shall be capable of being exercised after the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of an Irish tax resident Award Holder or tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of all other Award Holders.
5.3 | Award Holder to be employed within the Group on exercise of Award |
Subject to Rule 6, an Award may be exercised only while the Award Holder is employed within the Group and if an Award Holder ceases to be employed within the Group, any Award granted to him shall lapse immediately. For the avoidance of doubt no Award is capable of being exercised more than seven years from the Date of Grant (in the case of an Irish tax resident Award Holder) or more than ten years from the Date of Grant (in the case of all other Award Holders) notwithstanding the continued employment of the Award Holder after that date provided always that Scheme Shares may be delivered to the Award Holder after that date.
5.4 | Exercise of Awards |
(a) | Subject to the provisions of these Rules a Vested Award may be exercised in whole or in part (being 100 Shares or a multiple thereof or less if the exercise in question is a final exercise) at any time or times after its Date of Grant. |
10
(b) | Upon the exercise of an Option in whole or in part the Award Holder shall pay the Option Price to the Company, in accordance with Rule 5.4(c), in respect of the number of Shares over which the said Option has been exercised and shall deliver the Award Certificate to the Company and the Company, as soon as practicable after the receipt by it of the Award Certificate and the Option Price payment, shall issue the appropriate number of Scheme Shares to the Award Holder and, if appropriate, shall deliver an amended Award Certificate to the Award Holder in respect of any part of the Option that remains unexercised. |
(c) | Each Share to be issued upon exercise or vesting of an Award shall be fully paid up in cash at least as to its nominal value in a manner which does not contravene section 82 or any other provision of the Companies Act 2014. Subject to the prior sentence, the Board may determine in its sole discretion that any payment required to be made by an Award Holder upon the exercise or vesting of an Award (as the case may be) may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note; (4) by net exercise; (5) such other consideration and method of payment, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment, subject, in each case, to compliance with applicable law. |
(d) | In relation to anything done pursuant to the Scheme, the Board shall not be under any obligation to procure the transfer of or to transfer Scheme Shares to or pay cash to and/or do any other thing in relation to an Award Holder under or in connection with this Scheme unless and until the Board is satisfied in regard to compliance with Rule 13. |
6 | Vesting In Special Circumstances |
6.1 | Death |
Notwithstanding Rule 5.3, if an Award Holder dies at a time when an Award is still capable of being exercised by him, his legal personal representative or estate may, subject to compliance with Rule 5, exercise an unexercised Award (or, as the case may be, that portion of an Award not already exercised) to the extent the Award has Vested as of the date of death provided that such exercise occurs before the earliest of:
(a) | the first anniversary of the date of death; |
(b) | the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of an Irish tax resident or the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of all other Award Holders; and |
(c) | such earlier date provided for in the Award Certificate, |
and the Award will automatically expire to the extent that it has not been so exercised.
6.2 | Injury, disability, redundancy, Agreed Retirement and termination of employment by mutual agreement |
Notwithstanding Rule 5.3, if an Award Holder ceases to be a director of a company in the Group or ceases to be an employee or consultant employed by the Group before his Award is exercised by reason of:
11
(a) | injury, ill health or disability; |
(b) | redundancy within the meaning of Redundancy Payments Act 1967 to 2007 if the Award Holder were employed in Ireland; |
(c) | the Agreed Retirement of the Award Holder; |
(d) | the transfer of the undertaking or part-undertaking in which the Award Holder is employed to an entity other than a member of the Group; |
(e) | the company by which the Award Holder is employed ceasing to be under the Control of the Company; or |
(f) | an agreement between the Award Holder and his employer, |
then the Award Holder may, subject to compliance with Rules 5.1 and 5.4, exercise an unexercised Award (or, as the case may be, that portion of an Award not already exercised) to the extent the Award has Vested at that time provided that such exercise occurs before the earliest of:
(g) | the first anniversary of the date on which he will have so ceased to be a director of a company in the Group or ceased to be an employee or consultant employed by the Group; |
(h) | the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of an Irish tax resident Award holder or the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of all other Award Holders; and |
(i) | such earlier date provided for in the Award Certificate, |
and the Award will automatically expire to the extent that it has not been so exercised.
6.3 | Termination of employment by dismissal |
If an Award Holder ceases to be employed within the Group:-
(a) | in circumstances justifying the summary dismissal of such Award Holder from his employment; or |
(b) | his employer subsequently determines that before the Award Holders employment ceased circumstances had arisen in which the Award Holders employer was entitled to dismiss the Award Holder summarily; |
the Award Holders Awards shall lapse immediately and the Board shall not be entitled to exercise any discretion to the contrary.
6.4 | Termination of employment by resignation |
If an Award Holder ceases to be employed within the Group by reason of such Award Holders resignation provided that the circumstances specified in Rule 6.3 do not apply then the Award Holder may, subject to compliance with Rules 5.1 and 5.4, exercise an unexercised Award (or, as the case may be, that portion of an Award not already exercised) to the extent the Award has Vested at that time provided that such exercise occurs before the earlier of:
12
(a) | 90 calendar days from the date on which he will have so ceased to be a director of a company in the Group or ceased to be an employee or consultant employed or engaged by the Group; and |
(b) | The seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of an Irish tax resident Award Holder or the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of all other Award Holders; |
and the Award will automatically expire to the extent that it has not been so exercised.
6.5 | Award Holder relocated abroad |
Notwithstanding Rules 5.1 and 5.3, if it is proposed that an Award Holder, while continuing to be employed by the Group, should work in a country other than the country in which he is currently working and, by reason of the change:
(a) | the Award Holder would suffer less favourable tax treatment on the exercise of his Awards; or |
(b) | the exercise of his Awards would become subject to a restriction or there would arise some restriction on the ability of the Award Holder to hold or deal in the Scheme Shares or the proceeds of sale of the Scheme Shares acquired on the exercise of the Awards, |
the Board may, in its absolute discretion but subject to it having regard to the Award Holders contribution to the Company and the performance of the Company, allow his Awards to be exercised at any time during the period beginning one week before the proposed date of his transfer and ending one week after the date of his actual transfer. If the Board does not exercise its discretion in accordance with this Rule, the Awards shall not lapse but continue in force in accordance with their terms.
6.6 | Meaning of ceasing to be employed by a company in Group |
For the purpose of Rule 6.2, an Award Holder shall not be treated as ceasing to be employed by the Group until he no longer holds any consultancy, office or employment in or with the Company or any Subsidiary or, being a female employee who is absent from work by reason of pregnancy or confinement, she ceases to be entitled to exercise her right to return to work under the Maternity Protection Acts 1994 and 2004.
6.7 | Interaction of rules |
(a) | If an Award has become capable of exercise under Rule 6.2 to 6.5 and, during the period allowed for the exercise of the Award under those Rules, the Award Holder dies, the period allowed for the exercise of the Award shall be the period allowed by Rule 6.1. |
(b) | If an Award has become capable of exercise under Rule 6 and, during the period allowed for the exercise of the Award under Rule 6, the Award becomes capable of exercise under Rule 7 also (or vice versa), the latest period allowed for the Vesting of the Award shall be the earliest of the period allowed by Rule 6 and the period allowed by Rule 7. |
13
6.8 | Extension of Exercise Period |
Notwithstanding Rule 6 or the terms of any underlying Award Certificate, the Board or the Option Plan Committee may, in its absolute discretion, extend the period allowed for the exercise of an Award under Rule 6.1 to 6.5, as applicable, by such time period as it sees fit (the Extended Exercise Period); provided that, the Extended Exercise Period shall terminate on or before the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant in case of an Irish tax resident Award Holder or the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant of all other Award Holders.
7 | Early Vesting As A Consequence Of A Corporate Transaction |
7.1 | General offer for Company |
Notwithstanding Rule 5 but subject to Rules 7.2 and 8, if:
(a) | a person, who is not already a shareholder in the Company or a shareholder in a wholly owned subsidiary of a shareholder in the Company, acquires 80% or more of the issued share capital of the Company; or |
(b) | a person, who is already a shareholder in the Company or a shareholder in a wholly owned subsidiary of a shareholder in the Company, makes an offer to acquire the entire issued share capital of the Company and such offer is accepted by the holders of 80% of the shares not already owned directly or indirectly by the offeror or an entity related to it, |
then the Board may in its absolute discretion allow all Awards (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following:-
(i) | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the expiry of the period referred to in (ii) below or may exercise this discretion in respect of any Award by so resolving at the time that it grants such Award; |
(ii) | the exercise shall take effect on such day as the Board shall determine provided that it shall be before the expiry of two months from the date of the event referred to in (a) or (b) as applicable; and |
(iii) | where the Board exercises its discretion in accordance with this Rule 7.1, any Awards not so exercised shall lapse. |
7.2 | Compulsory acquisition of Company |
Notwithstanding Rule 5 but subject to Rule 8, if a person (the Compulsory Purchaser) becomes entitled or bound to acquire shares in the Company under section 204 of the Companies Act 1963 then the Board may in its absolute discretion allow all Awards (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following:
14
(i) | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the expiry of the period referred to in (ii) below or may exercise this discretion in respect of any Award by so resolving at the time that it recommends the grant of such Award; |
(ii) | the exercise shall take effect on such day as the Board shall determine provided that it shall be not later than 7 days before the expiry of the period within which the Compulsory Purchaser is entitled to serve such notice; |
(iii) | unless otherwise determined by the Board, the number of Scheme Shares in respect of which an Award may be exercised under this Rule shall be the maximum number of Scheme Shares in respect of which the Award may be exercised, whether Vested or Unvested; and |
(iv) | where the Board exercises its discretion in accordance with this Rule 7.2, any Awards not so exercised shall lapse. |
7.3 | Reconstruction or amalgamation of Company |
Notwithstanding Rule 5 but subject to Rule 8, if a person proposes to obtain Control of the Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court under section 201 Companies Act 1963, the Board may, in its absolute discretion, allow all Awards (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following:-
(i) | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the court hearing referred to in (ii) below or may exercise this discretion in respect of any Award by so resolving at the time that it recommends the grant of such Award; |
(ii) | the exercise shall be conditional on the compromise or arrangement becoming effective and shall take effect on the day the court sanctions the compromise or arrangement; |
(iii) | unless otherwise determined by the Board, the number of Scheme Shares in respect of which an Award may be exercised under this Rule shall be the maximum number of Scheme Shares in respect of which the Award may be exercised, whether Vested or Unvested; |
(iv) | where the Board exercises its discretion in accordance with this Rule 7.3, any Awards not so exercised shall lapse; and |
(v) | if the compromise or arrangement does not become effective, any conditional exercise of an Award shall be of no effect and the Award shall continue to exist. |
7.4 | Merger or Division of the Company |
Notwithstanding Rule 5 but subject to Rule 8, if a person is to obtain Control of the Company, or substantially all of the Companys business and assets, in pursuance of:-
(a) | a merger or division of the Company pursuant to the European Communities (Mergers and Divisions of Companies) Regulations, 1987 (Statutory Instrument 137 of 1987); or |
15
(b) | a merger of the Company pursuant to the European Communities (CrossBorder Mergers) Regulations 2008 (Statutory Instrument 157 of 2008), |
then the Board may in its absolute discretion:
(c) | allow all of the Awards (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following: |
(i) | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the day preceding the merger or division or may exercise this discretion in respect of any Award by so resolving at the time that it recommends the grant of such Award; |
(ii) | the exercise shall be conditional on the happening of the merger or division and shall be deemed to take effect on a day preceding the merger or division as the Board shall determine provided that if the merger or division is not completed, any conditional exercise of an Award shall be of no effect and the Award shall continue to exist; |
(iii) | unless otherwise determined by the Board, the number of Scheme Shares in respect of which an Award may be exercised under this Rule shall be the maximum number of Scheme Shares in respect of which the Award may be exercised, whether Vested or Unvested; and |
(iv) | where the Board exercises its discretion in accordance with this Rule 7.4, any Awards not so exercised shall lapse; or |
(d) | resolve that all subsisting Awards shall continue to exist without any adjustment to their terms; or |
(e) | resolve that all subsisting Awards are voided and replaced with Awards in the purchaser that causes the change of Control of an equivalent value as determined by the Board in its discretion and as the Auditors shall have confirmed in writing to be, in their opinion, fair and reasonable. |
In the event of the Board exercising its absolute discretion in accordance with subparagraph (a) above, the Company shall procure that the relevant proportion of the Shares which are the subject of such Awards as determined by the Board shall be issued or transferred to Award Holders immediately prior to the completion of the merger or division.
7.5 | Winding up of Company |
Notwithstanding Rule 5, if notice is given of a resolution for the voluntary winding up of the Company (the Winding Up Resolution) , then the Board may, in its absolute discretion, allow all Awards (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following:-
(a) | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the passing of the Winding Up Resolution or may exercise this discretion in respect of any Award by so resolving at the time that it recommends the grant of such Award; |
16
(b) | the exercise shall be conditional on the passing of the Winding Up Resolution and shall take effect on the day the resolution is passed; and |
(c) | unless otherwise determined by the Board the number of Scheme Shares in respect of which an Award may be exercised under this Rule shall be the maximum number of Scheme Shares in respect of which the Award may be exercised, whether Vested or Unvested. |
Provided however that if the Winding Up Resolution is not passed, any conditional exercise of an Award shall be of no effect and the Award shall continue to exist.
7.6 | Sale of Companys Business |
Notwithstanding Rules 5.1 to 5.3 but subject to Rule 7.2, if a person (other than one of the parties to the Shareholders Agreements) is to acquire 80% or more by value of the business and undertaking of the Company and Subsidiaries then the Board may in its absolute discretion determine that all or part of the Awards shall Vest (in whole or in part) and may be exercised as provided in the relevant Award Certificate on a date determined by the Board.
7.7 | Sale of Subsidiary |
Notwithstanding Rules 5.1 to 5.3, if a person (other than one of the parties to the Shareholders Agreements) is to acquire any Subsidiary of the Company then the Board may in its absolute discretion determine that all or part of the Award Holders Award shall Vest and may be exercised on such date or dates determined by the Board and in making such determination, the Board may determine, to the extent applicable, that the Awards shall Vest (in whole or in part) and may be exercised by reference to the price at which the Subsidiary is sold.
7.8 | Investment in the Company or a Subsidiary |
Notwithstanding Rule 5 and subject to Rules 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3, if a person (other than one of the parties to the Shareholders Agreements) makes an investment in the Company or a Subsidiary then the Board shall have an absolute discretion to determine that all or part of the Awards shall Vest (in whole or in part) and be exercised on such date or dates as the Board may determine. In making such determination, the Board may determine that the Award shall Vest and may be exercised by reference to the price at which the investment is made in the Company or Subsidiary, as appropriate, provided always that the Board shall have absolute discretion to confine the exercise of its discretion pursuant to this Rule to Award Holders who hold office as a director in, or are employed, or retained as a consultant, by, the entity in which the investment is made.
7.9 | Meaning of obtains Control of the Company |
For the purpose of this Rule 7, a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company if he or others Acting In Concert with him have together obtained Control of it.
17
7.10 | Notification of Award Holders |
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, notify each Award Holder of the occurrence of any of the events referred to in Rule 7 and explain how this affects his position under the Scheme.
8 | Exchange Or Assumption Of Awards On Takeover Or Merger Of Company |
8.1 | Exchange of Awards |
If a person referred to in Rule 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 (reading the reference in Rule 7.3 to proposes to obtain as obtains) is a company (Acquiring Company), the Board may by agreement with the Acquiring Company where necessary:
(a) | at any time during the period set out in Rule 8.2, require all Award Holders to release their Awards in whole or in part in consideration of the grant to them of a new award (New Awards) which are equivalent to the Awards held by them but which relates to shares (New Scheme Shares) in: |
(i) | the Acquiring Company; or |
(ii) | a company which has Control of the Acquiring Company; or |
(iii) | a company which either is, or has Control of, a company which is a member of a consortium within the meaning of section 410 TCA 1997 which owns either the Acquiring Company or a company having Control of the Acquiring Company; or |
(b) | procure or otherwise agree that all of the obligations of the Company pursuant to any outstanding Awards shall, from the time that the Acquiring Company becomes entitled or bound to acquire shares in the Company, be assumed by the Acquiring Company such that (x) those Awards remain in place with the outstanding obligations of the Company thereunder to be fulfilled by the Acquiring Company; and (y) are to be satisfied by equity securities of the Acquiring Company. |
8.2 | Period allowed for exchange of Awards |
The period referred to in Rule 8.1(a) is:
(a) | where Rule 7.1 applies, the period referred to in that Rule; |
(b) | where Rule 7.2 applies, the period during which the Acquiring Company remains so entitled or bound; |
(c) | where Rule 7.3 applies, the period of six months beginning with the time when the court sanctions the compromise or arrangement; or |
(d) | where Rule 7.4 applies, the period of six months beginning with the date the merger or division becomes effective |
18
8.3 | Meaning of equivalent |
The New Award shall not be regarded for the purpose of this Rule 8 as equivalent to the Award unless:
(a) | the New Award shall be exercisable in the same manner as the Award and shall be subject to the same provisions of the Scheme as had effect immediately before the release of the Award; |
(b) | the total Market Value of the New Scheme Shares which are the subject of the New Award is equal to the total Market Value, immediately after the grant of the New Award, of the Scheme Shares under the Award provided however that no New Award shall be required to be granted over a fraction of a New Scheme Share; and |
(c) | the total amount payable by the Award Holder for the acquisition of the New Scheme Shares under the New Award is as nearly as may be equal to the total amount that would have been payable by the Award Holder for the acquisition of the Scheme Shares under the Award. |
8.4 | Date of Grant of New Award |
The date of grant of the New Award shall be deemed to be the same as the Date of Grant of the Award.
8.5 | Application of Scheme to New Award or assumed Awards |
In the application of the Scheme to:
(a) | the New Award, where appropriate, references to Company and Scheme Shares shall be read as if they were references to the company to whose shares the New Award relates and the New Scheme Shares respectively, save that in the definition of Board the reference to Company shall be read as if it were a reference to Circle Internet Financial Limited; and |
(b) | Awards in respect of which obligations are assumed pursuant to an agreement of the kind contemplated by Rule 8.1(b) shall continue to be governed by the terms of this Scheme, and references to Company and Scheme Shares shall be read as if they were references to the Acquiring Company and shares in the Acquiring Company so far as the Acquiring Company is concerned. |
9 | Public Listing |
In the event of a decision by the Company to seek a listing on a stock exchange (whether in Ireland or elsewhere) for the entire share capital of the Company, then the Board may determine (in its absolute discretion) that all of the Awards shall Vest (in whole or in part) conditionally and become exercisable on the date the listing becomes effective, PROVIDED THAT
9.1 | if the listing does not become effective, any conditional Vesting and exercise of Awards shall be of no effect and the Awards shall continue to exist; |
9.2 | the date of Vesting and exercise of any Awards which Vest and become exercisable conditionally under this Rule 9 shall be deemed to be the date upon which listing takes effect; and |
19
9.3 | where the Board resolves that only part of an Award shall Vest and become exercisable on a listing becoming effective, the balance of the Awards which remains unexercised shall lapse on the listing becoming effective. |
10 | Lapse Of Awards |
An Award shall lapse on the earliest of:
(a) | subject to Rule 6.1, the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of an Irish tax resident Award Holder or the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant in case of all other Award Holders; |
(b) | subject to Rules 6.1 to 6.4, the Award Holder ceasing to be a director, be employed or retained as a consultant by a company within the Group; |
(c) | the date on which it is provided that the Award shall lapse under Rules 6.1 to 6.4; |
(d) | the date on which a resolution is passed or an order is made by the court for the compulsory winding up of the Company; and |
(e) | the date on which the Award Holder becomes bankrupt, enters into a compromise with his creditors generally or, except as permitted by Rule 7 purports to transfer, assign or otherwise alienate the Award. |
11 | Scheme Shares Acquired On Exercise |
11.1 | Rights attaching to Scheme Shares |
Prior to the exercise of an Award in accordance with these Rules, an Award Holder shall have no rights in respect of any Scheme Shares, or their cash equivalent, which are capable of being issued for the benefit of, or paid to, the Award Holder under the relevant Award. Upon a Liquidity Event any Awards which have been exercised shall have the rights set out in the Companys Memorandum and Articles of Association.
11.2 | Availability of Scheme Shares |
The Company shall at all times use its reasonable endeavours to keep available sufficient authorised but unissued Scheme Shares to satisfy the Vesting of all Awards which the Board has determined will be satisfied by the issue of Scheme Shares.
12 | Adjustment Of Awards On Reorganisation |
12.1 | Power to adjust Awards |
In the event of a Reorganisation, the Vesting conditions may be adjusted in such manner as the Board determines.
12.2 | Auditors confirmation |
An adjustment shall not be made until the Auditors have confirmed in writing to the Board that such adjustment is in their opinion fair and reasonable.
20
12.3 | Notification of Award Holders |
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, notify each Award Holder of any adjustment made under this Rule 12. The Board may call in for endorsement or cancellation and re-issue any Award Certificate in order to take account of such adjustment.
13 | Deductions |
13.1 | Deductions otherwise required to be made by Company on behalf of Award Holder |
Where, in relation to an Award granted under the Scheme, the Company or any member of the Group (as the case may be) is liable, or is in accordance with current practice believed by the Board to be liable, to account to any revenue or other authority for any sum in respect of any tax or social security liability of the Award Holder, the Award may not Vest and/or be exercised unless the Board is satisfied that:
(a) | the Award Holder has authorised the sale of some or all of the Scheme Shares upon exercise of his Award and the payment to the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be) of an amount sufficient to discharge the liability from the proceeds of sale thereof); or |
(b) | the Award Holder has paid to the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be) an amount sufficient to discharge the liability, or |
(c) | the Award Holder has entered into some other arrangement (including a loan) with the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be) to ensure that such amount is otherwise available to the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be). |
13.2 | Determination of Market Value |
(a) | For the purposes of these Rules the market value of Scheme Shares shall be determined by an independent valuer selected by the Board provided however that the Board shall have confirmed in writing its agreement with such value (such confirmation not to be unreasonably withheld). In determining the value of any Scheme Share, the independent valuer shall not apply any discount to reflect the fact that the Share may only give rise to a minority interest in the Company and furthermore the value shall be determined on a Fully Diluted Basis and as if the Shares were voting shares in the Company with full dividend rights; and/or |
(b) | The market value of an Award shall be determined by an independent valuer selected by the Board provided however that the Board shall have confirmed in writing its agreement with such value (such confirmation not to be unreasonably withheld). In determining the value of any Award, the independent valuer shall not apply any discount to reflect the fact that the Award may only give rise to a minority interest in the Company and furthermore the value shall be determined on a Fully Diluted Basis and as if the shares which are the subject of such Award were voting shares in the Company with full dividend rights; or |
21
(c) | If paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply, the market value of a Share on any day shall be determined by the Board in accordance with section 548 TCA 1997. |
13.3 | Execution of Award Certificate by Award Holder |
The Board may require an Award Holder to execute a copy of the Award Certificate or some other document in order to bind himself contractually to any such arrangement as is referred to in Rule 13.1 and return the executed document to the Board by a specified date. Failure to return the executed document by the specified date shall cause the Award to lapse.
13.4 | Award Holders who are tax resident outside of Ireland |
The Board may establish (and amend) sub-scheme(s) of this Scheme for Eligible Persons who are based outside of Ireland, including (without limitation) in the United States of America and the United Kingdom, (Overseas Sub Schemes). Any Overseas Sub Scheme established by the Board shall apply to the grant of any Awards to Eligible Persons based in the relevant jurisdiction after the date of the establishment of such Overseas Sub Scheme and shall be in writing. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Scheme, the Board is authorised as part of the establishment of an Overseas Sub Scheme, to amend the provisions of this Scheme as it applies to Eligible Persons who receive their Awards pursuant to an Overseas Sub Scheme PROVIDED that such amendments are required in the opinion of the Board (having taken appropriate legal and tax advice in the relevant jurisdiction) for the Overseas Sub Scheme to comply with relevant legal requirements of that jurisdiction and/or to make the relevant Sub Scheme more tax-efficient for the Company or Eligible Persons based in the that jurisdiction. The first Overseas Sub Scheme established by the Board under this Rule 13.4 is set out in Schedule 2. Additional Overseas Sub Schemes have been established by the Board under this Rule 13.4, as set out in Schedules 3, 4 and 5.
14 | Relationship Of Scheme To Contract Of Employment |
14.1 | Notwithstanding any other provision of the Scheme: |
(a) | the Scheme shall not form part of any contract of employment between the Company or any Subsidiary and an Eligible Employee; |
(b) | unless expressly so provided in his contract of employment, an Eligible Person has no right or entitlement to be granted an Award or any expectation that an Award might be made to him, whether subject to any conditions or at all; |
(c) | the benefit to an Eligible Person of participation in the Scheme (including, in particular but not by way of limitation, any Awards held by him) shall not form any part of his remuneration or count as his remuneration for any purpose and shall not be pensionable; |
(d) | the rights or opportunity granted to an Award Holder on the making of an Award shall not give the Award Holder any rights or additional rights and if an Award Holder ceases to be employed within the Group, he shall not be entitled to compensation for the loss of any right or benefit or prospective right or benefit under the Scheme (including, in particular but not by way of limitation, any Awards held by him which lapse by reason of his ceasing to be employed within the Group) whether by way of damages for unfair dismissal, wrongful dismissal, breach of contract or otherwise; |
22
(e) | the rights or opportunity granted to an Award Holder on the making of an Award shall not give the Award Holder any rights or additional rights in respect of any pension scheme operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; |
(f) | an Award Holder shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for any loss or potential loss which he may suffer by reason of being unable to acquire or retain Scheme Shares, or any interest in Scheme Shares pursuant to an Award in consequence of the loss or termination of his office or employment with the Company or any present or past Subsidiary for any reason whatsoever (whether or not the termination is ultimately held to be wrongful or unfair). |
14.2 | By accepting the grant of an Award and not renouncing it, an Award Holder is deemed to have agreed to the provisions of this Rule 14. |
15 | Administration Of Scheme |
15.1 | Board responsible for administration |
The Board shall be responsible for, and shall have the conduct of, the administration of the Scheme. The Board may from time to time make or amend regulations for the administration of the Scheme provided that such regulations shall not be inconsistent with the Rules of the Scheme.
15.2 | Board decision final and binding |
The decision of the Board shall be final and binding in all matters relating to the administration of the Scheme, including but not limited to the resolution of any ambiguity in the Rules of the Scheme.
15.3 | Suspension or termination of grant of Awards |
The Board may terminate or from time to time suspend the grant of Awards. 15.4 Provision of Information
An Award Holder shall provide to the Company as soon as reasonably practicable such information as the Company reasonably requests for the purpose of complying with its obligations under section 897 of TCA 1997.
16 | Amendment Of Scheme |
16.1 | Power to amend Scheme |
Subject to Rules 16.2 and 16.3 the Board may from time to time amend all or any of the Rules of the Scheme and any Overseas Sub Scheme.
23
16.2 | Amendments to Scheme |
(a) | An amendment may not be made for the benefit of existing or future Award Holders to the Rules of the Scheme relating to: |
(i) | the definitions of Eligible Person; |
(ii) | the limit on the number of Scheme Shares which may be acquired under Award under the Scheme; |
(iii) | this Rule 16.2, |
without the prior approval of the Company in general meeting (or the written approval of the holders of more than the majority of the voting shares (greater than 50%) in the capital of the Company).
(b) | Nothing in this Rule 16.2 shall prohibit any amendment to those Rules which is of a minor nature and benefits the administration of the Scheme or any amendment which is necessary or desirable in order to take account of a change of legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for participants in the Scheme, the Company or some other member of the Group. |
16.3 | Termination of the Scheme |
The Scheme may be terminated with the prior approval of (i) the Board and (ii) the Company in general meeting (or the written approval of the holders of more than the majority of the voting shares (greater than 50%) in the capital of the Company).
16.4 | Rights of existing Award Holders |
An amendment or termination of the Scheme may not adversely affect the rights of an existing Award Holder except where the amendment or termination has been approved by the existing Award Holders in such manner as would be required by the Companys articles of association (with appropriate changes) if the Scheme Shares subject to their Awards had been issued to them (so that they had become shareholders in the Company) and constituted a separate class of shares. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in these Rules shall prevent the Board from agreeing the cancellation of an Award in exchange for a payment in cash to the Award Holder.
16.5 | Notification of Award Holders |
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, notify each Award Holder of any amendment to the Rules of the Scheme under this Rule 16.
17 | Notices |
17.1 | Notice by Company |
Any notice, document or other communication given by, or on behalf of, the Board or the Company to any person in connection with the Scheme shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered to him at his place of work, if he is employed or retained as a consultant by the Group, or sent through the post in a pre-paid envelope to the address last known to the Company to be his address and, if so sent, shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of posting.
24
17.2 | Deceased Award Holders |
Any notice, document or other communication so sent to an Award Holder shall be deemed to have been duly given notwithstanding that such Award Holder is then deceased (and whether or not the Board have notice of his death) except where his personal representatives have established their title to the satisfaction of the Board and supplied to the Board an address to which notices, documents and other communications are to be sent.
17.3 | Notice to Board or Company |
Any notice, document or other communication given to the Board or the Company in connection with the Scheme shall be delivered or sent by post to the Company Secretary at the Companys registered office or such other address as may from time to time be notified to Award Holders but shall not in any event be duly given unless it is actually received at such address.
18 | Personal Data |
It shall be a term and condition of every Award that an Award Holder agrees and consents to:
18.1 | the collection, use and processing of his personal data by any member of the Group or any trustee and the transfer of his personal data to (i) any third party administrator of the Scheme (ii) any broker through whom Scheme Shares are to be sold on behalf of an Award Holder (iii) any investor in the Company and/or its Subsidiary; |
18.2 | members of the Group and, if it is not the Company and any trustee or third party administrator of the Scheme, transferring the Award Holders personal data amongst themselves for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Scheme and the grant of Awards and the acquisition of Scheme Shares pursuant to such Award; |
18.3 | the use of personal data by any such person for any such purposes; and |
18.4 | the transfer to and retention of personal data by third parties (including any situated outside the European Economic Area and in particular the United States of America) for or in connection with such purposes. |
19 | Cost Of Scheme |
The cost of introducing and administering the Scheme shall be met by the Company or Subsidiaries whose employees are participating in the Scheme. To the extent that the Company meets these costs, the Company shall be entitled, if it wishes, to charge an appropriate part of such cost to a Subsidiary whose employees are participating in the Scheme. The Company shall also be entitled, if it wishes, to charge to a Subsidiary the opportunity cost of Scheme Shares transferred to an Award Holder employed by the Subsidiary following the Vesting of his Award.
25
20 | Governing Law |
The formation, existence, construction, performance, validity and all aspects whatsoever of the Scheme, any term of the Scheme and any Award granted under it shall be governed by the laws of Ireland (excluding Northern Ireland). The Courts of Ireland (excluding Northern Ireland) shall have jurisdiction to settle any dispute which may arise out of, or in connection with, the Scheme. The jurisdiction agreement contained in this Rule 20 is made for the benefit of the Company only, which accordingly retains the right to bring proceedings in any other court of competent jurisdiction. By accepting the grant of an Award and not renouncing it, an Award Holder is deemed to have agreed to submit to such jurisdiction.
21 | Arbitration |
All disputes and differences arising out of this Scheme or otherwise in connection therewith may be referred by the Company to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of the Arbitration Act 2010 and any Award Holder so affected shall submit to such arbitration.
26
SCHEDULE 1
Template Award Certificate
27
SCHEDULE 2
US ADDENDUM
RULES OF THE CIRCLE INTERNET FINANCIAL LIMITED SHARE AWARD SCHEME
(For United States Residents Only)
This Addendum to the Rules of the Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme (the Scheme) shall apply only to Eligible Persons who are residents of the United States of America and who are receiving an Award under the Scheme. This Addendum has been approved by the Board as a Sub Scheme under Rule 13.4 of the Scheme. Capitalized terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Scheme, unless otherwise provided by this Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Scheme to the contrary and to the extent required by Applicable Laws, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of the United States of America, until such time as the Board amends this Addendum or the Board otherwise provides.
1 | Definitions. |
1.1 | Addendum means this Addendum to the Rules of the Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Option Scheme. |
1.2 | Applicable Laws means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under United States state corporate laws, United States federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Shares are listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any non-U.S. country or jurisdiction where Options are, or will be, granted under the Scheme. |
1.3 | Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein shall be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code. |
1.4 | Employee means any person, including officers and members of the board of directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a member of the board of directors nor payment of a directors fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute employment by the Company. |
1.5 | Exchange Act means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
1.6 | Incentive Stock Option means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder. |
1.7 | Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. |
1.8 | Parent means a parent corporation, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e). |
1.9 | Securities Act means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
28
1.10 | Subsidiary means a subsidiary corporation, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f). |
2 | Stock Subject to the Scheme. Subject to any limitations set forth in the Scheme and further subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7 of this Addendum, the maximum aggregate number of Scheme Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Scheme pursuant to this Addendum shall not exceed more than the number of Scheme Shares available under the Scheme, but in no event more than 65,313,680 Scheme Shares. |
If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased, forfeited or repurchased Scheme Shares that were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Scheme and this Addendum (unless the Scheme has terminated). However, Scheme Shares that have actually been issued under the Scheme under any Award shall not be returned to the Scheme or Addendum and shall not become available for future distribution under the Scheme or
Addendum (provided that if Scheme Shares issued pursuant to Restricted Share Awards or Conditional Share Awards are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Scheme and this Addendum). Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment provided in Section 7 of this Addendum, the maximum number of Scheme Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall equal the aggregate Scheme Share number stated in the first paragraph of this Section, plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422, any Scheme Shares that become available for issuance under the Scheme under this second paragraph of this Section.
3 | Eligibility. Awards may be granted to Eligible Persons (as defined in the Scheme). Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Eligible Persons who are Employees, as defined in this Addendum. |
4 | Stock Options. |
4.1 | Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Scheme, the Board, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Board, in its sole discretion, will determine. |
4.2 | Award Certificate. Each award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Certificate that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Board, in its sole discretion, will determine. |
4.3 | Limitations. Each Option will be designated in the Award Certificate as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Option holder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars (US$100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. Further, notwithstanding such designation, if for any reason an Option will not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option will be regarded as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. |
29
For purposes of this Section 4.3, Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and the applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. |
4.4 | Term of Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Certificate; provided, however, that the term will be no more than the shorter of: (i) ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof or (ii) the date specified in Rule 5.2 of the Scheme. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Eligible Person who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (a 10% Holder), the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Certificate. For purposes of the determination of a 10% Holder, the attribution rules of Code Section 424(d) will be applied in determining stock ownership. |
4.5 | Option Exercise Price and Consideration. |
(a) | Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Scheme Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Board, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who is a 10% Holder, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5(a), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a). |
(b) | Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Board will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised. |
(c) | Form of Consideration. The Board will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Board will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Scheme Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Board determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Scheme; (6) by net exercise (subject to compliance with the Irish Companies Acts 1963 to 2012 (as same may be amended replaced and/or consolidated in the future); (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Scheme Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Board will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company. |
30
4.6 | Exercise of Option. |
(a) | Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Scheme and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Certificate. |
4.7 | Termination of Service. If an Option holder ceases to provide services to the Group, the Option holder may exercise his or her Option to the extent permitted by the Scheme and the Award Certificate. |
5 | Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations. Unless the Board provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. An Award Holder will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the |
Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Award Holder will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
6 | Limited Transferability of Awards. Unless determined otherwise by the Board, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Award Holder, only by the Award Holder. If the Board makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act. Further, during the period the Company is relying upon the exemption from registration provided in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption) until the Company either (i) becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (ii) is no longer relying upon the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any put equivalent position or any call equivalent position (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (x) persons who are family members (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (y) to an executor or guardian of the Award Holder upon the death or disability of the Award Holder, in each case, to the extent required for continued reliance on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a merger of the Company or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f), or, if the Company is not relying on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption, to the extent permitted by the Scheme and this Addendum. |
31
7 | Adjustments. In the event of variations in the share capital of the Company, adjustments (if any) will be made in accordance with Rules 7, 8 and/or 12 of the Scheme, as applicable; provided, however, the Board will make proportionate adjustments to the number of Scheme Shares subject to and the exercise price (if any) thereof under each Award in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or other distribution of the Companys equity securities effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, of or on the Companys class or series of securities underlying the Option. |
8 | Tax Withholdings. Prior to the delivery of any Scheme Shares or payment pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Award Holder will make such arrangements as the Board may require for the satisfaction of any U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. withholding tax obligations that may arise with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof). The Award Holder also will make such arrangements as the Board may require for the satisfaction of any U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to an Award. |
9 | Term of Scheme. Subject to shareholder approval of the Scheme (including this Addendum), the Scheme and the Addendum will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless the Scheme and/or Addendum are sooner terminated by the Board, Awards may not be granted under the Addendum after the earlier to occur of: (a) date set forth in Rule 2.5 of the Scheme, and (b) a date more than ten (10) years after the later of (i) the effective date of the Scheme, or (ii) the date when the Board approved the most recent increase in the number of Scheme Shares reserved under Rule 3.2 of the Scheme that also was approved by the Companys shareholders in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws. |
10 | Code Section 409A. The Addendum, the Scheme with respect to Awards granted under the Addendum, and each Award Agreement under the Addendum are intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Board. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Scheme or Addendum to the contrary, (a) the Board may amend the Scheme, this Addendum or any Award without the consent of the holder thereof if the Board determines that such amendment is required or advisable for the Company, the Scheme, this Addendum or any Award to satisfy, comply with or meet the requirements of any law, regulation, rule or accounting standard, and (b) to the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A, the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A. |
11 | Information to Award Holders. Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Award Holders under this Scheme and Addendum is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the |
Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Award Holders pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Award Holders pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Award Holder the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than
32
every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Award Holders or by written notice to the Award Holders of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Award Holders agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If an Award Holder does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.
12 | Shareholder Approval. The Scheme (including this Addendum) will be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Scheme (including this Addendum) is adopted by the Board. Such shareholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws. |
13 | Amendment. This Addendum shall be deemed to be part of the Scheme and the Board shall have the authority to amend this Addendum in accordance with Rule 16 of the Scheme. |
33
SCHEDULE 3
CALIFORNIA ADDENDUM
RULES OF THE CIRCLE INTERNET FINANCIAL LIMITED
SHARE AWARD SCHEME
(California Participants)
Notwithstanding anything stated to the contrary in the Share Award Scheme and US Addendum of Circle Internet Financial Limited (the Plan), this Addendum to the Plan shall apply for purposes of all Awards granted under the Plan to natural persons who are employees, officers, directors and consultants providing services to the Company or its Subsidiaries and reside in California (collectively, the California Awardees) until such time as the Stock becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, until such time as the Stock becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, this Addendum shall supersede the terms of any Award Agreement entered into with California Awardees to the extent that the terms of such Award Agreement are inconsistent with this Addendum. All capitalized terms, to the extent not defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.
1 | Options. |
1.1 | Option Term. No Option shall be exercisable after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Option is granted. |
1.2 | Termination of Employment. In the event that an Award Holders employment terminates, such Award Holder may thereafter exercise his, her or its Option, to the extent that it was vested and exercisable on the date of such termination, until the date specified below; provided that, such date is subject to adjustment pursuant to Rule 6.8 of the Plan. Any portion of the Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination of such employment shall immediately expire and be null and void. Once any portion of the Option becomes vested and exercisable, the Award Holders right to exercise such portion of the Option (or the Award Holders representatives and legatees as applicable) in the event of a termination of the Award Holders employment shall continue until the earliest of: (i) the date which is: (A) six months following the date on which the Award Holders employment terminates due to death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement), or (B) 30 days following the date on which the Award Holders employment terminates if the termination is due to any other reason (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement), or (ii) the Expiration Date set forth in the Option Agreement; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option Agreement may provide that if the Award Holders employment is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate immediately and be null and void upon the date of the Award Holders termination and shall not thereafter be exercisable. |
As used in this Addendum, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
34
1.3 | Cause means a dismissal as a result of (i) the commission of any act by the Award Holder constituting financial dishonesty against the Company or its Subsidiaries (which act would be chargeable as a crime under applicable law); (ii) the Award Holders engaging in any other act of dishonesty, fraud, intentional misrepresentation, moral turpitude, illegality or harassment which, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, would: (A) materially adversely affect the business or the reputation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with their respective current or prospective customers, suppliers, lenders and/or other third parties with whom such entity does or might do business; or (B) expose the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to a risk of civil or criminal legal damages, liabilities or penalties; (iii) the repeated willful failure by the Award Holder to follow the directives of the chief executive officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Board of Directors, or the board of directors of any of the Companys Subsidiaries; or (iv) any material misconduct, material violation of the Companys written policies, or willful and deliberate non-performance of duty by the Award Holder in connection with the business affairs of the Company or its Subsidiaries. In the event the Award Holder is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary that contains a different definition of cause, the definition set forth in such other agreement shall be applicable to the Award Holder for purposes of this Agreement and not this definition. The determination as to whether an Award Holders employment has been terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Board and shall be final and binding on the Award Holder. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Companys ability to terminate an Award Holders employment or consulting relationship at any time, and the term Company will be interpreted to include any Subsidiary or any successor thereto, if appropriate. |
1.4 | Disability means disability as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code. |
2 | All Awards. |
2.1 | Nontransferability of Awards. No Award shall be transferable by the grantee otherwise than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, to a revocable trust or as permitted by Rule 701 of the Act. |
2.2 | Grant Date. No Award shall be granted under the Plan after the date which is ten years from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the Companys security holders, whichever is earlier. |
35
PART A: INTERPRETATION AND ADMINISTRATION |
38 | |||||
1 |
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION | 38 | ||||
2 |
PURPOSE AND ADMINISTRATION | 41 | ||||
PART B: GRANT OF OPTIONS |
41 | |||||
3 |
ELIGIBILITY | 41 | ||||
4 |
GRANT AND ACCEPTANCE OF OPTIONS | 41 | ||||
5 |
EXERCISE PRICE | 42 | ||||
6 |
LIMITS ON THE GRANT OF EMI OPTIONS | 42 | ||||
PART C: EXERCISE OF OPTIONS |
43 | |||||
7 |
EXERCISE OF OPTIONS - GENERAL RULES | 43 | ||||
8 |
ISSUE OR TRANSFER OF SHARES | 44 | ||||
PART D: AMENDMENTS |
45 | |||||
9 |
VARIATION OF SHARE CAPITAL | 45 | ||||
10 |
ALTERATION OF THE UK SUB SCHEME | 45 | ||||
PART E: MISCELLANEOUS |
46 | |||||
11 |
SERVICE OF DOCUMENTS | 46 | ||||
12 |
JURISDICTION | 47 | ||||
13 |
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS | 47 |
37
The UK Sub Scheme as appended to the Rules of the Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme (the Scheme) shall apply to eligible employees who are resident in the United Kingdom and who are receiving an option pursuant to the UK Sub Scheme. Capitalised terms contained herein shall have the meaning given to them in this UK Sub Scheme. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Scheme to the contrary and to the extent required by the relevant UK legislation, the following terms shall apply to all options granted to residents of the United Kingdom until such time as the Board amends this UK Sub Scheme or the Board otherwise provides.
PART A: INTERPRETATION AND ADMINISTRATION
1 | DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION |
1.1 | In this UK Sub Scheme:- |
Associated Company means any company which, in relation to the Company, is an associated company as that term is defined in section 449 of the CTA but with the omission of the words or at any other time within the preceding 12 months
Auditors has the meaning given in Rule 1.1 of the Scheme
Board has the meaning given in Rule 1.1 of the Scheme
Committed Time has the meaning given in paragraph 26 of Schedule 5
Companies Act means the Companies Act 2006
Company means Circle Internet Financial Limited (previously known as Boston Internet Financial Services Limited) incorporated in Ireland under company number 531058 and having its registered office at Guinness Enterprise Centre, Taylors Lane, Dublin 8
Control has the meaning given in Rule 1.1 of the Scheme
CSOP Option has the meaning given in paragraph 5(5) of Schedule 5
CTA means the UK Corporation Tax Act 2010
Date of Grant means the date on which an Option is granted
Disqualifying Event has the meaning given in sections 533 to 539 of ITEPA
Eligible Employee means an employee (including an executive director) of the Company, which is a qualifying company for the purposes of paragraph 8 of Schedule 5, or any other member of the Group, which is a qualifying subsidiary of the Company for the purposes of paragraph 11 of Schedule 5:-
(a) | whose Committed Time amounts to:- |
(i) | at least 25 hours a week; or |
(ii) | if less at least 75% of his Working Time; and |
38
(b) | who has no (and for the purposes of paragraph 28 of Schedule 5, is not regarded as having a) Material Interest in any company in the Group |
Eligible Person has the meaning given in Rule 1.1 of the Scheme excluding the words and any person who is employed as a consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
EMI Option means an Option which satisfies the conditions of Schedule 5 at the time the Option is granted
Employers NICs means, in the UK, secondary Class I NICs or, in any other jurisdiction, social security contributions (or other similar taxes) arising on an Option Gain
Exercise Price means the price per Share payable on the exercise of an Option Group means the Company and any company which is for the time being a Subsidiary
HMRC means Her Majestys Revenue and Customs
ITA means the Income Tax Act 2007
ITEPA means the UK Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003
Material Interest has the meaning given in paragraphs 29 to 30 of Schedule 5 for the purposes of paragraph 28 of Schedule 5
NICs means, in the UK, National Insurance Contributions or, in any other jurisdiction, social security contributions (or other similar taxes)
N.I. Regulations means the laws, regulations and practices currently in force relating to liability for, and the collection of, NICs
Option means a right to acquire Shares granted in accordance with, and subject to, the rules of this UK Sub Scheme which has not lapsed
Option Contract means a contract granting an Option executed jointly by the Company and the Optionholder substantially in the form set out in the Schedule to this UK Sub Scheme or such other form not inconsistent with the UK Sub Scheme as the Board may determine
Option Gain means a gain realised on the exercise or release of, or the acquisition of Shares pursuant to, an Option, being a gain that is treated as derived from an Optionholders
employment by virtue of section 4(4)(a) of the SSCBA
Optionholder means a person who has been granted an Option or, if that person has died and where the context requires, his Personal Representatives
Optionholders Employer means such member of the Group as is an Optionholders employer or, if he has ceased to be employed within the Group, was his employer or such other member of the Group, or other person as, under the PAYE Regulations or, as the case may be, the N.I. Regulations, or any other statutory or regulatory enactment (whether in the United Kingdom or otherwise) is obliged to account for any Option Tax Liability
Option Shares means the Shares over which an Option subsists
39
Option Tax Liability means, in relation to an Optionholder, any liability of an Optionholders Employer to account to HMRC or any other tax authority for any amount of, or representing, income tax or NICs (which shall, to the extent so determined pursuant to Rule 4.2.2 include Employers NICs) or any equivalent charge in the nature of tax or social security contributions (whether under the laws of the United Kingdom or otherwise) which may arise on or connection with the grant, vesting, exercise or release of, or the acquisition of Shares pursuant to, an Option, including any charge arising under Part 7A ITEPA in relation to an Option
Ordinary Share Capital means the issued ordinary share capital of the Company, other than capital the holders of which have a right to a dividend at a fixed rate but have not other right to share in the Companys profits
PAYE Regulations means the regulations made under section 684 of ITEPA
Personal Representatives means the personal representatives of an Optionholder (being either the executors of the Optionholders will or, if he dies intestate, the duly appointed administrator(s) of his estate) who have produced to the Company evidence of their appointment as such
Schedule 5 means Schedule 5 of ITEPA
Scheme Shares has the meaning given in Rule 1.1 of the Scheme
Shares has the meaning given in Rule 1.1 of the Scheme
SSCBA means the UK Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992
Subscription Option means a right to subscribe for Shares granted in accordance with, and subject to, the rules of this UK Sub Scheme
Subsidiary means any company which is for the time being a subsidiary (as defined in section 1159 of the UK Companies Act 2006) of the Company
UK means United Kingdom
UK Sub Scheme means the provisions of the Circle Internet Financial Share Option Scheme (which applies to eligible employees who are resident in the UK and/or who receive an Option pursuant to the UK Sub Scheme) as set out in Schedule 4 to the Scheme and amended from time to time
Vest has the meaning given in Rule 1.1 of the Scheme
Working Time has the meaning given in paragraph 27 of Schedule 5
1.2 | References to Shares in respect of which an Option subsists at any time are to be read and construed as references to the Shares over which the Option is then held (and in respect of which it has not then lapsed). |
1.3 | Words and expressions used in this UK Sub Scheme and in the ancillary documents which are not defined in this Rule 1 have the meanings they bear for the purposes of ITEPA. |
40
1.4 | Any reference to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted and shall include all subordinate legislation made form time to time under that statute or statutory provision. |
1.5 | Words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine. |
1.6 | Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. |
1.7 | References to rules are to the rules of this UK Sub Scheme and no account should be taken of the rule headings which have been inserted for ease of reference only. |
2 | PURPOSE AND ADMINISTRATION |
2.1 | The Board may from time to time make and vary such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the rules of this UK Sub Scheme and establish such procedures for its administration and implementation as they think fit. |
2.2 | If any question, dispute or disagreement arises as to the interpretation of this UK Sub Scheme or of any rules, regulations or procedures relating to it or as to any question or right arising from or related to this UK Sub Scheme, the decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons. |
2.3 | The cost of introducing and administering the UK Sub Scheme shall be met by the Company or Subsidiaries whose employees are participating in the Scheme. To the extent that the Company meets these costs, the Company shall be entitled, if it wishes, to charge an appropriate part of such cost to a Subsidiary whose employees are participating in the UK Sub Scheme. The Company shall also be entitled, if it wishes, to charge to a Subsidiary the opportunity cost of Scheme Shares transferred to an Optionholder employed by the Subsidiary following the Vesting of his Option. |
PART B: GRANT OF OPTIONS
3 | ELIGIBILITY |
3.1 | Subject to the following provisions of this Rule 3, the Board shall have an absolute discretion as to the selection of persons to whom Options may be granted. |
3.2 | An Option may only be granted to an Eligible Person. |
3.3 | An Option intended to qualify as an EMI Option may only be granted to an Eligible Employee. |
4 | GRANT AND ACCEPTANCE OF OPTIONS |
4.1 | An Option shall be granted by the Company and the Eligible Person to whom it is to be granted executing an Option Contract. |
4.2 | By executing an Option Contract, the Optionholder shall: |
4.2.1 | indemnify the Company and (if different) the Optionholders Employer against any liability they may have to account for any Option Tax Liability; |
41
4.2.2 | if the Board so determine in relation to any Option, agree with and undertake to the Company and, if different, the Optionholders Employer that the Optionholders Employer may recover from the Optionholder the whole or any part of any Employers NICs payable in respect of any Option Gain; |
4.2.3 | agree and consent to: |
(a) | the collection, use and processing of his personal data by any member of the Group, any Associated Company or any trustee and the transfer of his personal data to (i) any third party administrator of the Scheme (ii) any broker through whom Scheme Shares are to be sold on behalf of an Optionholder (iii) any investor in the Company and/or a Subsidiary; |
(b) | members of the Group, any Associated Company or any trustee or third party administrator of the Scheme or any brokers, transferring the Optionholders personal data amongst themselves for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Scheme and the grant of Options and the acquisition of Scheme Shares pursuant to such Option; |
(c) | the use of personal data by any such person for any such purposes; and |
(d) | the transfer to and retention of personal data by third parties (including any situated outside the European Economic Area and in particular the United States of America) for or in connection with such purposes. |
4.2.4 | agree to join, if requested to do so, with the Optionholders Employer in making an election as mentioned in section 431 of ITEPA for the full or partial disapplication of Chapter 2 of Part 7 ITEPA (restricted securities) in the form set out in Appendix 2 to the Option Contract (or in such other form as the Board may specify from time to time) (a Section 431 Election). |
4.2.5 | for an Option intended to qualify as an EMI Option, declare that he meets the requirements of paragraph 26 of Schedule 5 in relation to that Option insofar as his Committed Time amounts to: |
(a) | at least 25 hours a week; or |
(b) | if less, at least 75% of his Working Time. |
5 | EXERCISE PRICE |
5.1 | Subject to Rule 5.2 and any adjustment made pursuant to Rule 9, the Exercise Price shall be specified by the Board at the Date of Grant. |
5.2 | The Exercise Price in respect of a Subscription Option shall not (except as mentioned in Rule 9.1.4(b)) be less than the nominal value of a Share. |
6 | LIMITS ON THE GRANT OF EMI OPTIONS |
6.1 | An EMI Option may only be granted to an Eligible Employee to the extent that the total market value of the shares which the Eligible Employee can acquire on the exercise of EMI Options or CSOP Options granted to him by reason of his employment with: |
42
6.1.1 | any member of the Group; or |
6.1.2 | any two or more members of the Group, |
does not exceed £250,000 or such other limit as is specified from time to time in paragraph 5 of Schedule 5. Any Option shall not be an EMI Option if, immediately before it is granted, the total market value of shares which can be acquired on the exercise of his share options falling within this Rule 6.1 already exceeds £250,000 or such other limit as is specified from time to time in paragraph 5 of Schedule 5.
6.2 | If an Eligible Employee has been granted EMI options over shares with a total market value of £250,000 (or such other amount as may be specified by paragraph 6 of Schedule 5 at the relevant time) by reason of his employment with any one or more members of the Group, whether or not those EMI options have been exercised or released, any further Option granted to that Eligible Employee by reason of his employment with any member of the Group shall not be an EMI Option if the Date of Grant of such Option falls within the period of three years after the date of grant of the latest of the EMI options which are counted for the purposes of such limit. |
6.3 | An EMI Option may only be granted to an Eligible Employee to the extent that any such grant would not cause the limit of £3 million (or such other limit as is specified in paragraph 7 of Schedule 5 from time to time) on the total market value of Shares which are the subject of unexercised EMI options to be exceeded. If the grant of an Option causes that limit to be exceeded, paragraph 7(3) of Schedule 5 shall apply, and if the grant of two or more Options at the same time causes that limit to be exceeded, paragraphs 7(4) and 7(5) of Schedule 5 shall apply so that any such Options shall qualify as EMI options under Schedule 5 to the extent permitted by those provisions. Any Option shall not be an EMI Option if, immediately before it is granted, the total market value of Shares which can be acquired on the exercise of unexercised EMI Options already exceeds £3 million or such other limit as is specified in paragraph 7 of Schedule 5 from time to time. |
6.4 | For the purposes of this Rule 6, market value shall be determined as at the relevant dates of grant and in accordance with paragraphs 5(6) (8), 55 and 56 of Schedule 5. |
PART C: EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
7 | EXERCISE OF OPTIONS - GENERAL RULES |
7.1 | During his lifetime, only the individual to whom an Option is granted may exercise that Option. |
7.2 | An Option may not be exercised on any occasion if the exercise would not be in compliance with the law or any regulation with the force of law. |
7.3 | It is a condition of exercise that the Optionholder agrees to indemnify the Company and the Optionholders Employer in respect of any Option Tax Liability. |
7.4 | An Option may not be exercised if the Optionholder, having been required to do so, has not entered into a Section 431 Election (see Rule 4.2.4). |
7.5 | Subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 6.8 of the Scheme, an Option shall only be exercisable within such time period, in such manner and in such circumstances, as specified in the applicable Option Contract. |
43
7.6 | Notwithstanding the provisions of this UK Sub Scheme and of any Option Contract, no Option shall be exercisable later than the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant, and for the avoidance of doubt, an Option shall lapse and cease to be exercisable no later than such date to the extent not exercised. |
8 | ISSUE OR TRANSFER OF SHARES |
8.1 | Subject to Rule 8.2, within the period of 30 days beginning with the date on which the Company receives a notice of exercise which complies with the procedures set out in the relevant Option Contract, the Company shall issue, transfer or procure the issue or transfer to the Optionholder of such number of Shares as is specified in the notice. |
8.2 | Shares may not be issued or transferred pursuant to the exercise of an Option on any occasion if such issue or transfer would not be in compliance with the law or any regulation within the force of law. |
8.3 | If the Company is restricted from issuing, transferring or procuring the issue or transfer of Shares by reason of any statutory, regulatory or other legal provision or rule or any other applicable requirement or guidance which relates to dealings in Shares by directors or employees or any member of the Group, the Company shall not be obliged to issue, transfer or procure the issue or transfer of Shares in consequence of an Option exercise until after all such restrictions are lifted and shall then do so within 30 days. |
8.4 | Subject to Rule 8.6, as soon as reasonably practicable after the issue or transfer of any Shares pursuant to Rules 8.1 or 8.3, the Company shall procure:- |
8.4.1 | the issue to the Optionholder of a definitive share certificate or such other acknowledgement of shareholding as is prescribed from time to time in respect of the Shares so allotted or transferred; and |
8.4.2 | if the Option remains partially unexercised, that either the relevant Option Contract is amended so as to indicate the number of Shares in respect of which the Option subsists, or that the Optionholder is issued with a new Option Contract which contains all the information which would have been contained in such amended Option Contract. |
8.5 | The allotment or transfer of any Shares under this UK Sub Scheme shall be subject to the Companys Articles of Association and to any necessary consents of any governmental or other authorities (whether in the United Kingdom or otherwise) under any enactments or regulations from time to time in force. It shall be the responsibility of the Optionholder to comply with any requirements to be fulfilled in order to obtain or obviate the necessity of any such consent. |
8.6 | Some or all of the Shares acquired upon the exercise of an Option may, if the Optionholder so requests, be issued or transferred to a nominee of the Optionholder PROVIDED THAT beneficial ownership of such Shares shall be Vested in the Optionholder. |
8.7 | All Shares issued or transferred under this UK Sub Scheme shall rank equally in all respects with the Shares then issued except for any rights attaching to such other Shares by reference to a record date preceding the date of the issue or transfer of the Shares acquired on the exercise of the Options. |
44
PART D: AMENDMENTS
9 | VARIATION OF SHARE CAPITAL |
9.1 | If the Ordinary Share Capital is altered by way of capitalisation or rights issue, sub-division, consolidation or reduction, or in the event of a demerger, or if there is any other variation in the share capital of the Company, the Board may in respect of any Option make such adjustment as they consider appropriate:- |
9.1.1 | to the aggregate number or description of Option Shares; and/or |
9.1.2 | to the Exercise Price; and/or |
9.1.3 | if an Option has been exercised but no Shares have been issued or transferred in accordance with Rules 8.1 or 8.2, to the number or description of Shares which may be so issued or transferred and the Exercise Price; and/or |
9.1.4 | to the Vesting conditions, |
PROVIDED THAT:-
(a) | in the case of an EMI Option no such adjustment should be made if the effect of the adjustment would be to affect the aggregate value of the Option Shares; |
(b) | except insofar as the Board (on behalf of the Company) agree to capitalise the Companys reserves and apply the same at the time of exercise in paying up the difference between the Exercise Price and the nominal value of the Shares, the Exercise Price of any Subscription Option shall not be reduced below a Shares nominal value; |
(c) | the number of Shares as so adjusted has been rounded down to the nearest whole number and the Exercise Price has been rounded up to the nearest whole penny; |
(d) | for the avoidance of doubt, the Board may make an adjustment even if such adjustment is a Disqualifying Event for EMI purposes and/or may be regarded by HMRC as the release of the Option and the grant of a replacement share option which lacks EMI tax advantages; and |
(e) | an adjustment shall not be made until the Auditors have confirmed in writing to the Board that such adjustment is in their opinion fair and reasonable. |
9.2 | Details of any adjustment shall be given to any affected Optionholders as soon as reasonably practicable. |
10 | ALTERATION OF THE UK SUB SCHEME |
10.1 | Power to amend UK Sub Scheme |
Subject to Rules 10.2 and 10.3, the Board may from time to time amend all or any of the Rules of the UK Sub Scheme.
45
10.2 | Amendments to UK Sub Scheme |
(a) | An amendment may not be made for the benefit of existing or future Optionholders to the Rules of the UK Sub Scheme relating to: |
(i) | the definitions of Eligible Person; |
(ii) | the limit on the number of Scheme Shares which may be acquired under Option under the Scheme; |
(iii) | this Rule 10.2, |
without the prior approval of the Company in general meeting (or the written approval of the holders of more than the majority of the voting shares (greater than 50%) in the capital of the Company).
(b) | Nothing in this Rule 10.2 shall prohibit any amendment to those Rules which is of a minor nature and benefits the administration of the UK Sub Scheme or any amendment which is necessary or desirable in order to take account of a change of legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for participants in the UK Sub Scheme, the Company or some other member of the Group. |
10.3 | Termination of the UK Sub Scheme |
The UK Sub Scheme may be terminated with the prior approval of (i) the Board and (ii) the Company in general meeting (or the written approval of the holders of more than the majority of the voting shares (greater than 50%) in the capital of the Company).
10.4 | Rights of existing Optionholders |
An amendment or termination of the UK Sub Scheme may not adversely affect the rights of an existing Optionholder except where the amendment or termination has been approved by the existing Optionholders in such manner as would be required by the Companys articles of association (with appropriate changes) if the Scheme Shares subject to their Options had been issued to them (so that they had become shareholders in the Company) and constituted a separate class of shares. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in these Rules shall prevent the Board from agreeing the cancellation of an Option in exchange for a payment in cash to the Optionholder.
10.5 | Notification of Optionholders |
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, notify each Optionholder of any amendment to the Rules of the UK Sub Scheme under this Rule 10.
PART E: MISCELLANEOUS
11 | SERVICE OF DOCUMENTS |
11.1 | Notice by Company |
Any notice, document or other communication given by, or on behalf of, the Board or the Company to any person in connection with the UK Sub Scheme shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered to him at his place of work, if he is employed by the Group, or sent through the post in a pre-paid envelope to the address last known to the Company to be his address and, if so sent, shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of posting.
46
11.2 | Deceased Optionholders |
Any notice, document or other communication so sent to an Optionholder shall be deemed to have been duly given notwithstanding that such Optionholder is then deceased (and whether or not the Board have notice of his death) except where his Personal Representatives have established their title to the satisfaction of the Board and supplied to the Board an address to which notices, documents and other communications are to be sent.
11.3 | Notice to Board or Company |
Any notice, document or other communication given to the Board or the Company in connection with the UK Sub Scheme shall be delivered or sent by post to the Company Secretary at the Companys registered office or such other address as may from time to time be notified to Optionholders but shall not in any event be duly given unless it is actually received at such address.
12 | JURISDICTION |
12.1 | The formation, existence, construction, performance, validity and all aspects whatsoever of the Scheme, any term of the UK Sub Scheme and any Option granted under it shall be governed by the laws of Ireland (excluding Northern Ireland). The Courts of Ireland (excluding Northern Ireland) shall have jurisdiction to settle any dispute which may arise out of, or in connection with, the UK Sub Scheme. The jurisdiction agreement contained in this Rule 12 is made for the benefit of the Company only, which accordingly retains the right to bring proceedings in any other court of competent jurisdiction. By accepting the grant of an Option and not renouncing it, an Optionholder is deemed to have agreed to submit to such jurisdiction. |
12.2 | All disputes and differences arising out of this UK Sub Scheme or otherwise in connection therewith may be referred by the Company to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of the Arbitration Act 2010 and any Optionholder so affected shall submit to such arbitration. |
13 | THIRD PARTY RIGHTS |
Except as otherwise expressly stated to the contrary, neither this UK Sub Scheme nor the UK Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall have the effect of giving any third party rights under this UK Sub Scheme or any Option, and that Act shall not apply to this UK Sub Scheme or any Option.
47
SCHEDULE 5
FORM OF OPTION CONTRACT
DATED 20[ ]
(2) CIRCLE INTERNET FINANCIAL LIMITED
- AND -
(3) [OPTIONHOLDER]
[EMI]* SHARE OPTION CONTRACT pursuant to Schedule 3 of the
Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme
* Delete if not an EMI option
THIS OPTION CONTRACT is made on [ ] 20[ ]
BETWEEN:-
(1) | CIRCLE INTERNET FINANCIAL LIMITED (previously known as Boston Internet Financial Services Limited) incorporated in Ireland under company number 531058 and having its registered office at Guinness Enterprise Centre, Taylors Lane, Dublin 8 (the Company);and |
(2) | [EMPLOYEE] of [address] (the Optionholder). |
1 | DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION |
1.1 | In this Option Contract:- |
Acting in Concert has the meaning given in Rule 1.1 of the Scheme
Acquiring Company means a company which has acquired Control of the Company
Associated Company means any company which, in relation to the Company, is an associated company as that term is defined in section 449 of the CTA except that, for the purposes of this Option Contract, the section shall have effect with the omission of the words or at any other time within the preceding 12 months
Auditors has the meaning given in Rule 1.1 of the Scheme
Board has the meaning given in Rule 1.1 of the Scheme
48
[Committed Time has the meaning given in paragraph 26 of Schedule 5]1
Companies Act means the UK Companies Act 2006
Control has the meaning given in Rule 1.1 of the Scheme
CTA means the UK Corporation Tax Act 2010
Date of Grant means the date of this Option Contract
Disqualifying Event has the meaning given in sections 533 to 539 of ITEPA
[EMI Option means an Option which satisfies the conditions of Schedule 5]22
Employers NICs means in the UK secondary Class I NICs or, (in any other jurisdiction, social security contributions (or other similar taxes) arising on an Option Gain
Exchange of Options means the grant to the Optionholder, in consideration of the release of his rights under this Option, of rights to acquire shares in the Acquiring Company being rights which are:-
(a) | in the opinion of the Board, substantially equivalent to his rights under this Option; and |
(b) | on terms approved by the Board (having regard tothe requirements of Part 6 of Schedule 5 where the new options are to be treated for the purposes of the EMI Code as a replacement option) |
Exercise Price means the price per Share payable on the exercise of this Option
Group means the Company and any company which is for the time being a Subsidiary
HMRC means Her Majestys Revenue and Customs
ITEPA means the UK Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003
Market Value means such value as the Board determines, in its sole discretion, to be appropriate for purposes of valuing a Scheme Share
NICs means in the UK, National Insurance Contributions or, in any other jurisdiction, social security contributions (or other similar taxes)
N.I. Regulations means the laws, regulations and practices currently in force relating to liability for, and the collection of, NICs
Option Gain means a gain realised on the exercise or release of, or the acquisition of Shares pursuant to, this Option, being a gain that is treated as derived from the Optionholders employment by virtue of section 4(4)(a) of the SSCBA
1 | Delete if not an EMI Option |
2 | Delete if not an EMI Option |
49
Optionholders Employer means such member of the Group as is the Optionholders employer or, if he has ceased to be employed within the Group, was his employer or such other member of the Group, or other person as, under the PAYE Regulations or, as the case may be, the N.I. Regulations, or any other statutory or regulatory enactment (whether in the United Kingdom or otherwise) is obliged to account for any Option Tax Liability
Option Shares means the Shares over which this Option subsists
Option Tax Liability means, in relation to an Optionholder, any liability of the Optionholders Employer to account to HMRC or any other tax authority for any amount of, or representing, income tax nature of tax or social security contributions (whether under the laws of the United Kingdom or otherwise) which may arise on or connection with the grant, vesting, exercise or release of, or the acquisition of Shares pursuant to, an Option, including any charge arising under Part 7A ITEPA in relation to an Option
PAYE Regulations means the regulations made under section 684 of ITEPA
Personal Representatives means the personal representatives of the Optionholder (being either the executors of his will or, if he dies intestate, the duly appointed administrator(s) of his estate) who have produced to the Company evidence of their appointment as such
[Schedule 5 means Schedule 5 of ITEPA]1
Scheme means the Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Option Scheme, as amended from time to time
Scheme Shares has the meaning given in Rule 1.1 of the Scheme
Shares has the meaning given in Rule 1.1 of the Scheme
Shareholders Agreements has the meaning given in Rule 1.1 of the Scheme
SSCBA means the UK Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992
Subsidiary means any company which is for the time being a subsidiary (as defined in section 1159 of the UK Companies Act) of the Company
UK Sub Scheme means the provisions of the Circle Internet Financial Share Option Scheme (which applies to eligible employees who are resident in the UK and/or who receive an Option pursuant to the UK Sub Scheme) as set out in Schedule 4 to the Scheme and amended from time to time
Vest has the meaning given in Rule 1.1 of the Scheme
[Working Time has the meaning given in paragraph 27 of Schedule 5]2
1.2 | Words and expressions used in this Option Contract and in the ancillary documents which are not defined in this Rule 1 or the UK Sub Scheme have the meanings they bear for the purposes of ITEPA. |
50
1.3 | Any reference to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted and shall include all subordinate legislation made from time to time under that statutory provision. |
1.4 | Words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine. |
1.5 | Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. |
1.6 | 1.6 References to rules are to rules of this Agreement and no account should be taken of headings which have been inserted for ease of reference only. |
2 | GRANT OF SHARE OPTION |
2.1 | The Company HEREBY GRANTS to the Optionholder the right, exercisable only subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set out in this Option Contract and in the rules of the UK Sub Scheme, to acquire a maximum of [ ] Shares at an Exercise Price of [ ] per Share (this Option). |
2.2 | This Option has been granted pursuant to, and in accordance with, the UK Sub Scheme. |
2.3 | A copy of the rules of the UK Sub Scheme is available for viewing, on request from the Company Secretary. |
3 | STATUS AS AN EMI OPTION |
3.1 | This Option has been granted on terms intended to qualify this Option as an EMI Option. |
3.2 | The Optionholder agrees, and shall complete a declaration in the form set out in Appendix to this Option Contract (or such other form as the Board may specify from time to time), that he meets the requirements of paragraph 26 of Schedule 5 in relation to this Option insofar as his Committed Time amounts to: |
3.2.1 | at least 25 hours a week; or |
3.2.2 | if less, at least 75% of his Working Time |
3.3 | The Optionholders Employer shall notify HMRC of this Option within 92 days of the Date of Grant, as required by Schedule 5. |
3.4 | Although it is intended that this Option should qualify as an EMI Option no warranty is given by the Company that this Option does in fact qualify as an EMI Option nor that it will continue to so qualify up until the time when the Optionholder exercises this Option. |
3.5 | There may be restrictions on the transfer of Shares contained in the Companys Articles of Association. A copy of the Articles of Association as at the Date of Grant is available from the Company Secretary on request. |
51
3.6 | Nothing in this Option Contract shall be taken to impose any restriction or limitation upon the exercise by the members of the Company of their rights to make any alteration to the Articles of Association or the share capital of the Company.]3 |
4 | VESTING AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS |
4.1 | Vesting of Options |
4.1.1 | Subject to Rules 5 and 6, this Option shall Vest and become exercisable as follows: |
(a) | [set out conditions relating to Vesting, which may include double or single trigger acceleration provisions at the discretion of the Board] |
(b) | [set out [performance] conditions attaching to the Option] |
4.1.2 | If and to the extent that existing shareholders in the Company are subject to restrictions on the exercise of any rights attaching to their shares in the Company as set out in any shareholders agreement and/or lock-up arrangement, the Board may require that this Option may not Vest unless the Optionholder executes a deed of adherence in a form acceptable to the Company whereby the Optionholder agrees to be bound by the terms of such shareholders agreement and/or lock-up arrangement. |
4.1.3 | If it is agreed with the Optionholder that he should transfer his employment to another company in the Group, the Board may, in its absolute discretion, resolve and require that: |
(a) | the Vesting of any Unvested part of this Option shall be satisfied by the delivery of such number of fully paid voting ordinary shares in the capital of the Optionholders new employer as shall have the same Market Value on the date of Vesting as any Unvested part of the Option. If the Board does not exercise its discretion pursuant to this Rule 4.1.3(a), this Option shall not lapse but shall continue in force in accordance with its terms; and/or |
(b) | any Scheme Shares held by the Optionholder shall be exchanged for such number of fully paid voting ordinary shares in the capital of the Optionholders new employer as shall have the same Market Value on the date of transfer provided however that the Company shall procure the discharge of any tax arising from such exchange. |
4.2 | Latest date for Exercise of Options |
This Option may not in any event be exercised later than the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant and for the avoidance of doubt this Option shall lapse and cease to be exercisable no later than such date to the extent not exercised.
3 | Delete Rule 3 if not an EMI Option. |
52
4.3 | Optionholder to be employed within the Group on exercise of Option |
Subject to Rule 5, this Option may be exercised only while the Optionholder is employed within the Group and if an Optionholder ceases to be employed within the Group, this Option shall lapse immediately.
4.4 | Exercise of Options |
4.4.1 | Subject to the provisions of these Rules, a Vested Option may be exercised in whole or in part (being 100 Shares or a multiple thereof or less if the exercise in question is a final exercise) at any time or times after its Date of Grant. |
4.4.2 | Upon the exercise of an Option in whole or in part the Optionholder shall pay the Exercise Price to the Company in respect of the number of Shares over which the Option has been exercised and shall deliver the notice of exercise (as attached at Appendix 3 or in such other form as the Board so determines) to the Company and the Company, as soon as practicable after the receipt by it of the notice of exercise and the Exercise Price, shall issue the appropriate number of Scheme Shares to the Optionholder and if appropriate, shall deliver an amended Option Contract to the Optionholder in respect of the part of the Option that remains unexercised. |
4.4.3 | In relation to anything done pursuant to the Scheme, the Board shall not be under any obligation to procure the transfer of or to transfer Scheme Shares to or pay cash to and/or do any other thing in relation to the Optionholder under or in connection with this Scheme unless and until the Board is satisfied in regard to compliance with Rule 12. |
5 | VESTING IN SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES4 |
5.1 | Death |
Notwithstanding Rule 4.3, if the Optionholder dies at a time when the Option is still capable of being exercised by him, his Personal Representatives may, subject to compliance with Rule 4, exercise the unexercised Option (or, as the case may be, that portion of the Option not already exercised) to the extent this Option has Vested as of the date of death provided that such exercise occurs before the earlier of:
5.1.1 | the first anniversary of the date of death; and 5.1.2 the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant and this Option will automatically expire to the extent that it has not been so exercised. |
5.2 | Injury, disability, redundancy and termination of employment by mutual agreement |
Notwithstanding Rule 4.3, if the Optionholder ceases to be a director of a company in the Group or ceases to be an employee employed by the Group before this Option is exercised by reason of:
5.2.1 | injury, ill health or disability; |
5.2.2 | redundancy; |
4 | EMI tax advantages are restricted if an EMI Option is not exercised within 90 days of a Disqualifying Event (except in the case of the death of an Optionholder, whereby an EMI Option may be exercised within 12 months from the date of death). |
53
5.2.3 | the transfer of the undertaking or part-undertaking in which the Optionholder is employed to an entity other than a member of the Group; |
5.2.4 | the company by which the Optionholder is employed ceasing to be under the Control of the Company; or |
5.2.5 | an agreement between the Optionholder and his employer, |
then the Optionholder may, subject to compliance with Rules 4.1 and 4.4, exercise the unexercised Option (or, as the case may be, that portion of the Option not already exercised) to the extent this Option has Vested at that time provided that such exercise occurs before the earlier of:
(a) | the first anniversary of the date on which he will have so ceased to be a director of a company in the Group or ceased to be an employee employed by the Group; and |
(b) | the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant and this Option will automatically expire to the extent that it has not been so exercised. |
5.3 | Termination of employment by dismissal |
If the Optionholder ceases to be employed within the Group:
5.3.1 | in circumstances justifying the summary dismissal of the Optionholder from his employment; or |
5.3.2 | his employer subsequently determines that before the Optionholders employment ceased circumstances had arisen in which the Optionholders employer was entitled to dismiss the Optionholder summarily |
this Option shall lapse immediately and the Board shall not be entitled to exercise any discretion to the contrary.
5.4 | Termination of employment by resignation |
If the Optionholder ceases to be employed within the Group by reason of the Optionholders resignation, provided that the circumstances specified in Rule 5.3 do not apply then the Optionholder may, subject to compliance with Rules 4.1 and 4.4, exercise the unexercised Option (or, as the case may be, that portion of this Option not already exercised) to the extent this Option has Vested at that time provided that such exercise occurs before the earlier of:
5.4.1 | the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant; and |
5.4.2 | [(insert the latest date on which this Option may be exercised if |
the Optionholder ceases to be employed within the Group in the circumstances set out in this Rule 5.4)] and this Option will automatically expire to the extent that it has not been so exercised.
54
5.5 | Optionholder relocated abroad5 |
Notwithstanding Rules 4.1 and 4.3, if it is proposed that the Optionholder, while continuing to be employed by the Group, should work in a country other than the country in which he is currently working and, by reason of the change:
5.5.1 | the Optionholder would suffer less favourable tax treatment on the exercise of his Options; or |
5.5.2 | the exercise of this Option would become subject to a restriction or there would arise some restriction on the ability of the Optionholder to hold or deal in the Scheme Shares or the proceeds of sale of the Scheme Shares acquired on the exercise of this Option, |
the Board may, in its absolute discretion but subject to it having regard to the Optionholders contribution to the Company and the performance of the Company, allow this Options to be exercised at any time during the period beginning one week before the proposed date of his transfer and ending one week after the date of his actual transfer. If the Board does not exercise its discretion in accordance with this Rule, this Option shall not lapse but continue in force in accordance with their terms.
5.6 | Meaning of ceasing to be employed by a company in Group |
For the purpose of Rule 5.2, the Optionholder shall not be treated as ceasing to be employed by the Group until he no longer holds any office or employment in or with the Company or any Subsidiary or, being a female employee who is absent from work by reason of pregnancy or confinement, she ceases to be entitled to exercise her statutory right to return to work.
5.7 | Interaction of rules |
5.7.1 | If this Option has become capable of exercise under Rule 5.2 to 5.5 and, during the period allowed for the exercise of the Option under those provisions, the Optionholder dies, the period allowed for the exercise of the Option shall be the period allowed by Rule 5.1. |
5.7.2 | If this Option has become capable of exercise under Rule 5 and, during the period allowed for the exercise of the Option under Rule 6, the Option becomes capable of exercise under Rule 6 also (or vice versa), the latest period allowed for the Vesting of the Option shall be the earliest of the period allowed by Rule 5 and the period allowed by Rule 6. |
6 | EARLY VESTING AS A CONSEQUENCE OF A CORPORATE TRANSACTION6 |
6.1 | General offer for Company |
Notwithstanding Rule 4 but subject to Rules 6.2 and 7, if:
6.1.1 | a person, who is not already a shareholder in the Company or a shareholder in a wholly owned subsidiary of a shareholder in the Company, acquires 80% or more of the issued share capital of the Company; or |
5 | Note, that the tax treatment of the EMI Option may be affected if the Optionholder relocates abroad. |
6 | See footnote 8 above. |
55
6.1.2 | a person, who is already a shareholder in the Company or a shareholder in a wholly owned subsidiary of a shareholder in the Company, makes an offer to acquire the entire issued share capital of the Company and such offer is accepted by the holders of 80% of the shares not already owned directly or indirectly by the offeror or an entity related to it, |
then the Board may in its absolute discretion allow this Option (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following:
(a) | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the expiry of the period referred to in (b) below or may exercise this discretion in respect of this Option by so resolving at the time that it grants the Option; |
(b) | the exercise shall take effect on such day as the Board shall determine provided that it shall be before the expiry of two months from the date of the event referred to in Rule 6.1.1 or 6.2.2 as applicable; and |
(c) | where the Board exercises its discretion in accordance with this Rule 6.1, this Option, to the extent not so exercised shall lapse. |
6.2 | Compulsory acquisition of Company |
Notwithstanding Rule 4 but subject to Rule 7, if a person (the Compulsory Purchaser) becomes entitled or bound to acquire shares in the Company under section 204 of the Companies Act 1963 then the Board may in its absolute discretion allow this Option (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following:
6.2.1 | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the expiry of the period referred to in Rule 6.2.2 below or may exercise this discretion in respect of any Option by so resolving at the time that it recommends the grant of such Option; |
6.2.2 | the exercise shall take effect on such day as the Board shall determine provided that it shall be not later than 7 days before the expiry of the period within which the Compulsory Purchaser is entitled to serve such notice; |
6.2.3 | unless otherwise determined by the Board, the number of Scheme Shares in respect of which this Option may be exercised under this Rule shall be the maximum number of Scheme Shares in respect of which the Option may be exercised, whether Vested or Unvested; and |
6.2.4 | where the Board exercises its discretion in accordance with this Rule 6.2, this Option, to the extent not so exercised shall lapse. |
6.3 | Reconstruction or amalgamation of Company |
Notwithstanding Rule 4 but subject to Rule 7, if a person proposes to obtain Control of the Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court under section 201 Companies Act 1963, the Board may, in its absolute discretion, allow this Option (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following:
6.3.1 | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the court hearing referred to in Rule [] |
56
6.3.2 | below or may exercise this discretion in respect of this Option by so resolving at the time that it recommends the grant of this Option; |
6.3.3 | the exercise shall be conditional on the compromise or arrangement becoming effective and shall take effect on the day the court sanctions the compromise or arrangement; and |
6.3.4 | unless otherwise determined by the Board, the number of Scheme Shares in respect of which this Option may be exercised under this Rule shall be the maximum number of Scheme Shares in respect of which the Option may be exercised, whether Vested or Unvested; |
6.3.5 | where the Board exercises its discretion in accordance with this Rule 6.3, any Option to the extent not so exercised shall lapse; and |
6.3.6 | if the compromise or arrangement does not become effective, any conditional exercise of an Option shall be of no effect and the Option shall continue to exist. |
6.4 | Merger or Division of the Company |
Notwithstanding Rule 4 but subject to Rule 7, if a person is to obtain Control of the Company, or substantially all of the Companys business and assets, in pursuance of:
6.4.1 | a merger or division of the Company pursuant to the European Communities (Mergers and Divisions of Companies) Regulations, 1987 (Statutory Instrument 137 of 1987); or |
6.4.2 | a merger of the Company pursuant to the European Communities (Cross-Border Mergers) Regulations 2008 (Statutory Instrument 157 of 2008), then the Board may in its absolute discretion: |
(a) | allow this Option (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following: |
(i) | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the day preceding the merger or division or may exercise this discretion in respect of this Option by so resolving at the time that it recommends the grant of this Option; |
(ii) | the exercise shall be conditional on the happening of the merger or division and shall be deemed to take effect on a day preceding the merger or division as the Board shall determine provided that if the merger or division is not completed, any conditional exercise of this Option shall be of no effect and the Option shall continue to exist; |
(iii) | unless otherwise determined by the Board, the number of Scheme Shares in respect of which an Option may be exercised under this Rule shall be the maximum number of Scheme Shares in respect of which the Option may be exercised, whether Vested or Unvested; and |
(iv) | where the Board exercises its discretion in accordance with this Rule 6.4, any Options not so exercised shall lapse; or |
57
(b) | resolve that all subsisting Options shall continue to exist without any adjustment to their terms; or |
(c) | resolve that all subsisting Options are voided and replaced with Options in the purchaser that causes the change of Control of an equivalent value as determined by the Board in its discretion and as the Auditors shall have confirmed in writing to be, in their opinion, fair and reasonable. |
In the event of the Board exercising its absolute discretion in accordance with Rule 6.4.2 (a), the Company shall procure that the relevant proportion of the Shares which are the subject of this Option as determined by the Board shall be issued or transferred to the Optionholder immediately prior to the completion of the merger or division.
6.5 | Winding up of Company |
Notwithstanding Rule 4, if notice is given of a resolution for the voluntary winding-up of the Company (the Winding Up Resolution) , then the Board may, in its absolute discretion, allow this Option (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following:
6.5.1 | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the passing of the Winding Up Resolution or may exercise this discretion in respect of this Option by so resolving at the time that it recommends the grant of this Option; |
6.5.2 | the exercise shall be conditional on the passing of the Winding Up Resolution and shall take effect on the day the resolution is passed; and |
6.5.3 | unless otherwise determined by the Board the number of Scheme Shares in respect of which this Option may be exercised under this Rule shall be the maximum number of Scheme Shares in respect of which the Option may be exercised, whether Vested or Unvested. |
Provided however that if the Winding Up Resolution is not passed, any conditional exercise of this Option shall be of no effect and the Option shall continue to exist.
6.6 | Sale of Companys Business |
Notwithstanding Rules 4.1 to 4.3 but subject to Rule 6.2, if a person (other than one of the parties to the Shareholders Agreements) is to acquire 80% or more by value of the business and undertaking of the Company and Subsidiaries then the Board may in its absolute discretion determine that all or part of this Option shall Vest (in whole or in part) and may be exercised as determined by the Board and notified to the Optionholder.
6.7 | Sale of Subsidiary |
Notwithstanding Rules 4.1 to 4.3, if a person (other than one of the parties to the Shareholders Agreements) is to acquire any Subsidiary of the Company then the Board may in its absolute discretion determine that all or part of this Option shall Vest and may be exercised on such date or dates determined by the Board and in making such determination, the Board may determine, to the extent applicable, that this Option shall Vest (in whole or in part) and may be exercised by reference to the price at which the Subsidiary is sold.
58
6.8 | Investment in the Company or a Subsidiary |
Notwithstanding Rule 4 and subject to Rules 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3, if a person (other than one of the parties to the Shareholders Agreements) makes an investment in the Company or a Subsidiary then the Board shall have an absolute discretion to determine that all or part of this Option shall Vest (in whole or in part) and be exercised on such date or dates as the Board may determine. In making such determination, the Board may determine that the Option shall Vest and may be exercised by reference to the price at which the investment is made in the Company or Subsidiary, as appropriate, provided always that the Board shall have absolute discretion to apply the exercise of its discretion pursuant to this Rule to the Optionholder only if he holds office as a director in, or is employed by, the entity in which the investment is made.
6.9 | Meaning of obtains Control of the Company |
For the purpose of this Rule 6, a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company if he and others Acting In Concert with him have together obtained Control of it.
6.10 | Notification of Optionholders |
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, notify the Optionholder of the occurrence of any of the events referred to in Rule 6 and explain how this affects his position under the Scheme.
7 | EXCHANGE OF OPTIONS ON TAKEOVER OR MERGER OF COMPANY7 |
7.1 | Exchange of Options |
If a person referred to in Rule 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 (reading the reference in Rule 6.3 to proposes to obtain as obtains) is a company (Acquiring Company), the Board may by agreement with the Acquiring Company where necessary, at any time during the period set out in Rule 7.2, require all Optionholders to release this Option in whole or in part in consideration of the grant to him of a new option (New Options) which are equivalent to this Option but which relates to shares (New Scheme Shares) in:
7.1.1 | the Acquiring Company; or |
7.1.2 | a company which has Control of the Acquiring Company; or |
7.1.3 | a company which either is, or has Control of, a company which is a member of a consortium within the meaning of section 410 Taxes Consolidation Act 1997 which owns either the Acquiring Company or a company having Control of the Acquiring Company. |
7.2 | Period allowed for exchange of Options |
The period referred to in Rule 7.1 is
7.2.1 | where Rule 6.1 applies, the period referred to in that Rule; |
7 | Note that if an EMI Option is granted, certain legislative requirements have to be met in order to retain EMI tax advantages if an EMI Option is exchanged pursuant to Rule 7 of this Option Contract. |
59
7.2.2 | where Rule 6.2 applies, the period during which the Acquiring Company remains so entitled or bound; |
7.2.3 | where Rule 6.3 applies, the period of six months beginning with the time when the court sanctions the compromise or arrangement; or |
7.2.4 | where Rule 6.4 applies, the period of six months beginning with the date the merger or division becomes effective. |
7.3 | Meaning of equivalent |
The New Option shall not be regarded for the purpose of this Rule 7 as equivalent to this Option unless:
7.3.1 | the New Option shall be exercisable in the same manner as this Option and shall be subject to the same provisions of the UK Sub Scheme as had effect immediately before the release of this Option; |
7.3.2 | the total Market Value of the New Scheme Shares which are the subject of the New Option is equal to the total Market Value, immediately after the grant of the New Option, of the Scheme Shares under this Option provided however that no New Option shall be required to be granted over a fraction of a New Scheme Share; and |
7.3.3 | the total amount payable by the Optionholder for the acquisition of the New Scheme Shares under the New Option is as nearly as may be equal to the total amount that would have been payable by the Optionholder for the acquisition of the Scheme Shares under this Option. |
7.4 | Date of Grant of New Option |
The date of grant of the New Option shall be deemed to be the same as the Date of Grant of this Option.
7.5 | Application of Scheme to New Option |
In the application of the UK Sub Scheme to the New Option, where appropriate, references to Company and Scheme Shares shall be read as if they were references to the company to whose shares the New Option relates and the New Scheme Shares respectively, save that in the definition of Board the reference to Company shall be read as if it were a reference to Circle Internet Financial Limited.
8 | PUBLIC LISTING |
In the event of a decision by the Company to seek a listing on a stock exchange (whether in Ireland or elsewhere) for the entire share capital of the Company, then the Board may determine (in its absolute discretion) that this Option shall Vest (in whole or in part) conditionally and become exercisable on the date the listing becomes effective, PROVIDED THAT
8.1.1 | if the listing does not become effective, any conditional Vesting and exercise of this Option shall be of no effect and the Option shall continue to exist; |
60
8.1.2 | the date of Vesting and exercise of this Option which Vests and becomes exercisable conditionally under this Rule 8 shall be deemed to be the date upon which listing takes effect; and |
8.1.3 | where the Board resolves that only part of this Option shall Vest and become exercisable on a listing becoming effective, the balance of the Option which remains unexercised shall lapse on the listing becoming effective. |
9 | LAPSE OF OPTIONS |
9.1 | This Option shall lapse on the earliest of: |
9.1.1 | subject to Rule 5.1, the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant; |
9.1.2 | subject to Rules 5.1 to 5.4, the Optionholder ceasing to be a director or, be employed by a company within the Group; |
9.1.3 | the date on which it is provided that this Option shall lapse under Rules 5.1 to 5.4; |
9.1.4 | the date on which a resolution is passed or an order is made by the court for the compulsory winding up of the Company; and |
9.1.5 | the date on which the Optionholder becomes bankrupt, enters into a compromise with his creditors generally or, except as permitted by Rule 6 purports to transfer, assign or otherwise alienate this Option. |
10 | RELATIONSHIP WITH CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT |
10.1 | Notwithstanding any other provision of the UK Sub Scheme: |
10.1.1 | the UK Sub Scheme shall not form part of any contract of employment between the Company or any Subsidiary and the Optionholder; |
10.1.2 | unless expressly so provided in his contract of employment, the Optionholder has no right or entitlement to be granted an Option or any expectation that an Option might be granted to him, whether subject to any conditions or at all; |
10.1.3 | the benefit to the Optionholder of participation in the UK Sub Scheme (including, in particular but not by way of limitation, this Option or any other Options held by him) shall not form any part of his remuneration or count as his remuneration for any purpose and shall not be pensionable; |
10.1.4 | the rights or opportunity granted to the Optionholder on the grant of this Option shall not give the Optionholder any rights or additional rights and if the Optionholder ceases to be employed within the Group, he shall not be entitled to compensation for the loss of any right or benefit or prospective right or benefit under the UK Sub Scheme (including, in particular but not by way of limitation, this Option or any other Options held by him which lapse by reason of his ceasing to be employed within the Group) whether by way of damages for unfair dismissal, wrongful dismissal, breach of contract or otherwise; |
61
10.1.5 | the rights or opportunity granted to the Optionholder on the grant of this Option shall not give the Optionholder any rights or additional rights in respect of any pension scheme operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; |
10.1.6 | the Optionholder shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for any loss or potential loss which he may suffer by reason of being unable to acquire or retain Scheme Shares, or any interest in Scheme Shares pursuant to this Option in consequence of the loss or termination of his office or employment with the Company or any present or past Subsidiary for any reason whatsoever (whether or not the termination is ultimately held to be wrongful or unfair). |
10.2 | By accepting the grant of an Option and not renouncing it, the Optionholder is deemed to have agreed to the provisions of this Rule 10. |
10.3 | [The Optionholder shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for any loss or potential loss which he may suffer by reason of the occurrence of any Disqualifying Event or of any other act or omission, whether by the Company or otherwise, whereby this Option loses its status as an EMI Option.]8 |
11 | NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION |
11.1 | During his lifetime only the Optionholder may exercise this Option. |
11.2 | This Option shall immediately lapse and cease to be exercisable if the Optionholder:- |
11.2.1 | transfers or assigns it (other than to his Personal Representatives), or mortgages, charges or otherwise disposes of it; |
11.2.2 | is adjudged bankrupt or an interim order is made because he intends to propose a voluntary arrangement to his creditors under the UK Insolvency Act 1986; |
11.2.3 | makes or proposes a voluntary arrangement under the UK Insolvency Act 1986, or any other scheme or arrangement in relation to his debts, with his creditors or any section of them; or |
11.2.4 | is not, or ceases for any other reason (except his death) to be, the legal or beneficial owner of the Option. |
12 | TAX INDEMNITY |
12.1 | The Optionholder hereby agrees to indemnify the Company and the Optionholders Employer in respect of any Option Tax Liability. |
12.2 | [The Optionholder hereby agrees with and undertakes to the Company and the Optionholders Employer that the Optionholders Employer may recover from the Optionholder the whole of any Employer NICs.] |
12.3 | Where, in relation to this Option, the Company or any member of the Group (as the case may be) is liable, or is in accordance with current practice believed by the Board to be liable, to account for any Option Tax Liability, the Option may not Vest and/or be exercised unless the Board is satisfied that: |
8 | Delete if not an EMI Option |
62
12.3.1 | the Optionholder has authorised the sale of some or all of the Scheme Shares upon exercise of his Option and the payment to the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be) of an amount sufficient to discharge the liability from the proceeds of sale thereof); or |
12.3.2 | the Optionholder has paid to the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be) an amount sufficient to discharge the liability, or |
12.3.3 | the Optionholder has entered into some other arrangement (including a loan) with the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be) to ensure that such amount is otherwise available to the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be).11 |
13 | [RESTRICTED SECURITIES |
The Optionholder hereby agrees that, if and when he is requested to do so, he shall enter into a joint election with the Optionholders Employer as mentioned in section 431 of ITEPA for the full or partial disapplication of Chapter 2 (restricted securities) of Part 7 of ITEPA in the form set out in Appendix 2 to this Option Contract or such other form as the Board may specify from time to time.]
14 | POWER OF ATTORNEY |
14.1 | The Optionholder appoints the Company Secretary or any director of the Company to be the Optionholders lawful attorney for the purpose of: |
14.1.1 | executing, in the Optionholders name and on the Optionholders behalf, a restricted securities election (as referred to in Rule 13); and |
14.1.2 | selling (at the best price which can reasonably be obtained at the time of sale) such number of the Shares to which the Optionholder becomes entitled upon the exercise of this Option as is necessary to enable the Company to procure payment to the Optionholders Employer out of the net proceeds of sale of the Shares (after deducting fees, commissions and expenses incurred in relation to the sale) an Note that any UK legal consequences will have to be ascertained prior to entering into a loan pursuant to Rule 12.3.3 of this Option Contract. amount sufficient to satisfy the indemnity referred to in Rule 12 and paying such monies to the Optionholders Employer. |
14.2 | This power of attorney is given by way of security for the performance of the Optionholders obligations contained in Rules 12 and 13, and is irrevocable in accordance with section 4 of the UK Powers of Attorney Act 1971. |
15 | COUNTERPARTS |
This Option Contract may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties on separate counterparts, but shall not be effective until each party has executed at least one counterpart. Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Option Contract but all of the counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.
63
EXECUTED as a Deed (but not delivered until | ) | |||
dated) by CIRCLE INTERNET FINANCIAL | ) | |||
LIMITED acting by:- | ||||
Board | ||||
Board/Secretary | ||||
) | ||||
SIGNED as a Deed (but not delivered ) until dated) by ) [EMPLOYEE] ) | ||||
in the presence of:- |
Signature of witness:
Name of witness:
Address:
Occupation:
NB: the witness must be over 18, not related to the Optionholder by blood or marriage, and not a director of the Company
64
APPENDIX 1
WORKING TIME DECLARATION9
The Circle Internet Financial Share Option Scheme (the UK Sub Scheme)
To: | The Company Secretary, Circle Internet Financial Limited |
I, [insert full name of Optionholder], hold an option granted on [insert date of grant] over a maximum of [insert number] shares at an exercise price of [insert exercise price per share].
I declare that I work for [Circle Internet Financial Limited, the company whose shares are the subject of this option] OR [insert name of subsidiary company of Circle Internet Financial Limited by whom the Optionholder is employed], a qualifying subsidiary of Circle Internet Financial Limited]10 for at least:
☐ 25 hours a week ☐ 75% of my working time |
||||
(tick one box only) | ||||
Signature (Employee) |
Date |
Signed declaration to be available for inspection by HMRC
9 | Only to be completed if an EMI Option |
10 | Complete and delete as appropriate |
65
APPENDIX 2
JOINT ELECTION UNDER S431 ITEPA 2003 FOR FULL OR PARTIAL DISAPPLICATION OF CHAPTER 2 INCOME TAX (EARNINGS AND PENSIONS) ACT 2003
One Part Election
1. Between
the Employee | [insert name of employee] | |
whose National Insurance Number is | [insert NINO] | |
and the Company (who is the Employees employer) | [insert name of company] | |
of Company Registration Number | [insert CRN] |
2. Purpose of Election
This joint election is made pursuant to section 431(1) or 431(2) Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (ITEPA) and applies where employment-related securities, which are restricted securities by reason of section 423 ITEPA, are acquired.
The effect of an election under section 431(1) is that, for the relevant Income Tax and NIC purposes, the employment-related securities and their market value will be treated as if they were not restricted securities and that sections 425 to 430 ITEPA do not apply. An election under section 431(2) will ignore one or more of the restrictions in computing the charge on acquisition. Additional Income Tax will be payable (with PAYE and NIC where the securities are Readily Convertible Assets).
Should the value of the securities fall following the acquisition, it is possible that Income Tax/NIC that would have arisen because of any future chargeable event (in the absence of an election) would have been less than the Income Tax/NIC due by reason of this election. Should this be the case, there is no Income Tax/NIC relief available under Part 7 of ITEPA 2003; nor is it available if the securities acquired are subsequently transferred, forfeited or revert to the original owner.
3. Application
This joint election is made not later than 14 days after the date of acquisition of the securities by the employee and applies to:
Number of securities | (insert number) | |
Description of securities | [Ordinary shares] in Circle Internet Financial Limited | |
Name of issuer of securities | Circle Internet Financial Limited (registered in Ireland, number 531058) |
* | acquired by the Employee on [insert date] |
* | to be acquired by the Employee between [dd/mm/yyyy] and [dd/mm/yyyy] |
66
* to be acquired by the Employee after |
(insert date) under the terms of Schedule 4 of the Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme (*delete as appropriate) |
4. Extent of Application
This election disapplies S.431(1) ITEPA: All restrictions attaching to the securities
5. Declaration
This election will become irrevocable upon the later of its signing or the acquisition (and each subsequent acquisition) of employment-related securities to which this election applies.
In signing this joint election, we agree to be bound by its terms as stated above.
Signature (Employee) |
Date | |||
| ||||
Signature (for and on behalf of the Company) |
Date | |||
Position in company |
Note: Where the election is in respect of multiple acquisitions, prior to the date of any subsequent acquisition of a security it may be revoked by agreement between the employee and employer in respect of that and any later acquisition.
67
APPENDIX 3
NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF OPTION
The Circle Internet Financial Share Option Scheme (the UK Sub Scheme)
To: | The Company Secretary, Circle Internet Financial Limited |
1. I hereby exercise my Option granted on (insert date) in respect of all/ * of the Shares over which the Option subsists, and request the allotment or transfer to me of those Shares in accordance with the terms of the Option Contract, the rules of the UK Sub Scheme and the Articles of Association of the Company.
Payment of Option Tax Liability
2. I understand that, as a result of the exercise of the Option, an Option Tax Liability may arise which it is a condition of the Options exercise that I make arrangements to satisfy. I wish to meet any such Option Tax Liability by:-
2.1 authorising my employer or former employer to deduct the necessary amount from my next salary payment under the PAYE procedure;
2.2 paying the Company the amount necessary to cover the Option Tax Liability within 14 days of my receiving details of the Option Tax Liability from the Company; or
2.3 agreeing to the Company selling, on my behalf, sufficient of my Option Shares so that the net proceeds of sale will cover the Option Tax Liability and I hereby authorise such sale.
Please tick the box for your preferred payment method.
If you do not tick any box, or if you tick more than one box, the Company, your employer or former employer (as appropriate) will first seek to withhold an amount sufficient to cover the Option Tax Liability from your next salary payment, and if the Option Tax Liability cannot then be satisfied in full the Company will sell sufficient of your Shares to meet the Option Tax Liability.
Name (block letters) | Signature | |
Address | Date |
* | Delete/insert number as appropriate. |
NOTES:-
1. | Except where alternative arrangements have been approved by the Company, this form must be accompanied by a remittance for the Exercise Price for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised. |
2. | If the Option is exercised by executors of the Optionholder, either an office copy of the Probate, or, if the grant of Probate has not yet been obtained, a certified copy of the will and the death certificate should accompany this form. If the Optionholder died intestate, and the Option is exercised by the administrators of his estate, an office copy of the Letters of Administration should accompany this form. |
68
3. | Under current tax rules, a charge to income tax and NICs may arise when this Option is exercised. It is a condition of exercise of the Option that you will be required to enter into arrangements to ensure that any such Option Tax Liability [including any liability to Employers NICs]11 will be borne by, and recovered from, you. |
4. | IMPORTANT. The Company does not undertake to advise you on the tax consequences of exercising your Option. If you are unsure of the tax liabilities which may arise, you should take appropriate professional advice before exercising your Option. |
5. | You shall not be entitled to exercise the Option at any time, whether or not you are then a director of any company, when to do so would contravene the provisions of any code of the Company governing share dealings by directors and employees. |
11 | Include or delete as appropriate |
69
SCHEDULE 6
SECOND UK SUB-SCHEME
RULES OF THE CIRCLE INTERNET FINANCIAL LIMITED SHARE AWARD
SCHEME
(For Awards made to Eligible Persons who are United Kingdom residents)
This Addendum to the Rules of the Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme (the Scheme) shall apply only to Eligible Persons who are residents of the United Kingdom and who are receiving an Award consisting of a Conditional Share Award or Restricted Share Award under the Scheme. This Addendum has been approved by the Board as a Sub Scheme under Rule 13.4 of the Scheme. Capitalised terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Scheme, unless otherwise provided by this Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Scheme to the contrary and to the extent required by the laws of England and Wales, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of the United Kingdom, until such time as the Board amends this Addendum or the Board otherwise provides.
Scope of the Second UK Sub-Scheme. This Addendum shall only apply to the grant of Awards in the form of Conditional Share Awards or Restricted Share Awards pursuant to the Scheme with the intention of adapting the rules of the Scheme to the extent necessary to comply with or better adhere to the legal and compliance requirements which apply in the United Kingdom.
1 | Scope of the Second UK Sub-Scheme. This Addendum shall only apply to the grant of Awards in the form of Conditional Share Awards or Restricted Share Awards pursuant to the Scheme with the intention of adapting the rules of the Scheme to the extent necessary to comply with or better adhere to the legal and compliance requirements which apply in the United Kingdom. |
2 | Definitions. |
2.1 | Employer Company means the Award Holders employer or former employer as applicable; |
2.2 | ITEPA 2003 means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003; |
2.3 | NICs means National Insurance contributions; |
2.4 | Taxable Event. Any event or circumstance that gives rise to a liability for the Award Holder to pay income tax and NICs or either of them (or their equivalents in any jurisdiction) in respect of: |
(a) | the Award, including any release, exercise, assignment or surrender for consideration or the receipt of any benefit in connection with it; |
(b) | any Shares, or other securities or assets: |
(i) | earmarked (as defined in Part 7A of ITEPA 2003) or held to satisfy the Award; |
(ii) | acquired on Vesting, release or exercise of the Award; |
70
(iii) | acquired as a result of holding the Award; or |
(iv) | acquired in consideration of the assignment or surrender of the award; |
(c) | any securities (or other assets) acquired or earmarked as a result of holding Shares (or other securities or assets) mentioned in (b) above; |
(d) | entering into an election under section 430 or 431 of ITEPA 2003; or |
(e) | any amount due under PAYE in respect of securities or assets within paragraphs (a) to (d) above, including any failure by the Award Holder to make good such amount within the time limit specified in section 222 of ITEPA 2003. |
2.5 | Tax Liability means the total of (i) any income tax and primary class 1 (employee) NICs (or their equivalents in any jurisdiction) for which the Employer Company or any member of the Group is or may be liable to account (or reasonably believes it is or may be liable to account) as a result of any Taxable Event; or (ii) unless the Company on behalf of the Employer Company of the Award Holder directs otherwise, any Employer NICs (or similar liability in any other jurisdiction) that any Employer Company is or may be liable to pay (or reasonably believes it is or may be liable to pay) as a result of any Taxable Event and that can be recovered lawfully from the Award Holder; |
3 | Amendments to the Scheme Rules. For the purposes of this Schedule, the following adaptations shall be made to the rules of the Scheme: |
3.1 | Rule 6.2 (b) to be replaced with the words redundancy within the meaning given to that term by the Employment Rights Act 1996; |
3.2 | Rule 6.6 to be replaced with the words For the purposes of Rule 6.2, an Award Holder shall not be treated as ceasing to be employed by the Group until he no longer holds any consultancy, office or employment in or with the Company or any Subsidiary. |
3.3 | Rule 15.4 to be replaced with the words An Award Holder shall provide to the Company (or the Employer Company, as appropriate) as soon as reasonably practicable such information as the Company reasonably requests for the purposes of complying with its obligations under section 897 of TCA 1997 or for the purposes of reporting the Award pursuant to section 431JA ITEPA 2003. |
3.4 | Rule 18 to be replaced with the words For the purposes of operating the Scheme, the Company will collect and process information relating to Eligible Persons and Award Holders in accordance with the privacy notice which is located on the Circle Intranet. |
4 | Tax Liabilities and Deductions. In addition to the provisions of Rule 13, the following provisions shall also apply to any Award pursuant to this Addendum. |
4.1 | The Award Holder shall indemnify the Employer Company and each member of the Group in respect of any Tax Liability. |
4.2 | The Award Certificate shall include the Award Holders irrevocable agreement to: |
(a) | pay the Tax Liability to the Employer Company; and |
71
(b) | enter into arrangements to the satisfaction of the Company or Employer Company to pay the Tax Liability. |
4.3 | If an Award Holder does not pay the Tax Liability within seven days of any Taxable Event the Company or Employer Company as appropriate may, in addition to the provisions of Rule 13.2 of the Scheme: |
(a) | if at the time of the Taxable release any Shares are readily saleable at the time, retain and sell such number of Shares on behalf of the Award Holder as is necessary to meet the Tax Liability and any costs of sale; or |
(b) | deduct the amount of any Tax Liability from any payments of remuneration made to the Award Holder on or after the date on which the Tax Liability arose, except that, in the case of NICs, the Employer Company may only withhold such amount as is permitted by the Social Security (Contributions) Regulations 2001 (2001/1004). |
The Award Holders obligations to indemnify the Employer Company and each member of the Group shall not be affected by any failure of the Company or Employer Company to withhold shares or deduct from payments of remuneration under this provision.
4.4 | At the request of the Employer Company the Award Holder must elect, to the extent permitted by law, and using a form approved by HM Revenue and Customs, that the whole or any part of the liability for employer secondary NICs arising as a result of a Taxable Event shall be transferred to the Award Holder. |
4.5 | The Company on behalf of the Employer Company may: |
(a) | on the Date of Grant direct that the Tax Liability shall not include employer secondary NICs; or |
(b) | at any time after the Date of Grant, but before a Taxable Event, release the Award Holder from any obligations in respect of employer secondary NICs so that such liability does not form part of the Tax Liability. |
4.6 | It is a condition that the Award Holder enters into a joint election, under section 431(1) or s431(2) of ITEPA 2003, in respect of the Scheme Shares to be acquired, if required to do so by the Company or Employer Company on or before the Vesting of the relevant Award. |
5 | Amendment. This Addendum shall be deemed to be part of the Scheme and the Board shall have the authority to amend this Addendum in accordance with Rule 16 of the Scheme. |
72
SCHEDULE 7
BERMUDA ADDENDUM TO
THE RULES OF THE CIRCLE INTERNET FINANCIAL LIMITED AWARD
SCHEME
(For Awards made to Eligible Persons who are Bermuda residents)
This Addendum to the Rules of the Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme (the Scheme) shall apply only to Eligible Persons who are residents of Bermuda and who are receiving an Award consisting of a Conditional Share Award or Restricted Share Award under the Scheme. This Addendum has been approved by the Board as a Sub Scheme under Rule 13.4 of the Scheme. Capitalised terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Scheme, unless otherwise provided by this Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Scheme to the contrary and to the extent required by the laws of Bermuda, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of Bermuda, until such time as the Board amends this Addendum or the Board otherwise provides.
6 | Scope of the Bermuda Sub-Scheme. This Addendum shall only apply to the grant of Awards in the form of Conditional Share Awards or Restricted Share Awards pursuant to the Scheme with the intention of adapting the rules of the Scheme to the extent necessary to comply with or better adhere to the legal and compliance requirements which apply in Bermuda. |
7 | Definitions. |
Award Tax Liability means, in relation to an Award Holder, any liability of an Award Holders Employer to account to the OTC or any other tax authority for any amount of, or representing, SICs or any equivalent charge in the nature of tax or social security contributions (whether under the laws of Bermuda or otherwise) which may arise on or connection with the award, grant, vesting, exercise or release of, or the acquisition of Shares pursuant to, an Award.
Employer Company means the Award Holders employer or former employer as applicable.
OTC means the Government of Bermudas Office of the Tax Commissioner.
SICs means, in Bermuda, social insurance contributions or, in any other jurisdiction, social security contributions (or other similar taxes).
8 | Amendments to the Scheme Rules. For the purposes of this Schedule, the following adaptations shall be made to the rules of the Scheme: |
8.1 | Rule 6.2 (b) to be replaced with the words redundancy within the meaning given to that term by the Employment Act 2000 of Bermuda; |
8.2 | Rule 6.6 to be replaced with the words For the purposes of Rule 6.2, an Award Holder shall not be treated as ceasing to be employed by the Group until he no longer holds any consultancy, office or employment in or with the Company or any Subsidiary. |
8.3 | Rule 15.4 to be replaced with the words An Award Holder shall provide to the Company (or the Employer Company, as appropriate) as soon as reasonably practicable such information as the Company reasonably requests for the purposes of complying with its obligations under applicable taxing laws in Bermuda. |
73
8.4 | Rule 18 to be replaced with the words For the purposes of operating the Scheme, the Company will collect and process information relating to Eligible Persons and Award Holders in accordance with the privacy notice which is located on the Circle Intranet. |
9 | Tax Liabilities and Deductions. In addition to the provisions of Rule 13, the following provisions shall also apply to any Award pursuant to this Addendum. |
9.1 | The Award Holder shall indemnify the Employer Company and each member of the Group in respect of any Award Tax Liability. |
9.2 | The Award Certificate shall include the Award Holders irrevocable agreement to: |
(a) | pay the Award Tax Liability to the Employer Company; and |
(b) | enter into arrangements to the satisfaction of the Company or Employer Company to pay the Award Tax Liability. |
9.3 | If an Award Holder does not pay the Award Tax Liability within seven days of a written request to do so the Company or Employer Company as appropriate may, in addition to the provisions of Rule 13.2 of the Scheme: |
(a) | retain and sell such number of Shares on behalf of the Award Holder as is necessary to meet the Award Tax Liability and any costs of sale; or |
(b) | deduct the amount of any Award Tax Liability from any payments of remuneration made to the Award Holder on or after the date on which the Award Tax Liability arose to the extent permitted by Bermuda law. |
The Award Holders obligations to indemnify the Employer Company and each member of the Group shall not be affected by any failure of the Company or Employer Company to withhold shares or deduct from payments of remuneration under this provision.
10 | Amendment. This Addendum shall be deemed to be part of the Scheme and the Board shall have the authority to amend this Addendum in accordance with Rule 16 of the Scheme. |
74
SCHEDULE 8
SINGAPORE SUB-SCHEME
RULES OF THE CIRCLE INTERNET FINANCIAL LIMITED SHARE AWARD
SCHEME
(For Awards made to Eligible Persons who are Singapore residents)
Notwithstanding anything stated to the contrary in the Rules of the Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme (the Scheme), this Addendum to the Scheme shall apply only to Eligible Persons who are residents of Singapore and who are receiving an Award under the Scheme. This Addendum has been approved by the Board as a Sub Scheme under Rule 13.4 of the Scheme. Capitalised terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Scheme, unless otherwise provided by this Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Scheme to the contrary and to the extent required by the laws of Singapore, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of Singapore, until such time as the Board amends this Addendum or the Board otherwise provides.
1 | Scope of the Singapore Sub-Scheme. This Addendum shall only apply to the grant of Awards in the form of Options or Conditional Share Awards pursuant to the Scheme with the intention of adapting the rules of the Scheme to the extent necessary to comply with or better adhere to the legal and compliance requirements which apply in Singapore. |
2 | Amendments to the Scheme Rules. For the purposes of this Schedule, the following adaptations shall be made to the rules of the Scheme: |
2.1 | The following to be included as Rule 4.4 after Rule 4.3: |
The Singapore Sub-Scheme adopted by the Board under Rule 13.4 and attached at Schedule 8 to this Scheme sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to grants of Options and Conditional Share Awards to Singapore employees pursuant to the Singapore Sub-Scheme.
2.2 | Rule 6.2(b) to be replaced with the words being retrenched within the meaning given to the term retrench by the Employment (Retrenchment Reporting) Notification 2019; |
2.3 | Rule 6.6 to be replaced with the words For the purposes of Rule 6.2, an Award Holder shall not be treated as ceasing to be employed by the Group until he no longer holds any consultancy, office or employment in or with the Company or any Subsidiary or, being a female employee entitled to absent herself from work by reason of pregnancy or confinement under the Employment Act 1968 and Child Development Co-Savings Act 2001, her employment is terminated (whether by resignation, dismissal or upon the completion of her contract of service or in any other way), provided that such termination is not in breach of the Employment Act 1968 and Child Development Co-Savings Act 2001. |
75
3 | Compliance with Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything stated to the contrary in the Scheme, the Company shall be under no obligation to effect the registration or effect similar compliance with respect to any Awards, Shares or Scheme Shares if such registration or compliance would not be in compliance with applicable laws, including without limitation applicable securities laws. The Company may, in its sole discretion, defer the effectiveness of an exercise, or delay the exercisability, of an Award or the issuance or transfer of any Shares or Scheme Shares to ensure compliance with applicable laws, including without limitation applicable securities laws and any exemptions therefrom on which the Company may be relying. |
4 | Amendment. This Addendum shall be deemed to be part of the Scheme and the Board shall have the authority to amend this Addendum in accordance with Rule 16 of the Scheme. |
76
SCHEDULE 9
CANADA SUB-SCHEME
RULES OF THE CIRCLE INTERNET FINANCIAL LIMITED SHARE AWARD
SCHEME
(For Awards made to Eligible Persons who are Canada residents)
Notwithstanding anything stated to the contrary in the Rules of the Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme (the Scheme), as amended from time to time, this Addendum to the Scheme shall apply only to Eligible Persons who are residents of Canada and who are receiving an Award under the Scheme. This Addendum has been approved by the Board as a Sub Scheme under Rule 13.4 of the Scheme. Capitalised terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Scheme, unless otherwise provided by this Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Scheme to the contrary and to the extent required by the laws of Canada, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of Canada, until such time as the Board amends this Addendum or the Board otherwise provides.
1 | Scope of the Canada Sub-Scheme. This Addendum shall only apply to the grant of Awards in the form of Options or Conditional Share Awards pursuant to the Scheme with the intention of adapting the rules of the Scheme to the extent necessary to comply with or better adhere to the legal and compliance requirements which apply in Canada. |
2 | Definition. |
Cause means, for the purposes of an Eligible Persons rights and entitlements under the Scheme and this Addendum, and not for any other purpose or entitlement, any act(s) or omission(s) that constitute just cause for termination at common law.
Termination Date means:
(i) | in the case of an Eligible Person who is an employee, the date on which the employee ceases to be an employee with the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason, whether lawful or otherwise (including, without limitation, by reason of resignation, Agreed Retirement, death, frustration of contract, termination for Cause, termination without Cause, disability or constructive dismissal), without giving effect to any pay in lieu of notice (paid by way of lump sum or salary continuance), severance pay, benefits continuance, or other termination related payments or benefits to which an employee may be entitled pursuant to contract, the common law or otherwise (except as may be required to satisfy the minimum requirements of applicable employment or labour standards legislation). For greater certainty, an employee shall not cease to be employed with the Company or any Subsidiary during a period of vacation, temporary illness, maternity or parental leave, or any other authorized leave of absence; or |
(ii) | in the case of an Eligible Person who is a director, the date on which the director ceases to hold office; or |
(iii) | in the case of an Eligible Person who is a consultant, the date that is designated by the Company or any Subsidiary or by the consultant as the case may be, in a written notice of termination as the date on which the Eligible Persons consulting agreement or arrangement is terminated for any reason. |
77
3 | Amendments to the Scheme Rules. For the purposes of this Schedule, the following adaptations shall be made to the rules of the Scheme: |
3.1 | The following shall be included as Rule 4.5 after Rule 4.4: |
The Canada Sub-Scheme adopted by the Board under Rule 13.4 and attached at Schedule 9 to this Scheme sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to grants of Options and Conditional Share Awards to Eligible Persons resident in Canada pursuant to the Canada Sub-Scheme.
3.2 | Rule 2.4(c) shall be deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: |
the Option Price, where the Award is an Option, provided that the Option Price shall not be less than the minimum set out in section 2.5.
3.3 | Rule 2.4(f) shall be deleted in its entirety. |
3.4 | Rule 2.4(g) shall be renumbered Rule 2.4(f), Rule 2.4(h) shall be renumbered Rule 2.4(g) and Rule 2.4(h) shall be renumbered Rule 2.4(i). |
3.5 | Rule 2.5 shall be deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: |
In case of an Option, the Option Price shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion provided that the Option Price shall not be less than (a) the nominal value of a Scheme Share and (b) the Market Value of a Scheme Share on the Date of Grant of such Option.
3.6 | In Rule 5.1(a) a second sentence shall be added as follows: |
If an Award can be settled in Scheme Shares or cash or a combination thereof, the settlement shall occur before December 31 of the third year following the year to which the grant of the Award relates.
3.7 | Rule 6.2(b) shall be deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: |
(i) in case of an employee, the termination of employment for a reason other than for Cause or resignation.
3.8 | Rule 6.3 shall be deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: |
If an Award Holder ceases to be employed with the Group due to termination of employment for Cause the Award Holders Awards shall lapse immediately and the Board shall not be entitled to exercise any discretion to the contrary.
3.9 | A new Rule 6.5 shall be inserted as follows: |
6.5 Failure to Vest
78
Notwithstanding any other provision in Rule 6 of this Scheme, except as may be required to satisfy the minimum requirements of applicable employment or labour standards legislation, all Awards that are not Vested and do not become Vested on the Award Holders Termination Date shall be immediately forfeited. The Award Holder shall have no further entitlement to Options or Conditional Share Awards and no right to receive Scheme Shares or a cash payment, as compensation, damages or otherwise, following the Termination Date. For certainty, the Award Holder waives any claim to damages with respect to any Options or Conditional Share Awards that do not become Vested or are forfeited hereunder, whether related or attributable to any contractual or common law termination entitlements or otherwise.
3.10 | The current Rule 6.5 shall be renumbered Rule 6.6, the current Rule 6.6 shall be renumbered 6.7, the current Rule 6.7 shall be renumbered Rule 6.8, and the current Rule 6.8 shall be renumbered Rule 6.9. |
3.11 | Rule 6.6 (now Rule 6.7 pursuant to Section 3.10 above) shall be deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: |
For the purposes of the Rules of the Scheme, an Award Holder ceases to be a director of a company in the Group or ceases to be an employee or consultant by the Group on the Termination Date.
3.12 | In Rule 8.3(c) a second sentence shall be added as follows: |
For greater certainty, the aggregate in-the-money value, immediately after the exchange, of the New Award issued to the Award Holder shall not exceed the aggregate in-the-money value, immediately before the exchange, of such Award Holders Award exchanged, such that the exchange is made pursuant to (and qualify under) the provisions of subsection 7(1.4) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and its provincial equivalent.
4 | French translations. Any document to be provided under the terms of the Scheme to an Eligible Person who is resident in the province of Québec shall be translated into French. |
5 | Amendment. This Addendum shall be deemed to be part of the Scheme and the Board shall have the authority to amend this Addendum in accordance with Rule 16 of the Scheme. |
6 | Minimum Standards. The Scheme and this Addendum are in all cases subject to the minimum requirement of applicable employment or labour standards legislation. In no case, will an employee receive less than his or her minimum statutory entitlements under such legislation. |
79
1 |
Interpretation | 3 | ||||
2 |
Grant Of Awards | 7 | ||||
3 |
Limit On Number Of Plan Shares To Be The Subject Of Awards Under Plan | 9 | ||||
4 |
SPECIAL OVERSEAS RULES | 9 | ||||
5 |
Vesting And Exercise Of Awards | 10 | ||||
6 |
Vesting In Special Circumstances | 12 | ||||
7 |
Early Vesting As A Consequence Of A Corporate Transaction | 15 | ||||
8 |
Exchange or Assumption Of Awards On Takeover Or Merger Of Company | 18 | ||||
9 |
Public Listing | 19 | ||||
10 |
Lapse Of Awards | 19 | ||||
11 |
Plan Shares Acquired On Exercise | 20 | ||||
12 |
Adjustment Of Awards On Reorganisation | 20 | ||||
13 |
Deductions | 20 | ||||
14 |
Relationship Of Plan To Contract Of Employment | 22 | ||||
15 |
Administration Of Plan | 23 | ||||
16 |
Amendment Of Plan | 24 | ||||
17 |
Notices | 25 | ||||
18 |
Personal Data | 25 | ||||
19 |
Cost Of Plan | 26 | ||||
20 |
Governing Law | 26 | ||||
21 |
Arbitration | 26 |
2
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC.
SHARE AWARD PLAN
1 | Interpretation |
1.1 | In this Plan, unless otherwise specified, the following words and expressions have the following meanings: |
Acquiring Company means a company which obtains Control of the Company in the circumstances referred to in Section 7.1;
Acting in Concert has the meaning given to that expression in section 1 of the Irish Takeover Panel Act, 1997 in its present form or as amended from time to time;
Adoption Date means the date of consummation of the Scheme of Arrangement;
Agreed Retirement means an Award Holder ceasing to be an Eligible Person where notice of such cessation due to retirement was given by or to the Award Holder prior to the relevant Date of Grant provided however that no notice of such cessation is required to be given where:
(a) | the Award Holder is bound to retire pursuant to his or her contract of employment; or |
(b) | the Award Holder has reached normal retirement age under his employers pension scheme. For the avoidance of doubt, where an Award Holders contract of employment does not specify his contractual retirement date, the Board shall determine that date for the purposes of the Plan; |
Award means a Conditional Share Award, an Option or a Restricted Share Award;
Award Certificate means the certificate issued in respect of the grant of an Award under Section 2.3;
Award Holder means an individual who holds a subsisting Award, or where the context permits, his legal personal representatives;
Auditors means the auditors for the time being of the Company (acting as experts and not as arbitrators);
Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time, or if such Board of Directors has appointed an Option Plan Committee (as defined below), such committee authorised to take certain actions as set forth herein, in its charter and as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time;
Certificate of Incorporation means the Companys certificate of incorporation (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated form time to time).
3
CIFL means Circle Internet Financial Limited incorporated in Ireland under company number 531058 and having its registered office at 70 Sir John Rogersons Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland.
CIFL Scheme Awards has the meaning set out in Section 3.2;
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Any reference to a section of the Code herein shall be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code;
Conditional Share Award
Company means Circle Internet Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
Control has the meaning given to that word by section 432 of TCA 1997;
Date of Grant has the meaning set out in Section 2.3;
Deductions means all deductions made in accordance with Section 13.1;
Eligible Person means any person who is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any person who is employed as a consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of the United States, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;
Fair Market Value means such value as the Board determines, in its sole discretion, to be appropriate for purposes of valuing a Plan Share.
Financial Year means a financial year of the Company;
Fully Diluted Basis means, in relation to any valuation of shares, that in addition to carrying out the valuation on the basis of the number of outstanding shares of capital stock the Company, the valuation shall take full account of the number of outstanding shares of capital stock if all outstanding Awards and conversion rights over shares in the Company, which are In The Money and capable of being exercised, were to be exercised immediately preceding the valuation;
Group means the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time;
In The Money means when the exercise price of an Award is less than (i) the Market Value of a Plan Share; or (ii) in the absence of a valuation, the price a third party will pay to acquire a Plan Share;
ISO means an incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code;
Liquidity Event means completion of a Liquidation Event as defined under the Certificate of Incorporation.
4
Lock Up Restriction means any prohibition on the sale of shares during a specified period following the commencement of trading of the Companys shares on the Stock Exchange which applies to persons who held shares in the Company prior to such commencement of trading;
Market Value shall be determined in accordance with Section 13.
New Award has the meaning set out in Section 8.1;
New Plan Shares has the meaning set out in Section 8.1;
Nonstatutory Stock Option means a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) of the Code;
Option means an option to purchase or subscribe for Plan Shares granted in accordance with the Plan;
Option Plan Committee means the compensation committee of the Board of Directors or another committee designated by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan that is composed of one or more directors;
Option Price means the price per Share at which Plan Shares must be subscribed on the exercise of an Option as determined pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof;
Plan means the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan in its present form or as amended from time to time (and includes any Overseas Sub Plan established by the Board from time to time);
Plan Shares means the shares of class A common stock, par value US$0.0001, per share of the Company acquired pursuant to an Award;
Reorganisation means any variation in the share capital of the Company, including without limitation a capitalisation issue, rights issue or a sub division, consolidation or reduction in the capital of the Company;
Restricted Share Award means an Award of Plan Shares that cannot be assigned, charged, transferred or otherwise disposed of during a specified period, except in the following limited circumstances:
| on the death of the director or employee, |
| where there is a change in Control or a Reorganisation. |
Scheme of Arrangement means the Irish court approved scheme of arrangement pursuant to which, effective as of the Adoption Date, all outstanding shares in the capital of CIFL were cancelled and CIFL issued a certain number of voting ordinary shares, nominal value $0.0001 per share, in the capital of CIFL to the Company, as a result of which CIFL became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company;
5
Shareholders Agreements means the investors rights agreement, the share sale agreement and the voting agreement each entered into by CIFL and each of the parties thereto on or about and dated as of May 9, 2022, as amended and restated in connection with and effective upon the Scheme of Arrangement to (among other things) provide for the assignment of the rights and obligations of CIFL under such agreements to the Company;
Shares means shares of Class A Common Stock, par value US$0.0001 per share, of the Company;
Subsidiary has the meaning given to that word in section 155 Companies Act 1963 of Ireland;
TCA 1997 means Taxes Consolidation Act 1997, of Ireland;
Vests in respect of an Award, means when an Award Holder becomes entitled to acquire some or all of the Plan Shares the subject of an Award and the terms Vest,
Vesting, Vested and Unvested shall be construed accordingly;
Winding Up Resolution has the meaning set out in Section 7.3.
1.2 | In the Plan, unless otherwise specified: |
(a) | the table of contents and headings are inserted for convenience only and are to be ignored in the interpretation of the Plan; |
(b) | a reference to a Section is a reference to a Section of the Plan; |
(c) | a reference to writing includes any mode of reproducing words in a legible form and reduced to paper; |
(d) | the singular includes the plural and vice-versa and reference to one gender includes all genders; |
(e) | a reference to a statute or statutory provision is a reference to any statute or statutory provision which modifies, consolidates, re-enacts or supersedes it and includes any regulations, orders, directions made thereunder; |
(f) | in the case of Irish residents, the Interpretation Act 2005 applies to the Plan in the same way as it applies to an enactment; |
(g) | in the case of Irish residents, any references to any of the Companies Acts 1963 to 2005 and/or Parts 2 and 3 of the Investment Funds, Companies and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 2006, the Companies (Amendment) Act 2009, the Companies (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2009, the Companies (Amendment) Act 2012 and/or the Companies (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2013 (Companies Acts) shall be construed as such Companies Acts and any provision thereof have been amended, replaced and/or consolidated by the Companies Act 2014 and every statutory modification and re-enactment thereof for the time being in force; and |
6
(h) | a reference to execution or signing of any document shall include by electronic means (i.e. via DocuSign, Carta or a similar platform). |
2 | Grant Of Awards |
2.1 | Types of Awards |
The Board may, in its sole discretion, make Awards of one or more of the following: Options, Conditional Share Awards and Restricted Share Awards. The Company shall make Awards directly or cause one or more of its Subsidiaries to make Awards; provided, however, that the Company shall be responsible for causing any such Subsidiary to comply with the terms of any Award and the Plan.
2.2 | Awards granted by Board |
Subject to the Plan, the Eligible Persons to whom Awards are granted and the terms of such Awards shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.
2.3 | Procedure for grant of Awards and Date of Grant |
(a) | Subject to Section 2.3(b), an Award shall be granted by the execution by the Company of a certificate (Award Certificate), including, for the avoidance of doubt, by electronic means (i.e. via DocuSign, Carta or a similar platform). The date of grant of the Award shall be the date on which the Board executes the certificate or shall be such other date specified by the Board in their absolute discretion (Date of Grant). |
(b) | Awards in the form of Options granted pursuant to the UK Sub Plan to this Plan shall be so granted by the Company and the Eligible Person (as defined in the UK Sub Plan) to whom it is to be granted executing an Option Contract (as defined in the UK Sub Plan). The date of grant of the Award shall be the date on which the Option Contract is executed. |
2.4 | Contents of Award Certificate |
An Award Certificate shall state:
(a) | the Date of Grant; |
(b) | the number of Shares subject to the Award; |
(c) | the Option Price, where the Award is an Option; |
(d) | the latest date on which the Award may Vest, which shall not in any event be more than: |
(i) | seven years from the Date of Grant in the case of an Irish tax resident Award Holder; or |
(ii) | ten years from the Date of Grant in the case of all other Award Holders. |
7
(e) | the latest date on which the Award which is an Option may be exercised if an Award Holder ceases to be employed within the Group in the circumstances set out in Section 6.4. |
(f) | in the case of an Award which is an Option (other than Options granted pursuant to the UK Sub Plan), the Award Certificate shall designate an Option as either an ISO or a Nonstatutory Stock Option (provided that an Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option unless the applicable award agreement specifically designates such Option as an ISO); |
(g) | the transfer restriction required by Section 2.8; |
(h) | whether the Board has resolved that the discretions conferred on it by Section 7 are to apply to the Award; |
(i) | conditions relating to Vesting, which may include double or single trigger acceleration provisions at the discretion of the Board; |
and shall state, or have attached to it in the form of a schedule, any conditions applicable to the Award. Subject to this Section 2.4, an Award Certificate shall be in such form as the Board may determine from time to time including, for the avoidance of doubt, in an electronic form (i.e. via DocuSign, Carta or a similar platform and the form of Award Certificate used may be adapted, as appropriate, for local law and taxation requirements.
2.5 | Option Price |
In the case of an Option, the Option Price shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion provided that the Option Price shall not be less than the nominal value of a Plan Share.
2.6 | Duration of Plan |
An Award may not be granted after the tenth anniversary of the Adoption Date.
2.7 | Persons to whom Awards may be granted |
An Award may not be granted to an individual who is not an Eligible Person at the Date of Grant.
2.8 | Awards non-transferable |
Subject to Section 6.1 and 7, an Award shall not be capable of being transferred, charged or otherwise alienated and shall lapse immediately if the Award Holder purports to transfer, charge or otherwise alienate the Award.
8
3 | Limit On Number Of Plan Shares To Be The Subject Of Awards Under Plan |
3.1 | General |
The number of Plan Shares which may be the subject of Awards shall be limited as set out in this Section 3. In applying the limits, the computational provisions in Section 3.3 shall apply.
3.2 | Maximum number of shares subject to an Award |
The maximum number of Plan Shares which may be made the subject of Awards may not exceed a number equal to (i) 73,313,680 less (ii) the number of voting ordinary shares in the capital of CIFL which are subject to awards outstanding under the Amended and Restated Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme as of immediately prior to the Adoption Date (CIFL Scheme Awards). An Award may be granted so long as it does not result in this limit being exceeded. The Board may establish additional discretionary share award plans or sub-plans (including an incentive stock option for the purpose of the Code) in the future subject to the abovementioned cap on the number of plans shares that can be subject to award plans on or after the Adoption Date.
3.3 | Computation |
For the purpose of the limits contained in this Section 3:
(a) | the number of Plan Shares under an Award shall be the number of Plan Shares which could be issued on the Vesting of the Award; |
(b) | where an Award (or any CIFL Scheme Award) has lapsed, been renounced or otherwise become incapable of Vesting, it shall not be counted towards the limits; |
(c) | any Shares committed for issue under an Award shall be taken into account by reference to the Date of Grant of the Award. |
3.4 | Scaling down |
If the grant of an Award would cause any of the limits in this Section 3 to be exceeded, such Award shall take effect as an Award over the maximum number of Plan Shares which does not cause the limit to be exceeded. If more than one Award is granted on the same Date of Grant, the number of Plan Shares which would otherwise be subject to each Award shall be reduced pro rata.
4 | SPECIAL OVERSEAS RULES. |
4.1 | The Sub Plan adopted by the Board under Section 13.4 and attached at Schedule 2 and Schedule 3 (as applicable) to this Plan sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to Awards granted to Eligible Persons who are residents of the United States of America, including (without limitation) ISO grants and the rules set out at Section 422(b) of the Code. |
4.2 | The UK Sub Plan and the Form of Option Contract thereunder adopted by the Board under Section 13.4 and attached at Schedule 4 and Schedule 5, respectively, to this Plan sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to grants of Options to United Kingdom employees pursuant to the UK Sub Plan, including (without limitation) the rules set out at Schedule 5 of the UK Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003. |
9
4.3 | The Second UK Sub Plan adopted by the Board under Section 13.4 and attached at Schedule 6 to this Plan sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to grants of Conditional Share Awards and Restricted Share Awards to United Kingdom employees pursuant to the Second UK Sub Plan. |
4.4 | The Sub Plan adopted by the Board under Section 13.4 and attached at Schedule 7 to this Plan sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to Awards granted to Eligible Persons who are residents of Bermuda. |
4.5 | The Sub Plan adopted by the Board under Section 13.4 and attached at Schedule 8 to this Plan sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to Awards granted to Eligible Persons who are residents of Singapore. |
4.6 | The Sub Plan adopted by the Board under Section 13.4 and attached at Schedule 9 to this Plan sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to Awards granted to Eligible Persons who are residents of Canada. |
4.7 | The Irish Sub Plan adopted by the Board under Section 13.4 and attached at Schedule 10 to this Plan sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to grants of Awards to employees who carry out duties in Ireland. |
4.8 | The Sub Plan adopted by the Board under Section 13.4 and attached at Schedule 11 to this Plan sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to Awards granted to Eligible Persons who are residents of Hong Kong. |
4.9 | The Sub Plan adopted by the Board under Section 13.4 and attached at Schedule 12 to this Plan sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to Awards granted to Eligible Persons who are residents of Japan. |
5 | Vesting And Exercise Of Awards |
5.1 | Vesting of Awards |
(a) | An Award may Vest on one or more occasions and the Board may decide that the number of Plan Shares in respect of which the Award Vests will vary. Subject to Sections 6 and 7, an Award shall Vest and become exercisable on the date or dates specified by the Board. |
(b) | If and to the extent that existing shareholders in the Company are subject to restrictions on the exercise of any rights attaching to their shares in the Company as set out in any shareholders agreement and/or lock-up arrangement, the Board may require that an Award may not Vest unless the Award Holder executes a deed of adherence in a form acceptable to the Company whereby the Award Holder agrees to be bound by the terms of such shareholders agreement and/or lock-up arrangement. |
10
(c) | If it is agreed with an Award Holder that he should transfer his employment to another company in the Group, the Board may, in its absolute discretion, resolve and require that: |
(i) | the Vesting of any Unvested part of an Award shall be satisfied by the delivery of such number of fully paid common shares in the capital of the Award Holders new employer as shall have the same Market Value on the date of Vesting as any Unvested part of the Award. If the Board does not exercise its discretion pursuant to this Section 5.1(c), the Award shall not lapse but shall continue in force in accordance with its terms; and/or |
(ii) | any Plan Shares held by the Award Holder shall be exchanged for such number of fully paid common shares in the capital of the Award Holders new employer as shall have the same Market Value on the date of transfer provided however that the Company shall procure the discharge of any tax arising from such exchange. |
5.2 | Latest date for Exercise of Awards |
Subject to the provisions of Sections 6, 7, 8 and 9, no Award shall be capable of being exercised after the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of an Irish tax resident Award Holder or tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of all other Award Holders.
5.3 | Award Holder to be employed within the Group on exercise of Award |
Subject to Section 6, an Award may be exercised only while the Award Holder is employed within the Group and if an Award Holder ceases to be employed within the Group, any Award granted to him shall lapse immediately. For the avoidance of doubt no Award is capable of being exercised more than seven years from the Date of Grant (in the case of an Irish tax resident Award Holder) or more than ten years from the Date of Grant (in the case of all other Award Holders) notwithstanding the continued employment of the Award Holder after that date provided always that Plan Shares may be delivered to the Award Holder after that date.
5.4 | Exercise of Awards |
(a) | Subject to the provisions of the Plan, a Vested Award may be exercised in whole or in part at any time or times after its Date of Grant. |
(b) | Upon the exercise of an Option in whole or in part the Award Holder shall pay the Option Price to the Company, in accordance with Section 5.4(c), in respect of the number of Shares over which the said Option has been exercised and shall deliver the Award Certificate to the Company and the Company, as soon as practicable after the receipt by it of the Award Certificate and the Option Price payment, shall issue the appropriate number of Plan Shares to the Award Holder and, if appropriate, shall deliver an amended Award Certificate to the Award Holder in respect of any part of the Option that remains unexercised. |
11
(c) | The Board may determine in its sole discretion that any payment required to be made by an Award Holder upon the exercise or vesting of an Award (as the case may be) may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note; (4) by net exercise; (5) such other consideration and method of payment, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment, subject, in each case, to compliance with applicable law. |
(d) | In relation to anything done pursuant to the Plan, the Board shall not be under any obligation to procure the transfer of or to transfer Plan Shares to or pay cash to and/or do any other thing in relation to an Award Holder under or in connection with this Plan unless and until the Board is satisfied in regard to compliance with Section 13. |
6 | Vesting In Special Circumstances |
6.1 | Death |
Notwithstanding Section 5.3, if an Award Holder dies at a time when an Award is still capable of being exercised by him, his legal personal representative or estate may, subject to compliance with Section 5, exercise an unexercised Award (or, as the case may be, that portion of an Award not already exercised) to the extent the Award has Vested as of the date of death provided that such exercise occurs before the earliest of:
(a) | the first anniversary of the date of death; |
(b) | the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of an Irish tax resident or the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of all other Award Holders; and |
(c) | such earlier date provided for in the Award Certificate, |
and the Award will automatically expire to the extent that it has not been so exercised.
6.2 | Injury, disability, redundancy, Agreed Retirement and termination of employment by mutual agreement |
Notwithstanding Section 5.3, if an Award Holder ceases to be a director of a company in the Group or ceases to be an employee or consultant employed by the Group before his Award is exercised by reason of:
(a) | injury, ill health or disability; |
(b) | redundancy within the meaning of Redundancy Payments Act 1967 to 2007 if the Award Holder were employed in Ireland; |
(c) | the Agreed Retirement of the Award Holder; |
(d) | the transfer of the undertaking or part-undertaking in which the Award Holder is employed to an entity other than a member of the Group; |
12
(e) | the company by which the Award Holder is employed ceasing to be under the Control of the Company; or |
(f) | an agreement between the Award Holder and his employer, |
then the Award Holder may, subject to compliance with Sections 5.1 and 5.4, exercise an unexercised Award (or, as the case may be, that portion of an Award not already exercised) to the extent the Award has Vested at that time provided that such exercise occurs before the earliest of:
(g) | the first anniversary of the date on which he will have so ceased to be a director of a company in the Group or ceased to be an employee or consultant employed by the Group; |
(h) | the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of an Irish tax resident Award holder or the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of all other Award Holders; and |
(i) | such earlier date provided for in the Award Certificate, |
and the Award will automatically expire to the extent that it has not been so exercised.
6.3 | Termination of employment by dismissal |
If an Award Holder ceases to be employed within the Group:-
(a) | in circumstances justifying the summary dismissal of such Award Holder from his employment; or |
(b) | his employer subsequently determines that before the Award Holders employment ceased circumstances had arisen in which the Award Holders employer was entitled to dismiss the Award Holder summarily; |
the Award Holders Awards shall lapse immediately and the Board shall not be entitled to exercise any discretion to the contrary.
6.4 | Termination of employment by resignation |
If an Award Holder ceases to be employed within the Group by reason of such Award Holders resignation provided that the circumstances specified in Section 6.3 do not apply then the Award Holder may, subject to compliance with Sections 5.1 and 5.4, exercise an unexercised Award (or, as the case may be, that portion of an Award not already exercised) to the extent the Award has Vested at that time provided that such exercise occurs before the earlier of:
(a) | the date that is three months from the date on which he will have so ceased to be a director of a company in the Group or ceased to be an employee or consultant employed or engaged by the Group; |
13
(b) | the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of an Irish tax resident Award Holder or the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of all other Award Holders; and |
(c) | such earlier date provided for in the Award Certificate, |
and the Award will automatically expire to the extent that it has not been so exercised.
6.5 | Award Holder relocated abroad |
Notwithstanding Sections 5.1 and 5.3, if it is proposed that an Award Holder, while continuing to be employed by the Group, should work in a country other than the country in which he is currently working and, by reason of the change:
(a) | the Award Holder would suffer less favourable tax treatment on the exercise of his Awards; or |
(b) | the exercise of his Awards would become subject to a restriction or there would arise some restriction on the ability of the Award Holder to hold or deal in the Plan Shares or the proceeds of sale of the Plan Shares acquired on the exercise of the Awards, |
the Board may, in its absolute discretion but subject to it having regard to the Award Holders contribution to the Company and the performance of the Company, allow his Awards to be exercised at any time during the period beginning one week before the proposed date of his transfer and ending one week after the date of his actual transfer. If the Board does not exercise its discretion in accordance with this Section, the Awards shall not lapse but continue in force in accordance with their terms.
6.6 | Meaning of ceasing to be employed by a company in Group |
For the purpose of Section 6.2, an Award Holder shall not be treated as ceasing to be employed by the Group until he no longer holds any consultancy, office or employment in or with the Company or any Subsidiary or, being a female employee who is absent from work by reason of pregnancy or confinement, she ceases to be entitled to exercise her right to return to work under the Maternity Protection Acts 1994 and 2004 of Ireland.
6.7 | Interaction of rules |
(a) | If an Award has become capable of exercise under Section 6.2 to 6.5 and, during the period allowed for the exercise of the Award under those Sections, the Award Holder dies, the period allowed for the exercise of the Award shall be the period allowed by Section 6.1. |
(b) | If an Award has become capable of exercise under Section 6 and, during the period allowed for the exercise of the Award under Section 6, the Award becomes capable of exercise under Section 7 also (or vice versa), the latest period allowed |
14
for the Vesting of the Award shall be the earliest of the period allowed by Section 6 and the period allowed by Section 7.
6.8 | Extension of Exercise Period |
Notwithstanding Section 6 or the terms of any underlying Award Certificate, the Board or the Option Plan Committee may, in its absolute discretion, extend the period allowed for the exercise of an Award under Section 6.1 to 6.5, as applicable, by such time period as it sees fit (the Extended Exercise Period); provided that, the Extended Exercise Period shall terminate on or before the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant in case of an Irish tax resident Award Holder or the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant of all other Award Holders.
7 | Early Vesting As A Consequence Of A Corporate Transaction |
7.1 | General offer for Company |
Notwithstanding Section 5 but subject to Section 8, if:
(a) | a person, who is not already a shareholder in the Company or a shareholder in a wholly owned subsidiary of a shareholder in the Company, acquires 80% or more of the issued share capital of the Company; or |
(b) | a person, who is already a shareholder in the Company or a shareholder in a wholly owned subsidiary of a shareholder in the Company, makes an offer to acquire the entire issued share capital of the Company and such offer is accepted by the holders of 80% of the shares not already owned directly or indirectly by the offeror or an entity related to it, |
then the Board may in its absolute discretion allow all Awards (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following:
(i) | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the expiry of the period referred to in (ii) below or may exercise this discretion in respect of any Award by so resolving at the time that it grants such Award; |
(ii) | the exercise shall take effect on such day as the Board shall determine provided that it shall be before the expiry of two months from the date of the event referred to in (a) or (b) as applicable; and |
(iii) | where the Board exercises its discretion in accordance with this Section 7.1, any Awards not so exercised shall lapse. |
7.2 | Merger, Amalgamation or Consolidation of the Company |
Notwithstanding Section 5 but subject to Section 8, if a person is to obtain Control of the Company, or substantially all of the Companys business and assets, in pursuance of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company:-
15
then the Board may in its absolute discretion:
(a) | allow all of the Awards (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following: |
(i) | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the day preceding the merger, amalgamation or consolidation or may exercise this discretion in respect of any Award by so resolving at the time that it recommends the grant of such Award; |
(ii) | the exercise shall be conditional on the happening of the merger, amalgamation or consolidation and shall be deemed to take effect on a day preceding the merger, amalgamation or consolidation as the Board shall determine provided that if the merger, amalgamation or consolidation is not completed, any conditional exercise of an Award shall be of no effect and the Award shall continue to exist; |
(iii) | unless otherwise determined by the Board, the number of Plan Shares in respect of which an Award may be exercised under this Section shall be the maximum number of Plan Shares in respect of which the Award may be exercised, whether Vested or Unvested; and |
(iv) | where the Board exercises its discretion in accordance with this Section 7.2, any Awards not so exercised shall lapse; or |
(b) | resolve that all subsisting Awards shall continue to exist without any adjustment to their terms; or |
(c) | resolve that all subsisting Awards are voided and replaced with Awards in the purchaser that causes the change of Control of an equivalent value as determined by the Board in its discretion and as the Auditors shall have confirmed in writing to be, in their opinion, fair and reasonable. |
In the event of the Board exercising its absolute discretion in accordance with subparagraph (a) above, the Company shall procure that the relevant proportion of the Shares which are the subject of such Awards as determined by the Board shall be issued or transferred to Award Holders immediately prior to the completion of the merger, amalgamation or consolidation.
7.3 | Winding up of Company |
Notwithstanding Section 5, if notice is given of a resolution for the voluntary winding up of the Company (the Winding Up Resolution), then the Board may, in its absolute discretion, allow all Awards (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following:-
(a) | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the passing of the Winding Up Resolution or may exercise this discretion in respect of any Award by so resolving at the time that it recommends the grant of such Award; |
(b) | the exercise shall be conditional on the passing of the Winding Up Resolution and shall take effect on the day the resolution is passed; and |
16
(c) | unless otherwise determined by the Board the number of Plan Shares in respect of which an Award may be exercised under this Section shall be the maximum number of Plan Shares in respect of which the Award may be exercised, whether Vested or Unvested. |
Provided however that if the Winding Up Resolution is not passed, any conditional exercise of an Award shall be of no effect and the Award shall continue to exist.
7.4 | Sale of Companys Business |
Notwithstanding Sections 5.1 to 5.3, if a person (other than one of the parties to the Shareholders Agreements) is to acquire 80% or more by value of the business and undertaking of the Company and Subsidiaries then the Board may in its absolute discretion determine that all or part of the Awards shall Vest (in whole or in part) and may be exercised as provided in the relevant Award Certificate on a date determined by the Board.
7.5 | Sale of Subsidiary |
Notwithstanding Sections 5.1 to 5.3, if a person (other than one of the parties to the Shareholders Agreements) is to acquire any Subsidiary of the Company then the Board may in its absolute discretion determine that all or part of the Award Holders Award shall Vest and may be exercised on such date or dates determined by the Board and in making such determination, the Board may determine, to the extent applicable, that the Awards shall Vest (in whole or in part) and may be exercised by reference to the price at which the Subsidiary is sold.
7.6 | Investment in the Company or a Subsidiary |
Notwithstanding Section 5 and subject to Sections 7.1, if a person (other than one of the parties to the Shareholders Agreements) makes an investment in the Company or a Subsidiary then the Board shall have an absolute discretion to determine that all or part of the Awards shall Vest (in whole or in part) and be exercised on such date or dates as the Board may determine. In making such determination, the Board may determine that the Award shall Vest and may be exercised by reference to the price at which the investment is made in the Company or Subsidiary, as appropriate, provided always that the Board shall have absolute discretion to confine the exercise of its discretion pursuant to this Section to Award Holders who hold office as a director in, or are employed, or retained as a consultant, by, the entity in which the investment is made.
7.7 | Meaning of obtains Control of the Company |
For the purpose of this Section 7, a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company if he or others Acting In Concert with him have together obtained Control of it.
17
7.8 | Notification of Award Holders |
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, notify each Award Holder of the occurrence of any of the events referred to in Section 7 and explain how this affects his position under the Plan.
8 | Exchange Or Assumption Of Awards On Takeover Or Merger Of Company |
8.1 | Exchange of Awards |
If a person referred to in Section 7.1 or 7.2 is a company (Acquiring Company), the Board may by agreement with the Acquiring Company where necessary:
(a) | at any time during the period set out in Section 8.2, require all Award Holders to release their Awards in whole or in part in consideration of the grant to them of a new award (New Awards) which are equivalent to the Awards held by them but which relates to shares (New Plan Shares) in: |
(i) | the Acquiring Company; or |
(ii) | a company which has Control of the Acquiring Company; or |
(iii) | a company which either is, or has Control of, a company which is a member of a consortium within the meaning of section 410 TCA 1997 which owns either the Acquiring Company or a company having Control of the Acquiring Company; or |
(b) | procure or otherwise agree that all of the obligations of the Company pursuant to any outstanding Awards shall, from the time that the Acquiring Company becomes entitled or bound to acquire shares in the Company, be assumed by the Acquiring Company such that (x) those Awards remain in place with the outstanding obligations of the Company thereunder to be fulfilled by the Acquiring Company; and (y) are to be satisfied by equity securities of the Acquiring Company. |
8.2 | Period allowed for exchange of Awards |
The period referred to in Section 8.1(a) is:
(a) | where Section 7.1 applies, the period referred to in that Section; or |
(b) | where Section 7.2 applies, the period of six months beginning with the date the merger or division becomes effective |
8.3 | Meaning of equivalent |
The New Award shall not be regarded for the purpose of this Section 8 as equivalent to the Award unless:
(a) | the New Award shall be exercisable in the same manner as the Award and shall be subject to the same provisions of the Plan as had effect immediately before the release of the Award; |
18
(b) | the total Market Value of the New Plan Shares which are the subject of the New Award is equal to the total Market Value, immediately after the grant of the New Award, of the Plan Shares under the Award provided however that no New Award shall be required to be granted over a fraction of a New Plan Share; and |
(c) | the total amount payable by the Award Holder for the acquisition of the New Plan Shares under the New Award is as nearly as may be equal to the total amount that would have been payable by the Award Holder for the acquisition of the Plan Shares under the Award. |
8.4 | Date of Grant of New Award |
The date of grant of the New Award shall be deemed to be the same as the Date of Grant of the Award.
8.5 | Application of Plan to New Award |
In the application of the Plan to the New Award, where appropriate, references to Company and Plan Shares shall be read as if they were references to the company to whose shares the New Award relates and the New Plan Shares respectively, save that in the definition of Board the reference to Company shall be read as if it were a reference to Circle Internet Group, Inc.
9 | Public Listing |
In the event of a decision by the Company to seek a listing on a stock exchange for the entire share capital of the Company, then the Board may determine (in its absolute discretion) that all of the Awards shall Vest (in whole or in part) conditionally and become exercisable on the date the listing becomes effective, PROVIDED THAT
9.1 | if the listing does not become effective, any conditional Vesting and exercise of Awards shall be of no effect and the Awards shall continue to exist; |
9.2 | the date of Vesting and exercise of any Awards which Vest and become exercisable conditionally under this Section 9 shall be deemed to be the date upon which listing takes effect; and |
9.3 | where the Board resolves that only part of an Award shall Vest and become exercisable on a listing becoming effective, the balance of the Awards which remains unexercised shall lapse on the listing becoming effective. |
10 | Lapse Of Awards |
An Award shall lapse on the earliest of:
(a) | subject to Section 6.1, the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant in the case of an Irish tax resident Award Holder or the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant in case of all other Award Holders; |
19
(b) | subject to Section 6.1 to 6.4, the Award Holder ceasing to be a director, be employed or retained as a consultant by a company within the Group; |
(c) | the date on which it is provided that the Award shall lapse under Section 6.1 to 6.4; |
(d) | the date on which a resolution is passed or an order is made by the court for the compulsory winding up of the Company; and |
(e) | the date on which the Award Holder becomes bankrupt, enters into a compromise with his creditors generally or, except as permitted by Section 7 purports to transfer, assign or otherwise alienate the Award. |
11 | Plan Shares Acquired On Exercise |
11.1 | Rights attaching to Plan Shares |
Prior to the exercise of an Award in accordance with these Sections, an Award Holder shall have no rights in respect of any Plan Shares, or their cash equivalent, which are capable of being issued for the benefit of, or paid to, the Award Holder under the relevant Award. Upon a Liquidity Event any Awards which have been exercised shall have the rights set out in the Certificate of Incorporation.
11.2 | Availability of Plan Shares |
The Company shall at all times use its reasonable endeavours to keep available sufficient authorised but unissued Plan Shares to satisfy the Vesting of all Awards which the Board has determined will be satisfied by the issue of Plan Shares.
12 | Adjustment Of Awards On Reorganisation |
12.1 | Power to adjust Awards |
In the event of a Reorganisation, the Vesting conditions may be adjusted in such manner as the Board determines.
12.2 | Auditors confirmation |
An adjustment shall not be made until the Auditors have confirmed in writing to the Board that such adjustment is in their opinion fair and reasonable.
12.3 | Notification of Award Holders |
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, notify each Award Holder of any adjustment made under this Section 12. The Board may call in for endorsement or cancellation and re-issue any Award Certificate in order to take account of such adjustment.
13 | Deductions |
13.1 | Deductions otherwise required to be made by Company on behalf of Award Holder |
20
Where, in relation to an Award granted under the Plan, the Company or any member of the Group (as the case may be) is liable, or is in accordance with current practice believed by the Board to be liable, to account to any revenue or other authority for any sum in respect of any tax or social security liability of the Award Holder, the Award may not Vest and/or be exercised unless the Board is satisfied that:
(a) | the Award Holder has authorised the sale of some or all of the Plan Shares upon exercise of his Award and the payment to the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be) of an amount sufficient to discharge the liability from the proceeds of sale thereof); or |
(b) | the Award Holder has paid to the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be) an amount sufficient to discharge the liability, or |
(c) | the Award Holder has entered into some other arrangement (including a loan) with the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be) to ensure that such amount is otherwise available to the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be). |
13.2 | Determination of Market Value |
(a) | For the purposes of the Plan the market value of Plan Shares shall be determined by an independent valuer selected by the Board provided however that the Board shall have confirmed in writing its agreement with such value (such confirmation not to be unreasonably withheld). In determining the value of any Plan Share, the independent valuer shall not apply any discount to reflect the fact that the Share may only give rise to a minority interest in the Company and furthermore the value shall be determined on a Fully Diluted Basis and as if the Shares were voting shares in the Company with full dividend rights; and/or |
(b) | The market value of an Award shall be determined by an independent valuer selected by the Board provided however that the Board shall have confirmed in writing its agreement with such value (such confirmation not to be unreasonably withheld). In determining the value of any Award, the independent valuer shall not apply any discount to reflect the fact that the Award may only give rise to a minority interest in the Company and furthermore the value shall be determined on a Fully Diluted Basis and as if the shares which are the subject of such Award were voting shares in the Company with full dividend rights; or |
(c) | If paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply, the market value of a Share on any day shall be determined by the Board in accordance with section 548 TCA 1997. |
13.3 | Execution of Award Certificate by Award Holder |
The Board may require an Award Holder to execute a copy of the Award Certificate or some other document in order to bind himself contractually to any such arrangement as is referred to in Section 13.1 and return the executed document to the Board by a specified date. Failure to return the executed document by the specified date shall cause the Award to lapse.
21
13.4 | Establishment of Sub Plans |
The Board may establish (and amend) sub-plans(s) of this Plan for Eligible Persons who are based in certain jurisdictions, including (without limitation) in the United States of America, the United Kingdom and Ireland (Overseas Sub Plans). Any Overseas Sub Plan established by the Board shall apply to the grant of any Awards to Eligible Persons based in the relevant jurisdiction after the date of the establishment of such Overseas Sub Plan and shall be in writing. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Plan, the Board is authorised as part of the establishment of an Overseas Sub Plan, to amend the provisions of this Plan as it applies to Eligible Persons who receive their Awards pursuant to an Overseas Sub Plan PROVIDED that such amendments are required in the opinion of the Board (having taken appropriate legal and tax advice in the relevant jurisdiction) for the Overseas Sub Plan to comply with relevant legal requirements of that jurisdiction and/or to make the relevant Sub Plan more tax-efficient for the Company or Eligible Persons based in the that jurisdiction. Overseas Sub Plans have been established under this Section 13.4 are set out in Schedule 2. Additional Overseas Sub Plans have been established by the Board under this Section 13.4, as set out in Schedules 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12.
14 | Relationship Of Plan To Contract Of Employment |
14.1 | Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan: |
(a) | the Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between the Company or any Subsidiary and an Eligible Employee; |
(b) | unless expressly so provided in his contract of employment, an Eligible Person has no right or entitlement to be granted an Award or any expectation that an Award might be made to him, whether subject to any conditions or at all; |
(c) | the benefit to an Eligible Person of participation in the Plan (including, in particular but not by way of limitation, any Awards held by him) shall not form any part of his remuneration or count as his remuneration for any purpose and shall not be pensionable; |
(d) | the rights or opportunity granted to an Award Holder on the making of an Award shall not give the Award Holder any rights or additional rights and if an Award Holder ceases to be employed within the Group, he shall not be entitled to compensation for the loss of any right or benefit or prospective right or benefit under the Plan (including, in particular but not by way of limitation, any Awards held by him which lapse by reason of his ceasing to be employed within the Group) whether by way of damages for unfair dismissal, wrongful dismissal, breach of contract or otherwise; |
22
(e) | the rights or opportunity granted to an Award Holder on the making of an Award shall not give the Award Holder any rights or additional rights in respect of any pension scheme operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; |
(f) | an Award Holder shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for any loss or potential loss which he may suffer by reason of being unable to acquire or retain Plan Shares, or any interest in Plan Shares pursuant to an Award in consequence of the loss or termination of his office or employment with the Company or any present or past Subsidiary for any reason whatsoever (whether or not the termination is ultimately held to be wrongful or unfair). |
14.2 | By accepting the grant of an Award and not renouncing it, an Award Holder is deemed to have agreed to the provisions of this Section 14. |
15 | Administration Of Plan |
15.1 | Board responsible for administration |
The Board shall be responsible for, and shall have the conduct of, the administration of the Plan. The Board may from time to time make or amend regulations for the administration of the Plan provided that such regulations shall not be inconsistent with the Plan.
15.2 | Board decision final and binding |
The decision of the Board shall be final and binding in all matters relating to the administration of the Plan, including but not limited to the resolution of any ambiguity in the Plan.
15.3 | Delegation of Authority |
To the extent permitted by applicable law, including under Section 157(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Board may delegate some or all of its authority under the Plan, including the authority to grant Options or other Awards (except that such delegation shall not apply to any Award for a person then covered by Section 16 of the Exchange Act) to a committee or subcommittee of the Board, or to other persons or groups of persons as it deems necessary, appropriate or advisable under conditions or limitations that it may set at or after the time of the delegation.
15.4 | Suspension or termination of grant of Awards |
The Board may terminate or from time to time suspend the grant of Awards.
15.5 | Provision of Information |
An Award Holder shall provide to the Company as soon as reasonably practicable such information as the Company reasonably requests for the purpose of complying with its obligations under section 897 of TCA 1997.
23
16 | Amendment Of Plan |
16.1 | Power to amend Plan |
Subject to Sections 16.2 and 16.3 the Board may from time to time amend all or any provisions of the Plan and any Overseas Sub Plan.
16.2 | Amendments to Plan |
(a) | An amendment may not be made for the benefit of existing or future Award Holders to the Plan relating to: |
(i) | the definitions of Eligible Person; |
(ii) | the limit on the number of Plan Shares which may be acquired under Award under the Plan; |
(iii) | this Section 16.2, |
without the prior approval of the Company in general meeting (or the written approval of the holders of more than the majority of the voting shares (greater than 50%) in the capital of the Company).
(b) | Nothing in this Section 16.2 shall prohibit any amendment to the Plan which is of a minor nature and benefits the administration of the Plan or any amendment which is necessary or desirable in order to take account of a change of legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for participants in the Plan, the Company or some other member of the Group. |
16.3 | Termination of the Plan |
The Plan may be terminated with the prior approval of (i) the Board and (ii) the Company in general meeting (or the written approval of the holders of more than the majority of the voting shares (greater than 50%) in the capital of the Company).
16.4 | Rights of existing Award Holders |
An amendment or termination of the Plan may not adversely affect the rights of an existing Award Holder except where the amendment or termination has been approved by the existing Award Holders in such manner as would be required by the Certificate of Incorporation (with appropriate changes) if the Plan Shares subject to their Awards had been issued to them (so that they had become shareholders in the Company) and constituted a separate class of shares. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in the Plan shall prevent the Board from agreeing the cancellation of an Award in exchange for a payment in cash to the Award Holder.
16.5 | Notification of Award Holders |
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, notify each Award Holder of any amendment to the Plan under this Section 16.
24
17 | Notices |
17.1 | Notice by Company |
Any notice, document or other communication given by, or on behalf of, the Board or the Company to any person in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered to him at his place of work, if he is employed or retained as a consultant by the Group, or sent through the post in a pre-paid envelope to the address last known to the Company to be his address and, if so sent, shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of posting.
17.2 | Deceased Award Holders |
Any notice, document or other communication so sent to an Award Holder shall be deemed to have been duly given notwithstanding that such Award Holder is then deceased (and whether or not the Board have notice of his death) except where his personal representatives have established their title to the satisfaction of the Board and supplied to the Board an address to which notices, documents and other communications are to be sent.
17.3 | Notice to Board or Company |
Any notice, document or other communication given to the Board or the Company in connection with the Plan shall be delivered or sent by post to the Company Secretary at the Companys registered office or such other address as may from time to time be notified to Award Holders but shall not in any event be duly given unless it is actually received at such address.
18 | Personal Data |
It shall be a term and condition of every Award that an Award Holder agrees and consents to:
18.1 | the collection, use and processing of his personal data by any member of the Group or any trustee and the transfer of his personal data to (i) any third party administrator of the Plan (ii) any broker through whom Plan Shares are to be sold on behalf of an Award Holder (iii) any investor in the Company and/or its Subsidiary; |
18.2 | members of the Group and, if it is not the Company and any trustee or third party administrator of the Plan, transferring the Award Holders personal data amongst themselves for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Plan and the grant of Awards and the acquisition of Plan Shares pursuant to such Award; |
18.3 | the use of personal data by any such person for any such purposes; and |
18.4 | the transfer to and retention of personal data by third parties (including any situated outside the European Economic Area and in particular the United States of America) for or in connection with such purposes. |
25
19 | Cost Of Plan |
The cost of introducing and administering the Plan shall be met by the Company or Subsidiaries whose employees are participating in the Plan. To the extent that the Company meets these costs, the Company shall be entitled, if it wishes, to charge an appropriate part of such cost to a Subsidiary whose employees are participating in the Plan. The Company shall also be entitled, if it wishes, to charge to a Subsidiary the opportunity cost of Plan Shares transferred to an Award Holder employed by the Subsidiary following the Vesting of his Award.
20 | Governing Law |
The validity and construction of the Plan and the instruments evidencing the Awards hereunder shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan and the instruments evidencing the Awards granted hereunder to the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.
21 | Arbitration |
In the case of an Award Holder based in Ireland, all disputes and differences arising out of this Plan or otherwise in connection therewith may be referred by the Company to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of the Arbitration Act 2010 and any Award Holder so affected shall submit to such arbitration.
26
Schedule 1
1 Template Award Certificate
27
Schedule 2
1 US ADDENDUM
TO THE CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. SHARE AWARD PLAN
(For United States Residents Only)
This Addendum to the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan (the Plan) shall apply only to Eligible Persons who are residents of the United States of America and who are receiving an Award under the Plan. This Addendum has been approved by the Board as a Sub Plan under Section 13.4 of the Plan. Capitalized terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided by this Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by Applicable Laws, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of the United States of America, until such time as the Board amends this Addendum or the Board otherwise provides.
1 | Definitions. |
1.1 | Addendum means this Addendum to the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan. |
1.2 | Applicable Laws means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under United States state corporate laws, United States federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Shares are listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any non-U.S. country or jurisdiction where Options are, or will be, granted under the Plan. |
1.3 | Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein shall be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code. |
1.4 | Employee means any person, including officers and members of the board of directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a member of the board of directors nor payment of a directors fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute employment by the Company. |
1.5 | Exchange Act means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
1.6 | Incentive Stock Option means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder. |
1.7 | Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. |
1.8 | Parent means a parent corporation, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e). |
1.9 | Securities Act means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
28
1.10 | Subsidiary means a subsidiary corporation, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f). |
2 | Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to any limitations set forth in the Plan and further subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7 of this Addendum, the maximum aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan pursuant to this Addendum shall not exceed a number equal to (i) 73,313,680 less (ii) the number of voting ordinary shares in the capital of CIFL which are subject to awards outstanding under the Amended and Restated Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme as of immediately prior to the Adoption Date. |
If an Award (or any CIFL Scheme Award) expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased, forfeited or repurchased Plan Shares (or shares underlying any such CIFL Scheme Award) that were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan and this Addendum (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Plan Shares (or shares underlying a CIFL Scheme Award) that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award (or under the Amended and Restated Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme under any CIFL Scheme Award) shall not be returned to the Plan or Addendum and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan or Addendum (provided that if Plan Shares (or shares underlying a CIFL Scheme Award) issued pursuant to Restricted Share Awards or Conditional Share Awards are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares (or shares underlying such CIFL Scheme Award) will become available for future grant under the Plan and this Addendum). Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment provided in Section 7 of this Addendum, the maximum number of Plan Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall equal the aggregate Plan Share number stated in the first paragraph of this Section, plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422, any Plan Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan under this second paragraph of this Section.
3 | Eligibility. Awards may be granted to Eligible Persons (as defined in the Plan). Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Eligible Persons who are Employees, as defined in this Addendum. |
4 | Stock Options. |
4.1 | Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Board, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Board, in its sole discretion, will determine. |
4.2 | Award Certificate. Each award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Certificate that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Board, in its sole discretion, will determine. |
4.3 | Limitations. Each Option will be designated in the Award Certificate as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Option holder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any |
29
Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars (US$100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. Further, notwithstanding such designation, if for any reason an Option will not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option will be regarded as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. For purposes of this Section 4.3, Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and the applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
4.4 | Term of Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Certificate; provided, however, that the term will be no more than the shorter of: (i) ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof or (ii) the date specified in Section 5.2 of the Plan. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Eligible Person who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (a 10% Holder), the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Certificate. For purposes of the determination of a 10% Holder, the attribution rules of Code Section 424(d) will be applied in determining stock ownership. |
4.5 | Option Exercise Price and Consideration. |
(a) | Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Plan Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Board, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who is a 10% Holder, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5(a), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a). |
(b) | Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Board will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised. |
(c) | Form of Consideration. The Board will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Board will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. The consideration for exercising an Option may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Plan Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Board determines in its |
30
sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Plan Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Board will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company. |
4.6 | Exercise of Option. |
(a) | Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Certificate. |
4.7 | Termination of Service. If an Option holder ceases to provide services to the Group, the Option holder may exercise his or her Option to the extent permitted by the Plan and the Award Certificate. |
5 | Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations. Unless the Board provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. An Award Holder will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Award Holder will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. |
31
6 | Limited Transferability of Awards. Unless determined otherwise by the Board, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Award Holder, only by the Award Holder. If the Board makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act. Further, during the period the Company is relying upon the exemption from registration provided in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption) until the Company either (i) becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (ii) is no longer relying upon the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any put equivalent position or any call equivalent position (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (x) persons who are family members (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (y) to an executor or guardian of the Award Holder upon the death or disability of the Award Holder, in each case, to the extent required for continued reliance on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a merger of the Company or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f), or, if the Company is not relying on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption, to the extent permitted by the Plan and this Addendum. |
32
7 | Adjustments. In the event of variations in the share capital of the Company, adjustments (if any) will be made in accordance with Sections 7, 8 and/or 12 of the Plan, as applicable; provided, however, the Board will make proportionate adjustments to the number of Plan Shares subject to and the exercise price (if any) thereof under each Award in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or other distribution of the Companys equity securities effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, of or on the Companys class or series of securities underlying the Option. |
8 | Tax Withholdings. Prior to the delivery of any Plan Shares or payment pursuant to an Award (or exercise or settlement thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Award Holder will make such arrangements as the Board may require (which may be in cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, or any combination thereof) for the satisfaction of any U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. withholding tax obligations that may arise with respect to such Award (or exercise or settlement thereof). The Award Holder also will make such arrangements as the Board may require for the satisfaction of any U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to an Award. |
9 | Term of Plan. Subject to shareholder approval of the Plan (including this Addendum), the Plan and the Addendum will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless the Plan and/or Addendum are sooner terminated by the Board, Awards may not be granted under the Addendum after the earlier to occur of: (a) date set forth in Section 2.5 of the Plan, and (b) a date more than ten (10) years after the later of (i) the effective date of the Plan, or (ii) the date when the Board approved the most recent increase in the number of Plan Shares reserved under Section 3.2 of the Plan that also was approved by the Companys shareholders in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws. |
10 | Code Section 409A. The Addendum, the Plan with respect to Awards granted under the Addendum, and each Award Agreement under the Addendum are intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Board. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or Addendum to the contrary, (a) the Board may amend the Plan, this Addendum or any Award without the consent of the holder thereof if the Board determines that such amendment is required or advisable for the Company, the Plan, this Addendum or any Award to satisfy, comply with or meet the requirements of any law, regulation, rule or accounting standard, and (b) to the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A, the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A. |
33
11 | Information to Award Holders. Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Award Holders under this Plan and Addendum is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Award Holders pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Award Holders pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Award Holder the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Award Holders or by written notice to the Award Holders of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Award Holders agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If an Award Holder does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act. |
12 | Shareholder Approval. The Plan (including this Addendum) will be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan (including this Addendum) is adopted by the Board. Such shareholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws. |
13 | Amendment. This Addendum shall be deemed to be part of the Plan and the Board shall have the authority to amend this Addendum in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan. |
34
Schedule 3
CALIFORNIA ADDENDUM
TO THE CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC.
SHARE AWARD PLAN
(California Participants)
Notwithstanding anything stated to the contrary in the Share Award Plan and US Addendum to the Share Award Plan, this Addendum to the Plan shall apply for purposes of all Awards granted under the Plan to natural persons who are employees, officers, directors and consultants providing services to the Company or its Subsidiaries and reside in California (collectively, the California Awardees) until such time as the Stock becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, until such time as the Stock becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, this Addendum shall supersede the terms of any Award Agreement entered into with California Awardees to the extent that the terms of such Award Agreement are inconsistent with this Addendum. All capitalized terms, to the extent not defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.
1 | Options. |
1.1 | Option Term. No Option shall be exercisable after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Option is granted. |
1.2 | Termination of Employment. In the event that an Award Holders employment terminates, such Award Holder may thereafter exercise his, her or its Option, to the extent that it was vested and exercisable on the date of such termination, until the date specified below; provided that, such date is subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 6.8 of the Plan. Any portion of the Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination of such employment shall immediately expire and be null and void. Once any portion of the Option becomes vested and exercisable, the Award Holders right to exercise such portion of the Option (or the Award Holders representatives and legatees as applicable) in the event of a termination of the Award Holders employment shall continue until the earliest of: (i) the date which is: (A) six months following the date on which the Award Holders employment terminates due to death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement), or (B) 30 days following the date on which the Award Holders employment terminates if the termination is due to any other reason (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement), or (ii) the Expiration Date set forth in the Option Agreement; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option Agreement may provide that if the Award Holders employment is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate immediately and be null and void upon the date of the Award Holders termination and shall not thereafter be exercisable. |
As used in this Addendum, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
35
1.3 | Cause means a dismissal as a result of (i) the commission of any act by the Award Holder constituting financial dishonesty against the Company or its Subsidiaries (which act would be chargeable as a crime under applicable law); (ii) the Award Holders engaging in any other act of dishonesty, fraud, intentional misrepresentation, moral turpitude, illegality or harassment which, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, would: (A) materially adversely affect the business or the reputation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with their respective current or prospective customers, suppliers, lenders and/or other third parties with whom such entity does or might do business; or (B) expose the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to a risk of civil or criminal legal damages, liabilities or penalties; (iii) the repeated willful failure by the Award Holder to follow the directives of the chief executive officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Board of Directors, or the board of directors of any of the Companys Subsidiaries; or (iv) any material misconduct, material violation of the Companys written policies, or willful and deliberate non-performance of duty by the Award Holder in connection with the business affairs of the Company or its Subsidiaries. In the event the Award Holder is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary that contains a different definition of cause, the definition set forth in such other agreement shall be applicable to the Award Holder for purposes of this Agreement and not this definition. The determination as to whether an Award Holders employment has been terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Board and shall be final and binding on the Award Holder. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Companys ability to terminate an Award Holders employment or consulting relationship at any time, and the term Company will be interpreted to include any Subsidiary or any successor thereto, if appropriate. |
1.4 | Disability means disability as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code. |
2 | All Awards. |
2.1 | Nontransferability of Awards. No Award shall be transferable by the grantee otherwise than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, to a revocable trust or as permitted by Rule 701 of the Act. |
2.2 | Grant Date. No Award shall be granted under the Plan after the date which is ten years from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the Companys security holders, whichever is earlier. |
36
PART A: INTERPRETATION AND ADMINISTRATION |
39 | |||||
1 |
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION | 39 | ||||
2 |
PURPOSE AND ADMINISTRATION | 42 | ||||
PART B: GRANT OF OPTIONS |
42 | |||||
3 |
ELIGIBILITY | 42 | ||||
4 |
GRANT AND ACCEPTANCE OF OPTIONS | 42 | ||||
5 |
EXERCISE PRICE | 43 | ||||
6 |
LIMITS ON THE GRANT OF EMI OPTIONS | 44 | ||||
PART C: EXERCISE OF OPTIONS |
44 | |||||
7 |
EXERCISE OF OPTIONS - GENERAL RULES | 44 | ||||
8 |
ISSUE OR TRANSFER OF SHARES | 45 | ||||
PART D: AMENDMENTS |
46 | |||||
9 |
VARIATION OF SHARE CAPITAL | 46 | ||||
10 |
ALTERATION OF THE UK SUB PLAN | 47 | ||||
PART E: MISCELLANEOUS |
48 | |||||
11 |
SERVICE OF DOCUMENTS | 48 | ||||
12 |
JURISDICTION | 48 | ||||
13 |
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS | 48 |
38
The UK Sub Plan as appended to the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan (the Plan) shall apply to eligible employees who are resident in the United Kingdom and who are receiving an option pursuant to the UK Sub Plan. Capitalised terms contained herein shall have the meaning given to them in this UK Sub Plan. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by the relevant UK legislation, the following terms shall apply to all options granted to residents of the United Kingdom until such time as the Board amends this UK Sub Plan or the Board otherwise provides.
PART A: INTERPRETATION AND ADMINISTRATION
1 | DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION |
1.1 | In this UK Sub Plan:- |
Associated Company means any company which, in relation to the Company, is an associated company as that term is defined in section 449 of the CTA but with the omission of the words or at any other time within the preceding 12 months
Auditors has the meaning given in Section 1.1 of the Plan
Board has the meaning given in Section 1.1 of the Plan
Committed Time has the meaning given in paragraph 26 of Schedule 5
Companies Act means the Companies Act 2006
Company means Circle Internet Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Control has the meaning given in Section 1.1 of the Plan
CSOP Option has the meaning given in paragraph 5(5) of Schedule 5
CTA means the UK Corporation Tax Act 2010
Date of Grant means the date on which an Option is granted
Disqualifying Event has the meaning given in sections 533 to 539 of ITEPA
Eligible Employee means an employee (including an executive director) of the Company, which is a qualifying company for the purposes of paragraph 8 of Schedule 5, or any other member of the Group, which is a qualifying subsidiary of the Company for the purposes of paragraph 11 of Schedule 5:
(a) | whose Committed Time amounts to: |
(i) | at least 25 hours a week; or |
(ii) | if less at least 75% of his Working Time; and |
39
(b) | who has no (and for the purposes of paragraph 28 of Schedule 5, is not regarded as having a) Material Interest in any company in the Group |
Eligible Person has the meaning given in Section 1.1 of the Plan excluding the words and any person who is employed as a consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
EMI Option means an Option which satisfies the conditions of Schedule 5 at the time the Option is granted
Employers NICs means, in the UK, secondary Class I NICs or, in any other jurisdiction, social security contributions (or other similar taxes) arising on an Option Gain
Exercise Price means the price per Share payable on the exercise of an Option Group means the Company and any company which is for the time being a Subsidiary
HMRC means Her Majestys Revenue and Customs
ITA means the Income Tax Act 2007
ITEPA means the UK Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003
Material Interest has the meaning given in paragraphs 29 to 30 of Schedule 5 for the purposes of paragraph 28 of Schedule 5
NICs means, in the UK, National Insurance Contributions or, in any other jurisdiction, social security contributions (or other similar taxes)
N.I. Regulations means the laws, regulations and practices currently in force relating to liability for, and the collection of, NICs
Option means a right to acquire Shares granted in accordance with, and subject to, a UK Sub Plan which has not lapsed
Option Contract means a contract granting an Option executed jointly by the Company and the Optionholder substantially in the form set out in the Schedule to this UK Sub Plan or such other form not inconsistent with the UK Sub Plan as the Board may determine
Option Gain means a gain realised on the exercise or release of, or the acquisition of Shares pursuant to, an Option, being a gain that is treated as derived from an Optionholders employment by virtue of section 4(4)(a) of the SSCBA
Optionholder means a person who has been granted an Option or, if that person has died and where the context requires, his Personal Representatives
Optionholders Employer means such member of the Group as is an Optionholders employer or, if he has ceased to be employed within the Group, was his employer or such other member of the Group, or other person as, under the PAYE Regulations or, as the case may be, the N.I. Regulations, or any other statutory or regulatory enactment (whether in the United Kingdom or otherwise) is obliged to account for any Option Tax Liability
Option Shares means the Shares over which an Option subsists
40
Option Tax Liability means, in relation to an Optionholder, any liability of an Optionholders Employer to account to HMRC or any other tax authority for any amount of, or representing, income tax or NICs (which shall, to the extent so determined pursuant to Section 4.2.2 include Employers NICs) or any equivalent charge in the nature of tax or social security contributions (whether under the laws of the United Kingdom or otherwise) which may arise on or connection with the grant, vesting, exercise or release of, or the acquisition of Shares pursuant to, an Option, including any charge arising under Part 7A ITEPA in relation to an Option
Share Capital means the issued share capital of the Company, other than capital the holders of which have a right to a dividend at a fixed rate but have not other right to share in the Companys profits
PAYE Regulations means the regulations made under section 684 of ITEPA
Personal Representatives means the personal representatives of an Optionholder (being either the executors of the Optionholders will or, if he dies intestate, the duly appointed administrator(s) of his estate) who have produced to the Company evidence of their appointment as such
Schedule 5 means Schedule 5 of ITEPA
Plan Shares has the meaning given in Section 1.1 of the Plan
Shares has the meaning given in Section 1.1 of the Plan
SSCBA means the UK Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992
Subscription Option means a right to subscribe for Shares granted in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions of this UK Sub Plan
Subsidiary means any company which is for the time being a subsidiary (as defined in section 1159 of the UK Companies Act 2006) of the Company
UK means United Kingdom
UK Sub Plan means the provisions of the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Option Plan (which applies to eligible employees who are resident in the UK and/or who receive an Option pursuant to the UK Sub Plan) as set out in Schedule 4 to the Plan and amended from time to time
Vest has the meaning given in Section 1.1 of the Plan
Working Time has the meaning given in paragraph 27 of Schedule 5
1.2 | References to Shares in respect of which an Option subsists at any time are to be read and construed as references to the Shares over which the Option is then held (and in respect of which it has not then lapsed). |
1.3 | Words and expressions used in this UK Sub Plan and in the ancillary documents which are not defined in this Section 1 have the meanings they bear for the purposes of ITEPA. |
41
1.4 | Any reference to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted and shall include all subordinate legislation made form time to time under that statute or statutory provision. |
1.5 | Words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine. |
1.6 | Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. |
1.7 | References to sections are to the sections of this UK Sub Plan and no account should be taken of the section headings which have been inserted for ease of reference only. |
2 | PURPOSE AND ADMINISTRATION |
2.1 | The Board may from time to time make and vary such rules and regulations not inconsistent with this UK Sub Plan and establish such procedures for its administration and implementation as they think fit. |
2.2 | If any question, dispute or disagreement arises as to the interpretation of this UK Sub Plan or of any rules, regulations or procedures relating to it or as to any question or right arising from or related to this UK Sub Plan, the decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons. |
2.3 | The cost of introducing and administering the UK Sub Plan shall be met by the Company or Subsidiaries whose employees are participating in the Plan. To the extent that the Company meets these costs, the Company shall be entitled, if it wishes, to charge an appropriate part of such cost to a Subsidiary whose employees are participating in the UK Sub Plan. The Company shall also be entitled, if it wishes, to charge to a Subsidiary the opportunity cost of Plan Shares transferred to an Optionholder employed by the Subsidiary following the Vesting of his Option. |
PART B: GRANT OF OPTIONS
3 | ELIGIBILITY |
3.1 | Subject to the following provisions of this Section 3, the Board shall have an absolute discretion as to the selection of persons to whom Options may be granted. |
3.2 | An Option may only be granted to an Eligible Person. |
3.3 | An Option intended to qualify as an EMI Option may only be granted to an Eligible Employee. |
4 | GRANT AND ACCEPTANCE OF OPTIONS |
4.1 | An Option shall be granted by the Company and the Eligible Person to whom it is to be granted executing an Option Contract. |
4.2 | By executing an Option Contract, the Optionholder shall: |
4.2.1 | indemnify the Company and (if different) the Optionholders Employer against any liability they may have to account for any Option Tax Liability; |
42
4.2.2 | if the Board so determine in relation to any Option, agree with and undertake to the Company and, if different, the Optionholders Employer that the Optionholders Employer may recover from the Optionholder the whole or any part of any Employers NICs payable in respect of any Option Gain; |
4.2.3 | agree and consent to: |
(a) | the collection, use and processing of his personal data by any member of the Group, any Associated Company or any trustee and the transfer of his personal data to (i) any third party administrator of the Plan (ii) any broker through whom Plan Shares are to be sold on behalf of an Optionholder (iii) any investor in the Company and/or a Subsidiary; |
(b) | members of the Group, any Associated Company or any trustee or third party administrator of the Plan or any brokers, transferring the Optionholders personal data amongst themselves for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Plan and the grant of Options and the acquisition of Plan Shares pursuant to such Option; |
(c) | the use of personal data by any such person for any such purposes; and |
(d) | the transfer to and retention of personal data by third parties (including any situated outside the European Economic Area and in particular the United States of America) for or in connection with such purposes. |
4.2.4 | agree to join, if requested to do so, with the Optionholders Employer in making an election as mentioned in section 431 of ITEPA for the full or partial disapplication of Chapter 2 of Part 7 ITEPA (restricted securities) in the form set out in Appendix 2 to the Option Contract (or in such other form as the Board may specify from time to time) (a Section 431 Election). |
4.2.5 | for an Option intended to qualify as an EMI Option, declare that he meets the requirements of paragraph 26 of Schedule 5 in relation to that Option insofar as his Committed Time amounts to: |
(a) | at least 25 hours a week; or |
(b) | if less, at least 75% of his Working Time. |
5 | EXERCISE PRICE |
5.1 | Subject to Section 5.2 and any adjustment made pursuant to Section 9, the Exercise Price shall be specified by the Board at the Date of Grant. |
5.2 | The Exercise Price in respect of a Subscription Option shall not (except as mentioned in Section 9.1.4(b)) be less than the nominal value of a Share. |
43
6 | LIMITS ON THE GRANT OF EMI OPTIONS |
6.1 | An EMI Option may only be granted to an Eligible Employee to the extent that the total market value of the shares which the Eligible Employee can acquire on the exercise of EMI Options or CSOP Options granted to him by reason of his employment with: |
6.1.1 | any member of the Group; or |
6.1.2 | any two or more members of the Group, |
does not exceed £250,000 or such other limit as is specified from time to time in paragraph 5 of Schedule 5. Any Option shall not be an EMI Option if, immediately before it is granted, the total market value of shares which can be acquired on the exercise of his share options falling within this Section 6.1 already exceeds £250,000 or such other limit as is specified from time to time in paragraph 5 of Schedule 5.
6.2 | If an Eligible Employee has been granted EMI options over shares with a total market value of £250,000 (or such other amount as may be specified by paragraph 6 of Schedule 5 at the relevant time) by reason of his employment with any one or more members of the Group, whether or not those EMI options have been exercised or released, any further Option granted to that Eligible Employee by reason of his employment with any member of the Group shall not be an EMI Option if the Date of Grant of such Option falls within the period of three years after the date of grant of the latest of the EMI options which are counted for the purposes of such limit. |
6.3 | An EMI Option may only be granted to an Eligible Employee to the extent that any such grant would not cause the limit of £3 million (or such other limit as is specified in paragraph 7 of Schedule 5 from time to time) on the total market value of Shares which are the subject of unexercised EMI options to be exceeded. If the grant of an Option causes that limit to be exceeded, paragraph 7(3) of Schedule 5 shall apply, and if the grant of two or more Options at the same time causes that limit to be exceeded, paragraphs 7(4) and 7(5) of Schedule 5 shall apply so that any such Options shall qualify as EMI options under Schedule 5 to the extent permitted by those provisions. Any Option shall not be an EMI Option if, immediately before it is granted, the total market value of Shares which can be acquired on the exercise of unexercised EMI Options already exceeds £3 million or such other limit as is specified in paragraph 7 of Schedule 5 from time to time. |
6.4 | For the purposes of this Section 6, market value shall be determined as at the relevant dates of grant and in accordance with paragraphs 5(6) (8), 55 and 56 of Schedule 5. |
PART C: EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
7 | EXERCISE OF OPTIONS - GENERAL RULES |
7.1 | During his lifetime, only the individual to whom an Option is granted may exercise that Option. |
7.2 | An Option may not be exercised on any occasion if the exercise would not be in compliance with the law or any regulation with the force of law. |
44
7.3 | It is a condition of exercise that the Optionholder agrees to indemnify the Company and the Optionholders Employer in respect of any Option Tax Liability. |
7.4 | An Option may not be exercised if the Optionholder, having been required to do so, has not entered into a Section 431 Election (see Section 4.2.4). |
7.5 | Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 6.8 of the Plan, an Option shall only be exercisable within such time period, in such manner and in such circumstances, as specified in the applicable Option Contract. |
7.6 | Notwithstanding the provisions of this UK Sub Plan and of any Option Contract, no Option shall be exercisable later than the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant, and for the avoidance of doubt, an Option shall lapse and cease to be exercisable no later than such date to the extent not exercised. |
8 | ISSUE OR TRANSFER OF SHARES |
8.1 | Subject to Section 8.2, within the period of 30 days beginning with the date on which the Company receives a notice of exercise which complies with the procedures set out in the relevant Option Contract, the Company shall issue, transfer or procure the issue or transfer to the Optionholder of such number of Shares as is specified in the notice. |
8.2 | Shares may not be issued or transferred pursuant to the exercise of an Option on any occasion if such issue or transfer would not be in compliance with the law or any regulation within the force of law. |
8.3 | If the Company is restricted from issuing, transferring or procuring the issue or transfer of Shares by reason of any statutory, regulatory or other legal provision or rule or any other applicable requirement or guidance which relates to dealings in Shares by directors or employees or any member of the Group, the Company shall not be obliged to issue, transfer or procure the issue or transfer of Shares in consequence of an Option exercise until after all such restrictions are lifted and shall then do so within 30 days. |
8.4 | Subject to Section 8.6, as soon as reasonably practicable after the issue or transfer of any Shares pursuant to Sections 8.1 or 8.3, the Company shall procure:- |
8.4.1 | the issue to the Optionholder of a definitive share certificate or such other acknowledgement of shareholding as is prescribed from time to time in respect of the Shares so allotted or transferred; and |
8.4.2 | if the Option remains partially unexercised, that either the relevant Option Contract is amended so as to indicate the number of Shares in respect of which the Option subsists, or that the Optionholder is issued with a new Option Contract which contains all the information which would have been contained in such amended Option Contract. |
8.5 | The allotment or transfer of any Shares under this UK Sub Plan shall be subject to the Certificate of Incorporation and to any necessary consents of any governmental or other authorities (whether in the United Kingdom or otherwise) under any enactments or regulations from time to time in force. It shall be the responsibility of the Optionholder to comply with any requirements to be fulfilled in order to obtain or obviate the necessity of any such consent. |
45
8.6 | Some or all of the Shares acquired upon the exercise of an Option may, if the Optionholder so requests, be issued or transferred to a nominee of the Optionholder PROVIDED THAT beneficial ownership of such Shares shall be Vested in the Optionholder. |
8.7 | All Shares issued or transferred under this UK Sub Plan shall rank equally in all respects with the Shares then issued except for any rights attaching to such other Shares by reference to a record date preceding the date of the issue or transfer of the Shares acquired on the exercise of the Options. |
PART D: AMENDMENTS
9 | VARIATION OF SHARE CAPITAL |
9.1 | If the Share Capital is altered by way of capitalisation or rights issue, sub-division, consolidation or reduction, or in the event of a demerger, or if there is any other variation in the share capital of the Company, the Board may in respect of any Option make such adjustment as they consider appropriate:- |
9.1.1 | to the aggregate number or description of Option Shares; and/or |
9.1.2 | to the Exercise Price; and/or |
9.1.3 | if an Option has been exercised but no Shares have been issued or transferred in accordance with Sections 8.1 or 8.2, to the number or description of Shares which may be so issued or transferred and the Exercise Price; and/or |
9.1.4 | to the Vesting conditions, |
PROVIDED THAT:-
(a) | in the case of an EMI Option no such adjustment should be made if the effect of the adjustment would be to affect the aggregate value of the Option Shares; |
(b) | except insofar as the Board (on behalf of the Company) agree to capitalise the Companys reserves and apply the same at the time of exercise in paying up the difference between the Exercise Price and the nominal value of the Shares, the Exercise Price of any Subscription Option shall not be reduced below a Shares nominal value; |
(c) | the number of Shares as so adjusted has been rounded down to the nearest whole number and the Exercise Price has been rounded up to the nearest whole penny; |
(d) | for the avoidance of doubt, the Board may make an adjustment even if such adjustment is a Disqualifying Event for EMI purposes and/or may be regarded by HMRC as the release of the Option and the grant of a replacement share option which lacks EMI tax advantages; and |
(e) | an adjustment shall not be made until the Auditors have confirmed in writing to the Board that such adjustment is in their opinion fair and reasonable. |
46
9.2 | Details of any adjustment shall be given to any affected Optionholders as soon as reasonably practicable. |
10 | ALTERATION OF THE UK SUB PLAN |
10.1 | Power to amend UK Sub Plan |
Subject to Sections 10.2 and 10.3, the Board may from time to time amend all or any of the provisions of the UK Sub Plan.
10.2 | Amendments to UK Sub Plan |
(a) | An amendment may not be made for the benefit of existing or future Optionholders to the UK Sub Plan relating to: |
(i) | the definitions of Eligible Person; |
(ii) | the limit on the number of Plan Shares which may be acquired under Option under the Plan; |
(iii) | this Section 10.2, |
without the prior approval of the Company in general meeting (or the written approval of the holders of more than the majority of the voting shares (greater than 50%) in the capital of the Company).
(b) | Nothing in this Section 10.2 shall prohibit any amendment to those Sections which is of a minor nature and benefits the administration of the UK Sub Plan or any amendment which is necessary or desirable in order to take account of a change of legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for participants in the UK Sub Plan, the Company or some other member of the Group. |
10.3 | Termination of the UK Sub Plan |
The UK Sub Plan may be terminated with the prior approval of (i) the Board and (ii) the Company in general meeting (or the written approval of the holders of more than the majority of the voting shares (greater than 50%) in the capital of the Company).
10.4 | Rights of existing Optionholders |
An amendment or termination of the UK Sub Plan may not adversely affect the rights of an existing Optionholder except where the amendment or termination has been approved by the existing Optionholders in such manner as would be required by the Certificate of Incorporation (with appropriate changes) if the Plan Shares subject to their Options had been issued to them (so that they had become shareholders in the Company) and constituted a separate class of shares. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in these Sections shall prevent the Board from agreeing the cancellation of an Option in exchange for a payment in cash to the Optionholder.
47
10.5 | Notification of Optionholders |
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, notify each Optionholder of any amendment to the UK Sub Plan under this Section 10.
PART E: MISCELLANEOUS
11 | SERVICE OF DOCUMENTS |
11.1 | Notice by Company |
Any notice, document or other communication given by, or on behalf of, the Board or the Company to any person in connection with the UK Sub Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered to him at his place of work, if he is employed by the Group, or sent through the post in a pre-paid envelope to the address last known to the Company to be his address and, if so sent, shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of posting.
11.2 | Deceased Optionholders |
Any notice, document or other communication so sent to an Optionholder shall be deemed to have been duly given notwithstanding that such Optionholder is then deceased (and whether or not the Board have notice of his death) except where his Personal Representatives have established their title to the satisfaction of the Board and supplied to the Board an address to which notices, documents and other communications are to be sent.
11.3 | Notice to Board or Company |
Any notice, document or other communication given to the Board or the Company in connection with the UK Sub Plan shall be delivered or sent by post to the Company Secretary at the Companys registered office or such other address as may from time to time be notified to Optionholders but shall not in any event be duly given unless it is actually received at such address.
12 | JURISDICTION |
12.1 | The formation, existence, construction, performance, validity and all aspects whatsoever of the Plan, any term of the UK Sub Plan and any Option granted under it shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Courts of the State of Delaware shall have jurisdiction to settle any dispute which may arise out of, or in connection with, the UK Sub Plan. The jurisdiction agreement contained in this Section 12 is made for the benefit of the Company only, which accordingly retains the right to bring proceedings in any other court of competent jurisdiction. By accepting the grant of an Option and not renouncing it, an Optionholder is deemed to have agreed to submit to such jurisdiction. |
12.2 | All disputes and differences arising out of this UK Sub Plan or otherwise in connection therewith may be referred by the Company to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of the Arbitration Act 2010 and any Optionholder so affected shall submit to such arbitration. |
13 | THIRD PARTY RIGHTS |
Except as otherwise expressly stated to the contrary, neither this UK Sub Plan nor the UK Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall have the effect of giving any third party rights under this UK Sub Plan or any Option, and that Act shall not apply to this UK Sub Plan or any Option.
48
Schedule 5
FORM OF OPTION CONTRACT
DATED 20[ ]
(2) CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC.
- AND -
(3) [OPTIONHOLDER]
[EMI]* SHARE OPTION CONTRACT pursuant to Schedule 3 of the
Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan
* Delete if not an EMI option
THIS OPTION CONTRACT is made on [ ] 20[ ]
BETWEEN:-
(1) | CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the Company);and |
(2) | [EMPLOYEE] of [address] (the Optionholder). |
1 | DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION |
1.1 | In this Option Contract:- |
Acting in Concert has the meaning given in Section 1.1 of the Plan
Acquiring Company means a company which has acquired Control of the Company
Associated Company means any company which, in relation to the Company, is an associated company as that term is defined in section 449 of the CTA except that, for the purposes of this Option Contract, the section shall have effect with the omission of the words or at any other time within the preceding 12 months
Auditors has the meaning given in Section 1.1 of the Plan
Board has the meaning given in Section 1.1 of the Plan
49
[Committed Time has the meaning given in paragraph 26 of Schedule 5]1
Companies Act means the UK Companies Act 2006
Control has the meaning given in Section 1.1 of the Plan
CTA means the UK Corporation Tax Act 2010
Date of Grant means the date of this Option Contract
Disqualifying Event has the meaning given in sections 533 to 539 of ITEPA
[EMI Option means an Option which satisfies the conditions of Schedule 5]22
Employers NICs means in the UK secondary Class I NICs or, (in any other jurisdiction, social security contributions (or other similar taxes) arising on an Option Gain
Exchange of Options means the grant to the Optionholder, in consideration of the release of his rights under this Option, of rights to acquire shares in the Acquiring Company being rights which are:-
(a) | in the opinion of the Board, substantially equivalent to his rights under this Option; and |
(b) | on terms approved by the Board (having regard to the requirements of Part 6 of Schedule 5 where the new options are to be treated for the purposes of the EMI Code as a replacement option) |
Exercise Price means the price per Share payable on the exercise of this Option
Group means the Company and any company which is for the time being a Subsidiary
HMRC means Her Majestys Revenue and Customs
ITEPA means the UK Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003
Market Value means such value as the Board determines, in its sole discretion, to be appropriate for purposes of valuing a Plan Share
NICs means in the UK, National Insurance Contributions or, in any other jurisdiction, social security contributions (or other similar taxes)
N.I. Regulations means the laws, regulations and practices currently in force relating to liability for, and the collection of, NICs
Option Gain means a gain realised on the exercise or release of, or the acquisition of Shares pursuant to, this Option, being a gain that is treated as derived from the Optionholders employment by virtue of section 4(4)(a) of the SSCBA
1 | Delete if not an EMI Option |
2 | Delete if not an EMI Option |
50
Optionholders Employer means such member of the Group as is the Optionholders employer or, if he has ceased to be employed within the Group, was his employer or such other member of the Group, or other person as, under the PAYE Regulations or, as the case may be, the N.I. Regulations, or any other statutory or regulatory enactment (whether in the United Kingdom or otherwise) is obliged to account for any Option Tax Liability
Option Shares means the Shares over which this Option subsists
Option Tax Liability means, in relation to an Optionholder, any liability of the Optionholders Employer to account to HMRC or any other tax authority for any amount of, or representing, income tax nature of tax or social security contributions (whether under the laws of the United Kingdom or otherwise) which may arise on or connection with the grant, vesting, exercise or release of, or the acquisition of Shares pursuant to, an Option, including any charge arising under Part 7A ITEPA in relation to an Option
PAYE Regulations means the regulations made under section 684 of ITEPA
Personal Representatives means the personal representatives of the Optionholder (being either the executors of his will or, if he dies intestate, the duly appointed administrator(s) of his estate) who have produced to the Company evidence of their appointment as such
[Schedule 5 means Schedule 5 of ITEPA]1
Plan means the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Option Plan, as amended from time to time
Plan Shares has the meaning given in Section 1.1 of the Plan
Shares has the meaning given in Section 1.1 of the Plan
Shareholders Agreements has the meaning given in Section 1.1 of the Plan
SSCBA means the UK Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992
Subsidiary means any company which is for the time being a subsidiary (as defined in section 1159 of the UK Companies Act) of the Company
UK Sub Plan means the provisions of the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Option Plan (which applies to eligible employees who are resident in the UK and/or who receive an Option pursuant to the UK Sub Plan) as set out in Schedule 4 to the Plan and amended from time to time
Vest has the meaning given in Section 1.1 of the Plan
[Working Time has the meaning given in paragraph 27 of Schedule 5]2
1.2 | Words and expressions used in this Option Contract and in the ancillary documents which are not defined in this Section 1 or the UK Sub Plan have the meanings they bear for the purposes of ITEPA. |
51
1.3 | Any reference to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted and shall include all subordinate legislation made from time to time under that statutory provision. |
1.4 | Words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine. |
1.5 | Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. |
1.6 | 1.6 References to sections are to sections of this Agreement and no account should be taken of headings which have been inserted for ease of reference only. |
2 | GRANT OF SHARE OPTION |
2.1 | The Company HEREBY GRANTS to the Optionholder the right, exercisable only subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set out in this Option Contract and the UK Sub Plan, to acquire a maximum of [ ] Shares at an Exercise Price of [ ] per Share (this Option). |
2.2 | This Option has been granted pursuant to, and in accordance with, the UK Sub Plan. |
2.3 | A copy of the UK Sub Plan is available for viewing, on request from the Company Secretary. |
3 | STATUS AS AN EMI OPTION |
3.1 | This Option has been granted on terms intended to qualify this Option as an EMI Option. |
3.2 | The Optionholder agrees, and shall complete a declaration in the form set out in Appendix to this Option Contract (or such other form as the Board may specify from time to time), that he meets the requirements of paragraph 26 of Schedule 5 in relation to this Option insofar as his Committed Time amounts to: |
3.2.1 | at least 25 hours a week; or |
3.2.2 | if less, at least 75% of his Working Time |
3.3 | The Optionholders Employer shall notify HMRC of this Option within 92 days of the Date of Grant, as required by Schedule 5. |
3.4 | Although it is intended that this Option should qualify as an EMI Option no warranty is given by the Company that this Option does in fact qualify as an EMI Option nor that it will continue to so qualify up until the time when the Optionholder exercises this Option. |
3.5 | There may be restrictions on the transfer of Shares contained in the Certificate of Incorporation. A copy of the Certificate of Incorporation as at the Date of Grant is available from the Company Secretary on request. |
3.6 | Nothing in this Option Contract shall be taken to impose any restriction or limitation upon the exercise by the members of the Company of their rights to make any alteration to the Certificate of Incorporation or the share capital of the Company.]3 |
3 | Delete Rule 3 if not an EMI Option. |
52
4 | VESTING AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS |
4.1 | Vesting of Options |
4.1.1 | Subject to Sections 5 and 6, this Option shall Vest and become exercisable as follows: |
(a) | [set out conditions relating to Vesting, which may include double or single trigger acceleration provisions at the discretion of the Board] |
(b) | [set out [performance] conditions attaching to the Option] |
4.1.2 | If and to the extent that existing shareholders in the Company are subject to restrictions on the exercise of any rights attaching to their shares in the Company as set out in any shareholders agreement and/or lock-up arrangement, the Board may require that this Option may not Vest unless the Optionholder executes a deed of adherence in a form acceptable to the Company whereby the Optionholder agrees to be bound by the terms of such shareholders agreement and/or lock-up arrangement. |
4.1.3 | If it is agreed with the Optionholder that he should transfer his employment to another company in the Group, the Board may, in its absolute discretion, resolve and require that: |
(a) | the Vesting of any Unvested part of this Option shall be satisfied by the delivery of such number of fully paid common shares in the capital of the Optionholders new employer as shall have the same Market Value on the date of Vesting as any Unvested part of the Option. If the Board does not exercise its discretion pursuant to this Section 4.1.3(a), this Option shall not lapse but shall continue in force in accordance with its terms; and/or |
(b) | any Plan Shares held by the Optionholder shall be exchanged for such number of fully paid common shares in the capital of the Optionholders new employer as shall have the same Market Value on the date of transfer provided however that the Company shall procure the discharge of any tax arising from such exchange. |
4.2 | Latest date for Exercise of Options |
This Option may not in any event be exercised later than the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant and for the avoidance of doubt this Option shall lapse and cease to be exercisable no later than such date to the extent not exercised.
4.3 | Optionholder to be employed within the Group on exercise of Option |
Subject to Section 5, this Option may be exercised only while the Optionholder is employed within the Group and if an Optionholder ceases to be employed within the Group, this Option shall lapse immediately.
53
4.4 | Exercise of Options |
4.4.1 | Subject to the provisions of the Plan, a Vested Option may be exercised in whole or in part (being 100 Shares or a multiple thereof or less if the exercise in question is a final exercise) at any time or times after its Date of Grant. |
4.4.2 | Upon the exercise of an Option in whole or in part the Optionholder shall pay the Exercise Price to the Company in respect of the number of Shares over which the Option has been exercised and shall deliver the notice of exercise (as attached at Appendix 3 or in such other form as the Board so determines) to the Company and the Company, as soon as practicable after the receipt by it of the notice of exercise and the Exercise Price, shall issue the appropriate number of Plan Shares to the Optionholder and if appropriate, shall deliver an amended Option Contract to the Optionholder in respect of the part of the Option that remains unexercised. |
4.4.3 | In relation to anything done pursuant to the Plan, the Board shall not be under any obligation to procure the transfer of or to transfer Plan Shares to or pay cash to and/or do any other thing in relation to the Optionholder under or in connection with this Plan unless and until the Board is satisfied in regard to compliance with Section 12. |
5 | VESTING IN SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES4 |
5.1 | Death |
Notwithstanding Section 4.3, if the Optionholder dies at a time when the Option is still capable of being exercised by him, his Personal Representatives may, subject to compliance with Section 4, exercise the unexercised Option (or, as the case may be, that portion of the Option not already exercised) to the extent this Option has Vested as of the date of death provided that such exercise occurs before the earlier of:
5.1.1 | the first anniversary of the date of death; and 5.1.2 the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant and this Option will automatically expire to the extent that it has not been so exercised. |
5.2 | Injury, disability, redundancy and termination of employment by mutual agreement |
Notwithstanding Section 4.3, if the Optionholder ceases to be a director of a company in the Group or ceases to be an employee employed by the Group before this Option is exercised by reason of:
5.2.1 | injury, ill health or disability; |
5.2.2 | redundancy; |
5.2.3 | the transfer of the undertaking or part-undertaking in which the Optionholder is employed to an entity other than a member of the Group; |
5.2.4 | the company by which the Optionholder is employed ceasing to be under the Control of the Company; or |
4 | EMI tax advantages are restricted if an EMI Option is not exercised within 90 days of a Disqualifying Event (except in the case of the death of an Optionholder, whereby an EMI Option may be exercised within 12 months from the date of death). |
54
5.2.5 | an agreement between the Optionholder and his employer, |
then the Optionholder may, subject to compliance with Sections 4.1 and 4.4, exercise the unexercised Option (or, as the case may be, that portion of the Option not already exercised) to the extent this Option has Vested at that time provided that such exercise occurs before the earlier of:
(a) | the first anniversary of the date on which he will have so ceased to be a director of a company in the Group or ceased to be an employee employed by the Group; and |
(b) | the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant and this Option will automatically expire to the extent that it has not been so exercised. |
5.3 | Termination of employment by dismissal |
If the Optionholder ceases to be employed within the Group:
5.3.1 | in circumstances justifying the summary dismissal of the Optionholder from his employment; or |
5.3.2 | his employer subsequently determines that before the Optionholders employment ceased circumstances had arisen in which the Optionholders employer was entitled to dismiss the Optionholder summarily |
this Option shall lapse immediately and the Board shall not be entitled to exercise any discretion to the contrary.
5.4 | Termination of employment by resignation |
If the Optionholder ceases to be employed within the Group by reason of the Optionholders resignation, provided that the circumstances specified in Section 5.3 do not apply then the Optionholder may, subject to compliance with Sections 4.1 and 4.4, exercise the unexercised Option (or, as the case may be, that portion of this Option not already exercised) to the extent this Option has Vested at that time provided that such exercise occurs before the earlier of:
5.4.1 | the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant; and |
5.4.2 | [(insert the latest date on which this Option may be exercised if |
the Optionholder ceases to be employed within the Group in the circumstances set out in this Section 5.4)] and this Option will automatically expire to the extent that it has not been so exercised.
5.5 | Optionholder relocated abroad5 |
Notwithstanding Sections 4.1 and 4.3, if it is proposed that the Optionholder, while continuing to be employed by the Group, should work in a country other than the country in which he is currently working and, by reason of the change:
5 | Note, that the tax treatment of the EMI Option may be affected if the Optionholder relocates abroad. |
55
5.5.1 | the Optionholder would suffer less favourable tax treatment on the exercise of his Options; or |
5.5.2 | the exercise of this Option would become subject to a restriction or there would arise some restriction on the ability of the Optionholder to hold or deal in the Plan Shares or the proceeds of sale of the Plan Shares acquired on the exercise of this Option, |
the Board may, in its absolute discretion but subject to it having regard to the Optionholders contribution to the Company and the performance of the Company, allow this Options to be exercised at any time during the period beginning one week before the proposed date of his transfer and ending one week after the date of his actual transfer. If the Board does not exercise its discretion in accordance with this Section, this Option shall not lapse but continue in force in accordance with their terms.
5.6 | Meaning of ceasing to be employed by a company in Group |
For the purpose of Section 5.2, the Optionholder shall not be treated as ceasing to be employed by the Group until he no longer holds any office or employment in or with the Company or any Subsidiary or, being a female employee who is absent from work by reason of pregnancy or confinement, she ceases to be entitled to exercise her statutory right to return to work.
5.7 | Interaction of rules |
5.7.1 | If this Option has become capable of exercise under Section 5.2 to 5.5 and, during the period allowed for the exercise of the Option under those provisions, the Optionholder dies, the period allowed for the exercise of the Option shall be the period allowed by Section 5.1. |
5.7.2 | If this Option has become capable of exercise under Section 5 and, during the period allowed for the exercise of the Option under Section 6, the Option becomes capable of exercise under Section 6 also (or vice versa), the latest period allowed for the Vesting of the Option shall be the earliest of the period allowed by Section 5 and the period allowed by Section 6. |
6 | EARLY VESTING AS A CONSEQUENCE OF A CORPORATE TRANSACTION6 |
6.1 | General offer for Company |
Notwithstanding Section 4 but subject to Section 7, if:
6.1.1 | a person, who is not already a shareholder in the Company or a shareholder in a wholly owned subsidiary of a shareholder in the Company, acquires 80% or more of the issued share capital of the Company; or |
6.1.2 | a person, who is already a shareholder in the Company or a shareholder in a wholly owned subsidiary of a shareholder in the Company, makes an offer to acquire the entire issued share capital of the Company and such offer is accepted by the holders of 80% of the shares not already owned directly or indirectly by the offeror or an entity related to it, |
6 | See footnote 8 above. |
56
then the Board may in its absolute discretion allow this Option (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following:
(a) | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the expiry of the period referred to in (b) below or may exercise this discretion in respect of this Option by so resolving at the time that it grants the Option; |
(b) | the exercise shall take effect on such day as the Board shall determine provided that it shall be before the expiry of two months from the date of the event referred to in Section 6.1.1; and |
(c) | where the Board exercises its discretion in accordance with this Section 6.1, this Option, to the extent not so exercised shall lapse. |
6.2 | Merger, Amalgamation or Consolidation of the Company |
Notwithstanding Section 4 but subject to Section 7, if a person is to obtain Control of the Company, or substantially all of the Companys business and assets, in pursuance of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company:
then the Board may in its absolute discretion:
6.2.1 | allow this Option (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following: |
(a) | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the day preceding the merger or division or may exercise this discretion in respect of this Option by so resolving at the time that it recommends the grant of this Option; |
(b) | the exercise shall be conditional on the happening of the merger or division and shall be deemed to take effect on a day preceding the merger or division as the Board shall determine provided that if the merger or division is not completed, any conditional exercise of this Option shall be of no effect and the Option shall continue to exist; |
(c) | unless otherwise determined by the Board, the number of Plan Shares in respect of which an Option may be exercised under this Section shall be the maximum number of Plan Shares in respect of which the Option may be exercised, whether Vested or Unvested; and |
(d) | where the Board exercises its discretion in accordance with this Section 6.2, any Options not so exercised shall lapse; or |
6.2.2 | resolve that all subsisting Options shall continue to exist without any adjustment to their terms; or |
57
6.2.3 | resolve that all subsisting Options are voided and replaced with Options in the purchaser that causes the change of Control of an equivalent value as determined by the Board in its discretion and as the Auditors shall have confirmed in writing to be, in their opinion, fair and reasonable. |
In the event of the Board exercising its absolute discretion in accordance with Section 6.2.1, the Company shall procure that the relevant proportion of the Shares which are the subject of this Option as determined by the Board shall be issued or transferred to the Optionholder immediately prior to the completion of the merger, amalgamation or consolidation.
6.3 | Winding up of Company |
Notwithstanding Section 4, if notice is given of a resolution for the voluntary winding-up of the Company (the Winding Up Resolution) , then the Board may, in its absolute discretion, allow this Option (whether Vested or Unvested) to be exercised in whole or in part in accordance with the following:
6.3.1 | the Board must consider whether to exercise this discretion before the passing of the Winding Up Resolution or may exercise this discretion in respect of this Option by so resolving at the time that it recommends the grant of this Option; |
6.3.2 | the exercise shall be conditional on the passing of the Winding Up Resolution and shall take effect on the day the resolution is passed; and |
6.3.3 | unless otherwise determined by the Board the number of Plan Shares in respect of which this Option may be exercised under this Section shall be the maximum number of Plan Shares in respect of which the Option may be exercised, whether Vested or Unvested. |
Provided however that if the Winding Up Resolution is not passed, any conditional exercise of this Option shall be of no effect and the Option shall continue to exist.
6.4 | Sale of Companys Business |
Notwithstanding Sections 4.1 to 4.3, if a person (other than one of the parties to the Shareholders Agreements) is to acquire 80% or more by value of the business and undertaking of the Company and Subsidiaries then the Board may in its absolute discretion determine that all or part of this Option shall Vest (in whole or in part) and may be exercised as determined by the Board and notified to the Optionholder.
6.5 | Sale of Subsidiary |
Notwithstanding Sections 4.1 to 4.3, if a person (other than one of the parties to the Shareholders Agreements) is to acquire any Subsidiary of the Company then the Board may in its absolute discretion determine that all or part of this Option shall Vest and may be exercised on such date or dates determined by the Board and in making such determination, the Board may determine, to the extent applicable, that this Option shall Vest (in whole or in part) and may be exercised by reference to the price at which the Subsidiary is sold.
58
6.6 | Investment in the Company or a Subsidiary |
Notwithstanding Section 4 and subject to Sections 6.1, if a person (other than one of the parties to the Shareholders Agreements) makes an investment in the Company or a Subsidiary then the Board shall have an absolute discretion to determine that all or part of this Option shall Vest (in whole or in part) and be exercised on such date or dates as the Board may determine. In making such determination, the Board may determine that the Option shall Vest and may be exercised by reference to the price at which the investment is made in the Company or Subsidiary, as appropriate, provided always that the Board shall have absolute discretion to apply the exercise of its discretion pursuant to this Section to the Optionholder only if he holds office as a director in, or is employed by, the entity in which the investment is made.
6.7 | Meaning of obtains Control of the Company |
For the purpose of this Section 6, a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company if he and others Acting In Concert with him have together obtained Control of it.
6.8 | Notification of Optionholders |
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, notify the Optionholder of the occurrence of any of the events referred to in Section 6 and explain how this affects his position under the Plan.
7 | EXCHANGE OF OPTIONS ON TAKEOVER OR MERGER OF COMPANY7 |
7.1 | Exchange of Options |
If a person referred to in Section 6.1 or 6.2 is a company (Acquiring Company), the Board may by agreement with the Acquiring Company where necessary, at any time during the period set out in Section 7.2, require all Optionholders to release this Option in whole or in part in consideration of the grant to him of a new option (New Options) which are equivalent to this Option but which relates to shares (New Plan Shares) in:
7.1.1 | the Acquiring Company; or |
7.1.2 | a company which has Control of the Acquiring Company; or |
7.1.3 | a company which either is, or has Control of, a company which is a member of a consortium within the meaning of section 410 Taxes Consolidation Act 1997 which owns either the Acquiring Company or a company having Control of the Acquiring Company. |
7.2 | Period allowed for exchange of Options The period referred to in Section 7.1 is |
7.2.1 | where Section 6.1 applies, the period referred to in that Section; or |
7 | Note that if an EMI Option is granted, certain legislative requirements have to be met in order to retain EMI tax advantages if an EMI Option is exchanged pursuant to Section 7 of this Option Contract. |
59
7.2.2 | where Section 6.2 applies, the period of six months beginning with the date the merger or division becomes effective. |
7.3 | Meaning of equivalent |
The New Option shall not be regarded for the purpose of this Section 7 as equivalent to this Option unless:
7.3.1 | the New Option shall be exercisable in the same manner as this Option and shall be subject to the same provisions of the UK Sub Plan as had effect immediately before the release of this Option; |
7.3.2 | the total Market Value of the New Plan Shares which are the subject of the New Option is equal to the total Market Value, immediately after the grant of the New Option, of the Plan Shares under this Option provided however that no New Option shall be required to be granted over a fraction of a New Plan Share; and |
7.3.3 | the total amount payable by the Optionholder for the acquisition of the New Plan Shares under the New Option is as nearly as may be equal to the total amount that would have been payable by the Optionholder for the acquisition of the Plan Shares under this Option. |
7.4 | Date of Grant of New Option |
The date of grant of the New Option shall be deemed to be the same as the Date of Grant of this Option.
7.5 | Application of Plan to New Option |
In the application of the UK Sub Plan to the New Option, where appropriate, references to Company and Plan Shares shall be read as if they were references to the company to whose shares the New Option relates and the New Plan Shares respectively, save that in the definition of Board the reference to Company shall be read as if it were a reference to Circle Internet Group, Inc.
8 | PUBLIC LISTING |
In the event of a decision by the Company to seek a listing on a stock exchange for the entire share capital of the Company, then the Board may determine (in its absolute discretion) that this Option shall Vest (in whole or in part) conditionally and become exercisable on the date the listing becomes effective, PROVIDED THAT
8.1.1 | if the listing does not become effective, any conditional Vesting and exercise of this Option shall be of no effect and the Option shall continue to exist; |
8.1.2 | the date of Vesting and exercise of this Option which Vests and becomes exercisable conditionally under this Section 8 shall be deemed to be the date upon which listing takes effect; and |
60
8.1.3 | where the Board resolves that only part of this Option shall Vest and become exercisable on a listing becoming effective, the balance of the Option which remains unexercised shall lapse on the listing becoming effective. |
9 | LAPSE OF OPTIONS |
9.1 | This Option shall lapse on the earliest of: |
9.1.1 | subject to Section 5.1, the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant; |
9.1.2 | subject to Sections 5.1 to 5.4, the Optionholder ceasing to be a director or, be employed by a company within the Group; |
9.1.3 | the date on which it is provided that this Option shall lapse under Sections 5.1 to 5.4; |
9.1.4 | the date on which a resolution is passed or an order is made by the court for the compulsory winding up of the Company; and |
9.1.5 | the date on which the Optionholder becomes bankrupt, enters into a compromise with his creditors generally or, except as permitted by Section 6 purports to transfer, assign or otherwise alienate this Option. |
10 | RELATIONSHIP WITH CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT |
10.1 | Notwithstanding any other provision of the UK Sub Plan: |
10.1.1 | the UK Sub Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between the Company or any Subsidiary and the Optionholder; |
10.1.2 | unless expressly so provided in his contract of employment, the Optionholder has no right or entitlement to be granted an Option or any expectation that an Option might be granted to him, whether subject to any conditions or at all; |
10.1.3 | the benefit to the Optionholder of participation in the UK Sub Plan (including, in particular but not by way of limitation, this Option or any other Options held by him) shall not form any part of his remuneration or count as his remuneration for any purpose and shall not be pensionable; |
10.1.4 | the rights or opportunity granted to the Optionholder on the grant of this Option shall not give the Optionholder any rights or additional rights and if the Optionholder ceases to be employed within the Group, he shall not be entitled to compensation for the loss of any right or benefit or prospective right or benefit under the UK Sub Plan (including, in particular but not by way of limitation, this Option or any other Options held by him which lapse by reason of his ceasing to be employed within the Group) whether by way of damages for unfair dismissal, wrongful dismissal, breach of contract or otherwise; |
10.1.5 | the rights or opportunity granted to the Optionholder on the grant of this Option shall not give the Optionholder any rights or additional rights in respect of any pension scheme operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; |
61
10.1.6 | the Optionholder shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for any loss or potential loss which he may suffer by reason of being unable to acquire or retain Plan Shares, or any interest in Plan Shares pursuant to this Option in consequence of the loss or termination of his office or employment with the Company or any present or past Subsidiary for any reason whatsoever (whether or not the termination is ultimately held to be wrongful or unfair). |
10.2 | By accepting the grant of an Option and not renouncing it, the Optionholder is deemed to have agreed to the provisions of this Section 10. |
10.3 | [The Optionholder shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for any loss or potential loss which he may suffer by reason of the occurrence of any Disqualifying Event or of any other act or omission, whether by the Company or otherwise, whereby this Option loses its status as an EMI Option.]8 |
11 | NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION |
11.1 | During his lifetime only the Optionholder may exercise this Option. |
11.2 | This Option shall immediately lapse and cease to be exercisable if the Optionholder:- |
11.2.1 | transfers or assigns it (other than to his Personal Representatives), or mortgages, charges or otherwise disposes of it; |
11.2.2 | is adjudged bankrupt or an interim order is made because he intends to propose a voluntary arrangement to his creditors under the UK Insolvency Act 1986; |
11.2.3 | makes or proposes a voluntary arrangement under the UK Insolvency Act 1986, or any other scheme or arrangement in relation to his debts, with his creditors or any section of them; or |
11.2.4 | is not, or ceases for any other reason (except his death) to be, the legal or beneficial owner of the Option. |
12 | TAX INDEMNITY |
12.1 | The Optionholder hereby agrees to indemnify the Company and the Optionholders Employer in respect of any Option Tax Liability. |
12.2 | [The Optionholder hereby agrees with and undertakes to the Company and the Optionholders Employer that the Optionholders Employer may recover from the Optionholder the whole of any Employer NICs.] |
12.3 | Where, in relation to this Option, the Company or any member of the Group (as the case may be) is liable, or is in accordance with current practice believed by the Board to be liable, to account for any Option Tax Liability, the Option may not Vest and/or be exercised unless the Board is satisfied that: |
8 | Delete if not an EMI Option |
62
12.3.1 | the Optionholder has authorised the sale of some or all of the Plan Shares upon exercise of his Option and the payment to the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be) of an amount sufficient to discharge the liability from the proceeds of sale thereof); or |
12.3.2 | the Optionholder has paid to the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be) an amount sufficient to discharge the liability, or |
12.3.3 | the Optionholder has entered into some other arrangement (including a loan) with the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be) to ensure that such amount is otherwise available to the Company or the member of the Group (as the case may be).11 |
13 | [RESTRICTED SECURITIES |
The Optionholder hereby agrees that, if and when he is requested to do so, he shall enter into a joint election with the Optionholders Employer as mentioned in section 431 of ITEPA for the full or partial disapplication of Chapter 2 (restricted securities) of Part 7 of ITEPA in the form set out in Appendix 2 to this Option Contract or such other form as the Board may specify from time to time.]
14 | POWER OF ATTORNEY |
14.1 | The Optionholder appoints the Company Secretary or any director of the Company to be the Optionholders lawful attorney for the purpose of: |
14.1.1 | executing, in the Optionholders name and on the Optionholders behalf, a restricted securities election (as referred to in Section 13); and |
14.1.2 | selling (at the best price which can reasonably be obtained at the time of sale) such number of the Shares to which the Optionholder becomes entitled upon the exercise of this Option as is necessary to enable the Company to procure payment to the Optionholders Employer out of the net proceeds of sale of the Shares (after deducting fees, commissions and expenses incurred in relation to the sale) an Note that any UK legal consequences will have to be ascertained prior to entering into a loan pursuant to Section 12.3.3 of this Option Contract. amount sufficient to satisfy the indemnity referred to in Section 12 and paying such monies to the Optionholders Employer. |
14.2 | This power of attorney is given by way of security for the performance of the Optionholders obligations contained in Sections 12 and 13, and is irrevocable in accordance with section 4 of the UK Powers of Attorney Act 1971. |
15 | COUNTERPARTS |
This Option Contract may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties on separate counterparts, but shall not be effective until each party has executed at least one counterpart. Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Option Contract but all of the counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.
EXECUTED as a Deed (but not delivered until )
63
dated) by CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP INC. acting by:-
Board
Board/Secretary
)
SIGNED as a Deed (but not delivered ) until dated)
by ) [EMPLOYEE] )
in the presence of:-
Signature of witness:
Name of witness:
Address:
Occupation:
NB: the witness must be over 18, not related to the Optionholder by blood or marriage, and not a director of the Company
64
Appendix 1
1 WORKING TIME DECLARATION9
The Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Option Plan (the UK Sub Plan)
To: | The Company Secretary, Circle Internet Group, Inc. |
I, [insert full name of Optionholder], hold an option granted on [insert date of grant] over a maximum of [insert number] shares at an exercise price of [insert exercise price per share].
I declare that I work for [Circle Internet Group, Inc., the company whose shares are the subject of this option] OR [insert name of subsidiary company of Circle Internet Group, Inc. by whom the Optionholder is employed], a qualifying subsidiary of Circle Internet Group, Inc.]10 for at least:
☐ 25 hours a week
☐ 75% of my working time
(tick one box only)
|
||||
Signature (Employee) | Date |
Signed declaration to be available for inspection by HMRC
9 | Only to be completed if an EMI Option |
10 | Complete and delete as appropriate |
65
Appendix 2
1 | JOINT ELECTION UNDER S431 ITEPA 2003 FOR FULL OR PARTIAL DISAPPLICATION OF CHAPTER 2 INCOME TAX (EARNINGS AND PENSIONS) ACT 2003 |
One Part Election
1. Between
the Employee | [insert name of employee] | |
whose National Insurance Number is | [insert NINO] | |
and the Company (who is the Employees employer) | [insert name of company] | |
of Company Registration Number | [insert CRN] |
2. Purpose of Election
This joint election is made pursuant to section 431(1) or 431(2) Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (ITEPA) and applies where employment-related securities, which are restricted securities by reason of section 423 ITEPA, are acquired.
The effect of an election under section 431(1) is that, for the relevant Income Tax and NIC purposes, the employment-related securities and their market value will be treated as if they were not restricted securities and that sections 425 to 430 ITEPA do not apply. An election under section 431(2) will ignore one or more of the restrictions in computing the charge on acquisition. Additional Income Tax will be payable (with PAYE and NIC where the securities are Readily Convertible Assets).
Should the value of the securities fall following the acquisition, it is possible that Income Tax/NIC that would have arisen because of any future chargeable event (in the absence of an election) would have been less than the Income Tax/NIC due by reason of this election. Should this be the case, there is no Income Tax/NIC relief available under Part 7 of ITEPA 2003; nor is it available if the securities acquired are subsequently transferred, forfeited or revert to the original owner.
3. Application
This joint election is made not later than 14 days after the date of acquisition of the securities by the employee and applies to:
Number of securities (insert number)
Description of securities [Common shares] in Circle Internet Group, Inc.
Name of issuer of securities Circle Internet Group, Inc.
* acquired by the Employee on [insert date]
* to be acquired by the Employee between [dd/mm/yyyy] and [dd/mm/yyyy]
66
* to be acquired by the Employee after | (insert date) under the terms of Schedule 4 of the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan (*delete as appropriate) |
4. Extent of Application
This election disapplies S.431(1) ITEPA: All restrictions attaching to the securities
5. Declaration
This election will become irrevocable upon the later of its signing or the acquisition (and each subsequent acquisition) of employment-related securities to which this election applies.
In signing this joint election, we agree to be bound by its terms as stated above.
|
||||
Signature (Employee) | Date |
|
||||
Signature (for and on behalf of the Company) | Date |
|
||||
Position in company |
Note: Where the election is in respect of multiple acquisitions, prior to the date of any subsequent acquisition of a security it may be revoked by agreement between the employee and employer in respect of that and any later acquisition.
67
Appendix 3
1 NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF OPTION
The Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Option Plan (the UK Sub Plan)
To: | The Company Secretary, Circle Internet Group, Inc. |
1. I hereby exercise my Option granted on (insert date) in respect of all/ * of the Shares over which the Option subsists, and request the allotment or transfer to me of those Shares in accordance with the terms of the Option Contract, the provisions of the UK Sub Plan and the Certificate of Incorporation.
Payment of Option Tax Liability
2. I understand that, as a result of the exercise of the Option, an Option Tax Liability may arise which it is a condition of the Options exercise that I make arrangements to satisfy. I wish to meet any such Option Tax Liability by:-
2.1 authorising my employer or former employer to deduct the necessary amount from my next salary payment under the PAYE procedure;
2.2 paying the Company the amount necessary to cover the Option Tax Liability within 14 days of my receiving details of the Option Tax Liability from the Company; or
2.3 agreeing to the Company selling, on my behalf, sufficient of my Option Shares so that the net proceeds of sale will cover the Option Tax Liability and I hereby authorise such sale.
Please tick the box for your preferred payment method.
If you do not tick any box, or if you tick more than one box, the Company, your employer or former employer (as appropriate) will first seek to withhold an amount sufficient to cover the Option Tax Liability from your next salary payment, and if the Option Tax Liability cannot then be satisfied in full the Company will sell sufficient of your Shares to meet the Option Tax Liability.
Name (block letters) Signature
Address Date
*Delete/insert number as appropriate.
NOTES:-
1. | Except where alternative arrangements have been approved by the Company, this form must be accompanied by a remittance for the Exercise Price for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised. |
2. | If the Option is exercised by executors of the Optionholder, either an office copy of the Probate, or, if the grant of Probate has not yet been obtained, a certified copy of the will and the death certificate should accompany this form. If the Optionholder died intestate, and the Option is exercised by the administrators of his estate, an office copy of the Letters of Administration should accompany this form. |
68
3. | Under current tax rules, a charge to income tax and NICs may arise when this Option is exercised. It is a condition of exercise of the Option that you will be required to enter into arrangements to ensure that any such Option Tax Liability [including any liability to Employers NICs]11 will be borne by, and recovered from, you. |
4. | IMPORTANT. The Company does not undertake to advise you on the tax consequences of exercising your Option. If you are unsure of the tax liabilities which may arise, you should take appropriate professional advice before exercising your Option. |
5. | You shall not be entitled to exercise the Option at any time, whether or not you are then a director of any company, when to do so would contravene the provisions of any code of the Company governing share dealings by directors and employees. |
11 | Include or delete as appropriate |
69
SCHEDULE 6
SECOND UK SUB-PLAN
TO THE CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. SHARE AWARD PLAN
(For Awards made to Eligible Persons who are United Kingdom residents)
This Addendum to the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan (the Plan) shall apply only to Eligible Persons who are residents of the United Kingdom and who are receiving an Award consisting of a Conditional Share Award or Restricted Share Award under the Plan. This Addendum has been approved by the Board as a Sub Plan under Section 13.4 of the Plan. Capitalised terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided by this Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by the laws of England and Wales, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of the United Kingdom, until such time as the Board amends this Addendum or the Board otherwise provides.
Scope of the Second UK Sub-Plan. This Addendum shall only apply to the grant of Awards in the form of Conditional Share Awards or Restricted Share Awards pursuant to the Plan with the intention of adapting the provisions of the Plan to the extent necessary to comply with or better adhere to the legal and compliance requirements which apply in the United Kingdom.
1 | Scope of the Second UK Sub-Plan. This Addendum shall only apply to the grant of Awards in the form of Conditional Share Awards or Restricted Share Awards pursuant to the Plan with the intention of adapting the provisions of the Plan to the extent necessary to comply with or better adhere to the legal and compliance requirements which apply in the United Kingdom. |
2 | Definitions. |
2.1 | Employer Company means the Award Holders employer or former employer as applicable; |
2.2 | ITEPA 2003 means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003; |
2.3 | NICs means National Insurance contributions; |
2.4 | Taxable Event. Any event or circumstance that gives rise to a liability for the Award Holder to pay income tax and NICs or either of them (or their equivalents in any jurisdiction) in respect of: |
(a) | the Award, including any release, exercise, assignment or surrender for consideration or the receipt of any benefit in connection with it; |
(b) | any Shares, or other securities or assets: |
(i) | earmarked (as defined in Part 7A of ITEPA 2003) or held to satisfy the Award; |
(ii) | acquired on Vesting, release or exercise of the Award; |
70
(iii) | acquired as a result of holding the Award; or |
(iv) | acquired in consideration of the assignment or surrender of the award; |
(c) | any securities (or other assets) acquired or earmarked as a result of holding Shares (or other securities or assets) mentioned in (b) above; |
(d) | entering into an election under section 430 or 431 of ITEPA 2003; or |
(e) | any amount due under PAYE in respect of securities or assets within paragraphs (a) to (d) above, including any failure by the Award Holder to make good such amount within the time limit specified in section 222 of ITEPA 2003. |
2.5 | Tax Liability means the total of (i) any income tax and primary class 1 (employee) NICs (or their equivalents in any jurisdiction) for which the Employer Company or any member of the Group is or may be liable to account (or reasonably believes it is or may be liable to account) as a result of any Taxable Event; or (ii) unless the Company on behalf of the Employer Company of the Award Holder directs otherwise, any Employer NICs (or similar liability in any other jurisdiction) that any Employer Company is or may be liable to pay (or reasonably believes it is or may be liable to pay) as a result of any Taxable Event and that can be recovered lawfully from the Award Holder; |
3 | Amendments to the Plan. For the purposes of this Schedule, the following adaptations shall be made to the Plan: |
3.1 | Section 6.2 (b) to be replaced with the words redundancy within the meaning given to that term by the Employment Rights Act 1996; |
3.2 | Section 6.6 to be replaced with the words For the purposes of Section 6.2, an Award Holder shall not be treated as ceasing to be employed by the Group until he no longer holds any consultancy, office or employment in or with the Company or any Subsidiary. |
3.3 | Section 15.5 to be replaced with the words An Award Holder shall provide to the Company (or the Employer Company, as appropriate) as soon as reasonably practicable such information as the Company reasonably requests for the purposes of complying with its obligations under section 897 of TCA 1997 or for the purposes of reporting the Award pursuant to section 431JA ITEPA 2003. |
3.4 | Section 18 to be replaced with the words For the purposes of operating the Plan, the Company will collect and process information relating to Eligible Persons and Award Holders in accordance with the privacy notice which is located on the Circle Intranet. |
4 | Tax Liabilities and Deductions. In addition to the provisions of Section 13, the following provisions shall also apply to any Award pursuant to this Addendum. |
4.1 | The Award Holder shall indemnify the Employer Company and each member of the Group in respect of any Tax Liability. |
71
4.2 | The Award Certificate shall include the Award Holders irrevocable agreement to: |
(a) | pay the Tax Liability to the Employer Company; and |
(b) | enter into arrangements to the satisfaction of the Company or Employer Company to pay the Tax Liability. |
4.3 | If an Award Holder does not pay the Tax Liability within seven days of any Taxable Event the Company or Employer Company as appropriate may, in addition to the provisions of Section 13.2 of the Plan: |
(a) | if at the time of the Taxable release any Shares are readily saleable at the time, retain and sell such number of Shares on behalf of the Award Holder as is necessary to meet the Tax Liability and any costs of sale; or |
(b) | deduct the amount of any Tax Liability from any payments of remuneration made to the Award Holder on or after the date on which the Tax Liability arose, except that, in the case of NICs, the Employer Company may only withhold such amount as is permitted by the Social Security (Contributions) Regulations 2001 (2001/1004). |
The Award Holders obligations to indemnify the Employer Company and each member of the Group shall not be affected by any failure of the Company or Employer Company to withhold shares or deduct from payments of remuneration under this provision.
4.4 | At the request of the Employer Company the Award Holder must elect, to the extent permitted by law, and using a form approved by HM Revenue and Customs, that the whole or any part of the liability for employer secondary NICs arising as a result of a Taxable Event shall be transferred to the Award Holder. |
4.5 | The Company on behalf of the Employer Company may: |
(a) | on the Date of Grant direct that the Tax Liability shall not include employer secondary NICs; or |
(b) | at any time after the Date of Grant, but before a Taxable Event, release the Award Holder from any obligations in respect of employer secondary NICs so that such liability does not form part of the Tax Liability. |
4.6 | It is a condition that the Award Holder enters into a joint election, under section 431(1) or s431(2) of ITEPA 2003, in respect of the Plan Shares to be acquired, if required to do so by the Company or Employer Company on or before the Vesting of the relevant Award. |
5 | Amendment. This Addendum shall be deemed to be part of the Plan and the Board shall have the authority to amend this Addendum in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan. |
72
SCHEDULE 7
BERMUDA ADDENDUM TO
THE CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. SHARE AWARD PLAN
(For Awards made to Eligible Persons who are Bermuda residents)
This Addendum to the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan (the Plan) shall apply only to Eligible Persons who are residents of Bermuda and who are receiving an Award consisting of a Conditional Share Award or Restricted Share Award under the Plan. This Addendum has been approved by the Board as a Sub Plan under Section 13.4 of the Plan. Capitalised terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided by this Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by the laws of Bermuda, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of Bermuda, until such time as the Board amends this Addendum or the Board otherwise provides.
6 | Scope of the Bermuda Sub-Plan. This Addendum shall only apply to the grant of Awards in the form of Conditional Share Awards or Restricted Share Awards pursuant to the Plan with the intention of adapting the Plan to the extent necessary to comply with or better adhere to the legal and compliance requirements which apply in Bermuda. |
7 | Definitions. |
Award Tax Liability means, in relation to an Award Holder, any liability of an Award Holders Employer to account to the OTC or any other tax authority for any amount of, or representing, SICs or any equivalent charge in the nature of tax or social security contributions (whether under the laws of Bermuda or otherwise) which may arise on or connection with the award, grant, vesting, exercise or release of, or the acquisition of Shares pursuant to, an Award.
Employer Company means the Award Holders employer or former employer as applicable.
OTC means the Government of Bermudas Office of the Tax Commissioner.
SICs means, in Bermuda, social insurance contributions or, in any other jurisdiction, social security contributions (or other similar taxes).
8 | Amendments to the Plan. For the purposes of this Schedule, the following adaptations shall be made to the Plan: |
8.1 | Section 6.2 (b) to be replaced with the words redundancy within the meaning given to that term by the Employment Act 2000 of Bermuda; |
8.2 | Section 6.6 to be replaced with the words For the purposes of Section 6.2, an Award Holder shall not be treated as ceasing to be employed by the Group until he no longer holds any consultancy, office or employment in or with the Company or any Subsidiary. |
73
8.3 | Section 15.5 to be replaced with the words An Award Holder shall provide to the Company (or the Employer Company, as appropriate) as soon as reasonably practicable such information as the Company reasonably requests for the purposes of complying with its obligations under applicable taxing laws in Bermuda. |
8.4 | Section 18 to be replaced with the words For the purposes of operating the Plan, the Company will collect and process information relating to Eligible Persons and Award Holders in accordance with the privacy notice which is located on the Circle Intranet. |
9 | Tax Liabilities and Deductions. In addition to the provisions of Section 13, the following provisions shall also apply to any Award pursuant to this Addendum. |
9.1 | The Award Holder shall indemnify the Employer Company and each member of the Group in respect of any Award Tax Liability. |
9.2 | The Award Certificate shall include the Award Holders irrevocable agreement to: |
(a) | pay the Award Tax Liability to the Employer Company; and |
(b) | enter into arrangements to the satisfaction of the Company or Employer Company to pay the Award Tax Liability. |
9.3 | If an Award Holder does not pay the Award Tax Liability within seven days of a written request to do so the Company or Employer Company as appropriate may, in addition to the provisions of Section 13.2 of the Plan: |
(a) | retain and sell such number of Shares on behalf of the Award Holder as is necessary to meet the Award Tax Liability and any costs of sale; or |
(b) | deduct the amount of any Award Tax Liability from any payments of remuneration made to the Award Holder on or after the date on which the Award Tax Liability arose to the extent permitted by Bermuda law. |
The Award Holders obligations to indemnify the Employer Company and each member of the Group shall not be affected by any failure of the Company or Employer Company to withhold shares or deduct from payments of remuneration under this provision.
10 | Amendment. This Addendum shall be deemed to be part of the Plan and the Board shall have the authority to amend this Addendum in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan. |
74
SCHEDULE 8
SINGAPORE SUB-PLAN
THE CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. SHARE AWARD PLAN
(For Awards made to Eligible Persons who are Singapore residents)
Notwithstanding anything stated to the contrary in the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan (the Plan), this Addendum to the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan (the Plan) shall apply only to Eligible Persons who are residents of Singapore and who are receiving an Award under the Plan. This Addendum has been approved by the Board as a Sub Plan under Section 13.4 of the Plan. Capitalised terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided by this Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by the laws of Singapore, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of Singapore, until such time as the Board amends this Addendum or the Board otherwise provides.
1 | Scope of the Singapore Sub-Plan. This Addendum shall only apply to the grant of Awards in the form of Options or Conditional Share Awards pursuant to the Plan with the intention of adapting the Plan to the extent necessary to comply with or better adhere to the legal and compliance requirements which apply in Singapore. |
2 | Amendments to the Plan. For the purposes of this Schedule, the following adaptations shall be made to the Plan: |
2.1 | The following to be included as Section 4.4 after Section 4.3: |
The Singapore Sub-Plan adopted by the Board under Section 13.4 and attached at Schedule 8 to this Plan sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to grants of Options and Conditional Share Awards to Singapore employees pursuant to the Singapore Sub-Plan.
2.2 | Section 6.2(b) to be replaced with the words being retrenched within the meaning given to the term retrench by the Employment (Retrenchment Reporting) Notification 2019; |
2.3 | Section 6.6 to be replaced with the words For the purposes of Section 6.2, an Award Holder shall not be treated as ceasing to be employed by the Group until he no longer holds any consultancy, office or employment in or with the Company or any Subsidiary or, being a female employee entitled to absent herself from work by reason of pregnancy or confinement under the Employment Act 1968 and Child Development Co-Savings Act 2001, her employment is terminated (whether by resignation, dismissal or upon the completion of her contract of service or in any other way), provided that such termination is not in breach of the Employment Act 1968 and Child Development Co-Savings Act 2001. |
3 | Compliance with Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything stated to the contrary in the Plan, the Company shall be under no obligation to effect the registration or effect similar compliance with respect to any Awards, Shares or Plan Shares if such registration or compliance would not be in compliance with applicable laws, including without limitation applicable securities laws. The Company may, in its sole discretion, defer the effectiveness of an exercise, or delay the exercisability, of an Award or the issuance or transfer of any Shares or Plan Shares to ensure compliance with applicable laws, including without limitation applicable securities laws and any exemptions therefrom on which the Company may be relying. |
75
4 | Amendment. This Addendum shall be deemed to be part of the Plan and the Board shall have the authority to amend this Addendum in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan. |
76
SCHEDULE 9
CANADA SUB-PLAN
TO THE CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. SHARE AWARD PLAN
(For Awards made to Eligible Persons who are Canada residents)
Notwithstanding anything stated to the contrary in the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan (the Plan), as amended from time to time, this Addendum to the Plan shall apply only to Eligible Persons who are residents of Canada and who are receiving an Award under the Plan. This Addendum has been approved by the Board as a Sub Plan under Section 13.4 of the Plan. Capitalised terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided by this Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by the laws of Canada, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of Canada, until such time as the Board amends this Addendum or the Board otherwise provides.
1 | Scope of the Canada Sub-Plan. This Addendum shall only apply to the grant of Awards in the form of Options or Conditional Share Awards pursuant to the Plan with the intention of adapting the Plan to the extent necessary to comply with or better adhere to the legal and compliance requirements which apply in Canada. |
5 | Definition. |
Cause means, for the purposes of an Eligible Persons rights and entitlements under the Plan and this Addendum, and not for any other purpose or entitlement, any act(s) or omission(s) that constitute just cause for termination at common law.
Termination Date means:
(i) | in the case of an Eligible Person who is an employee, the date on which the employee ceases to be an employee with the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason, whether lawful or otherwise (including, without limitation, by reason of resignation, Agreed Retirement, death, frustration of contract, termination for Cause, termination without Cause, disability or constructive dismissal), without giving effect to any pay in lieu of notice (paid by way of lump sum or salary continuance), severance pay, benefits continuance, or other termination related payments or benefits to which an employee may be entitled pursuant to contract, the common law or otherwise (except as may be required to satisfy the minimum requirements of applicable employment or labour standards legislation). For greater certainty, an employee shall not cease to be employed with the Company or any Subsidiary during a period of vacation, temporary illness, maternity or parental leave, or any other authorized leave of absence; or |
(ii) | in the case of an Eligible Person who is a director, the date on which the director ceases to hold office; or |
(iii) | in the case of an Eligible Person who is a consultant, the date that is designated by the Company or any Subsidiary or by the consultant as the case may be, in a written notice of termination as the date on which the Eligible Persons consulting agreement or arrangement is terminated for any reason. |
77
2 | Amendments to the Plan. For the purposes of this Schedule, the following adaptations shall be made to the Plan: |
2.1 | The following shall be included as Section 4.5 after Section 4.4: |
The Canada Sub-Plan adopted by the Board under Section 13.4 and attached at Schedule 9 to this Plan sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to grants of Options and Conditional Share Awards to Eligible Persons resident in Canada pursuant to the Canada Sub-Plan.
2.2 | Section 2.4(c) shall be deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: |
the Option Price, where the Award is an Option, provided that the Option Price shall not be less than the minimum set out in section 2.5.
2.3 | Section 2.4(f) shall be deleted in its entirety. |
2.4 | Section 2.4(g) shall be renumbered Section 2.4(f), Section 2.4(h) shall be renumbered Section 2.4(g) and Section 2.4(h) shall be renumbered Section 2.4(i). |
2.5 | Section 2.5 shall be deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: |
In case of an Option, the Option Price shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion provided that the Option Price shall not be less than (a) the nominal value of a Plan Share and (b) the Market Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant of such Option.
2.6 | In Section 5.1(a) a second sentence shall be added as follows: |
If an Award can be settled in Plan Shares or cash or a combination thereof, the settlement shall occur before December 31 of the third year following the year to which the grant of the Award relates.
2.7 | Section 6.2(b) shall be deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: |
(i) in case of an employee, the termination of employment for a reason other than for Cause or resignation.
2.8 | Section 6.3 shall be deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: |
If an Award Holder ceases to be employed with the Group due to termination of employment for Cause the Award Holders Awards shall lapse immediately and the Board shall not be entitled to exercise any discretion to the contrary.
2.9 | A new Section 6.5 shall be inserted as follows: |
6.5 Failure to Vest
78
Notwithstanding any other provision in Section 6 of this Plan, except as may be required to satisfy the minimum requirements of applicable employment or labour standards legislation, all Awards that are not Vested and do not become Vested on the Award Holders Termination Date shall be immediately forfeited. The Award Holder shall have no further entitlement to Options or Conditional Share Awards and no right to receive Plan Shares or a cash payment, as compensation, damages or otherwise, following the Termination Date. For certainty, the Award Holder waives any claim to damages with respect to any Options or Conditional Share Awards that do not become Vested or are forfeited hereunder, whether related or attributable to any contractual or common law termination entitlements or otherwise.
2.10 | The current Section 6.5 shall be renumbered Section 6.6, the current Section 6.6 shall be renumbered 6.7, the current Section 6.7 shall be renumbered Section 6.8, and the current Section 6.8 shall be renumbered Section 6.9. |
2.11 | Section 6.6 (now Section 6.7 pursuant to Section 3.10 above) shall be deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: |
For the purposes of the Plan, an Award Holder ceases to be a director of a company in the Group or ceases to be an employee or consultant by the Group on the Termination Date.
2.12 | In Section 8.3(c) a second sentence shall be added as follows: |
For greater certainty, the aggregate in-the-money value, immediately after the exchange, of the New Award issued to the Award Holder shall not exceed the aggregate in-the-money value, immediately before the exchange, of such Award Holders Award exchanged, such that the exchange is made pursuant to (and qualify under) the provisions of subsection 7(1.4) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and its provincial equivalent.
3 | French translations. Any document to be provided under the terms of the Plan to an Eligible Person who is resident in the province of Québec shall be translated into French. |
4 | Amendment. This Addendum shall be deemed to be part of the Plan and the Board shall have the authority to amend this Addendum in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan. |
5 | Minimum Standards. The Plan and this Addendum are in all cases subject to the minimum requirement of applicable employment or labour standards legislation. In no case, will an employee receive less than his or her minimum statutory entitlements under such legislation. |
79
SCHEDULE 10
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC.
SHARE AWARD PLAN (the PLAN)
IRELAND IRISH SUPPLEMENT
(Current as at June 10, 2024)
Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Irish Supplement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan, unless the context otherwise requires.
1 | Purpose and eligibility |
The purpose of this supplement to the Plan (the Irish Supplement) is to enable the Board (as defined in the Plan) to grant Awards, including any Conditional Share Award, any Option or Restricted Share Award, or any combination of the foregoing (the Award or Awards), to Eligible Persons (as defined in the Plan) who are based in Ireland. The Irish Supplement should be read and construed as one document with the Plan. Awards (which in the case of Options will be unapproved for Irish tax purposes) may only be granted under the Irish Supplement to Eligible Persons. Any person to whom an Award or Share has been granted under the Irish Supplement is an Award Holder for the purposes of the Plan.
The tax and social security consequences of participating in the Plan are based on complex tax and social security laws, which may be subject to varying interpretations, and the application of such laws may depend, in large part, on the surrounding facts and circumstances. Therefore, we recommend that the Award Holder consults with their own tax advisor regularly to determine the consequences of taking or not taking any action concerning their participation in the Plan and to determine how the tax, social security or other laws in Ireland (or elsewhere) apply to their specific situation.
2 | Terms |
Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be governed by the terms of the Plan, subject to any such amendments set out herein and as are necessary to give effect to Section 1 of the Irish Supplement, and by the terms of the award certificate executed by the Company. To the extent that there is a conflict between the rules of the Plan and the Irish Supplement or the award certificate and the Irish Supplement, the provisions of the Irish Supplement shall prevail.
3 | Taxes |
The references in the Plan and / or the supporting documents to tax or taxes includes any and all taxes, charges, levies and contributions in Ireland or elsewhere, to include, in particular, Universal Social Charge (USC) and Pay Related Social Insurance (PRSI) (Taxes).
80
4 | Tax indemnity |
4.1 | The Award Holder shall be accountable for any Taxes, which are chargeable on any assessable income deriving from the grant, exercise, purchase, or vesting of, or other dealing in, Awards or Shares issued pursuant to an Award. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall become liable for any Taxes, as a result of the Award Holders participation in the Plan. In respect of such assessable income, the Award Holder shall indemnify the Company and (at the direction of the Company) any Subsidiary, which is or may be treated as the employer of the Award Holder in respect of the Taxes (the Tax Liabilities). |
4.2 | Pursuant to the indemnity referred to in Section 4.1, where necessary, the Award Holder shall make such arrangements as the Company or any Subsidiary requires to meet the cost of the Tax Liabilities, including at the direction of the Company any of the following: |
(a) | making a cash payment of an appropriate amount to the relevant company in the Companys group whether by cheque, bankers draft or deduction from salary in time to enable the relevant company to remit an appropriate amount of Taxes to the Irish Revenue Commissioners in accordance with its statutory requirements or as otherwise required by the Company; or |
(b) | appointing the Company as agent and / or attorney for the sale of sufficient Shares acquired pursuant to the grant, exercise, purchase or vesting of, or other dealing in, Awards or Shares issued pursuant to an Award to cover the Tax Liabilities and authorising the payment to the relevant company of the appropriate amount (including all reasonable fees, commissions and expenses incurred by the relevant company in relation to such sale) out of the net proceeds of sale of the Shares. |
5 | Employment rights |
5.1 | The Award Holder acknowledges that his or her participation in the Plan shall be subject at all times to the rules of the Plan as may be amended from time to time (including, but not limited to, any clawback provisions). |
5.2 | The Plan is entirely discretionary and may be administered by the Board (as defined under the Plan). Subject to section 16 of the Plan, the Plan may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Board (as defined in the Plan) at any time and for any reason. Participation in the Plan is entirely discretionary and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Awards, or benefits in lieu of Awards. All determinations with respect to future grants will be at the discretion of the Board (as defined under the Plan). |
6 | Data Protection |
6.1.1 | The Company will collect, use, disclose, transfer and otherwise process in electronic or other form, any personal data (the Data) regarding the Award Holders employment, the nature of the Award Holders salary and benefits and the details of the Award Holders participation in the Plan (including but not limited to) the Award Holders home address, telephone number, date of birth, personal public service number, job title, entitlements under an Award, and number of Plan Shares, which were granted, exercised, purchased, vested or dealt with under an Award, or issued pursuant to an Award, to the extent required for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Award Holders participation in the Plan. |
6.1.2 | In connection with such purposes, the Company may obtain the data from the Award Holders employer and may disclose and transfer the Data to any of its Subsidiaries and to any carefully selected third party involved with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, including relevant tax authorities and any requisite transfer to any broker through whom Plan Shares are to be sold on behalf of an Award Holder, any investor in the Company and/or its Subsidiary, any third party administrator of the Plan or other third party assisting with the grant, exercise, purchase or vesting of, or dealing with Awards or Plan Shares issued pursuant to an Award, or with whom the Plan Shares may be deposited. The transfer of Data to such third parties is necessary to facilitate the Award Holders participation in the Plan. |
81
6.1.3 | Some recipients of Data may be located in countries outside the European Economic Area and that those countries may have data protection laws which do not provide the same level of protection as those in Ireland and other European Union countries. However, in the case of transfer to such non-European Economic Area countries, the Company will ensure that appropriate transfer mechanisms are put in place and shall ensure that the Data is transferred lawfully and in accordance with applicable data protection laws. For further details relating to the Companys data transfers, please contact the Company Groups Data Protection Officer. |
6.1.4 | Additional information regarding the Company Groups data protection practices are set out in the Company Groups data protection policy, which is available on the Companys intranet. |
Adopted by the Board on
July 1st, 2024
82
SCHEDULE 11
HONG KONG ADDENDUM TO
THE CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. SHARE AWARD PLAN
(For Awards made to Eligible Persons who are Hong Kong residents)
Notwithstanding anything stated to the contrary in the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan (Plan), this Addendum to the Plan shall apply only to Eligible Persons who ordinarily reside in Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the Peoples Republic of China (Hong Kong) and who are receiving an Award under the Plan. This Addendum has been approved by the Board as a Sub Plan under Section 13.4 of the Plan. Capitalized terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided by this Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by the laws of Hong Kong, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to Eligible Persons who ordinarily reside in Hong Kong, until such time as the Board amends this Addendum or the Board otherwise provides.
1. | Scope of the Hong Kong Sub-Plan. This Addendum shall only apply to the grant of Awards in the form of Options, Conditional Share Awards or Restricted Share Awards pursuant to the Plan with the intention of adapting the Plan to the extent necessary to comply with or better adhere to the legal and compliance requirements which apply in Hong Kong. |
2. | Definitions. |
2.1 | Employer Company means the Award Holders employer or former employer within the Group in Hong Kong as applicable. |
2.2 | Wages shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Employment Ordinance (Cap. 57, Laws of Hong Kong). |
Amendments to the Plan. For the purposes of this Schedule, the following adaptations shall be made to the sections of the Plan:
3.1 | The following shall be included as Section 2.4(j) after Section 2.4 (i): |
The following statement: Warning The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the contents herein. If you are in doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice. In the case of an Award to Hong Kong employees.
83
3.2 | The following shall be included as Section 4.8 after Section 4.7: |
The Sub Plan adopted by the Board under Section 13.4 and attached at Schedule 11 to this Plan sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to Awards granted to Eligible Persons who are ordinary residents of Hong Kong.
3.3 | Section 6.2(b) shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following words: |
redundancy within the meaning of the Employment Ordinance (Cap. 57, Laws of Hong Kong) if the Award Holder were employed in Hong Kong;
3.4 | Section 6.6 shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following words: |
For the purpose of Section 6.2 and for the avoidance of doubt, an Award Holder shall not be treated as ceasing to be employed by the Group until he no longer holds any consultancy, office or employment in or with any company within the Group or, being a female employee entitled to absent herself from work by reason of maternity leave under the Employment Ordinance (Cap. 57, Laws of Hong Kong).
3.5 | The following shall be included as Section 10(f) after Section 10(e): |
the date on which the Board reasonably determines that the Award Holder has engaged in a serious misconduct and/or involved in gross negligence.
3.6 | Section 15.5 shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following words: |
An Award Holder shall provide to the Company and/or the Employer Company as soon as reasonably practicable such information as the Company and/or Employer Company may reasonably request for the purposes of complying with their respective obligations under the applicable taxing laws in relevant jurisdiction, including Hong Kong, that may arise from or pertain to the Plan.
4. | No Deduction from Wages. Award Holder shall not elect, request or otherwise procure the Company and/or Employer Company to satisfy on his behalf any required monetary consideration of the Shares in the exercise of an Award, where applicable, by way of deduction from or offset by the Wages of the Award Holder. Section 13.1 is deleted in its entirety. |
5. | Taxes. Any references made to tax or taxes in the Plan and/or the supporting documents shall include any and all taxes, charges, levies and contributions in Hong Kong, in particular those charged by the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department (HKIRD). |
84
6. | Tax Indemnity. |
6.1 | The Award Holder shall be solely accountable for any Taxes, which are chargeable on any assessable income deriving from the grant, exercise, purchase, or vesting of, or other dealing in any Award. The Company, its subsidiaries, and Employer Company shall not be liable for any Taxes, as a result of the Award Holders participation in the Plan. In respect of such assessable income, the Award Holder shall indemnify the Company, its subsidiaries, and/or Employer Company (at the direction of the Company), which is or may be treated as the employer of the Award Holder in respect of the Taxes (Tax Liabilities). |
6.2 | Pursuant to the indemnity referred to in Section 6.1, where necessary, the Award Holder shall make such arrangements as the Company, its subsidiaries, and/or Employer Company may from time to time require to meet the cost of the Tax Liabilities, including any of the following:- |
(i) | Making a cash payment of an appropriate amount to the relevant company in the Group whether by cheque, bankers draft or deduction from salary in time to enable the relevant company to remit an appropriate amount of Taxes to the HKIRD in accordance with its statutory requirements or as otherwise required by the Company; or |
(ii) | Appointing the Company as agent for the sale of sufficient Shares acquired pursuant to the grant, exercise, purchase or vesting of, or other dealing in, Awards or Shares issued pursuant to an Award to cover the Tax Liabilities and authorising the payment to the relevant company of the appropriate amount (including all reasonable fees, commissions and expenses incurred by the relevant company in relation to such sale) out of the net proceeds of sale of the Shares. |
7. | Rights of Company The Plan is entirely discretionary and may be administered by the Board. Subject to Section 16 of the Plan, the Plan may be, at any time, amended, suspended or terminated by the Board for any reason. Participation in the Plan is entirely discretionary and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Awards, or benefits in lieu of Awards. All determinations with respect to future grants will be subject to the discretion of the Board. |
8. | Limitation of Claim. In the event of a successful listing on a stock exchange (anywhere) by the Company to the extent which the Company becomes subject to any applicable listing rules, regulations and laws that the Company would not be obliged to observe but for such listing, the Award Holder shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for any loss or potential loss which he may suffer by reason of being unable to exercise the Award, or acquire or retain the Plan Shares or any interest in the Plan Shares in consequence of the Award and/or the Plan Share being void, invalidated, revoked or cancelled due to the Companys failure or omission to observe such listing rules, regulations and laws. |
85
9. | Data Protection Rights. |
The Award Holder understands and consents to the Companys collection, use, disclosure, transferring and processing in electronic or other form, his personal data (as defined in the Personal Data (Privacy) Ordinance (Cap. 486) (PDPO)) (Personal Data), in relation to his employment, the details of his participation in the Plan (include but without limitation, correspondence address, telephone number, date of birth, salary, bonus, performance, appraisals, entitlements under an Award, number of Shares granted, exercised, purchased, vested or dealt with under an Award) to the extent necessary for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Award Holders participation in the Plan.
8.2 | For the purposes stated under Section 9.1, the Award Holder understands and agrees that his Personal Data could be disclosed to, transferred to and processed by the Company and any company under the Group, professional advisors of the Company, any third party involved in providing services on the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, the HKIRD or other government or regulatory authorities, and any investors of the Company or the Group. |
8.3 | For the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Award Holders participation in the Plan, the Company may transfer his Personal Data outside Hong Kong, where there may not be in place data protection laws which are substantially similar to, or serve the same purposes as, the PDPO. The Award Holder understands that his Personal Data (if transferred out of Hong Kong) may not be protected to the same or similar level in Hong Kong. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will ensure, to a reasonable extent, that appropriate transfer mechanisms are put in place and that the Personal Data is transferred in accordance with the applicable data protection laws. |
10. | Rights of Third Parties. No provision under this Plan should be enforced by any third party who is not a party to this Plan pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance (Cap. 623 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (CRTPO) and agree that this Plan shall be excluded from the application of the CRTPO. |
11. | Amendment. This Addendum shall be deemed to be part of the Plan and the Board shall have the authority to amend this Addendum in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan. |
86
SCHEDULE 12
JAPAN SUB-PLAN
THE CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. SHARE AWARD PLAN
(For Awards made to Eligible Persons who are Japan residents)
Notwithstanding anything stated to the contrary in the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan (the Plan), this Addendum to the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan (the Plan) shall apply only to Eligible Persons who are residents of Japan and who are receiving an Award under the Plan. This Addendum has been approved by the Board as a Sub Plan under Section 13.4 of the Plan. Capitalised terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided by this Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by the laws of Japan, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of Japan, until such time as the Board amends this Addendum or the Board otherwise provides.
1 | Scope of the Japan Sub-Plan. This Addendum shall only apply to the grant of Awards pursuant to the Plan with the intention of adapting the Plan to the extent necessary to comply with or better adhere to the legal and compliance requirements which apply in Japan. |
2 | Tax Notice. The tax and employee insurance consequences of participating in the Plan are based on complex tax and applicable laws, which may be subject to varying interpretations. Therefore, we recommend that the Award Holder consults with their own tax advisor regularly to determine the consequences of taking or not taking any action concerning their participation in the Plan and to determine how the tax or other laws in Japan (or elsewhere) apply to their specific situation. |
3 | Amendments to the Plan. For the purposes of this Schedule, the following adaptations shall be made to the Plan: |
3.1 | The following to be included as Section 4.8 after Section 4.7: |
3.2 | The Japan Sub-Plan adopted by the Board under Section 13.4 and attached at Schedule 11 to this Plan sets out additional conditions/rules/procedures that apply to grants of Awards to Japan employees pursuant to the Japan Sub-Plan. |
3.3 | Section 6.2(b) to be replaced with the words being unilaterally terminated due to restructuring or redundancy as per Labor Standards Act of Japan.. |
3.4 | Section 6.6 to be replaced with the words For the purposes of Section 6.2, an Award Holder shall not be treated as ceasing to be employed by the Group until he no longer holds any consultancy, office or employment in or with the Company or any Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, Award Holder who is retired at the retirement age and rehired as a contract employee after the retirement age is considered to continue the employment. |
3.5 | In Section 20, the second sentence shall be added as below. The Courts of the State of Delaware shall have jurisdiction to settle any dispute which may arise out of, or in connection with, the plan and the Japan Sub Plan. By accepting the grant of an Option and not renouncing it, an Option Holder is deemed to have agreed to submit to such jurisdiction. |
87
4 | Amendment. This Addendum shall be deemed to be part of the Plan and the Board shall have the authority to amend this Addendum in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan. |
88
Exhibit 10.11
Circle Internet Group, Inc.
2025 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
Section 1. Purpose. The purpose of the Circle Internet Group, Inc. 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the Plan) is to motivate and reward employees and other individuals to perform at the highest level and contribute significantly to the success of Circle Internet Group, Inc. (the Company), thereby furthering the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.
Section 2. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
(a) Affiliate means any entity that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Company.
(b) Award means any Option, SAR, Restricted Share, RSU, Performance Award, Other Cash-Based Award or Other Share-Based Award granted under the Plan.
(c) Award Agreement means any agreement, contract or other instrument or document (including in electronic form) evidencing any Award granted under the Plan, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant.
(d) Beneficial Owner has the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.
(e) Beneficiary means a Person entitled to receive payments or other benefits or exercise rights that are available under the Plan in the event of a Participants death. If no such Person can be named or is named by a Participant, or if no Beneficiary designated by a Participant is eligible to receive payments or other benefits or exercise rights that are available under the Plan at a Participants death, such Participants Beneficiary shall be such Participants estate.
(f) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(g) Cause is as defined in the Participants Service Agreement, if any, or in the applicable Award Agreement, or if not so defined, means a Termination of Service as a result of (i) dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers, vendors, or other third parties with which the Company or any of its Affiliates does business; (ii) commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty, or fraud; (iii) willful failure to perform his or her assigned duties and responsibilities which failure continues after written notice given to the Participant by the Company; (iv) gross negligence, willful misconduct, or insubordination with respect to Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (v) material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries relating to non-competition (as applicable), non-solicitation, non-disclosure, and/or assignment of inventions. The determination as to whether a Participants employment has been terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Board and shall be final and binding on the Participant.
1
The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Companys ability to terminate an Participants employment or consulting relationship at any time, and the term Company will be interpreted to include any Subsidiary or any successor thereto, if appropriate.
(h) Change in Control means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:
(i) any Person, other than any employee plan established by the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company or any of its Affiliates, an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or an entity owned, directly or indirectly, by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company, is (or becomes, during any 12-month period) the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates other than in connection with the acquisition by the Company or its Affiliates of a business) representing 50% or more of the total voting power of the shares of the Company; provided that the provisions of this subsection (i) are not intended to apply to or include as a Change in Control any transaction that is specifically excepted from the definition of Change in Control under subsection (iii) below;
(ii) a change in the composition of the Board such that, during any 12-month period, the individuals who, as of the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the Existing Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least 50% of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a member of the Board subsequent to the beginning of such period whose election, or nomination for election by the Companys shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Directors immediately prior to the date of such appointment or election shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Existing Board; provided further, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 or Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act or successor statutes or rules containing analogous concepts) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of an individual, corporation, partnership, group, associate or other entity or Person other than the Board, shall in any event be considered to be a member of the Existing Board;
(iii) the consummation of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or other entity, or the issuance of voting securities in connection with such a transaction pursuant to applicable stock exchange requirements; provided that immediately following such transaction the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto do not continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity of such transaction or parent entity thereof) 50% or more of the total voting power and total Fair Market Value of the Shares (or, if the Company is not the surviving entity of such merger or
2
consolidation, 50% or more of the total voting power and total Fair Market Value of the shares of such surviving entity or parent entity thereof); and provided, further, that such a transaction effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates other than in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any of its Affiliates of a business) representing 50% or more of either the then-outstanding Shares or the combined voting power and total Fair Market Value of the Companys then-outstanding voting securities shall not be considered a Change in Control; or
(iv) the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Companys assets in which any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) assets from the Company that have a total gross Fair Market Value equal to more than 50% of the total gross Fair Market Value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if there is consummated any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the Shares immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions, and (B) no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred upon the acquisition of additional control of the Company by any Person that is considered to effectively control the Company. In no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if any Participant is part of a group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act that effects a Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of any Award Agreement to the contrary, for any Award that provides for accelerated distribution on a Change in Control of amounts that constitute deferred compensation (to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of taxes or penalties pursuant to Section 409A of the Code (Section 409A)), if the event that constitutes such Change in Control does not also constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Companys assets (in either case, as defined in Section 409A), such amount shall not be distributed on such Change in Control but instead shall vest as of such Change in Control and shall be distributed on the scheduled payment date specified in the applicable Award Agreement, except to the extent that earlier distribution would not result in the Participant who holds such Award incurring interest or additional tax under Section 409A.
(i) Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations, and guidance thereunder. Any reference to a provision in the Code shall include any successor provision thereto.
3
(j) Committee means the compensation committee of the Board unless another committee is designated by the Board. If there is no compensation committee of the Board and the Board does not designate another committee, references herein to the Committee shall refer to the Board.
(k) Consultant means any individual, including an advisor, who is providing services to the Company or any Subsidiary or who has accepted an offer of service or consultancy from the Company or any Subsidiary.
(l) Director means any member of the Board.
(m) Effective Date means the date on which the registration statement covering the initial public offering of the Shares is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(n) Employee means any individual, including any officer, employed by the Company or any Subsidiary or any prospective employee or officer who has accepted an offer of employment from the Company or any Subsidiary, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Committee in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code or applicable laws.
(o) Exchange Act means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations, and guidance thereunder. Any reference to a provision in the Exchange Act shall include any successor provision thereto.
(p) Fair Market Value means with respect to Shares, the closing price of a Share on the trading day immediately preceding the date of determination (or, if there is no reported sale on such date, on the last preceding date on which any reported sale occurred), on the principal stock market or exchange on which the Shares are quoted or traded, or if Shares are not so quoted or traded, the fair market value of a Share as determined by the Committee, and with respect to any property other than Shares, the fair market value of such property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee.
(q) Incentive Stock Option means an Option representing the right to purchase Shares from the Company, granted pursuant to Section 6, that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.
(r) Intrinsic Value with respect to an Option or SAR Award means the excess, if any, of the price or implied price per Share in a Change in Control or other event over the exercise or hurdle price of such Award multiplied by the number of Shares covered by such Award.
(s) Non-Qualified Share Option means an Option representing the right to purchase Shares from the Company, granted pursuant to Section 6, that is not an Incentive Share Option.
(t) Option means an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Share Option.
4
(u) Other Cash-Based Award means an Award granted pursuant to Section 11, including cash awarded as a bonus or upon the attainment of specified performance criteria or otherwise as permitted under the Plan.
(v) Other Share-Based Award means an Award granted pursuant to Section 11 that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Shares or factors that may influence the value of Shares, including convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Shares, purchase rights for Shares, dividend rights or dividend equivalent rights or Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or business units thereof or any other factors designated by the Committee.
(w) Participant means the recipient of an Award granted under the Plan.
(x) Performance Award means an Award granted pursuant to Section 10.
(y) Performance Period means the period established by the Committee with respect to any Performance Award during which the performance goals specified by the Committee with respect to such Award are to be measured.
(z) Person has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a group as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.
(aa) Pre-IPO Award means an Award granted prior to the Effective Date under the Pre-IPO Plans.
(bb) Pre-IPO Plans means the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Share Award Plan and the Circle Internet Financial Limited Share Award Scheme, as amended.
(cc) Restricted Share means any Share subject to certain restrictions and forfeiture conditions, granted pursuant to Section 8.
(dd) RSU means a contractual right granted pursuant to Section 9 that is denominated in Shares. Each RSU represents a right to receive the value of one Share (or a percentage of such value) in cash, Shares or a combination thereof. Awards of RSUs may include the right to receive dividend equivalents.
(ee) SAR means a right granted pursuant to Section 7 to receive upon exercise by the Participant or settlement, in cash, Shares or a combination thereof, the excess of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise or settlement over the exercise or hurdle price of the right on the date of grant.
(ff) Service Agreement means any employment, severance, consulting or similar agreement between the Company or any of its Affiliates and a Participant.
(gg) Share means a share of Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value US$0.0001 per share.
5
(hh) Subsidiary means an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly holds all or a majority of the value of the outstanding equity interests of such entity or a majority of the voting power with respect to the voting securities of such entity. Whether employment by or service with a Subsidiary is included within the scope of the Plan shall be determined by the Committee.
(ii) Substitute Award means an Award granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, an outstanding award previously granted by a company or other business acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines.
(jj) Termination of Service means, in the case of a Participant who is an Employee, cessation of the employment relationship such that the Participant is no longer an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, or, in the case of a Participant who is a Consultant or non-employee Director, the date the performance of services for the Company or any Subsidiary has ended; provided, however, that in the case of a Participant who is an Employee, the transfer of employment from the Company to a Subsidiary, from a Subsidiary to the Company, from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary or, unless the Committee determines otherwise, the cessation of employee status but the continuation of the performance of services for the Company or a Subsidiary as a Director or Consultant shall not be deemed a cessation of service that would constitute a Termination of Service; provided, further, that a Termination of Service shall be deemed to occur for a Participant employed by, or performing services for, a Subsidiary when such Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary unless such Participants employment or service continues with the Company or another Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award subject to Section 409A (and not exempt therefrom), a Termination of Service occurs when a Participant experiences a separation of service (as such term is defined under Section 409A).
Section 3. Eligibility.
(a) Any Employee, non-employee Director or Consultant shall be eligible to be selected to receive an Award under the Plan, to the extent that an offer or receipt of an Award is permitted by applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations.
(b) Holders of equity compensation awards granted by a company that is acquired by the Company (or whose business is acquired by the Company) or with which the Company combines are eligible for grants of Substitute Awards under the Plan to the extent permitted under applicable regulations of any stock exchange on which the Company is listed.
Section 4. Administration.
(a) Administration of the Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. All decisions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all parties, including the Company, its shareholders, Participants, and any Beneficiaries thereof. The Committee may issue rules and regulations for administration of the Plan.
6
(b) Delegation of Authority. To the extent permitted by applicable law, including under Section 157(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Committee may delegate some or all of its authority under the Plan, including the authority to grant Options and SARs or other Awards (except that such delegation shall not apply to any Award for a Person then covered by Section 16 of the Exchange Act), to a subcommittee or subcommittees of the Committee, or to other Persons as it deems necessary, appropriate or advisable under conditions or limitations that the Committee may set at the time of the delegation.
(c) Authority of Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee (or its delegate) shall have full discretion and authority to: designate Participants; determine the type or types of Awards (including Substitute Awards) to be granted to each Participant under the Plan; determine the number of Shares to be covered by (or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated in connection with) Awards; determine the terms and conditions of any Award and prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant; determine whether, to what extent, under what circumstances and by which methods Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement (including broker-assisted cashless exercise), or any combination thereof, or canceled, forfeited or suspended; determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other Awards, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under the Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; amend terms or conditions of any outstanding Awards; correct any defect, supply any omission and reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award, in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to carry the Plan into effect; interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, the Plan; establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents, trustees, brokers, depositories and advisors and determine such terms of their engagement as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan and due compliance with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations; and make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and due compliance with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards or administer the Plan. In any such case, the Board shall have all of the authority and responsibility granted to the Committee herein.
Section 5. Shares Available for Awards.
(a) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5(c) and except for Substitute Awards, the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate 28,265,461 Shares. The total number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be increased on the first day of each Company fiscal year following the Effective Date in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the aggregate number of shares of all classes of the Companys common stock outstanding on the last
7
day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) such number of Shares as determined by the Committee in its discretion. Shares underlying Substitute Awards and Shares remaining available for grant under a plan of an acquired company or of a company with which the Company combines (whether by way of amalgamation, merger, sale and purchase of shares or other securities or otherwise), appropriately adjusted to reflect the acquisition or combination transaction, shall not reduce the number of Shares remaining available for grant hereunder.
(b) If any Award or Pre-IPO Award is forfeited, cancelled, expires, terminates or otherwise lapses or is settled in cash, in whole or in part, without the delivery of Shares, then the Shares covered by such forfeited, expired, terminated or lapsed Award or Pre-IPO Award shall again be available for grant under the Plan. The following shall become available for issuance under the Plan: (i)any Shares withheld in respect of taxes relating to any Award or Pre-IPO Award and (ii)any Shares tendered or withheld to pay the exercise or hurdle price of Options or SARs or Pre-IPO Awards.
(c) In the event that the Committee determines that, as a result of any dividend or other distribution (other than an ordinary dividend or distribution), recapitalization, share split, reverse share split, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, separation, rights offering, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of Shares pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affecting the Shares, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, an adjustment is necessary in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, subject to Section 20 and applicable law, adjust equitably so as to ensure no undue enrichment or harm (including by payment of cash), any or all of:
(i) the number and type of Shares (or other securities) which thereafter may be made the subject of Awards, including the aggregate limits specified in Section 5(a) and Section 5(e);
(ii) the number and type of Shares (or other securities) subject to outstanding Awards;
(iii) the grant, acquisition, exercise or hurdle price with respect to any Award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award; and
(iv) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards, including the performance criteria of any Performance Awards;
provided, however, that the number of Shares subject to any Award denominated in Shares shall always be a whole number.
(d) Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury Shares, or Shares acquired by the Company.
8
(e) A Participant who is a non-employee Director may not receive compensation for any calendar year (including the calendar year in which the non-employee Director is first elected or appointed to the Board) in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate, including cash payments and Awards. For purposes of applying the limitation in this Section 5(e), Awards will be considered compensation in the calendar year in which the date of grant occurs, and the value of such Award shall be its grant date fair value for financial reporting purposes.
(f) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5(c)(i), the maximum number of Shares available for issuance with respect to Incentive Stock Options shall be 28,265,461.
Section 6. Options. The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants with the following terms and conditions, and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:
(a) The exercise price per Share under an Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however, that, except in the case of Substitute Awards, such exercise price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the date of grant of such Option.
(b) The term of each Option shall be fixed by the Committee but shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant of such Option. Subject to Section 13, the Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option becomes vested and exercisable in whole or in part.
(c) The Committee shall determine the methods by which, and the forms in which payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made, including cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement (including broker-assisted cashless exercise) or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price.
(d) No grant of Options may be accompanied by a tandem award of dividend equivalents or provide for dividends, dividend equivalents or other distributions to be paid on such Options (except as provided under Section 5(c)).
(e) The terms of any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall comply in all respects with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or of a parent or subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 424 of the Code).
Section 7. Share Appreciation Rights. The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Participants with the following terms and conditions, and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:
(a) SARs may be granted under the Plan to Participants either alone (freestanding) or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan (tandem) and may, but need not, relate to a specific Option granted under Section 6.
9
(b) The exercise or hurdle price per Share under a SAR shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that, except in the case of Substitute Awards, such exercise or hurdle price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the date of grant of such SAR.
(c) The term of each SAR shall be fixed by the Committee but shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant of such SAR. Subject to Section 13, the Committee shall determine the time or times at which a SAR may be exercised or settled in whole or in part.
(d) Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the number of Shares subject to the SAR multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the exercise date over the exercise or hurdle price of such SAR. The Company shall pay such excess in cash, in Shares valued at Fair Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee.
(e) No grant of SARs may be accompanied by a tandem award of dividend equivalents or provide for dividends, dividend equivalents or other distributions to be paid on such SARs (except as provided under Section 5(c)).
Section 8. Restricted Shares. The Committee is authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Shares to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:
(a) The Award Agreement shall specify the vesting schedule.
(b) Restricted Shares shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate.
(c) Subject to the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a shareholder with respect to Restricted Shares, including the right to vote such Shares of Restricted Shares.
(d) The Committee may, in its discretion, specify in the applicable Award Agreement that any or all dividends or other distributions paid on Restricted Shares prior to vesting be paid either in cash or in additional Shares and either on a current or deferred basis, and that such dividends or other distributions may be reinvested in additional Shares, which may be subject to the same restrictions as the underlying Awards.
(e) Any Award of Restricted Shares may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration.
10
(f) The Committee may provide in an Award Agreement that an Award of Restricted Shares is conditioned upon the Participant making or refraining from making an election with respect to the Restricted Shares under Section 83(b)of the Code. If a Participant makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b)of the Code with respect to an Award of Restricted Shares, such Participant shall be required to file promptly a copy of such election with the Company and the applicable Internal Revenue Service office.
Section 9. RSUs. The Committee is authorized to grant Awards of RSUs to Participants with the following terms and conditions, and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:
(a) The Award Agreement shall specify the vesting schedule and the delivery schedule (which may include deferred delivery later than the vesting date).
(b) Awards of RSUs shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate.
(c) An RSU shall not convey to a Participant the rights and privileges of a shareholder with respect to the Share subject to such RSU, such as the right to vote or the right to receive dividends, unless and until and to the extent a Share is issued to such Participant to settle such RSU.
(d) The Committee may, in its discretion, specify in the applicable Award Agreement that any or all dividend equivalents or other distributions paid on Awards of RSUs prior to vesting or settlement, as applicable, be paid either in cash or in additional Shares and either on a current or deferred basis and that such dividend equivalents or other distributions may be reinvested in additional Shares, which may be subject to the same restrictions as such Awards.
(e) Shares delivered upon the vesting and settlement of an RSU Award may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration.
(f) The Committee may determine the form or forms (including cash, Shares, other Awards, other property or any combination thereof) in which payment of the amount owing upon settlement of any RSU Award may be made.
Section 10. Performance Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant Performance Awards to Participants, with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:
(a) Performance Awards may be denominated as a cash amount, number of Shares or units or a combination thereof and are Awards that may be earned upon achievement or satisfaction of performance conditions specified by the Committee. In addition, the Committee may specify that any other Award shall constitute a Performance Award by
11
conditioning the grant to a Participant or the right of a Participant to exercise the Award or have it settled, and the timing thereof, upon achievement or satisfaction of such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the performance goals to be achieved during any Performance Period, the length of any Performance Period, the amount of any Performance Award granted and the amount of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any Performance Award shall be determined by the Committee.
(b) Performance criteria may be measured on an absolute (e.g., plan or budget) or relative basis, and may be established on a corporate-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Subsidiaries or business segments, or on an individual basis. If the Committee determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, or the manner in which the Company conducts its business, or other events or circumstances render the performance objectives unsuitable, the Committee may modify the performance objectives or the related minimum acceptable level of achievement, in whole or in part, as the Committee deems appropriate and equitable such that it does not provide any undue enrichment or harm. Performance measures may vary from Performance Award to Performance Award and from Participant to Participant, and may be established on a stand-alone basis, in tandem or in the alternative. The Committee shall have the power to impose such other restrictions on Awards subject to this Section 10(b) as it may deem necessary or appropriate to ensure that such Awards satisfy all requirements of any applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations.
(c) Settlement of Performance Awards shall be in cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, or any combination thereof, as determined in the discretion of the Committee.
(d) A Performance Award shall not convey to a Participant the rights and privileges of a shareholder with respect to the Share subject to such Performance Award, such as the right to vote (except as relates to Restricted Shares) or the right to receive dividends, unless and until and to the extent a Share is issued to such Participant to settle such Performance Award. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide that a Performance Award shall convey the right to receive dividend equivalents on the Shares subject to such Performance Award with respect to any dividends declared during the period that such Performance Award is outstanding, in which case, such dividend equivalent rights shall accumulate and shall be paid in cash or Shares on the settlement date of the Performance Award, subject to the Participants earning of the Shares with respect to which such dividend equivalents are paid upon achievement or satisfaction of performance conditions specified by the Committee. Shares delivered upon the vesting and settlement of a Performance Award may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration. For the avoidance of doubt, no dividend equivalent rights shall be provided with respect to any Shares subject to Performance Awards that are not earned or otherwise do not vest or settle pursuant to their terms.
12
(e) The Committee may, in its discretion, increase or reduce the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with a Performance Award.
Section 11. Other Cash-Based Awards and Other Share-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant Other Cash-Based Awards (either independently or as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan) and Other Share-Based Awards. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Shares delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 11 shall be purchased for such consideration, and paid for at such times, by such methods and in such forms, including cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, broker-assisted cashless exercise or any combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine; provided that the purchase price therefor shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date of grant of such right.
Section 12. Effect of Termination of Service or a Change in Control on Awards.
(a) The Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any applicable Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, the circumstances in which, and the extent to which, an Award may be exercised, settled, vested, paid or forfeited in the event of a Participants Termination of Service prior to the end of a Performance Period or vesting, exercise or settlement of such Award.
(b) Subject to the last sentence of Section 2(jj), the Committee may determine, in its discretion, whether, and the extent to which, (i) an Award will vest during a leave of absence, (ii) a reduction in service level (for example, from full-time to part-time employment) will cause a reduction, or other change, to an Award, and (iii) a leave of absence or reduction in service will be deemed a Termination of Service.
(c) In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, take any one or more of the following actions with respect to any outstanding Award, which need not be uniform with respect to all Participants and/or Awards:
(i) continuation or assumption of such Award by the Company (if it is the surviving corporation) or by the successor or surviving entity or its parent;
(ii) substitution or replacement of such Award by the successor or surviving entity or its parent with cash, securities, rights or other property to be paid or issued, as the case may be, by the successor or surviving entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), with substantially the same terms and value as such Award (including any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto);
(iii) acceleration of the vesting of such Award and the lapse of any restrictions thereon and, in the case of an Option or SAR Award, acceleration of the right to exercise such Award during a specified period (and the termination of such Option or SAR Award without payment of any consideration therefor to the extent such Award is not timely exercised), in each case, either (A) upon a Participants
13
involuntary Termination of Service (including upon a termination of the Participants employment by the Company (or a successor corporation or its parent) without Cause, by a Participant for good reason and/or due to a Participants death or disability, as such terms may be defined in the applicable Award Agreement and/or a Participants Service Agreement, as the case may be) on or within a specified period prior to or following the Change in Control or (B) upon the failure of the successor or surviving entity (or its parent) to continue or assume such Award;
(iv) in the case of a Performance Award, determination of the level of attainment of the applicable performance condition(s); and
(v) cancellation of such Award in consideration of a payment, with the form, amount and timing of such payment determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, subject to the following: (A) such payment shall be made in cash, securities, rights and/or other property; (B) the amount of such payment shall equal the value of such Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided that, in the case of an Option or SAR Award, if such value equals the Intrinsic Value of such Award, such value shall be deemed to be valid; provided further that, if the Intrinsic Value of an Option or SAR Award is equal to or less than zero, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for the cancellation of such Award without payment of any consideration therefor (for the avoidance of doubt, in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, terminate any Option or SAR Awards for which the exercise or hurdle price is equal to or exceeds the per Share value of the consideration to be paid in the Change in Control transaction without payment of consideration therefor); and (C) such payment shall be made promptly following such Change in Control or on a specified date or dates following such Change in Control; provided that the timing of such payment shall comply with Section 409A.
Section 13. Minimum Vesting Requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, and subject to Section 12, Awards shall vest over a period of not less than one year following the date of grant (the Minimum Vesting Requirements); provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, (i) accelerate the vesting of Awards or otherwise lapse or waive the Minimum Vesting Requirements upon (A) the Participants death or disability or (B) a Change in Control (subject to the requirements of Section 12) and (ii) grant Awards that are not subject to the Minimum Vesting Requirements with respect to 5% or less of the Shares available for issuance under the Plan (as set forth in Section 5(a), as may be adjusted pursuant to Section 5(c)).
Section 14. General Provisions Applicable to Awards.
(a) Awards shall be granted for such cash or other consideration, if any, as the Committee determines; provided that in no event shall Awards be issued for less than such minimal consideration as may be required by applicable law.
14
(b) Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with any other Award or any award granted under any other plan of the Company. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards, or in addition to or in tandem with awards granted under any other plan of the Company, may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.
(c) Subject to the terms of the Plan, payments or transfers to be made by the Company upon the grant, exercise or settlement of an Award may be made in the form of cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee in its discretion at the time of grant, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee. Such rules and procedures may include provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of dividend equivalents in respect of installment or deferred payments.
(d) Except as may be permitted by the Committee or as specifically provided in an Award Agreement, no Award and no right under any Award shall be assignable, alienable, saleable or transferable by a Participant other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to Section 14(e) and during a Participants lifetime, each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable only by such Participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by such Participants guardian or legal representative. The provisions of this Section 14(d) shall not apply to any Award that has been fully exercised or settled, as the case may be, and shall not preclude forfeiture of an Award in accordance with the terms thereof.
(e) A Participant may designate a Beneficiary or change a previous Beneficiary designation by using forms and following procedures approved or accepted by the Committee for that purpose.
(f) All certificates, if any, for Shares and/or other securities delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise or settlement thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock market or exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then quoted, traded or listed, and any applicable securities laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.
(g) The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Shares under the Plan or remove restrictions from Shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all Award conditions have been met or removed to the Committees satisfaction, (ii) as determined by the Committee, all other legal matters regarding the issuance and delivery of such Shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or
15
agreements as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy any applicable laws. The Companys inability to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which the Committee determines is necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares, will relieve the Company of any liability for failing to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority has not been obtained.
(h) The Committee may impose restrictions on any Award with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement, confidentiality and other restrictive covenants, or requirements to comply with minimum share ownership requirements, as it deems necessary or appropriate in its sole discretion, which such restrictions may be set forth in any applicable Award Agreement or otherwise.
Section 15. Amendments and Terminations.
(a) Amendment or Termination of the Plan. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law and unless otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement or in the Plan, the Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, however, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is required by applicable law or the rules of the stock market or exchange, if any, on which the Shares are principally quoted or traded or subject to Section 5(c) and Section 12, the consent of the affected Participant, if such action would materially adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any outstanding Award, except (x)to the extent any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination is made to cause the Plan to comply with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations or (y)to impose any clawback or recoupment provisions on any Awards (including any amounts or benefits arising from such Awards) in accordance with Section 19. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Committee may amend the Plan, or create sub-plans, in such manner as may be necessary or desirable to enable the Plan to achieve its stated purposes in any jurisdiction in a tax-efficient manner and in compliance with local rules and regulations.
(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Award shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.
(c) Terms of Awards. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Award theretofore granted (including by substituting another Award of the same or a different type), prospectively or retroactively, without the consent of any relevant Participant or holder or Beneficiary of an Award; provided, however, that, subject to Section 5(c) and Section 12, no such action shall materially adversely affect the rights of any affected Participant or holder or Beneficiary under any Award theretofore granted under the Plan, except (x)to the extent any such action is made to cause the Plan or Award to comply with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations, or (y)to impose any clawback or recoupment provisions on any
16
Awards (including any amounts or benefits arising from such Awards) in accordance with Section 19. The Committee shall be authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of events (including the events described in Section 5(c)) affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan.
(d) No Repricing. Except as provided in Section 5(c), the Committee may not, without shareholder approval, seek to effect any re-pricing of any previously granted underwater Option, SAR or similar Award by: (i)amending or modifying the terms of the Option, SAR or similar Award to lower the exercise or hurdle price; (ii)cancelling the underwater Option, SAR or similar Award and granting either (A)replacement Options, SARs or similar Awards having a lower exercise or hurdle price or (B) Restricted Shares, RSUs, Performance Awards or Other Share-Based Awards in exchange; or (iii)cancelling or repurchasing the underwater Options, SARs or similar Awards for cash or other securities. An Option, SAR or similar Award will be deemed to be underwater at any time when the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by such Award is less than the exercise or hurdle price of the Award.
Section 16. Miscellaneous.
(a) No Employee, Consultant, non-employee Director, Participant, or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of employees, Participants or holders or Beneficiaries of Awards under the Plan. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient. Any Award granted under the Plan shall be a one-time Award that does not constitute a promise of future grants. The Company, in its sole discretion, maintains the right to make available future grants under the Plan.
(b) The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or to continue to provide services to, the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or any applicable Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant, free from any liability, or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in any other agreement binding on the parties. The receipt of any Award under the Plan is not intended to confer any rights on the receiving Participant except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
(c) No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any severance, pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate, except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.
17
(d) Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Affiliate from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation arrangements, including the grant of Options and other share-based awards, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.
(e) The Company shall be authorized to withhold from any Award granted or any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, or any combination thereof) of applicable withholding taxes due in respect of an Award, its exercise or settlement or any payment or transfer under such Award or under the Plan and to take such other action (including providing for elective payment of such amounts in cash or Shares by such Participant) as may be necessary to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes and, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its discretion, to the extent such withholding would not result in liability classification of such Award (or any portion thereof) pursuant to FASB ASC Subtopic 718-10.
(f) If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award Agreement, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
(g) Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.
(h) No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash or other securities shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.
(i) Awards may be granted to Participants who are non-United States nationals or employed or providing services outside the United States, or both, on such terms and conditions different from those applicable to Awards to Participants who are employed or providing services in the United States as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to recognize differences in local law, tax policy or custom. The Committee also may impose conditions on the exercise or vesting of Awards in order to minimize the Companys obligation with respect to tax equalization for Participants on assignments outside their home country.
18
Section 17. Effective Date of the Plan. The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date.
Section 18. Term of the Plan. No Award shall be granted under the Plan after the earliest to occur of the ten (10)-year anniversary of the Effective Date; the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan have been issued; or the Board terminates the Plan in accordance with Section 15(a). However, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award theretofore granted may extend beyond such date, and the authority of the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue or terminate any such Award, or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Award, and the authority of the Board to amend the Plan, shall extend beyond such date.
Section 19. Cancellation or Clawback of Awards.
(a) The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that a Participants rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Such events may include a Termination of Service with or without Cause (and, in the case of any Cause that is resulting from an indictment or other non-final determination, the Committee may provide for such Award to be held in escrow or abeyance until a final resolution of the matters related to such event occurs, at which time the Award shall either be reduced, cancelled or forfeited (as provided in such Award Agreement) or remain in effect, depending on the outcome), violation of material policies, breach of non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants, or requirements to comply with minimum share ownership requirements, that may apply to the Participant, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company and/or any of its Affiliates.
(b) The Committee shall have full authority to implement any policies and procedures necessary to comply with any reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment requirement imposed under any applicable laws, rules, regulations or stock exchange listing standard or under any associated Company recoupment policy, including Section 954 of the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any rules promulgated thereunder, and any other regulatory regimes, including Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act and Section 303A.14 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Awards granted under the Plan (including any amounts or benefits arising from such Awards) shall be subject to any clawback or recoupment arrangements or policies the Company has in place from time to time, and the Committee may, to the extent permitted by applicable law and stock exchange rules or by any applicable Company policy or arrangement, and shall, to the extent required, cancel or require reimbursement of any Awards granted to the Participant or any Shares issued or cash received upon vesting, exercise or settlement of any such Awards or sale of Shares underlying such Awards.
19
Section 20. Section 409A and Section 457A. With respect to Awards subject to Section 409A and Section 457A of the Code (Section 457A), the Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and Section 457A, and the provisions of the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A and Section 457A, and the Plan shall be operated accordingly. If any provision of the Plan or any term or condition of any Award would otherwise frustrate or conflict with this intent, the provision, term or condition shall be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid this conflict. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if the Board considers a Participant to be a specified employee under Section 409A at the time of such Participants separation from service (as defined in Section 409A), and any amount hereunder is deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, any distribution of such amount that otherwise would be made to such Participant with respect to an Award as a result of such separation from service shall not be made until the date that is six months after such separation from service, except to the extent that earlier distribution would not result in such Participants incurring interest or additional tax under Section 409A. If an Award includes a series of installment payments (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations), a Participants right to such series of installment payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments and not as a right to a single payment, and if an Award includes dividend equivalents (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(e) of the Treasury Regulations), a Participants right to such dividend equivalents shall be treated separately from the right to other amounts under the Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under the Plan or any Award Agreement is not warranted or guaranteed, and in no event shall the Company be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by a Participant on account of non-compliance with Section 409A and Section 457A.
Section 21. Successors and Assigns. The terms of the Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor entity, including any successor entity contemplated by Section 12(c).
Section 22. Data Protection. In connection with the Plan, the Company may need to process personal data provided by the Participant to the Company or its Affiliates, third party service providers or others acting on the Companys behalf. Examples of such personal data may include, without limitation, the Participants name, account information, social security number, tax number and contact information. The Company may process such personal data in its legitimate business interests for all purposes relating to the operation and performance of the Plan, including but not limited to:
(a) administering and maintaining Participant records;
(b) providing the services described in the Plan;
(c) providing information to future purchasers or merger partners of the Company or any Affiliate, or the business in which such Participant works; and
20
(d) responding to public authorities, court orders, and legal investigations, as applicable.
The Company may share the Participants personal data with Affiliates, trustees of any employee benefit trust, registrars, brokers, third-party administrators of the Plan, third-party service providers acting on the Companys behalf to provide the services described above or regulators, and others, as required by law.
If necessary, the Company may transfer the Participants personal data to any of the parties mentioned above in a country or territory that may not provide the same protection for the information as the Participants home country. Any transfer of the Participants personal data to recipients in a third country will be made subject to appropriate safeguards or applicable derogations provided for under applicable law. Further information on those safeguards or derogations can be obtained through the contact set forth in the Global Workforce Privacy Notice (the Employee Privacy Notice). The terms set forth in this Section 22 are supplementary to the terms set forth in the Employee Privacy Notice (which, among other things, further describes the rights of the Participant with respect to the Participants personal data); provided that, in the event of any conflict between the terms of this Section 22 and the terms of the Employee Privacy Notice, the terms of this Section 22 shall govern and control in relation to the Plan and any personal data of the Participant to the extent collected in connection therewith.
The Company will keep personal data collected in connection with the Plan for as long as necessary to operate the Plan or as necessary to comply with any legal or regulatory requirements.
Section 23. Governing Law. The Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the conflicts of law principles thereof.
21
Exhibit 10.12
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC.
2025 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
Section 1. Purpose. This Circle Internet Group, Inc. 2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the Plan) is intended to provide employees of Circle Internet Group, Inc. (the Company) and the Participating Companies with an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of Shares. The Plan has two components: (a) one component (the 423 Component) is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423(b) of the Code, and the Plan will be interpreted in a manner that is consistent with that intent, and (b) the other component (the Non-423 Component), which is not intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code, authorizes the grant of Options pursuant to rules, procedures, or sub-plans adopted by the Committee that are designed to achieve tax, securities laws, or other objectives for Eligible Employees. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.
Section 2. Definitions.
(a) Affiliate means any entity that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.
(b) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(c) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations, and guidance thereunder. Any reference to a provision in the Code includes any successor provision thereto.
(d) Committee means the compensation committee of the Board unless another committee is designated by the Board. If there is no compensation committee of the Board and the Board does not designate another committee, references herein to the Committee will refer to the Board.
(e) Compensation means all base salary and wages paid to an Eligible Employee by the Company or a Participating Company as compensation for services to the Company or Participating Company, before deduction for any salary deferral contributions made by the Eligible Employee to any tax-qualified or nonqualified deferred compensation plan, including cash incentive compensation, commissions, and special cash awards or bonuses (such as recognition awards or referral bonuses).
(f) Corporate Transaction means a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation, reorganization, or other corporate event described in Section 424 of the Code.
1
(g) Designated Broker means the financial services firm or other agent designated by the Company to maintain ESPP Share Accounts on behalf of Participants who have purchased Shares under the Plan.
(h) Effective Date means the date on which the registration statement covering the initial public offering of the Shares is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(i) Eligible Employee means an Employee who is customarily employed for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year; provided, however, that the Committee retains the discretion to determine which Eligible Employees may participate in an Offering pursuant to and consistent with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.423-2(e) and (f). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may exclude from participation in the Plan, or from any Offering, Employees who are highly compensated employees of the Company or a Participating Company (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code).
(j) Employee means any person who renders services to the Company or a Participating Company as an employee pursuant to an employment relationship with such employer. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company or a Participating Company that meets the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2). Where the period of leave exceeds three months, and the individuals right to re-employment is not guaranteed by statute or contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated for the purposes of the Plan on the first day immediately following such three-month period.
(k) Enrollment Form means an agreement pursuant to which an Eligible Employee may elect to enroll in the Plan, to authorize a new level of payroll deductions, or to stop payroll deductions and withdraw from an Offering.
(l) ESPP Share Account means an account into which Shares purchased with accumulated payroll deductions on a Purchase Date are held on behalf of a Participant.
(m) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations, and guidance thereunder. Any reference to a provision in the Exchange Act includes any successor provision thereto.
(n) Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the closing price of a Share on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of determination (or, if there is no reported sale on such date, on the last preceding date on which any reported sale occurred), on the principal stock market or exchange on which Shares are quoted or traded, or if Shares are not so quoted or traded, the fair market value of a Share as determined by the Committee, which determination will be conclusive and binding on all persons.
(o) Grant Date means, with respect to each Offering Period, the first Trading Day of such Offering Period.
2
(p) Offering means the grant of Options to purchase Shares under the 423 Component or the Non-423 Component of the Plan to Eligible Employees under terms approved by the Committee.
(q) Offering Period means the duration of an Offering as established by the Committee; provided that the duration of an Offering Period may not exceed twenty-seven (27) months; provided further that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, each Offering Period will have a duration of six months commencing on March 5 or September 5 and ending on September 4 or March 4. Prior to the commencement of a particular Offering Period, the Committee shall have the authority to change the duration, frequency, start, and end dates of Offering Periods (subject to a maximum Offering Period of twenty-seven (27) months).
(r) Option means an option to purchase Shares granted under the Plan.
(s) Participant means an Eligible Employee who is actively participating in the Plan.
(t) Participating Companies means the Subsidiaries and Affiliates that have been designated as eligible to participate in the Plan, and such other Subsidiaries and Affiliates that may be designated by the Committee from time to time in its sole discretion. For purposes of the 423 Component, only the Company and its Subsidiaries may be Participating Companies; provided, however, that at any given time, a Subsidiary that is a Participating Company under the 423 Component will not be a Participating Company under the Non-423 Component. The Committee may so designate any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or revoke any such designation, at any time and from time to time, either before or after the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, a Participating Company shall not include any entity which directly employs persons who render services to the Company, but which is not a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.
(u) Plan means this Circle Internet Group, Inc. 2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as set forth herein, and as amended from time to time.
(v) Purchase Date means one or more dates during an Offering Period, as established by the Committee, on which Options will be exercised and purchases of Shares will be carried out in accordance with the Offering; provided that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, each Offering Period will have one Purchase Date on the last Trading Day of such Offering Period.
(w) Purchase Price means an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 85% (or such greater percentage as designated by the Committee) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date or (ii) 85% (or such greater percentage as designated by the Committee) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Purchase Date; provided that the Purchase Price per Share will in no event be less than the par value of the Shares.
3
(x) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations, and guidance thereunder. Any reference to a provision in the Securities Act includes any successor provision thereto.
(y) Share means a share of the Companys Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value.
(z) Subsidiary means any corporation, domestic or foreign, of which not less than 50% of the combined voting power is held by the Company or a Subsidiary, whether or not such corporation exists now or is hereafter organized or acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary. In all cases, the determination of whether an entity is a Subsidiary will be made in accordance with Section 424(f) of the Code.
(aa) Trading Day means any day on which the national stock exchange upon which the Shares are listed is open for trading or, if the Shares are not listed on an established stock exchange or national market system, a business day, as determined by the Committee in good faith.
(bb) Treasury Regulation means the Treasury regulations of the Code. Any reference to a provision in a Treasury regulation includes any successor provision thereto.
Section 3. Administration.
(a) Administration of Plan. The Plan will be administered by the Committee, which will have the authority to construe and interpret the Plan, prescribe, amend, and rescind rules relating to the Plans administration, and take any other actions necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan, including without limitation adopting sub-plans or special rules applicable to Participants in particular Participating Companies or locations, which sub-plans or special rules may be designed to be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code and under the Non-423 Component. The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency or ambiguity in the Plan. The decisions of the Committee will be final and binding on all persons. All expenses of administering the Plan will be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee will have the authority to change the minimum and maximum amounts of Compensation for payroll deductions pursuant to Section 5(a), the frequency with which a Participant may elect to change his or her rate of payroll deductions pursuant to Section 5(b), the dates by which a Participant is required to submit an Enrollment Form pursuant to Sections 5(b) and 9(a), and the effective date of a Participants withdrawal due to termination or transfer of employment or change in status pursuant to Section 10, and the withholding procedures pursuant to Section 18(l).
(b) Delegation of Authority. To the extent permitted by applicable law, including under Section 157(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Committee may delegate some or all of its authority under the Plan to (i) one or more officers of the Company and (ii) one or more committees of the Board.
4
Section 4. Eligibility. In order to participate in an Offering, an Eligible Employee must deliver a completed Enrollment Form, which may be electronic, to the Company (through their recordkeeper) at least ten (10) business days prior to the Offering Date (unless a different time is set by the Company for all Eligible Employees with respect to such Offering) and must elect their payroll deduction rate as described in Section 5. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Eligible Employee will be granted an Option under the 423 Component of the Plan if (i) immediately after the grant of such Option, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company or hold outstanding options to purchase stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary or (ii) such Option would permit his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (described in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company, its Subsidiaries, and Affiliates to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such Option is granted) for each calendar year in which such Option is outstanding at any time.
Section 5. Participation.
(a) Enrollment; Payroll Deductions. An Eligible Employee may elect to participate in the Plan by properly completing an Enrollment Form, which may be electronic, and submitting it to the Company in accordance with the enrollment procedures established by the Committee. Participation in the Plan is entirely voluntary. By submitting an Enrollment Form, the Eligible Employee authorizes payroll deductions from his or her paycheck in an amount equal to at least 1% and at most 15% of his or her Compensation on each payday occurring during an Offering Period. Payroll deductions will begin as soon as practicable following the Grant Date and end on the latest practicable payroll date on or before the last Purchase Date in the Offering. The Company will maintain records of all payroll deductions but will have no obligation to pay interest on payroll deductions or to hold such amounts in a trust or in any segregated account, except as may be required by applicable law. Unless expressly permitted by the Committee, a Participant may not make any separate contributions or payments to the Plan. If payroll deductions for purposes of the Plan are prohibited or otherwise problematic under applicable law (as determined by the Committee in its discretion), the Committee may permit Participants to contribute to the Plan by such other means as determined by the Committee. Any reference to payroll deductions in this Section 5(a) (or in any other section of the Plan) will similarly cover contributions by other means made pursuant to this Section 5(a).
(b) Election Changes. During an Offering Period, a Participant may decrease (but not increase) his or her rate of payroll deductions applicable to such Offering Period only once. To make such a change, the Participant must submit a new Enrollment Form authorizing the new rate of payroll deductions, which change will become effective in the next administratively practicable payroll, not to exceed thirty(30) business days after the date on which the Participant submits such new Enrollment Form. A Participant may decrease or increase his or her rate of payroll deductions for future Offering Periods by submitting a new Enrollment Form authorizing the new rate of payroll deductions at least ten (10) business days before the start of the next Offering Period.
5
(c) Automatic Re-enrollment. The deduction rate selected in the Enrollment Form will remain in effect for subsequent Offering Periods unless the Participant (i) submits a new Enrollment Form authorizing a new level of payroll deductions in accordance with Section 5(b), (ii) withdraws from the Plan in accordance with Section 9, or (iii) terminates employment or otherwise becomes ineligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 10.
Section 6. Grant of Option. On the Grant Date of an Offering Period, each Participant in the Offering will be granted an Option to purchase, on each Purchase Date during such Offering Period, a number of Shares determined by dividing the Participants accumulated payroll deductions by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased by a Participant during an Offering Period shall not exceed 2,500 Shares (subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 17 and the limitations set forth in Section 4, and Section 12) (the Offering Period Limit). In connection with each Offering, the Committee may also specify (a) a maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be purchased by all Participants in such Offering, and (b) if such Offering contains more than one Purchase Date, a maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date in such Offering.
Section 7. Exercise of Option. A Participants Option will be exercised automatically on each Purchase Date in each Offering Period. The Participants accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase the maximum number of Shares that can be purchased with the amounts in the Participants notional account, including fractional Shares, subject to the Offering Period Limit and the limitations set forth in Section 4, and Section 12. During a Participants lifetime, the Participants option to purchase Shares under the Plan is exercisable only by the Participant.
Section 8. Transfer of Shares. As soon as reasonably practicable after each Purchase Date, the Company will arrange for the delivery to each Participant of the Shares purchased on exercise of his or her Option. The Committee may permit or require that the Shares be deposited directly into an ESPP Share Account established in the name of the Participant with a Designated Broker and may require that the Shares be retained with such Designated Broker for a specified period of time. Participants will not have any voting, dividend, or other rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares subject to any Option until the Shares have been delivered pursuant to this Section 8.
Section 9. Withdrawal.
(a) Withdrawal Procedure. A Participant may withdraw from an Offering at least fifteen (15) days before a Purchase Date by submitting to the Company a revised Enrollment Form indicating his or her election to withdraw. The accumulated payroll deductions held on behalf of the Participant in his or her notional account (that have not been used to purchase Shares) will be paid to the Participant as soon as administratively feasible following such withdrawal, and the Participants Option will be automatically terminated. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, no payroll deductions will be made during any succeeding Offering Period, unless the Participant re-enrolls in accordance with Section 5(a).
6
(b) Effect on Succeeding Offering Periods. A Participants election to withdraw from an Offering Period will not have any effect on his or her eligibility to participate in succeeding Offering Periods that commence following the completion of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.
Section 10. Termination of Employment; Change in Employment Status; Transfer of Employment.
(a) Notwithstanding Section 9, on termination of a Participants employment for any reason, including death, disability, or retirement, or a change in the Participants employment status following which the Participant is no longer an Eligible Employee, the Participant will be deemed to have withdrawn from the Plan effective as of the date of such termination of employment or change in status, the accumulated payroll deductions remaining in the Participants notional account as of such effective date will be returned to the Participant (or in the case of the Participants death, to the person(s) entitled to such amounts under Section 16) as soon as administratively practicable, and the Participants Option will be automatically terminated.
(b) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant whose employment transfers or whose employment terminates with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by or between the Company or a Participating Company will not be treated as having terminated employment for purposes of participating in the Plan or an Offering; provided, however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to an Offering under the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the Participants Option will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent that such exercise complies with Section 423 of the Code. If a Participant transfers from an Offering under the Non-423 Component to an Offering under the 423 Component, the exercise of the Participants Option will remain non-qualified under the Non-423 Component.
Section 11. Interest. No interest will accrue on or be payable with respect to the payroll deductions of a Participant under the Plan, except as may be required by applicable law.
Section 12. Shares Reserved for Plan.
(a) Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 17, the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will not exceed in the aggregate 5,653,090 Shares (the Initial Share Pool). The Shares may be newly issued Shares, treasury Shares, or Shares acquired on the open market. The total number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Company fiscal year following the Effective Date in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the aggregate number of shares of all classes of the Companys common stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; and (ii) such number of Shares as determined by the Board in its discretion; provided that the maximum number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan in any event shall be 56,530,900 Shares (subject to any adjustment in accordance with Section 17). If any Option terminates for any reason without having been exercised, the Shares not purchased under such Option will again become available for issuance under the Plan.
7
(b) Oversubscribed Offerings. In the event the Committee determines that, on a particular Purchase Date, the number of Shares with respect to which Options are to be exercised exceeds the number of Shares then available under the Plan or, if applicable, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be purchased by all Participants in such Offering or on such Purchase Date, the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the Shares remaining available for purchase in as uniform a manner as practicable and as the Committee determines to be equitable.
Section 13. Transferability. No payroll deductions credited to a Participant, and no rights with respect to the exercise of an Option or to receive Shares hereunder, may be assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Participant (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as provided in Section 16). Any attempt to assign, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of such rights or amounts will be without effect.
Section 14. Application of Funds. To the extent permitted by applicable law, all payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be required to segregate such payroll deductions or contributions.
Section 15. Statements. Each Participant will be provided with statements at least annually, which will set forth the contributions made by the Participant to the Plan, the Purchase Price of any Shares purchased with accumulated funds, the number of Shares purchased, and any payroll deduction amounts remaining in the Participants notional account.
Section 16. Designation of Beneficiary. If permitted by the Committee, a Participant may file, on forms supplied by the Committee, a written designation of beneficiary who, in the event of the Participants death, is to receive any Shares from the Participants ESPP Share Account or any cash credited to the Participants notional account.
Section 17. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization; Dissolution or Liquidation; Corporate Transactions.
(a) Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the Companys structure affecting the Shares occurs, then in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, the Committee will, in such manner as it deems equitable, adjust the number of Shares and class of Shares that may be issued under the Plan, the Purchase Price per Share and the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option, and the numerical limits under Section 6 and Section 12.
8
(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will be shortened by setting a new Purchase Date on which the Offering Period will end. The new Purchase Date will be before the date of the Companys proposed dissolution or liquidation. Before the new Purchase Date, the Committee will provide each Participant with written notice, which may be electronic, of the new Purchase Date and that the Participants Option will be exercised automatically on such date, unless before such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering in accordance with Section 9.
(c) Corporate Transaction. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, each outstanding Option will be assumed or an equivalent Option substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or Subsidiary of such successor corporation. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute such Option, the Offering Period with respect to which such Option relates will be shortened by setting a new Purchase Date on which the Offering Period will end. The new Purchase Date will occur before the date of the Corporate Transaction. Prior to the new Purchase Date, the Committee will provide each Participant with written notice, which may be electronic, of the new Purchase Date and that the Participants Option will be exercised automatically on such date, unless before such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering in accordance with Section 9. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Committee may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods in accordance with Section 18(i).
Section 18. General Provisions.
(a) Equal Rights and Privileges under 423 Component. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, and in accordance with Section 423 of the Code, all Eligible Employees who are granted Options under the 423 Component of the Plan will have the same rights and privileges.
(b) No Right to Continued Service. Neither the Plan nor any compensation paid hereunder will confer on any Participant the right to continue as an Employee or in any other capacity.
(c) Rights as Shareholder. A Participant will become a shareholder with respect to the Shares that are purchased pursuant to Options granted under the Plan when the Shares are transferred to the Participants ESPP Share Account as provided in Section 8. A Participant will have no rights as a shareholder with respect to Shares for which an election to participate in an Offering Period has been made until the Participant becomes a shareholder as provided herein.
(d) Successors and Assigns. The Plan will be binding on the Company and its successors and assigns.
(e) Entire Plan. This Plan constitutes the entire plan with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior plans with respect to the subject matter hereof.
9
(f) Compliance with Law. The obligations of the Company with respect to payments under the Plan are subject to compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Shares will not be issued with respect to an Option granted under the Plan unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of the Shares pursuant thereto will comply with all applicable provisions of law, including without limitation the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed.
(g) Notice of Disqualifying Dispositions Under 423 Component. Each Participant will give the Company prompt written notice of any disposition or other transfer of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option acquired under the 423 Component of the Plan, if such disposition or transfer is made within two (2) years after the Grant Date or within one (1) year after the Purchase Date.
(h) Term of Plan. The Plan will become effective on the Effective Date and, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 18(i), will have a term of ten (10) years.
(i) Amendment or Termination. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Committee may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or once Shares have been purchased on the next Purchase Date (which may, in the discretion of the Committee, be accelerated) or permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment in accordance with Section 17). If any Offering Period is terminated before its scheduled expiration, all amounts that have not been used to purchase Shares will be returned to Participants as soon as administratively practicable.
(j) Applicable Law. The laws of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity, and interpretation of the Plan, without regard to such states conflict of law rules.
(k) Shareholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.
(l) Withholding. To the extent required by applicable Federal, state, local, or foreign law, a Participant must make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the payment of any withholding or similar tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan. At any time, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from a Participants compensation the amount necessary for the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate any tax deductions or benefits attributable to the sale or early disposition of Shares by such Participant. In addition, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the proceeds of the sale of Shares or any other method of withholding that the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate deems appropriate to the extent permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f). The Company will not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.
10
(m) Severability. If any provision of the Plan for any reason is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision hereof, and the Plan will be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.
(n) Headings. The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience and will not affect the meaning of any of the provisions of the Plan.
11
Exhibit 10.13
Effective January 1, 2025
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC.
EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN
1. Purpose. Circle Internet Group, Inc. (the Company, and together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, the Company Group) considers it essential to the best interests of its shareholders to foster the continuous employment of key management personnel. The Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) recognizes, however, that the possibility of a termination of employment in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2 hereof), either before or after the Change in Control, exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions that it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders. Therefore, the Board has determined that the Circle Internet Group, Inc. Executive Severance Plan (the Plan) should be adopted to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of the Companys Eligible Executives (as defined in Section 2 hereof) to their assigned duties without distraction. The Plan is intended to be a top hat welfare benefit plan under ERISA. The Plan is an unfunded plan that is maintained primarily to provide severance compensation and benefits to a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, and therefore the Plan is exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3, and 4 of Title I of ERISA. No employee contributions are required or permitted.
2. Definitions. The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
(a) Accounting Firm shall mean a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company.
(b) Administrator means the Compensation Committee of the Board, unless and to the extent another duly authorized committee is designated by the Board. If there is no Compensation Committee of the Board and the Board does not designate another committee, references herein to the Administrator shall refer to the Board.
(c) Base Salary shall mean the higher of each Eligible Executives (i) annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination and (ii) annual base salary in effect for the year immediately prior to the year in which the Date of Termination occurs.
(d) Cause shall mean, and shall be limited to, the occurrence of the Eligible Executives:
(i) dishonest statements or acts with respect to any member of the Company Group, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers, vendors, or other third parties with which the Company or any of its affiliates does business;
(ii) commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty, or fraud;
1
(iii) willful failure to perform his or her assigned duties and responsibilities which failure continues after written notice given to the Eligible Executive by the Company;
(iv) gross negligence, willful misconduct, or insubordination with respect to any member of the Company Group; or
(v) material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the Eligible Executive and the Company relating to non-competition (as applicable), non-solicitation, non-disclosure, and/or assignment of inventions.
(e) Change in Control shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:
1. (i) any Person, other than (A) any employee plan established by the Company or any Subsidiary, (B) the Company or any of its Affiliates, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (D) an entity owned, directly or indirectly, by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company, is (or becomes, during any 12-month period) the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates other than in connection with the acquisition by the Company or its Affiliates of a business) representing 50% or more of the total voting power of the shares of the Company; provided that the provisions of this subsection (i) are not intended to apply to or include as a Change in Control any transaction that is specifically excepted from the definition of Change in Control under subsection (iii) below;
2. (ii) a change in the composition of the Board such that, during any 12-month period, the individuals who, as of the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the Existing Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least 50% of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a member of the Board subsequent to the beginning of such period whose election, or nomination for election by the Companys shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Directors immediately prior to the date of such appointment or election shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Existing Board; provided further, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 or Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act or successor statutes or rules containing analogous concepts) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of an individual, corporation, partnership, group, associate, or other entity or Person other than the Board, shall in any event be considered to be a member of the Existing Board;
3. (iii) the consummation of a merger, amalgamation, or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or other entity, or the issuance of voting securities in connection with such a transaction pursuant to applicable stock exchange requirements; provided that immediately following such transaction the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto do not continue to
2
represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity of such transaction or parent entity thereof) 50% or more of the total voting power and total fair market value of the Companys shares (or, if the Company is not the surviving entity of such merger or consolidation, 50% or more of the total voting power and total fair market value of the shares of such surviving entity or parent entity thereof); and provided, further, that such a transaction effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates other than in connection with the acquisition by the Company or its Affiliates of a business) representing 50% or more of either the then-outstanding Shares or the combined voting power and total fair market value of the Companys then-outstanding voting securities shall not be considered a Change in Control; or
4. (iv) the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Companys assets in which any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.
2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if there is consummated any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the Shares immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions and (B) no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred upon the acquisition of additional control of the Company by any Person that is considered to effectively control the Company. In no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if any Participant is part of a group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act that effects a Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of any Award Agreement to the contrary, for any Award that provides for accelerated distribution on a Change in Control of amounts that constitute deferred compensation (to the extent necessary to avoid imposition of taxes or penalties, pursuant to Section 409A of the Code (Section 409A)), if the event that constitutes such Change in Control does not also constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Companys assets (in either case, as defined in Section 409A), such amount shall not be distributed on such Change in Control but instead shall vest as of such Change in Control and shall be distributed on the scheduled payment date specified in the applicable Award Agreement, except to the extent that earlier distribution would not result in the Participant who holds such Award incurring interest or additional tax under Section 409A.
(f) Change in Control Period shall mean the period beginning on the date three (3) months preceding a Change in Control and ending on the one-year anniversary of the Change in Control.
3
(g) COBRA shall mean the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985.
(h) Code shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(i) Date of Termination shall mean the date that an Eligible Executives employment with the Company Group ends, which date shall be specified in the Notice of Termination.
(j) Disability shall mean the following: if through any illness, injury, accident, or condition of either a physical or psychological nature, the Eligible Executive becomes unable to perform substantially all of his or her duties and responsibilities for a continuous period of sixteen (16) consecutive weeks or for any twenty-six (26) weeks within a fifty-two (52) week period. Determinations as to whether an Eligible Executive is Disabled shall be made by a physician selected by the Board or its insurers and acceptable to the Eligible Executive or the Eligible Executives legal representative, such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent an Eligible Executives disability is a trigger for the payment of deferred compensation (as defined in Section 409A), Disability shall mean that the Eligible Executive is disabled as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code.
(k) Eligible Executives shall mean the Tier 1 Executive and those other employees designated by the Administrator in its sole discretion as the Tier 2 Executives, Tier 3 Executives, and Tier 4 Executives, and, in each case, who meet the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4 of the Plan.
(l) ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.
(m) Good Reason shall mean that the Eligible Executives (solely limited to Tier 1 Executive and Tier 2 Executives or others as determined by the Administrator) has complied with the Good Reason Process following the occurrence of any of the following events, unless such event is agreed to in writing by the Eligible Executive:
(i) a material reduction in the Eligible Executives salary, other than as a result of a reduction in compensation affecting all similarly leveled employees of the Company, or its successor entity, generally;
(ii) a material diminution of the Eligible Executives duties or responsibilities or, in the event of a Change in Control, a substantial diminution in the Eligible Executives title;
(iii) a material change in the geographic location at which the Eligible Executive must provide services to the Company; or
(iv) (A) for the Tier 1 Executive, a change of reporting line such that he or she is no longer reporting directly to the Board and (B) for any Tier 2 Executive, a change of reporting line such that he or she is no longer reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer; or
4
(v) reassignment of the Eligible Executive into another Tier under this Plan within ninety (90) days of entry into a letter of intent by the Company leading to a Change in Control without the prior written consent of the Eligible Executive; or
(vi) the failure of a successor to the Company to assume the Plan pursuant to Section 24.
1. For purposes of Sections 2(m)(ii) and (iv), a change in the reporting relationship, or a change in a title will not, by itself, be sufficient to constitute a material diminution of responsibilities or duty or a substantial diminution in title.
(n) Good Reason Process shall mean:
(i) the Eligible Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason condition has occurred;
(ii) the Eligible Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within sixty (60) days of the first occurrence of such condition;
(iii) the Eligible Executive cooperates in good faith with the Companys efforts, for a period of not less than thirty (30) days following such notice (the Cure Period), to remedy the condition;
(iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist following the Cure Period; and
(v) the Eligible Executive terminates his or her employment and provides the Company with a Notice of Termination with respect to such termination, each within sixty (60) days after the end of the Cure Period.
If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.
(o) Notice of Termination shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Plan relied upon for the termination of an Eligible Executives employment and the Date of Termination.
(p) Participation Agreement shall mean an agreement between an Eligible Executive and the Company that acknowledges the Eligible Executives participation in the Plan.
(q) Person has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a group as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.
5
(r) Qualified Termination Event shall mean (i) a termination of the Eligible Executives employment by the Company other than for Cause, death, or Disability or (ii) for Tier 1 Executive and Tier 2 Executives, the Eligible Executives resignation from any member of the Company Group for Good Reason.
(s) Release Effective Date means the date on which the revocation period set forth in a Separation Agreement and Release (if any) expires without the releasor therein having revoked the Separation Agreement and Release, and the Separation Agreement and Release becomes non-revocable.
(t) Restrictive Covenants Agreement shall mean the Employee Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement or similar agreement entered into between the Eligible Executive and any member of the Company Group.
(u) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
(v) Separation Agreement and Release means a separation agreement in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company containing, among other provisions, a general release of claims in favor of the Company Group, confidentiality, return of property, non-disparagement, and reaffirmation of the Restrictive Covenants Agreement.
(w) Tier 1 Executive shall mean the Companys Chief Executive Officer.
(x) Tier 2 Executives shall mean the Companys executive officers as defined by the Board and revisited from time to time.
(y) Tier 3 Executives shall mean the remaining members of the Companys Executive Leadership Team (ELT) as well as any employees designated as a Senior Vice President (SVP), each as determined by the Chief Executive Officer and revisited from time to time.
(z) Tier 4 Executives shall mean any employees designated as a Vice President (VP) as determined by the Chief Executive Officer and revisited from time to time.
3. Administration of the Plan.
(a) Administrator. The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.
(b) Powers of Administrator. The Administrator shall have all powers necessary to enable it properly to carry out its duties with respect to the complete control of the administration of the Plan. Not in limitation, but in amplification of the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the power and authority in its discretion to:
(i) construe the Plan to determine all questions that shall arise as to interpretations of the Plans provisions;
(ii) determine which individuals are and are not Eligible Executives, designate an individual as a Tier 2 Executive, Tier 3 Executive, or Tier 4 Executive, determine the benefits to which any Eligible Executives may be entitled, the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan, and all other matters pertaining to the Plan;
6
(iii) adopt amendments to the Plan which are deemed necessary or desirable to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including but not limited to Section 409A and the regulations and guidance thereunder;
(iv) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan, including the authority and ability to delegate administrative functions to a third party;
(v) decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and
(vi) otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.
(c) All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Eligible Executives.
4. Eligibility.
(a) Each Eligible Executive who has executed and submitted to the Company a Participation Agreement, and satisfied such other requirements as may be determined by the Administrator, is eligible to participate in the Plan. Subject to Section 20, the Administrator may determine at any time that an Eligible Executive should no longer be designated as such as a result of a material change in such Eligible Executives role, and such individual shall cease to be eligible to participate in, and receive benefits under, the Plan upon the Administrator taking action by resolution to update the applicable Exhibit hereto.
(b) An Eligible Executive will be eligible for the severance payments and benefits provided under this Plan if the Eligible Executive experiences a Qualified Termination Event. For clarity, an Eligible Executive will not experience a Qualified Termination Event if the Eligible Executives employment terminates for any reason not expressly specified as a Qualified Termination Event, including (i) by the Company for Cause, (ii) due to the Eligible Executives Disability, (iii) due to the Eligible Executives death, (iv) due to the Eligible Executives voluntary retirement, (v) due to the Eligible Executives voluntary resignation without Good Reason (if applicable), (vi) upon or in connection with the Eligible Executives acceptance of employment with any division, subsidiary, affiliate or managed entity of any member of the Company Group, or (vii) due to the sale of the Company (or any other member of the Company Group) or any business unit, facility, division, or subsidiary thereof, to the extent the Eligible Executive is offered substantially equivalent employment by the purchaser or successor thereto.
(c) If an Eligible Executive indicates an intention to resign and the Company decides to accept the resignation at an earlier date, the Eligible Executive will not, for that reason, be entitled to severance under this Plan.
7
5. Termination Benefits Generally. In the event an Eligible Executives employment with any member of the Company Group is terminated for any reason, the Company shall pay or provide to the Eligible Executive any earned but unpaid salary, unpaid expense reimbursements in accordance with Company policy, if any, accrued but unused vacation or leave entitlement, and any vested benefits the Eligible Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company Group in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plan (collectively, the Accrued Benefits), within the time required by law but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination.
6. Termination Not in Connection with a Change in Control. In the event of a Qualified Termination Event at any time other than during the Change in Control Period, with respect to each Eligible Executive, in addition to the Accrued Benefits, subject to (a) his or her execution of a Separation Agreement and Release and such Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within the time period set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination, and (b) the Eligible Executives continued compliance with the Separation Agreement and Release and the Restrictive Covenants Agreement, the Company shall provide the payments and benefits set forth in such Eligible Executives Participation Agreement.
7. Termination in Connection with a Change in Control. In the event a Qualified Termination Event occurs within the Change in Control Period, then with respect to such Eligible Executive, in addition to the Accrued Benefits, subject to (a) his or her execution of the Separation Agreement and Release and such Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within the time period set forth in the Separation Agreement and Release but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination, and (b) the Eligible Executives continued compliance with the Separation Agreement and Release and the Restrictive Covenants Agreement, the Company shall provide the payments and benefits set forth in such Eligible Executives Participation Agreement.
8. Preservation of Benefits. For purposes of clarity, in the event of an Eligible Executives Qualified Termination Event that occurs prior to a Change in Control, any then-outstanding and unvested portion of the Eligible Executives equity awards will remain outstanding (and unvested) until the earlier of (a) three (3) months following the Date of Termination and (b) a Change in Control that occurs within three (3) months following the Date of Termination, solely so that any benefits that would be due on a Qualified Termination Event occurring during the Change in Control Period can be provided (provided that in no event will the Eligible Executives stock options or stock appreciation rights, as applicable, remain outstanding beyond the maximum term to expiration). If no Change in Control occurs within three (3) months following the Eligible Executives Date of Termination, the Eligible Executives outstanding and unvested equity awards will be treated in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and award agreement pursuant to which they were granted.
9. Additional Limitation.
(a) Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment, or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Eligible Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the Aggregate Payments), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not
8
below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which the Eligible Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the Reduction Amount); provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in the Eligible Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than the Eligible Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction. In the event of a reduction, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code: (i) cash payments not subject to Section 409A; (ii) cash payments subject to Section 409A; (iii) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (iv) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c). In the event that, immediately before the consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code, no stock of the Company is readily tradeable on an established securities market or otherwise (within the meaning of paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of Q/A-6 of Treasury Regulations Section 1.280G-1), the Company shall use reasonable efforts to satisfy the shareholder approval requirements set forth in Q/A-7 of Treasury Regulations Section 1.280G-1 with respect to any such Reduction Amount referenced in this Section 9(a) and if such requirements are satisfied then such Reduction Amount shall become payable hereunder as if such reduction had not applied thereto.
(b) For purposes of this Section 9, the After Tax Amount means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise, and employment taxes imposed on the Eligible Executive as a result of the Eligible Executives receipt of the Aggregate Payments. For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, the Eligible Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes (if any) which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.
(c) The determination as to whether a reduction in the Aggregate Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 9(a) shall be made by the Accounting Firm, which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Eligible Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Eligible Executive. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Eligible Executive.
10. Restrictive Covenants Agreement. As a condition to participating in, and receiving benefits under, the Plan, each Eligible Executive shall continue to comply with the terms and conditions contained in the Restrictive Covenants Agreements and any such other agreement(s) as designated in the applicable Participation Agreement. If an Eligible Executive has not entered into a Restrictive Covenants Agreement, he or she shall enter into such agreement prior to participating in the Plan. In the event of an Eligible Executives breach of the terms of the Restrictive Covenants Agreement, the Eligible Executive shall not be entitled to any further payments or benefits under this Plan, and the Eligible Executive may (in the discretion of the Administrator) be obligated to repay any amounts previously paid under the Plan.
9
11. Withholding.
(a) Any references in this Plan and / or the supporting documents to tax or taxes includes any and all taxes, charges, levies and contributions whether Federal, state, local or otherwise, of the United States of America or any applicable foreign jurisdiction.
(b) All payments made by the Company under this Plan shall be subject to the deduction of all required withholding taxes and other amounts required to be withheld by the Company (or its relevant subsidiary) under applicable law; and, to the extent paid as lump-sum cash payments, will be paid through the normal payroll procedure of the Company (or its relevant subsidiary).
12. Section 409A.
(a) Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Eligible Executives separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A, the Company determines that the Eligible Executive is a specified employee within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Eligible Executive becomes entitled to under this Plan would be considered deferred compensation pursuant to Section 409A(a), such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (i) six (6) months and one (1) day after the Eligible Executives separation from service, or (ii) the Eligible Executives death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.
(b) This Plan will be administered in accordance with Section 409A and all amounts payable hereunder shall be exempt from the requirements of such section to the greatest extent possible. To the extent that any provision of this Plan is not exempt from Section 409A and ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A, the provision shall be read in such a manner to comply with Section 409A. Each payment pursuant to this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). This Plan may be amended as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to the Eligible Executives.
(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Plan constitutes non-qualified deferred compensation under Section 409A , and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Eligible Executives termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Eligible Executives separation from service. The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).
10
(d) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Plan shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Eligible Executive during the time periods set forth in this Plan. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
(e) The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Eligible Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Plan are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.
13. Notice and Date of Termination.
(a) A termination of the Eligible Executives employment shall be communicated by Notice of Termination from the Company to the Eligible Executive or vice versa in accordance with this Section 13.
(b) Any notices, requests, demands, and other communications provided for by this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to an Eligible Executive at the last address the Eligible Executive has filed in writing with the Company, or to the Company at the following physical or email address:
Circle Internet Group, Inc.
Attention: Legal Department
One World Trade Center
New York, NY 10007
legal@circle.com
14. No Mitigation. The Eligible Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Eligible Executive by the Company under this Plan.
15. Benefits and Burdens. This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company Group and the Eligible Executives, their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns. In the event of an Eligible Executives death after a termination of employment but prior to the completion by the Company of all payments due to him or her under this Plan, the Company shall continue such payments to the Eligible Executives beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to his or her death (or to his or her estate, if the Eligible Executive fails to make such designation).
16. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Plan shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Plan, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Plan shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
11
17. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Plan, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Plan, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.
18. Non-Duplication of Benefits and Effect on Other Plans. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, the benefits provided hereunder shall be in lieu of any other severance payments and/or benefits provided by the Company Group, including any such payments and/or benefits pursuant to an employment agreement or offer letter between any member of the Company Group and the Eligible Executive.
19. No Contract of Employment. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as giving any Eligible Executive any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or shall affect the terms and conditions of an Eligible Executives employment with the Company.
20. Amendment or Termination of Plan. The Company may amend or terminate this Plan at any time or from time to time; provided that (a) any such amendment or termination shall be in writing; (b) once an Eligible Executive has incurred a Qualified Termination Event, no amendment or termination of the Plan may, without the Eligible Executives written consent, reduce or alter to the detriment of the Eligible Executive, the payments and benefits to which they are entitled; and (c) during the period beginning on the date on which the Company executes a definitive agreement, which if consummation would result in a Change in Control, and ending on the second anniversary of such Change in Control, the Company may not, without an Eligible Executives written consent, amend or terminate the Plan in any way, nor take any other action under the Plan, which (i) prevents the Eligible Executive from becoming eligible for payments or benefits under the Plan or (ii) reduces or alters to the detriment of the Eligible Executive the payments or benefits available under the Plan; provided, further, that the provisions of this clause (c) shall no longer apply if the definitive agreement is terminated without the Change in Control having been consummated.
21. Plan Information
Plan Name Circle Internet Group, Inc. Executive Severance Plan |
Type of Welfare Plan Severance Pay | |
Employer Identification Number 99-2840247 |
Plan Year Ends December 31 | |
Plan Sponsor Circle Internet Group Inc.
Agent for Service of Legal Process General Counsel |
Administrator As defined above |
12
22. Plan Administration
(a) The Administrator shall keep a copy of all records relating to the payment of severance payments and benefits to Eligible Executives and former Eligible Executives and all other records necessary for the proper operation of the Plan. All Plan records shall be made available to the Company and to each Eligible Executive for examination during business hours except that an Eligible Executive shall examine only such records as pertain exclusively to the examining Eligible Executive and to the Plan. The Administrator shall prepare and shall file as required by law or regulation all reports, forms, documents, and other items required by ERISA, the Code, and every other relevant statute, each as amended, and all regulations thereunder (except that the Company, as payor of the severance payments and benefits, shall prepare and distribute to the proper recipients all forms relating to withholding of income or wage taxes, Social Security taxes, and other amounts that may be similarly reportable).
(b) Any decisions, actions or interpretations to be made under the Plan by the Administrator shall be made in its sole and absolute discretion, subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and need not be uniformly applied and such decisions, actions, or interpretations shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon all parties, with respect to denied claims for severance payments and benefits. Not in limitation, but in amplification of the foregoing and of the authority conferred upon the Administrator, the Company specifically intends that the Administrator and its duly authorized delegates have the greatest permissible discretion to construe the terms of the Plan and to determine all questions concerning eligibility, participation, and benefits. The decisions by the Administrator or any delegates is intended to be subject to the most deferential standard of review. Such standard of review is not to be affected by any real or alleged conflict of interest on the part of the Administrator or its delegates. In addition to the duties and powers described hereunder and elsewhere in this Plan, the Administrator or its delegate is specifically given the discretionary authority and such powers as are necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) to resolve ambiguities or inconsistencies; (ii) to supply omissions and the like; (iii) to make determinations, grants, or denials of the amount, manner, and time of payment of any severance payments and benefits under the terms of the Plan; (iv) to authorize its agents or delegates to execute or deliver any instrument or make payments on the Administrators behalf or with respect to the Plan; (v) to select and retain counsel, service providers, and vendors, employ agents, and provide for such clerical, accounting, actuarial, legal, consulting, and/or claims processing services as it deems necessary or desirable to assist the Administrator in the administration of the Plan; (vi) to prepare and distribute, in such manner as the Administrator determines to be appropriate, summary plan descriptions and other information explaining the Plan; (vii) to furnish the Company, upon request, such annual reports with respect to the administration of the Plan as the Administrator deems reasonable and appropriate; (viii) to receive, review, and keep on file, as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate, reports of Plan payments and reports of disbursements for expenses; and (ix) in general to decide and/or settle questions and disputes, and all such authorizations, interpretations, determinations, decisions, and settlements shall be final and binding for purposes of the Plan.
13
(c) Claims.
(i) If an Eligible Executive believes that the Eligible Executive is entitled to severance benefits under the Plan which are not being paid, the Eligible Executive may submit a written claim for payment to the Administrator or its management delegee (the applicable party, the Claims Adminstrator). The Eligible Executive must make an initial claim within sixty (60) days of Effective Date of Termination in order to be eligible for benefits. Any claim for benefits must be in writing, addressed to the Claims Administrator, and must be sufficient to notify the Claims Administrator of the benefit being claimed. If the claim is denied, the Claims Administrator shall, within a reasonable period of time, provide the Eligible Executive with a written notice of denial within ninety (90) days of receipt of the written claim. The notice will include (A) the specific reason or reasons for the denial of the Eligible Executives claim; (B) references to the specific Plan provisions on which the denial of the Eligible Executives claim was based; (C) a description of any additional information or material required by the Claims Administrator to reconsider the Eligible Executives claim (to the extent applicable) and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (D) a description of the Plans review procedures and time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Eligible Executives right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a benefit claim denial on review.
(ii) Upon receipt of the denied claim, the Eligible Executive (or their authorized representative) may file a request for review of the claim in writing with the Claims Administrator. This request for review must be filed no later than sixty (60) days after the Eligible Executive has received written notification of the denial. The Eligible Executive has the right to submit in writing to the Claims Administrator any comments, documents, records or other information relating to their claim for benefits. The Eligible Executive has the right to be provided with, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all pertinent documents, records and other information that is relevant to their claim for benefits. The review of the denied claim will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information that the Eligible Executive submitted relating to their claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial denial of their claim.
(iii) The Claims Administrator will provide the Eligible Executive with written notice of its decision within sixty (60) days after the Claims Administrators receipt of the Eligible Executives written claim for review. There may be special circumstances which require an extension of this 60-day period. In any such case, the Claims Administrator will notify the Eligible Executive in writing within the 60-day period and the final decision will be made no later than 120 days after the Claims Administrators receipt of the Eligible Executives written claim for review. The Claims Administrators decision on the Eligible Executives claim for review will be communicated to the Eligible Executive in writing and will clearly state: (A) the specific reason or reasons for the denial of the Eligible Executives claim; (B) reference to the specific Plan provisions on which the denial of the Eligible Executives claim is based; (C) a statement that the Eligible Executive is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, the Plan and all documents, records, and other information relevant to their claim for benefits; and (D) a statement describing the Eligible Executives right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.
14
(iv) The exhaustion of these claims procedures is mandatory for resolving every claim and dispute arising under the Plan. As to such claims and disputes: (A) no claimant shall be permitted to commence any legal action to recover benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan, under Section 502 or Section 510 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not statutory, until these claims procedures have been exhausted in their entirety; and (B) in any such legal action, all explicit and implicit determinations by the Claims Administrator (including, but not limited to, determinations as to whether the claim, or a request for a review of a denied claim, was timely filed) shall be afforded the maximum deference permitted by law.
23. Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed under and be governed in all respects in accordance with the laws of Delaware and the courts of Delaware shall have exclusive jurisdiction to deal with all disputes arising from or touching upon this Plan.
24. Obligations of Successors. In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company shall expressly assume and agree to perform this Plan in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
25. Effectiveness and Term. The Executive Severance Plan is effective as of January 1, 2025.
26. Entire Agreement. This Plan constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subjects of this Plan and supersedes all oral communication and prior writings with respect thereto. This Plan is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein.
27. Employment Related Provisions. An Eligible Executive acknowledges that:
(a) his or her terms of employment (including, but without limitation, his or her remuneration) shall not be affected in any way by his or her participation in the Plan which shall not form part of such terms (either expressly or impliedly);
(b) his or her participation in the Plan shall be subject at all times to the rules of the Plan as may be amended from time to time (including, but not limited to, any clawback provisions). If on termination of employment (whether lawfully, unlawfully, or in breach of contract) an Eligible Executive under the Plan loses any rights or benefits under the Plan (including any rights or benefits which he or she would not have lost had his or her employment not been terminated), he or she hereby acknowledges that he or she shall not be entitled to (and hereby waives) any compensation for the loss of any rights or benefits under the Plan, or any replacement or successor plan.
(c) his or her participation in the Plan is entirely discretionary;
(d) the Plan does not change or alter the nature or status of his or her employment relationship with the Company Group; and
(e) any rights he or she may have under the Plan are not pensionable.
15
Exhibit 10.14
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC.
EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
[DATE]
[NAME]
[ADDRESS]
[ADDRESS]
Re: Executive Severance Plan
Dear [NAME],
Circle Internet Group, Inc. (the Company) is pleased to inform you that you have been designated as an eligible participant in the Companys Executive Severance Plan, as amended from time to time (the Severance Plan), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Severance Plan. You have been designated as a Tier [1] [2] Executive under the Severance Plan. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, you will be eligible to receive the separation pay and benefits under the Severance Plan as a Tier [1] [2] Executive as set forth in the Severance Plan and Exhibit B hereto.
As a condition to your participation in the Severance Plan, you hereby acknowledge that the severance benefits that may be provided to you under the Severance Plan will supersede and replace any severance benefit plan, policy, or practice previously maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates that may have been applicable to you and any severance benefits under any individually negotiated employment agreement, offer letter agreement, or equity award agreement between you and the Company or any of its affiliates, as may be amended from time to time, including without limitation the [offer letter] between you and the Company, dated [DATE], as amended from time to time. In addition, as a condition to your participation in the Severance Plan, you hereby acknowledge that you will continue to comply with the Employee Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality, and Assignment Agreement entered into between you and the Company on [DATE].
Your other terms of employment (including, but without limitation, your remuneration) shall not be affected in any way by your participation in the Severance Plan, which shall not form part of such terms of employment (either expressly or impliedly).
Please review the information in this letter and the Severance Plan carefully. If you have any questions regarding the letter or the Severance Plan, please contact the Legal Department at legal@circle.com.
To accept the terms of this letter and participate in the Severance Plan, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return the signed copy to [____] by [DATE] (the Expiration Date). If you do not return the signed copy by the Expiration Date, the terms of this letter shall be null and void and you may not participate in the Severance Plan.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Participation Agreement as of the Effective Date.
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. | ||
By: |
| |
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
PARTICIPANT | ||
By: |
| |
Name: | ||
Title: |
Exhibit A
Executive Severance Plan
[Attached]
Exhibit B
Tier 1 and Tier 2 Eligible Executives
1. Termination Not in Connection with a Change in Control. In the event of a Qualified Termination Event at any time other than during the Change in Control Period, with respect to each Eligible Executive, in addition to the Accrued Benefits, and subject to Eligible Executives compliance with Section 6 of the Plan, the Company shall:
(i) pay the Eligible Executive an amount equal to the amounts set forth under Severance Components below multiplied by the applicable Severance Multiplier, and paid out as a lump sum or over the applicable Severance Period, in each case as follows:
Eligible Executive |
Severance Components |
Severance Multiplier |
Severance Period | |||
Tier 1 | Base Salary + Target Bonus | 1.5X | Eighteen (18) months | |||
Tier 2 | Base Salary + Target Bonus | 1X | Twelve (12) months |
(ii) if the Eligible Executive was participating in the Company Groups group medical, dental, and / or vision plans immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA continuation of such plan(s), then the Company shall pay the COBRA provider directly the full COBRA premium for coverage until the earlier of (x) eighteen (18) months following the Date of Termination for the Tier 1 Executive, or twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination for a Tier 2 Executive, and (y) the date on which the Eligible Executive becomes covered under health insurance of another employer (as applicable, the COBRA Continuation Period);
(iii) For a Tier 2 Executive, extend the post-termination exercise period of any outstanding and vested stock options as of the Date of Termination to the earlier of (x) nine (9) months following the Date of Termination and (y) the original expiration date of such options; and
(iv) pay the Eligible Executive any earned but unpaid bonus, as determined by the Administrator in their sole discretion, in respect of the most-recent bonus performance period ending prior to the Date of Termination, payable when the bonus would have normally been paid or, if later, upon the Release Effective Date.
The amounts payable under Section 1(i) and Section 1(ii) of this Exhibit B shall be paid out, at the Companys option, in either (x) a lump sum on the first normal payroll date following the Release Effective Date or (y) in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Companys normal payroll practice over the applicable Severance Period and COBRA Continuation Period, respectively, as set forth above; provided, however, that (A) no payments shall be made until the Release Effective Date and (B) if the period during which the Eligible Executive may execute the Separation Agreement and Release begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts shall be paid in the first normal payroll period to occur after the start of the second calendar year (or the Release Effective Date, if later).
2. Termination in Connection with a Change in Control. In the event a Qualified Termination Event occurs within the Change in Control Period, then with respect to such Eligible Executive, in addition to the Accrued Benefits, and subject to Eligible Executives compliance with Section 7 of the Plan, the Company shall:
(i) cause 100% of the outstanding and unvested equity awards held by the Eligible Executive to immediately become fully vested, exercisable, or nonforfeitable as of the Date of Termination (or the date of the Change in Control, if later); provided, that the performance conditions applicable to any outstanding and unvested equity awards subject to performance conditions will be as specified in the terms of the applicable award agreement;
(ii) pay to the Eligible Executive an amount equal to (A) the amounts set forth under Severance Components below multiplied by (B) the applicable Severance Multiplier, in each case as follows:
Eligible Executive |
Severance Components | Severance Multiplier | ||
Tier 1 | Base Salary + Target Bonus | 2X | ||
Tier 2 | Base Salary + Target Bonus | 1.5X |
(iii) For a Tier 2 Executive, extend the post-termination exercise period of any outstanding and vested stock options as of the Date of Termination to the earlier of (x) twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination or (y) the original expiration date of such options; and
(iv) if the Eligible Executive was participating in the Company Groups group medical, dental, and / or vision plans immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA continuation of such plan(s), then the Company shall pay the COBRA provider directly the full COBRA premium for coverage until the earlier of (x) for the Tier 1 Executive, twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination, or, in the case of a Tier 2 Executive, eighteen (18) months following the Date of Termination and (y) the date on which the Eligible Executive becomes covered under health insurance of another employer; and
(v) pay the Eligible Executive any earned but unpaid bonus, as determined by the Administrator in their sole discretion, in respect of the most-recent bonus performance period ending prior to the Date of Termination, payable when the bonus would have normally been paid or, if later, upon the Release Effective Date.
The amounts payable under Sections 2(ii), 2(iii) and 2(v) of this Exhibit B, as applicable, shall be paid out in a lump sum on the first normal payroll date following the Release Effective Date (and in any case no later than sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination); provided, however, that if the period during which the Eligible Executive may execute the Separation Agreement and Release begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts shall be paid in the first normal payroll period to occur after the start of the second calendar year (or the Release Effective Date, if later). For the avoidance of doubt, the severance pay and benefits provided in this Section 2 shall apply in lieu of, and expressly supersede, the provisions of Section 1 and no Eligible Executive shall be entitled to the severance pay and benefits under both Section 1 and 2.
3. Equity Awards. In the event of any Qualified Termination Event (whether or not occurring within the Change in Control Period), other than as set expressly forth in the Plan and this Exhibit B, any outstanding equity awards held by an Eligible Executive shall be governed by the terms of the applicable plan and award agreement pursuant to which each such award was granted.
4. Definitions. For purposes of this Exhibit B, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
(i) Target Bonus shall mean the higher of (i) the annual target bonus in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination and (ii) the annual target bonus in effect for the year immediately prior to the year in which the Date of Termination occurs.
3
Exhibit 10.15
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC.
This Indemnification Agreement (this Agreement), made and entered into as of [_____], between Circle Internet Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and [_____] (Indemnitee).
WHEREAS, highly competent persons who serve large, multinational corporations as directors or officers expect to be provided with adequate protection through adequate indemnification against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation.
WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the Certificate) of the Company provides that the Company shall indemnify directors and officers of the Company in the manner set forth therein and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, and the Certificate provides for limitation of liability for directors and officers. In addition, Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (DGCL). The Certificate and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors and officers with respect to indemnification.
WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate and bylaws of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
WHEREAS, the protection available under the Companys Certificate and bylaws and insurance may not be adequate in the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as an officer or director of the Company without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he or she be so indemnified.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
As used in this Agreement:
Beneficial Owner has the meaning given to the term beneficial owner in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act).
Board means the board of directors of the Company.
Change of Control means any of the following circumstances occurring after the date hereof: (i) any Person (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company and any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the Companys then outstanding voting securities without the prior approval of at least two thirds (2/3) of the members of the Board in office immediately prior to such person attaining such percentage interest, unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Companys outstanding voting securities results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding voting securities; (ii) there occurs a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity; (iii) all or substantially all the assets of the Company are sold or disposed of in a transaction or series of related transactions; (iv) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company; or (v) the Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board.
Continuing Director means (i) each director on the Board on the date hereof or (ii) any new director whose election or nomination for election by the Companys stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two- thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office who were directors on the date hereof or whose election or nomination was so approved.
Corporate Status means the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors committee member, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise.
Disinterested Director means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
Enterprise means the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors committee member, employee or agent.
Expenses means any and all direct and indirect costs (including attorneys fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses) reasonably incurred in connection with (i) prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or (ii) establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, the Certificate, applicable law or otherwise. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent. For the avoidance of doubt, Expenses, however, shall not include any Liabilities.
Independent Counsel means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporate law and neither currently is, nor in the five (5) years previous to its selection or appointment has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitees rights under this Agreement.
Liabilities means any losses or liabilities, including any judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement, arising out of or in connection with any Proceeding (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement).
Person means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity and includes the meaning set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act.
Proceeding means any threatened, pending or completed action, derivative action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether civil (including intentional and unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative, including any appeal therefrom, whether instituted by or on behalf of the Company or any other party, and whether made pursuant to federal, state or other law, or any inquiry, hearing or investigation that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or other proceeding hereinabove listed in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of any Corporate Status of Indemnitee, or by reason of any action taken (or failure to act) by him or her or of any action (or failure to act) on his or her part while serving in any Corporate Status.
References to Company shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, then Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
Reference to other enterprise shall include employee benefit plans; references to fines shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to serving at the request of the Company shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner not opposed to the best interests of the Company as referred to in this Agreement.
Reference to including shall mean including, without limitation, regardless of whether the words without limitation actually appear, references to the words herein, hereof and hereunder and other words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section, subsection or other subdivision.
For purposes of this Agreement, the meaning of the phrase to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law shall include, but not be limited to: (i) to the fullest extent permitted by any provision of the DGCL or the corresponding provision of any successor statute and (ii) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.
ARTICLE 2
SERVICES BY INDEMNITEE
Section 2.01. Services By Indemnitee. Indemnitee hereby agrees to serve or continue to serve, at the will of the Company, as a director or officer of the Company, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is no longer serving in such capacity. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment agreement between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that such service to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Enterprise is at will and the Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment agreement between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, by the Companys Certificate and bylaws or the laws of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE 3
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 3.01. General.
(a) The Company hereby agrees to and shall indemnify Indemnitee and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against any and all Expenses and Liabilities, in either case, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitees behalf by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The Companys indemnification obligations set forth in this Section 3.01 shall apply (i) in respect of Indemnitees past, present and future service in any Corporate Status and (ii) regardless of whether Indemnitee is serving in any Corporate Status at the time any such Expense or Liability is incurred.
(b) Witness Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he or she shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.
(c) Expenses as a Party Where Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 3.01 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
Section 3.02. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement and unless Indemnitee ultimately is successful on the merits with respect to any such claim, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to: (i) make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01(e), prior to a Change of Control, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (A) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (B) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (ii) indemnify Indemnitee if a final decision by a court of competent jurisdiction determines that such indemnification is prohibited by applicable law, (iii) indemnify Indemnitee for the disgorgement of profits arising from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company in violation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or any similar successor statute or (iv) indemnify or advance funds to Indemnitee for Indemnitees reimbursement to the Company of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation previously received by Indemnitee or payment of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act or the Companys clawback or similar policies.
ARTICLE 4
ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES; DEFENSE OF CLAIMS
Section 4.01. Advances. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall (i) pay any Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding on behalf of Indemnitee, (ii) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses or (iii) reimburse Indemnitee for such Expenses within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the Company of each statement requesting such advance from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitees ability to repay such amounts and without regard to Indemnitees ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee shall not be required to provide any documentation or information to the extent that the provision thereof would undermine or otherwise jeopardize attorney-client privilege.
Section 4.02. Repayment of Advances or Other Expenses. Indemnitee agrees that Indemnitee shall reimburse the Company for all Expenses advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 4.01, in the event and only to the extent that it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication under the provisions of any applicable law (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for such Expenses.
Section 4.03. Defense of Claims. With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitees expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by the Independent Counsel or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii), (iii) and (iv) above.
ARTICLE 5
PROCEDURES FOR NOTIFICATION OF AND DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION
Section 5.01. Notification; Request For Indemnification. (a) As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by Indemnitee of written notice that he or she is a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding or of any other matter in respect of which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder, Indemnitee shall provide to the Company written notice thereof, including the nature of and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The omission by Indemnitee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise.
(b) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall deliver to the Company a written request for indemnification, including therewith such information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification hereunder. Such request(s) may be delivered from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in his or her sole discretion. Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification shall be determined according to Section 5.02 of this Agreement and applicable law.
Section 5.02. Determination of Entitlement.
(a) Where there has been a written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 5.01(b), then as soon as is reasonably practicable (but in any event not later than sixty (60) days) after final disposition of the relevant Proceeding, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitees entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change of Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change of Control shall have occurred, (A) if the Indemnitee so requests in writing, by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum of the Board or (B) by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification).
(b) If entitlement to indemnification is to be determined by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(ii), such Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If entitlement to indemnification is to be determined by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(i)(C) (or if Indemnitee requests that such selection be made by the Board), such Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company in which case the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of Independent Counsel as defined in Article 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 5.01(b) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the others selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 5.02(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).
(c) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel serving under this Agreement.
Section 5.03. Presumptions and Burdens of Proof; Effect of Certain Proceedings.
(a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 5.01(b) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of any person, persons or entity to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by any person, persons or entity that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
(b) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 5.02 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within the sixty (60) day period referred to in Section 5.02(a), the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company if Indemnitees action is in good faith reliance on the records or books of account of any Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of such Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for such Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to such Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by such Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 5.03(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.
(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, agent or employee of any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any right to indemnification under this Agreement.
ARTICLE 6
REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE
Section 6.01. Adjudication or Arbitration.
(a) In the event of any dispute between Indemnitee and the Company hereunder as to entitlement to indemnification or advancement of Expenses (including where (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 5.02 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 4.01 of this Agreement, (iii) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3.01 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, (iv) no determination as to entitlement to indemnification is timely made pursuant to Section 5.02 of this Agreement and no payment of indemnification is made within ten (10) days after entitlement is deemed to have been determined pursuant to Section 5.03(b)) or (v) a contribution payment is not made in a timely manner pursuant to Section 7.04 of this Agreement, then Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement. Alternatively, in such case, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitees right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 6.01, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 4.02 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.
(e) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after the Companys receipt of such written request) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advances of Expenses by the Company (or otherwise for the enforcement, interpretation or defense of his or her rights) under this Agreement or any other agreement, including any other indemnification, contribution or advancement agreement, or any provision of the Certificate or bylaws now or hereafter in effect or (ii) recovery or advances under any directors and officers liability insurance policy maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, contribution, advancement or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 7.01. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights of indemnification, contribution and advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled to under applicable law, the Certificate, the Companys bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors or otherwise. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder or otherwise shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
Section 7.02. Insurance and Subrogation.
(a) Indemnitee shall be covered by any policy or policies of insurance providing liability insurance for directors and officers of the Company in their capacities as such (and for any capacity in which any director or officer of the Company serves any other Enterprise at the request of the Company), in respect of acts or omissions occurring while serving in such capacity (such policy or policies of insurance, D&O Insurance) in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director or officer under such policy or policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice of a claim hereunder, the Company has D&O Liability Insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. The failure or refusal of any such insurer to pay any such amount shall not affect or impair the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.
(b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
(c) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has actually received such payment under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision.
Section 7.03. Contribution from Other Sources. The Companys obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors committee member, employee or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise.
Section 7.04. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
Section 7.05. Amendment. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written instrument executed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit, restrict or reduce any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any act or omission or any event occurring, prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, (i) permits greater indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Companys Certificate and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change or (ii) limits rights with respect to indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the rights with respect to indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses in effect prior to such change shall remain in full force and effect to the extent permitted by applicable law.
Section 7.06. Waivers. The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) by the party entitled to enforce such term only by a writing signed by the party against which such waiver is to be asserted. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, no delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party hereto of any right, power or privilege hereunder operate as a waiver of any other right, power or privilege hereunder nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.
Section 7.07. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are superseded by this Agreement, provided that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate and bylaws of the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
Section 7.08. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
Section 7.09. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing shall be given in writing (which shall include email) and shall be deemed effectively given and received: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) upon email delivery and receipt of return receipt from the party to be notified if received by the recipient before 5:00 p.m. local time on a business day, and if not, then the next business day; (iii) upon delivery by confirmed facsimile transmission if received by the recipient before 5:00 p.m. local time on a business day, and if not, then the next business day; (iv) if to a U.S. resident, five days after posting by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid; or (v) if to a non-U.S. resident, one business day after deposit with an internationally recognized overnight courier service specifying international priority delivery, and addressed: If to the Company, at: Circle Internet Group, Inc., 99 High Street, Suite 1701, Boston, MA 02110, Attn: Legal Team; email: legal@circle.com; or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Indemnitee in writing. If to the Indemnitee, at the address specified on the signature page hereto; or at such other addresses as the Indemnitee shall have furnished to the Company in writing.
Section 7.10. Binding Effect.
(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, spouses, heirs and executors, administrators, personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all, or a substantial part of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
(b) The indemnification, contribution and advancement of Expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and assigns of such a person.
Section 7.11. Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.
Section 7.12. Consent To Jurisdiction. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the Delaware Court), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
Section 7.13. Headings. The Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.
Section 7.14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
[signature pages follow]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the first date written above.
CIRCLE INTERNET GROUP, INC. | ||
By: |
| |
Name: [_____] | ||
Title: [_____] | ||
INDEMNITEE | ||
By: |
| |
Name: [_____] | ||
Address: [_____] | ||
Email: [_____] |
Exhibit 16.1
April 1, 2025
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, NE
Washington, DC 20549
Re: | Circle Internet Group Inc. |
Dear Sir or Madam:
We have read the disclosure regarding the change in registered public accounting firms included under the caption Changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure in the Registration Statement, and agree with the statements concerning our Firm contained therein.
Very truly yours,
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of Circle Internet Group, Inc.
Name of Subsidiary | Jurisdiction of Organization | |
Hashnote Holdings LLC | Delaware | |
Circle Internet Contract Services LLC | Delaware | |
Circle Internet Financial Limited | Ireland | |
Circle Internet Management Services LLC | Delaware | |
Circle Internet Distribution LLC | Delaware | |
Hashnote Management LLC | Delaware | |
Circle International Bermuda Limited | Bermuda | |
Hashnote International Management LLC | Cayman Islands | |
Hashnote Associates LLC | Delaware | |
Hashnote International Short Duration Yield Fund Ltd. | Cayman Islands | |
Circle Internet MEA Ltd. | Abu Dhabi | |
Circle Japan K.K. | Japan | |
Circle Internet Singapore Pte. Ltd. | Singapore | |
Circle Internet Finance Cayman Limited | Cayman Islands | |
Circle Internet Holdings, Inc. | Delaware | |
Circle Internet International Canada Limited | Canada | |
Circle Internet Financial Europe SAS | France | |
Circle IF Jersey Limited | Jersey | |
Cybavo Pte. Ltd. | Singapore | |
Circle Internet Financial Trading Company Limited | Ireland | |
Circle CYMN Limited | Cayman Islands | |
Circle Ventures (Cayman) | Cayman Islands | |
Pluto Holdings, LLC | Delaware | |
Project 7 Merger Sub 2 Inc. | Delaware | |
Circle Internet Financial, LLC | Delaware | |
Circle Technology Services, LLC | Delaware | |
CYBAVO Inc. | Taiwan | |
Circle UK Trading Limited | United Kingdom | |
Circle CYMN HK Limited | Hong Kong | |
Yorix, LLC | Delaware | |
SI Advisors I, LLC | Delaware | |
SI Securities, LLC | Delaware | |
Circle Payments, LLC | Delaware | |
Circle Trade Europe Limited | United Kingdom |
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 31, 2025, relating to the financial statements of Circle Internet Group, Inc. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
New York, New York
April 1, 2025
Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our reports dated June 24, 2024, relating to the financial statements of Circle Reserve Fund of BlackRock FundsSM (the Fund). We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
March 28, 2025
Exhibit 107
Calculation of Filing Fee Table
Form S-1
(Form Type)
Circle Internet Group, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Table 1: Newly Registered Securities
Security Type |
Security Class Title |
Fee Calculation |
Amount Registered |
Proposed Maximum Per Unit |
Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2) |
Fee Rate |
Amount of Registration Fee | |||||||||
Fees to Be Paid | Equity | Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share | 457(o) | | | $100,000,000.00 | 0.00015310 | $15,310.00 | ||||||||
Total Offering Amounts | $100,000,000.00 | $15,310.00 | ||||||||||||||
Total Fees Previously Paid | | |||||||||||||||
Total Fee Offsets | | |||||||||||||||
Net Fee Due | $15,310.00 |
(1) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
(2) | Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase. |